D'visioo     "BSl^S 


SccttoQ 


>/ 


Έ)\ν?\£ .     NT.     iCaiUic  e.p»si\es .      EnojisW       IK 54-. 


Amtntan    'i>v\3\(i,    υν^ΐύη  /^^ -^-^  S^^'^f/ 

*  '? 

THE  \^  ^ 

'  ^βΓ" — * — -     <:^ 

SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER,  ^' 

THE 

EPISTLES    OF    JOHN   AND   JUDAS, 

AND    THE 

REVELATION: 

Cranslatfir  from  \\t  (ireek, 

ON   THE   BASIS   OF  THE   COMMON   ENGLISH  VERSION, 

WITH  NOTES. 


/ 


Quid  ifcitur,  ilamnamiis  veteres?  minime:  sed  post 
priorum  stadia  quod  possumus  in  domo  Domini  laboramus. 

Jerome. 

Neque  statim  offeudere,  si  quid  mutatum  ofl'enderis,  sed 
expende,  nam  in  melius  mutatum  sit.  Ekasjius. 

To  γά^  μη  ηαρέ^γωί  άκοί'ειν  των  &εολογίκώΐ'  ψωνών, 
αλλά  τΐειράα&αί  τον  εΐ'  εκάστη  λέξει  και  εκάοττ}  ανλ-ληβΐ^ 
κεκονμμέΐ'ον  τον  νοΐ'ν  εξί'/νενεη',  ovy.  αργών  cis  ενσέβειαν, 
άλλα  γνοιριζόντων  τον  σκοπον  τηί  ^.λήσεωι  ημών. 

Basil. 


NEW-YORK : 

AMERICAN     BIBLE     UNION. 
LONDON:    TRUBNER    &    CO.,    No.   12    PATERNOSTER    ROW. 

1854. 


AMERICAN   BIBLE   UNION, 

New- York,  April  20,  1854. 


This  revision  is  not  final.  It  is  circulated  in  the  expectation,  that  it  Λνϋΐ  be  subjected 
to  a  thorough  criticism,  in  order  that  its  imperfections,  whatever  they  may  be,  may  be 
disclosed  and  corrected. 

W.  H.  WYCKOFr, 

Con-esponding  Secretary. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1854,  by 

THE  AMERICAN  BIBLE  UNION 

In  the  Clerk's  office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  Southern  District  of  New-York. 


HoLMAN,  Gray  &  Co.,  Printers  &  Stereottpeks,  New-York. 


IITRODUCTION. 


The  general  character  and  design  of  this  work  may  be  learned  from  the  following  Rules  and 
Instructions,  in  conformity  with  which  it  has  been  prepared,  except  as  regards  a  literal  observance  of 
the  third  Special  Instruction  : 

'GENERAL  B¥LES  FOE  THE  DIRECTION  OF  TRANSLATORS  AND  REVISERS  EMPLOYED  BY  THE  AMERICAN  BIBLE  UNION. 

'  1.  The  exact  meaning  of  the  inspired  text,  as  that  text  expressed  it  to  those  who  understood  the  original  scriptures  at  the 
time  they  were  first  written,  must  be  translated  by  corresponding  words  and  phrases,  so  far  as  they  can  be  found,  in  the 
vernacular  tongue  of  those  for  whom  the  version  is  designed,  with  the  least  possible  obscurity  or  indefiniteness. 

'  2.  Wherever  there  is  a  version  in  common  use,  it  shall  be  made  the  basis  of  revision,  and  all  unnecessary  interference  with 
the  established  phraseology  shall  be  avoided  ;  and  only  such  alterations  shall  be  made,  as  the  exact  meaning  of  the  inspired  text 
and  the  existing  state  of  the  language  may  require. 

'  3.  Translations  or  revisions  of  the  New  Testament  shall  be  made  from  the  received  Greek  text,  critically  edited,  with  known 
errors  corrected. 

'SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONS  TO  THE  REVISERS  OF  THE  ENGLISH  NEW  TESTAMENT. 

'1.    The  common  English  version  must  be  the  basis  of  the  revision :  the  Greek  Text,  Bagstc-r  &  Sons'  octavo  edition  of  18S1. 

'  2.  Whenever  an  alteration  from  that  version  is  made  on  any  authority  additional  to  that  of  the  reviser,  such  authority  must 
be  cited  in  the  manuscript,  either  on  the  same  page  or  in  an  appendix. 

'  3.  Every  Greek  word  or  phrase,  in  the  translation  of  which  the  phraseology  of  the  common  version  is  changed,  must  be 
carefully  examined  in  every  other  place  in  which  it  occurs  in  the  New  Testament,  and  the  views  of  the  reviser  be  given  as  to  its 
proper  translation  in  each  place. 

'  4.  As  soon  as  the  revision  of  any  one  book  of  the  New  Testament  is  finished,  it  shall  be  sent  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Bible 
Union,  or  such  othtr  person  as  shall  be  designated  by  the  Committee  on  Versions,  in  order  that  copies  may  be  taken  and  fuinished 
to  the  revisers  of  the  other  books,  to  be  returned  with  their  suggestions  to  the  reviser  or  revisers  of  that  book.  After  being 
re-revised  with  the  aid  of  these  suggestions,  a  carefully  prepared  copy  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Secretary.' 

I.  The  Greek  Text  of  the  Bagsters,  here  referred  to,  is  that  of  Mill  (1707),  'preferred,'  say  the 
publishers  in  their  preface,  '  as  being  that  which  is  most  current  in  this  country :  Mill's  text,'  they  add, 
'  is  in  fact  a  reprint  of  Stephens's  third  edition  (folio,  1550),  with  one  correction  and  a  few  unintentional 
changes.'  This  third  edition  of  Stephens  follows  the  fifth  of  Erasmus  (1535),  with  the  exception  of 
the  Apocalypse  and  a  very  few  places  in  the  other  books,  where  Stephens  introduced  the  readings  of 
the  Complutensian  Polyglott  (published  with  the  Pope's  consent  in  1520,  though  printed  a  few  years 
earlier  at  Complutum,  or  Alcala,  in  Spain) ;  and  in  its  turn  it  formed  the  basis  of  Beza's  editions  (1565, 
1570,  15S9,  1598),  on  which  the  common  English  Version  mainly  rests,  and  which  are  said  to  difier 
from  the  Stephanie  only  in  about  50  places ;  as  also  of  the  Elzevir  (1624,  1633),  in  which  152  variations 
have  been  noticed,  and  these  taken,  not  from  MSS.,  but  from  the  text  or  margin  of  previous  editions.* 

It  thus  appears  that  the  ordinary  te.\t  of  the  Greek  Testament,  whether  Mill's  or  the  Elzevir,  is 


*  Griesbach  :  '  Editiones  reccntiores  sequuntur  Elsevirianam ;  haec  compilata  est  ex  editionibus  Bezae  et  Stephani  tertia; 
Beza  itidem  expressit  Stephanicam  tertiam.  nonnullis  tainen,  pro  lubitu  fere  ac  absque  idonea  auctoritate,  mutatis  ;  Stephani 
tertia  presse  sequitur  Era.smicam  quintam,  paucissimis  tantum  locis  et  Apocalypsi  exceptis,  ubi  Compluten.sem  Erasmicae  prae- 
tulit ;  Erasmus  vero  texlum,  ut  potuit,  constituit  e  codicibus  paucissimis  et  satis  recentibus,  omnibus  subsidiis  destitutus,  praeter 
versionem  Tulgatam  interpolatam,  et  scripta  nonnuUorum,  sed  paucorum,  nee  accurate  editorum,  Patrum.'    Prolegomena  in  N.  T. 


IV  INTRODUCTION. 


substantially  the  Complutensian  and  the  Erasmian.  '  But,'  to  use  the  words  of  Bishop  Marsh  {Lectures 
on  the  Criticism  of  the  Bible,  Cambridge,  p.  Ill),  '  neither  Erasmus  nor  the  Complutensian  editors  printed 
from  ancient  Greek  manuscripts ;  and  the  remainder  of  their  critical  apparatus  included  little  more 
than  the  latest  of  the  Greek  Fathers  and  the  Latin  Vulgate.'  Or,  as  the  case  is  stated  by  Dr.  Davidson 
(Treatise  on  Biblical  Criticism,  Edinburgh,  1852,  Vol.  ii.  p.  118) :  '  The  materials  in  possession  of  the 
earliest  editors  were  scanty.  They  were  of  inferior  quality.  And  those  who  employed  them  did  not 
even  make  the  best  use  of  them.  .  .  .  Indeed,  they  had  no  critical  rules  by  which  they  professed  to  be 
guided.'  Under  these  circumstances  it  is  not  at  all  strange,  that  the  changes  made  in  that  text  by 
subsequent  editors,  as  the  result  of  a  large  accumulation  and  a  more  rigorous  scrutiny  of  evidence,  are 
found  to  be  numerous,  and  occasionally  of  considerable  interest. 

In  what  way,  however,  shall  we  safely  distinguish,  in  the  crowd  of  questionable  readings,  what 
may  fairly  be  regarded  as  the  '  known  errors,'  of  which  our  plan  requires  the  correction  ?  The  present 
writer  could  think  of  no  test  so  simple  and  satisfactory,  as  the  general  coment  of  the  critical  editors — 
however  differing  in  their  principles  of  recension— ^or  the  last  hundred  years.  While  this  rule  would  no 
more  than  any  other  secure  a  perfect  text,  or  even  all  the  preferable  readings,  its  operation,  so  far  as 
it  went,  seemed  likely  to  be  attended  with  the  least  perplexity  or  doubt,  and  so  to  guarantee  a  general 
result,  having  far  better  claims  now  to  rank  as  the  textus  receptiis  (Received  Text),  than  what  assumed 
the  title  more  than  two  centuries  ago.*  Accordingly,  this  test  is  here  applied  throughout,  the  following 
editions  having  been  carefully  collated  for  the  purpose : — 

Bengel  (Beng.),  Novum  Test.  Graccum,  3d  ed.,  Tubingen,  1753.     Sometimes  his  later  decision  is 
,         cited,  as  it  appears  in  the  Gnomon,  or  in  the  German  version  of  Revelation. 

Bloomfield  (Bloomf.),  The  Greek  Testament,  1st  American  from  the  2d  London  ed.,  Boston,  1837  : 
— also  the  Supplemental  Volume  (Supp.)  of  Annotations,  2d  ed.,  London,  1851. 

Griesbach  (Griesb.),  Novum  Test.  Gracce,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1809  (printed  from  the  Leipzig  ed. 
of  1805). 

Haenlein  (Haenl.),  Epistola  Judac  Graece,  Erlangen,  1804. 

Hahn,  Novum  Test.  Graece,  Leipzig,  1840. 

Knapp  (once  or  twice  Kn.),  ed.  Theile,  Leipzig,  1852. 

Lachmann  (Lachm.),  Novum  Test.  Graece  et  Latine,  vol.  ii.,  Berlin,  1850.  Three  places  ΛvheI•e 
this  ed.  differs  irom  the  small  Leipzig  ed.  of  1S4G,  which  had  been  collated  on 
the  Epistles,  are  noted  among  the  Errata. 

Matthaei  (Matth.),  Joannis  Apocahjpsis  Graece  et  Latine,  Riga,  1785. 

Meyer  (Mey.),  Das  Neue  Test.  Griechisch  kritisch  revidirt,  Guttingen,  1829. 

ScHOLz  (Sch.),  Novum,  Test.  Graece,  1830 — 1836,  cited  from  Bagster's  Hexapla. 

Theile,  Novum  Test.  Graece,  4th  ed.,  Leipzig,  1852. 

Tischendorf  (Tisch.),  Novum  Test.  Graece,  8vo  ed.,  Leipzig,  1850. 

Tregelles  (Treg.),  The  Book  of  Revelation  in  Greek,  London,  1844.  His  later  decisions  are  given 
from  the  2d  ed.  of  the  version,  London,  1849. 

Wordsworth  (Words.),  The  Apocalypse,  London,  1849. 

Wherever  these  concur  on  a  reading,  that  reading  is  in  the  Notes  recommended  for  adoption,  and, 
in  the  Version  as  printed  in  paragraphs  at  the  end  of  the  volume,  is  incorporated  with  the  text. 

The  instances  that  occur,  of  deviation  from  the  letter  of  the  above  rule,  will  not  be  reckoned  vio- 
lations of  its  spirit.     Tliey  concern  chiefly  cases,  where  the  unanimity  of  the  editors  is  broken  by 

*  The  preface  to  the  second  Elzevir  edition  having  first  employed  the  phrase,  which  immediately  became  classical :   Te.vtum 
ergo  habes  nunc  ab  omnibus  receptum. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Bengel,  or  Bloomfield,  or  both.  It  is  to  be  considered,  that  in  Bengel's  time  the  materials  for  textual 
criticism  were  by  no  means  so  abundant  as  they  afterwai-ds  became,  nor  had  they  been  so  carefully 
sifted  as  they  have  been  since ;  besides  that  in  very  many  cases  readings,  which  appear  on  the  margin 
of  our  edition  as  equal  or  superior  to  the  common  ones,  or  even  as  undoubtedly  genuine,  were  in  later 
editions  taken  into  the  text.  And,  in  like  manner,  there  is  a  third  edition  of  Bloomfield's  Greek 
Testament,  into  which  he  speaks  in  the  Supplemental  Volume  of  having  received  at  least  '  numerous 
deviations  from  the  texius  rcccptus'  of  the  Apocalypse. 

Of  the  Apocal3rpse,  indeed,  it  is  well  understood  that  the  received  text  is  more  than  ordinarily 
defective.  Bloomfield  saj's,  that  it  is  'in  a  lamentably  imperfect  state.'  And  here,  accordingl}',  is 
found  the  great  majority  of  the  proposed  changes. — In  forming  his  text  of  this  book,  Erasmus  is  known 
to  have  employed  a  single  manuscript,  and  that,  says  Tregelles,  'appears  to  have  been  in  a  mutilated 
condition.  It  contained  the  Greek  text  with  a  commentaiy  intei-persed,  and  he  had  to  separate  the 
words  of  the  text  as  well  as  he  could.  In  not  a  few  places  he  clearly  took  the  commentary  for  the 
text,  and  thus  inserted  readings  found  in  no  Greek  MS. ;  where  his  manuscript  was  altogether  illegible 
he  appears  to  have  relied  on  the  Latin  Vulgate,  and  to  have  supplied  words  in  the  Greek  by  retranslating 
them  from  it.  We  liiimv  that  this  was  the  case  with  the  last  six  verses  of  the  book  ;  in  his  MS.  they 
were  wholly  wanting,  owing  to  its  mutilated  condition,  and  he  ventured  on  the  bold  expedient  of 
supplying  them  by  his  own  translation  from  the  Latin :  this  he  acknowledges  himself;'  and  of  this 
adventurous  work  fragments  adhere  to  the  received  text  at  the  present  day.  The  Complutensian 
editors  also  are  stated  jjy  Wetstein  to  have  had  but  one  manuscript  of  the  Apocalypse ;  yet  from  their 
text,  according  to  Mill,  Erasmus  at  once  transferred  to  his  fourth  edition  (1527)  90  variations ;  while 
of  Stephens  it  is  asserted,  that  he  used  only  two  imperfect  and  inaccurately  collated  MSS. 

Now  there  are  at  least  98  MSS.  extant,  containing  the  Apocah'pse  more  or  less  complete,  69  of 
which  have  been  collated  wholly  or  in  part.  In  Tregelles'  Introduction  these  are  numbered  and 
described ;  and,  having  availed  ourselves  throughout  of  his  valuable  summary  of  the  evidence  both 
from  MSS.  and  from  ancient  A^'ersions,  it  is  necessary  that  we  here  insert  extracts  sufficient  to  enable 
every  reader  to  understand  his  notation : — 

Ά.  Codex  Alexandrinus,  preserved  in  the  British  Museum.  ...  Its  supposed  date  is  the  ffth  century,  &wa  it  appears 
probable  that  it  was  written  at  Alexandria. 

'B.  Codex  Basilianus  at  Rome — formerly  in  the  convent  of  St.  Basil  .  .  .  now  in  the  Vatican  Library  .  .  .  probably  of 
the  seventh  century. 

'C.  Codex  Ephbaemi  at  Paris  .  .  .  The  vellum  wa'i  used  afterwards  as  material  on  which  to  write  some  of  the  Greek 
works  of  Ephraem  the  Syrian  ...  It  probably  belongs  to  the  early  part  of  the  fifth  century.^ 

Since  the  preparation  of  the  Greek  Text  by  Tregelles,  the  MSS.  B.  and  C.  have  been  for  the  first 
time  published  by  Tischendorf,  and  collated  throughout  by  Wordsworth  from  Tischendorf  s  editions. 
Wherever,  therefore,  the  important  testimony  of  these  three  oldest,  or,  as  they  are  often  called,  vncial 
or  large-letter,  MSS.  is  cited  riiore  fully  by  Wordsworth  (who  professes — though,  in  fact,  he  does  not 
always  so  restrict  himself — to  have  constructed  his  text  solely  from  tliem,)  than  by  Tregelles,  A.  B.  C. 
are  exempted  from  the  quotation-marks,  that  denote  the  summaries  of  the  latter.  It  should  also  be 
remembered  that,  when  B.  is  referred  to  under  the  Epistles,  the  letter  designates  another  MS.,  the 
celebrated  Codex  Vaticanm,  assigned  by  some  to  the  early  part  of  the  fourth  century. 

'The  Manuscript  Authorities  may  be  divided  into  four  classes: — 

^a.    Perfect  JISS.  which  have  Ijeen  collated  throughout'  =  A.  B.  and  28  cursive  or  small-letter  MSS. 

'β.  MSS.  with  defects  which  are  noted,  but  which  have  been  collated  throughout  in  the  parts  where  they  are  perfect;  also 
some  MSS.  of  which  a  known  part  has  been  collated ;'  =  C.  and  11  cursive  MSS. 

'y.  MSS.  which  are  only  occasionally  cited ;  either  parti  illy  collated  or  partially  defective  ;  the  siltnce  of  these  MSS.  with 
regard  to  any  particular  reading,  cannot  of  course  be  regarded  as  affording  any  evidence.'     This  class  includes  24  cursive  MSS. 

'δ.   MSS.  which  are  known  to  exist,  but  are  altogether  uncited,'  =  32  cursive  MSS. 


VI  INTRODUCTION. 


'The  uncial  MSS.,  A.  B.  C,  are  cited  ...  by  these  designations;  the  other  MSS.,  when  many  support  a  particular  reading, 
ore  cited  by  their  classes,  e.  g.  α  17.  β  7.  γ  3.,  would  imply  so  many  MSS.  of  these  several  classes  as  containing  the  cited  reading ; 
when  but  a  few  MSS.  support  a  reading,  they  are  cited  nominatim ;'  e.  g.  2.  4.  7. 

'  An  asterisk  after  the  designation  of  a  MS.  e.  g.  Α.*  denotes  a  reading  d  γήηιύ.  manu,  afterwards  altered. 

'Two  asterisks,  thus:— A.**  mark  a  reading  from  correction.' 

The  Versions  cited  by  Tregelles  are  : — 

1.  The  Latin  Vulgate  (Vulg.),  'executed  by  Jerome  about  the  end  of  the  4th  century.'  MSS.  of  the  whole  or  part  of  this 
version  are  the  Amiatinus  (Am.)  of  the  Ctli  century,  lately  published  by  Tischendorf ;  the  Toletanus  (  Tol.)  ;  and  the  TIarleianus 
{Ilaii.),  of  the  7th  century. 

2.  The  Coptic  (Copt.).  '  probably  executed  in  the  3d  or  4th  century.' 

3.  The  Aethiopic  (Aeth.),  '  probably  executed  in  the  4th  century.' 

4.  The  Syriac  (Syr.).  'This  must  not  be  confounded  with  the  Peshito,  executed  probably  in  the  2d  century,  in  which  this 
book  forms  no  part'  (and  the  same  remark  applies  to  II.  and  III.  John,  IT.  Peter,  and  Jude)  :  '  the  version  of  the  Revelation 
may  perhaps  be  assigned  to  the  Cth  century.' 

5.  The  Armenian  (Arm.),  'completed  in  the  year  410.' 

G.  The  Arabic.  'Erp.  is  here  used,  (as  has  commonly  been  done,)  to  denote  the  Arabic  version  published  by  Erpeniiis. 
At.  p.  is  the  .\rabic  version  of  Walton's  Polyglott.  Arr.  denotes  both  the  Arabic  versions ;' — '  probably  made  in  the  7th  century 
or  later.' 

7.   The  Slavonic  (Slav.),  of  the  9th  century: — editions  and  MSS. 

On  this  subject  of  the  Greek  Text,  it  remains  to  be  added,  that  a  large  selection  from  the  various 
readings  is  given  in  the  Notes,  while  only  a  very  few  are  admitted  into  the  margin  of  the  Version. 

II.  The  Revised  Version.  Here  the  one  object  has  been  to  furnish  as  close  a  representation  of 
the  original,  even  in  its  minuter  forms  and  constructions,  and  in  what  Jerome  calls  'the  mysteiy  of  its 
verbal  arrangement'  {/ihi  ipse  verhorum  ordo  iinjsierium  est),  as  an  application  of  the  strict  modern  philology 
might  suggest,  and  the  genius  of  our  language  at  all  admit  of.  Of  course,  it  would  have  been  easy, 
along  with  this,  to  impart  a  much  more  liiodern  air  to  the  whole,  by  such  expedients,  for  example,  as 
that  of  everywhere  exchanging  unio  for  to,  hath  for  has,  &c.  But  it  is  scarcely  worth  while  to  attempt 
an  explanation  of  the  reasons,  why  the  translator  has  refrained  from  doing  this.  The  matter  belongs 
to  tlie  sphere  of  taste  and  feeling,  where  disputation  is  more  apt  to  be  abundant,  than  satisfactory  and 
conclusive. 

III.  The  Notes,  e.xcept  in  what  relates  to  the  te.xtual  readings,  are  nearly  confined  to  the  illus- 
tration of  the  Version,  or  rather  of  the  changes  introduced.  But,  even  with  this  limitation,  the  pains- 
taking reader  will  discover,  in  the  brief  exegetical  remarks,  and  in  the  frequent  references  to  parallel 
passages  (which  he  is  earnestly  requested  to  examine),  as  well  as  in  the  numerous  versions  and  opinions 
quoted,  no  inconsiderable  amount  of  carefulty  condensed  commentary.  In  a  volume  of  this  sort,  it 
were  perhaps  too  much  to  promise  absolute  accuracy  of  citation ;  but  it  is  due  alike  to  the  writer  and 
the  reader  to  say,  that  very  great  labour  has  been  expended  on  the  attempt  to  make  the  work  in  this 
respect  thoroughly  reliable. 

It  will  be  perceived,  that  to  eA'ery  change,  however  slight  and  seemingly  unimportant,  a  note  is 
attached  in  explanation  or  defense  ;  and  it  may  be  objected,  that  a  needless  scrupulosity  is  thus  often 
shown  about  alterations  of  no  consequence,  and  which,  therefore,  ought  not  to  have  been  made  at  all ; 
or  else  in  justifying  alterations  so  obviously  proper,  as  to  render  apology  superfluous.  But  as,  on  the 
one  hand,  whatever  improvement,  if  any,  is  effected  in  the  exactness  and  general  tone  of  the  version, 
is,  and  must  be,  the  result  mainly  of  attention  to  what  the  cursory  reader  will  reckon  microscopic 
trifles,  so,  on  the  other  hand,  the  author  was  quite  Λvilling  to  incur  the  censure  of  an  excessive  and 
irksome  nicety,  ratlier  than,  by  sparing  his  own  labour,  to  expose  himself  to  the  charge  of  having  dealt 
lio-htly  with  a  work  at  once  so  venerable,  and  so  dear,  as  the  common  English  Version  of  the  Bible. 


LIST    OF    ABBREVIATIONS. 


VU 


Of  the  manifold  excellencies,  intrinsic  and  comparative,  of  that  Version,  he  trusts  that  he  has  now  a. 
more  intelligent  appreciation,  than  before  he  undertook  his  present  task ;  though  at  the  same  time  he 
will  be  allowed  to  add,  that,  so  far  as  a  judgment  might  be  Jhrmed  from  the  portion  here  reviewed,  he  could 
much  less  readily  now  acquiesce  in  the  opinion,  that  any  other  than  a  very  moderate  share  of  the 
world's  gratitude  is  due  to  King  James  and  his  fifty-four  Translators. 

Since  the  first  edition  of  the  Epistles  in  18-52,  that  portion  of  the  work  has  been  almost  wholly 
re-written,  and  greatly  enlarged,  and  every  quotation  and  reference  verified  anew.  It  is  proper  also  to 
mention,  that,  with  a  few  (11)  exceptions,  where  the  author  is  happy  to  acknowledge  the  kind  courtesy 
of  correspondents,  the  modifications  now  introduced  are  the  fruit  of  a  fresh  and  prolonged  study  of  the 
sacred  text. — Extracts  from  the  Dutch  Annotations  and  German  commentaries  are  liei'e  generally 
given  in  English. 


LIST  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  ABBREYIATIOiiS, 


AND 


WORKS  MOST  FREQUENTLY  CITED. 


The  authorities  are  cited  in  groups,  as  here  arranged,  but  generally  with  some  regard  to  the 
chronological  order,  and  in  all  cases  directly  from  the  editions  specified.  Those,  to  which  this  specifi- 
cation is  not  appended,  are  taken  at  second  hand  from  various  sources. 

It  is  also  important  to  bear  in  mind,  that,  except  where  the  Note^ explains  itself  otherwise,  words 
in  Italics  or  within  quotation-marks,  and  enclosed  in  a  parenthesis,  belong  to  the  writer  immediately 
preceding ;  but,  when  a  comma  intervenes  between  the  parenthesis  and  the  name,  they  are  common  to 
all  the  names  in  that  group  preceding  the  parenthesis.  Where  names  merely  are  mentioned,  they  are 
to  be  understood  as  directly  sustaining  the  Version. 


E.  V. — English  Version.  The  text  is  printed  from  tlie  American 
Bible  Sooiet^i's  pica  8vo  ed.  of  the  New  Testament,  1851. 
In  the  Notes,  the  Society's  Revised  Bible  of  1851,  and  the 
original  cd.  of  1611,  as  given  in  Bagster's  English  Hexapla 
and  in  the  4to  Oxford  Reprint  of  1833,  have  been  collated. 
Two  instances,  where  the  Hexapla  and  Oxford  differ,  are 
noted  amonK  the  Errata. 


W.— Wiclif,  1380, 
T.— Tyndale,  1534, 
C. — Cranmer,  1539, 
G. — Genevan,  1557, 
R.— Rhemish,  1582, 


I  from  Bagster's  English  Hexapla,  for 
the  most  part  with  the  modern  or- 
thography. 


Aeth. — Aethiopic  Version. 

Ar. — Arabic  Version;  from  the  Paris  Polyglott  (P.),  1633. 

Copt. — Coptic  Version. 

Dt. — Dutch  Version,  1637 ;  from  the  Netherlands  Bible  Society's 

ed.  of  1836 ;  with  occasional  reference  to  the  4to  Gorincbem 

ed.  of  1748. 


Fr.  G. — French  Geneva  Version,  1588 ;  from  the  Amsterdam 
ed.  of  1761. 

-M.— Martin's  French  Version,  1696-1707  ;  from  the  American 
Bible  Society's  ed.  of  1852., 

-S. — Swiss  Version,  2d  ed.,  Lausanne,  1849. 

Germ. — Luther's  German  Version,  1545 ;  from  Stier  and 
Theile's  Polyglolten-Bibel,  2d  ed.,  1849. 

It. — Diodati's  Italian  Version,  1641 ;  from  the  British  and 
Foreign  Bible  Soc.'s  ed.  of  1848. 

Syr. — Syriac  Version;  from  Greenfield's  12mo  ed.,  1828;  with 
occasional  reference  to  De  Dieu's  (De  D.)  ed.  of  the  Apo- 
calypse, the  Paris  Polyglott  (P.),  and  Lee's  (L.)  4to  ed.  of 
the  N.  T.  in  1810. 

Vulg. — Latin  \'ulgate;  from  the  Polyglotten-Bibel;  with  oc- 
casional reference  to  the  codex  Amiatitms  {Am.). 


Alb.— Alberti. 

Alex. — Alexander  on  Isaiah,  New- York,  1846-7 ;  and  on  The 

Psalms,  New-York,  1852. 
Alf.— Alford's  Greek  Test.,  2  voll.,  London,  1849,  1853. 


Vlll 


LIST    OF    ABBREVIATIONS. 


All.— Allioli's  Neuex  TeMawent,  Novv-Yoik,  1S48. 

Allvv. — Alhvood's  Key  to  Iho  Rev.,  London,  1829. 

Andr. — Andreas. 

Areth. — Aiethas,  in  Apoc.  Comment. ;  from  the  2d  vol.  of 
Oecnmenins,  Paris,  1031. 

Aret. — Aroliu.s,  ill  iV.  T.  Commentarii,  Geneva,  1618. 

Arn. — Arnaud,  Rechcrckes  Critiques  siir  ΙΈρ.  de  Jiide,  Stras- 
bourg 1851. 

Aug. — Augustine,  in  Ep.  Joami.  ad  Parthos  Tractatus  de- 
cern ;  from  vol.  iii.,  1837,  of  the  Paris  ed.  of  his  Work?. 

B.  and  L. — Bcansobrc  and  L'Enfant,  Le  Nouveau  Test.,  Am- 
.sterdam,  1718. 

Bare— Barnes'  Notes,  Nevr  York,  1852. 

Bcng. — Bi  ngcl,  Gnomon  ~\cvi  Test..  Tubingen,  1850  ;  and 
Erkldrle  Offevb.,  Stuttgart,  1834.  The  German  version 
of  the  Epistles  is  cited  fiom  the  Pohjglotten-  Bibd. 

Bens. — Benson. 

Berl.  Bib. — Berlenhurger  Bibel;  from  the  Pobj^rjotlen-Bibd. 

Bez. — Beza;  from  Junius  and  Xiemellius'  Novum  Test., 
Ilanau.  1623,  with  occasional  reference  to  the  Philadelphia 
ed.  of  1848. 

Bierm. — Biermano,  Clavis  Apoccdyptico-Prophetica,  Utrecht, 
1702. 

Blackw.— Blackwall's  Sacred  Classics,  London,  1737. 

Blooinf. — Bloomfielil's  Recensio  Syti'ptlca  (Rec.  Syn.),  Lon- 
don, 1828 ;  Greek  Test.,  Boston,  1837 ;  Supplemental 
Volume  (Supp.),  London,  1851. 

Braun. — Braunins,  Selecta  Sacra,  Am-terdam,  1700. 

Brightm. — Brightman's  Revelation  of  the  Rev.,  Amsterdam, 
1G15. 

Budd. — Buddeus. 

Calv. — Calvin,  in  N.  T.  Commentarii,  ed.  Tholuck,  Berlin, 
1838. 

Cam. — Cameron,  Myrothecium  Evangelicum,  Saumur,  1677. 

Campb. — Campbell,  The  Four  Gospels,  with  Preliminary  Dis- 
sertations, Andover,  1837. 

Carpz. — Carpzov,  Epp.  Caihol.  Septenariiis,  Ilalle,  1790. 

Castal. — Castalio.  Biblia  Sacra,  Leipzig.  1750, 

Cham, — Charnock's  Works,  London,  1684, 

Clarke,  Commentary  on  the  N.  T.,  New  York,  1831. 

Cler. — Clericus,  Aniviadversiones  in  Hammondi  N.  T.,  Am- 
sterdam, 1700. 

Cocc. — Cocceius,  Opera,  Amsterdam,  1700-06, 

Crol. — Croly's  Interpretation  of  the  Apoc,  London,  1827. 

Daub.— Daubuz,  Commentary  on  the  Rev.,  London,  1720. 

Dav. — Davidson's  Introduction  to  the  N.  T.,  vol.  iii.,  London, 
1851. 

De  D. — De  Dieu,  Critica  Sacra,  Amsterdam,  1693. 

De  W. — De  Wette,  Kurzgefasstes  exegetisches  Handbuch 
zum  N.  T.,  voll,  i,  iii,,  Leipzig,  1846-48. 

Dietl. — Dietlein,  Der  zweite  Brief  Petri,  Berlin,  1851. 

Dodd. — Doddridge's  Family  Expositor,  London,  1825, 

Drus. — Drusius ;  from  the  Critici  Sacri,  vol.  viii.,  Amsterdam, 
1698. 

Dt.  Ann. — Dutch  Annotations  ( Verklaringen),  Gorinchem, 
1748. 


Durh. —  Purhaui ;  fiom  Pali  Synopsis. 

Dust. — Diisti'vdiecU,   Die   drei  Johanneischen  Briefe,  vol.  i. 

(containing   the   commentary   on   1  John   1:    1 — 2:   28), 

Guttingen,  1852. 
Ebr. — Ebrard,  Die  Offenb.  Johannes,  Konigsberg,  1853. 
Eichh. — Eichhorn,  Commentarius  in  Apoc,  Gotlingen,  1791. 
Ell. — Elliott's  Horae  Apocalypticae,  2d  ed.,  London,  1846. 
Engl.  Ann. — English  Annotations,  London.  1645. 
Erasm. — Erasmus,   Novum   Test,  omne,  3d  ed.,  Basle,   1522. 

His  notes  are  from  the  Critici  Sacri. 
Est. — Estius ;  from  Pvli  Synopsis,  and  other  sources. 
Ew. — Ewald,  Commenlarius  in  Apoc,  Leipzig,  1828. 
Gerl.— Gerlach,  Das  Neue  Test..  Berlin,  1844. 
Gill,  Expo.^iliou  of  the  N.  T.,  Philadelphia,  1811. 
Gom. — Gomarus  ;  from  Poli  Synopsis. 
Goss. — Gossner;  from  the  Polyglollen-Bibel. 
Greenf— Greenfield,  Πώΐηη  ri-i3n  ^SO,  London,  1831. 
Grell, — Grellot,  Prodromus  in  Apoc,  Leyden,  1675, 
Grot.— A?inotaliones  in  N.  T,  Paris,  1650. 
Guyse,  Practical  Expositor,  Edinburgh,  1797. 
Haenl. — Hacnlein,  Ep.Judae,  Erlangen,  1804. 
Hamm. — Hammond's    Paraphrase    and   Annotations  ,on   the 

N,  T..  London,  1659, 
Htinr. — Heinrichs,  Apoc.  Graece.  perpetua  Annot.  illustrata, 

Guttingen,  1818, 
Heins, — Heinsius, 

Hengst, — Hengstenberg,  Die  Offenb.,  Berlin,  1849-51. 
Herd, — Herder,  Johannes  Offenb.,  Stuttgart,  1829. 
Ilomb, — Ilombergh. 
Huth.• — Huther,  Krilisch  e.vegetisches  Handbuch  Uber  . . .  den 

Brief  cks  Judas  imd  den  2,  Brief  des  Petrus,  Gdttingen, 

1852. 
.Jones,  Lectures  on  the  Apoc,  London,  1833. 
Kell. — Kelly,  The  Apoc.  Interpreted,  2  voll.  (to  the  end  of 

ch.  xvi.),  London,  1849,  1851. 
Kenr. — Kenrick's  Translation  of  the  Catholic  Epp.  and  the 

Apoc,  New  York.  1851. 
Kist. — Kistemaker;  from  the  Polyglolten-Bibel. 
Laun.— Launoi. 
Laurm. — Laurman,    Collectanea    in  Ep.   Judae,   GrOningen, 

1818. 
Lee,  Exposition  of  the  Rev.,  London,  1849. 
Lightf.— Lightfoot's  ATorks.  London,  1684. 
Lord,  Exposition  of  the  Apoc,  New  York.  1847. 
Lowm. — Lowman's  Paraphrase  and  Notes  on  the  Rev.,  London, 

1809. 
Liicke,  Commentar  iiber  die  Schriften  des  Johannes,  vol.  iii, 

1st  ed.,  Bonn,  1825. 
Luth. — Luther. 

j\Iack.— Macknight  on  the  Epistles,  Philadelphia,  1835. 
Matth.— Matthaei,  Animadversiones  Criticae  in  Apoc,  Riga, 

1785. 
Mey. — Das  Neue  Test.,  Guttingen,  1829 ;  with  occasional  re- 
ference to  the  commentaries,  1835-53. 
Midd,— Middleton  on  the  Greek  Article,  New  York,  1813. 
Mill,  Novum  Test.  Graecum,  ed.  Kiister,  Leipzig,  1723. 


LIST    OF    ABBREVIATIONS. 


IX 


Moldenh. — Moldenhawer.  Griindliche  Erlauterimg  der  hei- 
Ugen  Backer  neues  Test.,  vol.  ir.,  Leipzig,  1V70. 

Mor. — Alex.  Morus,  ad  quaedam  Loca  Novi  Foederis  Nolae, 
printed  with  Cameron's  Mtjrothecmm. 

More.  Henry  More's  Theological  Works,  London,  1708. 

Murd. — JIurdock's  Translation  of  the  Syriac  N.  T.,  New- York, 
1851. 

Newc. — Newcoiac,  Attempt  toward  revising  our  English 
Translation  of  the  Greek  Scripture.^,  Dublin,  1796.  A  few 
instances  of  misquotation,  in  consequence  of  the  partial 
use  of  another  ed.,  arc  noted  among  the  Errata. 

Newt. — Newton,  Dissertations  on  the  Prophecies,  London,  1835. 

Oec. — Oecumenius,  vol.  ii.,  Paris.  1631. 

Pagn. — Pagninus ;  from  Wolder's  Biblia  Sacra,  vol.  iii.,  Ham- 
burgh, 1596. 

Par. — D.  Parous,  Opera  Theologica  Exegelica,  vol.  ii..  Frank- 
fort, 1647.  The  Commentary  on  Jude  is  by  David's  son. 
Philip. 

Pears. — Pearson,  Exposition  of  the  Creed,  New- York,  1843. 

Peile,  Annotations  on  the  Apostolical  Epp..  vol.  iv.,  London, 
1852. 

Penn.  The  Book  of  the  New  Covenant,  London,  1836. 

Pise. — Piscator ;  from  Poll  Synopsis. 

Pol.  Syn. — Poll  Synopsis,  vol.  v.,  Frankfort,  1712. 

Pric. — Pricaeus ;  from  the  Crilici  Sacri. 

Pyle,  Paraphrase  on  the  Acts  and  the  Epp.,  vol.  ii.,  London, 
1765. 

Ramb. — Rambach,  Inslitutiones  Hermeneuticae,  Jena,  1732. 

Ros. — RoienmuUer,  Scholia  in  N.  T.,  Nuremberg,  1831. 

Scholef. — Scholefiold,  Hints  for  an  Improved  Translation  of  the 
N.  T.,  London,  1850. 

Scott,  Commentary  on  the  Holy  Bible,  vol.  v.,  Philadelphia, 
1852. 

Sept. — Septuagint  Version,  Bagster's  8vo  ed.,  London. 

Sharpe,  The  New  Test.  Translated,  London,  1844. 

Steph. — II.  Steplianus;  from  the  Criiici  Sacri. 

Stier,  Der  Brief  Juda,  Berlin,  1850 ;  and  the  Polyglolteii- 
Bihel. 

Stolz  ;  from  the  Polyglotien-Bihel. 

Stu. — Stuart,  Commentary  on  the  Apoc,  Andover,  1845. 

Sym. — Symonds,  Observations  upon  the  Expediency  of  revis- 
ing the  present  English  Version  &.C..  Cambridge,  1789, 1794. 

Thorn. — Thomson,  The  New  Covenant  Translated,  Philadelphia, 
1808. 

Till. — Tilloch,  Dissertations  on  the  Apoc,  London,  1823. 

Treg. — Tregelles,  The  Book  of  Rev.  Translated,  London,  1849. 

Tremell. — Tremellius,  Aovum  Test,  e.v  vetustissima  trulalione 
Syia,  Ilanau,  1623. 

Trol. — Trollope's  Analecta  Theologica,  London,  1842. 

Vail. — Valla ;  from  the  Critici  Sacri. 

Van  Ess ;  from  the  Polygloilen-Bibel. 

Vat. — Vatablus,  Biblia  Saci^a.  vol.  ii.,  Salamanca,  1584. 

Vitr. — A'itringa,  Anacrisis  Apoc,  AVeissenfels,  1721. 

Vorst. — Vorstius. 

Wakef — Wakefield's  Translation  of  the  N.  T.,  Cambridge 
(Mas.=.),  1820. 


Wells,  Help  for  the  more  clear  and  easy  L'^nderstanding  of  the' 
Holy  Scriptures.  Oxford,  1715,  1717. 

Wesl. — Wesley,  Explanatory  Notes  upon  the  New  Te.st.,  New- 
York,  1850. 

Wetst.— Wetstein. 

Whist. — Whiston,  Essay  on  the  Rev.  of  St.  John.  London,  1744. 

Whitb. — Whitby,  Paraphrase  and  Commentary  on  the  Epp., 
Philadelphia,  1848. 

Wits. — 'Witsius,  Comnientarius  in  Ep.  Judae  Αρ.,  Leyden, 
1703 ;  with  occasional  reference  to  his  other  works. 

Wolf. — Wolfius,  Curae  Philologicae  et  Criticae,  Hamburgh, 

1735. 
Words. — Wordsworth,  Tran.slation  of  the  Apoc,  London,  1849. 
Zeg. — Zegorus;  from  the  Critici  Sacri. 
ZuU.— Zullig. 


Bretsch. — Bretschneider,  Le.ricon  Manuale  in  N.  T.,  2d  ed., 

Leipzig,  1829. 
Buttm. — Buttraann's   Greek    CJrammar,    by   Robinson,   New- 
York,  1851. 
Ges. — Gesenius,  Thesaurus  Vet.  Test.,  Leipzig,  1829-53. 
Green,   Grammar  of  the   N.  T.  Dialect,  London,  1842;   and 

Lexicon  to  the  N.  Ϊ.,  London. 
Gusset. — Gussetius,     Le.ricon    Linguae    Hebraicae,    Leipzig, 

1743. 
Herm. — Hermann  ad  Viger.  de  Idiotismis,  4th  ed.,  Leipzig, 

1834. 
Hesych. — Ilesychius,    Glo.<<sae    Sacrae,  ed.   Ernesti,   Leipzig, 

1785. 
Hoog. — Hoogeveon  ;  from  Hermann's  Viger. 
Johns. — -Johnson's  English  Dictionary,  Philadelphia,  1818. 
Kiihn,— Kiihner's  Greek  Grammar,  by  Edwards  and  Taylor, 

New- York,  1853. 
L.  and  S.— Liddell  and  Scott's  Greek-English  Lexicon,  Oxford, 

1845. 
Leigh,  Criiica  Sacra,  London,  1650. 
Nork.  VollstandigesHebr.-chald.-rabbin.  Wurterbuch,  Grimma, 

1842. 
Pas. — Pasor,  Manuale  N.  T,  Leipzig,  1640. 
Pass.— Passow,  Handle urterbuch  der  Griech.  Sprache,  Leipzig, 

1841—53. 
Phavor. — Phavorinus. 

Rich. — Richardson's  English  Dictionary,  London,  1838. 
Rob.— Robinson's  Lexicon  of  the  N.  Ϊ.,  New- York,  1850 ;  and 

of  the  0.  T.,  Boston,  1844. 
Scap. — Scapula,  Lexicon  Graeco-Latinum,  Basle,  1620. 
Schirl.- Schirlitz,  iVorterbuch  zum  N.  T,  Ciiessen,  1851. 
Schleus.— Schleusner,  Lexicon  in  N.  T.,  Glasgow,  1817. 
Schuttg.— Schijttgen,  Le.vicon  in  N.  T.,  ed.  Krebs,  Leipzig,  1765. 
Steph. — Stephanus,   Thesaurus  Graecae  Lingiie,  ed.  Valpy, 

London,  1816—26. 
Suic. — Suicer,  N.  T.  Glossarium,  ed.  Hagenbuch,  Zurich.  1744. 
Suid. — Suidas. 


LIST    OF    ABBREVtATIONS. 


Tittm.— Tittmann,  De  Synonymis  in  N.  T.,  Leipzig,  1829, 1832. 
Trol. — Trollope's  Greek  Grammar  to  the  N.  'Γ.,  Lomlon,  1842. 
Vig. — Viger,  De  Idiotismis,  ed.  Hermann. 
Wahl,  Clavis  N.  T.  Philologica.  ed.  minor,  Leipzig,  1831. 


Webst. — Webster's  English  Dictionary,  2  voll.  4to,  New- York, 
1828 ;  and  Goodrich's  8vo  ed..  New- York,  1852. 

"Win. — Winer,  Grainmatik  des  neiitest.  SpracJiidioms,  !>ύ\  cd., 
Leipzig,  1844. 


The  following  Versions,  having  heen  directly  collated  throughout,  are  included  under  tlieir  respec- 
tive general  references ;  thus : — 


English  verss.  =  Wiclif,  Tj'ndale,  Cranmer,  Genevan,  Rheraish  ; 
— AUwood  (Rev.,  ch.  iv. — xxii.),  Daubiiz  (Rev.),  Doddridge, 
Hammond,  Kcnrick,  Lord  (Rev.),  Macknight  (the  Epp.), 
Murdock,  Ncwcome,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stuart,  Thomson,  Tre- 
gelles  (Rev.),  Walcefield,  Wells,  Wesley,  Wordsworth  (Rev.). 

Latin  verss.  =  Vulgate ; — Beza,  Calvin  (Π.  Pet,  I.  John,  Jude), 
Carpzov  (IT.  Pet.),  Oastalio,  Oocceius  (IT.  Pet,  Jude,  Rev.). 
Erasmus,  Pagninus,  Parens  (Jude,  Rev.),  Vatablus,  Vi- 
tringa  (Rev.). 


German  verss.  =  Luther ; — Allioli.  Bengel  (Rev.),  De  Wettc. 
Ebrard  (Rev.,  ch.  xi. — xxii.),  llengstenberg  (Rev.),  Herd. 
(Rev.),  Meyer,  Moldenhawer,  Stier  (.Jude). 

French  verss.  =  Geneva,  Martin,  Swiss ; — Beausobre  and  L'En- 
fant,  Arnaud  (Jude).  • 

Foreign  verss.  =  all  the  versions  here  classed,  as  Latin,  Ger- 
man, French;  together  with  the  Syriac,  Dutch,  Italian, 
and  Greenfield. 


Of  tliese  Versions,  Wiclif,  the  Rhemish,  Allioli,  Keurick,  being  translated  from  the  Vulgate : 
Murdock,  from  the  Syriac  ;  are  cited,  not  as  authorities,  but  for  the  sake  of  comparison. 


and 


ERRATA, 


rage  14, 


1! 

Λ.-Ϊ, 

15 

16, 

51 

23, 

Ϊ' 

25, 

J) 

31, 

oo 

5) 

"4 

i: 

38, 

JJ 

40, 

11 

41, 

1) 

45, 

11 

49, 

3: 

51, 

55, 


55, 
80, 
87, 
88, 
92, 


lieTised  Version,  verso  C,  for  shall  read  should  after- 
ward. 
„  ,,  „     8,  for  "day  read  ''dar. 

Note  s,  for  except  Peile  read  except  Newc.,  Peile. 

,,    r,  for  Jley.  read  Knapp,  Mey. 
Revised  Version,  verse  13,  for  dwelleth  righteous)ioss 
reatZ  righteousness  dwelleth. 
„  „  „      5,  for  hath  read  'hath. 

Note  Γ,  deL•  Newc.  marg. 
Chap.  3:  1,  Note  b,  after  Newc.  read  (has   it   as   a 

supplement). 
Note  a,  dele  Lachm. 
„     q,  dele  Newc.  marg. 
.,     n,  dele  the  reference  to  Lachm. 
.,     n,  for  14.  read  14." 
Revised  Λ''οΓ8ΐοη,  verso  10,  Jor  them  that  read  those 
who. 
,,  „  ,1     5,  for    a    new   commandment 

unto  thee  read  unto  thee  a 
new  commandment. 
Note  a,  for  transpose  read  Tisch.  transposes. 
,,     w,  after  E.  V.  read  (according  to  the  Ilesapla). 
,,      X,  for  Hades,  q.  d.  the  invisible  state'  read  Hades. 
Revised  Version,  verse  19,  for  shall  read  are  to. 
Revised  Version,  verse  10,  for  shalt . . .  shall  cast  read 
art  about  to  . . .  is  about  to  cast. 


Page    92, 

„  yj, 

:■  93, 

r  98, 

„  100, 

.,  101, 

..  105, 

,.  106, 

„  108, 

..  108, 

„  113, 

„  141, 

,.  173, 


100. 
19,S, 

219, 
221, 

247. 


Note  s,  after  E.  V.  read  (according  to  the  Ilexapla). 
Note  V,  for  N.  m  read  N.  n. 
,,     a,  for  Treg.  read  Lachm.  and  Treg. 
,,     p,  dele  Newc.  marg. 

„     k,  for  Tisch.  άλλα  read  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  άλλα. 
Revised  Version,  verse  10,  for  shall  read  is  about  to. 
Note  d ;  .see  ch.  21 :  6,  N.  x. 
Revised  Version,  verse  1,  for  be  read  come  to  pass. 

„  „  .,     7,  for  an  read  ""an. 

Note  g,  for  αυτό  read  iavta. 
„     p,  for  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  Lachm.,  Treg., 
Tisch. 
Revised  Version,  verse  1,  for  rod  r-cad  a  rod. 
Note  z,  it  was  not  observed  that  the  author  had  him- 
self corrected  the  Latin  er- 
ratum. 
..     o,  for  in  readjs. 
Revised  Version,  verse  S.for  righteousness  read  right- 
eousnesses. 
,,  ,.  ,.     7,  read  is  m  Italics. 

,,  ,,  .,    15,  for   scorcorers    read,    sor- 

cerers. 
;.  ..  „     2,  dele  the  first  from. 


In  sevei-al  instances  the  Greek  accents  and  Hebrew  points 
have  been  broken  off  in  the  press. 


ΪΙΙΕ  SECOWD  EPISTLE  OF  PETER. 


KING  JAMES'  VERSION. 

CHAP.    I. 

Simon  Peter,  a  servant  and 
an  apostle  of  Jesus  Christ,  to 
them  that  have  obtained  like  pre- 
cious faith  with  us  through  the 
riarhteousness    of  God    and    our 

Ο 

Saviour  Jesus  Christ: 

2  Grace  and  peace  be  multi- 
plied unto  you  through  the  know- 
ledge of  God,  and  of  Jesus  our 
Lord, 


GREEK  TEXT. 

CHAP.    I. 

ΣΤΜΕίΙΝ  Πίτρος  δούλος  και 
άηόΰτολος  Ίηΰον  Χριστοί',  τοις  ί'σό- 
τιμον  Y[ULv  λαχονσι  τίίστιν  εν  hixaio- 
σίψγι  τον  θεον  ήίών  xai  ΰωττιρος 
Ίγ;σον  Χριστού• 

2  χάρις  νμ'ιν  χάι  εψήνγι  ηληθνν^είνι 
εν  εηιγνύσει  τον  Θεού,  χάι  Ίγιΰον 
τον  Κυρ/οι;  Τίμαν. 


REVISED  VERSION. 

CHAP.    I. 

"Symeon  Peter,  a  servant 
and  an  apostle  of  Jesus  Christ,  to 
•"those  'who  have  obtained  like 
precious  faith  with  us  ''in  the 
righteousness  of  ^our  God  and 
Saviour  Jesus  Christ ; 

2  Grace  '  unto  you  and  peace 
be  multiplied  in  the  knowledge 
of  God,  and  of  Jesus  our  Lord.^ 


*  Acts  15  :  14  is  the  only  other  place  where  this  Jewish  form 
of  the  name  is  used  of  Peter,  and  this  circumstance  may  have 
led  to  the  substitution  in  B.  and  some  minor  MSS.  of  the  more 
common  ΣιΤιων,  which  Lachm.  alone  edits.  —  E.  V.  marg.\- 
Fr.  S.;-Vall.,  Erasm.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Mey., 
De  W.,  Alf.,  Peile.  At  Acts  15:  14  and  elsewhere  the  text  of 
E.  V.  has  Simeon,  which,  as  answering  still  more  nearly  to  the 
Hebrew  I'iVDti',  and  as  always  employed  for  it  in  E.  V.,  I 

would  here  adopt  (see  eh.  2:  6,  N.  c;  Rev.  7:6,  N.  o). 
And  so  G.;-Dt.;-Vat.,  Bez.,  Zeg.,  Drus.,  Beng.,  Carpz.,  Clarke  ;- 
all  the  lexicons. 

t  Dodd.,  Newc,  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  Rev.  2:  2,  N.  h. 

»  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  Rev.  1 :  5, 

N.  V,  &c. 

"•  ^Ve  are  not  unnecessarily  to  substitute  a  secondary  sense 
for  the  primary,  (as  Rob.  takes  rtJottj  here  to  mean  the  gospel). 
No  reason  can  be  given  why  the  connection  between  '  faith'  and 
'righteousness'  in  this  verse  may  not  be  the  same  as  between 
'faith'  and  'blood'  Rom.  3:  25,  'faith'  and  'Christ  Jesus'  Gal. 
3:  26;  &c.  For  hix.  tov  Θίοί  as  the  object  of  faith,  see  Rom. 
1 :  17 ;  3 :  21 ;  10 :  3 ;  &c.— ΛΥ.,  Τ.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.  (=  Greenf.'s 
")),  Germ  ,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Hamra.,  Cocc,  Eeng.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef., 

Thom.,  Scott,  Penn,  Scholef.,  Blooraf.,  Sharpe,  Trol.,  Peile, 
Kenr.,  Iluth. — The  general  remark  above  applies  equally  to  h 


in  V.  2,  and  is  there  supported  by  T.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.  {as  before), 
It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.;-Castal.,  Bez.,  Cocc,  Sharpe,  Kenr.  Even 
where  the  primary  sense  cannot  so  well  be  retained  in  English, 
its  presence  in  the  original  is  scarcely  less  obvious  ;  e.  g.  v.  4, 
h  ΙτίίθνμΜ,  if  connected  with  iv  χοαμάι,  means  '  lying,  sunk,  in 
lust;'  or,  if  with  φθορά;  (De  W.,  Iluth.),  'corruption,  having 
its  source  or  ground  in  lust.'     And  so  ch.  2 :  16,  18 ;  &c. 

"  E.  V.  marg. ;  and  so  in  the  text  at  v.  11  and  ch.  3 :  18, 
where  the  order  is  the  same  as  here  ;-W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Latin 
verss.  (Dei  nostri  et  Salvatoris  \^Servatoris'}).  Dt..  Fr.  G..-M.,- 
S.;-Wells,  Wolf.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Gill,  Mack..  Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke, 
Slade,  Valpy,  All.,  Home,  Trol.,  Bloomf.,  Scholef.,  Peile,  Kenr.;- 
Midd.,  Green.  This  construction  is  vindicated  at  v.  11  and 
elsewhere  by  Win.,  though  he  omits  any  reference  to  this  text ; 
and  De  W.,  while  he  does  not  himself  adopt  it  here,  acknowl- 
edges that  it  is  required  by  the  ordinary  rule  of  grammar. — 
Many  others  connect  ήμΰν  with  tov  Θίοϋ,  but  repeat  before 
aωtηpo{  either  the  pronoun  (Syr.,  &c.)  or  thearticle  (Germ.,  &c.). 

'  The  Greek  order  is  to  be  preferred  as  better  suggesting  the 
mutual  relation  of  '  grace'  and  '  peace.'  In  every  other  parallel 
case  it  appears  in  E.  V.,  and  here  also  is  retained  by  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;- 
Latin  verss.;-Mey.,  All.,  De  W. 

^  Here  ends  the  sentence  containing  the  inscription  and  salu- 
tation. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING     JAMES      VEUSIOX. 

y  Acrdiding  as  his  divim; 
|)f)\ver  hath  given  unto  us  all 
things  that  pertain  unto  hte  and 
godliness,  through  the  knowledge 
of  him  that  hath  called  us  to  glory 
and  virtue: 


GREEK     TEXT. 

3  'il2  TtavTa  nuiv  της  θείας  8ννά- 
«ίω,  αιτοί'  τα  ττρυς  ζ^^ήν  xai  ενσέ- 
βείαν  bεhωp■/:μεpr,ς,  ύια  της  ετίιγί'ώ- 
σεως  τον  χαλεσαντος  τψάς  bia  6άξγις 
και  άρετης, 


ΙΙΕ  VISED     VEUSI0N. 

3  '"Forasmuch  as  his  divine 
power  hath  given  unto  us  all 
things  that  ■pertain  unto  life  and 
godliness,  through  the  knowledge 
of  him  'vvhoj  called  us  ''by  glory 
and  'might : 


*•  \.  3  is  the  protasis  of  v.  5  ;  v.  4,  an  cpcxegetical  conflrnia-  | 
tion  of  V.  3. — This  structure  of  the  context  is  recognized  more 
or  less  distinctly  in  the  (icrnian  and  Ficnch  verss  ;-Occ.,  Arct., 
Dt.  Ann.,  Est.,  Wells,  Whitl..,  Wolf..  Bcng.,  Bens.,  Carpz.,  Polt, 
Thorn.,  Kos.,  Blooiuf.,  Tiol..  Sharpe,  Burn.,  uav.,  Peile;-Win. — 
The  vjj,  in  connection  with  the  genitive  ah.solule,  indicates,  not 
a  standard  of  comparison,  but  the  ground  of  the  subsequent 
e.\hortation. 

I  See  V.  1,  N.  c,  &c. 

1  In  the  treatment  of  the  tenses  the  older  ver.sions  and  coin- 
nicntators  often  quite  unnecessarily,  and  sometimes  to  the  injury 
of  the  sense,  disregarded  the  common  principles  of  the  language. 
Here  the  reference  may  very  well  be  historical,  to  the  life  and 
ministrj'  of  the  Saviour.— E.  V.,  Rom.  8:  30  ;  1  Cor.  1:9;  Gal. 
1  :  C,  15  ;  >S:c.;-W.;-Wakef.,  Sharpe.     See  v.  14,  No.  a. 

k  E.  T.  ntaro-. ;  v.4;  Rom.  6:  4;  Gal.  1:  15;  2The.ss.2:  14; 
&ο.;-Τ.,  C.  R.;-foreign  verss.  (except  the  Dt.,  which,  however, 
has  dnor  in  the  marg.;  Bez.,  whom  E.  V.  often  errs  in  following ; 
and  Curpz.);-Aret.,  Est.,  De  D.,  Grot.,  Charn.,Wits.,  Wells.  Vitr., 
Whitb.,  Alb.,  Wolf.,  Dodd.,  WesL.  Pyle,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn., 
Ros.,  Bloomf.,  Sharpe,  Scholef.,  Dav.,  Kenr.,  Huth.;-SchOttg., 
Tittm.,  Win.,  Green,  Bretsch.,  Rob.     See  ch.  3  :  5,  N.  ni. 

'  In  the  Sept.  afstri  is  found  for  Tin  the  wajesly  of  God, 
Hab.  3:    3;   Zech.  G:    13,  and  in   the   plural   for   Γι^ΠΠ   or 

niSnri  His  praise  or  praises,  Is.  42:  8,  12;  43:  21 ;  63:  7. 

In  the  N.  T.  it  occurs  only  in  Phil.  4:  8  (moral  excellence) ; 
1  Pet.  2:  0  (plural:  the  pi'ifeciions  existing  in  the  divine  na- 
ture, and  illustrated  in  the  calling  of  the  Church)  ;  and  in  the 
present  context.  In  this  verse,  and  among  such  as  rightly  inter- 
pret the  did,  or  else  follow  tlie  reading  of  the  Vulg.,  Lachm.  and 
Tisch.,  ίδια  Ιιόξ'τι  xai  apitij,  it  has  been  rendered,  1..  virtus,  Thi- 
gend,  virtu,  vertu,  virtue,  (T.,  C,  R.;-Latin  verss.,*  Germ.,  It.. 
Γγ.Μ.,-S.;- Wells,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Scott, 
Sharpe,  Kenr.),  the  moral  attributes,  (as  these  words  are  here 
most  naturally  taken  to  mean  ;  though  Zeg.  explains  by  pote- 


*  It  is  worthy  of  no!e,  that  the  Vulg.  habitually  translates 
8ύι•α;ιΐ5  (as  at  ch.  2:  11)  by  rirtus,  and  is  followed  by  W.,  vir- 
tue. The  only  remains  of  this  in  E.  V.  are  in  Mark  5 :  30  ; 
Luke:  6,  19;  8:4G. 


stas.  Wells  by  power,  B.  and  L.  by  force,  Dodd.  and  Scott 
by  energy,  Wesl.  by  fortitude,  Gerl.  by  Gotteskraft).  of 
God,  or  (Castal.,  Aret.,  Clar.,  Moldenh.)  of  Christ;  δόξα 
being  then  supposed  to  denote  the  natural  attributes 
(Beng.)  or  the  manifestation  of  the  moral: — 2.,  bonitas 
sive  miser icordia.  Gate,  benignitas,  kindness,  beneficence, 
goodness,  &c.,  (Est.,  Carpz.,  Me3'.,  Ros.,  Bloomf,  Trol.;- 
Schottg.),  a  sen.se  unexampled  in  the  N.  T.  and  Sept.,  and  of  at 
least  doubtful  occurrence  anywhere: — 3.,  puissance,  robttr,  po- 
ientia,  power,  '^Ti,  Macht,  Kraft,  θιία  SiiiOfiis,  Gotlesmachl, 

efficacia,  (Fr.  G.;-Drus.,  Heins.,  De  D.,  Grot.,  Hamm.,  Mede, 
Charn.,  More,  Vitr.,  Homb.,  Alb..  Pyle,  Greenf.,  Van  E.ss,  Goss., 
All.,  Stolz,  De  W.,  Scholef..  Barn.,  Dav.;-Bretsch.,  Win.,  Rob., 
Schirl.).  In  this  view  1  am  led  by  the  following  considerations  to 
acquiesce  : — (1.),  Excepting  Matt.  9  :  13,  where  χαλίω  is  merely 
the  outward  summons,  it  is  God,  the  Father,  who  is  always  in  the 
N.  T.  represented  as  calling  men,  by  Jesus  Christ  His  Minister ; 
Rom.  8 :  30 ;  9 :  11, 24 ;  1  Cor.  1 :  9 ;  7 :  17  (according  to  the  read- 
ingof  Griesb.  and  all  subsequent  editors) ;  Sec; — (2.),  the  writer, 
having  in  v.  2  mentioned,  as  the  joint  element  and  medium  of  all 
spiritual  blessing,  ■  the  knowledge  of  God,  and  of  Jesus  our  Lord' 
(corap.  John  17  :  3),  seems  novv  to  make  separate  referer.ce  to  the 
former,  as  in  v.  8  he  does  to  the  latter  ; — but,  (3.),  while  apt ijj  in 
classic  Greek  often  bears  the  general  sense  of  excellence,  of  body 
or  mind,  it  is  nowhere  employed  distinctively  for  the  moral  per- 
fections or  holiness  of  God;  ' αφίΐψ  pro  iyiaajxav  non  facile 
uspiam  invenies'.  says  Drus.;  and  so  Scott;  —  nor,  (4.),  is  it 
the  characteristic  force  of  ί)ο|α  to  express  either  the  mani- 
festation of  tho.se  moral  perfections  apart  from  the  natural,  or 
the  natural  perfections  themselves  apart  from  the  moral ; 
John  17:  6;  2  Cor.  4:6;  Eph.  1:17;  Heb.  1 :  3 ;  —  (5.),  the 
specific  signification  adopted  rests  on  the  etymology  (as  com- 
monly given)  and  familiar  cla,ssical  n.sage;  —  (6.).  is  kindred 
with  that  in  the  apodosis,  v.  5,  N.  x; — (7.),  thus  imparting  ad- 
ditional force  to  the  exhortation  ;  q.  d.  '  Let  your  faith  exhibit 
.something  of  the  energy  of  its  source  ;' — and.  (8.),  it  brings  out 
more  sharply  the  correspondence  ('E.xplicatur,'  says  Beng.,  'quid 
sit  divinapotentia.')  between  the  beginning  of  the  verse  and  its 
close.  apfTrj  answering  to  (ιννάμιως,  and  &όξηί  to  θίία.ί.  By  &όξα, 
therefore,  I  here  understand  u-hatecer  is  glorious  in  the  divine 
nature  ;  by  αριτή,  its  corresponding  efficiency  (so  Huth.:  '  δόξα 
bezeichnet  das  Sein.  άριΐή  die  "Wirksamkeit.')  ;  and  this  requires 
us  to  dispense  with  the  hendiadys  (glorioirs  kindness,  glorious 
power,  i^c.)  assumed  by  most ;  which  Rom.  6 :  4  also  shows  to 
be  unnecessary,  8όξα  being  there  properly  defined  by  Mey.  as 
'  die  glorreiche  Gesammtvollkommenheit  Goltes ;'  nor  is  that 
construction  favoured  by  the  plural  relative  of  v.  4. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


ΚΙΝα    JAMES      VEKSION. 


4  Whereby  are  given  unto  us 
exceeding  great  and  precious 
prooiises;  that  by  these  ye  might 
be  partakers  of  the  divine  nature, 
having  escaped  the  corruption 
tliat  is  in  the  world  through  lust. 

5  And  besides  this,  giving  all 


GREEK    TEXT. 

4  hi  ων  τα  μέγιστοί  r^uiv  καί  τίμια 
ετταγγίλματα  hEbupr,rai,  ινα  hia  τον- 
Τωΐ'  γίνησθε  θείας  xoauvoi  φνσεως, 
άηοφυγόντες  τής  εν  τώσμφ  ενεηώυμία 
φθοράς. 

5  καί  aiVo τοντο  8ε,  anovh'cv  ηάσ- 


ΚΕ  VISED    VERSION. 


4  Whereby  "he  hath  given  un- 
to us  "die  exceeding  great  and 
precious  promises,  that  by  these 
ye  might  "become  partakers  of 
the  divine  nature,  having  escaped 
Pliom  the  corruption  that  is  in  the 
world  through  lust : 

15    "Έη!  'for  this  very  reason 


"■  The  verb  is  not  passive,  but  middle  deponent,  as  in  v.  3 ; 
and  is  so  taken  by  Vulg-,  Syr.j-Castal.,  Bez.,  Pise,  Engl.  Ann.. 
Cocc,  Wolf.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Thorn.,  All.,  Trol.,  Penn, 
Scholef.,  De  W.,  Dav.,  Kenr.,  Huth.;-Bretsch.,  Win.,  Wahl,  Rob., 
Schirl. 

"  'The  promises  well-known, and  superior  to  all  others  (Cocc). 
even  to  those  held  by  the  national  Israel  (Aret.).'  Comp.  Heb. 
7:  19;  8:  6;  11:  40.— Foreign  verss.  generally;  Bez.  (///a)  ;- 
Mack.,  Wakef.  (Uiese),  Sharps,  Dav. 

"  Foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  S.,  B.  and  L.)  ;-Wesl.,  Mack., 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  Bloomf.,  Sharpe,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  (6e  ynade), 
Peile. 

ρ  Scholef.:  '  Not  having  escaped  its  entanglement,  but  having 
escaped  from  it  after  being  entangled.' — It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.;-Erasm., 
Vat.,  Cocc.  (change  corruptionem  of  the  Vulg.  into  a  coiTup- 
tione),  Bez.  {ex),  Engl.  Ann.,  Wells,  Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Murd.. 
Peile. 

1  Here  begius  the  apodosis  of  v.  3  (see  N.  h). 

■•  'It  is  really  curious  to  observe,'  says  Win.  (§  57.  6),  'how 
the  commentaries  (until  within  a  period  of  ten  years)  are  con- 
stantly tutoring  the  apo-stles,  and  almost  always  foisting  upon 
them  a  different  conjunction  from  what  actually  stands  in  the 
te.xt  .  .  .  This  has  introduced  great  arbitrariness  into  the  N.  T. 
e.xegesis ;'  and,  accordingly,  this  same  abuse,  which  extends  also 
to  the  prepositions,  is  one  of  the  most  frequent  blemishes  in  E.  V. 

The  truth  «about  &i  is  thus  expressed  by  Kiihn.:  '  Δε  most 
generally  has  an  adversative  force,  and  hence  can  express  every 
kind  of  contrast.  In  respect  to  its  signification,  it  ranks,  like 
the  Lat.  autem,  between  the  copulative  connectives  (■d,  xai)  and 
the  adversative  (ΰλλά,  etc.),  since  it  contains  both  a  copulative 
and  adversative  force,  and  hence  either  opposes  one  thought 
to  another  (adversative;,  or  merely  contrasts  it  (copulative). 
Hence  it  is  very  frequently  used  in  Greek,  where  the  English 
uses  and.  The  new  thought  being  different  from  the  preceding 
is  placed  in  contrast  with  it.'  Similar  to  this  is  Win.'s  own 
doctrine,  and  De  W.'s.  The  former  (§  57.  4,  6)  describes  this 
particle  as  'antithetically  connective,  adding  something  else  dif- 
ferent from  that  which  precedes  .  .  .  Nowhere  is  it  a  mere  co- 
pula or  particle  of  transition.'  The  ordinary  misconception  of 
this  word  arises  mainly  from  these  two  circumstances,  that  very 
often,  as  where  the  diversity,  though  never  entirely  absent,  is 
less  prominent  than  the  mere  addition,  (see,  for  example,  the 
subsequent  clauses ;  though  even  there  the  Latin  verss.  retain 


vera  or  aulem),  we  have  no  exact  English  equivalent  fur  it,  and 
that  very  often  also  the  idea,  to  which  &i  introduces  a  limitation 
or  contrast,  is  not  expressed  at  all  either  in  the  sentence  or  the 
context.  The  present  is  a  case  of  the  latter  soit.  •  God's  grace 
having  already  done  so  much,  abuse  not  that  grace  to  your  en- 
couragement in  indolence  and  sin,  but  &c.'  Nor  is  this  case 
essentially  changed  by  the  previous  occurrence  of  xai  in  the 
same  clause.  Rob.,  indeed,  (s.  be,  2.  d).  translates  xai  .  .  .  U 
by  and  also,  and  refers  to  Buttm.  §  149.  m.  9.  of  the  Gram. 
'  Very  often,' says  Buttm.,  'this  junction'  {xai  and  Si  in  one 
.sentence)  Occurs  where  we  say  and  aho:  for  since  in  Greek 
one  cannot  say  xai  xai,  in  such  cases  the  looser  connective  &e 
supplies  the  place  of  xai  or  our  aiid.  E.  g.  Cyr.  3.  3.  44  viv 
rtfpt  4ai;^ojr  ίώκ  νμίΐίρων  iativ  6  αγύίν.  xai  rtepi  γνναιχων  6ε 
xai  ttxvuv.  If  now  we  should  here  translate  xai . . .  &i  literally : 
but  also  for  your  wives  and  children,  this  would  give  an  entirely 
false  emphasis  to  the  construction;  it  means  simply:  the  con- 
test is  now  for  your  own  lives,  and  also  (and  in  addition)  for 
your  wives  and  children.'  For  reasons  already  stated,  and  also 
may  frequently  be  the  best  practicable  translation,  but  let  it  be 
observed  that  the  example  does  not  sustain  the  doctrine ;  wives 
and  children  being  mentioned,  not  merely  '  in  addition,'  as  still 
other  interests,  though  omitted  in  the  quotation,  are  there  men- 
tioned and  introduced  by  the  simple  copula,  but  as  carrying  the 
tendcrest  appeal  of  all  to  the  hearts  of  those  addre.-^sed.*  Rob.'s 
own  references  to  the  N.  T.  are  equally  unsati.^^factory  ;  he  cites 
not  one  passage  that  is  not  damaged  by  entirely  sinking  tlie 
proper  power  of  the  &L  And  the  same  remark  is  true  of  Cyr. 
1.  4.  2G  (25),  to  which  he  also  appeals.  Says  Win.  {§  57.4,  b)  : 
•xai...  it  in  one  sentence,  as  often  in  the  best  authors,  is  but  also 
{aber  audi),  el...  vero,  et . . .  autem  (connection  with  opposi- 
tion), and  has  no  difficulty.'  So  Schirl.— A'ulg.  {autem),  Syr. 
{=  et...  vero)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  {sed  et),  Castal.,  Bez.,  Aret., 
{vero),  Cocc.  {et . . .  autem),  Moldenh.  {so...  dock),  De  W. 
{so...  aber  audi).  Kenr.  {but),  Iluth.  {aber  auch).  Many 
others  have  simply  also  or  its  equivalent. 

•  '  Divine  grace  having  supplied  the  motive,  and  the  spiritual 
ability.'  Comp.  John  15:  5;  Phil.  2:  12,  13;  4:  13;  1  John 
4:19;  &c.— This  force  of  αΟτ ό  toito  as  an  adverbial  accusative 


*  Such,  I  pirceive,  w.%s  Iloog.'s  understanding  of  the  passage. 
After  remarking  that  xai...ii  may  be  rendered  and  moreover, 
and  indeed,  but  that  '  here  too  Si  retains  its  adversative  sense,' 
he  cites  the  whole  sentence,  and  adds :  '  i.  e.  oi  jtf  pi  τού-των  μό- 
νον, μάτ,ι,αία  Si   Ttsjii  tuv  yvvaixi^v   xai   ΐίχνων. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING    JAMES      VERSIOX. 

diligence,  add  to  j-our  faith,  vir- 
tue; and  to  virtue,  knowledge  ; 


6  And  to  knowledge,  temper- 
ance ;  and  to  temperance,  pa- 
tience ;  and  to  patience,  godli- 
ness ; 

7  And  to  godliness,  brotherly 


GREEK    TEXT. 


av  τϊαρεισεΐ'ίγκαντες,  ετίιχο^,γγ,αατε 
έν  τί;  τΐιοτεί  νμαν  την  ά^ετΫ,ϊ>,  εν  be 
τγ  άρετ^  τΊψ  γνώσιν, 

6  £1'  Se  ΤΥΐ  γνώσει  ττ,ν  εγκράτειαν, 
εν  δε  τγι  εγχρατεί(χ  T'r^v  ίστομονήν,  εν 
&  τγι  ΐϋίομονγι  ττ,ν  ενσέβειαν, 

7  εν  &  τ^  ενσεβεία  tr,v  φίλα&λ- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

■■also  'do  ye,  "contributing  all 
diligence,  "I'urnish  "in  v'our  inith 
''fortitude  ;  and  "in  ''lOrlitude, 
knowledge  ; 

''6  And  in  knowledge,  ^self- 
control;  and  ui  ^self-control,  pa- 
tience; and  in  patience,  godli- 
ness ; 

>7  And  in  godliness,  brollierly 


is  noticed  by  Pass.  (s.  oiroj  II.  C),  Kiihn.  {\  278.  R.  2) ;  and 
is  here  applied  (some,  however,  overluoking  the  strenf^thening 
avti)  by  Fr.  G.,-M.;-Engl.  Ann.,  Ilamm.,  Wells,  Wolf.,  Barn., 
(as  an  allowable  explanation),  Owen,  More,  Whitb.,  Guyse,  Pyle. 
Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Mey.,  Ro.s.,  Grcenf.,  Sharpe,  Scholef.,  Bloomf.. 
De  AV.,  IIuth.;-Vig.  (p.  589),  Win.  (j  21.  2.'  ?.),  Trol.,  Green, 
Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl. 

<  Beng.  regards  the  Λαρά  of  the  participle  Λαξαιαιν.  as=  sub, 
indicating  modesty.  It  is  rather  equivalent  to  on  yojtr  side 
(  De  W.,  Ilutb.),  and  the  easie.st  way  of  compensating  this  seems 
to  be  by  expressing  the  subject  of  the  finite  verb,  as  in  W.,  R.;- 
Vulg.  (which  i.s,  therefore,  thought  by  some  to  have  followed 
the  reading  of  Λ.  aitoi  &t,  edited  by  Lachm.),  Syr.,  Dt,  It.,  Fr. 
G.,-M.;-Castal.,  Bez.  (but  as  a  supplement),  Engl.  Ann.  (in  one 
version).  Wells,  Mack.,  Gcrl.  B.  and  L.  (de  voire  cole).  Thorn, 
(on  your  pari),  Peile  (do  you  also  nn  your  pari). 

"  See  N.  t.— Dt.  (loebrengende)  i-Bcz.  (praeterea  collalo), 
Aret.  (-'obiter  afferentes  quasi  de  suo').  Grot,  (cottfei-le),  Clarke 
(furnishing),  Bloomf.,  Barn,  (bringing  in),  Peile.  'J'he  word 
occurs  nowhere  else  in  the  N.  T.,  and  is  rendered  by  Pas.,  Leigh, 
Suic,  Wahl,  confero;  by  Rob.,  lo  bring  forward  along  nilh, 
to  exhibit  Iherewilh;  by  Schirl.,  darzubringen. 

"  Everywhere  else  (4  times)  E.  V.  translates  this  verb,  accord- 
ing to  its  secondary  sense,  to  minister.  See  al.so  E.  V.'s  treat- 
ment of  the  cognate  noun  in  Eph.  4:  If);  Phil.  1:  19.  Here  it 
follows  Bcz.  (adjicile)  and  the  Syr.  The  suggestion  of  Dodd., 
Clarke,  Diet!.,  and  some  others,  about  leading  up  as  in  a 
dance,  is  more  fanciful  than  sound.— W.,  T.,  C,  R.,  (minister)  ;- 
Vulg.  (niinislrate),  Germ,  (reichet  dar)  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  A'at., 
AVoIf.,  (sub ininisl rate),  Aret.,  Cocc,  (suppeditate),  Moldenh., 
Stolz.  (use  darsίel!en),^ya.ket,  Bloomf.  ('furnish  forth,  sup- 
ply, in  order').  De  W.  ('eig.  reichet  dar,  sleuerl  bei  gleichsam 
als  Beitrag  zum  Ileilswerke'),  Kenr.  (as  R.).  Huth.  (as  Germ.);- 
Pas.,  Schottg.,  (suppedito,  sitbministro),  Suic.  (suppedilo.  e.vhi- 
beo),  Schleus.  (praesto,  oslendo,  e.vhibeo,  una  oslendo.  simnl 
declaro)  Bretsch.  (subministro,  praesto).  Wahl  (declaro),  Pass. 
(gewahren,  gestatten,  zukommen  lassen),  L.  and  S.  (tofurni.ih 
or  supply  besides•).  Rob.  (to  furnish  beside.':,  to  supply  further, 
to  minister),  Schirl.  (noch  dazu  gewahren).     See  v.  11,  N.  p. 

"  See  V.  1,  N.  d.  'Abide  in  that  to  which  you  have  attained, 
and,  in  the  spirit  and  power  of  that,  go  on  unto  perfection. 
Each  Christian  grace  lies  contiguous  to  every  other' — (and 
hence  great  stress  is  not  to  be  put  on  the  order  of  enumeration)— 


'  though  of  the  whole  domain  faith  is  the  centre  and  citadel.'  It 
accords  with  this,  in  part,  that  some  (More,  Wolf.,  Moldenh., 
Pott)  make  iv  =  Sid.  Or :  '  Let  one  grace  be  in  the  other, 
mingled  \vith  it,  and  exhibited  along  with  it ;'  which  includes 
the  explanations  that  make  f"i'=  ovi•  (as  G.;-Dt.  6i}'.;-Pagn., 
Carpz.,  Wakef.  furnish  your  belief  irilh,  Mey.  and  All.  vcrbin- 
del  mil,  Ros.  una  cum,  Wahl),  as  well  as  that  which  might  re- 
gard the  construction  as  parallel  to  Rom.  5 :  5,  and  other  similar 
instances,  where  ip  with  the  dat.  comprehends  ftj  with  the  accus. 
Any  one  of  these  methods  is  preferable  to  saying  with  Grot. : 
'  ίΛίχορηγίίν  hoc  loco  adjicere,  et  ϊν  abundat.' — W.,  T.,  C,  R.;- 
Vulg.  (in  with  the  abl.).  Germ..  Dt.  ?);nri,'-.;-Erasm.,  Calv..  Vat., 
Castal.,  Coec,  (as  T'lilg.),  De  W..  Iluth.,  (in,  bei).  Kenr. 

'  This  restricted  sense  of  άριτή.  forlitude,  firmness,  courage, 
which  is  even  more  akin  to  the  original  force  of  the  word,  is  here 
preferred,  1.,  as  more  readily  admitting  and  inviting  the  subse- 
quent specification  ;-2.,  as  more  accordant  with  Peter's  use  of 
the  term  elsewhere  (see  v.  3,  N.  1)  ;-and,  3..  as  having  a  more 
general  concurrence  of  testimony  in  its  favour ;  e.  g.  Zeg.,  Giot., 
Hamm.,  More,  A\'hitb.,  Bens.,  Beng.  (slrenuus  animae  tonus  ac 
vigor),  Guy.se,  Dodd.,  We,sl.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Clarke, 
Scott,  Greenf.,  Trol.,  Dr.  John  Brown,  De  W.  (gives  die  Tu- 
gend,  adding  as  explanatorj',  along  with  Beng.'s  note,  'siVi- 
liche  T&chtigkeit,  Charakter,  insbesondere  (SeeteiSidrA'e ; -and 
so  Huth.).  Ki.st.  (krafl),  Stolz  (Standhaftigkeit),  Dr.  Tayler 
Lewis  (regards  it  as  equivalent  to  mhfiia,  as  applied  by  Plato 
to  the  Deity  in  the  sense  of  energy  of  will).  Barn.,  Wright 
(Translator  of  Seder's  Bibl.  Herm.).  Many  others,  as  Gill, 
Ros.,  allow  this  interpretation. — It  is  ob.servable  that  no  other 
N.  T.  writer  employs  this  very  common  Greek  noun,  excejit 
Paul,  and  that  but  once,  Phil.  4 :  9. 

y  For  and,  throughout  vv.  6,  7,  see  v.  5,  N.  r.— For  in, 
throughout  the  same  verses,  see  v.  5,  N.  w. 

'  Rob.  and  Green  define  (yxpart  ία  as '  continence,  temperance, 
self-control.''  But  in  modern  English  continence  is  commonly 
used  with  special  reference  to  the  virtue  of  chastity,  and  tem- 
perance, in  like  manner,  of  moderation  in  eating  and  drinking ; 
if,  indeed,  the  later  and  much  narrower  application  of  the  latter 
term  to  abstinence  from  intoxicating  drinks  has  not  come  to  be 
still  more  current  and  popular.  Έγχράτ•; m,  on  the  other  hand, 
retains  throughout  the  N.  T.  (Acts  24:  25;  Gal.  5:  23),  as  in 
the  Sept.  (Sir.  18:  30,  &.c.)  and  classical  Greek,  its  general  ety- 
mological force.     See  Schleus.  Wahl,  Pass.,  L.  and  S..  Schirl. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

kindness  ;  and  to  brotherly  kind- 
ness, charity. 

8  For  il'  these  things  be  in 
you,  and  abound,  they  make  ijou 
that  ye  shall  neither  be  barren  nor 
unfrnitl'ul  in  the  knowledge  ofour 
Lord  Jesus  Ciirist. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

φίαν,  ερ  ^έ  T/j  φιλαδελφία  τ/,ν  άγά- 
ηην. 

8  ταιτα  γάρ  νμιν  ντίάρχοντα  χάι 
7ί7^ονύζονι;α,  ονχ  άργονς  οιδε  άχάρ- 
ηονς  xaQiOTYiuiv  εις  ττ,ν  τον  Κυρίου 
Ίψών  Ί>7σού  Χρίστου  ΐτύγη^αιν• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

kindness;  and  in  brotherly  kind- 
ness, *love. 

8    For  ^  these    things  •'being 


^yourt 


and 


"increasing,  «render 


ijou  ''not  eidle  nor  untniitful  ""as 
to  the  knowledge  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ. 


(Selbsibeherrschung.  Massigung). — Oec.  (teaches  the  necessity 
of  this  grace  to  the  Christian,  ώ;  αν  μη  εξυβρίζοι  -τφ  μι-γίβει  trj; 
iupfaj.),  Walief.  (self-command).  JIack.  (government  of  ynir 
passions),  λ" Άη  Ess  (Selbstheherrschung),  Κνητ.  (■self-control 
in  regard  to  sensual  enjoymt-nts')  Iluth.  (•  Beherrschung  der 
eignen  Begierden').  The  foreign  verss.  generally'  are  not  liable 
to  the  objection  here  taken  to  E.  X. 

»  T.,  C,  G.;-S3'r.,  Germ,  (gemeine  Liebc).  Dt.  (liefile  [jegens 
allenj).  Fr.  S.;-Erasra.,  ^'at.,  Grot,  Ros..  (ililectiunem  ;-for  the 
Vulg.  chariiatem),  Beng.  (amor),  Dodd.,  Wcsl.,  Moldenh.  (as 
Germ.),  Wakef.  ([^universall  love),  JIack.  (love  to  all  men)^ 
Neivc,  Thom.  (universal  love),  Clarke,  Greenf.,  All.  {\_Men- 
schen-~\  Liebe),  Stolz,  Tan  Ess,  Kist.,  Goss.,  De  W.,  (Mensclien 
Hebe),  Penn,  Gurl.  (allgemeine  Liebe),  Sharpe,  Murii.;-Uob. 
I  recommend  that  άγ.  be  everywhere  so  rendered. 

I"  The  writer  enforces  the  exhortation  by  an  appeal  to  the 
common  experience  of  Christians.  He  does  not  suppose  a  case, 
but,  with  his  eye  on  the  case  before  him,  the  profession  and 
standing  of  those  addressed  (vv.  1,  10),  what  properly  belongs 
to  that  (vv.  3,  4,  9),  and  their  actual  attainments  (vv.  12,  19), 
he  announces  the  present  working  of  a  general  law  of  the  divine 
life  ;-and  hence,  perhaps,  the  omission  of  ίμα;  in  connection  with 
αργού?.  The  eflect,  indeed,  depends  on  its  cause ;  but  the  neces- 
sary conditions  are  assumed  as  realized  in  these  believers.  Nor 
is  this  view  contradicted  bj'  the  hortative  st}-le  of  the  previous 
context.  Apostolic  zeal  and  intercessions,  no  less  than  apo.stolic 
joy  and  thank.sgivings,  are  ever  quickened  by  the  fidelity  of  the 
churches.  Comp.  Rom.  1 :  8-11 ;  Eph.  1 :  15-18 ;  Col.  1 :  3-10; 
1  and  2  Thess.  throughout ;  &c. — Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  (change 
the  Vulg.  si  adsint  into  cum  adsint).  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  (re- 
tain the  participial  construction),  Dietl.,  Huth.,  (indem;-kiT 
Luth.'s  wo). 

"  For  the  dat.  of  the  possessor  after  νΛάφχα.  see  Acts  3:6; 
4:  37  ;  28  :  7.— Dav.  (belmig  to)  ;-Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl. 

^  'The  natural  development  of  the  νΛά(,χονΐα.''  Beng.:  'Veri- 
tatem  ccleriter  sequitur  abundantia.'  Comp.  Job  17:9;  Prov. 
4:  18;  Matt.  13:33;  John  15:  2;  Eph.  4:  12-16;  Phil.  3  : 
12-14;  Heb.  6:  1;  &c.  What  is  meant  is,  not  the  believer'.s 
present  abundance,  or  his  superiority  to  others  (Wahl :  '  nobis 
.  . .  magis  insunt,  qnam  in  aliis.').  but  his  own  continual  growth 
in  grace.  In  1  Thess.  3 :  12  E.  V.  renders  this  verb,  taken 
transitively,  make  to  increase. — Fr.  S.  (se  multiplient)  ;-Grot., 
Ros.,  (non  aderunt  tantum.  sed  et  accrescent  in  dies.'),  Cocc. 
('sive  copiosiora  fiaiW),  Gill  ('increase  in  their  acts  and  exer- 


cises, &c.').  Moldenh.  (immer  zunimmt),  Clarke  (increase  and 
abound'),  Bloomf.  (continually  increasing),  Stolz  (sich  ver- 
mehret),  Kist.  (sich  mehrel  ;-which  De  W.  also  allows),  Peile 
(on  the  increase),  Iluth.  (■  crescere,  zunehmen  ;  cf.  Rom.  5  :  20  ; 
6:  1' — in  both  of  which  places  Alf.  has  multiply).  This  sense 
of  the  word  is  recognized  by  all  the  lexicons,  and  here  applied  by 
Schleus.j  Rub.  ('  to  abojiiid  more,  to  be  abundant,  to  iucrease'). 

'  It.  (renderanno)  ;-Pcnn,  Murd..  Dav.,  Kenr.  (will  render)  ; 
-Schuttg.,  Schleus.,  Wahl,  (here  use  reddo),  Rob.  (to  cause  to  be, 
to  render,  to  make). 

'  W.,  R.;-foreign  verss.  (except  All.)  ;-Jlurd.,  Kenr. 

^  E.  v.,  6  times  out  of  8  ;-T.,  C,  G.;-Syr.  (as  in  Matt.  20 :  6), 
Germ,  (faul),  Dt.  (ledig),  It.  (oziosi),  French  verss.  (use 
oisif)  ;-Erasm.  and  subsequent  Latin  verss.  (otiosos  ;-except 
Bez.,  inertes),  Engl.  Ann.,  Ilainm.  (slothful -,-^πΛ  so  Wells, 
Guyse,  Wcsl.,  Mack.,  Scott.  Murd.),  Dodd.  (inactive).  Moldenh., 
De  W.,  (mUssig),  Thom,,  Mey,  (ohne  Thaligkeil),  Greenf, 
(C^ilV),  Van  Ess,  Goss,.  (unthatig),  Sharpe,  Barn.;-the  lexi- 


■•  'As  regards  your  onward  progress  into  etc'  As  the  Chris- 
tian life  has  its  beginning,  element,  and  support,  in  the  know- 
ledge of  God  and  of  Christ  (vv,  2.  3  ;  John  17:3;  &c.),  so  there 
it  looks  to  find  its  consummation  (1  Cor.  13 :  12 ;  Phil.  3 :  10  • 
1  John  3:3;  &c.).  Between  this  knowledge,  moreover,  and 
the  sanctification  of  the  Church,  there  exists  a  reciprocating 
action.  Comp,  ch.  3:18;  Ps.  25 :  9,  14 ;  Prov.  3 :  32 ;  Hos, 
6:  3;  Matt,  5:  8;  6:  22;  John  14:  21,23;  Phil,  3:15;  &c. 
To  make  £15=  iv  (Grot.,  Ros.,  &c.)  involves  a  tautology,  which 
is  not  concealed  by  the  introduction  (E.  V.,  λ'ulg.,  and  many 
others)  of  the  future  tense.  Nor  ought  it  to  be  avoided  by 
translating  χαθίατηαι  erscheinen  lassen,  darstellen  (Dietl.),  will 
show  you  to  be  (Bloomf.;  who  appeals  m  vain  to  Thuoyd.  ii.  42 
and  Soph.  Ant.  657). — Dt.  Ann.  (-of,  tot  de  kennis.  d.  i.s.  tot 
meerder  en  overvloeiliger  kennis :  gelyk  ond,  3 :  18,'),  Fr,  S. 
(pour)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn,,  Vat,,  Castal.,  (ad  cognitionem  ;-for 
Vulg.  in  cognitione),  Aret.  ('tum  demum  recte  cognoscitur 
Christus.  si  studio  virtutum  recte  inflammati  fuerimus:  ut  ilia 
sit  argumenti  vis  hoc  loco :  Tum  demum  utiliter  cognoscetis 
Christum:  Ergo,  ac,'),  Hamm,,  Wakef.  (un/o),  Cocc,  (in  cog- 
nitionem), Thom.,  Dav.,  (for),  Mey,  (hinsichllich).  Sliarpe  (to- 
ivards),  Bloomf,  (quod  altinet  ad),  De  W,  (/Mr;-and  adds: 
•  The  writer  regards  all  these  virtues  but  as  steps  to  the  know- 
ledge of  Christ,').  Huth,  (in  Beziehung  a!</';-and  explains  as  De 
W,)  ;-Wahl  (ratione  habita),  Schirl.  (in  Rilcksicht  auf). 


THE  SECOx>iD  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

9  But  he  that  lacketh  these 
things  is  bhnd,  and  cannot  see 
afar  off,  and  hath  forgotten  that 
he  was  purged  from  his  old  sins. 

10  Wlierefore  the  rather, 
brethren,  give  diligence  to  make 
your  calling  and  election  sure : 
ibr  if  ye  do  these  things,  ye  shall 
never  fall : 

11  For  so  an  entrance  shall 
be  ministered  unto  you  abun- 
dantly into  tlie  everlasting  king- 
dom of  our  Lord  and  Saviour 
Jesus  Christ. 

12  Wherefore  I  will  not  be 
negligent  to  put  you  always  in 
remembrance    of    these    things, 


GREEK    TEXT. 


9  ω  γαρ  μη  τιάρεστ^ι  Tavta,  τυφ- 
λός έσΤί,  μνωΛάζίόΐ',  ?ιΤίβην  ?Μ.βων 
tov  καθαρισμού  top  τιάλαι  αυτού 
αμαρτιών. 

10  Δ(ό  μάλΤυον,  ahE7.(poi,  στΐον^- 
σατε  /:ίε/:?αί'ατ^  νμών  τϊτ,ν  χλ^σα'  χαι 
ίχλογτ,ν  TCotsiaOar  ταϋτα  γαρ  τϊοιοϋν- 
τες  ου  μτι  ηταίσητε  τϊοτε. 

11  οντω  j^ap  τίλονσίως  ε7ίιχρρηγ•η- 
θήσεταί  υμιν  ή  εiσohoς  εϊς  ττ,ρ  αιώνων 
βααιλείαν  του  Κουρίου  τ^ών  και  σωτ/;- 
pog  'iyjaov  Χρίστου. 

12  Διό  ονκ  άμελ-ήσω  υμάς  άεΐ  ντω- 
μιμνήσκειν  ηερϊ  τούτων,  χαίηερ  εί8- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

9  'For  he  that  lacketh  these 
things  is  blind,  j  being  near- 
sighted, ''having  ^forgotten  'the 
cleansing  away  of  his  old  sins. 

10  Wherefore  the  rather, 
brethren,  "'be  diligent  to  make 
your  calling  and  election  sure  ; 
tor,  "doing  these  things,  ye  shall 
never  fall : 

11  For  so  there  shall  be  "richly 
Pfurnished  unto  you  ithe  en- 
trance into  the  everlasting  king- 
dom of  our  Lord  and  Saviour 
Jesus  Christ. 

12  Wherefore  I  will  not  be 
negligent  to  ■'remind  you  always 
of  these  things,  though  ye  know 


'  A  negative  illustration  and  proof  of  the  truth  asserted  in 
V.  8,  (wliicli,  accordingly,  no  recent  edition  of  the  Greek  text 
allows  to  end  in  a  full  pause),  that  increase  of  holiness  increases 
also  the  range  and  clearness  of  spiritual  vision.  Nor  in  any 
case  is  ycip  ^&L — E.  V.  nowhere  else  translates  γάρ,  but,  except 
in  1  Pet.  4:  15  ;  and  once,  Rom.  5  :  7,  ye<;-G.,  R.;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.  and  Carpz.),  Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-Bcng.,  Thom., 
Ros.,  Bloomf ,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.;-Win. — The  condi- 
tional μ/}  suggests  that  the  case  of  the  barren  professor  is  put 
only  hypothetically,  q.  d.  he  llial  shoiiltl  lack,  &c. 

)  '  Able  to  look  only,  and  that  but  with  bleared  eyes,  at  the 
things  which  are  seen  (2  Cor.  4:  18).  To  the  things  which  are 
not  seen,  but  are  far  above  out  of  his  sight  (Ps.  10:  5),  to  wit, 
the  glory  of  Christ,  the  grand  object  of  the  saving  knowledge 
just  spoken  of,  he  is,  therefore,  blind  (Is.  53  :  2 ;  2  Cor.  4  :  4,  G).' 
This  word  occurs  nowhere  else  in  the  N.  T.,  and  is  translated 
by  many  (Steph.,  Bochart,  Suic,  Wolf,  Bens..  Moldenh.,  Mack., 
Newc,  Thorn.,  Clarke,  Penn,  Tiol..  Dietl.,  Peile)  according  to 
what  they  regard  as  its  etymological  force  (/tiJw,  ώ-ψ),  shutting 
the  eyes,  the  blindness  being  voluntary.  But  as  ,κιίω-ψ,  from  which 
the  verb  immediately  comes,  is  not  one  who  thus  wilfully  closes 
his  eyes,  but  one  who,  in  order  to  see  an  object,  is  compelled  by 
a  defect  in  the  organ  to  wink,  or  contract  the  eyeliils,  (Iluth.;- 
and  hence  its  current  use.  accoi-ding  to  Pass.,  for  short-si ffhted . 
The  It.  here  has  aminicando  con  gli  occhi.).  so  the  μνωτίάζοντίζ 
are  described  by  Aristotle,  Probl.  sect.  31,  thus :  o£  ix  ytvitiji 
■itt  μεν  ίγγϋί  βχίπονίΐζ,  -τα  δε  £§  άτίοΰ-ΐάϋΐωξ  ονχ  opupt'T'fi*  ii'avtia 
6f  Λάαχονΰΐν  οΐ  yf  pwrf  f  ί  τΌΐί  μυ^^τίαζονΰΐν'  ϊά  γαρ  εγγνζ  μτ}  ορωί'τΈί 
■CO,  ΛοΙι'ιΜθίν  β-ΚίΛονΠίν.  And  so  is  the  word  here  understood 
by  G.  ((i.9  E.  F.);-Dt.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-.S.;-Pagn.  {qui  emimis  niliil 
cernat),  Bcz.  (nihil  procul  cerneiis).  Aret,  Est.,  Grot.,  Hamm., 
Cocc.  (parum  prospicieiis),  Wells.  Guyse,  Dodd.  and  Sharpe 
(short-sighted).  Burl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.  in  the  note  (purblind), 
Scott,  Mcy.  (knrzsichtig  ;-and  so  Ros.,  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  De  W.), 
Stier  (blo(Mchtig),  Barn.,  Huth.;-Pas.,  Pass.,  L.  and  S.,  Rob., 
Schirl. T.,  C.;-Vulg.  and  its  followers,  Germ.;-Erasm.,  Calv., 


Vat.,  B.  and  L.,  translate  according  to  the  gloss  ■^τ^λαψΰν,  g-rop- 
ing.    Hesych.  ο/^ΟαΧμί^ν.  ■ 

'  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  R.;-Latin  and 
French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.;-Wesl.,  Wakuf,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Kenr. 

1  Comp.  Sept.  Job  7:  21;  Acts  22:  IG;  Heb.  1:  3  (Greek 
and  E.  V.).  In  E.  \.  the  noun  is  twice,  cleansing ;  the  vi.rb 
very  often,  cleanse. — The  substantive  construction  is  retained 
by  W.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M..  S.;-Gidv., 
Castal.,  Aret.,  Hamm.  (the  purification  q/";-and  so  Gill,  Wakef., 
Mack., Thom.,  Penn),  Dodd.,  AVesl.,  Newc,  Scott,  Dav.,  (purifi- 
cation from),  Moldenh.,  Huth.,  (der  Heinigimg  von),  Greenf., 
All.,  De  W..  Murd.  (the purgation  of ),  Kenr.,  Peile  (the  cleans- 
ing of)  ;-AVin. 

■"  E.  v.,  ch.  3:  14;  Tit.  3:  I2;-W.  (be  ye  busy)  i-Uanim., 
Murd.,  (he  ye  .  .  diligent),  Wesl,,  Kenr.,  (be  . .  dil.). 

"  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  W.,R.;-Vulg..  Syr., 
Dt.,  It.,  French  vurss.;-Castal.,  Cocc,  Wakef.  and  Murd.  (by 
doing),  Mack.,  Kenr. 

°  E.  v.,  Col.  3:  IG;  1  Tim.  6:  17  ;-Gertn.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-Cocc. 
(locupletem  in  modum),  Guyse,  ^Moldenh.,  l\Iaek.,  Newc,  Penn, 
De  W.,  Barn.,  Dav.,  Peile  (in  rich  abundance),  Iluth.  (in 
reicher  Fiille). 

ρ  The  same  word  as  in  v.  5  (see  N.  v.).  God  deals  with  his 
children  on  the  principle  of  Luke  6 :  38. — Wakef.  (ye  shall  be 
furnished  with),  Dav.  (afforded),  Peile  (shall  you ...  be  f. 
with). 

1  The  article  points  to  that  great  olject  of  Christian  hope; 
ίΙαΛθί  lis  trjf  ;);αράΐ'  rov  xupiou  σον  (Matt.  25:  21). — W.;-Ger- 
man  and  French  verss.  (except  x\ll.),  Dt.,  It.;-Thom.,  Ptnn, 
Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

■■   Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Penn.  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Dav. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING     JAMES      VERSION. 

though  ye  know  them,  and  be  es- 
tabUshed  in  the  present  truth. 

13  Yea,  I  think  it  meet,  as 
long  as  I  am  in  this  tabernacle, 
to  stir  you  up  by  putting  yow  in 
remembrance ; 

14  Knowing  that  shortly  I 
must  put  off  this  my  tabernacle, 
even  as  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
hath  shewed  me. 

15  Moreover,  I  will  endeavour 
that  ye  may  be  able,  after  my  de- 
cease, to  have  these  things  al- 
ways in  remembrance. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

όΐας,  και,  ίστΎΐ^ίγ μένους  ίν  ττι  τίαρ- 
ονΰγι  ά?^7!θεία. 

13  διχαιορ  be  ηγονμαι  εφ'  δσον 
εΙμι  ίν  τΓούτω  τω  σχηνώμαη,  6ίεγείρείν 
νμάς  εν  νηομνγ,Οεί• 

14  είέως  ση  ταχινά  έστιν  ή  άτχό- 
θεσις  τον  σχηνώματός  μου,  καθώς  και 
ό  Krptog  γιμόν  Ίησονς  Χρίστος  ε^•/•Ρα.•>• 
βέ  μοι. 

15  στίουδάσωδέ  xai  εχάστοτε  εχειν 
νμας  μετα  ττ^  εμτ,ν  i^ohov,  Τ/,ν  τοί'- 
tiuv  μν/ίμ-ην  τίοιείσθαι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

them,  and  'are  established  in  tlio 
present  truth : ' 

13  'But  I  think  it  "right,  'so 
long  as  I  am  in  this  tabernacle, 
to  stir  you  up  ''''by  way  of  re- 
membrance ; 

14  Knowing  that  ^the  laying 
aside  of  my  tabernacle  is^speedy, 
as  ^also  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
^shewed  me: 

15  ''But  I  will  endeavour  that 
ye  may  "^even  ''at  all  times  be 
able,  after  my  ^departure,  to  ''call 
these  things  to  mind. 


■  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack..  Thoin.,  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  '  On  the  contrar}'' — in  opposition  to  αμίΐήβίο.  See  v.  .5,  N.  r. 
The  adversative  power  is  preserved  in  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.j-Erasm., 
Calv.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Hamm.,  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz..  Ros., 
Gerl.,  De  W.,  Kenr. 

"  '  A  matter  of  fraternal  and  official  obligation.'  Comp.  Rom. 
1 :  14. — E.  V.  elsewhere,  except  Phil.  1 :  7,  {right,  righteous. 
just)  ;-W.  {justly)  ;-Vulg.  (jusluni),  Syr.  (=  Murd.  right). 
Germ,  (billig),  Dt.  (regt),  It.  {ragionecole),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S., 
(juste)  ;-Erasm..  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Coco.,  (as  Vulg.), 
Castal.,  Carpz.,  (aeqmmi),  Engl.  Ann.,  Gill,  ('  Or,  just'),  B.  and 
L.  (de  moil  devoir),  Guyse  ('a  piece  of  justice'),  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Moldenh.  (as  Germ.),  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Scott,  Mey.  (fur 
iSchiddigkeit),  Ros.  (rectum),  Greenf.  (ρΐϊ),  All.,  Van  Ess, 

Kist.,  De  W.,  Diet!.,  (use  Pflicht),  Penn,  Sharpe. 

'  Wesl.,  Scott,  Penn.  Murd. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  3 :  1  ;-uodd. 

*  This  literal  rendering,  1.,  avoids  unnecessary  periphrasis ;- 
2.,  gets  rid  of  the  mixture  of  metaphors  assumed  by  De  W.  and 
others  ;-3.,  is  more  consonant  with  the  wi  iter's  anticipations  of 
martyrdom. — In  the  other  case  where  artoS.  occurs  (1  Pet.  3  :  21) 
it  is  rendered  in  E.  V.  '  the  putting  away  ;'  and  so  W.  here ; 
G.  (the  lime  that  I  must  lay  down),  R.  (the  laying  away)  ;- 
Vulg.  (depositio),  Dt.  (de  afflegging)  ;-Cocc.  (as  Vidg.),  Berl. 
Bib.,  Beng.,  De  W.,  (die  Ablegung),  Wakef.,  Thom.,  (must  lay 
aside),  Mack,  (the  putting  away)  ;-the  lexicons,  (Leigh,  Rob., 
Green,  as  above). 

y  '  In  its  approach,  and  therefore  soon  to  be  expected,'  or,  '  in 
its  execution  ;  sudden.'  The  word  occurs  again  in  ch.  2 :  1  (no- 
where else  in  N.  T.),  and  there  in  E.  V.  it  is  swift. — W.  (swift)  ;- 
Vulg.  (velox),  Dt.  marg.  (haastig)  •,~Οοοο.  (as  Vulg.),  Berl. 
Bib.  (geschwind),  Beng.,  Huth.,  (repenlina),  Scott,  Murd., 
Kenr.;-Pas.  (celer,  pemi.r),  Leigh  (quick),  Suic,  SohOttg.,  (celer. 
velo.r;-to  which  Schleus.  adds  citus,  repeutimis,  but  translating 
it  here,  ftreui). Bretsch.  (repentinus,  siihitus),  Wahl  (celer,  repen- 
timis),  L.  and  S.  (quick,  swift,  fast,  fleet,  speedy),  Rob.  (swift, 
speedy,  adding  for  explanation :  'i.  e.  near  at  hand,  impend- 
ing.').    Seech.  2:  1,  N.j. 


'  The  emphatic  xaC  bears  always  on  what  follows,  and  is  not 
superfluous  here,  even  according  to  the  first-mentioned,  and  most 
commonly  assumed,  interpretation  of  taxiv^  (seeN.  y).  Peter 
might  know,  as  an  old  man,  that  his  death  was  near,  and  then  he 
knew  also  from  his  Lord's  prophecy,  John  21 :  18  'when  thou 
shalt  be  old  &c.,'  that  he  was  not  to  live  out  all  his  days. — E.  V., 
Luke  6:  36;  11:  1;  &c.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ,  verss.  (Moldenh. 
giving  it  the  force  of  aito;.  selbsl),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.  and-M.  (lui 
meme),  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Cocc.  Murd,,  Kenr. — 
See  V.  15,  N.  c. 

'  See  V.  3,  N.  j.  Here  the  aorist  seems  to  refer  historically  to 
that  occasion,  John  21. — The  Itath  is  omitted  by  C,  R.;-Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Newc.  ^ 

''  'And  not  only  so,  hut  &c.'  Or:  'Notwithstanding  what  I 
know  respecting  my  speedy  death,  and  for  that  reason.'  See 
V.  13,  N.  t,  &c. 

'  See  V.  14,  N.  z.  C,  R.,  (also)  ;-Latin  vcrss.,  except  Castal. 
and  Cocc,  (e<;-Calv.  eliam),  Syr.,  Dt.  (ook),  It.  (ancora),  Fr. 
G.,-M.,-S.,  (aus.ii)  ;-Oec.,  E.  and  L,  (si  bien  . . .  meme).  Wakef,, 
Penn,  (as  C),  Mey,,  All,,  De  W.,  (audi),  Greenf,,  Murd.  (too). 
But  most  of  these  err  in  attaching  the  xai  to  οΛονόάκω. 

■^  'In  every  emergency'-the  only  N.  T.  instance  in  which 
Uaatote  occurs.  —  T.  (o?i  every  Sic/e)  ;-Syr.  (=  constanter). 
Germ,  (allen(halben),  Dt.  (bij  alle  gelegenheid),  Fr.  G.,-M., 
(conlinuellemeni)  ;-Bez.  (subinde),  Cocc.  (singulis  temporibus), 
Berl.  Bib.,  Huth.,  (jederzeil),  Beng.  ('quovis  tempore;  quotics- 
cunque  usus  venerit.'),  Wakef.  (on  every  occasion),  Penn,  Gerl. 
Qallezeit;  AVOrtlich,  JedesiwaZ').  De  W.  (allezeil).  The.adverb 
belongs  to  ΐχίίν,  not  to  Λοΰίαθαι. 

'  'Out  of  this  tabernacle;'  vv.  13,  14.  The  word  occurs 
once  again  in  this  same  relation,  Luke  9:31;  and  once  of  the 
■Jewish  exodus,  Heb.  11 :  22,  where  E.  V.  has  departing. — T., 
C,  G.,  (departing)  ;-Syr.  (=  Murd.  departure).  Germ.  (Ab- 
schied),  Dt.  (uitgang).  It.  (partita),  French  verss.  (depart) ;- 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat,,  Bez.,  Wolf,  (e.vi(um),  Calv.,  Castal.,  Carpz., 
(discessum),  Engl.  Ann.,  Clarke,  (going  old),  Cocc.  (excessum), 
Guyse,  Dodd.,  Gill  ('or,  Exodus''),  Moldenh.  (as  Germ.) 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  Mey.  (  Weggang),  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

''  Somewhat  nearer  the  middle  force  of  the  original,  and,  like 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KINO    JAMES      VERSION. 

16  For  we  have  not  followed 
cunningly  devised  fables,  when 
we  made  known  unto  you  the 
power  and  coming  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  but  were  eye-wit- 
nesses of  his  majesty. 

17  For  he  received  from  God 
the  Father  honour  and  glory, 
Λνΐιεη  there  came  such  a  voice  to 
him  from  the  excellent  glory, 
This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom 
I  am  well  pleased. 

18  And  this  voice  which  came 
from  heaven  we  heard,  when  we 
were  with  him  in  the  holy  mount. 

19  We  have  also  a  more  sure 


GREEK    TEXT. 


IG  Oi'  γαρ  ΰΐσοφισμίνοις  μίθοις 
έζαχο'λουΟ'ί,σαΐ'Τες  εγνωρίσαμαΐ'  [ψίν 
τήν  τον  Κι;ρίου  yifiov  Ίησον  Χρίστου 
hviuuiv  xuL  ηαρονσίαΐ',  άλ'λ"  έτιύηται 
γενηΰ£ΐ'τες  ΤΓ,ς  εκείνου  μεγαλεώτη- 
τος. 

17  λαβών  γαρ  τχαρα  ©eoi  ττατρός 
τιμτ,ν  χάι  ho^av,  φι^ντ,ς  ενεχθεισης 
αΐΤω  τοιάσδε  ντώ  ττ,ς  μεγα?υ07ΐρε7ΐονς 
^οζγις,  Οντάς  εστιν  ό  νίύς  μου  ο  άγα- 
Λητύς,  εις  όν  εγω  εν(^όχτβα. 

18  Και  ταντην  ττ.ν  tptjvr^v  τ,ΐ-ΐείς 
τ,χοίσαμεν  εζ  οιψαΐ'ον  ενεχΰεισαν,  σνν 
αιτώ  ονΐες  εν  τω  όρει  τω  ά^^ί'ω. 

19  Και  εχρμεν  βεβαιότερον  τον 


REVISED    VERSION. 

16  For  we  ^had  not  followed 
cunningly  devised  fables,  when 
we  made  known  unto  j'ou  the 
power  and  coming  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  but  ε  hud  been 
eye-witnesses  of  his  mnjestv. 

17  ''For  he  received  from  God 
the  Father  honour  and  glory,  a 
voice  'being  borne  to  him  Jsuch 
as  this  from  the  excellent  gloiy : 
This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in  whom 
1  am  well  pleased  ;'' 

18  And  this  voice  ''we,  'being 
with  him  '"on  the  holy  mount, 
heard  "borne  from  heaven. 

19  "And  we  have  ^more  sure 


that,  a  variation  of  the  phrase  in  w.  12, 13.— It.  (^rammemorarvi). 
Fr.  G.-M.,  {vuus  remeltre . .  dans  voire  souvenir).  Fr.  S.  (cons 
rappeler)  ;-Whitb.  {make  a  remembrance).  Moldenh.,  Λ'αη 
Ess,  All.,  Goss.,  Iluth.,  {eiich  eritinern),  AVakef.  (recollect  for 
yourselves),  Thom.  (recollect),  DeW.  (euch  in  Erinnerung  ni- 
fen)  ;-Rob.  (call  to  mind,  bear  in  recollection). 

^  E.  V.  does  not  show  as  clearly  as  the  Greek  does,  that  the 
writer  is  speaking  of  the  precedent  grounds  of  the  apostolic  test- 
imony, while  Scholef.'s  version  adopted  in  our  first  edition : 
'  For  it  was  not  from  having  follon-ed  cunningly  devised  fables 
that  we  itc,  but  from  having  been  eye-w.  &c.,'  exhibits  the  scene 
on  the  mount  as  the  sole  ground.  For  the  familiar  use  of  the 
aorist  for  the  pluperfect,  see  Buttm.  §  137.  3,  6 ;  Win.  §  41.  5. — 
The  pluperfect  is  introduced  in  the  last  clause  by  AVakef.  and 
Murd. 

''  Tlie  participial  construction  of  this  verse  imports  that  it  is 
logically  subordinate  to  v.  18,  where  we  find  the  corroboration 
(yap)  of  the  ΕΛοτίΐαι.  γινηθίν^ίς. 

'  Nowhere  but  in  this  chapter  is  φέρομαι,  rendered  in  E.  V., 
C0Hie;-Dt.  (gebragt  ward),  It.  (essendo  recaYa)  ;-Erasm.  and 
the  later  Latin  ver.ss.  (delatd  ;-except  Oalv.  and  Cocc,  αΙΙαΙά), 
Mack,  (being  brought),  Peile  (was  borne).  Others  (Vulg.,  Fr. 
S.,  &c.)  retain  the  participial  form.    See  v.  18,  N.  n. 

1  Not  tantus.hut  talis,  as  in  taliafatnr  (Virg.,  Aen.  i.  131.). — 
R.  (this  manner  o/");-Latin  verss.  (hiijusmodi -j-except  Cocc, 
tali),    Syr.  (=  Greenf.  ηΤ3);-Β.  and  L.   (cette),  Moldenh., 

Mey.,  All.,  De"W.,  (diese),  AVakef.,  Kenr.,  (this).  Mack,  (of /his 
kind),  Penn  (unnecessarily  marks  as  this  as  supplied),  Murd. 

(thus),  Peile  ('in  tfiese  words'). For  6 — i,  see  1  John  2 :  7, 

N.  0. 

I"  '  We,  who  made  known  unto  you  &c.  (v.  10)  ;  and,  in  par- 
ticular, 1  Peter.'  See  1  John  2:  20,  N.  p,  &c.  In  this  case  the 
proposed  arrangement  of  the  verse  seems  to  be  the  easiest  way 
of  indicating  the  emphasis. — Latin  verss.  (express  the  prono- 
minal subject)  ;-B.  and  L.  (nous  . . .  nous-memes),  Beng.  ('Jo- 


hannes etiam  adhuc  vivebat.'),  Wesl.  (as  above),  Thorn,  (we 
onrselces). 

1  T.,  G.,-It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.;-Hamm.,  Wesl.,  Mack.• 

■"  A  case  of  ip  before  heights  and  surfaces.  —  E.  V.,  Luke 
8:   32;    &c.;-German  and  French  verss.,  Dt.;-Mack.,   Newc, 

Thom.,  Clarke,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile  j-Win.^ For  ό — ο, 

see  1  John  2 :  7,  N.  o. 

°  See  V.  17,  N.  i.  W.,  R.,  (brought)  ;- Vulg.  (allatam), 
Germ,  (gebracht),  Dt.  (als  zij  gebragt  is  geweesi).  It.  (recata)  ;- 
Erasm.  and  later  verss.  (rfe/ato)ii;-except  Cocc,  lalam).  Mack. 
(as  ir.),  Peile 

"  'Having  seen  that  glory,  and  heard  the  voice.' — W.,  R.;- 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.  (^  Murd.  (/Μ(/ ..  .moreorf?-), 
Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-IIamm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Mack., 
All.,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Sharpe  .and  Peile  (and  so),  De  W. 

ρ  '  Than  ever  ;-the  transfiguration  of  the  Lord  having  been  to 
us,  according  to  His  own  declared  design,  an  ocular  confirmation 
of  the  promises  respecting  His  second  coming  in  power.'  See 
the  connection  in  which  all  the  three  narratives  of  the  trans- 
figuration stand :  Matt.  16 :  28  -f  17 : 1 ;  ic;  Mark  9 :  1  -f  2,  &c; 
Luke  9 :  27  -|-  28,  &c.  Huth.  objects,  1.,  the  want  of  a  tiv  or  ix 
roiirov  ;-2.,  that  this  thought  is  not  dwelt  upon  in  what  fol- 
lows ;-(De  W.  had  already  suggested  both  these  scruples;  but 
he  properly  regards  them  as  insufficient  to  set  aside  the  inter- 
pretation);- 3.,  that  'if  the  transfiguration-testimony  stood 
higher  with  the  writer  than  that  of  prophecy,  his  readers  must 
have  been  invited  rather  to  lay  the  former  to  heart.'  The  answer 
to  this  is :  1.,  The  question  being,  not  so  much  whether  the  Mes- 
siah of  prophecy  was  to  be  a  mighty  Prince,  as  (v.  16)  whether 
Messiah's  crown  would  yet  be  seen  on  the  head  of  Jesus  of  Na- 
zareth, the  writer  appeals  to  the  transfiguration,  in  which  the 
audible  voice  of  God  proclaimed  the  Divine  Sonship  of  the  man 
of  sorrows,  and  to  which  the  Lord  had  himself  referred  as  a 
type  of  the  coming  kingdom  ;-but,  2.,  that  appeal  is  not  made 
as  to  something  intrinsically  surer  than  the  prophetic  scriptures, 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING     JAMES     VERSION. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


word  of  prophecy  ;  whereunto  τίροφηΤίκόν  Τυόγον,  ω  κα?ΰύς  7(οιεΐτε 
ye  do  well  that  ye  take  heed,  as  ^τιροσε χούντες,  ώς  λνχνφ  φαίνοντι  εν 
unlo  a  light  that  shineth  in  Ά  ^νχαψ^  τοΜο  'έί^ς  ov  τμε^χί  hiavya- 
dark  place,  until  the  day  dawn,  ^-^^  ^^^  φ.^α<1>οοος  άνατειλτ,,  εν  ταΐς 
he-ms-°     ^^''^^'"'  '""''  '"  y°'^'''mp&a/s  Ιμών 

20  Knowing  this  first,  that  no  20  τούτο  τίρώίον  γινάσκονΤες,  oTt 
prophecy  of  the  scripture  is  of  τκχσα  τί^οφτ,τεία  γραφής,  'ώίας  έηιλί>• 
any  private  interpretation.  σεως  ov  γίνεται. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

^the  'prophetic  word,  whereunto 
3'e  do  well  thfit  ye  take  heed,  as 
unto  a  *lamp  'shining  in  a  dark 
place,  until  "day  dawn,  and  the 
daystar  arise,"  in  your  hearts; 

20  Knowing  this  first  that  ''no 
prophecy  of  ^Scripture  "^cometh 
from  one's  own  interpretation  : 


but  as  to  a  historical  elucidation  to  the  eye  and  ear  of  their  true 
reference  and  import,  as  well  as  an  additional  seal  ;-3.,  the  read- 
ers, therefore,  who  had  not  been  with  the  writer  on  the  holy 
mount,  but  who  had  the  lamp  of  prophecy  in  their  hand,  are 
very  naturally  commended  for  giving  heed  thereunto,  burning, 
as  it  now  did,  with  a  brighter  flame.  Bt^atorfpoi'  is  taken  as  a 
predicate  by  (probably  R.;-It.,  Fr.  G.,-S.)  ;-Oec.,  Grot.,  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Midd.,  Clarke,  Knapp,  Ros., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Trol.,  Stolz,  Dr.  John  Brown,  De  W.,  Dav.,  Dietl.. 
Peile.  Others  (Erasm.,  Zeg.,  &c.)  allow  this  construction. — All., 
Bloomf.,  $;c.,  understand  the  clause  thus :  '  We  have  a  surer,  viz. 
the  prophetic,  word.'  But  how  surer,  than  the  visible  glory  of 
the  transfiguration  and  the  immediate  voice  of  God,  or  than  the 
apostolic  word  regarding  these  facts  ?  '  To  the  -Jews,'  answer 
Whitb.  and  others.  But  to  the  unbelieving  Jews  there  is  no 
reference  whatever  in  the  passage.  '  The  appearance  and  voice 
on  the  mount  were  transient,  and  only  three  persons  witnessed 
the  interesting  scene'  (Scott,  &c.).  But  the  record  remained, 
nor  was  there,  between  the  writer  and  his  readers,  any  dispute 
or  doubt  as  to  its  perfect  accuracy ;  not  to  mention  that  against 
a  very  large  portion  of  the  Scriptures,  prophetic  and  historical, 
the  same,  or  a  similar,  objection  might  be  urged.  The  more 
plausible  answer  of  Sherlock,  Guyse,  Gill,  Bloomf.,  Huth.,  that 
the  transfiguration  was  in  itself  only  a  historical  occurrence,  or, 
at  the  most,  but  a  type,  and  not  an  express  prophecy,  of  the 
future  coming  in  power  and  glory,  has  been  already  met  in  the 
remarks  on  Iluth.'s  third  objection,  above. — The  other  explana- 
tions of  βεβ.,  as  used  for  a  positive  (Syr.,  Germ.;- Vat.,  Zeg., 
Carpz.,  &o.)  or  for  ^superlative  (Ar.,  Dt.,  Fr.  M.;-Pagn.,  Bez., 
&c.),  are  mere  evasions  of  a  difficulty. 

1  'Prophecy  as  a  whole' — universiim  testimonium  (Beng.) — 
'  all  whose  rays,  from  whatever  point  they  come,  and  whatever 
else  they  touch  in  passing,  converge  upon  the  throne  of  our 
Lord's  glory.'  See  Luke  24:26,27;  Acts  3:  19-21;  1  Pet. 
1:  10,  11.  (-Far  off  His  coming  shone.'  Milton,  P.  L.  vi. 
7G9).— R.;-Dt.,  It..  French  verss.;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Mol- 
denh.,  Wakef.  Mack.,  Xewc,  Thom.,  Clarke,  Mey.,  All.,  Stolz, 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Trol.,  De  W.,  Barn.,  Kenr.,  Peile,  Huth. 

■•  The  word  τίροψη^ίχός.  which  occurs  only  here  and  Rom. 
IG :  26.  is  here  rendered  by  an  adjective  in  R.;-Latin  and  Ger- 
man verss.  (except  Jley.),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-namra.,  Dodd.,  Mack., 
Thom.,  Clarke,  Penn,  Barn.,  Kenr. 

■  See  Ps.  119:  105,  where  for  the  Heb.  ~]j  (Greenf.'s  word 


here)  the  Sept.  has  λν;ι;νο5 ;  Ε.  V.,  lamp  ;-also  2  Sam.  21 :  17  in 
the  Heb.,  Sept.,  and  E.  V.  marg. — W.  (lantern),  R.  {candle)  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (/itceniae  ;-except  Carpz.,  lijcJinum),  Syr.  (as  in 
Ps.  119:  105),  Dt.  marg.  (lantaern,  kaersse),  It.  (lampana), 
Fr.  G.,-M.,  (chandelle),  Fr.  S.  (lampe)  ;-B.  and  L.  (flambeau), 
Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wes!.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Mcy. 
(Leuchte;  and  so  Stolz,  DeW.;-for  Luth.'s  Licht),  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Trol.,  Barn.  ('  candle,  lamp,  or  torch'),  Kenr.,  Peile.  See 
Pass.,  and  the  lexicons  generally  ;-aIso  Rev.  1 :  12,  N.  c. 

'  The  participial  form  is  retained  by  W.,  R.;-Latin  verss., 
Syr.,  Dt.,  It.  Fr.  S.;-Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Scott, 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

"  'Many  Edd.  have  ή  ij/tt'pa :  the  Editors  did  not  consider 
that  the  day  spoken  of  was  not  yet  in  existence,  in  which  case 
the  article  is  more  properly  omitted.  Φωυφόροί  is  used  as  a 
proper  name.'     Midd. 

"  This  punctuation  leaves  it  doubtful,  as  the  text  does, 
whether  '  in  your  hearts'  is  to  be  construed  with  the  words  im- 
mediately preceding,  or,  as  some  have  thought,  with  '  take  heed.' 
Sch.  encloses  ω;  ■Κνχνοί .  . .  amttArj  in  a  parenthesis. 

'  In  the  only  other  passage  of  the  N.  T.  where  γραφι;  occurs 
without  the  article,  2  Tim.  3 :  16,  E.  V.  also  omits  it  ;-W.,  R.;- 
Wells,  Dodd.,We.sl.  (Scripture  prophecy),Wakei.,  Mack.,Newc, 
Scott,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile.— The  word  here  referring  to 
the  whole  volume  of  inspiration,  it  is  printed  with  a  capital  S, 
in  accordance  with  the  rule  of  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  recent 
Revision. 

"  Ildiia  . . .  oi  =  υϊ'&ιμία.   See  Win.  5  21.  1. Huth.:  '  yiv- 

eiai  is  =  t(stii'.'  But,  while  the  past  tenses  of  γΐρομαί  are  often 
used  as  corresponding  parts  of  ilmi,  this  is  not  true  of  the  pres- 
ent. Here  the  distinction,  as  between  fieri  and  esse,  is  strictly 
maintained,  yiVofiat  carrying  with  it  the  idea  of  origin,  result, 
or  change  of  state.  E.  V.,  accordingly,  renders  it  variou.sly,  to 
be  made,  Matt.  9  :  16 ;  27 :  24 ;  JIark  2 :  21 ;  1  Cor.  14 :  25  ; 
Heb.  7 :  12  (less  accurately  in  v.  18)  -,-ίο  be  icrought.  Mark 
6:  2;-to  be  done,  Mark  4:  11;  Luke  9  :  7;  23:  8;  Acts  4:  30; 
14:  3;  &c.;-to  become,  Matt.  13:  22;  Mark  4:  19,  32;-io  arise, 
Mark  4 :  37  ;-to  come.  Acts  26 :  22 ;  28 :  6 ;  1  Tim.  6 :  4 ;  (  Acts 
27:  33,  Ιμι-κκίν  ij/itpa  γίνίΰθαί  day  was  coming  on);-to  come  to 
pass,  Mark  11:  23;  13:  29;  Luke  12:  55  (less  accurately  in 

2 


10 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  I. 


KING    JAMKS      VEKSION. 

21  For  the  pro[)liecy  came  nol 
in  old  time  by  the  will  of  man  : 
but  holy  men  of  God  spake  as 
thrij  ivcrc  moved  by  the  Holy 
Ghost. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


21  ou  γά^  Of^yijitatt  άιΌρώτίου  riv- 
ί^βη  τίοτε  τΐροφηΤΐία,  ά'λ'Χ  ντίυ  ΙΙνεν- 
ματος  Άγίυυ  <ρί^)6μ£νοί  ίλαλτβαν  οι 
αγιοί  Θεοί)  άνθρωποι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

21  For  ''not  by  ^man's  will 
"was  ''prophecy  "brought  ''at 
any  time,  but  ''the  holy  men  of 
God  spake  "being  moved  bjf  the 
Holy  ^Spirit. 


1  The  negative  is  kept  here  by  R.;-Latin  verss..  Syr.;-B.  and 
L.  (ce  i^est  pas  par),  JIack.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  All.,  Van  Ess,  De  W. , 
Murd.,  Pcile. 

'  W.,  U.; -Fr.  S.  (une  voloii'e  d'homme);-Ya.n  Ess  (eiiies 
Menschen  Willkulir). 

*  See  V.  18,  N.  n,  &c.  W.,  R.;-Vulg.  {nUata  est),  Germ,  {ist 
/lervor  gebracht).  Dt.  {is  voortgebragt),  It.  {fic  recaia),  Fr. 
G.,-M.,  (a  eleapportee),  Fr.S.  {fut  app.)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv., 
Vat.,  Bez.,  (as  Vulg.).  Hamm.,  Cocc.  and  Bcng.  {lata  est),  Dodd., 
Moldonh.  and  All.  {as  Gei-m.),  Mack. 

•■  W.,  R.;-Fr.  S.;-IIaram.,  Wells,  Beng.  {• prophdia  sine  ar- 
ticulo,  indefinite  dicitur.'),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.  and  later  Ger- 
man verss.  {eine  IVeissagung),  'Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloom f.,  Barn.,  Kenr. 

'  The  oO  . . .  rtoie  here  answers  to  the  Λάσα  ...  οΰ  of  v.  20. — 
E.  V.  marg.;  1  Cor.  'J:  7  {any  time);  1  Thess.  2:5;  &c.;-W. 
{any  time).  R.;-Syr.;-Castal.,  Cocc,  Wits.,  Bcng.,  Carpz.,  Ros.. 
(ii»f/iia»i.),Engl.  Ann.  ('or.  at  any  time''),  Hamm.  {as  )('.),  Pyle 
{ever),  Mack.,  Newc.,    Mey.  and  Do  W.  {je),  Kenr.  ;-Schuttg., 


Bretsch.,  Schirl.     Many  others  (T.,  C.;-Germ.,  Fr.  S.;-Bloomf., 
Uuth.,  &c.)  connect  with  the  negative  (as  in  E.  V.,  v.  10)  = 

never. 

■>  W.,  R.;-Germ.,  Pt.,  It.,  French  vcrss.;-Engl.  Ann.  ('or 
those'),  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thoin.,  Mey., 
Ros.  {illi),  Greenf.,  Kist.,  Goss.,  Van  Ess  {jene). — But  Griesb. 
and  all  the  later  editors  cancel  the  ot  'on  the  evidence  of  almost 
all  the  authorities'  (Huth.).  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  and  that  the  article  be  omitted. 

'  Not  merely  the  manner  of  their  speaking,  but  '  that  they 
spoke  at  all  in  the  utterance  of  prophecy,  was  immcdiatel}'  and 
absolutely  dependent  on  the  divine  impulse.' — Nothing  answer- 
ing to  the  E.  V.  supplement  (which  was  taken  from  T.)  is  found 
in  W.,  R.;-any  foreign  vers.;-Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Wakef..  Mack., 
Thorn.,  Clarke,  Penn,  Kenr. — For  φίρομαί.  in  the  sense  of  being 
borne  along,  driven,  see  Acts  27 :  15.  17.  Here  also  the  Germ. 
verss.  have  getrieben ;  Dt.,  gedreven  zijnde ;  It.,  essendu  so&- 
pinti;  French  verss.,  poiwses ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Ros.,  inpiilsi; 
Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  {[beingi  carried),  Thom.  {by  an  impulse). 

'  Guyse,  Dodd.,  AVakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Scott,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Murd. 


V.  54) ;  21 :  7,  28, 31, 30  -,-ίο  draw  {iyyvs  nigh  unto),  John  6 :  19. 
In  other  cases,  where  E.  Ύ.  translates  bj'  the  simple  copula,  it 
fails,  as  here,  to  give  the  full  force  of  the  original ;  e.  g.  Matt. 
12 :  45,  Luke  11 :  2G,  comes  to  6ey-Luke  6 :  36,  the  disciples  are 
required  to  become  what  God  essentially  is  ;  comp.  1  Pet.  1 :  16  ;- 
Luke  15 :  10,  joy  arises,  a  fresh  spring  of  joy  ;-20 :  33,  does  she 
become?;-Kom.  11 :  6,  comes  to  be  no  more  grace  j-lleb.  11:  6, 
that  God  is,  aud,  in  the  order  of  his  providence,  becomes  a  re- 
warder,  &c.     (See  Kitto's  Journal  of  Sac.  Lit.,  Vol.  vi.  pp. 

433-6). Besides  17  cases  of  xat  ibiav,  l&ios  Occurs  90  times, 

and  IS  78  times  translated  in  E.  V^.  by  own,  his  own,  her  own,  &c., 
according  to  the  reference ;  and  in  all  the  other  (omitting  the 

present  text)  17  instances  this  is  still  the  force  of  the  word. 

'ErtaiJ0i5(Pass.:  Ί.  LOsung,  Befreiung  wovon ;  2.  AuflOsung;  Er- 
klaruiig,  Doutung.'),  found  nowhere  else  in  the  N.  T.,  is  employed 
byAquilaforC>:5"i-;n9  Gen. 40:8  (Sept.5iacia(}));(TK;  E.  Y. inter- 
pretations), and  by  Symmachus  for  CS^Fl  Hos.  3 :  4  (under- 
standing probably  Iiy  the  word  an  oracular  response,  or  the 
means  by  which  it  was  obtained.  Thcodotion  here  has  ίτίΛνο- 
μίνον  ;  and  Aquila,  the  same  form  at  Gen.  41 :  S).  The  etymo- 
logical idea  of  unloosing,  setting  free  from  entanglement,  and 
hence,  figuratively,  of  making  clear,  settling  by  e.vposition,  is 
apparent  in  the  N.  T.  use  of  έΛιλνω,  Mark  4:  34  (E.  V.  e.v- 
pounded) ;  Acts  19 :  39 ;  and,  according  to  some  copies,  in  the 
Sept.  Gen.  41:  12. 


Dismissing  the  conjectural  emendation  ΐΛ-ηχύαιωζ  (Calv.,  Grot., 
lie.)  as  of  no  manuscript  authority ;  and  the  Syriac  construction 
of  i&iai  with  Ύραψης,  which  would  also  require  ίΛΛνΰις ;  and 
even  the  gloss  of  Suid.  making  ίτίΛναι;^  i'^oSoj,  accessiis ;  we 
may  still  arrange  the  interpretations  and  translations  of  this 
verse-(  Crucemfi.vit  interpret ibus,  saysWoIf.)-into  three  classes, 
according  as  iSiai  is  referred  to,  1.,  the  readers  of  prophcc}•; 
'they  are  not  to  interpret,  each  for  himself  irrespectively  of, 
(1.),  Catlwlic  consent — the  Romish  idea  ;  or,  {2.),  divine  illu- 
mination, or  the  general  sense  of  Scripture.  So  perhaps  T.,  C, 
{hath  any  pr.  int.)  ;-and  so  Bede,  Luth.  CPetrus  hat  es  ver- 
boten,  du  sollst  nicht  auslegen ;  der  Heilige  Geist  selbst  soil 
esauslegen  oder  soil  unausgelegt  bleiben.'),  Erasm.,  Bez.,  Arct., 
Par.,  Dt.  Ann.  (as  one  reference),  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Mor.,  Slarck, 
Wells.  B.  and  L.,  Carpz.,  Pott,  Scott,  Steiger,  Kcnr.j-SchOttg.: — 
2.,  to  prophecy  itself;  '  no  pr.  is  of  se//-interpretation,'  but  needs 

I  light  from  the  event,  or  other  revelations.  So  Syr.,  Ar.;-Weren- 
feks,  Horsley,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Ros.,  Bloomf.,  Home,  Trol.,  Dr.  John 
Brown,  Dietl.,  Peili';-Bretsch.  under  the  word  ϊδιΌ;,  Wahl,  Schirl. 
But.  (1.),  a  multitude  of  prophecies,  themselves  all  equally  inde- 
terminate, could  not  by  combination  be  made  to  determine  the 
meaning  of  one  another.  All  prophecy,  prior  to  the  fulfilment, 
must  be  only  useless  and  bewildering.     The  'light  shining  in  a 

'  dark  place'  would  itself  be  darkness  ;-(2.),  this  interpretation 
is,  therefore,  irreconcilcable  with  the  nature  of  Christian  faith 

I  and  hope  ;  Heb.  11 :  1,  &c;-(3.),  it  contradicts  the  testimony  of 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF   PETER.     CHAP.  II. 


11 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 
CHAP.    II. 

But  there  were  false  prophets 
also  among  the  people,  even  as 
there  shall  be  false  teachers 
among  you,  who  privily  shall 
bring  in  damnable  heresies,  even 


GREEK    TEXT. 


CHAP.    II. 


1  ΈΓΕΝΟΝΤΟ  &  και  ψευδοπρο- 
ψί,ται  εν  τω  λαο,  ώς  και  &ν  νμίν  εσον- 
tai  '^cvhohLha.axa^Mi,  οιτιτες  τιαρεισά- 
ξονσιν  αφέσεις   άτΐίύλείας,   και.   tov 


REVISED    VERSION. 
CHAP    II. 

But  there  were  *also  false  pro- 
phets among  the  people,  ''as  also 
■^among  you  there  shall  be  false 
teachers,  who  privily  shall  bring 
in  ''destructive  "'sects,  "^even  deny- 


'^  '  Besides  the  true,  just  spoken  of.'  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  z,  &c. 
— The  particle  is  here  kept  in  its  proper  relation  by  W.,  R.  ;-all 
foreign  versions  (except  the  tliree  older  French,  which  omit 
it);-Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Clarke,  Trol.,  Bloomf., 
Murd.,  Dav.,  Kenr. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  z,  &c.     Comp.  1  Cor.  10  :  11. 

•^  The  h  ίψΐν  retains  its  place  in  W..  R.  ;-Latin  and  German 
verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Mack.  Most  others  translate  4iu6o8.  in 
immediate  connection  with  oitivii. 

^  Germ,  (verderbliche),  Dt.  (yerderfelijke)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat., 
Castal.,  Grot.,  Carpz.,  {perniciosas),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Pise,  {exi- 
tiales),  Engl.  Ann.,  Sharpe,  Barn.,  (of  destruction),  Cocc. 
(exilii  •,-ίοτ  Yulg.  perdiiionis),  B.  and  L.  (pemicieuses).  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Jloldenh.  (as  Germ.  ;-and  so  Mey.,  De  W.),  Wakef., 
Mack.,  Xewc,  Thorn.,  Penn.,  Bloomf.  (pernicious),  Murd.,  Peile 
(^ pern,  or  c/esi.')  ;  -  Schleus.,  Bretsch.,  Wahl,  (as  Erasm.), 
Win.,  Rob.  See  v.  3,  N.  p.  I  recommend  that  the  note:  'Gr. 
sects  of  destruction,^  be  set  in  the  margin. 

"  Ai'piais=' electa  vita3  diseiplina,  secta'  (Bretsch.),  'sect, 
school,  party'  (Rob.),  retains  this  its  '  true  original  meaning  ' 


(Dav.)-'  uniform  import '  (C'ampb.)-in  E.  V.,  Acts  5  :  17  ;  15  : 
.5  ;  24  :  5  ;  26  :  .5  ;  28  :  22  ;  and  might  have  been  so  rendered 
elsewhere,  Acts  24  :  14 ;  1  Cor.  11 :  19 ;  Gal.  5 :  20 ;  2  Pet.  2 : 
1 ;  though  in  the  last  three  places  Bretsch.  and  Rob.  give  as  a 
secondary  sense,  dissensio,  discord.  Under  άΛώλίΐα,  indeed, 
Rob.  translates  the  word  in  this  instance  heresies.  But  this 
use,  which  Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Green,  do  not  mention  at  all,  is  as- 
signed by  the  general  lexicons  (Stcph.,  Pass.,  L.  and  S.),  to  the 
later  ecclesiastical  period.  And  so  it  is  by  De  AV.,  though  he 
adopts  it  here,  less,  probably,  (and  the  same  thing  ma}'  be  said 
of  Huth.),  on  account  of  any  peculiarity  in  the  present  context, 
than  because  of  his  previous  decision  respecting  the  post-apos- 
tolic origin  of  the  epistle.  E.  V.  follows  Bez.— W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;- 
Vulg.,  Germ.,  French  vers.s.  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Castal., 
Carpz.,  Thom.,  Greenf.  (flip'^ilf-).  Barn,  ('the  idea  of  sect  or 

party  is  that  which  is  conveyed  by  this  word,  i-ather  than  doc- 
trinal errors.'),  Kenr.  Peile  ('heresies — less  doctrinal  than 
sectarian  and  schismatical ')  ;-Wahl,  Win. 

'  '  These  ruptures  of  the  one  body  being  but  the  manifestation 
of  a  departure  from  the  one  faith  ;'  and  hence  the  ecclesiastical 
use  of  ttLpfffc;. 


Scripture  respecting  some  prophecies;  1  Tim.  4:  1  ;-(4.),  sets 
aside  one  main  end  of  prophecy,  the  guidance  and  consolation  of 
the  Church;  JohnlG:  13,  Rev.  1:  1-3,  &c.;-(5.),  is  at  variance 
with  the  experience  of  the  people  of  God  in  past  ages,  as  of  Xoah, 
Abraham,  David,  Daniel,  &c.  See  also  JIatt.  2 :  5  ;-and,  (C),  there 
are  very  many  prophecies  of  Scripture  that  do  interpret  them- 
selves just  as  readily  and  satisfactorily,  as  Micah's  prophecy  of 
the  bh'th  of  the  Messiah  in  Bethlehem,  or  as  any  of  its  plainest 
narratives : — or,  3.,  to  the  prophets ;  either,  (1.), '  they  could  not 
themselves  e.vplain  their  own  prophecies;  so  Gee,  Knapp,  Till.. 
De  W.;-Schlcus.,  and  Bretsch.  under  the  word  ijtixvei; ;  or,  (2.), 
'  they  did  not  of  themselves  interpret'  the  future,  or  the  hidden 
counsels  of  God.  So  W.  (made  by  proper  interp.),  R.  (made  by 
private  interp.),  G.,  as  if  reading  (Λη•κϋΰ(ωζ,  (is  of  any  private 
motion)  ;-Vulg.  (propria  inter pretatione  non  ft).  Germ.,  not- 
withstanding Luth.'s  comment,  (geschieht  aus  eigener  Aiisl.e- 
gung),  Fr.  M.  ()ie  procede  d'aucun  moiivement  particulier)  ;- 
Calv.  (who,  however,  can  find  no  authority  for  ίΛηΧναίωζ,  which 
he  seems  to  regard  as  necessary  to  this  sense).  Cam.  ('  sensus 
itaque  Petri  Apostoli  hie  videtur  esse,  Prophetas  non  suae  men- 
tis sensiim  edidisse,  sed  fuisse  interpretes  consilii  divini,  et 
sententia  verborum  est  aferta,  Prophetas  non  suam,  sed  Dei 
mentem  hominibus  exposuisse.'),  Dt.  Ann.  (as  another  reference, 
and  the  first  mentioned),  Grot,  (whose  bolder  criticism  adopts 


iTtrfKvaiui  as  the  true  reading),  Wits,  (who  would  make  matters 
sure  by  uniting  with  this  the  first  view  also),  Owen,  Harani. 
(who,  with  others,  after  Cam.,  finds  a  metaphor  in  ijiix.,  drawn 
from  loosing,  starting,  horses  in  a  race;  'of  their  own  incila- 
tion,  motion,  letting  loose').  Pears.,  Cler.  ('Malim  ίΛίχναιν  intcr- 
pretari  quasi  solutionem  ling7iae  ant  oris.'),  Whitb.  ('of  their 
aim  incitation,  motion,  or  the  suggestion  of  their  own  private 
spirits),  Beng.  ('  interpretalio,  qua  ipsi  res  antea  plane  clausas 
aperuere  mortalibus.'),  Guyse  (the  product  of  any  man's  own 
invention),  Dodd.  (of  private  impulse),  Wesl.  ('It  is  not  any 
man's  own  word.  It  is  God,  not  the  prophet  himself,  who 
thereby  interprets  things  till  then  unknown.'),  Gill  (of  a  man's 
oicn  impulse),  Moldenh.  (atis  eigner  Entwickelung  herr-iihre), 
Mack.  (ofpr.  invention),  Newc.  (ofpr.  utterance),  Clarke  ('by 
the  mere  pr.  impulse  of  his  own  mind'),  Henderson,  Congrega- 
tional Lecture  on  Inspiration,  pp.  485-C,  ('pr.  or  uninspired  dis- 
closure'). Barn,  (of  their  own  disci.).  Turner,  Huth.  ('geschieht 
aus,  oder  hiingt  ab  von  eigner  [d.  i.  des  Verkiindigers  mensch- 
licher]  Deutung  der  Zukunft.');-Rob.  (' cometh  of  pr.  [particu- 
lar] int.,  i.  e.  is  not  an  int.  of  the  will  and  purposes  of  God  by 
the  prophets  themselves.').  This  view,  (1.),  satisfies  the  uni- 
versal term  in  the  proposition  ;-(2.),  explains  the  use  of  yivtrai 
('ita  enim  loquitur  ut  ostendat  unde  sit  Scriptura,  nam  vox 
yiViTat  ortum  significat.'  Cam.)  ;-(3.),  intimates  that  the  '  light 


12 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

denying  the  Lord  tli.-it  bought 
them,  and  bring  upon  tlicmselves 
swill  destruction. 

2  And  many  shall  lollow  their 
pernicious  waj^s;  by  reason  of 
whom  the  way  of  truth  shall  be 
evil  spoken  of. 

3  And  through  covetousncss 
shall  they  witii  feigned  words 
make  merchandise  of  you  :  whose 
judgment  now  of  a  long  time  lin- 
gereth  not,  and  their  damnation 
slumberelh  not. 

4  For  if  God  spared  not  tlie 
angels  that  sinned,  but  cast  lhc7n 


GREEK    TEXT. 

άγοράσαντα  αύΐονς  ^εστίότην  αρνού- 
μενοι, έτίάγοντες  tavtoig  ταχιντ,ν 
άηάλειαν• 

2  καϊ  τίολ^Μ  έΙ;αχολονθήΰονσιν 
αίτωΐ'  ταϊς  άττωλείαις,  hi  ονς  ή  οδός 
ττ,ς  aλrβεiaς  βλασφ-ημ-ηθγ.σεται• 

3  καί  εν  η'λεονεζ,ία  ηλαστοϊς  λό- 
γοις  νμάς  εμηορεναονταν  οϊς  τό  χριμα 
εκιχτύ^αι  ονκ  αργεί,  καΐ  ή  ΰττώλ^ια 
αντίον  ον  νυστάζει. 

4  Εί  yap  ό  Θ<:Ός  άγγέ^Μν  Ιψαρτη- 
ΰάνΊί,Λν  ονκ  εφείοατο,  ά/^λα  σειραις 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ing  the  ^Master  ""who  bought 
them,  'bringing  upon  themselves 
■■speedy  destruction. 

2  And  many  shall  follow  their 
''destructive  ways,  by  reason  of 
whom  the  way  of  'the  truth  shall 
be  evil  spoken  of; 

3  And  "'in  covetousness  shall 
they  with  feigned  words  make 
merchandise  of  you  ;  "for  whom 
the  judgment  "from  of  old  linger- 
eth  not,  and  their  Pdestruclion 
slumbcreth  not. 

4  For  if  God  spared  not  i  an- 
gels  ""when    they     sinned,    but, 


^  So  translated  five  times  (1  Tim.  6:  1,  2;  2  Tim,  2:  21; 
Tit.  2:  9  ;  1  Pet.  2:  18)  in  E.  Λ''.,  according  to  the  proper  mean- 
ing of  the  word,  which  denotes,  as  opposed  to  servant,  '  master, 
head  of  a  family,  paterfamilias^  {Roh.), -Hansherr  (Pass., 
Schirl.).  In  three  instances  (Luke  2 :  29  ;  Acts  4:  24;  Rev. 
6  :  10).  where  it  is  used  of  God  tlie  Sovereign  Ruler,  it  is  fitly 
rendered  Lord ;  but  in  the  two  remaining  cases,  (here  and 
Jude  4),  where  it  is  spoken  of  the  Saviour,  it  .seems  better  to 
preserve  the  original  idea,  especially  since  iu  Jude  it  is  employed 
along  with  Kvpioj,  Lord,  and  here  m  connection  with  the  pur- 
chase of  his  servants.  Comp.  1  Cor.  G :  19,  20  :  7  :  22,  23.— 
Castal.,  Cocc.  (heriim),  B.  and  L.  (Maifre),  Penn,  .Sharpe. 

''  See  ch.  1  :  r,,  X.  i.  Ac. 

'  The  apposition  by  asyndeton,  at  which  many  stumble,  of 
this  clause  with  that  which  precedes,  suggests  that  the  one  ac- 
tion is  simultaneous,  as  it  were  identical,  with  the  other.  See 
Prov.  8  :  .3G ;  and  note  also  the  opposition  between  jtapitoalou- 
Biv  and  ίΛάγοί'ίίζ. — The  participial  form  is  retained  by  R  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.,  Carpz.),  Syr..  Dt.,  It.  Fr.  G.,-M.,- 
S.  ;-Dodd.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn..  Penn,  Bloomf.,  Murd.,  Kenr. ; 
and  of  these,  Dt,  Fr.  S.,  Bloomf.,  Murd.,  alone  supply  any  con- 
nective particle. 

)  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  y.     R.  ;-Guyse,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Penn. 

'  Or,  according  to  the  more  approved  reading,  ά^Λγηοι; 
(•lude  4),  which  I  recommend  to  be  followed,  lascivious  uatjs. 
So  E.  V.  marg.—-  Tliis  reading,  says  Bloomf.,  '  is  found  in  al- 
most all  the  MSS.,  Versions,  and  early-Editions,  except  the 
Erasmian  and  Stephanie  ones,  has  been  preferred  by  almost  all 
critics,  and  was  adopted  by  Wetst.,  and  edited  by  Beng.,  Griesb., 
Matth.,  Knapp,  Tittra.,  and  Vater.'  (To  those  may  be  added 
Mey.,  Sch.,  Laohm.,  Ilahn.  Ti.sch.,  Theile.)     'And  rightly  ;  for 


both  external  and  internal  evidence  are  in  favour  of  it.'  Of  the 
older  verss.,  it  is  fullowed  by  Vulg.,  Syr.,  Ar.,  It. 

'  Foreign  verss.  ;-Hamm..  Campb.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Penn. 

"  See  ch.  1 : 1,  N.  d.  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.;-Calv.  (restores  the 
Vulg.  in,  for  the  per  of  Erasm.).  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Stier,  De  W., 
Murd.,  Huth.  (■  as  it  were  suriounded  by  avarice,  living  in  it, 
mastered  by  it.     To  paraphrase  ii'  by  δια  is  not  correct.'). 

"  W.  (to  which),  R.  (iinio  whom)  ;-Vulg.  (qnibus),  Dt.  (over 
wie),  It.  (sopi-a  i  quali),  Fr.  M.  {qui  leur  est  destinee),  Fr.  S- 
(pour  eux)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Wolf., 
Beng.,  Ros.,  (as  Vulg.),  Jloldenh.  (in  Anschinig  welcher), 
Mack,  (to  them),  Thom.  (fin•  them),  Sharpe  (against  whom), 
De  W.  ('eig.  fiir  die  '),  Huth.  ('  Dat  incommodi.'). 

-  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  CLarke,  Pott,  Mey.,  Bloomf.,  De  TV., 
&c.,  connect  txH.  with  χρίμα,^ρνοηοηηοβά  of  old  (comp.  Jude 
4)  ;  Fr.  S.,  Huth.,  &c.,  with  apyii,=ever  since  it  teas  pro- 
nounced.—Έ.  v.,  ch.  'i:  5  (of  old)  ;-Syr.  (=  Greenf.    C~^C), 

Germ,  (von  lange  her).  Dt.  (ran  over  lang),  Fr.  M.  (depuis 
long-temps)  ;-Cocc.  (ab  antiquo),  Wells,  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr. 
Λ/.)-ΒεΓΐ.  Bib.  (fore  alters  her).  Mack.,  Thom.,  (nf  old),  De 
W.  {con  langst  her),  Peile. 

ρ  See  V.  1,  N.  d.  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Jfack., 
Newc,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  This  is 
the  fourth  occurrence  of  the  word  in  these  three  verses,  and  E. 
V.  renders  it  in  as  many  diflerent  ways. 

■i'Who  excel  in  strength'  (Ps.  103:  20).  Calv. :  'Argu- 
mentum  est  a  majori  ad  minus.'— E.  V.,  v.  11  ;-W.,  R.  ;- 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  De  W.,  Peile. 

'  Peile.     Comp.  v.  5,  N.  z.     Several  use  a  participle. 


shunng  ni  a  dark  place'  did  not  originate  there  ;-(4.),  furnishes  I  common  construction,  indeed,  would  have  a  preposition,  as  sx, 
a  strong  motive  (γι,.ώΜοΐ'τ,ξ)  for 'taking  heed' ;-and,  (5.).  draws  (Irto,  with  the  genitive;  but  this  case  is  also  employed  thus 
after  it  (ydf)  the  more  explicit  statement  of  v.  21  ;-nor  docs  any  simply  by  itself  to  express  the  relation  of  dependence  or  origin, 
other  interpretation  meet  all  of  the.se  five  points.     The  more '  See  Rom.  9:  16.  Buttm.  §  132.  3.  Kvihn.  §  273.  1. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  II. 


13 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


down  to  hell,  and  delivered  them  ζόήκ)ν  ΤαρΤαρώσας  τίαρέ^ωκεν  εις  xf)i- 
into    chains    of  darkness,   to    be 


reserved  nnto  judgment; 

5  And  spared  not  the  old 
world,  but  saved  Noah  the  eighth 
j>erso?i,  a  preacher  of  righteous- 
ness, bringing  in  the  flood  upon 
the  world  of  the  ungodly  ; 

6  And  turnino;  the  cities  of 
Sodom  and  Gomorrah  into  ashes, 
condemned  the7n  with  an  over- 
throw, making  ihem  an  ensample 


Gir  τετηρη μένους• 


5  xai  αρχαίου  κόσμου  οίκ  εφεί- 
σατο,  αλλ'  6γ8οον  Νωε  δικαιοσύνης 
κτ.ρνκα  εφν'λαζε,  καΐακλιισ^^όι^  χόσμω 
άσεβων  ετίάζας• 


6  και  ηό2£ΐς  'Σοδόμων  και  Γομόρ- 
ρας  τεφρώσας  καταστροφγι  κατεκρι- 


REVISED   VERSION. 

^having  cast  them  '  to  hell,  deliv- 
ered them  "Linto  chains  of  dark- 
ness, "havinij  been  reserved  "for 
judgment ; 

5  And  spared  not  the  old 
world,  but  "kept  Noah,  ^  a  preach- 
er of  righteousness,  ^  with  seven 
others,  ""when  he  brought  ''  the 
flood  upon  the  world  ot'  the  un- 
godly ; 

6  And,  ""reducing  to  ashes  the 
cities  of  Sodom  and  "^Gomorrha, 
condemned  them  ho  an  over- 
throw, ^having  made  them  an  "ex- 


•  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  E.  V.  at  v.  6,  and 
here  by  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack., 
Thorn.,  Clarke,  Sharpe,  Peile. 

'  For  the  omi.ssion  of  down,  see  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-S.;- 
Cocc,  Beng.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Clarke,  AH.,  Pcile. 

"  Wakef.,  Newc,  {to),  Peile.  Very  many,  from  Tulg.  (pro- 
bably) and  Syr.  to  De  W.,  Day.,  Dietl.,  connect  ettpais  as  a 
dative  of  the  instrument  or  manner  with  ταρταρι^σα?.  On 
reconsideration,  I  adhere  to  the  construction  of  E.  V.,  for  two 
reasons:  1.,  7<a.ftSuxiv  naturally  requires  a  dative ;-2.,  and 
chiefly,  ζόφος,  in  the  other  three  instances  of  its  occurrence  (v. 
17 ;  Jude  6,  13),  is  used  only  as  a  characteristic  of  hell  itself. 
Some,  indeed,  (as  Mack.,  Thom.,  &c.),  would  tran.slate  :  coiifiiiing 
in  Tartarus  icith  or  in  chains. 

'  Fr.  S.  (gardes)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Bcz.,  (servatos),  Xewc. 
(as  E.  v.,  but  marking  to  be  as  a  supplement),  Huth.  (would 
render  the  received  text  thus  :  'als  seiche,  die  [bis  jelzt]  avf- 
bewahrt  worden  sind.'). — But  all  the  recent  editors  have  fjjpou- 
μίνονί.  (except  Lachm.,  xoXafo^tUOvs  t^pilv),  which,  says 
Bloomf.,  '  is  found  in  almost  all  the  best  MSS.  and  early  edi- 
tions.' I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  trans- 
lated :  bei7ig  reserved.  Sharpe  (reserved),  De  W.,  Huth.,  (als 
sulche,  die  aufbewahrt  icerden),  Peile  (being  kept)  ;-AVin. 
('eigentl.  als  solche,  welche  [nun^  aufb.  werchn).  See  v.  f), 
N.  X. — E.  V.  seems  to  come,  through  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  from  the 
Vulg.  resercari. 

"  Fr.  S.  (pour)  ;-B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  S.),  "Wakef.,  Mack., 
Newc,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  De  ^V.  (fur),  Peile. 

»  E.  V.  so  translates  everywhere  else,  except  Mark  10 :  20  ; 
1  Tim.  5:21;  where  keep  is  equally  suitable.  From  this 
statement  are  also  to  be  excepted  three  instances  of  the  middle 
voice,  Luke  12:  15  ;  2  Tim.  4:  15;  2  Pet.  3:  17,  where  it  is 
properly  rendered  beicare;-Vf.,B,.;-Yii\g.  (custodivit),  Syr.. 
Germ,  (bewahrete),  Dt.  (bewaard  heeft).  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (a  garde), 
Fr.  S.  (o-art/a) ;- Castal.,  Cai;pz.,  Ros.,  (use  conservare),  Bez.. 
Cocc,  (as  Vulg.),  Ilamm.,  B.  and  L.  (ayant  preserve),  Dodd.. 
Wesl.  (preserved ;-ViiiA  so  Wakef..  Thom.,  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr.). 
Moldenh.,  De  W.,  (use  bewahren),  Greenf.  (~'O'\V).    All.  (er- 

hallen)  ;  -  the  lexicons. 


''  JIarginal  note:  '  Gr.  Noah  the  eighth.''  But  this  idiom, 
however  intelligible  to  a  Greek,  does  not  convey  to  the  English 
reader  what  all  scholars  understand  by  it.  To  give  that  riuan- 
ing,  therefore,  is  not  commentary,  but  translation. — Wakef., 
Mey.  (nebst  noch  sieben  Personen),  Goss.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Dav.; 
-Trol.,  Green,  Schirl.  Others  give  the  same  sense  in  various 
ways.  The  transposition  (Mey.,  Penn)  is  occasioned  by  the 
change  of  idiom. 

'  'Ertoiaj  is  translated  by  a  finite  verb  in  W.,  T.,  C,  G.;- 
Syr.  (=Murd.  when  he  br.),  Germ.,  Dt.  (with  als),  Fr.  G.,- 
M.,-S.  (with  /ors^TMe)  ;-Castal.,  Cocc.  (with  qimw).  B.  and  L., 
Dodd.  (as  above ;-&ηά  so  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.),  Moldenh.,  All., 
Stier,  (with  da),  Carpz.,  Wakef,  Mey.  (with  als),  Penn,  De 
W.  (with  indein),  Peile  (with  at  the  same  time  that). 

'  The  in,  retained  by  E.  T.  from  ^V.,  ic,  does  not  belong  to 
the  verb,  nor  is  there  anything  for  it  in  E.  V.,  v.  1 ;  Acts  5  :  28, 
(the  only  other  places  where  the  word  occurs);-any  foreign 
vers,  (except  the  Latin  and  Mey.);-Dodd.,  and  the  later  Eiig- 
li.sh  ;-Rob.,  Schirl.,  Green. 

''  Τίφροω  (a  N,  T.  artai  λ£γ.)  is  rendered,  to  reduce  to  ashes, 
by  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Kenr.,  Peile  ;-Green, 

'  This  orthography,  which  accords  with  the  Greek,  appears  in 
most  editions  of  E.  V.,  and  in  Rob.'s  Lex.,  &c.  Yet  it  seems  desir- 
able to  restore  the  0.  T.  form  Gomorrah  in  the  five  instances 
where  the  word  occurs  in  the  N.;-and  this  has  been  done  by  the 
Amer.  Bible  Soc. — See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  a,  &c. 

■•  '  To  an  utter  and  permanent  subversion.' — So  E.  V.  renders 
the  dative  of  the  punishment  after  xataxpivui  in  the  other 
places  where  it  occurs  ;  JIatt.  20  :  18  ;  Mark  10  :  33  ;-Dt..  Fr. 
G.,-M.;-IIamm.,  B.  and  L.,  Guyse,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Thom., 
Ros.,  Greenf,  Bloomf,  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  All.,  De  W.,  Dav.,  Kenr. 
(to  be  overthrown),  Huth.;-Wahl,  Rob.,  SchirL 

'  Here  the  ruin  is  regarded  as  accomplished  and  still  abiding. 
Comp.  Jude  6,  ffi^pi^xfi'. — It.;-Bloomf.,  Peile  ('  viaking  for 
all  time ;  properly  having  instituted  or  established  ').  Others 
(Dt.;-Moldenh.,  All.,  De  W.)  use  the  same  time,  in  a  finite 
form. 

f  The  more  usual  form,  and  always  employed  by  E,  V.  else- 
where for  νιίόΒίίγμα ;  John  13 :  15  ;  James  5  :  10 ;  Heb.  4:11. 


14 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


KING    JAMEs'     VERSION. 

unto  those  that  after  should  live 
ungodly  ; 

7  And  delivered  just  Lot,  vex- 
ed with  the  filthy  conversation  oF 
the  wicked  : 

8  (For  that  righteous  man 
dwelling  among  them,  in  seeing 
and  hearing,  vexed  his  righteous 
soul  from  day  to  day  with  their 
unla\vlul  deeds  ;) 

9  The  Lord  knoweth  how  to 
deliver  the  godly  out  of  tempta- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

νεν,  ντΐόδείγμα  μελλόντων  άσεβείν 
τεΟείΧίος• 

7  καΐ  Sixaiov  Λώτ,  καΤατίονοίμε- 
νον  υτώ  της  των  άθέσμων  εν  ασελ^Έ/'α 
(Χί^αστροψ%,  έρρνσατο• 

8  β'λεμματι  γαρ  και  άχοτ,  i  8ίκαιος, 
έγκατοίχων  εν  αντόις,  τ,μέραν  έζ  γιμέ- 
ρας   'φνχγ.ν   hixaiav   άνόμοις   έργυις 

έβασάνιζεν 

9  οΐ^ε  Κίρως  ευσεβείς  εκ  ηειρασ- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ample  ^of  those  that  ""shall  'be 
ungodly  ; 

7  And  delivered  Jrighteous  Lot, 
''worn  down  with  the  filthy  'be- 
haviour of  the  "lawless : 

"S  (For  °  in  seeing  and  hearing 
Pdid  ithe  righteous  man,  dwelling 
among  them,  ''day  after  day  Ptor- 
mcnt  his  righteous  soul  with  thci?• 
unlawful  deeds)  : 

*9  The  Lord  knoweth  how  to 
deliver  the  godly  out  of  'tempta- 


^  'Not  so  much /or  their  warning,  as  o/"  their  doom.' — E.  V., 
wherever  else  (4  times)  v^oS.  is  followed  by  the  genitive  ;-W., 
R.;-Vulg.;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Guj-se,  Dodd.,  Carpz.,  Penn. 
Bloomf.,  De  W. 

''  Μίλλω,  construed  with  the  infinitive  of  another  verb,  is  in 
translation  merged  in  a  future  of  that  verb  in  E.  V.,  Matt.  2 : 
13,  and  often  elsewhere  (see  Rev.  10:  7,  N.  y);-and  so  here, 
and  in  the  indicative  mood,  by  R.;-Vulg.  {acturi  sunty-Va^n. 
(simi  victuri),  Peile. 

'  Germ,  (uses  Gntllos,  as  a  substantive);-Castal.  (iuipii  es- 
snit  fiiiuri)),  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  (got/las  sciii),  Dodd.,  Moldenh. 
(as  &'erm.;-and  so  Mey.,  De  W.),  Ncwc,  Peile.  See  Jude  15. 
the  only  other  place  where  the  word  occurs. 

i  E.  v.,  V.  8,  bis,  and  38  times  elsewhere ;- Wells,  Dodd., 
"Wes!.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Scott,  Miird.  The  needless  vari- 
ation in  this  context  began  with  T.,  and  is  found  in  no  foreign 
vers.,  except  B.  and  L.,  Mey.     See  1  John  1 :  9,  N.  a. 

''  The  literal  sense  of  the  word,  which  occurs  but  once  again 
in  the  N.  T.,  Acts  7  :  24,  and  i.s  there  in  E.  V.  oppressed.— Dt. 
(vermocid),  It.  (traraglialo)  ;  -  Pagn.,  Biz.  (fatigahim), 
Bloomf.  (wearied  out),  Barn,  (weai-ied,  burdened) ;  -  Leigh 
('  He  laboured  under  it  as  under  a  burden.'),  Pass,  (niederar- 
bcilen),  Rob.,  as  the  proper  meaning,  (to  loork  down,  wear 
down  by  hibor),  Green  (to  weaiy  out). 

'  Conversation  in  this  general  sense,  if  not  entirely  obsolete, 
is  sufficiently  so  to  justify  its  disuse  in  the  book  of  the  people. 
Guyse,  Wesl.,  Carapb.,  Wakef.  (manners),  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn. 
(conduct ;  ~  Άηά  so  Clarke,  Barn.,  Dav.,  JIurd.,  Kenr.,  Peile), 
Sharpe,  Bloomf  E.\cepting  It.,  Fr.  G.,  B.  and  L.,  the  foreign 
vcrss.  are  free  from  ambiguity. 

'"  In  the  N.  T.  this  word  occurs  only  here  and  ch.  3 :  17,  and 
in  neither  place  is  there  any  reason  for  concealing  its  strict 
meaning.  On  the  contr.ary,  there  is  in  the  context  (vv.  8,  10) 
special  reason  for  retaining  it. — Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss., 
except  Cocc.  profaiiorum,  (use  nefarius  ;~Ros.  explaining  it  as 
e.rlea:,  legmn  contemptor,  legibus  repugnans),  Ilamm.  (which 
broke  all  laws),  Berl.  Bib.  (ungebundoien),  Dodd.,  'Wakef., 
Mack.,  Newc.  marg.,  Clarke,  Bloomf  (men  who  trampled  on 
all  laws),  De  W.  (unbandigen),  Dav.,  Murd.,  Peile  ;~Leigh,  L. 


and  S.     All  the  other  Ic^iicans  acknowledge  the  etymological 
force. 

"  This  verse  being  inserted  parenthetically  between  the  pro- 
tasis and  apodosis  of  a  protracted  sentence,  and  having  no  syn- 
tactical connection  wilh  either,  I  adopt  the  amended  punctuation 
of  the  Amer.  Bib.  Soc.'s  late  Revision,  enclosing  the  verse,  and 
detaching  it  by  colons  from  vv.  7,  9.     Comp.  Ch.  1 :  3 — 5. 

°  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  Syr.;-Thom.,  Greenf,  De 
W.,  Peile. — \"ulg.,  Erasm.,  and  others,  who  also  retain  it,  err 
in  connecting  βλίμμαπ  xai  άχο^  with  ii'xatoj. 

Ρ  A  different  word  from  that  in  v.  7. — E.  V.,  8  times  out  of 
12;-W.  (tormeniefZ);-Latin  verss.  (use  crucio  or  excrucio), 
Syr.,  Germ,  (uses  qualen),  Dt.  (heeft  gekweld),  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
llamm.,  Guy.se,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc.  Clarke,  (as  W.), 
B.  and  L.  (i'toit  tourmentec),  Moldenh.  (marlcrte),  Wakef  (was 
tormenting),  Thom.  (was  tormented),  All.  (uses  peinigen), 
Scott,  Penn,  Kenr..  Peile,  (use  torture),  De  W.,  Huth.,  (as 
Germ.),  Barn,  (tortured  or  tormented).     See  the  lexicons. 

1  De  W.,  Peile. 

'  Lit.  day  out  of  day. — Dt.  (Λ/σ-  op  dag);-1ilej.  (tagtaglich), 
Greenf.  (QV   CV),  Penn,  Peile  ;-Rob. 

'  Notwithstanding  the  opinion  to  the  contrary  of  Par..  Bos., 
Win.,  De  W.,  and  others,  the  construction  is  regular  through- 
out, this  verse  and  the  next  furnishing  a  full  and  suitable  apo- 
dosis to  vv.  4 — 7.  So  the  Syr.  may  be  understood  (notwith- 
standing the  commencement  at  v.  9  of  a  new  Lesson  in  the  ec- 
clesiastical division),  Dt,  It,  Fr.  G.,-S.;-Bez.  (according  to  the 
punctuation  of  some  editions),  Aret.,  Hamm.,  Cocc.  ('  commodis- 
sime,  quod  dicitur  vers.  9  suspcnditur  a-  Si,  quod  est  vers.  4.'), 
Whitb.,  B.  and  L.,  Wolf,  Beng.  ('novit.  specimina  hoc  osten- 
dunt  De  voluntate  Domini,  dubium  non  est'),  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Carpz.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Sharpe.  Barn.,  Murd., 
Peile. 

'  This  word  occurs  seventeen  times  in  the  singular  in  the 
N.  T.,  and  only  in  this  instance  appears  in  E.  X.  as  a  plural. 
What  may  have  been  at  first  merely  an  error  of  the  press,  has 
kept  its  place  in  all  subsequent  editions  that  Τ  have  lonked  into, 
including  the  last  one  of  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  All  other  vers.s. 
(except  Castal.  and  Greenf)  have  the  singular. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  TETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


15 


KING   JAMES     VERSION.' 

tions,  and  to  reserve  the  unjust 
unto  the  day  of  judgment  to  be 
punished  : 

10  But  chiefly  them  that  walk 
alter  the  flesh  in  the  lust  <jf  un- 
cleanness,  and  despise  govern- 
ment. Presumptuous  are  they, 
self-willed  ;  they  are  not  afraid 
to  speak  evil  of  dignities. 

11  Whereas  angels,  which  are 
greater  in  power  and  might,  bring 


GREEK    TEXT. 

μον  ρύεσθαι,  άδίτωνς  8έ  εις  Τίμέραν 
κρίσεως  κοΤ^ζομένονς  τηρεϊν 

10  μάλιστα  ()ε  Τονς  οηίσω  σαρκός 
εν  εηιΟυμια  μιασμού  τϊορενομένονς,  και 
κυριότητος  καταφρονονντας.  Ύολ- 
«>7Ταί'  αυθάδεις,  δόξα^  ον  τρέμονσι 
β'λχ^σφη  μουντές• 

11  οΛου  άγγελοι  Ισχνϊ  καΐ  δυνάμει 


REVISED    VERSION. 

tion,  "but  "the  '"unrighteous  to 
reserve  "under  punishment  unto 
the  day  of  judgment ; 

10  But  chiefly  nhose  ^vho 
walk  after  the  flesh  in  the  lust  of 
uncleanness,  and  despise  "gov- 
ernment. "Oaring  men,  "^  self- 
willed,  they  "'tremble  not  ""while 
railing  at  dignities; 

11  Whereas  angels,  'who  are 
greater  in  ^strength  and  ""power. 


"  See  ch.  1:  5,  N.  r.  R.;-Latiii  and  Germ,  verss.,  Syr.;- 1 
Peile  {on  the  other  hand). 

'  Along  with  the  contrasting  force  of  the  bi.  I  restore  the 
Greek  order.     So  Latin  and  German  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt. 

"  Here  the  general  character  is  meant,  as  in  1  Cor.  6 ;  9. — 
E.  v.,  4  times  elsewhere  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  VVakef.. 
Mack.j  Newc,  Scott,  Peile  ;-Rob.  {unrishteous,  wicked). 

*  Gr.  being  punished — which  I  recommend  as  a  marginal 
note.  Since  the  Vulg.  cruciandos,  verss.  and  commentaries 
have  nearly  all  concurred  in  making  χο•καζοΐίίν<η:ζ=χο'Κα.ηβτι(3α- 
μίνονζ, — an  exegetical  licence,  which  Beng.'s  suggestion  :  'futu- 
rum :  et  tamen  praesens,  quia  poena  certa  et  imminens.  v.  3,'  is 
not  sufficient  to  warrant.  This  use  of  the  present  participle  is 
with  reason  denied  by  Win.,  whose  own  explanation,  however, 
which  finds  the  idea  of  futurity  in  the  ίηρΗν  and  then  makes 
χοΤ-αζομίνονς  tη^let,v^tηpEi  (ωστΈ)  κολάζΈΕν  (^χοχάζΐαθαι),  is  Still 
more  unsatisfactory.  Nor  is  there  any  necessity  for  forcing  the 
construction.  The  sense  yielded  by  a  strict  adherence  to  the 
present  time  accords  with  other  representations  of  Scripture 
(Luke  16 :  23);  especially  with  those  in  the  protasis  (see  w.  4 — 
6,  which  set  forth  a  preliminary  and  continuous  punishment  of 
the  wicked,  besides  that  which  shall  be  awarded  at  the  xptai;_ 
NN.  V,  e),  and  in  the  parallel  Jude  0,  7. — Syr.  (—dum  crucian- 
fur;  at  least  not  necessarily,  as  the  Latin  interpreter  and 
Bloomf  [the  latter  also  erring  in  citing  here  'the  Pesch.  Syr.,' 
which  does  not  contain  this  Epistle],  cruciandos,  or,  as  Murd., 
to  be  tormented.  That  trifiiv  is  rendered  by  a  finite  future, 
does  not  affect  this  point.),  Dt.  marg.  and  note  ('  Of,  gestraft 
werdende,  namel.  nu  reeds  naar  de  ziel.');-Bez,,  Cocc.  (jioenas 
dantes),  Hamm.  (being  pimished),  Huth. 

y  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N,  c,  &c. 

»  As  a  marginal  note  I  recommend :  '  Or,  lordship^  (W,  lord- 
shipping -y-see  Rob,  and  Green), — E,  V,  marg.  has,  'Or,  domin- 
ion ;'  and  so  the  text  of  R.  and  Dodd. 

'  As  E.  V,  translates  the  verb,  Jude  9  and  generally  else- 
where, durst,  so  the  remarkable  parallelisms  of  this  chapter 
with  Jude  should,  as  far  as  possible,  be  preserved, — Haram,, 


Dodd,  (as  an  adjective,  daring  ;-and  so  Wesl,,  Sharpe,  Murd,, 
and  others),  Dav,  {daring  [self-w,]  persons),  Peile  {daring, 
[self-w.]  nie7i).  According  to  the  le.xicons,  and  the  punctuation 
of  our  text  and  the  other  recent  editions  (except  Mey.,  Bloomf), 
ΐο•Κμ.  is  here  used  as  a  substantive,  and  is  qualified  by  ανθάίιις, 
as  if  we  should  say  :  self-icilled  bj-aroes.  The  slight  change  of 
construction  is  occasioned  by  the  want  of  a  suitable  equivalent, 

'  There  is  nothing  for  the  supplied  words  of  E,  V,  in  R,;-Vulg,, 
Syr.,  Germ.,  Fr.  G.,-M,,-S,;-Erasra,,  Calv.,  Vat,  Castal,,  Aret,, 
Hamm.,  Cocc,  B.  and  L•.,  Beng,,  Dodd,  and  the  later  English 
verss,,  Carpz,,  Mey.,  De  W. 

^  E.  V.  everywhere  else ;  Mark  5  :  33  ;  Luke  8 :  47  ;  Acts 
9 :  6  ;-Syr.  {=com.moventur),  Germ,  {erzittern).  It,  {hanno  or- 
rore),  Fr,  S.  {tremblent);-Pagn.,  Castal,,  Bez,,  Pise,  Carpz,,  {hor- 
rent), Hamm,.  Cocc,  {tremunt),  Beng,  {contremiscunt),  Thom., 
Greenf  (mri),  Sharpe,  Murd.  {shudder). 

:  τ 

«  R.  {blaspheming);-Yn\%.  (blasphemantes),  Syr,;-Hamm., 
Thom,.  (when  they  rail  at  Yrevile']),  Cocc,  (dum  blasphemant), 
Beng.  {as  Vulg.),  Murd.  (while  they  bl.),  Kenr.  (as  R.).  See 
Win.  §  46.  1. — E.  V.  rendering  βίάα^ημον  in  v.  11  railing,  and 
the  same  vice  being  expressed  in  the  original  by  the  cognate 
verb  in  vv.  10,  12,  it  is  better  to  preserve  this  uniformity,  which 
appears  also  in  Syr.,  Germ,,  Fr,  G,,-S.;-Castal.,  Beng,,  Carpz., 
Newc,  Mey,,  Greenf,  De  W.,  Kenr.     Wesl.  hero  uses  rail  at. 

'  I  recommend  that  in  all  cases  of  personal  reference  which 
be  laid  aside  as  antiquated;  e.  g.  Matt.  6 :  1,  4,  6,  9,  &c.;  Luke 
3 :  23,  &c.— Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc.  (that),  Thom.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Kenr. 

^  E.  v.,  4  times  out  of  11 ;  (once  elsewhere,  as  here);-W.,  R.; 
-Vulg.    (forlitudine),   Syr.   (=  b'n),    German  verss.,  except 

Mey.,  (Starke),  Dt.  {sterkte),It.  (forza),  French  verss.  (force); 
-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat..  Aret.,  Cocc,  Beng.,  (robore),  Cas- 
tal,, Wolf,  Bez,,  (viribus),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.  (might, --and  so 
Thom.,  Murd.),  Mack.,  Bloomf,,  Kenr.     See  Rev.  7  :  12,  N.  o. 

I»  E,  V,,  ch,  1 :  3,  IC ;  &c.;-R,;-It.,  French  verss.;-Pagn,,  Cas- 
tal., (potesiate),  Calv.,  Bez.,  Cocc,  (potentia),  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
^\' akef ,  Mack.,  Thom,,  Bloomf,  Kenr.,  Peile.  See  Rev.  12 :  10, 
N.r. 


16 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

not  railing  accusation  against 
llicm  before  the  Lord. 

1:J  But  these,  as  natural  brute 
beasts,  made  to  be  taken  and 
destnjyed,  speak  evil  of"  the 
things  that  they  understand  not ; 
and  shall  utterly  perish  in  their 
own  corruption  : 

13  And  shall  receive  the  re- 
ward of"  unrighteousness,  as  they 
that  count  it  pleasure  to  riot  in 


GREEK    TEXT. 


μείζονες  όντες,  ο  ν  φερουσι  κατ  avtav 
τίαρα  Κΐ'ρί'ω  βλάσφγιμον  κρίσιν. 

12  0UT06  hi,  ως  ϋί/Μγα  ζΐΜ.  φυσικά 
γεγεννημένα  εις  άλωσιν  καΐ  φθοραν, 
εν  υΐς  άγνοούσί  β7^χλσφημονντες,  εν 
τίΐ  φθορά  αί)Τωΐ'  χαταφΟαργ^ονται, 

13  κομωίμενοι  μισθύν  αδικίας.  Ήίκ 
ovhv  τγοί'μενοι  ττ,ν  εν  /.«ερα  τρυφτ/',ν^ 


KEVISED    VERSION. 

bring  not  'against  them  before  the 
Lord  hi  railing  ■'judgment. 

12  But  these,  as  'natural  '"brute 
beasts  °  born  °ibr  capture  and 
destruction,  ''railing  lin  things 
that  they  understand  not,  shall 
utterly  ""perish  in  their  own  cor- 
ruption, 

13  ^And  so  receive  the  'wages 
of  unrin;hteousness.   "Accounting 


'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  Latin  vcrss.  (except  tliat 
Vulg.,  as  also  Syr.,  follows  the  text,  edited  by  Lachm.  and 
Tisch.,  which  omits  «αρά  xvpi-V),  It.;-Greenf. 

)  Ilamra.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn., 
Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

k  Beng.:  '  Judicem,  eumque  praesentem,  reveriti,  abstinent 
judieio. . .  Deo  convenit  judicium,  non  angelis.' — E.  V.,  41  times 
out  of  48 ;  (only  in  the  parallel  Jude  9,  as  here);-W.  (doom), 
T.,  C,  G.,  K.;-foreign  verss.,  (Castal.  changing  judicium  to  sen- 
tenliam);-Eu'^\.  Ann.,  Guyse  (censure),  Barn.,  Kenr.;-the  N.  T. 
lexicons  do  not  recognize  the  sense,  acciisatimi. 

1  The  sense  is  given  by  some  paraphrastically,  as  G.  (led  with 
natural  sensuality);-T>t.  (die  de  naltiur  volgen),  It.;  Fr.  G.,- 
]\I.,-S.;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  &c.:— others  (T.,  C.;-Germ.;-Erasm.,  Calv.. 
&c.)  connect  ψυαίχά,  as  if  ψναίχΖζ,  wtth  'γιγι^νημίνα,  and,  with 
the  same  result  as  to  sense,  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  edit  the  trans- 
posed reading  of  A.  B.  C,  and  many  cursive  MSS.,  γεγενν.  ψνα. 
Vulg.  and  Syr.,  which  do  not  translate  the  participle,  attach  ψνα. 
to  ftj  άλ.  xai  φθ. 

■»  Jlilton,  P.  L.  vii.  50C— 8 : 

'  Not  prone 
'  And  brute  as  other  creatures,  but  indu'd 
'  With  sanctity  of  reason.' 

"  E.  v.,  39  times ;  (nowhere  else,  as  hcrc);-C.  (brought  forth); 
-Protestant  German  vcrss.,  Dt.  (voorlgebragt  ;-marg.  '  geteelt 
of  geboreri'),  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  A^at.,  (geiiita),  Castal., 
Cocc,  Beng.,  (nata),  Wesl.,  Penn  ;-Rob.  The  comma  of  E.  V., 
though  retained  in  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  Revised  Edition,  is 
worse  than  superfluous,  and  does  not  appear  in  the  original  Edi- 
tion of  IGll. 

"  The  substantive  forms  are  retained  by  W.,  R.;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Pagn.,  Bez.),  Syr.,  Dt.  H!(/rg-.;-Berl.  Bib.,  Guyse, 
Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Slolz,  De  W..  Murd.;-Rob.,  &c. 

ρ  See  V.  10.  N.  e.  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by 
"W.,  R.;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.,  C^rpz.),  Syr.,  It.,  French 
verss.;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Murd., 
Kenr.,   Peile ;  and  cannot  be  changed  without  injury.      The 


ignorance,  sensuality,  and  utter  destruction  of  thc-se  men.     Dt. 
(dewijl  sie  lasteren). 

■ϊ  'In  cases  where  their  ignorance  unfits  them  for  any  thing 
else  but  to  rail,  and  heJps  them  in  that.'  E.  V.  would  require 
ά.  Λίρί  or  χαΐά  uf,  or  ci{  <i. — VV.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  It.;-Erasm., 
Calv.,  Vat.,  Coco.,  Whitb.  (in  the  note),  Beng.,  Wakef.  (in  their 
ignorance),  Newc. 

■■  The  diflerence  of  idiom  renders  it  impossible  to  retain  the 
exact  form  of  the  original ;  tli  ^flopac.  .  .iv  rij  ^ιθορα  aitCiv  xa-ia- 
φθαρ);βο)'ϊαι.  The  Dt.  attempts  it  partially  (zullen  in  hicnne 
verdorvenhcid  verdorcen  worden);-Oe  W.  fully  (zum  Verder- 
ben. .  .werden  in  ihreni  Verderben  sich  rerderben  oder  verderbt 
werden),  Beng.  less  successfully  in  Latin  (in  corrupiionem.  ..in 
corruplione  sua  plane  corrumpentur). 

°  The  participial  construction  of  the  Greek  intimates  that  this 
clause,  instead  of  announcing  an  additional  punishment,  is  mere- 
ly an  explanatory  appendage  of  the  previous  xa-ea^eapr^ao^tat,. 
Hence  the  use  of  the  present  participle  in  R.;-Vulg.,  It.;-Erasm., 
Calv.,  Vat.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Dodd.  and  the  later  English 
verss.  (except  Peile).  But,  χομιονμίνοι.  being  future  in  form  as 
well  as  in  sense,  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  employ  the  future  partici- 
ple; G.,  E.  v.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,  &c.,  a  finite  future,  which  appears 
also,  but  without  the  repetition  of  the  future  sign,  in  W.,  T., 
C.;-Germ.;-Moldenh.,  De  W.  Cocc.  (dum  reportabunt), 
Whitb.  ('Gr.  receiving,  by  this  destruction,  v.  12'),  Carpz. 
(transposes,  thus:  poenam  dabunt  malitiae  atque  interibunt), 
Mey.  (indem  sie. .  .empfangen),  Ros.  (atque  ita  accipient), 
Peile  (it  being  certain  that  they  shall  reap). 

'  E.  v.,  v.  15  ;-W.  (/MVe);-Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wakef,  Thom. 

"  The  construction  and  punctuation  of  w.  12 — 10  are  very 
various.  I  adhere  closely  to  the  text  before  me,  preserving  in 
particular  its  accumulation  of  participial  and  exclamatory 
clauses,  as  best  suited  to  the  tone  of  impetuous  invective  which 
pervades  the  passage,  and  which  was,  we  can  well  believe,  char- 
acteristic of  the  writer.  (See  Rev.  1 :  13,  N.  h).  The  Fr.  S. 
arrangement  is  nearly  identical.  It  commences  a  period,  how- 
ever, at  the  beginning  of  v.  13,  and  errs  in  translating  xojuioii- 
^£i<ot  as  a  present  participle,  (Recerant). — For  accounting,  see 


point  of  comparison  with  the  beasts  is  not  the  railing,  but  the  |  E.  V.,  ch.  3  :  15  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef,  Murd. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


17 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

the  day-time.  Spots  they  arc 
and  blemishes,  sporting  them- 
selves with  their  own  deceivin2;s 
while  they  feast  with  you  ; 

14  Having  eyes  lull  of  adul- 
tery, and  that  cannot  cease  from 
sin  ;  beguiling  unstable  souls  :  an 
heart  they  have  exercised  with 
covetous  practices ;  cursed  chil- 
dren : 


GREEK    TEXT. 

aiiiTjoi  και  μώμοι,  έvtpvφώvtες  εν 
ταις  άτίάταίς  αυχών,  αυνενωχονμενοι 
νμίν, 

14  οφθαλμούς  εχονΐες  [.ιεσχονς  μοι- 
χαλίδος  χαί  άκατατχαί στους  ά/ίαρ- 
τίας,  8ελεάζοντες  ~^νχας  άσχηρίχτονς, 
xaphiav  γεγυμναΰμενην  ηλεονεζίαις 
έχοντες,  κατάρας  τέκνα, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

if.  pleasure  ίο  ^revel  '^in  the  day 
time,  spots  ^  and  blemishes,  "rev- 
elling ''in  their  own  ^deceits, 
while  ^feasting  with  you, 

14  Having  eyes  full  of  ''an 
adulteress  and  "ceasing  not  from 
sin,  ''alluring  unstable  souls,  ^hav- 
ing '^a  heart  exercised  s^with  cov- 
etous practices,  ''children  of  a 
curse, 


^  Ύ(>νφψ...ένίρνφΰνί(ί.  The  affinity  is  preserved,  though 
with  various  degrees  of  accuracy,  by  Vulg.,  Syr.,  Fr.  G.,-M.;- 
S.;-Calv.,  Hamm.,  Cocc,  Wells,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Mey., 
Eos.  For  the  noun,  Wakef.  has  revels  ;-for  the  participle,  R., 
Hamm.,  Wells,  Mack.,  Nevrc,  Thoni.,  have  rioting-,  rioting 
themselves,  living-  in  riot ;  Peile  and  Rob.,  revelling. 

"  T.,  C,  G.;-Vulg.,  and  such  as  follow  it,  (diei  delicias), 
Germ.;-Ca!v.,  Grot.,  Beng.,  De  W.,  Dav.,  Huth.j-Bretsch., 
Rob.;-take  iv  ήμί^α,  &s=for  a  day,  for  a  season,  temporarrj. 
But  to  find  '  the  pleasures  of  sin'  pleasurable,  so  long  as  they 
last,  is  not  such  a  proof  of  a  reprobate  mind  as  that  furnished 
by  the  sense  which  we  retain,  and  which,  while  justified  by 
classical  usage  (•  iv  ήμίφα.  bei  Tage.  Pind.  Hdt.  u.  Att.  von 
Aesch.  u.  Thuc.  an.'  I'ass.),  is  at  the  same  time  strikingly 
parallel  to  such  passages  as  Acts  2  :  15;  1  Thess.  5:7;  and  is 
given  by  Syr.;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Whitb.,  Bens.,  Guyse,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Gill,  Pyle,  Wakef,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Clarke, 
.Penn,  Sharpe,  Trol.,  Bloomf.,  Barn.,  Peile. — The  meaning  daily 
appears  in  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.;-Oec.,  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  B.  and  L.,  Moldcnh.,  Carpz.,  Pott,  Mey.,  Ros.;-SchOttg., 
Schleus.,  Wahl,  Schirl.— Fr.  S.  (tout  le  jour). 

*  See  N.  u.     Nothing  is  supplied  ii 
Wesl.,  Wakef,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

y  W..  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Latin  verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Carpz.), 
Dt.,  Fr.  S.;- Wells,  Newc,  Scott,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stier,  De  W., 
Peile,  Huth.;-Rob. 

•  ShaTpe,  Peile  and  Rob.  {frauds).  The  Vulg.  and  many 
other  verss.  follow  the  reading  ayortaij  (Jude  12),  edited  by 
Lachm. 

"  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  W.,  T.,  C,  G. 
{in  feasting -j-aXtQT  Bez.,  convivando),  R.;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Pagn.,  Carpz.),  Syr.,  Fr.  S.;-Dodd.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  De  W., 
Kenr. 

■•  Aret. :  'Habitat  enim  Venus  in  oculis  et  toto  vultu.'— E.  V. 
has  this  in  the  marg.  as  the  proper  meaning  of  the  Greek,  and  in 
the  text  at  Rom.  7  :  3  bis,  and  .James  4:  4;-0ec.  {oi&iv  άλλο 
βλΕΛουΐι,ν  ί)  μοιχαχϋαί),  Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Est., 
Hamm.  (i/ieod.).  Cocc,  Owen,  Wolf,  Beng..  Dodd.,  Pyle,  Mol- 
denh..  Mack.,  Till.,  Scott,  Clarke,  Ros.,  De  W.,  Barn.,  Peile 
{an  Aar/oi  ;-though  his  supplement  of  ■^χ-ήζ  from  the  sub- 


in  R.;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.;- 


sequent  ψυ;^ά;  aufjjp.,  or  from  v.  8,  cannot  be  allowed),  Huth  ;- 
Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob.  The  other  lexicons  do  not  produce  another 
instance  of  the  use  of  μοιχαχίς  for  μοίχαχία, ;  and  even  here  the 
latter  term  is  found  in  some  of  the  M.SS.,  and  may  have  been 
read  by  the  Vulg.,  adulterii. 

'  In  the  case  of  verbal  adjectives  in  -ro;  the  idea  of  ahility 
or  inability  is  only  secondary  and  inferential,  and  it  is  not  here 
introduced  by  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Calv.,  Est,  Hamm..  Cocc, 
Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Ros.,  Greenf ,  Penn,  Sharpe,  De  W., 
Dav.,  Huth.  ;-Bretsch.,  Rob.,  Schirl. — The  Vulg.  reads  axata- 
rttt-iatm.  incessabilis  delicti. 

^  The  etymological  meaning  of  ίίΧιάζΐίν,  to  catch  by  a  bait, 
is  thus  preserved  by  E.  V.,  v.  18  ;-R. ;- Wakef  {luring),  Mack., 
Newc,  Kenr.  ;-and  appears  also  in  German  verss.,  Dt,  It.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-Erasm.  and  subsequent  Latin  verss.,  except  Carpz.,  {ines- 
cantes  ;-for  Vulg.  pellicientes),  Hamm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thom., 
Penn,  Peile,  (ensnaring),  B.  and  L.,  Barn. 

'  See  V.  13,  N.  u.  The  participial  construction  is  retained  in 
R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Carpz.),  Dt,  It.  Fr.  S.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Wakef,  Newc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  JMurd.,  Kenr. 

f  'That,  in  respect  to  the  indefinite  article,  the  form  an  be 
used  before  all  vowels  and  diphthongs  not  pronounced  as  con- 
sonants, and  also  before  h  silent  or  unaccented  ;  and  that  the 
form  a  be  employed  in  all  other  cases.'  This  rule  of  the  Amer. 
Bible  Soc  is  followed  also  in  this  Revision. 

^  For  ΛλίοΐΈΐι'αι;,  Griesb.  and  all  the  later  editors  have  Λλίο- 
νιξίαζ.  on  the  authority  of  'almost  all  the  MSS.,  at  least  of  any 
note'  (Bloomf).  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed, 
and  translated :  in  covetoiisness.     See  Win.  §  30.  4. 

*>  'The  relation  of  children  being  implied  in  the  connection 
in  which  they  are  thus  placed  with  the  curse'  (Scholef ).  Comp. 
E.  v.,  Eph.  2  :  2,  3  ;  Job  41 :  34.— W.  {the  so7is  of  cursing), 
R.  (i/ie  ch.  of  malediction)  ;-Vulg.  {maledictionis  filii),  Syr., 
Dt.  {kinderen  der  vervloeking).  It.  {figliuoli  di  maledizione), 
Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  ([rfes]  enfants  de  malediction)  ;-Cocc.  {e.vsecra- 
tionis filii),  Berl.  Bib.  and  later  German  verss.,  except  ^loldenh. 
and  Mey.,  {Kinder  des  Fluchs),  Dodd.,  Gill,  ('or,  ch.  of  the  c.'), 
Wakef,  Mack.  {ch.  of  the  c),  Sharpe  {ch.  of  cursing),  Murd., 
Kenr.,  {ch.  of  mated.). 


18 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

^ί)  Wliifli  have  forsaken  llio 
rialil  way,  and  are  gone  astray, 
I'oilowing  the  way  of  Balaam 
l/ii:  son  of  Bosor,  who  loved  the 
wages  of  unrighteousness  ; 

16  But  was  rebuked  tor  his 
iniquity:  the  dumb  ass,  speaking 
with  man's  voice,  forbade  tlie 
madness  of  the  prophet. 

17  These  are  wells  witljout 
Avater,  clouds  that  are  carried 
with    a  tempest ;    to  Avhom    the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

1 5  καΤαλιΛοΐ'Τίς  rh'  ει'θεΓαι^  ό^ν, 
εηλαν/β-ησαν,  ίζαχολονθτ0α.ντΐς  rri 
ofe  TO»'  Βαλαα,(ί  τοίι  Βοσορ,  ός  μισθυν 
αδικίας  τγάτΐησ^ν, 

16  ελεγζίν  δί  ίσχεν  ι^ίας  τίαρανο- 
μίας•  ίυτοζνγίον  άφίύ7'ον,  έν  άνΟρώτχον 
φίύνη  φΟεχξαμενοί',  εκώλυσε  Ττ,}'  τον 
ττροφτίτοί)  τίαραφρονίαΐ'. 

17  Οίτοί  fiffi  Λγιγαΐ  avvSpoi,  νεφέ- 
λαι  vTto  λοί'λαΛος  έ?Μννόμεναι,  οΐς  6 


REVISED    VERSION. 

'15  JHnving  forsaken  the  right 
way,  ihey  ''went  astraj',  'having 
followed  the  way  of  Balaam  '"ihe 
son  of  Bosor,  who  loved  the  wages 
of  unrighteousness, 

IG  But  "had  "a  reproof  rof  his 
transgression  ;  ''a  dumb  ''ass,  'hav- 
ing spoken  with  man's  voice, 
'restrained  the  madness  of  the 
prophet. 

-  17  These  are  wells  without 
water,  "clouds  ''driven  ™by  a  tem- 
pest; ^for  whom  the  'blackness 


'  See  V.  13.  N.  u. 

>  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  R.  (having)  ;- 
Tulg.-  (ilerelinquentesX-'Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G. -JI.-S.  (apres  avoir 
abandonne)  j-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Castal.,  (rclicta  recta  via), 
\^at.  {as  f'ldg.),  Bez.,  Cocc,  Carpz.,  {derelicta  &c.),  Aret.  (relin- 
queiitcs).  1$.  and  L.  {en  quiltanl),  Dodd.  {deserting),  JIack., 
Thorn.,  Penn,  Kenr.  {forsaking),  Sharpe,  Murd.  {having  left). 
— All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  rr;v,  'almost  all  authorities  be- 
ing against  it'  (Huth.).  With  this  reading  Midd.  compares  Sept. 
Is.  33  :  15,  and  remarks:  '^1  straight  road  appears  to  be  equi- 
valent to  rectitude.  I  cannot,  however,  but  remark  that  the 
st3'lo  of  St.  Peter  is  even  more  anarthrous  than  that  of  St.  Paul.' 

*  'The  one  thing  followed  immediately  upon  the  other.'  See 
Ch.  1 :  3,  N.  j,  &c. 

1  Latin  verss.  {sequiiti);-KenT. — Wakef.  has  tcliolhj  filhncing; 
q.  ά.  following  out.  But  it  is  better  to  regard  the  ίξ  as  resum- 
ing the  idea  of  the  first  clause,  that  of  deviation  from  the  right 
way.  And  so  in  ch.  1 :  10;  U:  2;  the  only  other  places  where 
the  word  occurs. 

■"  E.  V.  ;-Whitb.,  Bodd.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Penn,  Sec,  err  in 
supplying  the,  the  second  ϊοΰ  being  in  apposition  with  Βαλαά^ι. 
— Dt.  {den  [zoon]  I'oii  B.)  ;-Wesl.,  AVakef. 

"  "V\'.  {he  had),  R.  i-Yulg.  (habuit).  Germ,  {hntte),  Dt.  {hij 
heeft  gehud),  It.  {egli  ebbe)  ;-Pagn.  {snstimdt),  Bez.,  Cocc,  {as 
Vulg.),  Dodd.,  AA'akef.,  Bloomf.,  (Λβ  received),  Wesl.,  Mack. 
{received  ;-and  so  Newc,  Penn),  AH.  {empfing),  Sharpe,  De  "VV. 
("rhielt),  Peile. 

"  ΛΥ.  (reproving);-J)odi\.  {the  rep.),  "R'akef.,  Bloomf.  {rep.) 
The  other  verss.  cited  in  N.  η  retain,  of  course,  the  substantive 
construction,  and  generally  with  an  indefinite  article. 

ρ  Germ,  (seiner  Ueheriretung),  Dt.  inarg.  {orertreding)  ;- 
Piign.,  Bez.,  {stiae  transgressionis),  Cocc.  {propriae  Ir.).  Dodd., 
^loldenh.  and  Iluth.  {as  Germ..),  Wakef.,  Mack,  (for  his  own 
tr.),  Newc,  Bloomf.,  {for  his  tr.),  Thorn.,  Penn,  ]\Iurd. 

1  W.;-It.,  French  verss.  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wakef.,  Thorn., 
'Van  Ess,  All.,  Bloomf.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  Many  retain  the  etymological  sense  of  (beast  under  the 
yoke)  beast  of  burden,  &c.  But  from  the  horse  not  being  in- 
digenous in  Palestine,  and  the  ass  being,  therefore,  in  much  more 


common  use,  the  general  term  νΛοζν'γιον  seems  to  have  acquired 
the  force  of  a  .specific  designation.  Hence  its  frequent  occur- 
rence in  the  Sept.  (as  in  Ex.  22  :  9,  10  ;  &c.)  for  "iV^".     Comp. 

Matt.  21 :  5  with  Zech.  9 :  9  (Sept.  and  Heb.). 

•  'On  that  one  occasion  ;'  not  as  in  v.  18.  And  besides,  it  is 
the  fact  of  an  ass  havmg  thus  spoken,  rather  than  what  it  said, 
that  is  represented  as  restraining,  &c.  —  It. ;- Castal.,  Bez., 
Cocc,  (substitute  the  perfect  participle  of  loqiior  for  the  Vulg. 
present),  Peile. 

'  Syr.   (=  ni<b?,   Greenf.'s  word).   Germ,  (icehrete),   Dt. 

(heeft  verhinderd),  French  verss.  (reprima)  ;-Castal.,  Bez.,  (in- 
hibuit  ;-for  Vulg.  prohibnit),  Cocc.  (coercuil),  Dodd.,  'Wakef. 
(stojiped).  Mack.,  Peile,  (put  a  stop  to),  Thom.,  Mej'.  (iiemmte), 
lios.  (cohibuil),  All.,  De  W.,  (as  Germ.),  Stolz,  Kist.,  (thai 
Einhalt),  '\'an  Ess  (steuerte),  Penn,  Bloomf.  (repj-essed)  ;- 
Wahl,  Rob.,  Green,  Schirl. 

°  Griesb.  and  all  subsequent  editors  (except  Bloomf.),  for 
νεψίχαί,  read  xai  ΰμίχ\αί  (Vulg.  et  nebulae),  with  the  appro- 
bation of  De  \\.  and  Iluth.  Beng.  had  marked  this  reading  as 
one,  though  not  quite  certain,  j'ct  superior  to  the  other  in  the 
authority  of  MSS. ;  and  Bloomf.  (Supp.)  acknowledges  that 
it  has  also  'a  certain  support  from  internal  evidence,  as  existing 
in  the  circumstance  that  νίψ.  has  every  appearance  of  being  a 
gloss  or  easier  reading.'  The  latter  was  probably  transferred 
from  Jude  12.  I  recommend  that  the  margin  contain  this 
note :  'Or,  as  many  copies  read,  and  mists.' 

'  E.  Λ^,  Luke  8  :  29 ;  James  3  :  4  ;-W.  ;-Dt.  (gedreren),  It. 
(sospinte).  Fr.  S.  (poiissees)  ;-Calv.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  (use  agar), 
Est,  (^impulsae),  Ilamm  ,  Beng.  and  Mey.  (getrieben),  'Wesl., 
■\Vakef.,  Mack.,  Newc.  (driven  away),  Thom.  (impelled),  Greenf. 
(CSmJ"),   Penn,  Sharpe   (driven  along),   De  AV.  (gijagte), 

Murd.,  Dav ,  Peile. 

"  Hamm.,  Dodd.,  and  all  subsequent  verss. 

»  A\'akef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Penn,  Murd.,  Peile. 

>■  E.  A'.,  .Jude  13;-G.  (black)  -j-Latin  verss.  (calign),  It.  (la 
cah'g-!«e)  ;-Hamm.,  AVells,  AVhitb.,  Dodd.,  AVesl.,  AVakef. 
(blackest),  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.  (gloom),  Muid.,  Dav.  ;-Rob. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  TETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


19 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

mist  of  darkness  is  reserved  for 
ever. 

IS  For  when  they  speak  great 
svs^eUing  words  of  vanity,  they  al- 


GREEK    TEXT. 


ζόφος  tov  ακάτους  εις  αιώί'α  τετήρη- 

rai. 

18  "Ττύ^ογχα  yap   ματαιότητος 

,  φθεγγόμενοί,  ^ελεάζονσιν  εν  έτΐιθυμί- 

lure  through  the  lusts  of  the  Hesh.'o^,^   σαρκός,  άσελγείαις,  τονς  όντως 

through  much  wantonness,  those -^^..^^^      ^  •      -=-    -.-.-.-    λ.... 

that   were   clean   escaped   irom '  , '    ■ 

•^  I  στρεφοιιενοι 

p.  in  error.  r   r  i 


άτίοφνγόντας   τονς   εν   π2λχν(ΐ  αζ'α- 


ihem  who  live  in  erron  ,  ,  , 

19  While  they  promise  them        19  έλευθερίαν  αύτοΐς  ετΐαγγεΧλο- 
liberty,  they  themselves  are  the '  μ^νοι,  αυτοί  bov7j)i  υτΐάρχοντες   της 


REVISED    VERSION. 

of  darkness  ^for  ever  ^hath  been 
reserved. 

18  For,  ''speaking  great  swell- 
ing loords  of  vanity,  they  allure 
''in  the  lusts  of  the  flesh,  ''by  'la- 
scivious ways,  those  'who  were 
^really  escaped  from  ''those  w'ho 
live  in  error; 

19  'Promising  them  liberty, 
J  while  they  themselves  are  "^  slaves 


'  That  fii  αϊώΐ'α  (which  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  alone  of  the  recent 
editors  omit)  belongs  not  to  ϊετ->;ρ);τ-αι,  but  to  tov  αχόΐονί. 
(=  'ever-during  dark,'  Milton,  P.  L.  iii.  45.  It  is  even  trans- 
lated bj  an  adjective,  sempiterna,  ecerlasting,  ewig,  eternal,  by 
Castal.,  Thorn.,  AH.,  Van  Ess,  Dav.),  may  be  inferred  fiom  the 
■eoi  before  axit.  (comp.  Matt.  8:  12;  22:  13;  25:30)  and 
especiallj'  from  tlie  time  of  the  verb  (see  N.  a).  It  is  kept  in 
immediate  connection  with  τοΰ  csxit-  by  the  Germ,  verss.  (Mey. 
•welches  ewig  wakvt),  Dt.  ;-Erasra.  and  later  Latin  verss.  (the 
Λ'ulg.  and  Syr.  omitting  fij  aium).  Wells,  Dodd.,  Greenf., 
Sharpe,  Peile  {that  shall  be  for  ever). 

»  The  principle  of  Iluth.'s  remark  at  1  Pet.  1:4:  'The  per- 
fect indicates,  gloriam  illain  cadesiis  hareditatis  ab  omni  ater- 
nitate  esse  paratam,  conservatam  et  asservatam ;  comp.  Col. 
1 :  5,'  is  equally  applicable  here.     See  Rev.  14 :  10,  N.  x. 

''  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  G.  {in  sp.),  R.  ;- 
Vulg.,  Syr.,  Dt,  It.,  Fr.  G.  (withen;-so  Fr.  M.,-S.)  ;-Pagn., 
Castal.,  Bez.,  (loquendo),  Cocc,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.  and  Penn 
(with  by),  Carpz.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  De  W.,  Kenr.,  Dav.,  Peile. 

'  'Themselves  held  captive  in  them.'  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  d. — 
■\T.,  R.  ;-Vulg.  ;-Cocc.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Kenr.,  Huth.  ;- 
some  of  these  understanding  it  of  the  &ιΧεαζόμίΐ'θί,  as  if  ip^ii;. 

^  The  dative  of  the  instrument,  and  not  dependent  on  a  sup- 
plied i^;  nor,  indeed,  is  i/iroi<o-/i,  given  as  a  supplement  in  the 
original  edition  of  E.  V.  Some  cursive  MSS.  have  iv  before 
άίΕλγ.,  while  others  have  the  genitive  ά,αίλγήαί,  a  reading  fol- 
lowed by  Vulg.,  Syr.,  &e.,  and  edited  by  Tisch. — Mack.,  Thorn., 
Sharpe. 

'  See  V.  2,  N.  k.  The  verss.  generally  retain  in  some  way  the 
force  of  the  plural  (as  Dodd.,  'all  variety  of  lasc' ;  Mack,  in 
the  comment.,  all  kinds  nf  lasc. ;  Thom.,  ads  of  lasc),  for 
whicli  the  much  of  E.  V.  was  intended  as  a  compensation 
(comp.  ch.  3:  11),  and  was,  therefore,  not  marked  as  a  supple- 
ment in  the  original  edition. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  c,  &c. 

^  The  word  occurs  10  times,  and  in  E.  V.  is  G  times  indeed, 
once  certainly,  once  of  a  truth,  once  verily  ;-Dt.  {waarlijk), 
Fr.  G.,-M.,  {veritablement),  Fr.  S.  {reellement)  ;-Oec.  (άλ9?9ώί), 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  {yere),  Engl.  Ann., 


Thom.,  (indeed),  Hamm.,  B.  and  L.  marg.  (as  Fr.  S.),  Berl. 
Bib.  (wahrhaftig),  Jloldenh.,  De  W.,  (wirklich),  Mack,  (act- 
uallti),  Scott  {t7-uty,  actually),  Greenf.  (ΠΟΝ^),  Dav.;-the  lexi- 
cons.  But  all  the  recent  editors  (for  Beng.'s  final  judgment, 

see  the  Gnomon)  give  up  οι-ι-ω;,  and  (except  Bloomf,  who  says: 
Ί  doubt  not  that  the  true  reading  is  oxtyoj,  within  a  little,  almost,' 
and  then  adds :  'Or  perhaps  the  true  reading  may  be  ολίγον  .  . . 
in  the  very  same  sense.')  adopt  ('and  with  reason,'  says  Bloomf., 
-not,  however,  as  he  intimates,  όλιγο»",  but)  όλίγωί.  which,  Huth. 
thinks,  'expresses  tinie  as  well  as  measure,  answering  to  the 
German  kaum,  eben.'  Vulg.  has  paululiim  (W.,  R.,  a  little; 
X\\.,kaum•,  Kist,,  eoere)  ;  \t.,unpoco;  Gasta\.,propemodum•, 
while  όλίγως  (used  by  Aquila  at  Is.  10:  7  for  i:yO)  is  ex- 
plained by  Beng.  as  parum;  Dodd.,  almost;  Gill,  Mack.,  a 
little;  Newc.  Peile,  nearly;  Mey.,  erst  vor  Kurzem;  Ros., 
vix,  μόλις;  Penn.  somewhat;  Gerl.,  kaum;  De  W.,  wenig; 
Barn.,  little,  but  a  little,  scarcely  ;-Bretsch.,  Wahl,  paululum, 
parum;  Hoh., 'little,  but  a  little,  not  yet  fully';  Green,  little, 
scarcely.  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  trans- 
lated: scarcely,  and  that  the  note:  'Or,  according  to  some 
copies,  really,'  be  set  in  the  margin.  E.  V.  marg.  has :  'Or, 
for  a  little,  or,  a  while,  as  some  read ;'  referring  probably  to 
the  reading  όλιγοι»,  which  is  followed  by  Grot,  {ad  tempus)  and 

Wakef.  {for  a  short  time  only'). Knapp,  Mey.,   Lachm., 

Theile,  Tisch.,  edit  UTto^iiiyovtas  (A.  B.  C,  &c.),  with  the  ap- 
probation of  De  W.  and  Huth. 

i•  See  1  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

'  G.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal., 
Bez.  (pollicendo),  Aret.,  Cocc,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Sliarpe, 
Kenr.,  Dav.,  Peile. 

i  R.  {whereas)  ;-Vulg.  (cuin),  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  {tandis  que)  ;- 
Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  (as  Vulg.),  Wakef.  {whilst), 
Thom.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Dav.,  Peile. 

t  The  latter  half  of  the  verse  shows  that  δοίλο;  has  here  its 
strict  sense.— T.,  C,  G.,  {bond  servants),  R.  ;-French  verss.  ;- 
AVells  {bondmen),  Guyse,  Dodd.,  WesL,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc. 
Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke,  Mey.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Barn.,  Murd. 
Dav.,  Kenr.,  Peile  {bond-slaves),  Huth. The  article  is  omit- 
ted by  W.  ;-foreign^verss.  generally  ;-Dodd.,  AVakef.,  Mack. 
Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Kenr. 


20 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  Π. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

servants  of  corruption :  for  of 
whom  a  man  is  overcome,  of  the 
same  is  he  brought  in  bondage. 

20  For  if  after  they  have  es- 
cayjed  the  pollutions  of  the  world 
through  the  knowledge  of  the  Lord 
and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  they  are 
again  entangled  therein,  and  over- 
come, the  latter  end  is  worse  with 
them  than  the  beirinuinii. 

Ο  Ο 

21  For  it  had  been  better  for 
them  not  to  have  kno\vn  the  way 
of  righteousness,  than,  after  they 
have  known  it,  to  turn  from  the 
holy  commandment  delivered 
unto  them. 

22  But    it   is    happened  unto 


GREEK    TEXT. 


φθοράς-   L)  γάρ  tig  r^TTritai^  τοίτα 


20  Ei  γαρ  άτίοφνγόντες  τα  μιάσ- 
ματα του  κόσμου  έν  έηιγνώσει  τον 
Κυρίου  και  σωτηρος  Ίγ;σου  Χρίστου, 
τοί'ΤΟίς  &  7ta?uv  ΐμπ^ιχιχίντεζ  /,ττώΐ'- 
Tai,  γεγονβν  αίτοις  τα  £σ;ζατα  χεί- 
ρονα  των  τιρώτων. 

21  κρειττον  yap  ην  αίτοΊς  μη  ετΐε- 
/^ωκίναι  την  68ον  της  ^ίχαιοσνντις, 
η  έτΐιγί'ονσιν  έταστρε^Ιαι  εχ  της  ηα- 
paho^ε^σης  αντοις  άγιας  εντο?ιης. 

22  σνμβΐβηχε  hk  ανΤοΐς  το   της 


REVISED   VERSION. 

of  corruption  ;  for  'by  ""what  "any 
one  "hath  been  overcome,  'by 
""that  "hath  lie  Palso  been  ""en- 
slaved. 

20  For  if,  ■'having  escaped 
^from  the  pollutions  of  the  world 
through  the  knowledge  of  the 
Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ, 
they  are  "yet  entangled  again 
therein,  and  overcome,  the  ''last 
"state  is  "become  worse  with  them 
than  the  "first. 

■  21  For  it  ^were  better  for 
'  them  not  to  have  known  the  way 
of  righteousness,  than,  ^having 
known  it,  to  turn  'back  from  the 
holy  commandment  delivered 
unio  them. 

22  But  ''there  hath  happened 


1  The  use  of  of  for  by  is  marked  by  Johnson  as  already  ob- 
solete in  his  da}^,  and  is  here  avoided  by  Guyse,  Dodd.,  and  later 
verss. 

■"  The  pronouns  ώ  and  ΐοΰ-(φ  are  treated  as  neuter,  the  force 
of  the  statement  as  a  general  proposition  being  thus  strength- 
ened, by  R.  ;-Syr.  ;-Guyse,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Sharpe,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Peile. 

"  An  indefinite  pronoun,  and  without  a  substantive,  is  em- 
ployed by  Latin,  German,  and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Dodd., 
Wakef,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Barn. 

"  The  proper  force  of  the  perfect  is  allowed  in  one  or  the 
other,  or  both,  of  these  instances  by  Germ.  ;-Hamm.,  B.  and 
L.,  Beng.,  jMoldenh.,  Peile,  Hulh. 

Ρ  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  z,  &c.  The  χαί  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Beng.,  Dodd.,  AVesl., 
Moldenh.,  Carpz.  (vicissiin),  Mack.,  Newc,  Sharpe,  Murd., 
Iluth. 

1  The  verbal  correspondence  between  the  δοίλοι  and  the  Si- 
ίούλωΐαι  is  preserved  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Γγ.  G., 
-M.,-S.  ;-Castal.,  Greenf )  ;-Wells,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack., 
Newc,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile,  Huth. 

'  The  participial  construction  is  retained  in  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Fr. 
G.,-M.,-S.,  (apres  s'eire  retires)  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Aret,  Beng., 
Dodd.,  Mack.,  Thorn,  {after  fleeing^).  Penn  (after  having  esc). 
Bloomf.,  Kenr.,  Peile  (after  having  emancipated  themselves). 

•  See  ch.  1 :  4,  N.  p. 

'  Lachm.,  with  Huth.'s  approbation,  inserts  ί^χΰν  after  Kvpt'oii. 

"  The  &i  does  not  abound  (Grot.),  but  marks  the  contrast  to 
the  preceding  clause. — T.,  C,  G.  ;-Germ.  (aber),  Fr.  G.,-M., 
(loulefois)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Est.,  I(tame7i),  Cocc.  (vero),  Beng. 
(aiiiem.    Antitheton  inter  duo  participia.'),  Peile. 


'  One  or  other,  or  both,  of  these  superlative  forms  are  retained 
by  all  the  foreign  verss.  (except  Vulg.  and  Castal.)  j-Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Dav.,  Peile. 

"  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.  (supplies  condition).  Mack,  (supplies 
pollutions),  Newc,  Thorn.,  Murd.,  Dav.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  Buttra. :  'Where  yt'yova  can  be  translated  as  a  present,  lam, 
it  has  always  the  more  special  sense,  /  am  by  birth,  or  /  have  be- 
come.' This  is  invariably  observed  in  the  N.  T.,  nor  is  ytyoia  ever 
in  E.  V.  translated  as  the  present,  or  ΐγιγόνιιν  as  the  imperfect, 
of  (ΐμί,  except  in  the  following  cases,  where,  however,  the  proper 
force  of  yu'Ojuai.  can  easily  be  vindicated,  and  is  in  some  of 
the  instances  of  importance  to  the  sense  ;-.John  6:  17;  14  :  22; 
Rom.  11:5;  lleb.  5  :  11  (comp.  v.  12) ;  James  2 :  10  (comp.  v. 
11);  5:  2;  2  Pet.  2:  20;  1  John  2:  18  (see  N.  g).  Here 
the  distinction  is  recognized  by  W.,  R.  ;-all  the  foreign  verss. 
(excei)t  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Greenf)  ;-Mack.,  Kenr.,  Peile 
(though  his  inexact  rendering,  is  really,  is  not  required  either 
here,  or  in  Rom.  2  :  25  ;  James  2 :  10,  11,  to  which  he  refers 
for  'a  similar  use  of  yiyoiiv.'). 

"  The  imperfect  (indicative  or  subjunctive)  is  retained  by  W., 
R.  ;-Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Calv ,  Aret.,  Cocc,  B.  and  L.,  Mol- 
denh.,  Wakef.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Kenr. 

'  Dt.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  (ablative  absolute),  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Mack.,  Thom.  and  Sharpe  {after  knowing),  Murd.  (after  having 
kn.),  Dav.  (knowing),  Peile  {after  having  had  knowledge). 

'  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  It.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Hamm.  {return 
backward).  Jloldenh.,  Carpz.,  ■Murd.,  Kenr.,  Huth.  (referring  to 
Mark.  13:  16;  Luke  8:  55). 

''  The  grammatical  relation  between  <!νμβίβ•ηχί  and  ro  is  pre- 
served by  W..  R  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Mey  )  ,-lIamm.,  Mack., 
Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  HI. 


21 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

them  according  to  the  true  {3rov- 
erl),  The  dog  is  turned  to  his  own 
vomit  again  ;  and,  The  sow  that 
was  washed,  to  her  wallowing  in 
the  mire. 

CHAP.    III. 

This  second  ejjistle,  beloved, 
I  now  write  unto  you ;  in  holh 
which  I  stir  up  your  pure  minds 
by  wav  of  remembrance  : 

2  That  ye  may  be  mindful  of 
the  words  which  were  spoken 
before  by  the  holy  prophets,  and 
of  the  commandment  of  us  the 
apostles  of  the  Lord  and  Saviour : 


GREEK    TEXT. 


άλνιθονς  τίαροιμιας,  Κνων  επιστρίψας 
έτίί  το  ί^ίον  f^fpafza-  και,  '"Τς  λονσα- 
μίνγι,  εις  κύλισμα  βορβόρου. 


CHAP.    III. 

ΤΑΎΤΗ  Ν  f,S)7,  άγαπ'/ιτοΊ,  8εν- 
τέραν  'υμίν  γράφω  ίτΐιατο'λτίΐ',  εν  αϊς 
hLεγεipίύ  νμών  εν  νΛομντ^ει  την  ειλι- 
κρυ'τ,  (ίίάΐΌίαν, 

2  μνησθ-^'Μ  των  τίροειρημένων  ρη- 
μάτων νηό  τών  αγίων  προφητών,  καϊ 
της  των  άηοΰτόΤ^ων  '/\ιιών  εντολής, 
του  Κυρίου  και  αωττ^ρος• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

unto  them  'that  of  the  true  prov- 
erb :  ''A  dog  ^that  ''turned  back 
to  his  own  vomit ;  and  :  "Ά  sow 
that  was  washed,  sinto  ""the  wal- 
lowing place  'of  •"  mire. 

CHAP.    III. 

This  second  epistle,  beloved, 
I  now  write  unto  you,  in  holh 
which  I  stir  up  your  pure  "mind 
by  way  of  remembrance, 

2  That  ye  may  be  mindful  of 
the  words ''  spoken  before  by  the 
holy  prophets,  and  of  the  com- 
mandment of  'us  the  apostles,  of 
the  Lord  and  Saviour : 


'  Comp.  the  construction  in  Matt.  21 :  21.  Here  it  is  copied 
as  above  by  R.  ;-Vulg.  ;-Hamm.,  De  ΛΧ.  Most  other  verss.. 
varying  the  construction,  yet  render  the  to  by  a  demonstrative 
pronoun. 

'^  Spoken  Sftxrixu;  (Win.  {  46.  2.  b) ;  q.  d.  'See,  a  dog,  &c.' 
— The  indefinite  article  is  used  in  one  or  other,  or  both,  of 
these  cases  by  W.;-Fr.  S.  ;-Guyse,  Mey.,  De  \V.,  Kenr.,  Peile, 
Huth.  ;-Win. 

"  The  participial  construction  is  retained,  or  replaced  by  a 
relative,  in  Vulg.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm ,  Calv.,  Yat.,  Castal., 
Hamm.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  Peile,  Huth.  ;-Win. 

f  See  V.  21,  N.  z. 

^  R.  ;-B.  and  L.  ([s'esi  replongee]  dans). 

■>  Latin  verss.  (use  vuhitabnim)  ;-Thom.  (for  both  nouns  : 
wallowing  slough),  Kist.  (Pfuhl),  De  W.  ( Wdlzorte),  Huth. 
{Ort  zum  Wa/ze«) ;-all  the  lexicons.  The  possessive  pronoun, 
which  does  not  appear  in  any  foreign  vers.,  is  omitted  by  Dodd., 
Wakef.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  The  genitive  is  retained  by  Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-De  TV. 
J  The  article  is  not  used  by  W.  ;-Wakef. 

"  The  singular  is  retained  by  E.  V.  elsewhere  ;-W.,  C,  R.;- 
foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  M.)  ;-Mack.,  Newc.  (understanding), 
Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr ,  Peile  (purpose ;  in  close  connec- 
tion with  μνηαθ.  of  V.  2). 

'  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  It.  ;-Cocc., 
Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Peile. 

'  De  W.,  thinking  it  'scarcely  possible'  (kaum  moglich)  to 
take  jjfiiLv  as  in  apposition  with  άΛοσϊόλωχ,  makes  the  latter, 
not  (ντολη;,  govern  it  (unsi'er  Aposlel),  and,  in  regard  to  the 
reading,  νμϋν,  'of  nearly  all  the  authorities'  (Huth. — This  read- 
ing was  followed  by  the  Vulg.,  [De  W.  errs  in  adding  Oec], 
and  has  been  edited  by  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Tisch.),  says  simply 
that,  'notwithstanding  the  strong  evidence'  in  its  favour,  he  dis- 
trusts it.    Possibly  he  might  have  overcome  his  scruple,  but  for 


the  argument  afforded  by  his  construction  of  ί;μΰρ  against  the 
Petrine  origin  of  the  epistle.  AVith  less  caution  Dav.  asserts  : 
•If  ήμCJV  be  the  true  reading,  the  passage  is  insuperably  strong 
against  the  epistle's  authenticity  . . .  The  pronoun  ί;μωρ  cannot 
be  taken  in  apposition  with  ά^οίΐόλων,  us  the  apostles,  else  it 
would  precede,  not  follow,  aTtoatoxuv.  The  examples  adduced 
by  Feilraoser  from  Acts  10 :  41 ;  13  :  32  (33) ;  1  Cor.  1 :  18, 
where  the  pronoun  is  put  in  apposition  with  an  antecedent 
word,  are  not  analogous  to  the  present  one,  which  is  peculiar, 
on  account  of  the  -ioi  χυρίου  xai  α^ιΐηροζ  following.  "ΤΆβ  com- 
mandment of  our  apostles  of  the  Lord  and  Saviour"  denotes, 
"the  apostles  who  have  preached  to  us,  and  were  sent  by  the 
Lord  and  Saviour."  Assuming  this  to  be  the  correct  inter- 
pretation, &c.' — somewhat  slender  grounds,  at  the  best,  on 
which  to  rest  so  serious  a  conclusion,  in  case  the  received  text 
is  to  stand.  But,  besides  being  insufficient,  these  statements 
are  equally  inaccurate.  1.,  If  the  simple  phrase,  our  apostles 
(supposing  that  to  be  the  true  construction),  is  enough  to  prove 
that  the  writer  was  not  himself  an  apostle,  then  it  proves  still 
more  clearly,  not  only  that  he  was  an  impostor,  but  that  he  was 
also  a  very  foolish  one.  He  could  not  otherwise,  after  so  care- 
fully adjusting  his  mask  (ch.  1:  1,  14,  16—18),  thus  clumsily 
'betray  himself  (De  AV.)  ;-2.,  for  the  interpretation,  which 
puts  artoffi•.  in  apposition  with  ^μΰν,  our  commandment  who 
are  apostles  (Luth.,  Calv.,  Wolf.,  Pott,  Dietl.),  ^μΰιι  would, 
indeed,  have  to  precede  artoef.  ;-but,  3.,  that  this  order  is  not 
necessary,  if  ί;μίόν,  on  the  contrary,  be  in  apposition  with  ajtoai., 
is  quite  certain  from  the  passages  cited  above.  '  Strange  is  it,' 
Bloomf.  also  remarks,  '  that  such  perplexity  should  have  been 
occasioned  to  the  commentators  by  what  is  so  common  in  the 
best  Greek  writers,  especially  Thucyd.,  and  not  rare  even  in 
.Joseph,  and  Philo.'  ;-nor,  4.,  is  the  grammatical  analogy  des- 
troyed, or  even  at  all  affected,  by  '  the  toi  xnptoo)  xai  Butijpoi 
following.'  This  addition,  of  the  original  and  paramount  source 
of  all  the  ministries  and  revelations  of  the  Church,  serves  to 
strengthen  the  authority  of  the  prophets  and  their  words,  as 
well  as  of  the  apostles  and  their  commandment,  and  should, 


22 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  TETER.     CHAP.  HI. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

3  Knowing  this  first,  that  there 
shall  come  in  the  last  days  scoff- 
ers, walking  alter  their  own  lusts, 

4  And  snying,  Where  is  the 
promise  of  his  coming'/  for  since 
the  fathers  fell  asleep,  all  things 
continue  as  they  were  from  the 
beginning  of  the  creation. 

5  For  this  they  willingly  are 
ignorant  of,  that  by  the  word  of 
God  the  heavens  were  of  old,  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 


3  rovto  Ttpcitov  γινόαχοντες,  'ότι 
ίλ£ΐ'•σονται  en  εσχάτου  των  r^s^uv 
εμηαιχταί,  κατά  τας  ιδίας  αυτών  επι- 
θυμίας πορευομενοι, 

4  xui  λέγοντες,  Που  εστίν  ή  ετΐαγ- 
γελία  της  τίαρουσίας  αιτοίι;  αφ"  γ,ς 
γαρ  οΐ  τίατέρες  έκοιμήΟησαν,  τίάντα 
ούτω  διαμένει  άτι  άρχης  κτίσεως. 

5  λανθάνει  γάρ  αι-τοΰς  τοϊΎΐο  θε- 
"λοντας,  'ότι  ουρανοί  ήσαν  έχΛαλαι,  και. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

3  Knowing  this  first,  that  there 
shall  come  ''at  the  end  of  the  days 
•^mockers,  walking  according  to 
their  own  lusts, 

4  And  saying  :  Where  is  the 
promise  of  his  coming?  for,  since 
the  fathers  fell  asleep,  all  things 
continue  ^thus  from  the  beginning 
of  the  creation. 

5  For  "Of  this  they  are  willingly 
ignorant,  that,  'by  the  word  of 
God,  J  heavens  were  •'from  of  old, 


■i  Questions  of  interest,  which  this  is  not  the  place  to  discuss, 
respecting  the  chronological  standpoint  of  the  apostles,  do  yet 
demand  from  the  translator  the  utmost  exactness  in  rendering 
the  apostolic  designations  of  time.  See  1  John  2 :  18,  N.  b. 
At  Ileb.  1 :  1,  the  reading  now  generally  preferred  (Griesb.,  Sch., 
Lachm.,  Tisch.,  etc.),  ϊλ  iaxdtov  iuiv  ήμιρων  ΐούτων,  is  by  Owen 
translated,  '  ί)ί  extremo  dierum  istorum,  in  the  end  of  these 
days;'  by  Beng.,  'in  novissimo  dierum  horum.'  Sept.  Num. 
24 :  14,  f'rt'  iaxaiov  tCiv  ήμερων  =  'ultimo  tempore  dierum' 
(Schleus.).  Here  also  the  adj.  agrees,  not  with  jjftipaj,  but 
χρόνου  or  juf'povi  undei'stood. — Syr.,  Dt.  (in  hel  laalsle  der  da- 
gen),  Fr.  S.  (ce?-s  la  fin  des  jours)  ;-CaIv.,  Pise,  Cocc,  (ίϊΐ  ex- 
tremo [poslrnmo]  dierum).  Ilamm.,  AValvcf.,  (in  the  end  of  the 
[these]  days),  Berl.  Bib.  (am  Eiide  der  Tage),  Mack,  (in  the 
last  of  the  d.),  Peile  (toward  the  close  of  the  d.)  ;-Win.  (am 
letzten  der  Tage).    Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  ίαχάτ:ων. 

'  Ε.  v.,  Jude  18,  (the  word  occurs  nowhere  else)  ;  for  the 
kindred  noan  ίμηαίγμϊΐιν,  occurring  only  at  Heb.  11 :  36,  E.  V. 
has  mockings ;  for  the  verb  ϊμΛαίζω,  which  occurs  13  times, 

everywhere  to  i?iocAi  ;-French  verss.  (nioqueurs)  •,-ΐ>οάβί. 

Before  ίμΛαΙχΐαι  all  (for  Beng.,  see  Gnomon)  the  recent  editors 
insert  the  words  iv  ίμΛαιγμονγι,  on  the  authority  of  Λ.  B.  C,  &c., 
Syr.,  Arr.,  &c.  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and 
that  the  version  stand :  mockers  in  mockery.  Sliarpe  (in  scoff- 
ing), Kenr.  (allows  that  this  is  'a  more  strict  translation'  than 
the  Vulg.  in  decepiione)  ;-Rob. 

'  E.  v.,  w.  13, 15  ;  very  often  elsewhere  ;-R.  ;-Vulg.  (jnxta), 
Syr.,  It.  (secondo),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (selon)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  (as 
Vulg.),  Calv.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  (secundum),  Dodd.,  Murd. 

^  E.  v.,  often.  There  is  no  verbal  supplement  in  R.  (so)  ;- 
Λ^ulg.  (sic),  Syr.,  Dt.  (alzoo  [gelijk\),  It.  (in  un  medesimo 
statu),  Fr.  S.  (au  meme  etat)  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  (as  Vidg.), 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Cocc,  (ita),  Beng.  ('stc.  Adverbium  praegnans. 
i.  e.  sic  permanent,  ut  permanent.'),  Wakef.  (just  the  same). 
Mack,  (as  at),  Greenf.,  De  W.  (so  ;-he  censures  the  supplement 


ώ;  ^1',  and,  like  Beng.,  explains  the  particle  as  involving  rather, 
wie  es  eben  ist),  Murd.  (just  as),  Kenr.  (as  R.),  Huth.  (so  : 
in  dem  Bestaiide,  den  es  einmal  hat,  wie  es  gegenwartig  ist.'). 

*■  Newc.  To  the  grammatically  allowable  interpretation : 
'They  that  are  of  this  mind  are  ignorant'  (Ilamm.,  Homb.,  Pott, 
Ros.,  Mey.,  Bloomf.,  Barn.,  IIuth.;-Bretsch.,  "Wahl),  De  W. 
objects  the  elsewhere  (in  the  N.  T.)  unexampled  use  of  θίχω, 
the  arrangement  of  tlie  words,  the  analogy  of  v.  8,  and  the  com- 
parative feebleness  of  the  sense. 

'  This  inverted  order  was  probably  ailopted,  as  it  is  here  re- 
tained, for  the  .-^ake  of  obviating  the  misconception  that  might 
arise  in  Englisli  from  translating  λόγφ  immediately  before  the 
uv  of  V.  G  (W.,  R.,  &c).  T.,  C,  for  the  same  purpose,  render 
hi  ilr,  by  the  which  things.  (It  is  not  thought  that  jNIack.'s 
explanation  of  the  relative  as  a  pluralis  excellentiae  referring 
to  λόγύ),  or  else  as  representing  'two  persons,  God  and  his  Word,' 
need  be  any  hindrance  to  the  above  arrangement.)  As  ra  toi 
©.  λόγω,  moreover,  relates  equally  to  the  two  previous  clauses, 
it  ought  not  to  be  specially  attached  to  either. 

1  These  aiticles  are,  one  or  more  or  all  of  them,  omitted  by 
AV.,  R.  ;-Iiamm.,  Wakef,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Clarke,  All.,  Pcnn, 
Gerl.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peilc;-Win. — Before  ονραιοι.'  and 
yii  '''■  yi  alone,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Penn,  De  W.,  Stier,  introduce 
the  indefinite  article  ;  while  for  vSatos  here  and  vSatt  in  v.  6  it 
may  be  observed,  that  they  stand  in  opposition,  as  an  element 
of  nature,  to  the  Λνρί  of  v.  7.     See  also  N.  1. 

''  'FiOm  the  beginning,  from  the  day  of  their  creation.'  See 
ch.  2 :  3,  N.  o.  The  word  is  found  only  in  this  epistle. — Syr. 
(=  Greenf.  ClDC),  Dt.   (van  over  long),  It.  (o6  antico),  Fr. 

G.,-M..  (de  toute  anciennete),  Fr.  S.  (d'anciennetc)  ;-Hanim., 
Cocc.  (ab  olim  ;-for  the  pr-ius  and  olim  of  other  verss.),  Berl. 
Bib.,  Beng.,  Uuth.,  (von  Alters  Aer;-'not,'  says  Huth.,  'vor 
Alters,  ehedem').  Gill  (from  the  beginning). 


accordingly,  as  in  our  Text,  Beng.,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  be  set  of  by  I  no  means  improbable,  that  the  reference  is  rather  to  those  of 
a  comma  from  the  clause  preceding.  The  prophets  of  the  0.  T.  the  Christian  Oluirch.  Comp.  Eph.  2  :  20;  3  :  5  ;  4:  8 — 11 ; 
were  Christ's  prophets  (1  Pet.  1:  11);  and,  besides,  it  is  by    1  Tim.  1:  18;  4:  1. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  ΠΙ. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


the    earth    standing   out   of  the 
water  and  in  the  water : 

6  Whereby  the  world  that 
then  was,  being  overflowed  with 
water,  perished  : 

7  But  the  heavens  and  the 
earth,  which  are  now,  by  the 
same  word  are  kept  in  store,  re- 
served unto  fire  against  the  day 
of  judgment  and  perdition  of  un- 
godly men. 

'  '■Earth  out  of  water  and  by  water  ;-the  diyine  word  ac- 
complishing its  end  by  means  the  most  unlikely  (Job  2C  :  7,  8  ; 
1  Cor.  1 :  27,  28.  Comp.  a  similar  collocation  in  2  Cor.  4:  G  : 
ix  αχότουί  φΰ;-),  even  (v.  6)  by  such  as  were  then  made  sub- 
servient to  a  directly  opposite  eflfect.  So  far  is  it  from  being 
true,  that  the  perpetuity  of  the  universe,  any  more  than  its 
existence,  is  the  result  of  powers  inherent  in  itself,  and  independ- 
ent of  Him  who  in  the  beginning  created  (Gen.  1:  1),  and 
still  continually  upholdeth  (Heb.  1 :  3),  all  things.' — yjj  and  ίξ 
ίίδαΐοί  stand  close  together  in  W.,  C,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ., 
Dt  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Carpz.,  Mack.  It  may 
be  added  in  favour  of  this  arrangement,  that  it  obviates  the  too 
close  connection  between  water  and  the  subsequent  relative. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  3,  N.  k.  W.,  C.  and  R.  (through)  ;-Vulg.  (per). 
Syr.  (=ηΐΓ)^  Dt.  inarg.  (door),  Fr.  S.  (an  inoyen  de)  ;-Oec. 

(  Η  y^  ε|  liSafOff  μεν,  ως  £§  -ΰλικου  altiov,  5t  νδατΌ^  δε  ώ^  δία- 
ιΈλιχοί).  ίίδωρ  γαρ  -fo  ΰννίχον  "Την  yjjf,  κrλ.),  Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat., 
Cocc,  Beng.,  (as  Vulg.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Gill,  ('or,  by'),  Bcrl  Bib., 
Moldenh.,  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  De  W.,  (durch),  Dodd.,  Wakef.  (by 
means  o/";-and  soTrol.,  Bloomf.,  Murd.),  Mack,  (as  iV.),  Scott, 
Clarke,  Barn,  (through  or  by),  Kenr.,  Peile,  Huth.  ("t?  regards 
the  material,  διά  the  means.')  ;-Schuttg.,  Tittm.  ('Nam  i%  ΐδα- 
toi  significat,  ex  aqua,  tanquam  materia,  terrara  ortam ;  quod 
foctum  est  δι'  v&atoi,  ipsius  aquae  vi,  omnipotente  voluntate  di- 
vina.'),  Rob. 

°  E.  V.  marg. ;  Col.  1 ;  17  ;-R.  (through)  ;-Latin  verss.,  ex- 
cept Carpz.,  (use  consisto),  It.,  French  verss.  (use  subsisler)  ;- 
Engl.  Ann.,  Gill,  (as  one  rendering),  Hamm.,  Dodd.  (subsist- 
ing ;-this  verb  is  used  b}'  Scott  and  Clarke),  Pyle,  Mack,  (con- 
sists ;  in  the  comment.,  subsists),  Bloomf.,  Barn,  (■consisting 
or  constituted'),  Peile  (AeW  Zog-eZAer)  ;-no  lexicon  justifies  the 
rendering  of  E.  V. 

•  Whatever  ambiguity  exists  here  as  to  the  antecedent,  is  not 
greater  than  in  the  Greek,  where  SJ  uv  (see  v.  5.  N.  i)  has  been 
referred  to  ονραχοό  (Vat.),  to  oOp.  xai  γη  (Oec,  Dt.  Ann.,  Cocc, 
Wolf.,  Beng.,  West.,  Trol.,  De  W.),  to  oip.  χαϊ  γη  and  tc,  toi 
©foti  λόγω  (Moldenh.),  to  the  double  ΐδαϊο;  (Calv.,  Guyse,  Pott, 
Clarke,  Mey.,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Huth.  who  would  include 
τφ  toi  Θ.  λ.),  and  to  the  constitution  of  things  just  described 
(Pagn.,  Bez.,  Pise,  Grot.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Ros.). 

Ρ  While  the  Greek  verb  is  not  found  elsewhere  in  the  N.  T., 


yri  έζ  vSatog,  xai  8l  vSatog  cvveGta- 
σα,  τώ  ιοί)  θεού  λόγφ, 

6  h'  ων  6  τότε  κόσμος  νδαη  xat- 
αχλνσθεις  άπώλεΤο• 

7  οί  δε  ννν  οίψανοί  χαί  ή  γη  avtov 
λόγω  τεΟ>7(7αυρίσ(ί<£ΤΌΐ  είσί,  τίνοϊ  'ΐη- 
ρονμενοί  εις  riuepav  χρίσεως  χαί  ατίω- 
'λείας  τών  άσεβων  άΐ'θρώτίων. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

and  J  earth  '  out  of  J  water  and 
"'by  J  water  "consisting ; 


6  "Whereby  the  world  that 
then  was,  being  Pflooded  with 
water,  perished  : 

7  But  the  heavens  i  which  are 
now,  and  the  earth,  ''have  by  'his 
word  been  'laid  up  in  store, "being 
reserved  ^for  fire  ''^unto  the  day 
of  judgment  and  ^destruction  of 
yihe  ungodly  men. 


the  cognate  noun,  occurring  4  times,  is  always  in  E.  V.  (as  ch. 
2:  5),  flood. — Latin  verss.  (ijmnrfaifis  ;-except  Carpz.,  diluvio), 
Germ,  {mit  der  Siindfluth),  Dt.  {met  het  water  van  den  zond- 
vloed  bedekt  zijnde).  It.  (diluviato),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (submerge 
des  eaux  du  deluge),  Fr.  S.  (ensevelis)  ;-Dodd.,  Thom.,  (de- 
luged), Wakef.  (by  a  flood).  Mack,  (overflooded),  Kenr.,  Peile 
(under  a  deluge).  ' 

1  The  grammatical  relation  of  nvv  to  ονραΐ'οί  is  retained  by 
W.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-Cocc.  (restores  the 
Vulg.  coeli  aiitem,  qui  nunc  sunt,  et  tei-ra,  for  the  qui  autem 
nunc  sunt  coeli  ac  terra,  of  other  verss.),  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng., 
Moldenh.,  Mack.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

■■  See  ch.  2 :  17,  N.  a,  etc.  Beng.  (gesparet  warden  sind). 
Peile  notes  the  'appearance  of  tautology  which  our  Translators 
have  fiistened  upon  the  passage,  by  rendering  ηθησαυρ.  tisi  as 
though  the  Apostle  had  written  θηαανρίζονίαι,  are  being  kept 
in  store,'  and  thinks,  that  '  a  greatly  improved  version '  is  got 
by  connecting  Λνρί  with  ■ίεθηβ.  ιίβί  (Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn, 
Theile),  stored  with  flre.  But  since,  according  to  the  uniform 
usage  of  the  verb,  -ίεθηα-  Λυρί  could  still  mean  only  stored  for 
flre,  it  is  better  to  regard  ΐεθηΰανρίβμενοί  εΐαί  as  declaring  the 
accomplished,  permanent  act ;  nvpi  rjjpov/tf tot.  the  present  de- 
sign of  God  in  that  act. 

'  The  reading  τ•^  avf $  λόγ?  (Α.,  Vulg.)  is  edited  by  Lachm. 
and  Ilahn. 

'  In  the  other  7  cases  of  θηαανρίζω  Ε.  V.  preserves  the  idea 
of  laying  up  (Matt.  C:  19,  &c.),  treasuring  up  (Rom.  2:  5), 
heaping  treasure  together  (.James  5  :  3).  It  is  given  here  also 
by  the  Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  (als  een  schat  weggelegd).  It., 
Fr.  S.  (mis  a  parl);-Oodd.,  Gill,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott, 
Clarke,  Barn.,  Murd. 

»  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.;-Whitb.,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Murd. 

'  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Mey.,  All.,  Stolz, 
Penn,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  2:  4,  9;  JudeC;  &c.;-R.;-Thom.  (foi-),  Sharpe 
(until),  Kenr.     Others  have  on,  at. 

^  G.;-Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Sharpe. 

'  'Who  now  mock  at  these  terrors.'  Calv. :  'Quoniam  autem 
cum  impiis  habebat  negotium,  de  ipsorum  ncgotio  nominatim 
loquitur.'  Or  as  Beng.:  'Horum  ipsorum,  et  reliquorum.' — 
R.;-foreign  verss.  (except  Greenf.)  ;-Wakcf.,  Thom.,  (these). 


24 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  ΠΤ. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

8  But,  beloved,  be  not  igno- 
rant ol'  tills  one  thing,  that  one 
day  is  with  the  Lord  as  a  thou- 
sand years,  and  a  thousand  years 
as  one  day. 

9  The  Lord  is  not  slack  con- 
cerning his  promise,  as  some  men 
count  slaclvness ;  but  is  long- 
suffering  to  US-ward,  not  willing 
that  any  should  perish,  but  that 
all  should  come  to  repentance. 

10  But  the  day  of  the  Lord 
will  come  as  a  thief  in  the  night ; 
in  the  which  the  heavens  shall 
pass  away  with  a  great  noise, 
and  the  elements  shall  melt  with 
fervent  beat,  the  earth  also  and 
the  works  that  are  therein  shall 
be  burned  up. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

S  Έϊ'  ίέ  τούτο  μη  λανθανίτα  νμάς, 
άγατΐητοι,  όΐι  ^ua  τ,μερα  τταρα  Κιρκυ 
ώς  χίλια  £Τ>7,  και  χείλια  ίττ;  ώς  r^ispa 
μία. 

9  ον  βραδύνει  ο  Κι'ριοξ  tr.g  ίτχαγ- 
γεΤύας  ως  τίνες  βρα^νττ^α  ri/oin'Tar 
ά'λ'/Μ.  μαχ^ρΒυμεί  εΙς  τιμάς,  μηβονλο- 
μενός  τινας  anoTaodai,  άλλα  τίάντας 
εις  μετάνοιαν  χωργ,σαί. 

10  "Ηζει  &  71  r^iipa  Κυρίου  ως 
χλετίτης  εν  νυχτί,  εν  γ  οί  ουρανοί 
ροιζτι^ν  τχαρελείσονταί,  στοιχεία  ^ε 
χαυβοίμενα  ?^υθτ,ύονταί,  και  γ?,  και 
τα  εν  αύτΤι  έρ^α  χαταχαήαεται. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

8  But'of  this  one  thing  be  "ye, 
beloved,  not  ignorant,  that  one 
day  is  with  the  Lord  as  a  thou- 
sand years,  and  a  thousand  years 
as  one  day. 

9  ''The  Lord  is  not  ''tardj-  con- 
cerning his  promise,  as  some  ■=  ac- 
count ''tardiness;  but  is  long- 
suffering  ''towards  us,  not  willing 
that  any  should  perish,  but  that 
all  should  come  to  repentance. 

]  0  But  the  day  of  the  Lord 
will  come  as  a  thief 'in  the  night ; 
in  ε  which  the  heavens  shall  pass 
away  with  a  ■'rushing  noise,  'but 
the  elements  shall  Jbe  dissolved 
with  fervent  heat,  and  the  earth 
and  the  works  ''  therein  shall  be 
burned  up. 


'  Literally  :  let  not  this  one  ihing  escape  you.  But  it  is  more 
important  to  preserve  the  reference  to  v.  5.  In  this  form,  how- 
ever, or  as  above,  the  Greek  order  of  the  verb  and  subject  is 
retained  by  R.  ;-Latin  and  Germ,  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt,  It.  ;-B.  and 
L.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  Comp.  E.  V., 
V.  5. 

"  'In  opposition  to  the  wilful  ignorance  of  the  mockers,  v.  5.' 
— The  pronoun,  or  the  force  of  it,  is  expressed  by  W.  ;-Latin 
and  Germ,  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Syr.,  Dt,  It.,  Fr.  G.  and 
-Hi.  (improperly  marking  it  as  a  suppIement);-B.  and  L.,  Guyse, 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke. 

i•  Or,  The  Lord  of  the  promise  is  not  tardy.  This  construc- 
tion, allowed  by  Win.,  is  by  many  preferred.  Thus  C.  ;-Fr. 
S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  (qui  promisit).  Engl.  Ann.  (allows  it). 
Mack.,  Sharpej-Bretsch.  ('non  cunctabitur  dominus  promissio- 
nis,  i.  e.  vel :  dominus  qui  proniissionem  dcdit  et  ratam  faciet, 
vel:  dominus  promissus  ipse.').  Wahl  gives  both  construc- 
tions.  The  primary  sense  of  /3ραδν«ο  (see  the  only  other  in- 
stance in  the  N.  T.,  1  Tim.  3  :  15)  suits  the  context  better  than 
the  secondary,  and  appears  in  W.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Trol.,  Bloomf.,  Murd., 
Kenr.  ;-Pas.,  Leigh.,  Suic,  Schuttg.,  Schleus.,  L.  and  S.,  Green, 
Schirl. 

'  For  the  omission  of  men,  see  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  gen- 
erally ;-Dodd.,  Mack.,  and  later  English  verss.,  except  Sharpe. 
For  account,  see  ch.  2  :  13,  N.  u;- Wakef.,  Mack.,  Peile. 

''  See  N.  b,  and,  in  addition  to  the  authorities  there  cited, 
Rob.,  who  conforms  to  E.  V.  in  his  rendering  of  the  verb — 
(although  to  be  slack  is  not  synonymous  with  to  be  slow,  to  de- 
lay, the  other  explanations  he  gives) — but  translates  this  clause, 
'  as  some  count  it  tardiness,'  and  refers  to  the  previous  article 
on  βραίννα. 


'  Dodd.  and  later  verss.,  except  such  as  follow  Lachm.'s  read- 
ing Si  νμαί  ( Vulg.  propter  ros).     Tisch.  has  lii  ϋμας. 

'  The  reading  iv  mxti  is  marked  by  Beng.  as  inferior  in  ma- 
nuscript authority  to  that  which  omits  these  words.  They  are 
bracketed  by  Knapp  and  Bloomf.  (the  latter  remarking  that 
they  'are  probably  an  interpolation  from  1  Tliess.  5 :  2').  and 
cancelled  by  all  the  other  recent  editors.  I  recommend  the 
following  as  a  marginal  note :  'Many  copies  omit  the  words,  in 
the  night.' 

^  W.  ;-Dodd.,  and  the  later  verss.,  though  some  render  iv  p, 
when. 

^  In  Ιιοιζηίόν  there  is  an  onomatopoeia,  which  most  verss. 
have  sought  to  preserve : — W.  (great  birr)  ;-Germ.  (grossem 
Kradien),  Dt.  (een  gedruisch),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (tm  bruit  sif- 
flant  de  tempete)  ;-Pagn.,  Beza,  Pise,  Vitr.,  (stridore),  Beng. 
('vocabulum  ροϊζος  habct  literas  slridorem  referentes  sagittae, 
aquae,  &c.'),  Tliom.  (a  crashing  roar),  Trol.,  Peile,  (use  whiz- 
zing), Bloomf.  {a  mighty  crash — properly  irAiz),  Stier  (Ge- 
rausch)  ;-L.  and  S.  {with  a  rushing  sound  or  motion),  Rob. 
{with  rushing  sound — with  a  crash). 

'  The  connection  by  δί  indicates  that  this  clause  completes, 
by  addition  and  contrast,  the  description  of  what  shall  befall 
the  heavens. — R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  that  Castal.  and  Garpz. 
omit  the  particle),  Syr.,  Germ.j-Moldenh.,  De  W.,  Huth. 

'  The  proper  meaning  of  the  verb,  and  the  passive  form,  are 
recognized  (though  some  translate  as  if  λνθ.  were  in  the 
middle)  by  E.  V.,  vv.  11, 12  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  French  verss. 
(except  Carpz.),  Syr.,  Dt.  marg.,  It.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Berl. 
Bib.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Penn, 
De  W.,  Barn.,  Murd. 

k  There  is  nothing  supplied  by  Syr.  ;-Dodd.  (its  works), 
Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Peile 


THE  SECOiND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  HI. 


25 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

11  Seeing  then  that  all  these 
things  shall  be  dissolved,  what 
manner  ofpcrso?is  ought  ye  to  be 
in  all  holy  conversation  and  god- 
liness, 

12  Looking  for  and  hasting 
unto  the  coming  of  the  day  of 
God,  wherein  the  heavens  being 
on  fire  shall  be  dissolved,  and  the 
elements  shall  melt  with  fervent 
heat? 

13  Nevertheless  we,  according 
to  his  promise,  look  for  new  hea- 
vens and  a  new  earth,  wherein 
dvvelleth  righteousness. 

14  Wherefore,  beloved,  seeing 
that  }'e  look  for  such  things,  be 
diligent  that  ye  may  be  found  of 
him  in  peace,  without  spot,  and 
blameless. 

15  And  account  that  the  long- 
suffering  of  our  Lord  is  salvation  ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 

11  Ύοίτον  οίψ  TtavTuv  λνομένίον, 
ποταπούς  &(-  υτΐάρχειν  νμας  εν  αγί- 
αις  άν(ΐσ-ξ)οφαις  xul  είσε^όείαίς, 

12  τίροσ^οχύντας  και  στίεί^οντας 
ττ,ν  τίαοονσίαν  ττ,ς  του  Θεού  'Λ,αέρας, 
δι  r,v  ουρανοί  τίνροίμενοί  λνθ-/,σονται, 
χαι  στοιχεία  χανσονμενα  τγχεται; 


REVISED    VERSION. 

11  'Since  then  all  these  things 


'"are  dissolving,  what  manner  o/" 
.peisons  ought  ye  to  be  in  ''all  holy 
"behaviour  and  godliness. 


12  Looking  for  and  Phastening 
the  coming  of  the  day  of  God,  "Ίη 
consequence  of  which  the  heavens 
being  on  fire  shall  be  dissolved, 
and  the  elements  '  melt  with 
j  fervent  heat. 

13  ΚαίϊΌυς  δε  οιρανοι^ς  xai  y/iv\  13  sj^Qt, '  according  to  his  pro- 
xaivnv  xara  το  εηάγγε7ψα  αιιτου  j  mise,  *we  look  for  new  heavens 
ηροσδοχώμεν,  εν  οΐς  Οιχαιοσίνη  κατ-  and  a  new  earth,  wherein  dwell- 
Qixgl^  eth  righteousness. 

14  δώ,  άγαηητοί,  ταύτα  Λοοσδο-  u' Wherefi.re,  beloved,  "look- 
χοντες,  στχουδασατε  aamloixai  ά^ώ- {'ψ  *«'•  ^'^ese  thmgs,  be  diligent 
μ-ητου  αιτώ  ειψεθ-/1ναι  iv  εψ/,ντ,,  ^ 


spotless  and  blameless  ye 
may  be   found  ^by  him  in  peace, 

15  και  ττ,ν  τΌν  Κυρίου  'ψύν  μα-       15  And  ^  the  long-suffering  of 
χροθνι,άαν,  σί,ύττ,ρίαν  τγεΊσθε-  καθώς  our  Lord  account  salvation  ;  even 

'  Most  translate  according  to  the  reading  taxriaccai  (C,  Vulg., 
Lachm.),  or  take  trixstai  itself  in  the  future  sense.  ■  Interim,' 
says  Wolf.,  'nihil  est  mutandum.  Patet  enim,  Apostolum  in 
duobus  his  commatibus,  data  opera,  nunc  praesenti  τ,νομίνων  et 
ΐτ,χιταί,  nunc  futuro  y.ver,afta(.  de  ea  re  uti,  quae  tam  ceita  fu- 
tura  erat,  ac  si  jam  fieret.' — Cocc.  (liqtiescunt) ,  Penn,  De  ΛΧ. 

•  G.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss  generally  ;-Hamm.,  Dodd.,  "Wakef., 
Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

t  The  Greek  does  not  warrant  the  emphatic  position  of  the 
pronoun,  nor  is  emphasis  of  any  kind  aliened  to  the  subject  of 
the  verb  in  ΛΥ.,  Τ.,  G.,  R.  ;-any  foreign  verss.  (except  B.  and 
L.)  ;-Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc.  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

"  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  "W.,  R.  ;-Tulg., 
Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  Whitb., 
Beng.,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Ros.,  Sharpe,  Kenr.     See  v.  17,  N.  g. 

'  A  demonstrative  is  employed  by  W.,  K.  ;-foreign  verss. 
(except  Mey.)  j-Whitb.,  and  the  later  English. 

^'  This  personal  holiness  being  the  matter  of  immediate  con- 
cern and  the  condition  of  future  peace,  the  original  order  is 
properly  followed   (more  or  loss  closely)    by  R.  ;-all  foreign 

verss.  (except  Greenf )  ;-Mack.,  Kenr. ΆσΛΛοι.  is  rendered 

by  an  adjective  in  E.  V.,  James  1 :  27  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  Ger- 
man verss.,  Dt.,  It.;-Dodd.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf., 
Kenr.,  Peile. 

»  See  ch.  2  :  19,  N.  1. 

J  Here  again  the  Greek  order  and  construction  are  better, 
and  are  followed,  one  or  the  other  or  both,  more  strictly  than 
Grot.,  Wolf..  Carpz.,  {as  Vulg.),  Calv.,  Est.  Cocc,  Beng.,  j  in  E.  V.,  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.M.,  B.  and  L.  );- 
{propter).  Gill  (Or.  by'),  Mey.,  All.,  De  W.,  (durch).  Scholef,  !  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.  (supplies  to  be  before  salvation  i-and  so 
Kenr.  (by),  Peile  {consequent  on),  Dietl.,  Huth.,  {um  dessent-  j  Thorn.,  Scott,  Penn,  Murd.),  Mack,  (supplies  to  be  for),  Sharpe, 
willen)  ; — many  of  these  referring  r,v  to  Ttoftyvaiav.  Kenr.,  (supply  as). 


1  Dodd.,  Newc,  Penn.,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

™  '  Their  doom  being  even  now  written  on  them,  and  work- 
ing in  them.'  Comp.  1  Cor.  17  :  31 ;  1  John  2:  17.— The 
present  time  is  employed  by  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Era'  m.,  Pagn.,  Calv., 
Vat.,  Cocc,  (solvantur -,-ίοτ  the  Vulg.  dissolcenda  sint),  Bgng. 
(■praesens:  quasi  id  jam  fiat.').  Wesl.  {are  dissolved -j-MacVi. 
also  gives  this  as  the  strict  rendering),  Greenf.  (C"!"!!),  De 

W.,  Dietl.,  Huth.  ;-Win.  (aii/o-f/os?  icird.  He  explains  thus: 
'  That  is,  naturally  destined  to  dissolution ;  the  fate  of  dissolu- 
tion inhering  as  it  were  in  these  things  already.'). 

°  Supplied  as  a  compensation  for  the  two  plural  forms.  Comp. 
ch.  2 :  18. 

"  See  ch.  2 :  7,  N.  1. 

Γ  This  interpretation  of  the  axivS.  appears  in  E.  V.  marg.  ;- 
Fr.  M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Engl.  Ann.  and  Gill  (as  al- 
lowable), Hamm,,  Schmidt,  Cocc,  Wells,  B.  and  L.,  Berl.  Bib., 
ATolf,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  AVesl.,  Mack,  and  Barn,  (as  the  primary 
meaning),  Bloomf,  De  AV.  (explaining  thus :  'In  this  way  they 
hasten  it,  that  through  repentance  and  holiness  they  complete 
the  work  of  salvation,  and  render  no  longer  necessary  that 
^axpoSvjiita  of  V.  9.'),  Peile,  Huth.  ;-Steph. 

1  Λι'  r,v  is  not  =  Iv  y  (v.  10),  but,  as  De  W.  and  Huth.  ob- 
serve, marks  the  occasion  or  cause.  Comp.  Joel  2:11;  Mai. 
3 :  2.— W.,  C,  R.,  {by)  ;-Vulg.  (per),  Dt.  rtiarg.  {door),  It. 
{per),  Fr.  G.  Ijiar),  Fr.  S.  (d  cause  de)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal 


26 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER.     CHAP.  HI. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

even  as  our  beloved  brother  Paul 
also,  according  to  the  wisdom 
given  unto  him,  hath  written  unto 
you; 

16  As  also  in  all  his  epistles, 
speaking  in  them  of  these  things  ; 
in  which  are  some  things  hard  to 
be  understood,  which  tiiey  that 
are  unlearned  and  unstable  Λvrest, 
as  they  do  also  the  other  scriptures, 
unto  their  own  destruction. 

17  Ye  therefore,  beloved,  see- 
ing ye  know  these  things  before, 
beware  lest  ye  also,  being  led 
away  with  the  error  of  the  wick- 
ed, lidl  from  your  own  steadfast- 
ness. 

18  But  giOW  in  grace,  and  i?i 
the  knowledge  of  our  Lord  and 
Saviour  Jesus  Christ.  To  him 
be  glory  both  now  and  for  ever. 
Amen. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


και  6  άγατίη^ός  Ίψων  αδελφός  Παί- 
λος  xata  την  αιτώ  ^οθεϊσαν  ΰοφίαν 
ϊγρατί^εν  νμιν, 

16  ώς  και  έρ  τιάσαις  ταϊς  εηιστο- 
λα/ζ,  λαλών  εν  αίταΐς  τκρϊ  τοίτων• 
εν  οϊς  εστί  δνσνό-ητά  tiva,  u  οί  αμα- 
θείς και  uaTripiJiTot  στ^εβλονσιν,  ώς 
και  τας  λοίτιας  ^ραφας,  Λρόξ  try  ihi- 
αν  αυτών  άτώλειαν. 

17  'Ύμεϊς  οιψ,  άγατΐητοί,  τιρογι- 
νώσκοντες  φυ?Μσσεσθε,  Ίνα  μη  τγι 
τών  άθεσμων  ηλώ'Υΐ  σννατϊαχβεντες, 
έκτιεσ-ητε  τον  ώιον  στηριγμον 

IS  αυξάνετε  8έ  εν  χάριΤίχαΙ  γνώ- 
σει του  Κΐ'ρίου  ημών  κα6  σωτφος  Ίη- 
οον  Χριστοί),  αΐτω  η  ^όζα  και,  νυν 
και  εις  ήμέραν  αΙώνος.  αμήν. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

as  ^  also  our  belovedbrother Paul, 
according  to  the  wisdom  given 
unto  him,  "wrote  unto  you, 


16  As  also  in  all  ''the  epistles, 
speaking  in  them  of  these  things  ; 
"^among  which  are  some  things 
hard  to  be  understood,  which  ''the 
unlearned  and  unstable  wrest,  as 
"  also  the  other  scriptures,  unto 
their  own  destruction. 

17  Όο  ye  therefore,  beloved, 
^'knowing  these  things  before,  be- 
ware lest,''  'carried  away  witli 
the  error  of  the  Jlawless,  j^e  fall 
from  your  ΟΛνη  steadfastness  ; 

18  But  grow  in  ''the  grace  and 
knowledge  of  our  Lord  and  Sa- 
viour Jesus  Christ.  To  him'  ""the 
glory  both  now  and  "unto  ^the 
day  of  eternity.  Amen. 


'  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  z,  &c. 

•  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  a,  &c.    W.,  T.,  G.  ;-Wakef.,  Murd. 

•^  'Known  as  his.' — The  pronoun  is  not  introduced  t^y  W.,  T., 
C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  German  vcrss.  (except  Jloldeuh.,  All.), 
Dt.  ;-Kenr.  Lachin.  and  Tisch.,  with  Huth.'s  approbation, 
cancel  the  ■tali,  according  to  A.  B.  C. 

"  According  to  the  received  text  (and  Lachm.  alone  adopts 
iv  ali),  the  antecedent  is,  not  the  epistles,  but  the  things  of 
which  they  treat.— T.,  C,  G.  ;-Dt.  (in  welke  dingen),  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Guyse.  Many  supply 
things,  or  otherwise  indicate  the  reference. 

'•  The  article  is  retained  by  R.  ;-Gcrni.,  Dt,  It.,  French  verss.  ;- 
Dodd..  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Kev\c.,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Clarke, 
Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Dav.,  Kenr.  Most  others  avoid 
the  periphrasis  of  E.  V. 

'  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Moldenh.) ;- Wakef., 
Kenr. 

f  Wakef.,  Peile. 

^  See  V.  14,  N.  u.  Here  also  the  participial  construction  is 
retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Yulg.,  Syr.,  Dt,  It.  ;-Calv.,  Casta!.,  Cocc, 
Dodd.,  VVcsl.,  Mack.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

i"  There  is  nothing  for  also  in  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.  ;-Pagn., 
Castal.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Carpz.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  It  might,  indeed,  stand  as  a  com- 
pensation for  the  (jvK  of  ανναΛαζ-  (Erasm.,  &c.,  simiil  cum  aliis ; 
better  Luth.,  &c.,  sammt  ihncn,  i.  e.  τών  ίθίαμαν;  best  of  all, 
Dt.  and  the  later  German  verss.  See  N.  i),  were  it  not  for  the 
undue  prominence  into  which  it  brings  the  subject  of  /xTtt'ajjrf. 

'  E.  v..  Gal.  2:  13;-T.,  C,  G.,  {plucked  away)  ;-Dt.  {mede 
qfgerukt),  It.  (trasportali  insieme),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  {etanl  einpor- 
les  avec  les  auire.•?)  ;-Calv.  (siniul  abacti).  Grot.,  Ros.,  (use  ab- 


ripi),  Berl.  Bib.  (mit  hingeriickt),  Moldenh.  {mit  hingerissen), 
Mey.,  All.,  Stolz,  Goss.,  De  W.,  Huth.,  (mit  fort gerissen),  Mack. 
(being  carried  away  with  others),  Pylc,  Thom.,  Bloonif.,  (use 
the  verb,  to  hurry  atcay),  Peile.  There  is  nothing  for  being  in 
R.  i-Bloomf.,  Peile. 

)  Seech.  2:  7,  N.  m. 

'  The  double  reference  of  tov  Kvp.  χιλ.  is  adopted  by 
Germ.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Erasm.  and  the  later  Latin  verss.  (omit  the 
second  in  of  the  Vulg.),  Grot.,  Mey.,  (make  χάξ,.  xai  yv.  a  hen- 
diady.s),  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Ros.,  All.,  Penn  (in  gr.  and 
kn.  ;-so  Sharpe,  Peile),  Bloomf.  (in  the  gr.  and  the  kn.),  De  W. 

>  There  is  no  copula  supplied  in  the  Latin  verss.  (except 
Carpz.),  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Greenf ,  De  AV.  Murd.  takes  it  affirm- 
atively (whose  is).     See  Rev.  1 :  G,  N.  d,  &c. 

"  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Murd., 
Peile.     See  Rev.  1 :  6,  N.  e,  &c. 

■>  W.  (into),  R,  ;-Vulg.  (in  diem),  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  h),  Germ. 

(zu),  Dt.  (in  den  dag),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (jusqu^d)  ;-Erasm., 
Calv..  Vat,  Castal.,  Cocc,  (a.s  f'ulg.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Wesl.,  Gill, 
Scott,  Clarke,  Murd.,  (to).  Mack.,  Kenr.,  All.  (as  Germ.), 
Sharpe  {until). 

ρ  The  peculiarity  of  the  phrase,  ί;μ.  αΐΰνος,  which  occurs 
nowhere  else,  is  preserved  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.  (=Murd.  the 
days  of  el.),  Dt,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Engl. 
Ann.,  Cocc,  Beng.  ('diein  aetemitatis.  Congruit  haec  appellatio 
cum  eo  sensu,  quem  apostolus  hoc  toto  capite  habuit.  Aeternitas 
est  dies,  sine  nocte,  mcrus  ac  perpetuus.'),  AVesl.,  Gill  ('or  to 
the  day  of  et.'),  Mack.,  Scott,  Clarke,  Greenf.,  Kenr.,  Peile 
(the  day  of  everlasting  life),  Huth.  See  Jude  25,  last  note,  &c. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  I. 


27 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KING  JAMES'  VERSION. 

CHAP.    I. 

That  which  was  from  the  be- 
ginning, which  we  have  heard, 
which  we  have  seen  with  our 
eyes,  which  we  have  looked  up- 


GREEK  TEXT. 

CHAP.    I. 

'Ό  '^HN  απ'  υφχγις,  ο  άχγ;κόα[.ιεν, 
ο  εωράχαμεί'  totg  όφθαλμοϊς  r^iov,  δ 


REVISED  VERSION. 

CHAP.    I. 

"What  was  from  the  begin- 
ning, ^what  we  have  heard,  "what 
we  have  seen  with  our  eyes, 
"what  we  ''  gazed   upon,  and  our 


'  E.  V.  translates  the  6  at  the  beginning  of  vv.  1,  3,  as  a  com- 
pound relative,  and  in  the  intermediate  instances  as  a  simple 
relative.  This  difference  of  treatment,  which  appears  also  in 
the  older  English  versions,  has  its  ground  solely  in  taste  or  a 
supposed  convenience,  not  at  all  in  the  Greek  Text,  and  is  still 
further  objectionable  as  limiting  that  which  was  from  the  be- 
ginning to  what  was  heard,  <tc.  This  limitation,  indeed,  or 
identification,  suits  the  interpretation  which  refers  the  first 
clause,  equally  with  the  rest,  to  what  "occurred  as  a  manifest- 
ation of  what  the  Son  of  God  was'  (Barn.),  'from  the  begin- 
ning of  the  [preaching  of  the]  Gospel'  (Bloomf.).  ButBloomf. 
strangely  errs  when  he  sajs  that  this  'must  be  the  sense,'  and 
that  it  has  been  'expressed  by  almost  all  the  best  Interpreters.' 
The  truth  is  that,  with  the  exception  of  Socinus,  Whitb.,  Bens., 
Schuttg.,  Semler,  Lange,  Ros.,  Paulus,  there  is  scarcely  one 
interpreter  of  any  note,  from  Aug.  to  Diist.,  who  does  not  insist 
on  taking  art  afxrii  as  synonymous  with  h  ap^J  of  John  1 :  1 
(which  also  Grot,  concedes),  and  the  rp  of  v.  1  as  nothing 
different  from  the  ψ  of  v.  2  or  of  John  1 :  1.  Barn,  objects 
that,  if  the  writer  had  '  meant  to  apply  this  term  (o)  directly 
to  the  Son  of  God,  he  would  have  used  the  masculine  pronoun.' 
But,  1.,  for  the  use  of  the  neuter  in  a  personal  reference,  see 
eh.  5 :  4 ;  Matt.  1 :  20  comp.  Luke  1 :  35 ;  John  3 :  6 ;  1  Cor. 
1 :  27,  28 ;  2  Thess.  2 :  6  comp.  7 ;  Heb.  7:7;  &c.  (Win.  §  27. 
4.)  ;-and,  2.,  the  ground  of  this  use  in  the  present  case  is  found 
in  Calv.'s  note:  'Duae  natur.ae  personam  un.am  constituunt, 
et  unus  est  Christus,  qui  a  patre  prodiit  ut  carnem  nostram  in- 
dueret.'  And  so  Bez.,  and  others.  The  other  reference,  more- 
over, unwarrantably  makes  ψ  =ί•/ίνίτ:ο,  'occurred'  (Barn.), 
'took  place'  (Bloomf.). — The  6  is  rendered  throughout  vv.  1, 
3,  as  a  compound  neuter  relative,  by  the  Latin  and  French  verss.. 


Dt.,  It. ;-Dodd.,  Moldenh.  and  the  later  Germ,  verss.,  Wakef., 
Thom.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Peile  (except  in  the  two  last  instances 
in  V.  1). 

'•  These  aorists,  like  the  ί^ανι^ώθιι  of  v.  2,  serve  to  establish 
the  historical  bridge  between  the  eternal  prcexistence  of  the 
Word  (5  ην  an  α^χ.)  and  the  present  qualifications  of  the 
apostles  as  His  witnesses  {^αχν^χόαμίν.  ίωράχαμιν).  Diist.  alone 
notes  this  change  of  time,  but,  following  the  verbal  succession, 
he  represents  the  perfects  as  the  link  between  5  ^r  and  ϊθιαβ. 

That  ^ίοΪΒθαι.,  which  sometimes,  indeed,  seems  to  be  little 

more  than  i&uv  or  6pq.v,  has  here  its  own  proper  force,  i.  e.,  ac- 
cording to  Tittm.'s  explan.ation  of  the  word,  'notionem  studii, 
intentionis  animi  ejus,  qui  aliquid  intuetur,  ut  conspiciat  et 
cognoscat,'  is  generally  acknowledged,  but  is  not  sufficiently 
indicated  in  E.  V.  W.  (beheld)  ;-Vulg.  (perspe.i'iimis),  Germ. 
{beschaiiet  haben),  Dt.  [aanschouwd  hebben).  It.  {abbiamo 
contemplato),  French  verss.  (anons  contcmple)  ;-Oec.  (^fttcrfloc 
yap  f fffi  ϊό  jUffa  ^αιί/ιαΐ 05  xai  ^άμβονζ  όραν.),  Erasm.,  Vat.,  (as 
Vidg.),  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Grot.,  (spectavimus),  Calv. 
(intuiti  sutnus),  Engl.  Ann.  ('wishly  and  deliberately').  Coco., 
Beng.,  Carpz.,  Ros.,  {conlemplati  sutmis  ;-Grot.,  using  the  same 
word,  adds :  diu  muUumque ;  and  this  specific  idea  [das  ver- 
weilende,  ^enauere  Beschauen  und  Beirachten],  rather  than 
that  of  Oec,  appears  in  Erasm.,  Lilcke,  De  W.,  Diist.,  &c.), 
Mey.,  Kist.,  (angeschaut  h.),  Barn,  ('there  was  an  intense  and 
earnest  gaze'),  Peile  (have  gazed  %ipon).  Other  modern  En- 
glish verss.  and  commentators  (except  Penn  and  Sharpe)  either 
simply  change  the  word  to  behold.,  observe,  contemplate,  or  add 
to  these  and  such  like,  or  to  E.  V.,  such  specifications  as  atten- 
tively, delighlfully,  frequently,  &c.  See  the  lexicons,  especially 
Leigh,  Schleus.,  Pass.,  Rob. 


23 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  I. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

on,  and  our  hands  have  handled, 
of  the  Word  of  Hfe ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 


εθεασάμεθα,  καϊ  at  χείρες  ήμον  έ'4^- 
7ίάφ•ησαν  Λερί  του  λόγου  ττ,ς  ζωτ,ς• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

hands ''  handled  f  ''concerning  the 
'word  of  <'ihe  ^Lifej-^ 


'  The  construction,  mentionetl  by  Erasm.,  which  gives  to  the 
relative  clauses  of  v.  1  then•  apodosis  in  xai  al  ;iftpis  ήμ^ΐ'  i-^r^t.. 
(^idem  etiam  manibiis  contreclavimus),  has  for  three  centuries 
scarcely  had  a  follower.     Erasm.  himself  seems  disposed  to 
begin  the  apodosis,  as  Zeg.  and  Carpz.  also  do,  at  xai  μαρ'/νρ- 
ονμί»  of  V.  2  (id  etiam  teslificamuj•).     Castal.  incloses  «fpi 
■r.  λ.  τ•,  ζ.,  xai  ij  ζαη  ίψαν.  in  a  parenthesis,  and  proceeds  thus : 
'id,  inquani,  et  vidimus,  &c.'     But  the  great  mass  of  editors 
and  commentators  agree  in  making  v.  3  the  apodosis,  and  in 
regarding  the  whole  of  v.  2   as  a  parenthesis.     They   differ 
mainly  respecting  the  connection  and  interpretation  of  Λερϊ  ιοί 
λόγου  rij!  ζαηί-     By  most  this  clause  is  attached  to  the  verbs 
of  v.  1,  or  especially  to  (4ι;λ.   (which,  however,  in  nearly  all 
other  editions  of  the  text,  is  followed  immediately  by  ft  comma), 
and.  the  λόγο;  being  then  commonly  understood  in  the  personal 
sense  which  it  bears  in  John  1 :  1,  ti-i  ζωής  is  explained  as  a 
genitive  of  quality,  q.  d.  '  the  living,  or  the  quickening,  Word.' 
But  this  view,  which  may  be  said  to  rest  on  the  quite  obvious 
general  resemblance  between  the  present  context  and  the  open- 
ing of  the  fourth  gospel,  and  on  the  occurrence  in  both  places 
of  the  term  λογοί.  has  to  contend  with  very  serious  diflicidties. 
].,  While,  as  regards  the  N.  T.,  only  in  John  1  and  Rev.  19: 
13,  (for  1  John  5  :  7,  see  in  loc.)  is  ΰ  λόγο^  used  (in  the  former 
place,  absolutely ;  in  the  latter,  with  the  addition  of  roi  ©toC) 
as  a  personal  designation,  the  phrase  occurs  again  immediately 
in  V.  10,  and  thrice  in  ch.  2,  in  its  common  acceptation,  tlie 
evangelical  word;  and  this  argument  from  the  u.sage  is  greatly 
strengthened  by  a  comparison  of  passages,  where  λόγ.  is  at- 
tended by  a  genitive  of  the  subject-matter,  e.  g.  Matt.  13  :  19 ; 
Acts  13  :  26 ;  14 :  3 ;  Rom.  9 :  9 ;  1  Cor.  1 :  18 ;  2  Cor.  5  :  19 ; 
Phil.  2 :  16  comp.  Acts  5 :  20  ;  Col.  1 :  5 ; — 2.,  this  construction 
at  once  renders  it  impossible  to  give  any  intelligible  account  of 
the  rtf pt  —  (a  difficulty,  which  is  merely  disguised  by  the  E.  V. 
of).     Certainly  the  ungrammatical  suggestion  that  rtfpt'^arto 
Acts  2:  17.  indicating  that  the  knowledge  referred  to  was,  after 
all.  but  partial;    or  Bez.'s  remark:  'distincte  considerans  in 
Christo  aliud  atque  aliud'  (to  wit,  the  divine  and  human  na- 
tures), '  maluit  scribere  rttpi  r.  λ.  r.  ζ.  quam  t'ov  λόγ  t.  ζ.,  ne 
scilicet  sentire  vidcretur  idem  esse  id,  quod  viderat  et  palpa- 
verat,  atque  id  quod  erat  a  principio.'  cannot  be  accepted  as  a 
satisfactory  solution; — 3..  the  parenthesis,  v.  2,  starting  as  it 
plainly  does,  from  the  phrase  rov  λόγου  r^i  ζωΐ^ς,  is  yet  full,  not 
of  the  personal  λόγοί,  but  of  the  personal  ζω-ή,  and  any  refer- 
ence that  it  contains  to  rov  λόγ.  is  in  the  lUaprvpoijUfi/  xai  άτίαγγ. 
For  these  reasons  1  prefer  to  take  the  clause  under  consider- 
ation as  furnishing  a  new  point  of  departure,  and  as  looking 
forward,  beyond  the  parenthesis,  to  the  ά.Λαγγίλλομ(ρ   (v.  3)   of 
the  apodosis.     So  Diist.,  who  cites,  as  in  favour  of  this  con- 
nection, 'Cornelius  a  Lap.,  Lyranus  (bei  Calov),  Luther.  Socin 
Winer  (Grammatik  1836.*    S.  495),   Lucke.  Jachmann,  De 

*  In  1844  Win.  withdrew  the  remarks  referred  to. 


Wetle,  Neander  u.  a.'  Perhaps  the  complicated  appearance  of 
these  three  verses  (Calv. :  abnipta  est  el  confnsa  oratio.) 
is  to  be  explained  thus: — The  writer  means  at  the  outset  of 
the  epistle  once  more  to  certify  his  readers,  that,  in  preaching 
Jesus  Christ,  the  apostles,  as  eye  and  ear  witnesses,  'spoke 
what  the3'  knew,  and  testified  what  they  had  seen'  (comp.  ch. 
4:14;  John  1:14;  19  :  35  ;  2  Pet.  1:16),  and  also  to  remind 
them  of  what  this  gospel  aims  at  accomplishing  in  them.  But 
the  strong,  overflowing  fountain  finds  for  itself,  (as  Diist.  sug- 
gests,) at  its  first  gushing  forth,  no  regular  way.  Foremost, 
as  was  befitting,  the  groat  theme  itself,  the  Son  of  God,  the 
Eternal,  the  Incarnate,  is  presented  to  the  adoration  of  faith,  as 
it  were  apart  and  independently,  without  regard  to  the  sub- 
sequent grammatical  adjustment,  and  yet  in  such  a  manner  as 
at  the  same  time  lays  a  firm  found.ition  for  what  is  to  follow. 
Then  comes,  in  Λίρί  ίου  ?Λγου  ttj;  ζωί•;,  a  distinct,  conscious 
advance  upon  the  immediate  object,  which,  however,  though 
partially  anticipated  in  the  parenthetical  v.  2  (whose  redundant 
assurances  respecting  both  the  theme  and  the  testimony,  all 
clustering  still  around  the  person  of  the  ζωή,  serve  to  the 
further  securing  of  the  foundation),  is  only  fully  reached  in 

V.  3.    See  the  remaining  notes  on  vv.  1-3. The  comma  after 

handled  of  T.,  C,  G.,  and  which  was  introduced  in  the  later 
editions  of  E.  V.,  is  retained  by  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc. 

■■  See  N.  c,  &c.  Latin  verss.  {de),  Fr.  S.  («w  sujet  de)  ;- 
Hamm.,  B.  and  L.  (/0Kt7i<7?j/).  Wakef,  Mack,.  Newc.  (as  con- 
cerning), Thom.  (wilh  respect  to),  Greenf  (7V).  Stolz  (betref- 

fend),  Van  Ess  (in  Beziehimg  aiif),  Sharpe  (about).  De  W., 
Schirl.,  Diist.,  (in  Betreff),  Barn.  (' rcsijccting,  or  pertaining 
to'),  Pcile  (in  relation  to). 

'  See  N.  c,  &c.  The  initial  capital,  adopted  by  the  Amer. 
Bible  Soc,  does  not  appear  in  the  original  edition  of  E.  V., 
which  has  it  at  John  1:1.  So  the  following  verss.,  which 
employ  a  capital  letter  in  the  translation  of  λόγοί  in  the  gospel, 
avoid  it  here  : — R.  ;-\'ulg.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Calv.,  Vat.,  Dodd.,  AVakef. 
(here  doctrine;  in  the  gospel,  liVsrfom),  Thom.,  Murd. — 
Diist.,  who  ably  discusses  this  context,  concludes  that  τον  λόγου 
does  not  here  denote  the  personal  Word,  and  cites,  among  otlitrs, 
Luth.  and  Beng.  as  of  the  same  opinion.  Beng.,  however,  he 
misapprehends. 

'  See  N.  c,  &c.  The  article  is  expressed  by  C.  ;-German 
verss.  (except  Mey.),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  (the  other  three  French 
verss.  wanting  it);-Thom. 

°  Kos. :  '  Quicquid  sit'  (with  reg.ird  to  τον  λόγον).  'hoc  sallim 
ccrtum  est,  Christum  ip.sum  designari  nomine  ζωη;•  Ί^Ά  statim 
additur  Vs.  2.  η  ζωή  ψ  rtpoj  τον  Λατίρα.  Ergo  ζωή  exprimit 
aliquod  Subjectum,  quod  apud  Patrem  fuit,  Christum.'  So 
Diist..  who  also  cites  Luth.  Comp.  the  personal  use  of  ζωή  in 
ch.  5:20;  John  11:  25;  14:  6;  Col.  3:  4.— In  v.  2  the  per- 
sonality of  the  ζωή  is  commonlj'  recognized,  though  here  the 
initial  capital  is  employed  only  by  Peun  and  Peile. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  I. 


29 


KING     JAMES      VERSION. 

2  (For  the  life  was  manifest- 
ed, and  we  have  seen  il,  and 
bear  witness,  and  shew  unto  you 
that  eternal  hie  which  was  with 
the  Father,  and  was  manifested 
unto  us ;) 

3  That  which  we  have  seen 
and  heard  declare  we  unto  you, 
that  ye  also  may  have  fellow- 
ship with  us  :  and  truly  our  fel- 
lowstiip  is  with  the  Father,  and 
with  his  Son  Jesus  Christ. 

4  Aad  these  things  write  we 
unto  you,  that  your  joy  may  be 
full. 

5  Tliis    then    is    the  message 


GREEK    TEXT. 

2  και  η  ζαη  εφανερώθη,  xai  Ιωρύ- 
χαμεί',  xai  μαρτν()ονμεν,  xdt  άτίαγ- 
γε?^Μ[.ιεν  νμιν  ττ,ν  ζωτ.ν  ττ,ν  αιάΐ'ΐον, 
'ΛΤίς  r,v  Λρός  τον  τίατίρα,  xai  έψανε- 
ρώθη  ημίν 

3  δ  εωράχαμεν  xai  άχηχόαμεν, 
ά7ταγγέλ?.ομεν  νμή',  ϊνα  xai  νμε'ις 
κοινωνίαν  εχτ^τε  μεθ'  ημύν  xai  ri 
κοινωνία  Εε  r,  f^utrfpa  μετά  τον  ττα- 
τρός  και  f<fTa  τον  υίού  αυτού  Ίησον 
άριστον- 

4  xai  raiVa  γ^ιάφομεν  νμϊν,  ϊνα 
η  ;ζαρα  νμον  Ji  ηεηλτηρωμένη. 

5  Και  αιίττ?  εΰτιν  η  ετίαγγελία 


REVISED    VERSION. 

''2  ('And  the  JLife  was  mani- 
fested, and  we  have  seen,''  and 
'do  testify,  and  "declare  unto  you 
that  eternal  -"Life  which  was  with 
the  Father,  and  was  manifested 
unto  us,) 

3  "What  Λνβ  have  seen  and 
lieard  declare  we  unto  you,  that 
ye  also  may  have  fellowship  with 
us ;  "and,  again,  our  fellowship 
is  with  the  Father  and  with  his 
Son  Jesus  Christ. 

4  And  these  things  P\ve  write 
unto  Λ'ου,  that  j'our  jov  may  be 
ifulfilied. 

5  ■'And   this  is    the    'r 


">  See  V.  1,  N.  c.  &c.  The  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  has,  with  very 
questionable  propriety,  abolished  the  parenthesis,  and,  retaining 
the  semicolon  at  the  end  of  v.  1,  has  raised  that  at  the  end  of 
V.  2  to  a  colon. 

'  The  grammars  and  lexicons  generally  do  not  acknowledge 
the  meaning /or.  This  'particle,'  says  Win.,  'though  very  va- 
riously applied,  yet  even  in  the  X.  T.  proceeds  upon  iiro  primary 
senses,  and  and  also ...  In  most  cases,  where  xai  is  felt  to  be 
more  than  a  simple  copula,  and  suffices  and  occasions  no  ob- 
scurity, and  to  this  particle  the  translator  must  adhere,  who 
would  not  disturb  the  complexion  of  the  language.' — W.,  C, 
R.  ;-Syr.,  Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt.  marg.,  It,  Fr.  S.  ;-Aug.,  Erasm., 
Calv.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Hamm.,  Wells,  Dodd.  and  Thorn.  (ere?i), 
Liicke,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile  (both),  Dust.  See 
V.  5,  N.  r,  and  ch.  2 :  20,  N.  o. 

1  See  V.  1,  NN.  c,  g. 

!■  E.  V.  supplies  an  oly'ect  to  this  verb  out  of  the  preceding 
clause,  (which  Liicke  regards  as  the  easier  and  simpler  con- 
struction for  both  ϊωράχαμίρ  and  ^αριΊιροί/ίίκ  ;-and  so  Fritzsche, 
De  W.,  Dust.  Comp.  John  19  :  35.)  and  takes  μαρτνροίμεν 
absolutely.  But  the  other  construction,  which  treats  these 
verbs  as  referable,  equally  with  αΛαγγίχλομιν,  to  the  noun  fol- 
lowing, is  edited  by  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Theile,  Tisch.  ;-aIlowed  by 
Liicke ;  and  adopted  by  many  others. — There  is  nothing  sup- 
plied in  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Syr.,  Yulg.,  Germ.,  Dt. ;-Eiasm., 
Calv.,  Vat,  Hamm.,  Wells,  Moldenh.,  Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe, 
Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

1  This  better  admits  of  the  second  construction  mentioned  in 
N.  k. — E.  v.,  ch.  4  :  14.  In  18  other  instances  E.  Λ'.  translates 
μαρ'ίνρίω,  to  testify  ;-R.  ;-Wesl..  Thorn.,  Kenr.,  Barn.,  {testify), 
Bloomf.  (f/o  wittiess),  Murd.,  Peile  (are  tcitnesses  for). 

»  E.  v.,  V.  3  ;  Luke  8  :  47  ;  Heb.  2  :  12  ;-R. ;- Wells,  Dodd. 
Wesl.,  Wakcf ,  Mack..  Thorn,  {announce  ;-and  so  Murd.,  Peile), 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Barn..  Kenr. — E.  V.,  following  T.,  C. 
G.,  is  nearly  alone  in  translating  artayy.  by  difi'erent  words  in 
TV.  2,  3. 

"  See  V.  1,  N.  a. 


°  See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r.  The  true  doctrine  of  scat . .  .  8ε,  as 
involving  not  merely  addition,  but  also  opposition  or  contrast, 
if  not  required  to  justify,  certainly  facilitates  the  change  from 
the  subjunctive  mood  (in  which  the  supplied  verb  of  this  clause 
appears  in  all  the  older  English  verss.  ;-Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt,  It., 
Fr.  G.,-M.;-Aug.,  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Bez.,  Grot,  Hamm.,  Mol- 
denh.) to  the  indicative.  Kind  remember  that  the  apostles'  fel- 
lowship is  not  merely  a  human  or  church  fellowship,  bid  etc' 
For  be  it  observed  that  the  γιμι-ίί^α,,  as  well  as  the  'ημ^,ν  in  the 
previous  clause,  refers  only  to  the  apostles.  The  Church  rests 
on  the  foundation  of  apostles  and  prophets.  Through  her  fel- 
lowship with  them  she  has  fellowship  with  the  Father  and  the 
Son. — Syr.  ;-Erasm.,  De  W.,  {et . . .  vero),  Vat.  (changes  sit  to 
est,  and  adds  this  note :  '  vero.  id  est,  haec  autem  societas  nostra 
est  cum  &c.'),  Castal.  (aidem),  B.  and  L.  (or),  Thom.,  Bloomf., 
(now),  Mey.,  Stier,  (aber),  Liicke  ('et  vero,  et  vero  etiani,  aber 
auch,  auch  andrerseits'),  Ros.  (jam  vera),  Peile  (and  fellow- 
ship with  tis,  we  tell  you  [Si],  is  ^c),  Dust,  ('an  exceedingly 
fine  example  of  the  genuine  classical  xai — 6t,  in  which  are  ex- 
pressed at  once  simple  conjunction,  and  opposition.'). 

Ρ  W.  and  R.,  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except  Wells, 
Wesl.),  avoid  the  needless  inversion  adopted  here  by  E.  V.  from 
T.,  C,  G.  In  V.  3  it  helps  the  antithesis  between  the  personal 
experience  and  the  ministerial  function. 

1  E.  v.,  John  3  :  29 ;  17  :  13  ;  Phil.  2  :  2  ;-Dt.  (vemdd)  ■- 
Vat.  (changes  plenum  of  Vulg.  to  impletum),  Berl.  Bib.  (er- 
fillll),  Dodd.,  Scott  (filled,  completed).  Greenf.  (t<Sr.:ri),  Penn. 

Most  others  use  a  passive  verb.     See  Rev.  3 :  2,  N.  f. 

'  See  V.  2,  N.  i,  &c.  E.  Y.,  ch.  2 :  25 ;  kc.  ;-W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;- 
Syr.,  Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Aug.,  Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat,  Aret., 
Wells,  Whitb.,  Dodd.,  AVesl.,  Wakef,  Liicke,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  read  άγγίλι'ο,  and  everywhere  else 
(52  times)  E.  V.  renders  ί^αγγΕλι,'α,  promise.  According  to 
classical  usage,  indeed,  txayy.  itself  would  bear  the  more 
general  sense  here  required. 


80 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.    CHAP.  II. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

which  we  have  heard  of  him, 
and  declare  unto  you,  that  God 
is  Hght,  and  in  him  is  no  dark- 
ness at  all. 

6  If  we  say  tliat  we  have  fel- 
lowship with  him,  and  walk  in 
darkness,  we  lie,  and  do  not  the 
truth : 

7  But  if  we  walk  in  the  light, 
as  he  is  in  the  light,  we  have 
fello\vship  one  with  another,  and 
the  blood  of  Jesus  Christ  his  Son 
cleanseth  us  from  all  sin. 

8  If  we  say  that  we  have  no 
sin,  wc  deceive  ourselves,  and 
the  truth  is  not  in  us. 

9  If  we  confess  our  sins,  he  is 
faithful  and  just  to  forgive  us  our 
sins,  and  to  cleanse  us  from  all 
unrighteousness. 

10  If  we  say  that  we  have  not 
sinned,  we  make  him  a  liar,  and 
his  word  is  not  in  us. 

CHAP    II. 

My  little  children,  these  things 
write  I  unto  you,  that  ye  sin  not. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

y;v  άκηκόαμεν  απ  αίσιοι),  καΐ  άναγ- 
γέλλομεν  νμίν,  ση  6  Θεός  φως  eati, 
και  axotia  εν  αΰτω  ονχ  ianv  ουδε- 
μία. 

6  εαν  εΐτϊωμεν  oTl  χοινωνίαν  εχρ- 
μεν  μετ  αντον,  xai  εν  τώ  ΰχότει 
τίερίΤίατομεν,  '4'εvhόμεθa,  xai  ον  tXol- 
ονμεν  τ'ην  αλ-ίβειαν 

7  εαν  hi  εν  τω  φωτί  τίεριτίαΤίύμεν, 
ώς  αντός  εΰ^ιν  εν  τω  ^ωτί,  χοινωνίαν 
εχρμεν  μετ'  (χλ/1'/ίλω3',  και  το  ou|«a 

Ι-ησον  Χρίστου  του  υΙού  αυτού  καθα- 
ρ/'ζει  7ΐ«άς  άτίο  τίάστις  αμαρτίας. 

8  'Εαν  εϊτΐαμεν  'ότι  awapTiaj'  ονχ 
εγομεν,  ίαντονς  τΐλανώμεν,  χαί  'h 
άλγβεια  ονχ  εστίν  εν  τμιν. 

9  εαν  όμολογϊψεν  τας  ά;/αρΤ('ας 
rij(i6jJ',  τίιατός  εατι  xai  6ίχαιος,  ίνα 
άφγί  τμιν  τας  ά^ίαρτί'ας,  χαί  χαΒαριαγ 
τ^ιάς  ατίό  τίάατ^ς  άδίχίας. 

10  εαν  εΪΛύμεν  δτι  ονχ  r^iapTr,- 
χαμεν,  "^είΰττιν  τΐοωνμεν  αίτον,  xai 
6  "λόγος  αίτιου  ονχ  εστίν  εν  ίιμίν. 

CHAP.    II. 

ΤΕΚΝΙΑ  μου,  ταύτα  γράφω  νμΐν, 
Ινα  μη  αμάρτητε•  xai  εάν  τις  αμάρτγι, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

which  we  have  heard  'from  him, 
and  "report  unto  you,  that  God 
is  light,  and "daikness in  him  there 
is  none. 

6  If  we  say  that  we  have  fel- 
lowsliip  with  him,  and  walk  in 
''the  darkness,  we  lie,  and  do  not 
the  truth; 

7  But  if  we  walk  in  the  light, 
as  he  ^himself  is  in  the  light,  we 
have  fellowship  one  with  another, 
and  the  blood  of  Jesus  ''Christ 
his  Son  cleanseth  us  from  all  sin. 

8  If  we  say  that  we  have  ^no 
sin,  we  deceive  ourselves,  and 
the  truth  is  not  in  us. 

9  If  we  confess  our  sins,  he  is 
faithful  and  "righteous  to  forgive 
us  our  sins,  and  ''  cleanse  us  firom 
all  unrighteousness. 

10  If  we  say  that  we  have  not 
sinned,  we  make  him  a  liar,  and 
his  word  is  not  in  us. 

CHAP.  II. 

My  httle  children,  these  things 
*  I  write  unto  you,  that  ye  sin 


'  Engl.  Ann.,  Dodd.,  and  later  Engl,  verss.  (except  Wesl.). 

"  E.  v.,  1  Pet.  1 :  12  ;-Erasm.  in  the  comment.,  Pagn.,  Bez., 
(renimllamHs),  Bcrl.  Bib.  (icieder  verkiindigeti),  Beng.  ('  Quae 
in  ore  Christi  fuit  αγγίχία,  earn  apostoli  άιαγγί'λλονυι•  nam  αγ- 
yAiwv,  annuncialionem,  ab  ipso  acceptam  reddunt  ct  propa- 
gant.'),  Ros.  (tradimus),  Penn,  Peile  {tell  o%-er  agai7i,  report). 
Dust,  (hinwieder  verkiindigeii.  He  refer.s  to  John  IG:  13-15, 
and  adds:  '.John  appears  everywhere  to  observe  the  nice  dis- 
tinction between  Hvwyy.  and  «irtayy.')• 

'  Latin  verss.,  except  Castal.,  {tenehrae  in  eo  nan  sunt  ullae, 
or  nee  tenehras  in  eo  esse  idlas)  ;-De  W.  (Finslerniss  in  ihm 
keine  ist). 

"  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Moldenh.  and  later  German  verss., 
Greenf.,  Murd.     See  ch.  2 :  S,  N.  r,  and  9,  N.  s,  &c. 

»  "Win.:  'Among  the  Greeks,  as  is  well  known,  aitoi  in  the 
casiu<i  rectus  does  not  stand  for  the  mere  nneinphatic  lie,  nor 
could  any  decisive  examples  of  this  use  be  found  in  the  N.  T.' 
Rob. :  '  Aitof  thus  standing  alone  in  the  nominative  (very 
rarely  in  an  oblique  case)  is  i.  q.  myself,  thyself,  himself,  and 
the  like ;  or  at  least  for  /,  thou,  he,  etc.  pronounced  with  em- 
phasis ;'-and  so  the  grammars  and  lexicons  generally.     This 


rule  is  frequently  recognized  in  E.  V.  (ch.  2:6;  Matt.  8 :  17 ; 
John  18 :  28 ;  &c.).  and  frequently  it  is  overlooked  to  the 
injury  of  the  sense  (Matt.  1 :  21  'He,  emphatically;  He  alone^ 
[Alf  ] ;  21 :  27  He  also ;  Acts  21  :  35  ;  &c.).— W.  (also  he), 
R.  (he  also)  ;-Latin  verss.  ([ei]  ipse),  Fr.  G.,  -M.,  {Dieu),  Fr. 
S.  [il  .  .  lui-meme)  ;-B.  and  L.  {as  Fr.  S.)  Bcrl.  Bib.  (er 
selber),  Dodd.,  Mey.  (er  selbst),  Liicke  in  the  comment.  ( Gott 
selber),  All.  {auch  Er),  Penn.  See  ch.  2:  2,  N.  d,  and  25, 
N.  f. 

y  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  cancel  Χριβϊοί,  on  the  authority  of  B.  C. 

'  "Α/ιαρπακ  without  the  article  =  any  sin,  and  with  the 
negative  =  no  sin. 

"  See  2  Pet.  2 :  7,  N.  j.  The  word  occurs  other  five  times 
in  this  Epistle,  and  is  always  in  E.  V.  so  rendered.  The  oppo- 
sitiou,  moreover,  between  God  as  hlxawf  and  the  abixia  from 
which  the  Church  is  cleansed,  is  lost  in  E.  Y. — Murd. 

i•  The  absence  of  a  second  iVo  is  represented  in  W.,  R.  ;-all 
foreign  verss.  (except  B.  and  L.,  Greenf.)  ;-Wakef,  Mack. 

»  Seoch.  1:  4,  N.j. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  11. 


31 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

And  if  any  man  sin,  we  have  an 
advocate  with  the  Fathei•,  Jesus 
Christ  the  righteous : 

2  And  he  is  the  propitiation 
for  our  sins  :  and  not  for  ours 
only,  but  also  for  the  sins  of  the 
whole  world. 

3  And  hereby  we  do  know 
that  we  know  him,  if  we  keep 
his  commandments. 

4  He  that  saith,  I  know  him, 
and  keepeth  not  his  command- 
ments, is  a  liar,  and  the  truth  is 
not  in  him. 

5  Butwhoso  keepeth  his  word, 
in  him  verily  is  the  love  of  God 
perfected  :  hereby  know  we  that 
we  are  in  him. 

6  He  that  saith  he  abideth 
in  him,  ought  himself  also  so  to 
walk,  even  as  he  walked. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

7fapobi/l>7^roj^  ΐχομεν  Ttpog  Tor  πατφα, 
^Ιτβονν  XptCTToj'  hixaiQv 

2  xdi  avtog  ϊλαΰμός  leti  Ttept  τών 
ά^ίαρΤίών  Ύίμων•  ου  Ttepi,  τών  'ψετέρον 
δί  μόνον,  α>.λα  και  τϊερί  όλου  τον 
κόσμου. 

3  Και,  εν  toi'ta  γινώσκομεν  ότι 
εγνώκαμεν  αυτόν,  εαν  τας  έντολας 
αύτον  τγ;ρωμεν. 

4  ό  ?^γων,  'Έγνοκα  αυτόν,  και 
τας  εντολας  αυτού  μη  τηρών,  ψει'•- 
στ^ις  εστί,  και  εν  τούτω  τι  ούΊτιβεια  ουκ 
εστίν 

5  ός  δ'  αν  τηρ^  αίτον  τον  "λάγον, 
άλτιθώς  εν  τούτω  η  άγάηη  τον  Θεού 
τετε?^είωται.  εν  τούτω  γινώσκομεν 
ότι  εν  αύτω  έσμεν. 

6  ό  λέγων  εν  αύτω  μένειν,  οφείλει, 
καθώς  εκείνος  τιεριετίάτησε,  και  αύτος 
όντως  τιεριτίατε'ιν. 


REVISED   VERSION. 

not :  and  if  any  ''one  'have  sin- 
ned, we  have  an  advocate  with 
the  Father,  Jesus  Christ  the  righ- 
teous ; 

2  And  he  is  ■'himself  the  pro- 
pitiation for  our  sins  ;  ^yet  not 
for  ours  only,  but  also  for  ''the 
whole  world. 

3  And  hereby  we  ^  know  that 
we  ""have  known  him,  if  we  keep 
his  commandments. 

4  He  that  saith :  I  ""have  known 
him,  and  keepeth  not  his  com- 
mandments, is  a  liar,  and  the 
truth  is  not  in  him  ; 

5  But  whoso  keepeth  his  word, 
'truly  in  Jthis  man  hath  the  love 
of  God  been  perfected  :  hereby 
''we  know  that  we  are  in  him. 

6  He  that  saith  he  abideth  in 
him  ought  himself  also  so  to  walk, 
even  as  'He  walked. 


i"  See  2  Pet.  2:  19,  N.  n.  Here  may  be  added  It.  {alcuno), 
French  verss.  {quelqii'un)  ;-Wesl.  and  later  English  verss. 
(except  Newc,  and  Peile  a  man). 

'  Here  is  rather  consolation  and  healing  for  the  actual  peni- 
tent, than  security  for  the  future  transgressor. — Latin  verss. 
(peccaverit),  Dt.  (gezondigd  heeft),  It.  (ha  peccato),  Ft.  G., 
-M.,  -S.,  (a  peche)  ;-Berl.  Bib.  {gesiindiget  hatte).  Moldenh., 
All.,  {ges.  hat),  Wakef.,  Murd.,  (shmdd  sin),  Pyle,  Mack., 
(hath  sinned),  Scott,  Van  Ess  {hat  aber  Jemand  ges.),  Kenr., 
Peile. 

^  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  x,  (fee.  Here  the  emphatic  or  exclusive 
force  of  avTo'j  is  important.  He  is  the  only  propitiation  for 
sin.  The  penitent  may  trust  the  Advocate  who,  righteous  him- 
self, died  for  him.  Such  an  Advocate  God  will  hear. — T.,  C, 
G.,  (he  it  is  tJiat)  •,-SyT.,  Latin  verss.  (ipse  ;-except  Castal., 
qui  idem).  Germ,  (derselbige),  Fr.  G. -M.,  (c'esi  lid  qui)  •- 
Beng.  ('ipse.  Hoc  facit  epitasin.  paracletus  valentissimus, 
quia  ipse  propitiatio.'),  Moldenh.  (derselbe),  Lticke,  Peile, 
(idemque  ille,  derselbige),  De  W.  (er  selbst),  Murd. 

=  See  2  Pet.  1  :  5,  N.  r. 

'  In  his  last  edition  Win.  ranks  this  as  a  case,  not  of  brachy- 
logy,  but  of  oratio  variata.  And  so  Syr.,  Fr.  S  ;-VVakof., 
Clarke,  Lucke,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Murd. 

^  The  emphasis  is  not  upon  the  fact  of  this  conviction,  but 
on  the  means  of  its  attainment. — The  form  in  E.  V.  I  find  in  no 
other  English  vers. 


^  '  Have  attained  to  this  knowledge.'  Where  knowledge  is 
spoken  of  merely  as  present,  yivunxu  or  olha.  is  used,  not  ''iyvuxa. 
See  John's  Epistles  passim. — E.  V.,  vv.  13,  14;  ch.  3:  6 ;  4  : 
16 ;  2  .John  1 ;  and  generally  elsewhere.  See  2  Cor.  5  :  16, 
where  the  verb  occurs,  as  here,  in  both  the  present  and  perfect 
tenses  ;-R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (cog-«oriiH.!is  ;-cxcept  Castal.,  and 
Bez.  nofimiis)  ;  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M..-S.  ;-Hamm.,  Whitb., 
Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott  (they  '  knew  that  they  thus  knew,  or  had 
known,  &c.'),  Gerl.,  De  W..  Stier,  Kenr.,  Dust.  Of  these,  tbe 
Latin  verss.  in  v.  4  use  novi;  Dt.,  Thom.,  a  present  tense  ; 
while  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Guyse,  there  retain  the  perfect.  See 
ch.  3  :  16,  N.  q. 

'  Nowhere  else  verilij  in  E.  V.— E.  V.,  Matt.  27:  54;  Mark 
15  :  39  ;-Hamm..  VVakef.,  Mack.,  Newc.  (of  a  truth),  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr.  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  the 
Latin  verss.  j-Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Greenf.,  Kenr. 

>  Syr.,  Latin  verss.  (Calv.  has  ipso).  Germ,  (solchein),  Dt. 
(dien),  It.  (tale)  ;-Hamm.,  Moldenh.  (demselbeyi),  Mack. 

'  '  Love  being,  not  the  reward,  but  the  condition  and  motive, 
of  obedience.' — The  perfect  tense  is  retained  by  Dt.  ;-Hamm,, 
Pyle  (at  ch.  4:  17),  Stier,  Peile  ('has  the  redeeming  love  of 
God  attained  its  proposed  end.'). For  we  know,  see  ch.  1 : 

4,  N.  p. 

I  In  the  six  instances  in  this  Epistle,  in  which  John  thus 
refers  to  the  Saviour,  I  recommend  that  the  emphasis  in  έχιινοζ 
be  thus  indicated. 


32 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  II. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

7  Bielhren,  I  write  no  new 
commandment  unto  you,  but  an 
old  commandment  which  ye  had 
from  tlie  beginning  :  The  old 
commandment  is  the  word  which 
ye  have   heard   iiom  the  begin- 


8  Again,  a  new  command- 
ment I  write  unto  you,  which 
thing  is  true  in  him  and  in  you : 
because  the  darkness  is  past, 
and  the  true  light  now  shineth. 

9  He  that  saith  he  is  in  the 
light,  and  hateth  his  brother,  is 
in  darkness  even  until  now. 

10  He  that  loveth  his  brother 
abidcth  in  the  light,  and  there  is 
none  occasion  of  stumbling  in 
him. 

11  But  he  that  hateth  his 
brother  is  in  darkness,  and  walk- 
eth  in  darkness,  and  knovveth 
not  whither  he  goeth,  because 
that  darkness  hath  blinded  his 
e5'es. 

12  I   write    unto   you,    little 


GREEK    TEXT. 

7  ά^ι;?.φοι,  ovx  εντολΫιν  xaivh' 
γ^άψ,Λ  νμιν,  αλλ'  ένϊολτ,ν  τίαλαιαν, 
ην  εΐχί^ε  άπ  άρχτ,ς-  ή  ένΧολη  ή  τία- 
λαιύ  έστιν  ό  ?Μγος  ον  ηκοίσα^ε  άη' 

8  7ta?uv  htoTjry  xaivr,i>  j'pd^u 
T^v,  0  έΰΊΐν  άλγ;θες  εν  avto)  καΙ  εν 
v^uv  στι  'a  σκοτία  ηαράγεται,  καΐ 
τό  φως  το  (χλ>7θινόΐ'  γ,^η  φαίνει. 

9  ό  λέγων  εν  τω  <|)ωΤί  είναι,  και 
Τον  άδελφον  αντον  μισών,  εν  τίι  σκο- 
τία εστιν  εως  άρτι. 

10  6  άγατίίον  τον  ά^ελφον  αιτον, 
εν  τω  φωτϊ  μένει,  και  σκάν8α?υον  έν 
αίτύ  ονκ  έστιν. 

11  ό  &  μισών  τον  άhε7Jφov  αϊτοί, 
εν  τγι  σκοτία  εστί,  και  έν  τγ  σκοτία, 
ηεριττατεΐ,  και  ονκ  οίδε  τΐον  ντίάγει, 
oTl•  ή  σκοτία  έτνφ?Μσε  τονς  οφθαλ- 
μονς  airtov. 

12  γράφω  νμιν,  Tfxw'a,  οΤι  άφέ- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

7  ""Brethren,  I  write  "not  a 
new  commandment  unto  j'ou,  but 
an  old  commandment  which  ye 
had  from  the  beginning:  "this 
old  commandment  is  the  word 
wliich  ye  ρ  heard  from  the  begin- 
nino;. 

8  Agam,  a  new  command- 
ment I  write  unto  ''3-ou,  which 
thing  is  true  in  him  and  in  you  ; 
because  the  darkness  ''passeth 
away,  and  the  true  light  now 
shineth. 

9  He  that  saith  he  is  in  the 
light,  and  hateth  his  brother,  is 
in  *the  darkness  'until  now. 

10  He  that  loveth  his  brother 
abideth  in  the  light,  and  there  is 
"no  occasion  of  stumblina;  in  him. 

11  But  he  that  hateth  his 
brother  is  in  ^the  darkness,  and 
walketh  in  ''the  darkness,  and 
knoweth  not  whither  he  goeth, 
because  ^the  darkness  '"hath 
blinded  his  eyes. 

12  I  write  unto  you,  little  chil- 


"  Άγατίητοί.  for  άδίλφοι,',  is  marked  by  Beng.  as  per  codices 
Jirntior  (lie  subsequently  received  it  into  the  text),  and  has 
been  adopted  b}•  all  other  recent  editors  except  Bloomf.,  on  the 
authority  of  A.  B.  C,  Syr.,  Vulg.,  &c.  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  followed :  Beloved. 

"  yV.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Latin  and  French  verss..  Germ.,  It.  j-Wesl., 
Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom..  Greenf.,  Penn,  Kenr. 

•>  Vig. :  '  Articulus  geminatus  rem  exponit  et  distinguit,  ut,  ίγώ 
ίίμί  ϋ  Ηοιμψ  ϋ  χαλόί,  Joh.  10:  12.  Ego  sum  pastor  ille  bonus 
xa-i  εξοχήν.'  But  whether  it  shall  be  rendered  by  a  demon- 
strative pronoun,  is  very  often  merely  a  matter  of  taste.  It  is 
so  rendered  by  E.  V.,  ch.  1:2;  John  6  :  27  ;  &c.  (see  Rev.  9  : 
14,  N.  g);— and  here  by  G.;-])t.,  Fr.  G.,  -M.;-Pagn.,  Bez., 
B.  and  L.,  Guyse,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Ros.  (illud).  Penn,  Peile, 
(that). 

ρ  See  2  Pet.  1 :  3,  N.  j.  E.  V.,  ch.  3  :  11  ;  Col.  1 :  C,  &c.,•- 
W.,  T.  ;-It.  ;-Haram.,   Guyse,  Dodd.,  AVakef.,  Thom.,  Sharpe. 

The  words  an  αρχή;  at  tlie  close  of  the  verse  are  bracketed 

by  Knapp  and  Hahn ;  cancelled  by  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  Theile. 

1  The  Tjjutv  is  without  doubt  an  error  of  the  press  for  ίμΐρ. 

'  Never  in  John's  writings  does  η  αχοτία  mean  '  tempus  sub 
lege  Mosis'  (Grot.),  or  '  the  ancient  systems  of  error,  under 
which  men  hated  each  other'  (Barn.),  but  the  '  darkness  of  this 
world'  (Eph.  G :  12),  '  the  darkness  of  error  and  of  sin'  (Liicke) ; 


and  that  is  not  'past,'  though  the  light  hath  dawned.  '  Obser- 
vandum  praesens,'  says  Beng.,  'ut  in  lucet.'  See  Rom.  13: 
12;  and  Alf.'s  note  on  John  1  :  5. — The  present  is  retained  by 
E.  v.,  V.  17  ;  1  Cor.  7  :  31  ;-Dt.,  It,  Fr.  S.  ;-Oec.,  Erasm.  and 
later  Latin  verss.  (for  the  Vulg.  transierunt),  Ilamm.,  Berl. 
Bib.  and  nearly  all  the  later  German  verss.,  Guyse,  Gill, 
Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc.  marg.,  Clarke,  Penn,  Peile. 

•  The  apostle's  nice  discrimination  in  the  use  of  axoria  with 
and  without  the  article  should  appear  in  the  translation.  See 
V.  8,  N.  r;  v.  11,  N.  v;  1:  6,  N.  w.— R.;-Dt.,  It.,  French 
verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  AVakef.,  Mack.,  Liicke,  Greenf.,  All., 
Penn,  De  W.,  Stier,  Dust. 

'  "Euj  afiii  may  be  everywhere  so  rendered  (instead  of  the 
E.  V.  variety,  hitlierto.  rmto  this  hour,  unto  this  day.  unto  this 
present).  E.  V.,  John  2 :  10  ;-"\V.  {yet);-y\'es\.,  Mack.,  Newc.. 
Thom.  (still),  Murd.;-Rob.,  Green. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  z.  The  form  iio  for  none  is  found  in  Wells 
and  the  later  English  verss. 

'  See  V.  9,  N.  s,  &c.  Here  Wakef.,  Sharpe,  Murd..  Kenr., 
omit  the  first  and  second  articles ;  Thom.  and  Penn  have  all 
three ;  and  so  has  Mack.,  except  that  for  the  second  he  intro- 
duces the  demonstrative   pronoun. The   E.    V.   that    after 

because  is  not  found  in  W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.,  or  any  later  vers. 

"  Literally :  blinded ;  as  soon  as  he  entered  into  it. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  II. 


33 


KING   JAMEs'    VERSION. 

children,  because  your  sins  are 
forgiven  you  for  his  name's  sake. 

13  I  write  unto  you,  fathers, 
because  ye  have  Icnown  him  that 
is  from  the  beginning.  I  write 
unto  you,  young  men,  because 
ye  have  overcome  the  wicked 
one.  I  write  unto  you,  little 
children,  because  ye  have  known 
the  Father. 

14  I  have  written  unto  you, 
fathers,  because  ye  have  known 
him  that  is  from  the  beginning. 
I  have  written  unto  you,  young 
men,  because  ye  are  strong,  and 
the  word  of  God  abideth  in  you, 
and  ye  have  overcome  the  wick- 
ed one. 

15  Love  not  the  world,  neither 
the  things  that  are  in  the  world. 
If  any  man  love  the  world,  the 
love  of  the  Father  is  not  in  him. 

16  For  all  that  is  in  the  world, 
the  lust  of  the  flesh,  and  the  lust 
of  the  eyes,  and  the  pride  of  life, 
is  not  of  the  Father,  but  is  of  the 
world. 

17  And  the  world  passeth 
away,  and  the  lust  thereof:  but 
he  that  doeth  the  will  of  God 
abideth  for  ever. 

18  Little  children,  it  is  the 
last  time  :  and  as  ye  have  heard 


GREEK    TEXT. 

avtai  νμΐν  at  αμα^ϋίαι  hta.  to  όνομα 

autov. 

13  Γράφίο  νμΙν,  τίαΤίρες,  δη  syvut 
xate  tov  άτι  άρ;^%.  /ράφω  νμίν, 
νεανίΰχοί,  &ti  vsvLX'/ycatE  τον  τίονη- 
^όν.  γ^άφο)  vf.dv,  τίαώία,  δη  εγνύ- 
χατε  τον  7ίαΤ£ρα. 


14  "Ej'pa^'a  νμΐν,  τίαΤί'ρες,  οτΊ 
έγνώχατε  τον  άη  άρχτ,ς.  "Εγραψα 
νμιν,  νεανίοχοι,  'οτι  Ισχυροί  έστε,  και 
6  "λόγος  τον  Θεοί  εν  νμιν  μένει,  χαΧ 
νενιχήχατε  τον  7ΐον/ΐξ)όν. 


15  μη  άγατίΰίτε  τον  χόαμον,  μη8έ 
τά  εν  τφ  χόΰμφ.  εάν  τις  άγατϊά  τον 
χόαμον,  ονχ  έατιν  ri  άγάτΐη  τον  τία- 
ττρόζ  εν  αντφ• 

16  oTt  Ttdv  το  εν  τώ  κόσμω,  η 
έτΐίθνμια  της  σαρκός,  και  η  έηιθνμια 
τών  οφθαλμών,  και  ή  αλαζονεία  τον 
βίου,  ονχ  εστίν  εκ  τον  τίατρος,  αλλ' 
έχ  τον  κόσμου  εστί. 

17  και  6  κόσμος  τίαράγεται,  και  η. 
ετίίθνμία  αϊτού'  6  8ε  ηοίών  τό  θέλημα 
τον  &εον,  μέι•ει  εις  τον  αιώνα, 

IS  Παί&'α,  εσχάτγι  ωρα  εστί•  καί 
καθώς  ηχούσατε    'ότι  ο  αντίχριστος 


REVISED    VERSION. 

dren,  because  your  sins  ^have 
been  forgiven  you  for  his  name's 
sake. 

13  I  write  unto  you,  fathers, 
because  ye  have  known  Kim  that 
is  from  the  beginning.  I  write 
unto  you,  young  men,  because 
ye  have  overcome  the  wicked 
one.  I  ''write  unto  you,  little 
children,  because  ye  have  known 
the  Father. 

14  I  have  written  unto  you, 
fathers,  because  ye  have  known 
him  that  is  from  the  beginning. 
I  have  written  unto  you,  young 
men,  because  ye  are  strong,  and 
the  word  of  God  abideth  in  you, 
and  ye  have  overcome  the  wick- 
ed one. 

1-5  Love  not  the  world,  neither 
the  things  '■  in  the  world  :  if  any 
^one  love  the  world,  the  love  of 
the  Father  is  not  in  him  : 

16  For  all  that  is  in  the  world, 
the  lust  of  the  flesh,  and  the  lust 
of  the  eyes,  and  the  pride  of  hfe, 
is  not  of  the  Father,  but  is  of  the 
world  : 

17  And  the  world  passeth 
away,  and  the  lust  thereof:  but 
he  that  doeth  the  will  of  God 
abideth  for  ever. 

15  Little  children,  it  is  the 
last  ""hour ;  and  as  ye  "  heard  that 


*  Their  actual  attaiaments  furnished  motive  sufficient  for  the 
present  writing.  Oomp.  v.  13. — Syr.  (^  remissa  sunt)  ;- 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Beng.,  Carpz.,  Ros.,  {as  Si/r.  ;-for  the  Vulg.  remit- 
tuntur),  AH.,  Gerl.,  Trol.,  Peile,  Diist. 

y  For  this  γράφω,  Lachm.,  Ilahn,  Tisch..  edit  ΐ'γραψα  'from 
four  uncial,  and  perhaps  the  major  part  of  the  small  letter 
MSS.;  and,  considering  that  internal  evidence  is  in  its  favour, 
it  may  be  considered  the  true  reading'  (Bloomf.).  It  appears 
in  the  Syr.  and  Coptic  verss.  ;  generally  in  the  Church  Fa- 
thers; and  is  approved  by  Grot.,  Wells,  Mill,  Lange,  Li'icke, 
Gerl.,  De  W.  (gelesen  werden  muss),  Barn.,  Peile,  Dust,  (who 
says  of  γράφω,  that  'it  rests  on  really  no  critical  authority.'). 
Should  ί'γραψα,  which  I  regard  as  the  better  reading,  not  be 
followed  in  the  text,  I  recommend  the  following  as  a  marginal 
note :  '  Or,  as  very  many  read.  /  have  written' — the  epistolary 
aorist,  as  in  v.  14,  &c. 

■  Wakef.  Thom..  Sharpe. 


•  See  V.  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

•■  The  solemn  announcement  of  this  verse  avowedly  rests  on 
the  great  prophetic  truth,  revealed  to  Daniel,  taught  by  our 
Lord  and  his  Apostles,  and  for  ages  received  universally  by  the 
Church  of  God,  respecting  the  rise  and  reign  of  Antichrist  as 
immediately  preceding  the  future  glorious  coming  of  the  Son 
of  Man  in  his  kingdom.  Dan.  7 :  8—14,  24—27  ;  Matt.  24 : 
23—29;  2Thess.  2:  1—4;  2  Tim.  3  :  1—9;  2  Pet.  2:  1—12; 
Jude  17,  18 ;  &c.  '  Venit  Antichristus,  sed  et  supervenit 
Christus :  grassatur  et  saevit  inimicus,  sed  statiin  sequitur 
Domirms,  passiones  nostras  et  vulnera  vindicaturus  ;'-there 
was  no  doctrine  of  primitive  times,  that  received  a  more  general 
and  unquestioned  acceptance  among  the  orthodox  faithful,  than 
that  which  Cyprian  (Ep.  58)  expressed  in  these  words.  So 
Aug.,  in  his  third  Tract,  on  our  Epistle:  'Sed  dicturi  sunt 
aliqui :  Quomodo  novissimum  tempus  1  quomodo  novissima 
hora?     Certe  prius  veniet  Antichristus,  et  tunc  veniet  dies 

δ 


34 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  Π. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

that  antichrist  shall  come,  even 
now  are  there  many  antichrists  ; 
whereby  we  know  that  it  is  the 
last  time. 

19  They  went  out  from  us, 
but  they  were  not  of  us ;  for  if 
they  had  been  of  us,  they  would 
no  doubt  have  continued  with  us  : 
but  they  went  out,  that  they  might 
be  made  manifest  that  they  were 
not  all  of  us. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ϊ^χεται,  xai  νυν  άντίχριστοί  τίολλοί 
γεγόΐ'ασιΐ'•  δθεν  γινάισχομεν  δτι 
έαχάτγι  ώρα  εστίν. 

1 9  Έξ  ημών  εξγιλθον,  αλλ'  οι'ικ 
ηοαν  εξ  'ψ(αν  ει  γαρ  τβαν  εξ  τ^ών, 
μεμεντ,κεισαν  αν  μεθ'  ημών  αλλ'  hu 
φανεμύθασιν  ότι  ονχ  εΐαί  ηάντες  εξ 
τ^ων. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"Ίΐιε  anticluist  'cometh,  even  now 
•"there  are  many  ^become  anti- 
christs; ""whence  we  ΙνηοΛν  that 
it  is  the  last  ""hour. 

19  'From  us  they  went  out, 
but  they  were  not  of  us ;  for  if 
they  had  been  of  us,  they  would 
J  have  ''abode  with  us ;  but  Ht 
was  that  they  might  be  made 
manifest  that  "none  of  them  "are 
of  us. 


^  See  N.  b.  Germ.,  and  all  subsecjuent  foreign  verss.  (except 
Mey.);-More  ('that  famous'),  Mack.,  Thom.,  Till.,  Greenf., 
Sharpe,  Trol.,  Bloomf.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  See  v.  22,  N.  u,  and  comp. 
2  Thess.  2:^4. 

«  The  present  time  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  'j-Syr.,  Vulg., 
Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Whitb.,  Beiif..  Dodd., 
AVesl.,  Gill,  AVakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.  See 
Kev.  1 :  4.  N.  o. 

'  The  inversion  is  avoided  by  R.  ;-Dodd,,  and  the  later  verss. 

*  For  the  force  of  ylyora,  see  2  Pet.  2  :  20.  N.  x.  W.  (made), 
T.,  G.,  (co;iie),  C.  {begone  to  be),  R.  ;-Vulg.  (facti),  Germ.,  Dt., 
{geworden)  ;-\ug.  (<ts  Vidg.),  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Bez., 
(coeperunt  esse),  Pise,  {exorti),  Cocc,  Ros.,  {extilerunt), 
Beng.  (•  Venit,  aliunde,  antitheton, /ac/t  suiit,  ex  nobis,  v.  19. 
Conf.  Act.  20 :  29,  30.'),  Moldenh.  {entstanden),  Lucke,  Kist., 
De  W.,  (aiifg-estanden),  Mey.  {aiifgetreten),  All.  (as  Germ.), 
Peile  {have  reatlij  come,  hare  been  realized). — The  construc- 
tion of  avcixfiatoi  with  yiyovaaiv  as  a  predicate  draws  on  v.  19 
as  explanatory.  This  construction  I  have  observed  certainly 
indicated  only  in  C.  {are  there  many  begone  to  be  antichrists). 

>>  E.  v.,  Matt.  12:  44  {from  wh.) ;  Luke  11 :  24  ;  &c.  No- 
where else  as  here  ;-Wakef.,  Mack.,  Kenr. 

'  The  leading  idea,  already  suggested  by  v.  18,  is,  that  these 
men  had  once  belonged  to  the  visible  Church  ;  and  this  is  better 
brought  out  by  the  Greek  order,  which  appears  in  Syr.  ;-Latin 
verss.,  Mey.,  De  AV.,  Murd.,  Peile. 

1  The  'no  doubf  of  E.  V.  is  equally  unauthorized  and  un- 


necessary. It  is  the  utique  of  the  Vulg.,  but  there  is  nothing 
for  it  in  W.  ;-Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Ca^tal.,  Whitb., 
Wesl.,  Moldenh.  and  later  German  verss.,  Carpz.,  >Vakef., 
Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Barn., 
Murd.,  Peile. 

'  Mfi'u  occurs  26  times  in  John's  Epistles,  and  is  14  times 
rendered  in  E.  \.  abide ;  which  word  is  just  as  suitable  in  the 
other  12  cases  (see  v.  24,  N.  d,  and  ch.  3 :  17,  N.  x),  and  is  here 
employed  by  Mack.,  Peile. 

1  T.  {that  fortuned),  G.  {this  cometh  to  pass)  ;-Dt.  {dit  is 
geschied).  It.  {conreniv'a) ,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  {c'est)  ;-PagD.  {hac 
factum  est),  Grot,  {permissum  est  a  Deo  ;-and  so  Ros.,  Barn.), 
B.  and  L.  {cela  est  arrive),  Dodd.  {this  hath  happened), 
Wakef.  {thisxoas  done),  Newc.  {this  hath  come  to  pass),  Liicke 
(would  supply  toito  iytvifo),  Sharpe.  Bez.  supplies  egressi 
sunt  «•  nobis,  after  the  Syr. ;  while  the  Vulg.  and  many  others 
supply  nothing. 

'"  '  None,  out  of  all  the  number,  and  notwithstanding  their 
number.'  Literally,  ςτ.  rf.  'they  are  not  {and  this  holds  tT^e 
cf  them  all)  of  us.'  E.  V.,  taking  fiut'^^eav  (and  so  T.,  C, 
Syr.  ;-Calv.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  AVhitb.,  Guy.se,  Wesl.,  Pyle, 
Mack.,  Mey.,  Sharpe),  seems  al.so  to  imply  that  some  of  the 
apostates  had  belonged  to  the  Church  in  a  sense,  in  which  that 
former  relation  is  denied  of  the  rest ;  and  the  same,  or  a  similar, 
distinction  may  be  inferred  from  G.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  llamm.  (in  the  vers.),  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Mack.,  Clarke,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,   Kenr.     But  certainly  this  is 


judicii.  Vidit  Joannes  cogitationes  istas :  ne  quasi  securi 
fierent,  et  ideo  non  esse  horam  novissimara  putarent,  quod  ven- 
turus  esset  Antichristus,  ait  illis.  El  sicut  attdistis  quod  Anti- 
christus  sit  venturus,  nunc  antichristi  midlifacti  sunt.  Num- 
quid  posset  habere  multos  antichristos,  nisi  hora  novissima  V 
To  the  ready  objection,  that  so  long  an  interval  has  occurred 
Calvin  {in  toe.)  gives  this  answer:  '  Re.spondeo,  Apostolum 
vulgari  Scripturae  more  denuntiare  fldelibus,  nihil  jam  amplius 
restare,  nisi  ut  Christus  in  mundi  redemptionem  appareat.' 
And  it  need  only  be  added  to  this,  that  in  the  '  many  anti- 
christs' then  present  John  saw  the  precursors  of  the  coming 
Aniichrist  (Oec. :  rtpooSortoiourrui'  -fuir  Λολλών  ΑνΤιχ^Ιαχ^ν  r^ 
ίνί)  ;  tliough  how  many  such  precursors  there  were  to  be,  and 
at  what  partictdar  moment  '  their  mighty  chief  should  him- 


self appear  ;-on  these  points,  and  consequently  on  the  precise 
historical  duration  of  the  last  hour,  the  apostle  here  gives  no 
information,  and  had  probably  none  to  give.  These  considera- 
tions, joined  to  the  earnest  tone  of  crisis  and  urgency  that 
sounds  in  the  emphatic  reiteration,  determine  my  preference  of 
the  specific  to  the  more  indefinite  word  (comp.  2  Pet.  3  :  3, 
N.  d) ;  not  to  mention  that  out  of  109  times,  that  ωρα  is  found 
in  the  N.  T.,  it  is  89  times  so  rendered  in  E.  Λ'. — W.,  R. ; — 
Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Aug.,  Calv.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Engl.  Ann., 
Hamm.,  Cocc,  More,  Whitb.,  Beng.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Liicke, 
All.,  Sharpe,  De.  W.,  Kenr.,  Diist.  ;-Rob.  (who  adds  that  it 
'  refers  to  the  last  times  of  u  aiuv  oiroj.'). 

'  See  v.  7,  N.  p. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  II. 


8-5 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

20  But  ye  have  an  unction 
from  the  Holy  One,  and  ye 
know  all  things. 

21  I  have  not  written  unto  you 
because  ye  know  not  the  truth, 


GREEK    TEXT. 


20  Καί  υμεΐς  χρίσμα  εχετε  άτίο 
του  αγίου,  και  oibaτε  ηάντα. 

21  ονχ  έχραψα  νμΐν,  οΤι  ονκ  οϊ- 
^αΤ£  T'hv  α/^τ,Βείαν,  <ϊλΧ  άτι  οίίατε 


REVISED    VERSION. 

20  "And  Pyou,  ye  have  an 
^anointing  from  the  Holy  One, 
and  ■■  know  all  things. 

21  I  have  notAvritlen  untoj^ou 
because  ye  know  not  the  truth. 


"  See  ch.  1 :  2,  N.  i,  &c.  If  χαί  has  ever  an  adversative  sense, 
'  it  has  it  not  of  itself,'  says  Iloog.,  'but  takes  it  from  the  nature 
of  the  opposed  clauses  or  members.'  'Apparently  adcersalice,' 
Kob.  well  remarks  of  this  alleged  use  of  xai,  '  but  only  where 
the  antithesis  of  the  thought  is  clear  in  itself,  without  the  aid 
of  an  adversative  particle.'  Win.,  accordingly,  would  almost 
confine  it  to  '  the  simple,  narrative  style.'  In  the  present  case 
xai  is  generally,  and  even  by  Liicke,  De  W.,  Bloomf.,  Peile, 
taken  in  this  sense;  but  without  any  necessity,  and  with  no 
advantage  to  the  connection  of  the  verse,  which  really  presents 
an  additional  mark  of  discrimination  between  the  faithful  and 
the  apostates,  another  provision  for  the  security  of  the  former 
against  the  evil  principles  of  the  latter. — T.  ;-Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt. 
marg.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Aug.,  Calv.,  Castal..  Aret.,  Ilamm.,  Wells,  Beng., 
Dodd.,  Thom.  {even),  Dilst.  {und;  though  he  explains  as 
LUcke,  &c.). 


ρ  Kiihn. :  '  When  the  subject  is  a  personal  pronoun,  it  is  not 
expressed,  unless  it  is  particularly  emphatic'  ΛΥίη. :  '  Com- 
monly they'  (the  personal  pronouns  in  the  nom.)  'involve  an 
antithesis  more  or  less  obvious,  forming,  in  the  N.  T.  also,  an 
emphasis.'— Syr.,  Latin  verss.  {vos.  Zumpt  :  '  The  personal 
pronouns  are  expressed  in  the  terminations  of  the  verb,  and 
are  expressed  only  when  they  denote  emphasis  or  opposition.'). 
It.  {quant'  e  a  voi),  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.  {pour  vous),  Dodd.  {as 
for  you --hnt  as  a  supplement),  Thom.  {you  yourselves).  See 
V.  24,  N.  a,  and  27,  N.  p. 

1  E.  v.,  V.  27  ;-W.  (without  the  article)  ,-Wells,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Ncwc,  Sharpe,  Barn,  (seems  to  prefer  it). 

'  W.,  R.  ;-German  verss..  It.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Mack.,  Newc, 
Thom..  Peile. 


not  what  the  writer  intended.  Some,  accordingly,  as  Liicke, 
De  W.,  Diist.,  find  in  oOx  tiai  Λάντι;  a  change,  or  an  extension, 
of  the  subject  of  φανιρωθϊ^βίν.  In  other  words,  there  is  here, 
as  De  W.  expresses  it,  '  a  drawing  together  of  two  thoughts : 
1.,  tVa  φανερωδ'^  otc  οΰχ  είΰί  Tidvtig  f  I  ημ^^ν ;  2.,  ίνα.  φαι-ίρω- 
θϋιαιν  oti  ονχ  ίίαΐ  ίξ  ήμων.  The  apostle  would  say :  it  was  to 
become  manifest  that  they,  as  generally  alas !  not  all,  do  not 
belong  to  us.'  But,  if  E.  V.  tightens  the  knot,  this,  it  may  be 
said,  cuts  rather  than  unties  it.  Of  the  '  two  thoughts '  neither 
is  expressed  in  the  Greek,  and  both  together  can  be  driven  into 
it  (unless,  indeed,  we  adopt  the  It.  construction :  '  ma  conveniva 
che  fosser  manifestati:  percioche  non  tutti  son  de'  nostri ;'  as  if 
he  had  said  generally  of  those  in  church-fellowsliip :  ov  γάρ 
:tatitav  η  rtiatif  2  Thess.  3 :  2  ;-and  so  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Newc. 
marg. ;  Thom.,  thus :  "  But  to  the  end  that  they  might  be 
made  manifest  [because  all  are  not  of  us]  even  you  yourselves 
have  an  unction,  &c.')  only  by  paraphrastic  violence.  Hence, 
while  many  commentators  are  fain  to  include  both  in  their  ex- 
position, such  verss.,  as  do  not  rest  in  what  Diist.  calls  the 
'intolerable'  {unerlraglich)  implication  of  E.  V.,  have  to  be 
satisfied  with  one  or  the  other  of  them.  Thus,  the  first  ap- 
pears, sometimes  in  the  form  of  iVa  iv  aitoli  ^ανιρωθίι  xt%. 
in  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-probably  Pagn.  {ut  paiefieret  quod  non  sint 
omnes  ex  nobis).  Oastal.,  Bez.,  Engl.  Ann.  (as  one  explanation), 
Carpz.,  Newc,  Mey.,  All.,  Penn,  De  W.  and  Diist.  themselves, 
Peile; — the  second^  in  W.,  T.,  0.  ;-.Syr.  ;-the  notes  of  Bloomf. 
and  Barn  ;  all  of  these  latter  overlooking  the  navtct  entirely• 
and  so  evading  the  difficulty.  But  the  other  alternative  also. 
(1.),  substitutes  for  φαΐΈρωβΰυιν  an  impersonal  form,  nor  can  this 
change  be  justified  by  the  addition  of  ίν  ανΐοίξ.  an  ihnen,  in 
them; — (2.),  would  probably  have  had  m  τίάντίζ  liaiv  ΐξ  ήμΰ,ν 
(comp.  Matt.  7 :  21;  19:  11;  John  13:  10,  11,  18;  Acts  10;  41; 


Rom.9:  G;  10:  16;  ICor.  G:  12;  8:  7;  10:  23;2Thc.ss  3:2); 
— (3.),  yields,  after  all,  but  a  frigid  sense :  '  The.se  apostatized  in 
order  that  it  might  be  shown,  that  professors  of  Christ  are  not 
all  true  Christians ;'— and,  (4.),  the  sense,  such  as  it  is,  is  not  in 
keeping  with  the  context,  or  the  rest  of  the  Epistle,  throughout 
which  the  apostolic  charity  assumes,  that  those  who  remained 
were  genuine  believers.  Against  Epi-scopius'  rendering  of  ov 
Ttdvtfi  here  by  nidli  Diist.  objects,  1.,  that,  had  .John  meant 
that,  he  would  have  written,  not  tiai,  but  ηβαν.  This,  however, 
is  not  at  all  certain.  Seeing  these  men  now  at  last  standing 
where  they  had  always  spiritually  belonged,  outside  of  the 
Church's  pale,  the  apostle  may  very  well  be  understood  as  say- 
ing: '  They  went  out,  that  it  might  appear  that  they  are,  all  of 
them,  just  what  they  are,  not  of  iis,'  the  inference  being  then 
immediate,  that  formerly  they  wore  a  mask ;  and  this  is  still 
more  natural,  from  the  truth  in  regard  to  the  past  having  al- 
ready been  expressly  asserted  :  ovx  ηβαν  ϊξ  ήμΰν.  2.,  Another 
objection  is,  that  οΰ,  being  separated  from  Λάνπς  only  by  the 
copula,  must  belong  to  it  as  the  subject,  not  to  the  predicate 
liaiv  ίξ  ημ'^ρ,  and  that  the  latter  connection,  moreover,  would 
have  required  either  oit  τίάντίζ  οίχ  ίι,αί  (^aar)  έξ  ημ.  or  oVt  oix 
fi's.  c|  ίιμ.  Tiavtii.  But  see  Rom.  3:  20;  1  Cor.  1 :  29 ;  and,  for 
other  examples  of  this  hebraism  (Win.),  Matt.  24:  22  (Mark 
13 :  20) ;  Luke  1 :  37  ;  Acts  10 :  14 ;  Gal.  2:16;  Rev.  21 :  27. 
— Engl.  Ann.  (as  another  explanation,  and  the  first  mentioned : 
'  That  none  of  them,  were  of  us.  An  Hebrew  phrase.'),  Hamm. 
and  Guyse  (in  the  paraphrase).  Wells,  Whitb.  {that  ihey  all 
were  not),  B.  and  L.  {que  tons  ces  gens-la  ne  sont  pas),  Pyle, 
Slade,  Ros.  (allows  it:  nullum  eorum),  Trol. 

"  W.  (6e),  G.,  R.  ;-l'ulg.,  Germ.,  Dt..  It,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Erasm., 
Pagn.,  Vat.,  Wells,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Newc,  Liicke , 
AH.,  Penn,  De  W.,  Kenr.,  Peile,  Dust. 


3G 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  II. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

but  because  ye  know  it,  and  that 
no  lie  is  of  the  truth. 

22  Who  is  a  har  but  he  that 
dcnieth  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ? 
He  is  antichrist,  that  denicth  the 
Father  and  the  Son. 


23  Wliosoeverdenieththc  Son, 
the  same  hath  not  the  Father  : 
[but  he  that  acknowlcdgeih  the 
Son  hath  the  Father  also.'^ 

24  Let  that  therefore  abide  in 
you,  which  ye  have  heard  from 
the  beginning.  If  that  which  ye 
have  heard  from  the  beginning 


GREEK    TEXT. 


avT'h',  xoLL  oTt  Ttav  ^^'^S  ^^  "ϊ^ί 
ά?^γ;θΗας  οι  κ  εαΤί. 

22  Τί'ς  έσην  6  ψειστίτς,  d  μη  6 
άρνονμενος  οτι  'Ιγ;ΰονς  ονκ  ianv  ο 
Χρίστος;  oiVog  εστο'  ό  αντίχριστος, 
6  άρνονμενος  τον  τιατερα  και  τον 
νιόν. 

23  τΐάς  6  άρνονμενος  τον  νιόν, 
ον8ε  τον  πατέρα  έχει. 


REVISED   VERSION. 

but  because  ye  know  it,  and  that 
no  lie  is  of  the  truth. 

22  Who  is 'the  liar,  but  he  that 
denieth  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ  ? 
'This  is  "the  Antichrist,  ^who  de- 
nicth the  Father  and  the  Son. 

"'23  ^Every  one  that  denieth 
the  Son,  ''neither  hath  he  the 
Father.' 

24   "You,    therefore,    let    that 


24    'Ύμεΐς   ovv   δ   γ,χοναατε   an 
άρχτ,ς,  εν  νμΐν  μενέτω.  έαν  εν  νμιν  1 ''  which  ye  "=  heard  from  the  be- 
^ιεινγ    b   an'    άρχ?,ς    γ,κονσατε,    και ;  ginning,  ^'bide   in    you  :   if  that 

[''abide  in  you  which  ye  '  heard 


■  The  article  is  here  strongly  emphatic,  and  indicates  that  the  ' 
highest  ^frSoj  (v.  21),  even  all  religious  error,  is  involved  in 
this  denial.  There  may  even  be  in  it  a  demonstrative  force, 
explained  in  the  latter  half  of  the  verse. — Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  M.,-S.;- 
Beng.  ('  ό  vim  relativam  habet  ad  abstractum  mendacium,  v. 
21,  i.  e.  Quis  est  illiits  mendacii  imposturaeque  reus  ?'),  Wesl. 
{that),  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Midd.,  Greenf,  All.,  De  W., 
Stier,  Kenr.,  Peile,  Diist. 

Ϊ  Ovtoi  points,  not  to  υ  ά^ινούμίνος  tbv  Λατίνια  xal  tov  νΙόν 
(which  is,  therefore,  not  in  apposition  with  οίτ•ο;,  but  belongs 
as  a  predicate  to  ο  ίπίχ^ΐίσιοζ),  but  to  ό  apvoiJ/itiO;  οΐί  'ir^aoif 
χιλ.,  in  the  preceding  clause.  In  reply  to  the  challenge  there 
given,  we  have  now  a  peremptory  declaration,  that  the  denial  of 
Jesus  as  the  Christ  does  carry  in  it  the  extreme  Antichristian 
apostasy. — The  demonstrative  force  is  preserved  in  the  old  En- 
glish and  all  the  foreign  vcrss.  ;-IIamm.,  Guysc,  Dodd.,  Wakef., 
Murd.,  Kenr..  Peile. 

"  See  V.  18,  N.  d,  &c.  T.,  C.  ;-foreign  verss.  (Cocc.  ille)  ;- 
Hamm.,  TVakef  {that).  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Sharpe,  Peile. 

'  Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Mack.,  \ewc  ,  Thom.,  Penn.,  Kenr. 

•  This  verse  is  the  formal  justification  of  the  one  preceding. 
»  So  Λα.;  a  may  be  correctly  translated  throughout  (see  Rob. 

on  Ha;  before  a  participle  with  the  article).  In  cases,  however, 
where  a  negative  predicate  follows,  as  in  eh.  3 :  G,  9,  &c.,  the 
whosoever  οΓ  Ε.  V.  is  perhaps  le.ss  liable  to  popular  misappre- 
hension. Here  the  emphasis  in  the  oibi  is  brought  out  by 
treating  rtaj  ό  as  a  nominative  absolute. — E.  V.,  v.  29  ;  oh.  4 : 
7  ;  5  :  I ;  &c.  ;-W.  {each  that),  R.  ;-Vulg.  {omnis  qui),  Dt. 
{een  iegelijk,  die) --Aug.,  Calv.,  Beng.,  {as  Vulg.),  Dodd., 
Kenr.,  (evtry  o7ie  who),  Greenf.,  AH.  and  De  W.  {Jeder,  der), 
Slier  {Kin  JigUcher,  der),  Murd.  at  ch.  3:  G. 

'  The  emphasis  is  on  the  predicate,  not  on  the  subject ;  and 
BO  it  appears  in  R.  (which  gives  the  whole  verse  as  above)  ;- 
all  foreign  vcrss.  (except  B.  and  L.,  who  drop  the  emphasis 
altogether)  j-Wakef.  {as  abnve),  Kenr.  {hath  not  tlie  F.  either). 

•  The  additional  clause,  5  ό^ίολογΰιν  t'ov  vlov  xai  t'ov  rtart'pa 
Ίχα,  which  is  marked  as  doubtful  by  the  English  Translators, 


though  that  mark  has  been  removed  in  the  Amer.  Bib.  Soc.'s 
recent  Revision,  being  now  universally  received  by  editors  and 
critics,  I  recommend  that  it  be  restored  to  the  verse  thus :  '  the 
Father ;  he  that  confesseth  the  Son  hath  the  Father  also.' — 
The  but  supplied  by  E.  V.  is  rather  a  disadvantage  than  other- 
wise, and  is  not  in  C,  R.  ;-such  foreign  verss.  as  have  the  clause 
(except  Mey.,  AH.)  ;-Wel!s,  AVesl.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. 
'OjioXoyiu,  occurs  other  5  times  in  John's  Epistles,  and  is  always 
in  E.  V.  confess;  and  so  12  times  elsewhere,  and  always  when 
opposed,  as  here,  to  apitojuot.     R. ;-Murd.,  Kenr. 

»  See  V.  20,  N.  p,  *c.  The  antithetical  (De  W.,  Dust. :  nach- 
driicklich  [kraftvoll]  vorangestellte)  νμιις  here  and  in  v.  27  is 
explained  by  Beng.,  De  W.,  and  others,  as  belonging  by  hyper- 
baton  to  r,xoiJaati.  I  prefer  to  regard  it  as  in  both  instances  a 
rhetorical  anacoluthon,  which  had  better  be  preserved.  See 
Grot.,  Lucke,  Ros.,  AVin.  §  28.  3  and  64.  2.  d,  Dust.,  and  Rev. 
3 :  12,  N.  i.  Others,  as  Wolf.,  Trol.,  &c.,  allow  either  construc- 
tion.— The  emphasis  is  here  variously  given  also  by  R.  ;-Syr., 
Vulg.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Aug.,  Erasm.,  Vat.,  Casta].,  Bez.  (as  cited  in 
Pol.  Syn.),  Tremell.,  Aret.,  Dorld.  {as  for  you  ;  and  not,  as  in  v. 
20,  as  a  supplement),  Carpz.,  Thom.  {as  Dodd.).  Peile  {on  your 
•part).     Comp.  the  Hebrew  use  of  ijN  and  'JNI  1  Chron.  28 : 

2;  Is.  59:  21;  &c. 

^  Nothing  is  gained  in  this  verse  by  the  double  inversion 
(adopted  by  E.  V.  from  T.,  C,  G.)  of  the  Greek  order,  which 
is  followed  in  both  mstances  l)y  "\V.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Latin  and  Ger- 
man verss.  (except  Mey.),  Dt, 

'  See  V.  7,  N.  p,  &c. 

^  See  V.  19,  N.  k,  &c.  The  avowed  aversion  of  the  English 
Translators  to  'uniformity  of  phrasing'  is  strikingly  exempli- 
fied in  their  threefoM  rcndeiing  of  μίνα  in  this  one  verse.  But 
is  not  that  '  a  verbal  and  unnecessary  changing  ?'  The  worst 
is,  that  the  simple  beauty  and  force  of  the  original  are  sacri- 
ficed to  •  a  great  number  of  good  English  words.'  W.,  R.,  and 
all  other  versions  that  I  have  looked  into,  except  T.,  C,  6., 
avoid  this  unprofitable  exuberance. — For  the  order,  see  N.  b. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  II. 


37 


KING    JAMES     VERSION• 

shall  remain  in  you,  ye  also  shall 
continue  in  the  Son,  and  in  the 
Father. 

25  And  this  is  the  promise  that 
he  hath  promised  us,  even  eternal 
life. 

26  These  iAiMgs  have  I  written 
unto  you  concerning  them  that 
seduce  you. 

27  But  the  anointing  which  5'c 
have  received  of  him  abidelh  in 
you,  and  ye  need  not  that  any 
man  teach  you :  but  as  the  same 
anointing  teacheth  you  of  all 
things,  and  is  truth,  and  is  no  lie, 
and  even  as  it  hath  taught  you, 
ye  shall  abide  in  him. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Dfiftg  Bv  τύ  νίώ  xai  εν  τω  τΐατρί 
^ιενεϊτε. 

25  και  αντγι  εστίν  ή  ετιαγγελία, 
τ,ν  αϊτός  ετίγ-,γγεί'λα/ΐο  τμιν,  try  ζ,ί^'ην 
trf  αίώΐ'ίον. 

26  Taura  έ^/ραψχ  νμίν  τίερί  ται> 
τύυανάντων  νμάς. 

27  Και  νμεΐς  τό  χρίσμα  6  ε?.άβετε 
άη  αύτον,  εν  νμιν  μεΐ'ει,  και  ον 
χρείαν  έχετε  ίνα  τις  δώάσκγ  υμάς- 
αλλ'  ως  το  αϊτό  χρίσμα  ?ιώάσκει 
νμάς  τίερί  τϊάντων,  και  ο/^^τβές  έστι, 
και,  01^  εσΤί  -ψ^ΐ'^ος•  κάί  καθώς  ε&'- 
δαζεν  νμας,  μει^ε'ιτε  εν  αιτώ. 


28    And  now,  little  children,        28    Και    vvv,    Texr/a,    (.ιένετε   εν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

from  the  beginning,  ye  also  shall 
■^abide  in  the  Son  and  in  the 
Father. 

25  And    this   is  the   promise 
'  ''which  he  ''himself  ?  promised  us, 

■"the  life  eternal. 

26  These  'things  JJ  have  writ- 
ten unto  you  concerning  ''those 
%ho  "would  "deceive  jou. 

27  "And  Pyou,  the  anointing 
which  ye  1  received  "'from  him 
abideth  in  you,  and  ye  ''have  no 
need  that  any  'one  teach  you  : 
but  as  the  same  anointino;  teach- 
eth  you  "concerning  all  things, 
and  is  ''true,  and  is  no  lie,  and 
even  as  it ""  taught  you,  ye  ^shall 
abide  in  him. 

28  And   now,   little    children, 


•  E.  ;-Guyse,  Dodd.,  and  the  later  verss.  (except  Sharpe). 

'  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  x,  &c.  The  writer  thinks  of  the  promise, 
not  so  much  as  something  recorded  in  his  own  Gospel,  6 :  27  ; 
17  :  2,  3 ;  as  what  he  heard  from  the  Saviour's  lips. 

^  The  historical  reference,  suggested  in  tlie  last  note,  to  cer- 
tain memorable  occasions,  or  at  least  to  the  personal  ministry 
of  the  Saviour  while  on  earth,  seems  to  require  that  the  verb 
here  (as  in  v.  6  of  this  chapter,  and  Acts  20 :  35,  where  the 
same  kind  of  reference  cannot  be  mistaken,)  should  be  given  in 
its  proper  aorist  form. — "\V.,  R.  ;-Wakef. 

•■  For  the  omission  of  the  E.  V.  supplement,  see  W.,  R.  ;- 
Syr.,  Yulg.,  German  verss.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Carpz.,  Greenf., 

Sharpe,  Kenr. For  the  article,   see  v.  7,  N.  o,  &c.  ;-foreign 

verss.  generally,   (Pagn.,  Bcz.,   ί7/α)  ;-Wakef.,  Mack..   Thorn. 

See  ch.  5 :  20,  N.  p. For  the  order,  life  et.,  see  E.  T.,  :Matt. 

25  :  4G ;  .John  4:36;  17 :  3  ;-R.  ;-Wakef.,  Mack,  {life  which 
[is]  ei.  ;-this  relative  construction  appears  also  in  Berl.  Bib., 
Thorn.),  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  ch.  5 :  20,  N.  p. 

'  It  is  not  necessary  to  mark  things  as  a  supplement  here, 
any  more  than  in  v.  2 ;  ch.  1 :  4 ;  &c.,  nor  was  it  so  marked  in 
the  original  edition. 

)  See  ch.  1 :  4,  N.  p. 

k  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

1  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  c,  &c. 

■»  The  context  (vv.  20,  21,  27)  shows  that  this  is  a  case  of 
the  present  'cZe  cotiatu,  i.  e.  an  endeavour  or  purpose^  (Buttm. 
§  137.  n.  10.).  and  so  it  is  generally  understood ;  as  by  Whitb., 
B.  and  L.,  Blackw.,  Beng.,  Guyse,  Dodd.  (as  above  ;-and  so 
Wesl.  in  the  note,  Newc,  Penn,  Barn.,  Peile),  Gill.  Moldcnh.. 
Carpz.  (yolunt).  Scott,  Clarke,  Mey.  ( icoZ/en  ;-and  so  Stolz. 
Van  Ess),  Ros.,  De  W. 


°  Πλανάω  is  in  E.  V.  to  seduce  only  here  and  Rev.  2 :  20 ;  in 
the  other  two  instances  in  this  Epistle  and  22  times  elsewhere, 
to  deceive.— W.,  T.,  C,  G.;- Blackw.,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Newc, 
Sharpe. 

°  In  addition  to  the  apostolic  warning,  they  had  the  secu- 
rity of  their  spiritual  anointing,  and  union  to  Christ.    See  v.  20, 

N.  0,  &c. 

f  A  yet  stronger  case  of  hyperbaton,  De  W.  thinks,  than 
that  in  v.  24.     But  see  there  N.  a,  &c. 

1  Comp.  Gal.  3 :  2,  and  see  v.  7,  N.  p,  &c.  W.,  G.  ;-Wakef., 
Sharpe.     See  N.  w. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  5,  N.  t. 

•  E.  V.  translates  χρείαν  'ίχιιν:  to  hare  need  or  lack,  24  times ; 
in  6  of  which  the  phrase,  when  accompanied  by  the  negative 
particle,  is,  to  have  no  need  ;-Λν.  {have  not  n.),  R.;-Dodd.  {have 
no  necessity),  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Penn  {as  W.),  Kenr., 
Peile. 

'  See  V.  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

°  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  d. 

'  The  adjective  is  retained  by  E.  V.  in  ch.  2:8;  Acts  12:  9; 
-here,  by  the  older  English  and  all  the  foreign  (except  Greenf.) 
verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Penn.,  Murd., 
Kenr.,  Peile. 

"  'At  first,  when  ye  received  it '  (previous  clause).  As  the 
anointing  was  the  same  ('  τό  αντό.  idem  semper,  non  aliud  atque 
aliud,  sed  sibi  constans;  et  idem  apud^sanctos  omnes.'  Beng.), 
so  'the  whole  truth'  (-John  16:  13  Λαβαν  trjv  άλιίβΕίαν),  into 
which  it  evermore  guides  the  Church,  is  still  essentially  the 
'one  faith'  (Eph.  4:  5  ^I'a  xiait;),  universal  and  unchangeable, 
of  God's  elect.     See  N.  q,  &c— W.,  T.,  G.  ;-ATakef.,  Sharpe 

'  Lachm.  and  Theile  have  μίνιίι  as  in  v.  28,  and  of  this  Dust, 
approves,  citing  for  it  A.  B.  C. 


3S 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  III. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


αίτώ"  ϊνα  otav  φανερωθγι,  έγομεν 
Ttappyjaiav,  xai  ur,  αίαχννθώμεν  an 
αυτοί',  sv  Tyj  παροιχτί'α  αιτου. 

29    sav   εί^-?(ΐε    'στ ι   δίκαιος   ίστι, 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

abide  in  him  ;  that  when  he  shall 
appear,  we  ntiay  have  confidence, 
and  not  he  ashamed  before  him 
at  his  coming. 

29  If  ye  know  that  he  is  right- 
eous, ye  know  that  every  one 
tliat  doeth  righteousness  is  born 
of  him. 

CHAP.  III. 

Behold  what  manner  of  love 
the  Father  hath  bestowed  upon 
us,  that  we  should  be  called  the 
sons  of  God  !  therefore  the  world 
knoweth  us  not,  because  it  knew 
him  not. 

2  Beloved,  now  are  we  the 
sons  of  God,  and  it  doth  not  yet  xai  οντχο  έφανερώθη  τί  έσόμεθα-  οι- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

abide  in  him  ;  tliat,  wlien  he  shall 
'be   manifested,   we    ^mav  have 
confidence,  and  not  be  "shamed 
away  from  him,  at  his  coming. 
29  If  ye  know  that  he  is  righ- 


γη'ώσχετε  on  ττάς  ό  ηοιον  τ/,ν  λκαι-  '■  teous,  ""ye  know  that  every  one 
oavvYiv,  εξ  αυτού  γεγέννηται. 

CHAP.     III. 

ΊΔΕΤΕ  ησταητ,ν  άγάητ,ν  ^ihaxsv 
ny^ii'  ό  TtaTTip,  Ινα  τεχι>α  θεού  χλη- 
θώμεν.  δια  τούτο  6  κόσμος  ον  γινώ- 
ΰκει  ίψας,  δτί  ονχ  εγνα  αυτόν. 

2  άγατΐητοί,  νυν  τέκνα  &εού  έσμεν, 


that   doeth    righteousness    ""hath 
been  ''begotten  of  him. 

CHAP.  III. 

Behold  "what  manner  of  love 
the  Father  hath  bestowed  upon 
us,  that  we  should  be  called  ''chil- 
dren of  God  l"^  therefore  the  world 
knoweth  ""not  us,  because  it  knew 
''not  him. 

2  Beloved,  now  are  we  *  chil- 
dren of  God,  and  it  "^hath  not  yet 


'  This  verb  is  .several  times  used  iu  this  Epistle  of  the  per- 
sonal appearing  of  our  Lord,  and  in  that  relation  is  always, 
except  here  and  ch.  3 :  2,  rendered  in  E.  V.,  was  manifested. 
I  think  it  better  to  retain  the  passive  form  in  all  these  instances, 
not  only  for  the  sake  of  uniformity,  but  also  as  suiigcsting  the 
agency  and  love  of  the  Father  (so  prominent  in  the  Christo- 
logy  of  John)  in  the  second,  as  well  as  in  the  first,  coming  of 
the  Saviour.  Comp.  ch.  4:  9,  10;  Acts  3:  18,  20;  1  Tim.  G: 
15.  E.  V.  here  follows  the  Vulg.  {apparuerit). — Syr.,  Germ., 
Dt,  Fr.  S. ;  -  Aug.,  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Tremell.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng., 
Newc,  Greenf.,  Murd.,  Peile.     See  ch.  3 :  2,  N.  f. 

'  The  ΐχομιρ  of  our  Text  is  an  error  of  the  press  for  ΐχαμιν. 
Lachm.  and  Tisch.  give  αχΖμιν. 

'  Άλ  αυτοί  cannot  mean  '  before  him,'  liut,  in  connection 
with  the  verb,  indicates  the  shrinking,  under  the  pressure  of 
inward  shame  and  universal  contempt,  of  the  false  professor 
from  the  glory  of  Him,  whose  name  he  had  dishonoured.  Comp. 
Ps.  73:  20;  Is.  2:  19-21;  Dan.  12:  2;  Matt.  25 :  41  (ΠορΕν- 
(αθι  ά.Λ  ί>οί);  Mark  8:  38;  Luke  21 :  36;  Rev.  6:  16  (xpv- 
■ψατί  >;μ-'ϊ{  Mo  Λ()οιιώ;<ον). — Dt.  (fare  hem)  ;-Calv.  (^piidijiainus 
ab  ejus  praesentia),  Steph.  (ab  eo  cliscedamus  pudefacti), 
Hamm.  in  the  paraphrase  (turned  with  shame  β•οηι  him), 
Greenf.  (V3?'7p  tt'OJ),  Bloomf.  (assents  to  Green's  rendering, 

shrink  from  him  with  shame),  De  ΛΥ.  ('  mo,  pregnant,  including 
the  idea  of  turning  away,  as  αίηχ.  άτίό  ΛροοώΛοιι  Sir.  21 :  22.'). 
Peile  {-put  to  confusion  of  face  as  being  cast  away  from  him'). 
Dust,  (who  also  cites  Bez.,  Episcopius,  J.  Lange,  Liicke)  ;-Rob. 
("pr.  so  as  to  turn  away  from  him'). 

''  Γίρύιαχιΐί  is  rendered  as  an  imperative  mood  in  E.  V.  marg.; 
-TV.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Syr  ,  Latin  ver.ss.  (except  Pagn.,  Bez.),  German 
verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Wakef.,  Newc. 
I  prefer  the  affirmative  construction  for  the  reason  assigned  by 
Bez. :  •  Ubique  enim  negat  se  docere  imperitos.'  See  ch.  4 :  2 
N.  a. 


'  Scott :  '  In  all  the  passages  in  this  epistle'  (except  once,  ch. 
5 :  18),  'and  in  several  of  the  others,  the  passive  perfect  is  used, 
which  is  properly,  has  been  Ac'  See  2  Pet.  2 :  17,  N.  a,  &c. — 
Fr.  S.;-Engl.  Ann.  (at  ch.  3:  9),  Mack. 

■'  This  rendering  of  yfrmu,  which  is  required  at  ch.  5:1,  is 
equally  suitable  throughout  the  Epistle. — E.  V.  ch.  5 :  1,  18 ; 
Acts  13 :  33 ;  1  Cor.  4:15;  Philem.  10 ;  &c.  ;-Fr.  S.  (engendre  ;- 
for  ne  of  other  verss )  ;-Calv.,  Cocc,  Carpz.,  (genitus  ;-for  na- 
ius  of  other  verss.),  Engl.  Ann.  at  ch.  3 :  9,  Scott,  ('or,  beg.'), 
Mack.,  Clarke,  Penn,  Barn. 

"  The  comma  here  restored  by  the  Amer.  Bib.  Soc.  is  not 
needed,  any  more  than  in  the  other  cases  of  the  dependent  con- 
struction of  ΛοίαΛο5,  where  E.  V.  omits  it;  Mark  1-1,1;  Luke 
1 ;  20 ;  7  :  39.  It  may  be  added,  that  the  restoration  of  the 
comma  made  it  only  the  more  proper  to  retain  the  point  of  ex- 
clamation, which  the  Soc.  has  dropped. — W.,  T.,  R.  ;-Latin  and 
French  verss.  (except  Castal.),  It.  ;-TYesl.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Clarke. 

''  The  article  is  omitted  by  all  foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  M.) ; 
-AVakef.,  Newc,   Thora.,   Penn,  Sharpe,  Dav.,  Kenr.,  Peile  ;- 

Rob. For  children,  see  E.  V.  throughout  John's  Epistles 

(except  here  and  v.  2),  and  generally  elsewhere  ;-German  and 
French  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  English. 

'  The  addition  of  xai  Ιαμίν  after  χχηθΰμεί'  (A.  B.  C,  A'ulg., 
&c.)  is  adopted  only  by  Lachm. 

■■  The  Greek  order  is  kept  in  both  instances  by  W..  R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.)  ;-"\Yakef.,  Mack.,  Thom. : — in  the 
first  instance,  by  Syr.: — in  the  second,  by  T.,  C,  G. ;-It  ;- 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

'  See  V.  1,  X.  b. 

'  See  ch.  2:  28,  N.  j.  A  passive  verb,  with  or  without  an 
adjective,  is  employed  by  Syr.  ;-Dt.,  French  ver.ss.  ;-Aug.,  Bez., 
Hamm.,  Pears.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Scott, 
Greenf.,  Van  Ess,  Penn,  Peile. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.    CHAP.  III. 


39 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

appear  what  we  shall  be :  but 
we  know  that,  when  he  shall 
appear,  we  shall  be  like  him  ; 
for  we  shall  see  him  as  he  is. 

3  And  every  man  that  hath  this 
hope  in  him  piirifieth  himself, 
even  as  he  is  pure. 

4  Whosoever  committelh  sin 
transgresseth  also  the  law ;  for 
sin  is  the  trangression  of  the  law. 

5  And  ye  know  that  he  was 
manifested  to  take  away  our 
sins  ;  and  in  him  is  no  sin. 

6  Whosoever  abideth  in  him 
sinneth  not :  whosoever  sinneth 
hath  not  seen  him,  neither  known 
him. 

7  Little  children,  let  no  man 
deceive  you  :  he  that  doeth  right- 
eousness is  righteous,  even  as  he 
is  righteous. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

8αμεν  δέ  bti  εάν  φανερωθγι,  'όμοιοι 
αύτφ  ίσόμεθα,  σΤι  6'^όμεθα  αυτόν 
χαθός  ίοτι. 

3  Καϊ  τχάς  6  'έχων  tr^v  ΐλτύ^α 
ταίτην  έτι  αίττώ,  αγνίζει  εαυτόν, 
καθωζ  έχεινος  αγνός  έση. 

4  ΤΙάς  ο  τωιών  τήν  af/apTi'av,  και, 
την  άνομίαν  ηοιεϊ•  και  η  ajuapTi'a 
έστϊν  ή  ανομία. 

5  και  οίόατε  ση  εκείνος  έφανε ρώ- 
θη,  ίνα  τας  αμαρτίας  τ,μών  άργ•  και 
ά^ίαρτί'α  έν  αιτώ  ονχ  έση. 

6  τίας  ό  έν  αντω  μένων,  ονχ  αμαρ- 
τάνει-  ττάς  ό  α^ααρτά^ωϊ',  ονχ  ίώρα- 
κεν  αυτόν,  ον^ε  έγνωχεν  αίτόν. 

7  Ύεκνία,  μηδείς  ηλανάτω  νμάς• 
6  TtoLav  ττ,ν  ^ίχαιοσννην,  ^ίκαώς  έατι, 
καθώς  εκείνος  ά'καιός  έστιν. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

been  manifested  what  we  shall 
be,  but  we  know  that,  when  eit 
shall  ""be  manifested,  we  shall  be 
like  him,  for  we  shall  see  him  as 
he  is. 

3  And  every  'one  that  hath 
this  hope  Jon  Him  purifieth  him- 
self even  as  Oe  is  pure. 

4  'Every  one  that  committeth 
sin  "committeth  also  "violation  of 
law  ;  "and  sin  is  "violation  of  law. 

5  And  ye  know  that  pHc  was 
manifested  to  take  away  our  sins; 
and  in  him  is  ino  sin. 

6  '^Every  one  that  abideth  in 
him  sinneth  not ;  ''every  one  that 
sinneth  hath  not  seen  him,  neither 
known  him. 

7  Little  children,  let  no  'one 
deceive  you  ;  he  that  doeth  right- 
eousness is  righteous,  even  as 
'He  is  righteous. 


^  Or,  he  ;-which  personal  reference,  besides  being  favoured 
by  ch.  2:  28  and  Col.  3 :  4,  appears  in  W  ,  G.  (as  a  supplement), 
R.  ;-Dt  (as  G.),  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  (supply  ipse), 
Calv.  (in  the  comment),  AVells,  Whitb.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Guyse, 
Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef ,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke, 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.  Yet  I  prefer  the  impersonal  construc- 
tion as  being  that  of  the  previous  clause,  and  because,  had  a 
change  been  intended,  it  would  have  accorded  with  John's 
manner  to  say,  Ixdvoi ;  as  at  vv.  3,  5,  &c.  So  T.,  C.  ;-Germ.  ;- 
Castal.,  Engl.  Ann.  (•  or,  i<'),  Grot.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Bens., 
Carpz.,  Liicke,  Mey.,  Ros.,  Trol.,  De  ^Y.,  Stier,  Peile. — Syr. 
and  Vulg.  are  doubtful ;  though  Tremell.  and  Murd.,  All.  and 
Kenr.,  adopt  the  personal  reference. 

•■  'When  the  mystery  of  our  future  being  is  unveiled,  this 
is  what  shall  be  disclosed  :  ''  fVe  shall  be  like  AiOT"-vvhatever  of 
glory  and  blessedness  that  involves.'     See  N.  f,  &c. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  2  :  29 ;  Matt.  7 :  8 ;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later 
verss.  (except  Newc). 

1  The  ambiguity  of  E.  V.  is,  perhaps,  commonly  misunder- 
stood by  the  English  reader  as=er  tauTij. — E.  V.,  Ps.  119  :  49 
(upon)  j-SjT.  (=bv},  Germ,  (zu),  Dt.  ;-Engl.  Ann.  ('or,  on'), 

Hamm.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Moldenh.  (as  Germ.),  Newc.  (placeth  this 
h.  in  him),  Mey.,  All.  {diese  Hoffmmg  aiif  ihn  setzt),  De  W., 
Peile  (set  on  him).  The  capital  Η  also  would  help  to  guard 
the  reader  against  mistake. 

k  See  ch.  2  :  6,  N.  1. 

>  See  ch.  2 :  23,  N.  x. 


"  The  correspondence  between  ό  rtotujy  and  ^otft  is  preserved 
by  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Bez.  ;-whose 
transgreditur  is  followed  in  E.  Y.),  German  verss.  (except 
Moldenh.,  All.),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.-S. ;-Hamm.,  Dodd.,  Mack., 
Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

"  Elsewhere  E.  V.  renders  ανομία,  twelve  times,  iniquity ;  and 
once,  unrighteovsiuss.  Here  the  allusion  to  the  composition 
of  the  term  is  stronger  than  either  of  these  English  ivords 
conveys. — Dodd.  (Ί  choose  violation  as  rather  a  more  express- 
ive word  than  transgression,  and  so  answering  more  exactly 

to  acofit'o.'),  Thom.,  Peile  {non-conformily  to  law). Ανομία 

(like  a|Uapri'a)  takes  the  article  as  an  abstract  noun,  not  as  re- 
ferring to  any  particular  law.  No  article  is  introduced  in  either 
clause  by  Λ\.,  Τ.,  C,  R.  ;-Greenf.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  Mack., 
Thom.,  omit  before  law ;  Penn,  before  transgression. 

°  See  ch.  1 :  2,  N.  i.  It  is  in  the  style  of  John,  that  this 
assertion  in  the  abstract  of  the  essential  oneness  of  sin  and 
lawlessness  should  be  attached  to  the  previous  concrete  form 
rather  as  an  additional,  cumulative  statement,  than  as  an  argu- 
mentative ground  or  justification. — W.,  C,  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Pagn..  Bez.),  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.  and 
Mey.),  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Wells,  Ros.,  Greenf.,  Kenr.,  Peile  (yea). 

ρ  See  ch.  2 :  6,  N.  1. Lachm.  and  Tisch.  cancel  ήμων. 

1  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  z. 

■^  Seech.  2:23,  N.  x. 

■  See  ch.  2  :  1,  N.  b,  and  4  :  12,  N.  y,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  6,  N.  I. 


40 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  III. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

8  He  that  committeth  sin  is  of 
the  devil ;  for  the  devil  sinneth 
from  the  beginning.  For  this 
purpose  the  Son  of  God  was 
manifested,  that  he  might  destroy 
the  works  of  the  devil. 

9  Whosoever  is  born  of  God 
doth  not  commit  sin  ;  for  liis  seed 
remainelii  in  him  ;  and  he  can- 
not sin,  because  he  is  born  of 
God. 

10  In  this  the  children  of  God 
are  manifest,  and  the  children 
of  the  devil  :  whosoever  doeth 
not  righteousness  is  not  of  God, 
neither  he  that  loveth  not  his 
brolher. 

11  For  this  is  the  message 
that  ye  heard  from  the  begin- 
ning, that  we  should  love  one 
another. 

12  Not  as  Gain,  who  was  of 
that  wicked   one,  and  slew  his 


GREEK    TEXT. 

S  ο  TtoMV  tnv  ά/ΐίαρτι'αΐ',  ex  tov 
διαβό?Μν  εστίν  on  άτι  άρχεις  ο  ha- 
βολος  αμαγτάνει.  εΙς  tovTo  έφανε- 
ρώθη  ο  νιος  tov  θεού,  ίνα  λνσ'(ΐ  τα 
ipya  tov  δίαβόλον. 

9  τίάς  6  γεγεννημένος  εχ  τον  θεού, 
αμαρτίαν  ον  τΐοιει,  otl  σηερμα  αντον 
εν  avtci  μενεί'  και  οι'  hivatai  «|Uap- 
τάνειν,  ott  εχ  του  Θεοιί  γεγεννηται. 

10  εν  Toitiu  φανερά  έΰτι  τά  tixva 
toi)  θεού  χαΐ  τα  τεχνα  τον  8ίαβό?Χ)ν. 
ΤΙάς  δ  μη  τΐοιών  6ixatoavvy;v,  ονχ 
εστιν  εχ  του  θεού,  χαι  ό  μτ,  άγατιών 
τόν  ά?}ελφόν  αντού. 

11  δτι  ανίτ}7  έστΙν  ή  αγγελία  'ην 
ηχούσατε  απ'  άρχης,  ϊνα  άγατιώμεν 
άλλήλονς- 

12  ον  καθώς  Κάϊν  εχ  tov  τίονηρού 
ην,  xai  έσφαξε  τον  ά^ελφον  avtov• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

8  He  that  committeth  sin  is  of 
the  devil;  for  the  devil  sinneth 
irom  the  beginning.  For  this  " 
was  the  Son  of  God  manifested, 
that  he  might  destroy  the  works 
of  the  devil. 

9  'Every  one  that  ''hath  been 
"begotten  of  God  doth  not  com- 
mit sin,  for  his  seed  ^abideth  in 
him  ;  and  he  cannot  sin,  because 
he  "hath  been  ^begotten  of  God  : 

10  In  this  'are  manifest  the 
children  of  God  and  the  children 
of  the  devil.  ^Every  one  that 
doeth  not  righteousness  is  not  of 
God,  ''and  he  that  loveth  not  his 
brother. 

11  For  this  is  the  "^message 
that  ye  heard  from  the  begin- 
ning, that  we  should  love  one 
another  f 

12  Not  as  Cain  *  was  of  'the 
wicked  one,  and  slew  shis  broth- 


"  There  is  nothing  for  purpose  in  the  Greek  ;-R.  ;-any  for- 
eign vers.  ;-Sharpe  (^for  this  was),  ICenr.  (for  ihis  hath  the  S. 
of  G.  appeared). 

•  See  ch.  2 :  23,  N.  x. 

*  See  ch.  2 :  29,  N.  c,  &c. 
»  See  ch.  2 :  29,  N.  d. 

1  Seech.  2:19,  N.k,&c. 

«All  foreign  verss.  (except  Dt  ;-Moldcnh.),  and  Wakef., 
translate  ^ai^fpci  tart  before  either  of  the  subjects ;  Penn  and 
Kenr.,  after  both. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  23,  N.  x. Here  begins  a  new  section,  in  which 

the  general  doctrine  of  the  previous  context  is  applied  to  the 
case  of  loving  our  brother.  This  closer  connection  of  the  first 
half  of  v.  10  with  what  precedes,  and  of  the  second  half  with 
what  follows,  or  at  least  this  latter  connection,  is  variously 
indicated  in  the  editions  of  Beng.,  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Lachm., 
Bloomf ,  Sch. 

'■  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Mey.)  ;- 
Dodd.,  Sharpe  {as  also),  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile  (also). 

'  E.  V.  marg. :  '  Or,  commandment.''  Άγγίλια,  which  oc- 
curs nowhere  else  in  the  N.  T.,  has  both  meanings  in  classic 
Greek.     Here  they  may  be  said  to  coalesce. 

■■  The  close  connection  that  exists,  though  in  a  compressed 
form,  between  vv.  11  and  12,  is  broken  up  by  the  punctuation 
of  E.  V. — W.  and  C.  have  a  comma ;  T.,  a  colon.  Others  vary 
from  a  period  to  a  comma. 


'  Liicke:  'Some  supply  after  oi:  άγαΛΰμιν,  others  ηοίΰμιν 
and  the  like.  But  in  the  first  ease  there  arises  an  irony  un- 
suitable in  this  connection ;  and  in  both  cases  a  second  supple- 
ment becomes  necessary,  to  wit,  of  oj  after  Κάϊν,  which,  as  the 
omission  of  the  relative  pronoun  is  in  classic  as  well  as  N.  T. 
Greek  without  example,  could  hardly  be  justified.  Much  simpler 
is  it  with  Grotius  to  complete  the  sentence  thus  :  oix  ϋιμεν  έχ 
tov  rCovrjpoi,  χαθώ;  Κάϊν  ix  ■tov  Λονηροϋ  ^i/.'  Better  Still  Win. : 
'Properly,  there  is  nothing  to  be  supplied  (βιμεν  or  ηοίΰμεν 
would  not  fit  ov),  but,  the  comparison  being  negligently  ex- 
pressed, the  reader  easily  adjusts  the  clauses  for  himself:  that 
we  love  one  another,  not  as  Cain  was  of  the  wicked  one  &c. 
shall  it  or  may  it  be  so  with  us.'  So  also  De  Vi\,  who  refers  to 
John  0:  58,  and  adds  that  the  present  place  is  'yet  more  diffi- 
cult to  complete,  but  for  that  very  reason  is  not  to  be  com- 
pleted ...  as  we  should  otherwise  render  the  expression  clumsy.' 
In  like  manner  Erasm.,  Vat.,  Hamm.,  Wakef,  introduce  no 
supplement. — The  relative  construction  of  E.  V.  appears  in  Syr., 
Vulg.,  and  most  other  verss. 

f  The  demonstrative  is  not  used  by  W.,  T.,  G.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (except  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Yat.,  Bez.)  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later 
verss.  (except  Newc). 

^  Win. :  '  In  the  N.  T.,  more  frequently  than  among  the 
Greeks,  aifov  &c,  appears  for  the  reflexive  avroi  &c.,  and  the 
Codd.  vary  exceedingly  in  the  mode  of  writing  these  two  pro- 
nouns. Only  the  Editors  of  the  X.  T.  have  not  generally  ob- 
served this,  and  so  at  present  less  stress  can  be  laid  on  the  N. 
T.  text  than  on  that  of  Greek  authors.'  This  extraordinary 
(aitsserordentlich)  vacillation  is  exemplified  in  this  one  verse, 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  III. 


41 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

brother.  And  wherefore  slew  he 
liim"?  Because  his  own  works 
were  evil,  and  his  brodier's  right- 
eous. 

13  Marvel  not,  my  brethren, 
if  the  world  hate  you. 

14  We  know  that  we  have 
passed  from  death  unto  life,  be- 
cause we  love  the  brethren.  He 
that  loveth  not  his  brother,  abid- 
eth  in  death. 

15  Whosoever  hateth  his  broth- 
er, is  a  murderer  :  and  ye  know 
that  no  murderer  hath  eternnl 
life  abiding  in  hini. 

16  Hereby    perceive   we  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

καϊ  χάριν  fh'og  εσφαζεν  αυτόν;  bti 
τα  έργα  αντού  τΐονηρα  ήν,  τα  hε  τον 
ά8ελφού  αυτοί'  hixaia. 

13  μη  θαυμάζετε,  αδελφοί  μου,  ει 
μισεί  υμάς  6  κόσμος. 

14  'ϋμείς  ο'ώαμεν  στι  μεΤαβεβή- 
καμεν  εκ  Του  θανάτου  εις  την  ζωην, 
όΤί  άγατίώμεν  τους  αδελφούς•  6  μη 
αγαπών  τον  ά§ελφόν,  μένει  εν  τώ 
θανάτω. 

1-5  τίάς  6  μισών  τόν  ά^ελφόν  αυ- 
τού, άνθρωττοκτόνος  εστί•  καϊ  ο'ώατε 
ΟΤΙ  ηάς  άνθρίΛΤΧοκτόνος  ουκ  έχει  ζΐύτ,ν 
αιώνων  εν  αυτώ  μένουσαν. 

1G  Έν  τούτω  εγνώκαμεν  Την  άγά- 


RE  VISED    VERSION. 

er ;  and  wherefore  slew  he  hiir  ? 
Because  s\ns  own  works  were 
'■wicked,  'but  ^his  brother's  righ- 
teous. 

13  M:irvel  not,  mj^  brethren,  if 
the  world  Jhateth  you. 

14  ''As  for  us,  we  know  that 
we  have  passed  'out  of  death 
■"into  life,  because  we  love  the 
brethren  :  he  that  loveth  not  "his 
brother  abideth  in  death. 

15  "Every  one  that  hateth  his 
brother  is  a  Pmankiller ;  and  ye 
know  that  no  Pmankiller  hath 
eternal  life  abiding  in  him. 

16  Hereby  ihave  we   known 


''  Ποΐ')7ρ05  occurs  six  timei5  in  this  Epistle,  and  here  only  is 
translated  evil  in  E.  V.  But  it  is  of  more  importance  to  ob- 
serve, and  to  retain,  the  verbal  correspondence  between  Καίκ  ίχ 
tov  jtonjpov  ψ  and  ta  f'pya  airov  Λοκτρρά  ήν.  They  were  tne 
works  of  his  father  (.John  8 :  41).— The  same  word  is  given  in 
both  clauses  by  W.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Latin  verss.  (except  Calv.),  Dt.;- 
Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Mey.,  Greinf.,  All.,  Sharpe,  De  W., 
Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r. 

'  'As  it  does.' — The  indicative  mood  is  retained  by  W.  ;- 
foreign  verss.  ;-Mack.,  Sharpe. 

^  Liicke :  'Full  of  emphasis :  ήμιις — in  opposition  to  the  dark 
world  full  of  hatred  and  devilish  fratricide.'  Bloomf. :  'We, 
for  our  part.'  Peile :  '  We  that  are  Christ's  disciples ;'  &c.  See 
ch.  2 :  20,  N.  p,  &c. 

1  '  And  abide  no  longer  in  death'  (last  clause). — E.  V.,  Matt. 
27:  53;  2  Cor.  4 :  6;  1  Pet.  2:  9;  &c.;-Germ.,  Dt.;-Pagn., 
Bez.,  Cocc,  Beng.,  Carpz.  (e.r;-for  Vulg.  de),  Moldenh.,  Mey., 
De  W. 

■»  E.  v.,  Matt.  18:  8,9;  19:  17;  25:  21,  23;  1  Pet.  2:  9; 
&c.  ;-Germ.,  Dt.  ;-Calv.,  Beng.,  Carpz.,  (iw;-for  Vulg.  ad), 
Moldenh.,  Mey.,  All.,  De  W. 

"  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  cancel  τον  ά6Λφόν. 

»  See  ch.  2 :  23,  N.  x. 

ρ  While  in  the  N.  T.  ψορι,ύί  occurs  7  times  and  is  always  in 
E.  V.  murderer,  ανθρωΛοχΐόνος  (not  found  at  all  in  the  Sept ; 
the  common  expression  there  being  ^ovtvtr;!  or  a  participle  of 
φοι<εύω,  though  in  Wisd.  12  :  5  appears  fovtv;  itself)  is  met  with 


elsewhere  only  in  .John  8 :  44.  There  Satan  is  said  to  have 
been  ai'SpuHoxr.  an'  αρχής,  as  having  'brought  death  into  the 
world  and  all  our  woe'  (comp.  Wisd.  2:  24:  φθόνφ  6ια/3όλου 
eavatoi  εΐατρίθίν  fij  tov  χόαμον  ;  and  Sir.  25  :  24).  And  so  what 
the  writer  directly  aims  at  here  is,  not  the  expression  of  a 
moral  sentiment,  but  (with  a  conscious  reference  to  the  c(ira- 
position  of  a  somewhat  unusual  word)  didactically  to  assert, 
that,  as  tending  to  the  prejudice  and  ultimate  ruin  of  the  object, 
hatred  of  a  brother  involves  a  breach  of  the  sixth  command- 
ment of  the  law  (comp.  Matt.  5  :  21,  22.  Beng. :  '  Orane  odium 
est  Conatus  contra  vilam.').  and  yet,  of  course,  to  express  this 
without  any  such  accompanying  extenuation,  as  is  suggested 
by  the  modern  technical  use  of  homicide,  manslaughter.  For 
the  same  purpose  I  avail  myself  of  Dryden's  word,  Ovid. 
Metam.  xv.  (cited  by  Rich.)  : 

'  To  kill  man  killers,  Man  has  lawful  power.' 

With  an  eye,  perhaps,  to  the  present  context,  an  old  English 
writer  speaks  of  '  Kayne  the  7nanqueller^-a.  phrase  which  W. 
also  employs  at  Mark  6  :  27. — W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  (manslayer)  ;- 
Syr.  (^ti'lJN  7£0p),  Latin  verss.  (homicida),  Germ.  (7ΌΛ- 

schlagei•),  Dt.  (doodslager),  It.  (micidiale),  Fr.  S.  {homicide ; 
-for  meurlrier  of  Fr.  G.  and  -M.);-B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  S.), 
Moldenh.  (as  Germ.),  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Penn,  Murd.,  {as  W.), 
Scott  {a  killer  of  man).  Here  E.  V.  follows  R.,  which  at  John 
8 :  44  has  mankiller. 

1  See  ch.  2:  3,  N.  h.  Here  the  perfect  tense  is  retained  by 
Λν.,  G.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  Pyle,  Mack.,  Newc.  marg.,  Clarke, 
Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 


as  it  stands  in  our  Text.  Bloomf.,  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  have  aitov  I  it  because  the  first  aitov  here  stands  for  avtov  more  certainly 
thrice.  As  it  regards  aitov.  its  use  generally  in  the  N.  T.,  and  than  does  the  second,  that  E.  V.  so  renders  the  one  and  not  the 
in  its  present  connection  with  α&Λ^ός  m  this  Epistle,  does  not  other,  but  meiely  for  the  sake  of  an  easier  discrimination.  See 
warrant  the  emphasis  given  to  it  by  Wakef.,  his  own ;  nor  is  |  Rev.  1 .  5,  N.  x, 

β 


43 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  III. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

love  of  God,  liecause  he  laid 
clown  his  lile  lor  us  :  and  we 
ought  to  lay  down  our  lives  for 
the  brethren. 

17  But  whoso  hath  this  world's 
good,  and  seeth  his  brother  have 
need,  and  shutleth  up  his  bowels 
of  compassion  from  him,  how 
dwclletli  the  love  of  God  in 
him  ■/ 

18  My  little  children,  let  us 
not  love  in  word,  neither  in 
tongue,  but  in  deed  and  in  truth. 

19  And  hereby  we  know  that 


GREEK    TEXT. 

nviv,  oTt  εκείνος  ντύρ  τιμών  trf  '^νχτβ' 
αυτοί'  εΟτ^χε•  και  'αμεϊς  οφείλομεν 
[iTtip  των  αδελφών  τας  '^νχας  τιθεναι. 

17  δς  ό'  άί'  εχγι  τον  (3ιον  τον 
κόσμου,  και  θεοργι  τοι^  ά^ε?^φυ}'  αντον 
χρείαν  έχοντα,  καϊ  χ'λείΰγ  τα  οηλάγ- 
χνα  αυτοί)  απ'  αϊτοί',  ηώς  η  άγάηη 
τον  θεον  μένει  εν  αίτφ ; 

18  τεκ^'α  μου,  μη  άγατίΰμεν  "λόγω 
μη8έ  γλύσαγ,  οΛΧ  έργω  και  αλγιθεί€(.. 

19  Και  εν  τούτω  γινώσκομεν  ότι 


REVISED    VERSION. 

'love,  because  'He  laid  down  his 
lii'e  for  us :  'we  also  ouglit  to  lay 
down  our  lives  for  the  brethren. 

17  But  whoso  hath  "the  world's 
■'goods,  and  seeth  his  brother  have 
need,nnd  shultetli  up  his^^'bowels 
from  liiin,  how  ^ubidelh  the  love 
of  Cod  in  himV' 

18  My  little  children,  let  us 
not  love  in  word  ''nor  ^in  tongue, 
but  "in  deed  and  in  truth. 

19  ''And  hereby  we  know  that 


■■  '  What  love  is,  and  to  what  lengths  of  self-sacrifice  it  can 
go.' — The  E.  V.  supplement  (from  Vulg.  and  Bez.)  is  avoided 
by  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Protestant  German  verss.,  Dt.,  French  verss.  ;- 
Aug.  (■  Pcrfectionem  dilcctionis  dicit.'),  Erasm.  and  other  Latin 
verss.,  Cocc.  ('Qualis  sit  vera  charitas  definit,  sive  quoniodo 
ilia  cognoscatur  cxplicat,'),  Beng.,  Pjle,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Ros., 
Bloomf.,  Barn.,  Peilc. 
»  See  ch.  2 :  G,  N.  1. 

ι  An  immediate  inference;  as  in  ch.  4:11.  '  Debemus  igitur 
ct  nos  Sec'  (Grot,  Kos.).  The  also  helps  to  bring  out  the 
emphasis  (see  ch.  2 :  20,  N.  p,  &c.),  and  is,  accordingly,  intro- 
duced (or  its  equivalent),  though  sometimes  as  a  supplement, 
and  sometimes  accompanied  by  other  conjunctions,  by  T.,  G.  ;- 
Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  It.,  French  verss.  (of 
which  the  S.  has  7ious  aiissi  nous);-Ou  Ό.,  Carpz.,  Penn 
Murd. 

"  Only  here,  1  Tim.  G:  7  (where  the  later  editions,  including 
the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  last,  inconsistently  mark  this  as  sup- 
plied), and  Rev.  11 :  15,  is  the  article  before  χόαμος  rendered  in 
E.  v.  («after  the  Vulg.  hujus)  as  a  demonstrative  pronoun.  This 
is  avoided  by  R.  ;-Syr.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Aug.,  Erasm.  and  the  later 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castiil.),  Beng.,  Dodd..  Newc,  Thom.,  Mey., 
(ireenf.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Peile ;-though  .several  of  these  employ 
an  adjective  for  toi  χόαμ. 

'  Elsewhere  in  E.  V.  βίο;  is  either  life  or  living.  In  the 
latter  sense,  or  the  means  of  sustaining  life,  substance,  prop- 
erty,  the  form  good  is  not  now  current. — Germ.  (Giiter),  It. 
(&ί')ίί),  French  versi.  (iiV/is)  ;- Wells,  Dodd.  (good  things -j-so 
Wakef,  Newc.),  Moldenh.,  Liicke,  All.,  (a.f  Germ.),  Mack., 
Van  Ess  and  De  W.  {Lebensgiiter),  Pcnn,  Bloomf 

"  The  figure  in  ατΟ-ύτ^χνα.  is  retained,  and  withojt  .supple- 
ment, by  E.  v.,  Phil.  1:8;  2:1;  Col.  3  :  12;-W.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (except  Castal.  The  Germ,  verss.  and  TH.  =  heart.)  \- 
Dodd.,  Mack.,  Scott.  Sharpe.  Murd.,  Kenr.  It  is  reduced  to 
compassion  by  T.,  C,  G. ;-Thom.,  Penn;  to  affections,  by 
Wakef. 

»  See  ch.  2:  19,  N.  k,  &.c.  E.  V.  translates  μίνα  8  times  in 
John's  Epistles  by  dwell.    But  that  word  is  better  lor  oixiw  and 


its  compounds,  as  in  Rom.  8:  9,  11 ;  1  Cor.  3:  IG;  2  Cor.  6: 
10;  Eph.  .3:  17;  Col.  1:  19;  2:  9;  3:  IG;  2  Tim.  1 :  14; 
James  4 :  5.  Mivu,  on  the  other  hand,  and  especially  in  John's 
characteristic  use  of  it,  imports  not  the  mere  fact  of  dwelling, 
considered  simply  and  absolutely;  but  continuance,  perseve- 
rance, in  opposition  to  change  and  apostasy.  See  eh.  2:  19. 
Comp.  also  John  G :  56,  where  E.  V.  has  dwell,  with  John  15 : 
4,  ic,  where  it  luas  abide.  Even  in  .John  14 :  10,  where  μίνω 
expresses  a  relation  between  the  Fatlier  and  the  Son,  it  at  the 
same  time  implies  that  the  humiliation  of  the  flesh  had  induced 
no  change  in  that  relation. — R.  {doth  . . .  abide),  Latin  verss., 
except  Castal.,  (manet),  Germ,  (bleibet),  Dt.  (blijft)  ;-Engl. 
Ann.  ('It  cannot  abide'),  Beng.  ('manet.  Dicebat,  se  amare 
Deum :  sed  nonjam  amat.'),  Carpz.  (permaneat),  Wakef  (can 
.  .  .  remain),  Mack.,  Newc,  Scott,  Mey.  (konnle  bleiben),  All. 
(as  Germ.),  Kenr.  (as  /}.),  Peile  (can  . . .  have  taken  abiding 
■possession)  ;-Pass.  (•  von  Horn,  an  allg.  in  Poes.  u.  Pros.  .  .  . 
bleiben  wo  man  gerade  ist,  nicht  von  der  Stelle  gehen.'),  , 
Bretsch.  ('in  Johannis  scriplis  . . .  μίνα,ν  ϊν  tivi,  est :  in  ea  con- 
ditione,  in  qua  quis  est,  perseverare.'),  Rob.  (to  remain).  See 
ch.  4:  12.  N.  a. 

y  R.;-Dodd.  (or),  Wakef.  Newc,  Tho  n.,  Murd.,  (and), 
Mack.,  Penn.  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  Griesb.  and  the  later  editors  (except  B!oonif )  insert  τ^ 
before  γλώβ»»;,  and  this  reading  (A.  B.  C,  &c.)  Beng.  also  marks 
as  plane  pro  genuina  habendum.  I  recommend  that  it  be 
adopted,  and  translated:  witli  the  tongi/c.  German  verss.,  Dt.; 
-Thom.,  Peile.  Besides  these,  It.,  Fr.  G.  ;-B.  and  L..  Sharpe, 
use  the  article. 

°  Griesb.  and  the  later  editois  (except  Bloomf)  read,  on  evi- 
dence which  Beng.  also  pronounces  clearly  sutfieicut,  iv  ίργφ 
xai  άλ.  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  trans- 
lated: in  deed  and  truth.  λΥ.  (in  work  and  tr.).  R.;-Ueng., 
All.,  Goss.,  Van  Ess,  Berl.  Bib.  and  De  W.  (use  mit  with  this 
double  reference),  Peile. 

''  For  the  various  constructions  of  vv.  19,  20,  including  the 
diiBcult,  and  not  yet  satisfactorily  disposed  of,  case  of  the  second 
oti,  see  Liicke.  Win.,  De  W.  It  is  not  necessary  to  introduce 
here  a  discussion,  that  would  not  after  all  affect  the  version. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  IV. 


43 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

we  are  of  the  truth,  and    shall 
assure  our  hearts  before  him. 

20  For  if  our  heart  condemn 
us,  God  is  greater  than  our 
heart,  and  knoweth  all  things. 

21  Beloved,  if  our  heart  con- 
demn us  not,  then  have  we  con- 
fidence toward  God. 

22  And  whatsoever  we  ask, 
we  receive  of  him,  because  we 
keep  his  commandments,  and  do 
those  things  that  are  pleasing  in 
his  sight. 

2-3  And  this  is  his  command- 
ment. That  we  should  believe 
on  the  name  of  his  Son  Jesus 
Christ,  and  love  one  another,  as 
he  gave  us  commandment. 

24  And  he  that  keepeth  his 
commandments, dwelleth  in  him, 
and  he  in  him.  And  hereby  we 
know  that  he  abideth  in  us,  by 
the  Spirit  which  he  hath  given  us. 

CHAP.  IV. 

Beloved,  believe  not  every 
spirit,  but  try  the  spirits  whether 
they  are  of  God:  because  many 
false  prophets  are  gone  out  into 
the  world. 

2.  Hereby  know  ye  the  Spirit 
of  God:    Every  spirit  that  con- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ex  της  αλγιΰείας  εσμεν,  xai  εμτΐροσθεν 
airtov  τΐείσομεν  τας  καρ&'ας  ημών 

20  art  έαν  καταγινώσχγι  ημον  γ[ 
καρδ/α,  δη  μείζων  έστΙν  ο  Θεός  Τ/ις 
καρ&'ας  ήμων,  χαι  γούσχει.  ηάντα. 

21  άγατίητο'ί,  έαν  ή  καρδία  ημών 
,μη  καταγινώσχΎΐ  τιμών,  τχαρρησίαν 
εχομεν  τιρός  Τυν  θεον, 

22  και  ό  έαν  αιτώμεν,  λαμβώ'ομεν 
nap'  αυτού,  δτι  τας  έντολας  αιηΌν 
τγίροϋμεν,  καΐ  τα  αρεστά  ένώηιον 
αυτοί)  τίοίονμεν. 

23  και  αι"τ>7  έατίν  η  ένΤολη  αΐ'Τοϊ', 
ίνα  τίιστενσωμεν  τω  ονόματι  τον  νΐον 
αντον  Ίησον  Χρίστου,  και,  άγατίώμεν 
αλλτΡίονς,  καθώς  εδωκεν  έντολην 
ήμίν. 

24  xai  ό  τ-ηρών  τας  έντοΤυάς  αν- 
τον, εν  αντώ  μένει,  και  αντος  έν  αι'το. 
και  έν  τούτω  γινώΰχομεν  δτι  ^ιένει 
έν  ήμίν,  έχ  του  ΤΙνενματος  ον  τιμίν 
εδωχεν. 

CHAP.    IV. 

'ΑΓΑΠΗΤΟΙ  μη  ηαντϊ  ηνενματι 
ηιατενετε,  aTJXxi  δοκιμάζετε  τα  τίνεν- 
fiaTa,  ει  έχ  τον  Θεού  έστιν  δτι  τίολ- 
λοί  ■ψευδθ7ίρο(|)-/;ται  έζελτ^λίθαΰιν  εΙς 
τδν  χόσμον. 

2  έν  τούτω  γινώΰκετε  τδ  Τίνενμα 
τον  ΘεοΪΓ    τΐάν  ηνενμα  δ   ομολογεί 


REVISED    VERSION. 

we   are  of  the  truth  ;  and  shall 
"^assure  our  hearts  before  him. 

20  For,  if  "Όμ/•  heart  condemn 
us,  God  is  greater  than  our  heart, 
and  knoweth  all  things. 

21  Beloved,  if  our  heart  con- 
demn us  not,  ^  we  have  confi- 
dence toward  God. 

22  And,  whatsoever  we  ask, 
we  receive  '^from  him,  because 
we  keep  his  commandments,  and 
do  s^the  things  that  are  pleasing 
in  his  sight. 

23  And  this  is  his  command- 
ment, ""that  we  should  believe  on 
the  name  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ, 
and  love  one  another,  as  he  gave 
us  commandment. 

24  And  he  that  keepeth  his 
commandir.ents  'nbideih  in  him, 
and  -"he  in  him :  and  hereby  we 
know  tliat  he  abideth  in  us,  by 
the  Spirit  ''that  he  'gave  us. 

CHAP.  IV. 

Beloved,  believe  not  every 
spirit,  but  tiy  the  spirits  whether 
they  are  of  God  :  because  many 
false  prophets  are  gone  out  into 
the  world. 

2  Hereby  "ye  know  the  Spirit 
of  God:   every   spirit,  that  con- 


'  The  marginal  note  of  E.  V.,  '  Gr.  persuade,'  may  better  be 
omitted  here,  than  in  Acts  12:  20. 

■■  The  construction  of  the  first  ημΰν  here  is  the  same  as  that 
of  the  second  ημ,^ν  in  v.  21,  and  the  English  possessive  pronoun 
is  supplied  as  in  v.  14. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Latin  and  French  verss.,  It.  j-Wakef.,  Mack., 
Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  B.  v.,  Mark  12:  2 ;  John  5 :  34;  &c.  ;-"Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom., 
Penn,  Murd.,  Kcnr.,  Peile. 

^  No  demonstrative  pronoun  is  introduced  by  Syr.,  German 
verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  It.,  Fr.  G. -M.,-S.  ;-Aug.,  Calv,  Bez., 
Grot.,  Dodd.,  Carpz.,  VYakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile; — though  of  these  the  German 
and  Latin  verss.,  Wakef..  Sharpe,  Peile,  employ  a  compound 
relative. 

''  This  is  not  a  direct  quotation,  but  a  general  summary  of 
the  evangelical  law.     The  original  edition  of  E.  V.,  therefore, 


and  nearly  all  previous  and  subsequent  verss.,  are  right  in  hav- 
ing no  capital  letter  here.     See  ch.  4 ;  21. 

'  See  V.  17,  N.  x,  &c. 

i  Here,  as  in  ch.  4 :  5,  6 ;  &c.,  the  antithetical  structure 
secures  the  due  emphasis  of  the  pronominal  subject  (see  ch.  1 : 
7,  N.  X,  &c.). 

I•  The  reference  is  to  the  witness  of  the  personal,  indwelling 
Spirit  (Rom.  8 :  9-16).     See  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f.— W.  (whom). 

1  'To  abide  with  us  for  ever'  (John  14:  16).  Comp.  the 
historical  time  of  Gal.  3:2;  Eph.  1 :  13.     W.,  T.,  G. 

'  See  ch.  2  :  29,  N.  b.  Nor  is  it  likely  that  the  yivuexofiiv 
of  V.  6  is  a  change  of  mood. — W.,  R.,  (is  knoicn  •,~αΛαν  the 
Vulg.  cognoscitnr,  which,  like  the  Syr.  and  It.,  rests  on  the 
reading  yivuaxetai.,  still  found  in  some  cursive  MSS.),  Dt.;-Bcng., 
Dodd.  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except  Wakef.,  who  follows 
the  ^ίνύαχομίν  of  one  copy  [see  Mill.  Prol.  11731.  and  Penn). 


44 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  IV. 


KING    JAMES     VKIiSIOX. 

fesseth  that  Jesus  Christ  is  come 
in  the  flesh,  is  of"  God : 

3  And  every  spirit  that  con- 
fesseth  not  that  Jesus  Christ  is 
come  In  the  flesh,  is  not  of  God. 
And  this  is  that  sjjirit  of  anti- 
christ, whereof  ye  have  heard 
that  it  should  come  ;  and  even 
now  already  is  it  in  the  world. 

4  Ye  are  of  God,  little  chil- 
dren, and  have  overcome  them  : 
because  greater  is  he  that  is  in 
you,  than  he  that  is  in  the  world. 

5  They  are  of  the  world : 
therefore  speak  they  of  the  world, 
and  the  world  heareth  them. 

G  We  are  of  God.  He  that 
knoweth  God,  heareth  us ;  he 
that  is  not  of  God,  heareth  not 


GREEK    TEXT. 

'ίησοϋν  Χριστοί^  iv  σαρκί  έληλνθό'ΐα, 
εχ  τον  Θεοϋ  εστί. 

3  και  ηάν  τίνενμα  δ  μ'η  ομολογεί 
tov  'IriOovv  Χρίστον  ii>  σαρχί  β?.Υ!λν- 
θότα,  εχ  τον  Θεού  ονχ  έστι•  καϊ 
τοϋτύ  ί'στί  τό  του  αντί;^ρί'στου,  ό 
(χκ>7κόατε  δτί  έρχεται,  και  νιψ  εν  τω 
κόσμα  έστΙν  τ^η. 

4  'Ύμεΐς  εχ  τον  Θεού  ίστε,  τεκνια, 
καί  νενικτίκατε  αντονς•  'ότι  μείζυν 
έστΙν  ό  εν  νμίν  η  ό  εν  το  κόσμφ. 

5  Αίτοί  εκ  τού  κόσμου  είσί•  Sia 
τούτο  εχ  τού  κόσμου  λαλοί'σι,  και  ό 
κόσμος  αϊτών  όχοίει. 

6  τΜεϊζ  εχ  τού  Θεού  εσμεν  ό  γι- 
νώσκων  τον  Θεόν,  άχονει  τμών  ός 
ονχ  εστίν  εχ  τού  Θεού,  ονχ  άχονει 


REVISED    VERSION. 

fesseth  "^  Jesus  Christ   come  in 
■=  flesh,  is  of  God. 

3  And  every  spirit,  that  ''con- 
fesseth  not  ^  Jesus  Christ  come 
in  f  flesh,  is  not  of  God ;  and  this 
is  that  sinrit  of  ^the  antichrist, 
whereof  ye  liave  heard  that  it 
■"cometh,  and  '  now  J  it  is  in  the 
world  Jalready. 

4  "Ύου,  little  children,  are  of 
God,  and  have  overcome  them  ; 
because  greater  is  he  that  is  in 
you,  than  he  that  is  in  the  world. 

5  'They  are  of  ihe  world  ; 
ihcrc'fbre  ^ivkat  is  of  the  world 
they  speak,  and  the  world  hear- 
elh  them  : 

G  'We  are  of  God ;  he  that 
knoweth  God  heareth  us ;  he  that 
is  not  of  God   heareth  not   us. 


''  The  common  construction  (Rob.,  Scliirl.,  &c.)  of  ΐ%τ;7,νθόΐα 
as  used  for  ίΧηΤ-νθίναί,  which  appears  in  one  or  two  MSS.,  is 
not  necessarj-(  Win.  even  denies,  that  the  participle  ever  stands 
for  the  infinitive)-and  it  injuriously  restricts  the  sense  to  the 
fact  of  the  incarnation. — It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Grot.  ('  Voluit  Apostolus 
hie  noraini  -Jesu  addere  hunc  titulum,  qui  venit  in  carne,  quasi 
diceret,  eum  dico  Jesum  qui  non  cum  rcgia  ponipa  et  cxerciti- 
bus  venit,  sed  in  statu  humili,  abjecto.  multisque  malis  ac  post- 
remum  cruci  obno.xio. — Pari  de  causa  Apostolus  Paulus,  cum 
dixisset  a  se  Christum  praedicari,  addidit  crucifixum.'),  Vorst., 
Pears.,  B.  and  L.,  Wolf,  (says  of  the  received  reading :  'omnino 
efBcacior  est.'),  Moldenh.  (den  . . .  gekommenen  J.  C),  Thom., 
Scott  (as  Jiavbig  come),  Mey.  (den . . .  Erschienenen),  Penn 
(that  J.  [is]  C.  come  ;-so  Sharpe,  is  the  C.  come),  Tiol.,  De 
W.  (als  erschienen.  Of  the  other  construction  he  says,  that 
it  ' somewhat  changes  the  sense,  and  lays  all  the  emphasis  on 
iv  a.  £λι;λ.'),  Stier.  Ilamm.,  Whitb.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Guyse, 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  adopt  a  relative  construction  (J.  C.  who  is  come). 

'  This  apostle  does  not  use  αάρξ  and  ij  σάρ|  indiscriminately. 
— W.,  R.  ;-It.,  French  vorss.  j-Wakef.  (marks  the  as  supplied), 
Thom. 

■^  The  reading  λνιι,  tov  Ijjs.,  quoted  by  Socrates,  and  followed 
in  the  Vulg.  (solvit  Jesum),  is  adopted  bj'  none  of  the  editors, 
though  Liicke  and  De  ^V.  suppose  that  from  it  came  the  τόν  of 
the  Received  Text.  The  words  Xpiarov  h  a.  £λ);λ.,  are  brack- 
eted by  Knapp,  Hahn,  and  cancelled  by  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Lachm., 
Tisch.,  Theile.     Sch.  omits  only  Xpiatov. 

'  See  V.  2,  N.  b. 

f  See  v.  2,  N.  c. 

s  Seech.  2:18,  N.d,&c. 

i"  The  present  indicative  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Fr.  S. ; 


-Hamm.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  All..  Van  Ess, 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Ivenr.,  Peilo. 

'  There  is  nothing  for  ereii  in  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except 
Fr.  G.,-M.);-IIamm.,  More,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack,  or  the  later 
verss.     Wakef.,  omitting  rii-,  has  indeed. 

>  The  ^5)j  is  given  last  by  Mack.,  Newc,  Peile.— Hamm., 
Wells,  AVakef.,  Newc,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  (ii  [he]  is). 

k  Beng. :  '  Vos,  Jesum  Christum  agnoscentes.'  See  ch.  2 :  20, 
N.  p,  (fee.  Here  the  emphasis  is  retained  by  means  of  the  above 
transposition  of  the  noun  in  W'.;-Guyse,  Carpz.,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Murd. 

1  Seech.  3:  24,  N.j. 

"  Not :  '  things  about  the  world  ;'  but :  '  things  having,  like 
themselves,  a  worldly  temper  and  origin.'  Or  rather :  •  their 
speaking,  in  matter  and  manner,  impulse  and  aim,  has  this 
character.'— G.  (speak  they  worldly  things);-SyT.  (=Greenf. 
]D),  Dt.  (uit  ;-thus  explained  in  the  note :  '  That  is,  things  that 

are  from  the  world,  and  that  accord  with  the  understanding  of 
unregenerate  men,  or  even  with  their  worldly  lusts.').  It.  (quello 
che  parlam  e  del  mondo),  Fr.  S.  (comme  etant)  ;-the  A'ulg. 
de  mmido  is  exchanged  for  e  or  ea-  m.  by  Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat. 
('ex  affectu  mundi,  cujus  sunt.'),  Aret.,  Cocc,  Beng.  ('ex  mundi 
vita  ac  sensu  sermones  suos  promunt.');  for  mundana,  by 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par. ;  for  a  m..,  by  Casta!.  Grot.  ('  id  est,  ti  ex 
■ioi  χόαμον  decent  et  praedicunt  mundi  affectibus  congruentia.'). 
B.  and  L.  (selim),  Dodd.  ([as]  of),  Moldenh.  (a»s;-for  the 
Germ,  ro»),  Wakef.,  Thom.,  (suitably  to),  Mack.,  Penn,  Murd., 
(from),  Mey.,  Van  Ess,  (was  der  If'elt  gefalll),  Stolz  (nach), 
Kist.j  De  W.,  (was  [von]  d.  W.  ist). 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  IV. 


45 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

US.     Hereby  know  we  the  spirit 
of  truth,  and  the  spirit  of  error. 

7  Beloved,  let  us  love  one  an- 
other :  for  love  is  of  God  ;  and 
every  one  that  loveth  is  born  of 
God,  and  knoweth  God. 

8  He  that  loveth  not,  knoweth 
not  God  ;  for  God  is  love. 

9  In  this  was  manifested  the 
love  of  God  toward  us,  because 
that  God  sent  his  onlj'-begotten 
Son  into  the  world,  that  we 
might  live  through  him. 

10  Herein  is  love,  not  that 
we  loved  God,  but  that  he  loved 
us,  and  sent  his  Son  to  he  the 
propitiation  for  our  sins. 

11  Beloved,  if  God  so  loved 
us,  we  ought  also  to  love  one 
another. 

12  No  man  hath  seen  God  at 
any  time.     If  we  love  one  an- 


6REEK    TEXT. 

τμών.     Έχ   tovrov    γινώσχομε7>  to 
ηνενμα  Tr.g  αληθείας  και  τό  ηνενμα 

7  'AvaTtyitoi,  άγατίωμεν  αλλ^ίλοιις- 
art  ri  αγάηγι  εχ  τον  Θεού  έστι,  χαι 
Ttag  ό  άγατίων,  εχ  τον  θεού  γεγέννη- 
ται,  και  γα>ύ/ΰχει  τον  θεόν 

S  ό  μη  άγατϊών,  ονχ  εγνω  τον 
Θεόν  δτι  ό  Θεός  άγάτΐη  εστίν. 

9  Έν  τούτω  έ(ρχνερώθη  ή  άγάτΐη 
τον  Θεού  εν  τμιν,  οτι  τον  ν'ιον  αυτού 
τον  μονογείΎ,  ά7κατα7.κεν  ο  Θεός  εις 
τόν  χόσμον,  Ίνα  ζγ,αομΐν  hi  αντού. 

IQ  έν  τούτω  εστίν  τι  άγάηη,  ονχ 
'ότι  τομείς  Ύγαΐΐτραμ^ν  τον  Θεόν,  αλλ' 
δτι  αυτός  γγάτιησεν  ημά.ς,  χαϊ  άτύ- 
στείλε  τόν  νϊον  αίτού  ί?Μ.σμόν  ηερί 
των  αμαρτιών  τμων. 

1 1  άγαηγιτοί,  ει  όντως  6  Θεός  γ,γά- 
ητ^σεν  ημάς,  χαί  -^ίΐεϊς  οφείλομεν  αλ• 
λτίλους  dj/aTtai'. 

12  Θεόν  οί'^εις  τϊώηοτε  τεθέαται- 
έαν  άγαηώμεν  αλλήλους,  ό  Θεός  εν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"By  this  we  know  the  spirit  of 
truth  and  the  spirit  of  error. 

7  Beloved,  let  us  love  one  an- 
other ;  for  love  is  of  God,  and 
everjr  one  that  loveth  °hath  been 
Pbegotten  of  God,  and  knoweth 
God: 

8  He  that  loveth  not,  knoweth 
not  God ;  for  God  is  love. 

9  In  this  was  manifested  the 
love  of  God  ''in  us,  'that  God 
'hath  sent  his  '  Son,  the  only  be- 
gotten, into  the  world,  that  we 
might  live  through  him. 

10  Herein  is  love,  not  that 
"we  loved  God,  but  that  "he 
loved  us,  and  'sent  his  Son  ^  a 
propitiation  for  our  sins. 

11  Beloved,  if  God  so  loved 
us,  ^we  also  ought  to  love  one 
another. 

12  No  yone  hath  ''at  any  time 
seen  God :   if  we  love  one  an- 


"  The  only  instance  in  the  Epistle  of  ix  ϊοΰτου,  for  which, 
however,  Lachm.  alone  substitutes  h  tovHji- 

«  Seech.  2:29,  N.c,  &c. 

Ρ  See  ch.  2 :  29,  N.  d. 

1  '  In  our  case.'  Or  the  expression  may  refer  to  an  inward 
revelation  of  the  love  of  God,  consequent  upon  the  incarnation 
of  the  Son.  Comp.  Rom.  5  :  5  and  2  Cor.  4  :  6. — W.,  R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.  and  Bez.),  Dt.  viarg.  (Gr.  iii  ons, 
gelyk  ook  end.  v.  16.  of,  onder  ons.'),  Ft.  S.  viarg.  {jparmi)  ■- 
Hamra.,  Thom.,  {among),  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  De  W.,  (in  [an] 
uns ;-'  i.  e.  amor  Dei,'  says  Beng.  in  the  Gnom., '  qui  nunc  in 
nobis  est,  per  omnem  experientiam  spiritualem.'  And  De  W. 
refers  to  John  9  :  3.),  Dodd.,  Liicke  (connects  iv  ημίν  with 
ί^α,νί^Μθη,  and  considers  it  =  ί;μίν.  But  here,  as  occasionally 
elsewhere,  the  version,  gegen  uns,  does  not  answer  to  the  com- 
mentary.), Bloomf.  (iii  respect  of  us)  ;-Win.  §31.  6  :  '  The  love 
of  God  revealed  itself  ra  its  {an  uns),  which  is  certainly 
different  from  :  revealed  itself  to  us  {tins).'  In  §54. 5  he  adds  : 
•1  .John  4:  9  maybe  translated:  Therein  the  love  of  God 
made  itself  known  in  us ;  iv  ί;μΐν  I  would  not  make  imme- 
diately dependent  on  ο/γάΛη,  since  in  that  case  we  should  have 
ήίν  jj|Ut>•.'  Green  refers  to  Matt.  17:  12;  Gal.  1 :  10  ;  1  Cor. 
9:  15;  14:  11.     See  v.  16,  N.  1. 

■■  E.  v.,  V.  10;  &c.;-German  and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.;- 


Sharpe,  Murd.),  Wakef.  {in  that),  Mack.,  Newc,  Penn,  Kenr., 
Peile  {in  the  fact  that). 

•  '  For,  in  the  purpose  and  result  here  specified,  that  mission 
is  permanent  and  ever  operative.'  Comp.  the  aorist  of  v.  10 
(N.  v)  and  again  the  perfect  of  v.  14  (N.  g).— R.;-German  and 
French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.;-Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  Mack. 

"  See  ch.  3  :  24,  N.  j,  &c. 

'  '  Christ  was  once  offered  to  bear  the  sins  of  many  ...  He 
dieth  no  more.'     See  v.  9,  N.  s. 

^  There  is  nothing  for  the  E.  V.  supplement  in  W.,  R.  ;- 
Syr.,  Latin  verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Bez.)  ;-Wesl.,  Greenf.,  Kist., 

Jlurd. An  indefinite  article,  or  none,  is  employed  by  W., 

T.,  C,  G.,  R;-Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.,  Dodd.  and  the  later  En- 
glish verss..  Greenf.,  De  W. 

-  See  ch.  3:  16,  N.  t;  2  :  20,  N.  p,  &c.;  2  Pet.  1  :  14,  N. 
z,  &c. 

y  This  rendering  of  ον&ιΐς  (as  of  μη&ήί ;  see  ch.  3  :  7,  N.  s), 
when  used  without  a  substantive,  is  suitable  everywhere,  and 
occasionally  is  of  importance  to  the  sen.se ;  e.  g.  John  10  :  29 ; 
16  :  22 ;  &c.  See  Rev.  3  :  7.  N.  p.  &c.— Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

^  @(6v  is  translated  last  in  the  clause  by  W.  ;-It.,  French 
verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Thom..  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr.     Of  English  verss. 


Hamm.,    Guyse,    Dodd.,    Wesl.   {because  ;-so   Thom.,   Scott,  |  R.  and  Peile  keep  it  first. 


46 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  IV. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

Other,  God  dwelleth  in  us,  and 
his  love  is  perfected  in  us. 

13  Hereby  know  we  that  we 
dwell  in  him,  and  he  in  us,  be- 
cause he  hath  given  us  of  his 
S[)ii-it. 

14  And  we  have  seen  and  do 
testify,  that  the  Father  sent  the 
Son  to  be  tlie  Saviour  of  the 
world. 

15  Whosoever  shall  confess 
that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God, 
God  dwelleth  in  him,  and  he  in 
God. 

16  And  we  have  known  and 
believed  the  love  that  God  hath 

_to  us.  God  is  love  :  and  he  that 
dwelledi  in  love,  dwelleth  in  God, 
and  God  in  him. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

'nulv  μένει,  xai  ri  ογάτΐη  avtov  tets- 
/{ειωμενη  εστίν  εν  r^nv. 

13  εν  ΐοιτω  γινόίΰχομεν  ση  εν 
αιτώ  μένομεν,  χού  αιτος  εν  'ψίν,  'ότι 
έχ  τον  Π,νενματος  αυτού  8ε8ίύχεν  γψιϊν. 

14  Και  'ψεΐς  τεθεάμεθα,  xai  μαρ- 
τνρονμεν  ότι  ο  TtaTrjp  άτΐΐΰταλχε  τον 
ι'ιον  G(.dTr,pa  τού  χάσμου. 

15  ος  αν  ομαΤχίγτ,ΟΎΐ  'at ι  'Ijyfforg 
εατιν  Ό  νιος  τον  θεοΓ,  Ό  θεός  εν  αΰτω 
μένει,  χαί  αϊτός  εν  τω  Θθώ. 

1G  Και  τομείς  εγνώχαμεν  xai  ηε- 
τίιστενχαμεν  την  άγάηην  rev  έχει  ό 
Θεός  εν  ήμιν.  6  Θεός  άγάτίτη  εστί,  χαί 
ό  μένων  εν  τγ  άγάτίΥΐ,  εν  τφ  Θεώ 
μένει,  xai  6  Θεός  εν  αιτώ. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

Other,  God  ^abideth  in  us,  and 
his  love  ''hath  been  perfected  in 
us. 

13  Hereby  "^we  know  that  we 
"•abide  in  him,  and  ''he  in  us,  be- 
cause he  hath  given  us  of  his 
Spirit. 

14  'We  also  have  seen,  and 
do  testily,  that  the  Father  ^hath 
sent  the  Son  ''  as  Saviour  of  the 
world. 

15  Whosoever  shall  confess 
that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God, 
God  'abideth  in  him,  and  Jhe  in 
God. 

IG  ''We  also  have  known  and 
believed  the  love  that  God  hath 
'in  us.  God  is  love,  and  he  that 
"■abideth  in  love  "abideth  in 
God,  and  God  in  him. 


'  See  ch.  3 :  17,  N.  x,  &c.  R.  ;-Hamm.  (at  v.  15),  Wells 
(abides),  WesL,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'•  Sec  2  Pot.  3  :  7,  N.  r,  &c.  Peile :  '  There  is  evidence  in  us 
of  His  love  having  fully  attained  its  end  .  . .  of  our  having  fully 
realized  His  love.'  Some  (Bens.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.)  =  is  per- 
fect or  complete. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  4,  N.  p. 

"  See  V.  12,  N.  a,  &c. 

•  Seech.  3:  24,  N.j,  &c. 

'  '  Tn  addition  to  this  experimental  assurance  (v.  13),  ice 
Apostles  have  a  historical  certainty.'  See  v.  11,  N.  x,  &c. 
— Aret.  ('testes  producit  oculatos  ipsos  Apostolos.'),  Beng. 
('ei  Mosmet  Sic  Joh.  15:  27.'),  Trol.  ('The  mention  of  see- 
ing- God  suggests  the  reference  to  himself  and  the  rest  of  the 
Apostles  [ vv.  14  sqq.]  as  eye-witnesses,  &c.'),  Poile  ('  Moreover, 
we  his  chosen  witnesses.'),  iScc. 

^  See  V.  0,  N.  s.  R.  ;-German  and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;- 
Guyse,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

''  See  V.  10,  N.  w.  For  as,  see  Fr.  S.;-Beng.,  Mey.,  AH.. 
De  W. 

'  See  ch.  3  :  17,  N.  x,  Ac. 

)  See  ch.  3  :  24,  N.  j,  &c. 

i<  'We  Christians.'  To  this  'peculiar  people'  is  especially 
revealed  the  love  of  God,  which,  first  manifested  in  the  mission 
of  His  Son  (vv.   14,  15),  is  now  also  'shed  abroad  in  their 


hearts'  (Rom.  5  :  5  iv  taii  χαρδίακ)•  See  v.  14,  N.  f,  &c. — 
Aret.  ('omnes  complectitur  fideles.').  Beng.  ('et  nos.  Ana- 
phora: coll.  V.  14.  not.  Est  hic  quoque  epitasis:  quare  mox 
iv  ήμϊν  proprie  valet  in  nobis.'),  Liicke  ('■ημηζ,  John  and  his 
readers ;  comp.  v.  C),  &c. 

1  See  N.  k,  and  v.  9,  N.  q.  The  common  construction  of  iv 
ημίν  here  and  in  v.  9  as  equivalent  to  lii  ημαζ,  though  approved 
by  Rob.  (who  follows  Bretsch.  in  citing  also  such  unsatisfactory 
cases  as  Luke  21 :  23  ;  2  Cor.  8  :  7  ;  2  Sam.  24 :  17  Sept.), 
cannot  be  justified,  1..  grammatically.  'On  the  whole,'  says 
Win.  5  54.  5.  'it  is  in  itself  quite  improbable,  that,  with  a  clear 
conception  of  dogmatic  relations,  the  apostles  should  have  puz- 
zled their  readers  by  saying  iv  for  εϊί,  or  rice  versa.  At  least 
they  were  able  to  write  εί;  just  as  easily  as  the  interpreters, 
who  will  smuggle  in  this  preposition.'  And  again  Trol. :  'The 
primary  import  of  iv  and  lif  is  so  opposite,  that  the  use  of  the 
former  instead  of  the  latter,  as  advocated  by  manj'  commenta- 
tors, seems  to  be  very  doubtful ;  and  indeed  it  will  be  found 
that  the  verbs  implying  motion,  with  which  it  is  sometimes 
found,  generally  involve  the  idea  of  rest  also:' — or,  2.,  in  accord- 
ance with  John's  style  of  doctrine  and  diction.  Comp.  w.  12, 
13,  15 ;  ch.  2  :  5  ;  3 :  17  (for  in  this  last  passage  also  ij  άγάΛη 
toi  Θίοΐ  may  mean  that  Divine  love  which  appeared  in  the 
vicarious  death  of  the  cross,  v.  IC) ;  John  17:  26;  &c. — W., 
G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.  and  Bez.),  Dt.  mars:  ;- 
Hamm.  (among  us),  Bloomf.  (allows  either  construction), 
Berl.  Bib.  (in  uns  ;-and  so  De  W.,  who  explains  iv  as  marking 
'the  object  of  the  love,  and  at  the  same  time  the  medium  in 
which  it  sliows  itself,  and  as  it  were  dwells.  Comp.  John  17 : 
2G.'),  Peile  ('  the  love  which  God  hath  set  upon  us.'). 

">  See  ch.  3  :  17,  N.  x,  &c. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  IV. 


47 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

17  Herein  is  our  love  made 
perfect,  that  we  may  have  bold- 
ness in  the  day  of"  judgment: 
because  as  he  is,  so  are  we  in 
this  world. 

IS  There  is  no  fear  in  love ; 
but  perfect  love  casteth  out  fear: 
because  fear  hath  torment.     He 


GREEK    TEXT. 


17  Έν  τούτω  τετελείίύΤαι  ή  άγά- 
τΐη  μεθ'  τ^αών,  ίνα  τϊαρρησίαν  εχωμεν 
έν  τ/7  τμεροί  τ%  κρίσεως,  ση  καΟως 
έχείνός  εστί,  χαϊ  γιμεϊς  εσμεν  εν  τω 
χόαμω  τούτω. 

1 S  φόβος  ονχ  εστίν  εν  τγ  άγάτΐγ, 
αλλ'  ri  τελεία  άγαη-η  εζω  βάλλει  τον 
φόβον,  'ότι  ό  φόβος  xo7m.qiv  εγεν  ο 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"17  Herein  "hath  ρ  love  Pwith  us 
been  iperfected,  that  we  ""should 
have  'confidence  in  the  day  of 
judgment,  '  because  as  "He  is  ' 
are  ''we  also  in  this  world. 

IS  There  is  no  fear  in  love, 
but  perfect  love  casteth  out  fear; 
because  fear  hath  ""punishment: 


■■  The  connection  of  thought,  on  which  depend  the  translation 
and  punctuation  of  the  verse,  is  this  :  '  As  the  end  of  faith  {to 
ϊίλοί  fjj;  rtt'dTfuj,  1  Pet.  1 :  9),  and  the  satisfaction  of  hope 
(Tit.  2 :  13),  so  likewise  the  consummation  of  love,  the  other 
divine  element  in  which  the  Christian  community  lives,  moves, 
and  has  its  being,  is  found  only  in  a  fearless,  joyful  meeting  with 
that  Saviour  at  his  coming,  whom  having  not  seen  we  love,  and, 
in  loving,  are  even  now  changed  into  the  same  image,  this  being 
the  only  evidence  that  we  are  his,  and  so  a  sure  ground  of  our 
confidence.'  Aug.  thus  expresses  it :  '  Quisquis  fiduciam  habet 
in  die  judicii,  perfecta  est  in  illo  charitas.  .  .  Qiiare  habemus 
fiduciam'?  Ο,ιάα  sicut  ille  est,  el  nos  sumits  in  hoc  miindo.' 
Lilcke,  thus :  '  Therein  shows  itself  the  perfecting  of  our  mutual 
love,  that  we  (or  then  is  our  love  perfected,  when  we)  can  have 
confidence  in  the  day  of  judgment,  because  (o-rt)  we  (or:  in  so 
far,  that  is,  as  we,  comp.  ch.  3  :  9,  but  especially  3 :  14,  where 
instead  of  iVa  and  oft  is  a  double  6rt)  so  walk  in  the  world,  as 
Christ  (has  walked,  loving  the  brethren).'  And  De  W.,  with 
a  larger  and  truer  conception  of  ^  ayartt],  thus:  'Love,  proceed- 
ing from  God,  manifested  in  the  mission  of  Christ,  taken  up 
into  the  communion  of  the  faithful,  trained  after  the  pattern  of 
Christ,  has  then  reached  its  mark,  whtn,  as  confiding  children 
to  their  father,  we  draw  nigh  without  any  fear.' 

"  See  ch.  2 :  5,  N.  k. 

ρ  See  N.  n.  E.  V.  is  almost  alone  (one  or  two  of  the  later 
English  verss.  and  Mey.  follow  it)  in  turning  μιθ'  ημΰν  into  the 
possessive  pronoun.  On  the  contrary•,  the  Syr.,  Vulg.,  &c., 
expressly  interpret  the  ο/γάΛη  as  denoting  God's  love  to  us. — 
E.  V.  m'ar^.;-W.,  T.  (in  ms;-so  C,  G.),  R.;-Syr.  (=  ^:riV), 

τ  • 

Latin  verss.  (?io6iscMOT;-except  Pagn.  in  nobis  [so  Aug.]  and 
Castal.),  German  verss  (bei  Ji'is  ;-except  Moldenh.  in  iins.  and 
Lticke  ztiiter  tins),  Dt.  (bij  ons).  It.  (inverso  noi).  Fr.  G.,-M.. 
(envers  nous).  Fr.  S.  (par  rapport  ά  nous)  ;-Engl.  Ann., 
Hamm.,  B.  and  L.  (pour  nous).  Dodd.,  Mack.,  (as  IV.).  Gill 
('or,  with  tis'),  Pyle  (toward  us i-hut  cites  as  parallel  Paul's 
a;opt5  μιθ'  νμων.).  Wakef.,  Newc.  and  Thom.  (among  us), 
Sharpe,  De  W.  (•  with  [among]  Jis  [2  John  2]  belongs  to  the 
verb,  and  marks  the  Christian  community  as  the  province 
or  dwelling-place  of  love.').  Barn,  (■within  or  in  ;is'),  Bonar, 
Comment,  on  Leviticus,  ch.  8,  ('He  calls  it,  as  if  the  name, 
Immanuel,  were  running  in  his  mind,  the  love  with  us;  i.  e., 
God's  display  of  love  to  us,  v.  16.  in  his  Son ;  which  is  now 
our  property.'),  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 


=1  E.  v.,  ch.  2:  5;  4:  12;  &c.-R.  ;-Hamm.,  Dodd.,  Mack., 
Newc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  T.,  C,  G.;-De  W.  ('iW  ΛαμΙιηαίαν  χτλ.  is  dependent  on  iv 
■ίονίψ,  and  the  construction  is  as  John  15 :  8.  iVa  expresses 
the  work  of  the  ■κ'ΚίΜαΐζ.''),  Green  (refers  for  a  similar  use  of 
iva  to  ch.  5:  3;  3  John  4.). 

•  E.  v.,  ch.  2 :  28 ;  3 :  21 ;  5  :  14 ;  &c.  ;-Engl.  Ann.  ('  orjree- 
dom,  or,  confidence').  Wells,  Guyse,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Penn,  Bloomf.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  This  is  the  punctuation  of  the  original  edition  of  E.  V.,  and 
is  better  than  any  thing  that  has  been  substituted  for  it  since, 
whether  oft  χτλ.  be  connected  immediatel}'  with  h  tovtsj  or, 
as  I  prefer,  with  the  intermediate  clause.  See  N.  n. — All  the 
recent  editors  (except  Mey.,  Sch.)  and  very  many  verss.  have 
a  comma. 

"  Seech.  2:  6,  N.  1. 

'«See  V.  11,  N.  X,  &c. 

"  '  That  is  what  properly  belongs  to  the  unfilial  spirit  (Rom. 
8 :  15,  Λνίνμα  έουλΕΐ'αί  fij  φόβον)  at  the  hand  of  God,  and  is 
even  now,  in  the  very  anticipation  itself  (φοβερό  τΐζ  ίχ&οχη  xfi- 
UfQj  Heb.  10:27),  m  a  measure  realized.'  Comp.  the  use  of 
ΐχΐΛ  in  Matt.  6:1;  John  3:  36;  Heb.  10:  35;  &c. — Elsewhere 
χόλοσίί  occurs  but  once,  Matt.  25 :  46,  and  is  there  in  E.  V. 
punishment ;  χοχάζομαι,  occurring  twice,  is  in  E.  V.  to  punish  ;- 
Syr.  (the  word  used  is  translated  in  Tremell.,  irritatio ;  P., 
pavor,  to  which  Castell  adds,  cum  quadam  desperatione ; 
Trost,  concitatio,  to  which  Gutbir  adds,  periculum  ;  Murd., 
peril),  Vulg.  (poenam),  Dt.  marg.  ('of,  straffing^),  Fr.  S. 
(  punition)  ;-Aret.  ('consequentes,  imo  concomitantes  poenas'), 
Berl.  Bib.,  Lticke,  De  W.,  (Strafe -,-ίον  Luth.'s  Pein),  Wakef, 
Scott  ('or,  punishment'),  Lticke  ('Fear  [before  God,  in  the 
judgment]  rests  on  the  consciousness  of  deserved  punishment, 
but  (Si)  the  fear  of  punishment  is  abolished  by  a  perfected, 
serene,  confiding  love.  Not,  as  some  would  have  it,  fear  is 
punished,  but,  fear  has  in  itself  punishment,  is  connected  with 
the  consciousi^ss  of  punishment,  xoxaotj,  comp.  Matt.  25 :  46 ; 
2  Mace  4:  38.'),  Greenf  (;i'Jy),  Penn  ;-Steph.,  Scap.,  Wahl, 

Pass.,  L.  and  S.,  Rob. 


48 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.    CHAP.  V. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

that  fearelh,  is  not  made  perfect 
in  love. 

1 9  We  love  him,  because  he 
first  loved  us. 

20  If  a  man  say,  I  love  God, 
and  liatetli  his  brother,  he  is  a 
liar.  For  he  that  loveth  not  his 
brotiier,  whom  he  hath  seen,  how 
can  he  love  God,  whom  he  hath 
not  seen  ? 

21  And  this  commandment 
have  we  innn  him.  That  he  who 
loveih  God,  love  his  brother  also. 

CHAP.  v. 

Whosoever  believeth  that  Je- 
sus is  the  Christ,  is  born  of  God: 
and  every  one  that  loveth  him 
that  begat,  loveth  him  also  that 
is  begotten  of  him. 

2  By  this  we  know  that  we 
love  the  children  of  God,  when 
we  love  God,  and  keep  his  com- 
mandments. 

3  For  this  is  the  love  of  God, 
that  we  keep  his  commandments ; 
and  his  commandments  are  not 
grievous. 

4  For  whatsoever  is  born  of 


GREEK    TEXT. 

5έ  φοβονμενος  ov  τετελε/υται  fV  τγ 
άγαηγι. 

19  fifigig  άγατίώμεν  aiVoi',  oTt 
αιητός  τιρώτος  ηγαηησεν  τι/ιάς. 

20  'Εάν  tig  eiTtri,  "Or ι  α/ατιώ  τον 
Θεϋν,  χαί  τον  ά^ε'λφον  αΐ^τον  μιΟγ, 
•^ενατγις  εστίν  ό  γαρ  μη  άγαηων  τον 
ά^ελφον  αντον  Όν  εώρακε,  Τον  Θεόν 
όν  ουχ  εώραχε,  πώς  δΐυ^αται  άγατχάν ; 

21  και  'Ται'ΐ>7ν  Tr(v  ενΤολ%ν  εχο 
μεν  απ  αύτον,  Ίνα  ο  αγαπών  Tor 
Θεόν,  «χατία  και  τον  ά^ελφόν  ανΤον. 

CHAP.   ν. 

ΠΑ2  ό  πιστενίόν  δτι  Ίγ;σονς  εστιν 
6  Χριστός,  εκ  του  Θεον  γεγεννηταν 
και.  τιάς  ο  άγατιών  τόν  ^εί'ί'ν^,σΓΧί'Τα 


αχαττα    και    τον    γεγενντ,μενον 
αντον. 


IC 


2  εν  τοντφ  γινωσκομεν  οΤι  αγοτ 
τΐώμεν  τα  τεκί'α  του  Θεον,  οταν  τόν 
θεόν  άγατίώμεν,  χαί  τας  έντο'λας  αυ- 
τού ΤΥΐρώμεν. 

3  αίτ)7  γάρ  ίστιν  ή  αγάπη  τον 
Θεον,  Ίνα  τας  εντοΤης  αϊτού  τηροτ 
μεν  χαί  αί  εντολαί  αϊτού  βαρειαι 
ονχ  είσίν. 

4  'ότι  τΐάν  το  γεγενίΎΐμένον  εκ  τον 


REVISED    VERSION. 

^but   he    that   fearelh   ''hath   not 
been  ^perfected  in  love. 

19  We  love  him,  because  "he 
iirst  loved  us. 

20  If  ''any  one  say :  I  love  God, 
and  hateth  his  brother,  he  is  a 
liar;  lor  he  that  loveih  not  his 
brother  whom  lie  hath  seen,  how 
can  he  love  God  whom  he  hath 
not  seen  ? 

21  And  this  commandment 
have  we  from  him,  "^ihat  he  who 
loveth  God  love  ""also  his  brother. 

CHAP.    V. 

"Every  one  that  believeth  that 
Jesus  is  the  Christ  ''hath  been 
■■begotten  of  God  ;  and  every  one 
that  loveth  him  that  begat,  loveth 
him  also  that  ''hath  been  begotten 
of  him. 

2  ''Hereby  we  know  that  we 
love  the  children  of  God,  when 
we  love  God,  and  keep  his  com- 
mandments. 

3  For  this  is  the  love  of  God, 
that  we  keep  his  commandments  ; 
and  his  commandments  are  not 
'burdensome. 

4  For  ''all  that  ^hath  been  ''be- 


"  '  And  therefore  the  doctrine  of  v.  17  holds  good.'  See 
2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r,  and  Lucke  under  N.  w.— W.  ;-Sj'r.,  Latin 
verss.  (except  Castal.),  Germ.  ;-All.,  De  W.  Most  others  give 
the  Si,  but  either  as  a  mere  copula,  or  as  an  illative  particle. 

y.Seech.  2:5,  N.  k. 

'  See  V.  17,  N.  q. 

»  See  ch.  3:  24,  N.  j,  &c. The  construction:  Let  us  love 

him,  appears  in  Syr.,  Vulg.  and  its  followers,  Ar.,  German  verss.. 
Dt.  mai-g.;-Grot.,  Hamm.  (as  allowable  ;-and  so  Whitb.,  Clarke), 
15.  and  L•.,  Pyle,  Carpz.,  Wakef.,  Ros.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Trol.  ;- 
and  is  explained  by  De  W.  thus :  '  He  exhorts  to  the  love  of 
God,  because  this  is  the  root  of  brotherly  love.  Its  connection 
with  the  latter  he  shows  in  v.  20  as  well  as  in  v.  12.'  But  the 
closer  connection  may  easily  be,  as  indicated  in  our  Text,  and 
that  of  Beng.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  with  v.  18,  whose  general  state- 
ments are  here  exemplified  and  confirmed  ;  as  if  he  had  said : 
'  We,  for  example,  could  only  have  feared  God,  had  not  the 
manifestation  and  experience  of  His  own  prior,  sovereign  love 

enkindled  ours.' Lachm.  and  Tisch.  cancel  the  avtav.    The 

former  also  inserts  ow  after  ίιμίΐί,  and  substitutes  ϋ  θιός  for 


»'See2Pet.  2:19,  Ν.  η. 
'■  See  ch.  3 :  23,  Ν.  h. 

■^  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Dodd,  (also  love  his  br.),  Murd., 
Kenr. 

"  So  E.  V.  in  the  second  clause ;  and  see  ch.  2 :  23,  N.  x. 

"  See  ch.  2 :  29,  N.  c,  &c. 

'  So  E.  V.  in  the  second  clause,  and  see  ch.  2 :  29,  N.  d. 

•^  E.  V.  elsewhere  (0  times)  in  this  Epistle,  when  h  to-utcj,  is 

thus  connected  with  ynuaxu  ;-Wesl.,  Newc. For  ϊηρϊ^μιν, 

Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  Λοιί^μεν. 

'  Comp.  Matt.  11 :  30 ;  23 :  4 ;  Acts  15  :  10.— "W.,  B.,  (heavy) ; 
-Syr.  (an  in  Matt.  2Z:  4),  Latin  verss.  (graria).  German  verss. 
(schwei•),  Dt.  (zwaar),  It.  (gravi),  Fr.  S.  (pesants)  ;-Hamm., 
Wakef.,  Bam.,  Kenr.,  (as  W.),  Mack.,  Clarke,  Murd.,  Peile. 

<  W.  (all  thing  that),  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Tulg..  Germ., 
Dt.,  It.  (tut/n  (fiello  che),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (tout  ce  qui)  ;-Erasm., 
Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Scott  (all 
that  which).  All..  Barn,  (every  thing  which),  Kenr.,  Lucke. 

'  Seoch.  2:29,  N.c,  &c. 
"  Seech.  2:29,  N.d. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  V. 


49 


KING   JAMEs'    VERSION. 

God,  overcometh  the  world:  and 
this  is  the  victory  that  overcom- 
eth the  world,  even  our  ihith. 

5  Who  is  he  that  overcometh 
tlie  world,  but  he  that  believeth 
that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God  ? 

6  This  is  he  that  came  by 
water  and  blood,  even  Jesus 
Christ;  not  by  water  only,  but 
by  water  and  blood.  And  it  is 
the  Spirit  that  beareth  witness, 
because  the  Spirit  is  truth. 

7  For  there  are  three  that  bear 
record  in  heaven,  the  Father, 
the  Word,  and  the  Holy  Ghost : 
and  these  three  are  one. 

8  And  there    are    three   that 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Θεοί»,  νικά  tov  κόσμον  και  ανΤη 
εστίν  ή  νίκη  η  νικήσααα  tov  κόσμον, 
ή  τϊίστις  ημωρ. 

5  tig  έστιν  6  νικών  τόν  κόσμον, 
ει  μη  6  τΐιστεύων  οΤι  Ίγισονς  εστιν  ό 
νως  τον  θεού ; 

6  Ουτός  εστιν  6  ελθων  bt  νδατος 
και  αίματος,  Ίγισονς  6  Χριστός•  ουκ 
εν  τώ  ν8ατι  μόνον,  αλλ'  εν  tQ  vSaTi 
και  τω  άίματι•  και  το  ηνενμά  έστι 
το  (.ιαρτνρονν  'ότι  το  ηνενμά  εστιν  ή 
αλήθεια. 

7  oTt  τρεις  είσιν  οΐ  μαγτνρονντες 
εν  τω  οίψανίύ,  ο  ΥΙαττβ,  ό  Αόγος,  και 
το  "Αγιον  ΎΙνενμα-  και  ούτοι  οί  τρεϊς 
εν  είσι. 

8  χαϊ  Τρεις  είσιν  οί  μαρτιψονντες 


REVISED    VERSION. 

gotten  ot'  God  overcometh  the 
world;  and  this  is  the  victory 
thai  'overcometh  the  world,  J  our 
faith. 

''5  Who  is  he  that  overcometh 
the  world,  but  he  that  believeth 
that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God? 

6  This  is  he  that  came  by 
water  and  blood,  '  Jesus  ""the 
Christ ;  not  "with  "the  water  only, 
but  "with  "the  water  and  "the 
blood ;  and  ^the  Spirit  is  that 
which  ilestifieth,  because  the 
Spirit  is  truth. 

7  For  ''ihey  are  three  that  'tes- 
tify *[in  heaven,  the  Father,  the 
Word,  and  the  Holy  "Spirit;  and 
these  three  are  one. 

8  And   ^they  are   three   that 


'  '  Did,  or  has  done,  so  in  our  case,  and  alone  has  power  to 
do  so  in  any  case.'  The  Greek  aorist,  according  to  the  best 
usage,  does  not  exclude  the  last  of  these  ideas,  which  harmo- 
nizes the  clause  as  a  general  statement  with  the  immediate  con- 
text, and  requires  for  its  expression  the  English  present.  'All 
the  children  of  God  overcome  the  world,  and  the  victorious 
■weapon  of  their  warfare  is  their  faith.' 

i  W.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Latin  verss.  (except  Bez.  nempe')  ;-Wakef. 
and  Green  (at  v.  6),  All.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  Several 
(Germ.,  Wakef.,  &c.)  here  change  the  construction  into:  our 
faith  is  &c. 

'^  A  reiteration,  in  the  way  of  challenge  to  produce  an  instance 
to  the  contrary,  of  the  general  statement  of  v.  4,  ovfi;  eativ  η 
νίχη  χτλ.,  accompanied  by  a  more  specific  description  of  faith, 
the  spiritual  weapon. 

1  See  V.  4,  N.  j. 

"  Some  MSS.  omit  the  article.  But  there  are  other  passages, 
in  which  ό  Xpufoj  unquestionably  occurs  as  an  appellative, 
where  E.  V.  treats  it  as  a  proper  name ;  e.  g.  Matt.  2:4;  22 : 
42;  Mark  15:  32;  John  7:  31,  41,  42;  &c.— E.  V.,  v.  1;  ch. 
2:  22;  Matt.  16:  16,20;  &c.;-Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Dodd.,  Moldenh., 
Carpz.  (ilium),  Wakef,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  De  W.  ('  Ίησ.  i  Xptsroj  is  in  apposition  with  the  whole 
clause,  so  that  Ί,^σοΐ;  ^οίτο;,  and  ίΧρισΐόί^ό  ϊλθων  χΐλ'), 
Murd.,  Peile  ;-Rob.,  Green. 

"Tittm. :  'Idem  indicat'  (as  the  previous  8t' ιδ.),  'sedcogi- 
tatur  tantura  eadem  res  diverse  modo.  Et  in  ilia  quidem  for- 
mula cogitatur  causa  ipsa,  per  quara  eflectum  est,  ut  venerit,  in 
hac  autem  cogitatur  accidens,  quod  conjunctum  fuit  cum  ad- 
ventu  sic,  ut  siraul  utrumque  fieret  et  conspiceretur.'  Win. 
§  52.  a:  'It  is  quite  common  for  iv  to  be  used  of  that,  with 


which  one  is  (externally)  provided,  which  he  brings  with  him; 
Heb.  9 :  25  ciaijixstai  iv  αί>αη ;  1  Cor.  4:21;  1  Kings  1 :  25  ; 
Xen.  Cyrop.  2,  3.  14.— Germ.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Guyse, 
Carpz.,  Newc,  Lticke,  Mey.,  Penn,  Peile  {under  the  form  of). 
Most  of  these  and  of  other  verss.  make  no  distinction  between 
the  hia  and  the  iv. 

"  E.  v.,  V.  8  ;-Dt.,  French  verss.  ;-Wesl.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  All., 
De  W.,  Murd.  ;-Green.  The  French  verss.  and  Murd.  also 
insert  the  article  before  these  nouns  in  the  first  clause. 

Ρ  The  Greek  order  and  construction  of  to  jtv.  are  preserved 
by  ■W.;-foreigTi  verss.  (except  the  French)  ;-Dodd.,  Thorn.,  Penn, 
Murd.,  Peile. 

■!  See  ch.  1 :  2,  N.  1. 

"■  The  tialv  is  here  a  simple  copula,  not  a  verb  of  existence. — 
Foreign  verss.  generally  (except  the  French,  il  y  en  a  trois  qui) 
follow  the  Greek  order  ;-Penn. 

•  See  ch.  1 :  2,  N.  1. 

«  The  words  inclosed  within  brackets  are  cancelled  by  Griesb. 
and  (excepting  Knapp,  Bloomf.,  Theile,  who  bracket  them)  all 
the  later  editors.  Liicke  asserts,  that  they  are  '  demonstrably 
spurious.  No  result  of  modern  criticism  is  more  certain  than 
the  spuriousness  of  this  passage.'  For  the  evidence  on  which 
this  decision,  now  generally  acquiesced  in,  rests,  see  Clarke. 
Home,  Lticke,  De  W.,  Dav.  (Biblical  Criticism,  1852,  Vol.  II. 
pp.  403-426).  I  recommend  that  the  words  be  transferred  to 
the  margin,  as  the  reading  of  two  or  three  inferior  MSS. ;  in 
which  case  a  comma  would  be  inserted  after  testify. 

"  See  2  Pet.  1 :  21,  N.  f. 

'  See  V.  7,  N.  r. 


50 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  V. 


KING     JAMES      VERSION. 

Ικ'ίΐΓ  witness  in  earth,  the  spirit, 
and  the  water,  and  the  blond  : 
and  these  three  agree  in  one. 

9  If  we  receive  the  Λvitness 
of  men,  the  witness  of  God  is 
greater  :  for  this  is  the  witness 
of  God  which  he  hath  testified 
of  his  Son. 

10  He  that  belicvcth  on  the 
Son  of  God  hath  the  witness  in 
himself:  he  that  believeth  not 
God,  hath  made  him  a  liar,  be- 
cause he  believeth  not  the  record 
that  God  gave  of  his  Son. 

11  And  this  is  the  record,  that 
God  hath  given  to  us  eternal  life  : 
and  this  lite  is  in  his  Son. 

12  He  that  hath  the  Son,  hath 
life ;  and  he  that  hath  not  the 
Son  of  God,  hath  not  life. 

13  These  things  have  I  writ- 
ten unto  you  that  believe  on  the 


GREEK    TEXT.  REVISED    VERSION. 

'"testify  on  earth,]  the  "Spirit,  and 
tlie  water,  and  the  blood  ;  and 
''the  three  ^agree  in  one. 

9  If  we  receive  the  ^testimony 
of  men,  the  "testimony  of  God  is 
greater  :  for  this  is  the  "testimony 
of  God  ''which  he  hath  testified 
''concerning  iiis  Son. 

10  He  that  believeth  ''in  the 
Son  of  God  hath  the  ■"testimony  f 

(ηίστεναν  W  Θεω,  '^ενατψ'  ne-  in  himself:  he  that  believeth  not  e 

God  hath  made  him  a  liar,  be- 
cause he  ''hath  not  believed  "Ίη 
the  "testimony  'which  God  hath 
Jtcstified  ''concerning  his  Son. 

11  And  this  is  the  'testimony, 
that  God  "gave  to  us  eternal 
life,  °  and  this  life  is  in  his  Son. 

12  He  that  hath  the  Son  hath 
life  ;  °  he  that  hath  not  the  Son  of 
God  hath  not  life. 


tv  Tyi  γγι,  το  τίνειψα,  κω  τό  ίίδωρ, 
χαϊ  τυ  αϊμα•  και  οί  τρεις  εις  τό  εν 
ειΰιν. 

9  Εί  ττ,ν  μαρτνρίαν  τύι•  άνθρώτκον 
ΤΜμβάνοιυεν,  τ,  jWapri^p/a  του  Θεού 
μείζον  εστίν  σΐι  αντγ}  εατϊν  τ,  μαρ- 
τυρία τον  Θεού,  τ(ν  μεμαρτνργιχε  τχερι 
τον  ν'ιον  αντον. 

10  ό  τΐιστει'ων  εις  τον  νίω>  τον 
Θεον,  έχει  Tr,v  /«αρτυρ/αν  εν  εαυτω 
ό  μή 

τχοίγιχεν  αιτον,  οτι  οι  τίΐτχιατενχεν 
εις  ΤΟ'  /!<αρτΐ)ρι'αΐ',  f.r  μεμαρτίργιχεν 
ό  Θεός  τίερί  τοί3  νΐον  αυτού. 

11  Και  αίτη  εατ'ιν  ή  («αρτυρ/α  ότι 
ζωην  αιώνων  έ&οκεν  ψιν  6  θεός•  χάι 
αντν]  Ύΐ  ζίοτ;  εν  τω  νιω  αίτον  έστιν. 

12  ό  έχΐύν  τ'αν  vii/v,  έχει  την  ζωήν 
6  μη  έχων  τον  wor  του  Θεον,  τΫ,ν 
ζί^,ν  ονκ  έχει. 

1:3  ΤΑΤΤΑ  έ^ρα-ι^ΛΧ  νμϊν  τοις  ηι- 
στενονσιν  εΙς  τό  ovofia  του  υιού  τον 


13  These  things  have  I  written 
unto   you   ^that  believe   "Ίη   the 


"  See  ch.  1 :  2,  N.  1. 

^  Here  also  this  name  lias  an  initial  capital  in  the  original 
edition  of  E.  V.  ;-Vulg•.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Pagn.,  Vat., 
Tremell.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Eng.  Ann.,  Haniin.,  Coco.,  Wolf.,  Beng.. 
Guyse,  Dodd.,  AVesL,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke,  Penn,  Barn.. 
Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  Some  of  these  have,  ff'aier,  Blood;  while 
others,  who  use  no  capital,  nnderi-tand  by  riv.  the  Holy  Spirit. 

y  The  demonstrative  pronoun  (which  comes  from  the  Vulg.) 
is  not  employed  by  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-Peile. 

•  '  Agree  in  the  one'  thing  or  testimony,  to  wit,  that  .Jesus  is 
the  Son  of  God  (v.  5).  Or  (and  this  I  recommend  to  be  set  in 
the  margin) :  '  Amount  to  the  one'  already  mentioned  (v.  6) 
as  that  which  testifies;  that  one  and  the  self-same  Spirit  work- 
ing all  in  all  (I  Cor.  12:  3-11).  The  former  .sense,  with  or 
without  the  article,  is  the  one  generally  adopted,  the  E.  V. 
expression  of  it  being  borrowed,  through  G.,  from  Bez.  (accord- 
ing to  some  editions),  and  by  Bez.,  from  Pagn. ;  in  unum  con- 
sentiunt.    Calv.  has  in  unum  conveniunt. 

•  E.  v.,  14  times  out  of  .37 ;  and  so  for  μαριύριον,  15  times 
out  of  19  ;-Ιί.  ;-Guy.se,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Mack.,  Newc, 
Thorn.,  Scott,  Penn,  Bloomf  (at  v.  10),  Murd.,  Kcnr.  Most 
verss.  use  a  cognate  substantive  and  verb  here  and  in  v.  10. 

*■  For  ην,  Lachm  and  Tisch.  read  6ti. 
'  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  d. 

•  So  E.  V.  renders  εί;  after  ΛιοτΈιίω,  11  times  j-W.  (inio). 
G.,  R.  ;-Syr ,  German  ver.-is.  (an).  Dt.,  It.  ;-Erasni.  and  the 
later  Latin  verss.,  except  Ca.stal.,  (in  Filiiiin  •,-{οτ  the  A'^ulg. 
Filio),  Dodd.,  Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 


'  See  V.  9,  N.  a. 

"■  Lachm.  inserts  tov  ^toi  before  h  iavt^.     So  the  Vulg. 

^  For  ©f9,  Lachm.  has  via.     So  the  Vulg. 

!■  E.  v.,  John  3  :  18 ;  10 :  27  ;  &c.  ;-T.,  C,  G.,  (believed)  ;- 
Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G..-M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.  and  the  later  Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.),  Berl.Bib.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Penn,  Sharpe 
(as  T.),  De  W.,  Peile.     E.  V.  follows  the  Vulg. 

I  E.  v.,  v.  9  ;-R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc, 
Thorn.,  Scott,  Murd.,  Konr. 

i  See  V.  9,  N.  a,  and  ch.  1 :  2,  N.  1. 

k  See  ch.  1 :  1,  N.  d. 

1  See  V.  9,  N.  a. 

">  'When  He  gave  CJohn  3:  lG,Uuxiv)  His  only  begotten 
Son.' — W.  ;-Sharpe. 

"  The  last  clause  forming  part  of  the  divine  testimony,  the 
punctuation  of  the  late  critical  editors  (except  Sch.),  of  the 
original  edition  of  E.  V.,  of  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  Revision. 
&c.,  is  preferred. 

"  W.,  R.  ;-forcign  verss.  (except  Syr.  ;-Moldenh.,  Greenf.)  ;- 
Well.s,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

Ρ  After  νμΐν,  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Ilahii, 
Tisch.,  read :  iVa  ciSijti  oVt  ζωην  αίώνίο»  tz^^^  [Lachm.,  Hahn, 
Tisch.  :  ζ.  ίχ.  αιών.],  οί  rtiativoviti  lii  to  όνομα  tov  vlov  tov 
^foi,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  and  many  minor  MSS. ;  Syr., 
Vulg.,  &c.  I  recommend  that  the  following  note  appear  in  the 
margin:  'Or,  as  many  road:  that  ye  matj  know  that  ye  have 
eternal  life,  who  believe  in  the  name  nfthe  Son  of  uod.' 

0  See  V.  10,  N.  d. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  V. 


51 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

name  of  the  Son  of  God ;  that 
ye  may  know  that  ye  have  eter- 
nal life,  and  that  ye  may  believe 
on  the  name  of  the  Son  of  God. 

14  And  this  is  the  confidence 
that  we  have  in  him,  that  if  we 
ask  any  thing  according  to  his 
will,  he  heareth  us  : 

15  And  if  we  know  that  he 
hear  us,  whatsoever  we  ask,  we 
know  that  we  have  the  petitions 
that  we  desireti  of  him. 

IG  If  any  man  see  his  brother 
sin  a  sin  which  is  not  unto  death, 
he  shall  ask,  and  he  shall  give 
him   life  for  them  that   sin  not 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Θεον,  'ίνα  ε'ώητε  on  ζω-hi'  ΐχετε  αιώ- 
νων, χαχ  ίνα  ταστενητε  εις  τό  όνομα 
του  νϊον  τον  θεού. 

14  Και  αύτη  εστίν  ή  τΐαρρησία  ην 
εχομεν  τίρος  αντον,  ότι  εάν  τι  οατώ- 
μεθα  κατά  τό  θέλημα  αντον,  άχονει 
τ^ιών 

15  χαι  έαν  oihai-tsv  ση  άχονει  'αμών, 
δ  αν  αιτώμεθα,  οΊ^α^ιεν  ότι  εχομεν  τα 
αίΤ/ί,ίίατα  ά  Ι^τήχαμεν  τχαρ  αντον. 

16  ^Έ,άν  Τις  ihrt  τον  ά^ελφον  αϊτού 
άίίαρτάΐ'οΐ'τα  ά(ίαρτ('αΐ'  μη  τίρύς  θά- 
νατον,  αιτήσει,  χαί  δώσει  αιτώ  ζωήν, 
τοις  αμαρτάνουσι  μη  τΐρόζ  θάνατον. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

name  of  the  Son  of  God,  that  ye 
may  know  that  ye  have  eternal 
life,  and  that  ye  may  believe  'in 
the  name  of  the  Son  of  God. 

14  And  this  is  the  confidence 
that  we  have  'towards  him,  that, 
if  we  ask  anything  according  to 
his  will,  he  heareth  us: 

15  And  if  we  know  that  he 
'heareth  us,  whatsoever  we  ask, 
we  know  that  we  have  the  peti- 
tions that  we  'have  "asked  "from 
him. 

16  If  any  "^one  see  his  brother 
''sinning  a  sin  ''  not  unto  death,  he 
shall  ask,  and  ^  shall  give  him 
life,  ^even  to  them  that  sin  not 


■■  E.  V.  inarg.  {concerning),  but  elsewhere  ofton.  toicaid.  in 
the  same  or  similar  relations,  as  ch.  3  :  21  ;  Acts  24 :  16  ;  2  Cor. 
3:  4;-W.  {to),  R.  {toward) -,-^^ΐ.  {=)),   Vulg.  (ad),  German 

verss.  (z!<;-except  Moldenh.,  gegen),  Dt.  {tot),  It.  {appo),  Fr. 
S.  {aupres  de)  ;-Erasin.,  Pagn.,  \'at.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  {apud),  Calv., 
Ros.,  {erga).  Casta].,  Cocc,  {as  Vulg.).  Hamm.  {as  R.),  Dodd.. 
Wakef.,  Mack,  {with),  Sharpe,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  G.  ;-Hamm.  and  Wells  (give  hears  as  the  common  vers.), 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack,  {hearkeneth;- and  so  Thom., 
Penn),  Newc,  Bloomf.,  Murd.  The  Vulg.  omits  εάν,  and  so 
W.,  R.,  Kenr.,  {heareth).  ■ 

•  'It  follows  that  no  such  prayer  (χαΐά  to  θ(\•ημα,  αυτοί)  has 
ever  been  offered  by  us  in  vain,  but  in  answer  to  it  we  have,  in 
present  possession  or  in  certain  reversion,  the  very  blessing 
sought.' — G.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Vulg.  ;-Pagn.,  B.  and  L., 
Mey.  [lias  GebeteneJ,  All.  [(/es  Erbetene]) -,-Όοάά.,  Wesl., 
Mack.,  Thom.,  Penn. 

"  W. ;- Wells,  Dodd.  and  the  later  English  verss.,  translate 
αϊϊΕω  by  the  same  verb,  to  ask  (except  that  here  Wakef.  has, 
asked  for),  throughout  vv.  14—10.  A  similar  uniformity'  is 
found  in  the  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Moldenh., 
Mey.,  Greenf.,  De  W. 

'  See  ch.  3 :  22,  N.  f.     Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  art'  avtoi. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

»  '  Entering  into  the  region  and  shadow  of  death,  but  still 
within  reach  of  divine  grace.' — Fr.  S.  ;-Calv.,  Cocc,  Beng., 
Mack.,  Thom.  {committing),  Peile. 

'  E.  v.,  vv.  16,  17  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Bez.),  Germ.. 
Dt. ;- Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Liicke,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Kenr. 

'  Aitrjcfi  xai  δώοΓΕ t  (Erasra.)  =  aitM'  δώίί i,  he  shall,  by  ask- 
ing, give  ;-the  one  is  tantamount  to  the  other.  As  God  'speaks, 
and  it  is  done,'  so  is  it  with  the  prayer,  even  the  intercession, 


of  faith.  This  construction  of  the  two  verbs  with  the  same 
subject,  1.,  is  the  most  obvious  and  natural  ;-2.,  falls  in  with 
the  tenor  of  the  context,  vv.  14-lG,  respecting  prayer  ;-3.,  affords 
a  striking  example  of  apostolic  καβμηαία  (v.  14)  on  that  topic  ;- 
and,  4.,  is  in  harmony  with  the  usage  of  Scripture,  ascribing  to 
faith  and  prayer  the  efficacy  and  results  of  the  Divine  working. 
Comp.  :Matt."9  :  22 ;  1  Tim.  4 :  16 ;  .James  5 :  15-20 ;  Rev.  II : 
6;  &c. — Erasra.  ('Subest  et  alius  scrupulus,  quid  referatur  ad 
verbum  dabi!,  Deus  an  qui  petit.  Nam  et  qui  impetrat,  alteri 
quodammodo  dat.'),  Calv.  (•  Ostendit  autem  in  manu  esse  re- 
medium,  quo  fratres  fratribus  succurrant.  Vitam,  inquit,  per- 
eunti  restituet.  qui  pro  eo  orabit.  Quamquam  vcrbum  dabit 
referri  ad  Deum  potest:  acsi  dictum  esset :  Fratris  vitam  Deus 
concedet  precibus  nostris.  Verum  idem  semper  trit  sensus,  eo 
usque  valere  fidelium  preces,  ut  fratrem  a  morte  eripiant.  Si 
de  homine  intelligas,  quod  det  fratri  vitam,  hyperbolica  erit 
loquutio :  nihil  tamen  continebit  absurdi.  Nam  quod  gratuita 
Dei  bonitate  nobis  concessum  est,  imo  quod  in  gratiam  nostram 
aliis  conceditur,  dicimur  aliis  dare.'),  Zeg.  ('Sensus  est,  Petet 
.  ..et  sic  petens  dabit.''),  Vorst.,  Newc.  {shall  obtain  life  for 
him;-so  Ros.,  precibus  impetrare),  Liicke  (prefers  this  con- 
struction), Mey.  {er  wird  dadurch),  De  W.,  Peilc  (•  and  give 
him — or  what  amounts  to  the  same  thing,  and  God  will  give 
him.').  As  the  ca.se  may  be  considered  a  doubtful  one,  I  re- 
commend that  the  other  construction,  which  has  generally  pre- 
vailed, and  is  still  retained  by  Win.,  &c.,  be  set  in  the  margin. 

«  This  clause,  while  it  again  restricts  the  promise  to  the  class 
specified,  at  the  same  time  extends  it  to  the  whole  of  that  class. 
It  is,  accordingly,  to  be  taken  in  epexcgetical  apposition  with 
avicj,  which,  however  Suaii  be  construed,  refers  not  to  'him 
who  offers  the  prayer'  (Barn.),  but  to  the  sinning  and  endan- 
gered brother.  Says  Scholef. :  '  I  suppose  that  the  construction 
Βί&ίομί  aoi  Ιχιίνφ,  I  give  to  you  for  him,  is  altogether  without 
a  precedent  in  any  Greek  author  whatever ;  and  there  is  no 
possible  reason  for  fabricating  such  a  construction  here.' — There 


52 


THE   FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN.     CHAP.  V. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

unto  death.  There  is  a  sin  unto 
death  :  1  do  not  say  that  he  shall 
pray  for  it. 

17  All  unrighteousness  is  sin  : 
and  there  is  a  sin  not  unto  death. 

18  We  know  that  whosoever 
is  born  of  God,  sinneth  not ;  but 
he  that  is  begotten  of  God,  keep- 
eth  himself  and  that  wicked  one 
toucheth  him  not. 

19  And  we  know  that  we  are 
of  God,  and  the  whole  world 
lieth  in  wickedness. 

20  And  we  know  that  the  Son 
of  God  is  come,  and  hath  given 
us    an   understanding,   that  we 


GREEK    TEXT. 


εστιν  αμα^χία  ττρός  ϋάνατον  ον  Ttfpt 
εκείνης  ?^γω  iiu  ίρωΤ'/σν?. 

17  τίάσα  ά^ίχία  άί/αρτ/'α  εστίν 
και  εΰΤιν  αμαρτία  ού  τιρος  θάΐ'ατον. 

18  ΟΊ^ίΐεν  οΤι  τίάς  6  γεγεννημέ- 
νος  εκ  τον  θεον,  ονχ  αμαρτάνεΐ'  αλλ' 
ό  γειψηθεις  εκ  τον  Θεού,  τηρεί  εαυτόν, 
και  ο  τΐονηρός  ονχ  άπτεται  αϊτοί. 

19  ο'ώαμεν  οτι  ίκ  τον  θεον  εσμεν, 
και  ο  κόσμος  όλος  εν  τώ  ττοι^ρώ  κείται. 

20  οίδα^ίεν  8έ  οτι  6  υιός  τον  Θεον 
Τίχει,  καί  ?)ε8ί.)κεν  rif.dv  hiai'oiav  ίνα 
γινώσκωμεν  τον  a^rfiivov•  καί  έσμεν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

unto  death.  There  is  a  sin  unto 
death :  ''not  for  "^that  do  I  say 
that  he  shall  pray. 

17  All  unrighteousness  is  sin  ; 
and  there  is  a  sin  not  unto  death. 

18  We  know  that  ''every  one 
I  that  "hath  been  "^bcgotten  of  God 

sinneth  not;  but  he  that  ^hath 
been  ''begotten  of  God  keepeth 
himself,  and  ''the  wicked  one 
touchotli  him  not. 

19  '  We  know  that  we  are  of 
God,  and  the  whole  world  lieth 
in  Jthe  wicked  one. 

20  ''But  we  know  that  the  Son 
of  God  is  come,  and  hath  given 


us  '  understanding  that  we  may 


''  W.,  E.  ;-all  foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-B.  and  L., 
Grecnf.)  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Thom.,  Peile,  translate  jtfpi  ix-,  with 
or  without  the  oi,  before  λε'γω. 

'  The  demonstrative  force  of  ίχηνηί  is  given  by  R.  ;-all 
foreign  verss.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Podd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Thom., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Peile. 

■iSeech.  2:23,  N.  X. 

•  See  ch.  2 :  29,  N.  c,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  2  :  29,  N.  d. 

^  The  distinctions,  which  E.  V.  and  others  have  attempted 
between  the  forms  i  yiyivvri^ivoi  and  ό  yiwrfidi,  are  either 
fanciful,  or  worse.  Thus,  the  E.  '\'.  variation,  borrowed  from 
T.,  C,  G.,  and  suggested  by  the  Vulg.  (-omnis.  qui  natiis  est 
ex  Deo,  non  peccat,  sed  generatio  Dei  conservat  eum.'),  appears 
in  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Haram.,  Wells,  Whitb., 
Peile  (with  this  farther  difference:  'The  born  ..  .ho  that 
hath  been  begotteii').  Fr.  S.  varies  only  the  time  {est  engendre 
. . .  a  ete  eng.}.  and  so  Mack.,  but  ince  versa  (hath  been  begotten 
...is  beg.).  Equally  arbitrary  is  Beng.'s  remark:  'Praete- 
ritum  grandius  quiddam  sonat,  quam  aoristus.'  Indeed,  the 
only  harmless  imitation  of  the  Greek  is  Greenf.'s  Hebrew : 
"h":  ΊΙΙ'Χ  •  .  •  I'7i2rr'72•— Both  participles  are  translated  alike 


in  the  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Calv.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Carpz.j  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe  :-Ilob. 

>■  The  demonstrative  (adopted  by  E.  V.  from  T.,  C,  G.,  and 
some  of  the  old  Latin  verss.)  does  not  appear  in  W.,  R.  ;-Syr., 
Vulg.,  German  and  Fi  ench  vurss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-C'alv.,  Oastal.,  Dodd. 
and  the  later  English. 

'  E.  V.  alone  supplies  any  copula. 

1  Conip.  ό  Λονηρός  of  V.  18,  and  here  the  antithetical  ίχ  tov 
©f  oi,  as  well  as  iv  τψ  ά•κηθίνζ,  of  v.  20. — Hei  e  also  the  adjective 
is  taken  as  masculine  by  Syr.,  Vulg.  (in  maligno),  German 
verss.  {im  Argen  [£o.«en,]),  Dt.  {in  het  booze),  It.  {nel  ma- 
lignn),  Fr.  S.  marg.  {dans  le  mediant)  ;-Calv.,  Bez.,  Aret. 
(allows  this  sense  ;-and  so  Gill,  Scott),  Zeg.,  Cam.,  Pise,  Owen, 
Wells,  Whitb.,  B.  and  L.,  Wolf,  Beng.,  Guyse,  Dodd.  (in  the 
paraphrase  and  note),  Wesl.,  Carpz.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Widd., 
Clarke,  Sladc,  Grecnf  (p-^^),  Penn,  Trol.,  Bloomf,  Scholef, 

Barn.,  Jlurd.,  Peile. 

^  'Strong  as  is  the  tyrant  of  the  world,  one  stronger  than  he 
has  come  for  our  deliverance.'  See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r. — Griesb., 
Mcy.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Ilahn,  read  xai,  ah. 

1  W.  {wit),  R.  ;-It.  {intendimmito),  Fr.  S.  {de  V intelligence) ; 
-Engl.  Ann.,  Wakef  and  Peile  {discernment),  Mack.,  Thom., 
LUcke  {Einsicht  ;-so  Mey.,  De  W.),  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 


is  no  distinction,  as  to  sense,  made  in  the  rendering  of  the  two 
datives,  by  Syr.,  Dt.  {'-dengenen  [zeg  ik]').  It.  ('cioe,  a  quelli'), 
Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (•  savoir  d  ceuw')  ;  -  Erasm.,  Pagn.  and  Bez. 
{' peccantibtis  dko^),  Calv.  {peccanii  dice),  Tremell.  {'eis  in- 
quam').  Vat.,  Castal.  {videlicet  peccaniibus'),  Cocc.  ('nempe 
mis'),  B.  and  L.  ('comma  il  la  donne  d  totes  cen.v'),  Dodd., 
Gill.  ('This  phrase  is  only  descriptive  of  the  persons  to  whom 
life  is  given  by  God,  upon  the  prayers  of  .«aints  for  them,  and 


not  that  this  life  is  given  to  him  that  prays,  and  by  him  to  be 
given  to  the  sinning  person.'),  Moldenh.,  Carpz.  {ei  et  omnibus), 
Wakef  {'to  those,  I  say'),  Newc.  {'for  them,  I  say.'  See  N.  z.), 
Greenf.,  Penn  ('  that  is,  to  those'),  De  W.,  Stier,  ('  namlich 
denen'),  Murd.  {'to  them.,  I  say').  Peile  {^n-ill  gire  him  life,  in 
all  cases  where).  The  A'ulg.  throws  both  clausis  into  one, 
thus:  dabitur  ei  vita  peccanti;  and  so  the  Germ.,  except 
that  it  retains  the  plural  rati  άμ..  and  disregards  the  αί-τφ. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


53 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

may  know  him  that  is  true  ;  and 
we  are  in  him  that  is  true,  eve7i 
in  his  Son  Jesus  Christ.  This  is 
the  true  God,  and  eternal  hie. 

21  Little  children,  keep  your- 
selves from  idols.     Amen. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


sv  TO)  άληθινώ,  iv  τώ  v'ltj  avrov  Ίυ;- 
σον  Χριστώ,  οννός  kativ  6  άληθίνός 
Θεός,  καί  τι  ζί^ή  αιώνιος. 

21  Ύεχνία,  φνλάζατε  εαντονς  άτώ 
των  ειδώλων,  άμ'/ιν. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

know  ™the  True  One;  and  we 
are  in  "the  True  One,  °  in  his  Son 
Jesus  Christ.  This  is  the  true 
God,  and  "the  PLife  eternal. 

21  Little  children,  keep  your- 
selves from  "ithe  idols.     'Amen. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KING  JAMES'  VERSION. 

The  elder  unto  the  elect  lady, 
and  her  children,  whom  I  love 


GREEK  TEXT. 

Ό  ΠΡΕ2ΒΤΤΕΡ02  'Εκλεκτγι  κυ- 
ρ/α  κοΰ  τοΙς  τέκνοις  αύττ,ς,  οϋς  εγω 


REVISED  VERSION. 

The  elder  unto  "an  elect  lady 
and  her  children,  whom  I   love 


"  Comp.  the  E.  Y.  forms :  '  the  Holy  One.  and  the  Just,' 
'the  Just  One,'  &c.  (Acts  3 :  14;  7:  52;  &c.),  and  see  v.  19, 
N.  j,  and  Rev.  19:  11. — Syr.,  Germ,  (den  Wahrhaftigen),  Dt. 
(den  Waarachtige),  It.  (colui  οΛ'  e  il  vero),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S., 
(/e  Veritable)  ;-Calv.  {ilium  veram),  Bez.,  Cocc,  Carpz.,  (re- 
rum  ilium),  Beng.  (  Verum),  Wesl..  Grecnf.,  iTiird.,  Peile  {the 
One  that  is  True  . . .  the  only  True  One).  The  Vulg.  follows 
the  reading,  tbv  a.7.rfii.vOv  @ιόν. 

°  There  is  no  supplement  in  T.,  C,  (who,  however,  as  some 
others,  translate  this  h  by  through)  ;-Syr.,  Germ..  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Erasra.,  Calv.,  A'at.,  Castal.,  Dndd.,  Moldenli.,  Carpz.,  Mack., 
Lucke  ('The  sense  is :  AVe  are  in  fellowship  with  the  true  God 
through  His  Sou — or,  more  correctly  and  more  in  the  spirit  of 
John's  style:  so  far  as  we  are  in  His  Son.'),  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  De  W.,  Murd.     Peile  supplies  being. 

"  See  ch.  2:  25,  N.  h.  Here  the  article  is  given  by  the  Ger- 
man and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It. ;-Bez.  (ilia),  Mack.,  Thom., 
Murd.j  Kenr.    Lachm.  and  Tisch.  cancel  the  η. 

ρ  See  ch.  1 : 1  (N.  g),  2. — Among  English  vcrss.,  the  Greek  or- 
der is  retained  by  R.  ;-Thom.,  !Murd.,  Peile.    See  ch.  2 :  25,  N.  h. 

1  'All  around.' — German  and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Thom., 
Sharpe. 

■■  Knapp  brackets  the  a^jji/,  while  the  reading  that  omits  it 
is  marked  by  Beng.  as  plane  gemiina,  and  is  adopted  by  all 
the  other  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf ),  as  it  was  by  the 
ancient  verss.,  except  the  Vulg.  I  recommend  that  Ariien  be 
omitted.     See  2  John  13,  N.  s. 

»  Our  text  follows  Mill,  as  he  followed  Stephens,  in  printing 
'Kx'Kixt^  with  a  capital  letter.  The  opinion,  however,  which 
Stephens  thus  indicated,  that  this  was  the  proper  name  of  the 
individual  addressed  (an  opinion  mentioned  [not,  as  Barn,  sup- 
poses, professed]  by  Oec. :  ίχΧεχΐήν  Si,  η  αΛο  toi  όνόμαΐοζ,  η 
an'o  ΐϊιί  rtfpi  triv  αφιτην  ^ιΧοίιμία,ζ.  χαλΕΐ,  and  adopted  by  Grot., 
Pricaeu-s.  Wetst.,  Midd.),  is  disclaimed  by  Mill,  who  explains 


the  word  as  =  'electam,  sive  ad  Ohristi  fidem  conversam.' 
Even  the  more  common  view  among  modern  scholars  (Heu- 
mann,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Lticke,  Mey.,  Ros.,  De  W., 
Barn.,  Neander,  Dav.,  Schaff,  &c.),  which  regards  xupio  as  the 
name,  is  generally  allowed  by  its  advocates  to  involve  some 
negligence  of  construction  or  of  arrangement.  Certainly  Γαί<{ΐ 
•τφ  άγαΛ^ιΐψ,  3  John  I,  which  De  W.  cites,  furnishes  no  parallel ; 
and  even  his  other  instance  from  1  Pet.  1 :  1,  lxy.txt(Tli  rtopfrtt- 
8ήμοΐί,  is  sufficiently  defined  by  the  subsequent  genitives,  δια- 
ertopds  novtmi,  xfK.  It  deserves  also  to  be  mentioned,  that 
either  of  these  interpretations  (Electa,  Cyria;-as  well  as 
Thom.'s  Electa  Cyria)  at  once  excludes  the  i-eference  of  this 
inscription,  "not  to  the  Christian  mistress  of  a  family,  but  to  a 
Church.  The  ancients,'  adds  Thiersch  (History  of  the  Chris- 
tian Church,  p.  264 ;  London,  1852),  '  understood  it  so.  And 
the  concluding  words.  The  children  of  thy  sister,  &c.,  are  in 
like  manner  to  be  understood  of  a  Church,  viz.,  of  that  in 
which  John  was  at  the  time.'  This  reference  has  supporters 
ahso  among  the  moderns  (Hamm.,  "Whist.,  AVhitb.,  Pyle,  Michae- 
lis,  Augusti,  Hales),  and  finds  some  corroboration  in  the  η  iv 
Βαβιιλώκο  αννίχλίχΐ^ι  of  1  Pet.  5 :  13,  where  the  majority  of 
versions  and  commentators  supplies  ixxXrjeLa.  The  indefinite 
rendering  proposed  above,  which  I  find  nowhere  but  in  Peile, 
is  at  least  stiictly  grammatical,  and  assumes  nothing  but  that 
the  writer  may  have  had  reasons  for  suppressing  the  name  of 
his  correspondent,  as  well  as  his  own.  There  is  diiBculty,  more- 
over, in  supposing  that  the  writer  meant  to  distinguish  any 
particular  member  of  the  Church  as  'the  elect  lady,'  or  as  the 
peculiar  object  of  the  apostolic  love  in  truth. — Of  the  editors 
not  already  mentioned.  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Lachm.,  Ti.sch.,  Theile, 
have  ίχ•κ.  Ki>p. ;  Sch.,  Bloomf,  Hahn,  ixx.  *tip. The  ex- 
pressed ίγώ  (see  1  John  2:  20,  N.  p)  may  be  =  '  I,  whoever 
else  may  hate  (v.  7);  I,  Christ's  apostle;  whoni  He  loved.' 
This  emphasis  cannot  be  given  in  English  without  an  amplifi- 
cation, or  else  by  the  tone  in  reading. 


54 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

in  the  truth ;  and  not  I  only,  but 
also  all  they  that  have  known 
the  truth ; 

2  For  the  truth's  sake  which 
dwelleth  in  us,  and  shall  be  with 
us  for  ever. 

3  Grace  be  with  j-ou,  mercy, 
and  peace  from  God  the  Father, 
and  from  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
the  Son  of  the  Father,  in  truth 
and  love. 

4  I  rejoiced  greatly,  that  I 
found  of  thy  children  walking  in 


GREEK    TEXT. 

άγατΐο)  ίν  άληθεία,  και  ονχ  εγώ  μόνος, 
ά>»/1α  και  τίάντες  οι  έγΐ'ωκότες  την 
ά?^τ,θείαν, 

2  &α  T'h'  ά?.γ.θείαν  ττ,ν  μένονσαν 
εν  Υίμιν,  χάι  μεθ'  νψών  έσται  εις  τόν 
αιώνα• 

3  έσται  μεθ^  τ,μών  χάμς,  ε7^εος, 
εψ/,νη  τταρα  Θεον  τίατρος,  και  τίαρα 
Κυρίου  Ίησοϋ  Χρίστου  του  υωϋ  τον 
τιατρός,  εν  αλτι^εία  και  άγάηψ 

4  "Έ,χάρτ^ν  Tdav  bti  εΐρηκα  εκ  τών 
τέκνων  σον  τΐεριτίατουντας  εν  άλγι- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

in  ^  truth,  and  not  I  only,  but  also 
all  "=  who  have  known  the  truth, 

2  For  the  truth's  sake,  which 
''abideth  in  us,  and  ^with  us  'it 
shall  be  for  ever : 

3  eThere  shall  be  with  '"us 
grace,  mercy,  '  peace,  from  God 
the  Father,  and  from  the  •>  Lord 
Jesus  Christ,  the  Son  of  the  Fa- 
ther, in  truth  and  love. 

4  I  rejoiced  greatly  that  I  ''have 
found  'children  of  thine  walking 


'  The  words  iv  ά•Κηθιία  are  thus  rendered  without  the  article, 
or  else  adverbially  {truly,  sincerely,  &c.),  or  are  so  explained, 
by  E.  v.,  TV.  3,  4;  3  John  1  marg.,4;  Matt.  22:  16  (comp. 
Mark  12:  14  and  Luke  20:  21  in  the  Greek  and  E.  V.)  ;  &ο.;- 
W.,  R.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.-M.  ;-Oec.  («'bo  opposes  Αγ.  iv  ά%.  to 
irtijtxaatuf  αγατίαν,  η-ίόμα-ο,,  referring;  to  1  John  3  :  18),  Pagn., 
Vat.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Grot.,  Wells,  B.  and  L.,  Borl.  Bib.,  Wolf, 
('i.  e.  αΛηθΰί'),  Beng.,  Pyle,  Carpz.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc, 
Thom.,  Mey.  (mit  Aufrichtigkeit),  Ros.,  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  Goss., 
Trol.,  Sharpe,  De  W.  (though  he  understands  the  phrase  here, 
not  as  in  1  .John  3 :  18,  but  of  love  grounded  in  the  Christian 
truth),  Barn.,  Kenr..  Peilo. 

■=  For  the  omission  of  ihey,  see  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Latin  and 
German  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Wesl.,  Mack.,  Thora.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe, 
Kcnr. — For  who,  see  Dodd..  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

•^  Beng. :  '  Quae  manet.  quae  adhuc  est.  Sequitur  futurum, 
erit.^    See  1  .John  3 :  17,  N.  x,  &c. 

'  The  Greek  order  is  preserved  in  W.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr., 
Germ.,  Dt.  ;-Lucke,  Greenf.  All. 

'  The  French  verss.  and  Newc.  repeat  the  relative ;  but  it  is 
better  with  Win.  (§  64.  III.  1.)  to  consider  the  construction 
changed  for  the  sake  of  a  more  striking  presentation  of  the 
thought.  So  De  W. :  '%ind  sie  wird  auch  eirig  heiiinsblei- 
ben'  regarding  this  as  'more  expressive'  Ihan  the  relative  con- 
struction. Sharpe  {and  may  it  be),  Peile  (as  it  ahall  be). 
See  Rev.  1 ,  6,  N.  y,  &c. 

*  '  Future  for  optative,  by  hebraism,'  say  Bloomf.  and  others. 
Better  Win.  (§  41.  6.):  'Never  does  the  future  .stand  for  the 
genuine  optative;  in  Rom.  IC:  20;  Phil.  3 :  15;  4 :  7,  19; 
Matt.  16:  22,  the  signification  of  the  future  is  alone  admi<.sible.' 
A  like  unwarrantable  change  of  mood  is  found  in  E.  V.  1  Pet. 
4 :  11.  In  the  present  instance  the  writer,  having  set  out  appa- 
rently to  give  the  apostolic  salutation  in  the  usual  optative 
form,  is  induced,  by  the  intervention  of  a  confident  assertion 
respecting  the  perseverance  of  the  faithful  in  the  truth,  to  ex- 
press his  heart's  desire  and  prayer  for  them  in  the  way  of  an 
equally  confident  assertion  respecting  their,  and  his  own.  con- 
tinued enjoyment  along  with  that,  and  in  consequence  of  that, 


of  all  spiritual  blessings. — The  future  is  retained  in  E.  V.  marg. 
in  Dr.  Blayney's  and  most  subsequent  editions  ;-C.;-Syr.,  Dt. 
marg.  ;-Erasm.,  Λ*at.,  Aret..  Cocc.  (•  non  tam  optans,  quam  ad- 
dicens.  Petrus  ut  optans  loquitur  7(%ηθννθιίη.  Paulus  ambigue, 
omittens  verbum,  ut  habeamus  occasioncm  utrumque  cogitandi. 
Johannes  emphasin  intcrpretatur  exprimendo  'iatai.'),  Beng. 
('votum  cum  ailirmatione'),  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Peile  (there 
shall  be — an  Apostolic  greeting,  equivalent  here  to  invokes, 
prays  for  there  to  be — grace,  (fcc.'). 

•"  This  reading  is  followed  by  C.  ;-Syr.,  Germ,  (as  Luth. 
gave  it)  ;-Erasm.,  Aret.  (•  Se  conjungit  piae  familiae  in  bonis 
comrannibus  ;'-but,  on  the  ground  of  the  uniform  style  of  the 
apostolic  salutation  elsewhere,  he  thinks  that  the  reading  must 
be  incorrect.),  Wolf.  ('  "Katao  μιθ'  νμΰ>ν.  Ita  Curcellaeus :  at 
editi  plerique  omnes  μεθ'  ημών,  et  sic  script!  quoque,  ita  ut  pro 
altera  ilia  Millius  Lincoln,  cod.  et  Λ^'ε^β.  lectiones,  tum  vero  ed. 
Complut.  Vulg.  ct  Occumenium  aflerre  potucrit.  Praetulerim 
itaque  μίθ'  ήμΰι;  quod  et  B.  Lutlicrus  expressit,  imprimis  cum 
eadcra  phrasis  pro.\ime  antecedat,  xai  μίθ'  {;μών  'ίαΤΜ  tij  τον 
aiUva.  Hoc  scilicet  respiciens  -Joannes  eos,  ad  quos  scribebat, 
certos  esse  jubet,  fore,  ut  et  ipsi  in  agnita  doctrinae  salutaris 
veritate  persistant,  et  gratia  mi.sericordiaque  divina  perpetuo 
fruantur.').  All  the  recent  editors,  however,  have  νμΰν,  and 
I  recommend  that  this  be  adopted :  you. 

'  R.  ;-Latin  and  Germ,  verss.  (except  Moldenh.,  Mey.),  Dt., 
Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Carpz.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

1  Mey.,  Lachm.,  and  Tisch.  cancel  Κυρίου,  which  De  W.  also 
considers  '  unjohann.' 

'■  The  perfect  tense  implies  that  this  cause  of  joy  still  existed. 
Ktihn.'s  remark  also  is  applicable  :  '  By  placing  in  contrast  the 
hist,  tenses  in  the  principal  sentence  to  the  jirincipal  tenses  with 
their  conjunctions  in  the  subordinate  sentences,  the  subordinate 
sentences  become  more  important  than  the  piincipal. — R.  ;- 
German  and  French  verss.  (except  Mey.),  Dt.,  It.  ;-Peile.  But  all 
these,  except  R.,  translate  Ιχάρην  either  as  a  present  or  a  perfect. 

ι  Peile  proposes  this  as  the  English  equivalent  of  the  Greek 
phrase.  Dodd.,  Mack.,  &c.,  supply  some.  But  this  suggests 
more  strongly  perhai)S  than  does  the  original,  that  this  lady 
had  other  children  of  a  different  character. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


55 


KING     JAMES      VERSION. 

truth,  as  we  have  received  a  com- 
mandment from  the  Fatlier. 

5  And  now  I  beseech  thee, 
lady,  not  as  though  I  wrote  a  new 
commandment  unto  thee,  but  that 
which  we  had  from  the  begin- 
ning, that  we  love  one  another. 

6  And  this  is  love,  that  w'e 
walk  after  his  commandments. 
This  is  the  commandment.  That, 
as  ye  have  heard  iiom  the  begin- 
ning, ye  should  walk  in  it. 

7  For  many  deceivers  are  en- 
tered into  the  world,  who  confess 
not  that  Jesus  Christ  is  come  in 
the  flesh.  This  is  a  deceiver, 
and  an  antichrist. 

8  Look  to  yourselves,  that  we 
lose  not  those  things  which  we 
have  wrought,  but  that  we  re- 
ceive a  full  reward. 

9  Whosoever  transgresseth, 
and  abideth  not  in  the  doctrine 
of  Christ,  hath  not  God.   He  that 


GREEK    TEXT. 

6ε/'α,  καθώς  ivtoTijh'  ελάβομεν  τίαρα 
Toii  πατρός. 

5  χαί  J'vv  ερωτώ  σε,  κνοία,  οί%  ως 
εντολην  γράφων  ΰοι  χαιντ,ν,  άλλα  r(v 
είχομεν  άτι  άργτ,ς.  Ίνα  αγαηώμεν  άλ- 
λ/ίλοι>ς. 

6  και  α{'Τ)7  εατίν  r\  άγάτΐη,  ϊνα 
τίεριτΐατώΐ-ΐεν  κατά  τας  έντολας  αντον. 
αίτη  εατιν  τη  Ιϊ'Τολτ;,  καθώς  τχονσατε 
άη  άρχης,  ίνα  εν  αντγ  ηερί7(ατ/ίχε• 

7  στι  Tto/Ojoi  ηλάνοί  είστ,λθον  εις 
tav  χόσμον,  οι  μη  ομαλογονντες  Ίη- 
σονν  Χριστοί'  ερχόμενον  εν  σαρκΓ 
ουτός  εϋτιν  6  ηλάνος  χαι  ο  αντίχρι- 
στος. 

8  β7•Α7ίετε  εαντονς  Ίνα  μη  ατιο?^- 
σωμεν  ά  ειργασάμεθα,  άλλα  μισθύν 
ηλήρη  άηο/Αβωμεν. 

9  πάς  ό  ηαραβαίνων,  χοϊι  μη  μένων 
εν  ΤΎ1  ^ι^αχγι  τον  Χρίστου,  Θεΰν  ονκ 
έχει•  6  μένων  εν  τ/ι  δώαχγι  τον  Xpt- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

in  truth,  as  we  "^  received  °  com- 
mandment from  the  Father. 

5  And  now  I  beseech  thee, 
lady,  not  as  "writing  a  new  com- 
mandment unto  thee,  but  that 
which  we  had  from  the  begin- 
ning, that  we  love  one  another. 

6  And  this  is  love,  that  we 
walk  Paccording  to  his  command- 
ments. This  is  the  command- 
ment, "ϊ  as  ye  ■■  heard  from  the 
beginning,  "ithat  ye  should  walk 
in  it. 

7  For  many  deceivers  'have 
entered  into  the  world,  who  con- 
fess not  *  Jesus  Christ  coming  in 
"  flesh :  this  is  ''the  deceiver  and 
^the  antichrist. 

8  Look  to  yourselves,  that  ^we 
lose  not  ^what  things  we  have 
^wrought,  but  ^  receive  a  full  re- 
ward. 

9  "Every  one  that  transgress- 
eth, and  abideth  not  in  the  doc- 
trine of  Christ,  hath  not  God  :  he 


"  The  reference  is  historical,  to  the  ministry  of  the  Lord 
Jesus,  as  revealing  the  truth  and  will  of  God.  See  1  John  2 : 
25,  N.  g.— ΛΥ.  ;-Wesl.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe. 

°  W.,  R.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-"Wells,  West.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Lucke,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Peile. 

ο  W.,  G.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M..-S.;-Pagn., 
Bez.,  Aret.,  Dodd.  and  the  later  English  verss.,  Grcenf. 

ρ  See  2  Pet.  3 :  3,  N.  f.  To  the  English  verss.  there  men- 
tioned may  here  be  added  Wakef..  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Clarke, 
Penn,  Ivenr. 

1  Neither  the  original  edition  of  E.  V.,  nor  any  other  version 
here  collated,  except  Vat.,  begins  this  part  of  the  verse  with  a 
capital  letter,  nor  does  Vat.  himself  transpose  the  tva.  The 
Greek  order  is  observed  also  by  Syr.,  Protestant  German  verss. 
(the  y\i\g-  having  ut  quemadmodum),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  M.,-S.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Dodd.,  AVesl.,  AVakef.  (though  he  gives 
χαθώζ  as  a  relative),  Mack.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Shavpe, 
Murd.,  Peile. 

'  See  1  John  2 :  7,  N.  p,  &c. 

•  Newc,  Barn.,  Peile. 

<  The  reference  is  rather  to  the  general  idea  of  the  incarna- 
tion, than  to  any  particular  manifestation.  Hence  Occ,  Erasm., 
and  Vat.,  while  their  versions  point  to  the  second  coming  (the 
last  two  changing  venisse  of  the  Vulg.  into  venlurum),  yet 
allow  the  other  interpretation. 


says  Vat.  Erasm.  thus :  '  Potest  accipi  ut  sit  praeteriti  imper- 
fecti  temporis,  qui  veniebat ;  et  potest  accipi  ut  sit  futuri,  ut 
intelligamus  de  Judicio  supremo.''  Better  Oec. :  έιά  tovto  οΐμαι, 
οί'-ΐοίς  ixpr^oato  'tvj  ^i^vrj  tav-iiQ  δ  ήγαΛτ^μΒνοζ^  ερχόμενον  ftrtwv, 
αλλ  ovx  έχθοντα,  ίνα  -ΐονς  a/x^oripaj  ttpjODjUffODj  ray  τίαρονσιας 
ίου  Κΐ'ριον  τάζ  εν  aapxi  ΛιρΛάβ^.  So  De  W. :  '  We  are  not  to 
assume  any  change  of  time  (Beng.)  ;  the  present  denotes  simply 
the  idea :  J.  Chr.  as  commg  in  the  flesh ;  comp.  1  Cor.  15 :  35.' 
SeelJohn4:2,  N.  b. 

°  See  1  .John  4 :  2,  N.  c. 

"  Seel  John  2:  18,  N.  d,  &c. 

"  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  adopt  the  reading  (referred  to  in  E.  V. 
niarg.)  of  Α.,  Vulg.,  Syr.,  &c. :  ά.Λο'κίαηΐε  a  ιίργάαααθε  . . .  αΛο- 
λάβ'ηίί. 

•  See  V.  1,  Ν.  c.  Of  the  verss.  here  collated.  Wells  and 
Newc.  alone  employ  a  plural  demonstrative ;  most  have  a  com- 
pound relative. 

y  The  marginal  rendering  of  E.  V.,  gained,  may  better  be 
omitted.     Comp.  1  Cor.  3 ;  14,  15. 

'  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Castal.,  Hamm.,  Dodd.  and 
Mack,  {may),  Wesl.,  Wakef .  Sharpe. 

«  See  1  John  2 :  23,  N.  x. In  this  verse  Lachm.  and  Tisch. 

read  rtpoayuv  (A.  B.)  for  Λαραβαινω*  (Bloomf.  has  no  doubt 
that  '  St.  John  wrote  τίαραγωι-'),  cancel  the  second  tov  Xpioroi, 
and  transpose  thus:  xai  tov  vVov  χαί  τον  natipa. 


5ΰ 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

abidetli  in  the  doctrine  of  Christ, 
he  lialh  both  the  Father  and  the 
Son. 

10  If  there  come  any  unto  you, 
and  bring  not  this  doctrine,  re- 
ceive him  not  into  ijour  house, 
neither  bid  him  God  speed : 

11  For  he  that  biddeth  him 
God  speed,  is  partaker  of  his  evil 
deeds. 

12  Having  many  things  to 
write  unto  you,  I  would  not  write 
with  paper  and  ink :  but  I  trust 
to  come  unto  you,  and  speak  face 
to  face,  that  our  joy  may  be  fuU. 

13  The  children  of  thy  elect 
sister  greet  thee.     Amen. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

στον,  οντος  και  tov  τίατερα  και  r'av 
νϊον  έχει• 

10  εί  Τίς  έρχεται  7ψ)ς  νμάς,  καχ 
tavTYiv  τήν  6ίοαχγ,ν  ον  φέρει,  μη  ?Μμ- 
βάνετε  αίττω'  εις  οιχίαν,  χάι  χαίρειν 
airta  μη  λέγετε' 

110  γαρ  λε^ων  αντω  ;ζαί'ρειν,  κοι- 
νωνεί νοίς  έργοις  αντού  τοις  ττονηροϊς. 

12  Πολλά  εχμν  νμϊν  γράψειν,  ονκ 
ηβονλή^ην  &α  χάρτου  και  μέλανος• 
άλλα  ελτη'ζω  ελΒειν  τΐρός  νμάς,  και 
στόμα  τφος  στόμα  λαλησαι,  Ίνα  ίη 
;^αρα  τιμ^ν  γι  ηε7ΐ?.ηρωμένΥ!. 

13  άστίόζετοΛ  σε  τα  τέκνα  της 
αδελφής  σον  της  εκλεκτής,  άμτψ. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

that  abideth  in  the  doctrine  of 
Christ,  ''the  same  hath  both  the 
Father  and  the  Son. 

10  If  any  '^one  "Oometh  unto 
you,  and  ''bringeth  not  this  doc- 
trine, receive  him  not  into  "^the 
house,  neither  bid  him  'hail : 

11  For  he  that  biddeth  him 
'hail  ^shareth  in  his  ""wicked 
'works. 

12  Having  many  things  to 
write  unto  you,  JI  would  not '' 
with  paper  and  ink  ;  'but  I  ""hope 
"to  come  unto  you,  and  speak 
"mouth  to  mouth,  that  Pour  joy 
may  be  ^fulfilled. 

13  The  children  of  thy  elect 
sister  'salute  thee.     *Amen. 


>>  E.  v.,  Matt.  5 :  19 ;  13 :  20 ;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Mack.  All  the  for- 
eign verss.  (except  Greenf.)  use  a  demonstrative  pronoun. 
Beng. :  '  hie  demum.' 

«  See  1  John  2 :  1,  N.  b,  &c.  Here  the  verss.  generally  clearly 
indicate  the  singular. 

*  '  As,  no  doubt,  happens  often'  (v.  7).  Comp.  1  -John  3 :  13, 
N.  j. — The  indicative  mood  is  retained  in  W.  ;-foreign  verss. 
generally  ;-Thom.,  Murd. 

'  The  pronoun  is  not  supplied  in  E.  V.,  Mark  13  :  15,  &c.  ;- 
W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  the  French,  and  Mol- 
denh.)  ;-Kenr.,  Dav. 

'  Akenside  {Pleasures  of  Imagination,  i.  492,  496-8)  : 

'  As  when  Brutus  .  .  . 

' call'd  aloud 

'  On  TuUy's  name,  and  shook  liis  crimson  steel, 
'  And  bade  the  fat/ier  of  his  country,  hail  Ρ 
AV.  (neither  say  ye  to  him  hail;-comp.  E.  V.,  Matt.  20:  49; 
27 :  29 ;  &c.)  ;-Sharpe,  Barn,  ('do  not  say  to  him,  hail,  or  joy') ; 
-Rob.  (to  wish  well  to  bid  hail).     Nearly  all  verss.  avoid  the 
introduction  of  the  divine  name. 

ε  Wakcf.,  Mack,  (partaketh  in),  Thorn,  (is  a  part,  with 
him  in),  Murd.  (is  participator  in). 

"  See  1  John  3 :  12,  X.  h.     R.  ;-Guyse,  Wakef. 
'  E.  v.,  1  John  3 :  12;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Guyse,  Wakef.,  Thom., 
Penn,  Kenr. 

i  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  have  Ιβου%:ή$ψ. 


!■  No  verb  is  supplied  in  W.,  R.;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Germ., 
Dt.  ;-Carpz.,  Lucke,  Greenf,  All.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

1  For  άλλα  ϊΤίτάζω,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch..  Lachm.,  llabn, 
Theile,  read  ίΧΛίζω  yap  (Vulg.). 

■"  W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  verss.  Foreign  verss.  gene- 
rally have  the  word  most  nearly  answering  to  this. 

-  For  ίλθίίρ,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  Theile,  give 
γενίσβαί,  which  Bloomf.  thinks  is  'probably  the  true  reading.' 

»  E.  V.  marg.  (comp.  Numb.  12:  8;  Jer.  32:  4;  34:  3)  ;- 
Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ,  (miindtich),  Dt.,  It.  (a  bocca),  French 
verss.  ;-Hamm.,  Berl.  Bib.  (von  ]\Iund  zu  Mund  ;-so  Stolz, 
All.,  Kist.),  Guyse.  Thom..  (by  word  of  mouth),  Moldenh.,  Mey., 
Van  Ess,  De  W.,  (as  Germ.),  "Wakef.,  Greenf.  (Πε-^Ν  ΓιΕ), 

Murd.,  Kenr. 

I"  Lachm.  reads  ν^ων  (Vulg.). 

1  See  1  John  1 :  4,  N.  q.  It  is  true  that  in  this  expressive 
primary  sense  οι  filling  full  the  verb  fidfil  is  not  now  in  cur- 
rent use,  and  it  may  perhaps  be  deemed  inexpedient  to  attempt 
its  revival.     In  that  case  I  recommend  that  E.  V.  be  retained. 

■■  E.  v.,  3  John  15 ;  &c.  ;-R  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  verss., 
except  Sharpe. 

•  The  αμ-ήν  is  bracketed  by  Knapp,  and  cancelled  by  all  the 
other  recent  editors,  except  Beng.  and  Bloomf,  though  Beng. 
also  regarded  it  as  certainly  spurious.  I  recommend  that  Amen 
be  omitted. 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


67 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KING  JAMES'  VERSION. 

The  elder  unto  the  well-belov- 
ed Gaius,  whom  I  love  in  the 
truth. 

2  Beloved,  I  wish  above  all 
things  that  thou  mayest  prosper 
and  be  in  health,  even  as  thy 
soul  prospereth. 

3  For  I  rejoiced  greatly,  when 
the  brethren  came  and  testified 
of  the  truth  that  is  in  thee,  even 
as  thou  walkest  in  the  truth. 


GREEK  TEXT. 

Ό  ΠΡΕΣΒΤΤΕΡ02  Γαω  τώαχα- 
Λητφ,  όν  εγω  άγαηώ  εν  άληθεία. 

2  Άγατΐητε,  τιερί  τΐάντων  ενχρμαί 
σε  ενο8ονσθαί  και  ίγιαίνειν,  καθώς 
είοδουταί'  ΰου  το  ^Ι'νχτι. 

3  εχάρην  γαρ  λίαν,  ερχομένων 
αδελφών  χάι  μαρτνρονντων  Gov  rrj 
άλ•ηθεία,  καθος  σν  εν  άλ'ηθεία  τίερι- 
τΐατεϊς. 


REVISED  VERSION. 

The  elder  unto  the  "beloved 
Gaius,  whom  ^I  love  in  ^  truth. 

2  Beloved,  "^in  all  things  I  ''pray 
that  thou  mayest  prosper  and  be 
in  health,  even  as  thy  soul  pros- 
pereth. 

3  For  I  rejoiced  greatly,  when 
^  brethren  came  and  testified  ^to 
?thy  truth,  Miow  'thou  walkest 
in  J  truth. 


'  E.  v.,  8  times  in  John's  Epistles,  and  39  times  elsewhere  ;- 
T.,  C,  G.  ;-Syr.,  Germ,  (lieben),  Dt,  It.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat., 
Bez.,  {dilecto  ;-for  Vulg.  charissimo),  Wells,  Berl.  Bib.  and 
later  Protestant  German  verss.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack., 
Newc,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr. For  the  empha- 
tic εγώ,  see  2  John  1,  N.  a. 

"  See  2  John  1,  N.  b. 

'  This  explanation  of  rttpi  τΐάνΐαν  as  equiyalent  to  concern- 
ing all  things,  in  every  respect,  appears  in  W.  (though  he 
renders  the  Vulg.  de  by  of),  T.,  C.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ., 
Dt.  marg.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat,  Engl.  Ann.,  Grot., 
Hamm.'s  Paraphrase,  Pric,  Wells,  Whitb.,  Beng.,  Guyse, 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Scott,  All.,  Penn,  Trol., 
Sharpe,  De  W.,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile;-Rob.,  Green.     E, 

V.  follows  Pagn.,  Bez..  (in  pj-imis),  Castal.  (ante  omnia). 

The  Greek  order  is  followed  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Castal.),  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Wakef.,  Mey., 
Greenf,  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  Goss.,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  De  W.,  Murd., 
Kenr. 

■i  E.  V.  marg. ;  2  Cor.  13:7;  James  5 :  16  ;-W.,  R.,  (/  make 
[my]  prayer)  ;-Vulg.  (orationem  facto),  Syr.  (as  in  Matt.  26 : 
42)  ;-Engl.  Ann.  ('or,  pray'),  Hamm.,  Guyse  ('desire  and  beg 
of  God'),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef,  Mack.,  Clarke,  Greenf.,  All., 
Penn,  Bloomf.  ('heartily  wish  and  pray'),   Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

•  W.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-Berl.  Bib.  and  the  later  German  verss.  (though 
some  of  them  insert  einige),  Wakef  (some),  Peile. 

'  The  dative  after  μαρ^υρίω  is  retained  by  E.  V.,  John  5 :  33 ; 
18  :  37 ;  &c.,  and  here  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat., 
Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Stolz,  All.,  Kist.,  Goss.,  Sharpe, 
Kenr.,  Peile. 


^  Not  merely :  'the  truth  of  the  gospel  that  is  in  thee'  (Whitb.), 
or  '  the  soundness  of  thy  doctrinal  views,'  but :  '  thy  truthful- 
ness; the  general  consistency  of  thy  Christian  character,  as 
resting  on  and  pervaded  by  the  truth.' — The  paraphrastic  en- 
largement of  E.  V.  is  avoided  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German 
verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G., -M.,  (tasincerite),  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn. 
(integritatem  tiiam),  Vat.,  Castal.,  Bez.  (sinceritatem  tuam. 
The  same  word  is  employed  by  Drus.,  Grot.  ;-and  so  Hamm.'s 
Paraphrase:  the  sincerity  of  thy  Christiaji  course),  B.  and  L. 
(voire  fidelite),  Dodd.,  Wakef  (thy  fidelity).  Mack.,  Thom., 
Greenf  (Γ|{η0Χ),  Penn,  Sharpe,  Murd.  (thy  integrity),  Kenr., 

Peile  (thy  truthfulness). 

■•  Perhaps  it  was  not  intended  by  the  English  Translators 
(who  follow  R.  =  Vulg.  sicut)  to  give  the  impression,  which 
yet  the  reader  can  scarcely  help  receiving,  that  the  writer  here 
adds  his  own  testimony  respecting  the  outward  deportment  of 
Gaius  to  that  of  the  brethren  respecting  his  faith.  But  such  a 
representation  is  not  at  all  borne  out  by  the  manner  of  John, 
or  by  the  context,  vv.  4,  6.  The  clause  is  rather  epexegetical 
of  the  one  preceding.  For  this  use  of  xaSuj  after  verbs  of  nar- 
rating, see  Acts  15:  14.— T.,  C,  G.;-Fr.  G.,-M.,  (et  comment), 
Fr.  S.  ([disanf]  comment)  ■j-Ca.sXaX.  (uti.  .vivas).  Grot.,  Ros., 
(g!<o?no(io),  Hamm.'s  Paraphrase  ('and  gave  me  assurance  of 
thy  perseverance'),  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  G.),  Moldenh.  (wie,  in 
the  sense  of  quomodo.  He  also  allows  doss,  that),  Carpz.  (et 
gziocZ),  Wakef ,  Liicke,  'May.  (dass  ndnilich),  Penn ;-SchOttg., 
Schleus.,  Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl. 

'  '  Notwithstanding  the  general  defection,  and  the  violence 
of  Diotrephes.'     See  2  John  1,  N.  a,  &.c. 

1  See  2  John  1,  N.  b. 

S 


53 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

4  I  have  no  grenter  joy  thnn 
to  hear  that  my  chikheri  walk  hi 
truth. 

5  Beloved,  thou  doest  failh- 
luily  whatsoever  thou  doest  to 
the  hrellireii,  and  lo  strangers; 

6  Winch  have  liorne  witness 
ol  thy  charily  bel()re  the  church: 
whom  if  thou  bring  forward  on 
their  journey  after  a  godly  sort, 
thou  slialt  do  well : 


GREEK    TEXT. 

4  f/f  ίςοτεραν  τοι'τωχ^  οι-κ  εχω  χ^α- 
ραν,  ινα  άκοιω  τα  ϊμα  nr.ra  ev  a/.r,- 
θεία  ττεριτιατοιττα. 

5  'AyanriTi,  τκστό)'  τϊοιεις  6  εαν 
έργάσγι  εις  τονς  ά^ελφονς  xul  εις  τονς 
ξένους, 

6  οί  £;uapTi'p>7ffui'  σου  T/j  άγάτίγ 
ενάτίιον  έχχληαιας•  ονς  καλώς  ηοιή- 
σεις  προτΐεμ-^^ας  άζιως  τον  Θεοί'. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

4  'Greater  joy  than  'this  I  have 
none,  to  hear  ""of  my  children 
"walking  in  °  truth. 

5  Beloved,  thou  Pactest  ''failh- 
fully  whatsoever  thou  doest  'to- 
ward the  brethren,  and  'toward 
'ihe  strangers, 

6  'Who  have  "testified  "to  thy 
^*']ove  before  ^llie  church  :  whom 
thou  ^shalt  do  well  Ho  *set  for- 
ward on  their  ""way  "^in  a  manner 
worth  ν  ot  God  : 


'  The  arrangtmeiu  and  tiaiislation  of  tliis  clause  are  fiom 
Sharpe.  Coinp.  E.  V.  Juhn  15:  13.  Here  μΐίζοτ.  is  given  before 
the  vtrb  by  K.  ;-Latiii  verss.,  S3  r.  ;-Beng.,  Carpz.  { Laeliliam 
majoren  habeo  ntillam),  Mey.,  Stolz,  All..  Goss.,  De  W. 

1  The  tovtuv  i.s  rocoinized  in  W.,  G.,  R  ;-Latin  and  German 
ver.<;.s.  (except  Castal.).  Syr.,  Dt.  It.,  Fr.  G.. -M.  ;-Engl.  Ann. 
Wolf.  (who.  with  Bez.,  Bcng.,  &c.,  would  supply  ;^αριΙ)ν),  Dodd., 
Wesl..  Mack.,  Xewc,  Ros.,  Grcenf..  Penn..  Kcnr. 

■^  So  E.  V.  translates  άχονω  followed  b}'  an  accusative,  Matt. 
24:6;  Luke  21:  9;  &c. 

"  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  (are  walking). 
°  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  insert  τΤ-. 

f  So  rtotf'u  is  often  taken,  especially  when  connected  with  a 
neuter  adjective.  See  Pass.,  s.  v.,  II. — Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  ("gis) ; 
-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Wolf.,  (agis).  Thorn.,  Λ'an  Ess  {han• 
deist -j-so  All.,  Kist.,  De  W.).  Trol.,  Bloomf.  The  same  veib 
(ίο  acl)  is  employed  by  Giiyse.  Scott,  Claike. 

1  •Α  faithful  thing,  one  befitting  thy  .standing  as  mtsTOi,  a 
true  believer.'  So  Oec. :  αξιοι»  ΛιστοΟ  α^δρόί  ami  others  gene- 
rally. Some,  as  It.  (da  [^i-ero]  fedde).  'lliora.  (as  a  believer). 
Mey.  (als  Ochten  Cluislen).  Tiol.  (as  a  faithjul  man),  tieat 
the  phrase  Λίατόν  noiiis  as  equivalent  to  the  French  idiom. 
/aire  le  loi. 

'  E.  v.,  1  Thess.  4:10;  ic.  ;-R.  (on...  upon)  ;-Syr.,  It., 
Fr.  G.,-M..  Fr.  S.  (j30!ir);-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Biz.,  Pise,  Hamm. 
(in  the  Paraph.),  B.  and  L.  (as  I'r.  S.),  Dodd.,  Murd..  Kenr.. 
(toicarc/s \-i^o  Scott  and  Barn,  once  in  the  comment.),  Pyle 
(once  in  the  Paraph.),  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom..  (for).  Ros.,  Peile 
(in  relation  tu). 

•  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (as  one  version),  Mol- 
denh,  and  later  German  veiss..  Wakef.,  Mack..  Thorn.,  Greenf.. 
Penn.  Sharpe,  Peile  (Λ'ιονε).  Lucke's  view,  that  xai  cis  rov; 
It'i'ovs  stands  in  epc.xegetical  apposition  with  df  τονς  OS.,  is  not 
favoured  by  the  repetition  of  the  proposition  and  the  article; 
and  hence  may  have  come,  as  a  critical  gloss,  the  reading  xa.i 
•toito  ItVouf.  which,  however,  has  very  considerable  authorit}•, 
and  is  adopted  by  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  Tlieile. 

«  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 


"  E.  v.,  V.  3  J  &c.     See  1  John  1 :  2,  N.  I. 

'  See  V.  3,  N.  f. 

"  See  2  Pet.  1  :  7,  N.  a. 

•  Peile :  ■  ivumov  Έχχλταίαί — Angl.  in  open  Church,  in  open 
Congregation — is  said  by  the  same  conventional  onii.ssion  of 
the  Article,  as  in  classical  Greek  is  the  prevailing  rule  in  the 
use  of  all  such  words  (aarr^p,  μr^τr^f>■,  «001.5,  ym'ri,  ΛΟλι;,  dta»OTr,i, 
X.  t.  λ.)  as  expre.-s  some  well-known  and  familiar  object,  and 
in  our  own  idiom  also  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  as  when  we 
say  in  Town,  before  Parliament,  kc.  &c.' 

y  The  Greek  order,  retained  by  R.  ;-foreign  verss.,  except  the 
Dt.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Peile.  The  Syr.  di.>;regards 
the  nponfju^aj ;  the  Vulg.  has  benefaciens  deduces,  as  if  for  *. 
«otijaas  ΛροΛίμ-^ιΐί,  the  reading  of  C. ;  Germ.,  dii  hast  wohl  ge- 
than.  as  if  for  x.  t'rtot'ijsas,  Grot.'s  conjectural  reading. — Most 
of  the  modern  English  versions  have  wilt.  But  the  sentence 
is  an  authoritative  counsel  and  encouragement  in  opposition  to 
Diotrephes. 

'  The  participle  is  translated  by  an  infinitive  in  It..  French 
verss.  ;-Thom.,  Greenf..  Kist.,  Penn,  De  W.,  Peile. 

•  It  is  evident  from  the  context,  that  what  the  writer  desired 
in  behalf  of  the  wayfarers  was  ellectual  help  (romp.  Tit.  3:13; 
&c.),  rather  than  nurely  such  an  honourable  escort  as  Paul 
received  at  Miletns  (Acts  20 :  38)  and  Tyre  (Acts  21  :  5).  The 
former  idea  is,  accordingly,  here  included  by  the  critics  and 
lexicons  in  η^οηίμΛω  (as  Giot.  'cum  viatico  dimittere';  Beng. 
'dediicens  cum  coinmeatu';  Bloomf.  'by  sending  them  forward 
an<l  helping  thmi  on  their  jciurney';  De  W.  '  weiterfurdern 
ilurch  R•  iseausrustung' ;  &.C.),  and  several  versions  CNpre.'-s  it 
more  distinctly  than  is  (!one  in  E.V.  Thus:  Hamm.  (furnish 
for  their  j.).  B.  and  L.  (de  les  accompagner  et  de  te-t  pourroir 
pour  leur  roijage).  Mack,  (help  forward  on  their  j.).  Lticke, 
Mey.,  (weiter  \be-]  fiird'Tst),  Siolz  (ihnen  weiter  behiltflich 
bi«t),  Van  Ess  (weiter  furlhilfst),  Kenr.  (put  on  their  way), 
Pei'e. 

>■  E.  Λ'.,  Acts  15:3;  21:5;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Wakef ,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

'  E.  V.  (aft(r  C),  Wells,  Wesl,,  and  Sharpe,  are  the  only 
verss.  that  evade  the  literal  force  of  the  phrase.  E.  V.  has  it  in 
the  margin;  and  comp.  Col.  1 :  10;  1  Thess.  2:  12. 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


59 


KING    JAMES      VliKSION. 

7  Becnuse  that  for  his  name's 
sake  they  went  forlh,  takiiij: 
nolhinn-  of"  the  Gentiles. 

8  We  thereti)re  ought  to  i-e- 
ceive  such,  that  we  might  be• 
felhnv-helpers  to  the  truth. 

9  I  wrote  unto  the  church : 
but  Dlotrephes  who  loveth  to 
have  the  pre-eminence  among 
them,  receiveih  us  not. 

10  Wherelbre,  if  I  come,  1 
will  remember  his  cieeds  wliich 


GREEK    TEXT. 

7  ίσιέρ  γαρ  τον  ονόματος  a^r.?Mor 
μ/;^εν  λαμβάνοντες  άηο  των  sdvijv. 

8  ΤΜεΙς  ονν  οφείλοΐίεν  ά7ίο?.αμβά- 
νειν  τονς  τοιοίτονς,  ινα  αυνεργοι 
γινώμεθα  τν;  a/JTiQticf.. 

9  Έ/ραψα  τ^  έχκλτβίψ  α?.λ'  ό 
φΛοπρωτει'ων  αιτών  Αιοτρεψτ,ς  οίχ 
έηιδεχεται  ΤΜΟ,ς. 

10  bia  τοιτο,  έαν  έλθω,  νΛομνν.σω 
αϊτού  τα  £ρ/α  α  ηοιει,  'λογοίς  των/;- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

7  "Tor  ^in  behalf  of ''ihe  name 
ihev  wfni  i()riliS,  taking  noiliing 
"■from  ihe  'Geniiles. 

8  JWe  therefore  ought  to  ''re- 
ceive such,  that  we  'may  ""become 
feUow-°lab(iurers  "lor  the  truth. 

9  I  wrote  ρ  unto  the  church  : 
but  "^he  who  loveth  lo  'be  fore- 
most among  ihem,  Dit)trephes, 
'dotii  not  'admit  =us. 

10  "Therefore,  if  I  come,  I 
will   "bring  to  remembrance  his 


"^  Γαρ  occurs  very  often,  but  is  do  where  else  in  E.  V.  ren-        "'  Sie  1  Pot.  1  :  20.  N.  w. 
dei ed  becaiisi;  except  John  3  :  19  ;  10  :  26  ;  Acts  28  :  20 ;  Rom.        »  in  lendfi ini  oiif ργό?  Ε.  V.  refers  expressly  to  the  i'pyov  in 
4:  15. — W.,  R.;-foreign  vtrss.  generally  ;-Dodd.,  AVtsl.,  A^'akef.,    couipnsition  as  work  liibuur.  8  times  out  of  13.     So  hiie  W-;- 
Thotn.,  Murd.  Latin  vtrss.  (except  Pagn..  Casta!.).  Dt..  Fr.  S.  ;-Ilan]m.,  Beil. 

•  Comp.  E.  v..  2Cor  1:  11;  5:  12;  8:  24;    Phil.  1  :  29.     Bib..   Beng.   Dodd.  and   later  English  vir^iS.   (except  Ί  horn.), 
Wakef.,  Murd.,  Peile  (on  6.  of).  All.,  A'an  Ess,  Bloomf. 

"  Not:  'with  the  truth.'  as  Hamm  and  others,  but :  'with 
the  rai>sionary  luetlnin  on  heh:dl  of  the  truth.' — Fr.  S.  ;-Engl. 
Ann.  (  or  /u;'),  Syui.,  Wakif,  Newc.,  Mey..  Stolz,  Penn. 

ρ  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  insert  η  {A.  B.  C,  &c.)  after  iyp. 
1  The  Grc'ek  order  is  retained  by  R.;-Latin  Tcrs.s.,  Syr.  ;- 
Murd..  K«  nr..  Peile. 


'  'That  is  alike  dear  to  us  all.'  The  αντοί  of  a  few  MSS.. 
followed  by  the  Vulg..  Syr.,  &c..  is  omitted  by  Erasm..  Miil, 
and  all  the  recent  editors  (except  that  Hahn  l.rarkets  it).  Midd. 
indeed  sngi:e-ts  that,  even  if  aitoi  be  spurious,  the  aiticle  may 
be  '  used,  as  frequently  happen.s.  to  signify  Ais.'  But  the  single 
instance,  and  that  a  poetical  citation,  in  Acts  17  :  28,  would  not 
prove  this  to  be  N.  T.  usage. — Grot.  (■  Nomen  enim  per  excel- 
lentiam,  nomen  Cliristi,  Jac.  2:  7.').  B.  and  L.  7?iai-g-.,  Bing. 
('Subaudi,  ZJei ;'-so  Newc),  De  \V.,  Pei 


'  Theie  is  this  litrral  reference  to  the  «ρΰτο;  in  composition 

Wells  supplies  "λ^>;  \  ^^  foremost  or  first,   in  Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  G. -.M.,-S.  ;-Beng.  (esse 

primui-y-ioT   Vulg    primaluni  gerere)    Scott.    Lu  l<c.   All., 

^  Bez.,  Wolf.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  connect  ίξ^λβο.  im-  ,  shari«;,De  W.,  Stier,  Barn..  Mu.d.,  Peile;-the  lex:consgene,ally. 

•  R. ;- Wakef.,  M.ick.,  Thom.,   K'  nr.   {does) The   same 

verss.,  together  «ith  W.;-Latin  vcrss. 


mediately  with  anb  tCiv  ίθ. ;  nor  do  the  recent  editor.s,  except 
Griesb.  and  Mey.,  insert  a  comma  after  the  veib. 

■■  See  1  John  1 :  5,  X.  t. 

1  Lachm.  and  Ti.-ch.  read  iSnxui'. 

1  Grot. :  'Nos  Christian!  ubique  locorum.'  .See  1  John  2  :  20, 
N.  p.  &c. 

I"  O.'C. :  Άηο'Καμβάιΐίΐ.ν,  avti  toi,  ανα'Καμβάνίαθαί,  νΛοδίχιΐίβαι. 
Bloomf..  thercfoie,  eirs  in  attributing  to  Oec.  tlie  reading;  irto- 
%αμβάνΐίν.  which  Lachm.  and  Tisch.,  however,  edit  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  C.  &c..  and  with  the  approbation  of  Bloomf. 
De  W.,  &c.  Thi.s  is.  indeed,  the  more  classical  ^vor.l  for  taking 
tip  receicing  lender  oiie^s  protection  ;  but  the  internal  evidence 
for  the  change  is  by  no  in•  ans  strong.  'ΑΛολαμβάιχιν  might 
well  stand  in  antithesis  to  ϊξϊ]Χθον  of  the  preceding  vcr.-e.  'For 
the  sake  of  Ilim,  whom  we  al.>o  love,  these  brethren  went  out 
into  the  heathen  wilderness.  And  shall  not  we  receive  them 
back  with  a  ready  welcome,  when  in  the  brief  intervals  of  la- 
bour they  seek  rest  and  refreshment  in  the  bosom  of  the 
Churchr     Comp.  Luke  15:  27. 

1  E.  v.,  following  T.,  C  G  ,  is  follosved  by  none  (except 
AYel!s)  in  u-ing  the  impeiftct.  All  foreign  verss.  retain  the 
present;  though  Mill  cites  two  or  three  MSS.  for  tlio  reading 
γΐνωμεθα. 


Syr.  ;-Dodd.,  Car]  z., 
Ros.  Greenf..  Peile,  trans'ate  {;μά;  last.  '  d',  his  ecclesiastical 
supeiior;  not  even  our  letter.' 

t  A  different  word  from  that  in  v.  8. — Casta!.  Grot..  Ros., 
{admittit -,-ίοτ  \\ι\\:.η:€  pit),  Carpz.  {curat)  Wakef.  {allow). 
Tliom.  {regurd),  ShaipL-  {heedeih).  Peile. 

°  The  διά  Toiro  is  cxpres.sed  by  a  demonstrative  partic'e  in 
E.  v.,  jMatt.  C  :  25,  and  generally  elsewheie  ;-Gernian  verss , 
Dt.,  lt.;-Paj;n  .  Oastal.,  Bez..  Arer.,  Dodd..  Gremf.,  Muid.:— 
by  a  prepi'Sition  and  deinonstiative  pronoun  with  or  »i  hout 
a  substantive•,  in  Yi<U..  Sv  r.  ;~Erasni.,  Vat.,  Muck.,  Thom., 
Pvnn,  Peile: — in  the  French  vir.~s.  h\  c'est  poiirquoi. 

"  The  writer  threatens,  not  that  he  himself  will  bear  m  mind, 
but  that  he  will  exiiose.  the  msconduct  of  Dio'rephes;  recall- 
ing it  (or  apostidic  cen>uie.  to  tin•  humiliatii  η  of  the  ofendcr, 
and  for  the  warning  of  others.  This  causative  force  of  νηομιμ- 
vraxu  our  remember  no  longer  retains.  But  it  is  cliarl\  gi\en 
in  E.  v.,  John  14:  20.  and  elsewhire;  and  here  is  eithtr  ex- 
pressed, or  more  distin -tly  than  in  E.  V.  imp'ied.  in  W.  T.  C, 
G.  R.  ;-S\r.  (aicord  ng  to  the  text  of  the  P.  and  ihai  of  L<  e) 
and  other  foreign  verss.  ;-Wakef.,  Mack.,  Xewc,  Thom..  Schulef. 


60 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


KINO   JAMES     VERSION. 

he  doeth,  prating  against  us  with 
malicious  words :  and  not  con- 
tent therewith,  neither  doth  he 
himself  receive  the  brethren,  and 
forbiddeth  them  that  would,  and 
casieth  them  out  of  the  church. 

11  Beloved,  follow  not  that 
which  is  evil,  but  that  which  is 
good.  He  that  doeth  good  is  of 
God :  but  he  that  doeth  evil  hath 
not  seen  God. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


poig  φλυαρώΐ'  5ς/<άς•  χαϊ  μτ,  αρκοίμε- 
νος  επί  τοιτοις,  οντε  αι'τος  εη^εχεται 
τονς  ά^ελφονς,  και  τονς  βουλομένον; 
κολνει,  και  έκ  της  έκκλτισίας  εχ- 
βάλλει. 

1 1  ΆγατΐΥίτε,  μη  μιμον  τό  χακον, 
άλλα  τό  α/αθόι^.  ό  άγαΟοσιοίον,  εχ 
rov  θεον  εΰϋιν  ο  hi  κακοηοιών,  οίχ 
έώραχε  τον  Θεόν. 


REVISED    VERSION. 


deeds  which  he  doeth,  prating 
against  us  with  ^wicked  words  ; 
and,  not  ''contented  with  ''these, 
neither  doth  he  himself  ^admit 
the  brethren,  and  "those  ''who 
would  he  "^hinderelh  and  casteth  '' 
out  of  ihe  church. 

11  Beloved,  'do  not  imitate 
''what  is  evil,  but  ''what  is  good. 
He  that  doeth  good  is  of  God ; 
shut  he  that  doeth  evil  hath  not 
seen  God. 


"  See  1  John  3 :  12,  N.  h.  The  word  occurs  frequently,  but 
is  only  here  rendered  in  E.  V.  malicinus.  Nor  does  this  spe- 
cific sense  appear  in  W.  ;-Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Mey.). 
Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Hamm.,  Beng., 
Carpz.,  "Wakcf.,  Newc,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Barn.  ;-Rob. 
('ei'if  [the  word  used  in  the  English  verss.  here  cited],  'hurtful, 
injuTious,  mischievous^  ;-but  it  is  better  perhaps  to  consider  the 
apostle  as  denouncing  the  immoral  character,  rather  than  the 
mischicTOUs  tendency  or  results,  of  these  speeches.). 

'  Mey.  and  Fr.  S.  render  αρχ.  as  a  participle  of  the  middle 

(sich  begnugend,  se  contentant) ;  many  others,  by  a  finite  verb. 

y  The  pronoun,  in  a  plural  or  singular  form,  is  retained  by 

"W.,  R.  ;-Latin   and  French  verss.,   Syr.,   Germ.,   It.  ;-Dodd., 

Wakef.,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

>  See  V.  9,  N.  t. 

•  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  b,  etc. The  Greek  order  is  retained 

by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  All.,  Penn, 
Murd. 

"  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  c,  &c. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2  :  16,  N.  t.  Leigh :  '  Non  significat  verbis  tan- 
tum  prohibere ;  sed  vim  quandam  inhibentem  sen  arcentem 
denotat.'  The  verb  to  hinder  is  employed  by  E.  V.,  Luke  11 : 
52;  Acts  8:  30;  and  here  by  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Thom._ 
Penn,  Peile. 

>■  The  veords  ix  trji  ίχχ-κ.  Ιχβ.  are  by  many  commentators 
(Carpz.,  Mey.,  Ros.,  Bloomf.,  Barn.,  Peile,  &c.)  understood  to 
mean,  that,  by  denying  the  strangers  hospitalit}',  Diotrephes 
'compelled  them  to  go  elsewhere.'  But  the  opinion  is  unten- 
able. Ros.  contents  himself  with  saying :  '  De  excommunica- 
tione  hoc  vix  intelligi  potest ;'  and  Bloomf. :  '  It  can  hardly  be 
supposed  that  Diotrephes  would  excommunicate  any  one  on  so 
frivolous  a  pretext.'  It  is  suificicnt  to  reply,  that,  if  Diotrephes 
was  the  '  unreasonable  and  wicked  man'  (2  Thess.  3  :  2)  that 
he  is  represented  to  have  been,  there  is  much  less  difficulty  in 
that  supposition  than  in  the  fact,  that  he  resisted  and  disowned 
an  apostle  of  the  Lord,  and  maintained  a  position  of  influence 


and  authority  in  the  church,  while  doing  so :  although  even  of 

such  enormities  the  Church  History  of  no  age  since  Pentecost 
("  quid  postea  non  factum  V  exclaims  Beng.)  allows  us  to  judge, 
that  there  is  aught  in  them  scarcely  credible  (Lucke)  or  hmdly 
conceivable  (De  W.).  The  whole  structure  and  arrangement 
of  the  sentence,  moreover,  are  opposed  to  this  view.  Especially 
is  it  irreconcilable  with  the  use  of  ix,  not  ajto,  before  the  noun 
and  in  composition  with  the  verb.  Peile's  reference  to  Acts 
13:50,  for  an  instance  of  ίχβάλλω  used  'much  in  the  same 
sense  as  here,'  is  plainly  nugatory  for  his  purpose.  AYe  can 
understand  how  Paul  and  Barnabas,  having  spent  some  time 
in  a  city,  might  be  '  expelled  out  of  it ;  but  in  the  present  case 
there  could  be  no  expulsion  of  these  strangers  from  a  church, 
which  they  had  not  been  allowed  to  enter.  It  may  be  added 
that  this  interpretation,  at  best,  changes  what  is  in  itself  a  very 
vigorous  climax  into  something  that  sounds  like  very  feeble  tau- 
tology. Yet  Barn,  says  of  it :  '  That  it  is  the  correct  interpre- 
tation seems  to  me  to  be  evident,  for  it  was  of  the  treatment 
which  they  (the  strangers)  had  received  that  the  apostle  was 
speaking.'  Rather,  the  apostle  is  speaking  of  the  character  of 
Diotrephes  and  his  conduct  toward  the  apostle  himself,  toward 
the  strangers,  and  now  lastly  toward  the  brethren  of  his  own 
church. — No  pronoun  is  supplied  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss..  Syr.; 
-Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

"  R.  ;-Latin  verss..  It.,  French  verss.  except  G.,  (use  imitor 
or  a  derivative),  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  Πίί~η   "^N)  ;-Engl.  Ann. 

{imitate  not  ;-so  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.), 
Hamm.,  Beng.  {mache  es  nicht  nach).  Mack,  {do  not  thou  im.), 
Thom.,  Clarke,  Mey.  and  later  German  verss.  {ahme  nicht 
nach),  Murd.  marg.  (be  not  an  imitator),  Kenr. 

'  A  compound  relative  is  employed  by  the  Vulg.  once,  and 
twice  in  the  other  Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.)  ;-Mack.,  Thom., 
Murd. 

^  All  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.)  cancel  the  St.  I 
recommend  the  adoption  of  this  reading,  and  the  omission  of 
but. 


Kenr.  {I will  mind ;  with  the  note  appended :  'The  Greek  verb 
signifies  to  remind.'  But  this  is  equally  signified  by  the  Vulg. 
commombo.),  Peile;- the  lexicons.  Bloomf.  remarks  that, 
'though  authority  for  this  use  [the  neuter  sense]  may  he  want- 


ing, yet  in  a  writer  like  St.  John  that  is  not  indispensable.' 

In  any  writer,  however,  it   is   very  desirable. The  avrov 

stands  in  regimen  with  ίά  ί'ργα,  not  (as  the  German  verss., 
Carpz.,  and  Wakef.,  imply)  with  νΛο/ιν^υω. 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


61 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

12  Demetrius  hath  good  report 
of  all  mejj,  and  of  the  truth  it- 
self: yea,  and  we  also  bear 
record  ;  and  ye  know  that  our 
record  is  true. 

13  I  had  many  things  to  write, 
but  I  will  not  with  ink  and  pen 
write  unto  thee : 

14  But  I  trust  I  shall  shortly 
see  thee,  and  we  shall  speak 
face  to  face.  Peace  he  to  thee. 
Our  friends  salute  thee.  Greet 
the  friends  by  name. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

12  ΑημγιΤ^ίίΛ  μεμαρ-τίψ-ηται  imo 
TtavTcuv,  xa'i  im  αντης  ττ.ς  α^.τβΐίας- 
και  τμύς  hi  μαρτνρονμεν,  και  οΊδατε 
ση  ή  |ίζαρτυρί'α  τ^ιών  άληθτ,ς  έστι,. 

13  Πολλά  εΐχον  γράφειν,  αλλ'  ον 
θε?υίύ  hia  μέλανος  χαί  καλάμου  Col 
ypdii/af 

14  εληίζίύ  δε  ευθέως  ιδείν  σε,  xai 
στόμα  ηρος  στόμα  ?Μλτ,σομεν• 

15  Eipr[j^>7  0Όί•  ασπάζονται  σε  οί 
φίλοί.  άσηόζον  τονς  φίλους  κατ 
όνομα. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

12  ''Unto  Demetrius  "testimony 
Jhalh  been  borne  by  all'',  and  by 
the  truth  itself;  'but  "we  "also 
"testify,  and  Pye  know  that  our 
'•testimon}'  is  true. 

13  1  had  many  things  ■'to  write, 
but  I  will  not  with  ink  and  'pen 
'write  unto  thee  ; 

14  But  I  "hope  ''straightway 
"'to  see  thee,  and  we  shall  speak 
'mouth  to  mouth. 

>Ί5  Peace  be  to  thee.  ^The 
friends  salute  thee.  "Salute  the 
friends  by  name. 


^  The  construction  by  the  dative  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.  (=  '^SJ),  Dt.  (αωι  D.),  It., 

Fr.  G..-M.,-S.;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Lucke,  Greenf., 
Van  Ess,  Kist.,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

'  See  1  John  5 :  9,  N.  a.  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.), 
It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (use  testimonium  or  a  derivative)  ;-Dodd. 
and  the  later  English  verss.  (except  Penn). 

1  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  (redditum,  est  ;-for  the  Vulg.  red- 
ditur),  Castal.  (commendatus  est). 

>•  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  generally  ;-Wakef.,  Thom.,  Clarke,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Barn.,  Murd.  (every  one),  Kenr.,  Peile. 

1  Beng. :  '  Si  iamen,  etsi  jam  multis  ornatus  testimoniis  sit 
Demetrius.'  See  1  John  1 :  3,  N.  o,  &c.  W.  ;-Latin  verss., 
except  Castal.,  (sed),  Syr.  ;-All.,  De  W.,  {aber),  Kenr. 

"  See  1  John  4:  14,  N.  f,  &c. 

°  Hamm.  and  Penn,  following  E.  V.,  are  the  only  verss.  that 
mark  also,  or  its  equivalent,  as  supplied. 

°  See  1  John  1 :  2,  N.  1. 

Ρ  '  You,  Gaius,  and  all  likeminded,  to  whom  this  letter  may 
be  shown.'     Lachm.  alone  reads  οίδα;. 

1  See  1  John  5  :  9,  N.  a. 

'  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  γράψαι  eoi. 

'  Gr.  reed — which  I  recommend  as  a  marginal  note.  Latin 
verss.  (calamiim -j-Bxcept  that  Castal.  repeats  charta  from 
2  John  12;  in  which  he  is  imitated  by  B.  and  L.),  Syr.  (=  Greenf. 
r>ip),  Fr.  S.  7narg.  (le  roseau)  ;-Stier  (Rohr),  Murd.  marg. 

<■  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  γράφε  w. 


"  See  2  John  12,  N.  m. 

'  In  the  N.  T.  tiSiuj  occurs  80  times,  and  is  always  in  E.  V. 
rendered,  immediately,  forthwith,  straightway,  with  6  excep- 
tions (Mark  1 :  30 ;  5  :  36 ;  11 :  2 ;  Luke  17  :  7  ;  21 :  9  ;  3  John 
14),  in  all  of  which  the  same  meaning  i.s  equally  evident,  and 
in  two  of  them  is  conveyed  by  E.  V.  in  another  form,  as  soon 
as. — R.  {forihwith);-\ u\g.  {protinus),  French  verss.  (bientot)  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  {as  Vulg.),  Pagu.,  Bez.,  (statim),  Wakef.  (m- 
mediately).  Mack.  Of  the  lexicons,  Steph.,  Scap.,  Leigh.  Suic, 
SchOttg.,  Pass.,  L.  and  S.,  do  not  recognize  the  sense  οι  shortly. 
Rob.  gives  it  here,  but  shows  nothing  else  for  it  except  Matt. 
24 :  29,  where  E.  V.  properly  has  immediately. 

"  E.  v.,  2  John  12;  Rom.  15:  24;  &c.;-W.,  R.;-Vulg.  and 
other  foreign  verss.  (except  the  later  Latin)  ;-Dodd.  and  the 
later  English  (except  Newc). 

'  See  2  John  12,  N.  o. 

y  Pagn.,  who  introduced  the  division  of  the  N.  T.  into  verses 
in  1528,  numbered  this  as  a  separate  verse,  and  has  been  fol- 
lowed by  all  the  foreign  verss.  (except  Vat.  and  Greenf.  Castal. 
begins  the  verse  at  αατίάζονΐαΐ  αι.)  ;-Dodd.,  Thom.,  Bagster's 
Hexapla;-a!l  the  recent  critical  editions  of  the  Greek  Text.  The 
different  arrangement  of  E.  V.  (as  now  commonly  printed)  is 
no  improvement  on  the  original  notation. 

'  E.  v.,  last  clause  ;-T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-all  foreign  verss.  ;-WelIs, 
Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

»  See  2  John  13,  N.  r.  E.  V.  and  Hamm.,  following  T.,  C, 
G.,  are  alone  in  rendering  the  verb  here  by  two  words,  salute 
and  greet ;  and  all  other  English  verss.,  except  Vi.  and  Sharpe, 
employ  the  former  word. 


62 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING  JAMES'  VERSION. 
JuDE,    the    servant    of   Jesus 


GREEK  TEXT. 


ΊΟΤΔΑΣ  Ί/ισού  Χρίστου  δοιΛος, 
Christ,  and  brother  of  James,  to  αδελφός  Ss  Ιακώβου,  τοις  h  Θεω 
them  that  are  sanctified  by  God  i 


REVISED  VERSION. 

"Judas,  ''a  servant  of  Jesus 
Christ,  "^and  brother  of  James,  to 
''the  called,  '  sanctified  *^in  God 


"  A  name  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  N.  Ϊ..  but  only  in 
this  instance  abbreviated  into  Jude,  in  order  probably  to  distin- 
guish the  writer  from  the  traitor — a  point  which  an  evangelist 
secured  by  adding  to  the  name,  not  Iscariot,  John  14 :  22,  and 
the  writer  himself  by  the  clauses  in  apposition. — W.,  T.,  C.  ;- 
Latin  and  German  verss.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Guype,  Sharpe.  It.  has 
Giuda  throughout.  Fr.  G.  and  M.  have  Jude  here,  and  wher- 
ever in  the  evangelical  history  the  same  person  is  supposed  to 
be  meant  (even  in  John  14 :  22,  where  the  very  ambiguity  of 
'lovSas  is  that  which  called  for  the  explanatory  ού;^  ΰ  Ίβζαριύ- 
ttjs)  ;  in  other  cases  they  have  Judas. 

>■  The  only  instance  (e.xcept  Phil.  1  :  1,  where  the  word  is  in 
the  plural),  in  which  E.  V.  prefixes  the  definite  article  to  the 
descriptive  title  of  the  writer.  Here  the  indefinite  article,  or 
none,  is  used  by  all  foreign  verss.  (except  Moldenh.)  ;-Dodd., 
and  subsequent  English  verss. 

'  See  2  Pet.  1  :  5,  N.  r.  Of  this  6ε'  De  W.  remarks,  that  it 
'appends  another  title,  different  from  the  one  preceding.'  It 
may  even  be  said  that  the  second  title  is  contrasted  with  the 
first,  as  being  a  more  certain  identification  of  the  writer ;  and  so 
'i'it.  1:1.  In  the  present  case,  indeed,  it  is  possible  that  some- 
thing more  is  implied.  If  this  Judas  was  the  same  as  the  one 
mentioned  in  JIatt.  13  :  55  and  Mark  G  :  3  among  the  '  brethren' 
of  our  Lord,  the  antithetical  copula  might  suggest  that,  no 
longer  'knowing  Christ  after  the  fle.sh'  (2  Cor.  5 :  16),  he  now 
gloried  in  the  far  higher  relationships  (Matt.  11 :  11 ;  12:  48- 
50;  Luke  11 :  28)  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  gladly  merging 
the  distinction  of  nature  in  the  spiritual  fellowship  of  the 
brethren,  whose  one  Master  is  Christ  (Matt.  23:8).  Or,  if 
we  proceed  on  any  one  of  the  other  hypotheses  respecting  his 
personality,  the  &ί  may  be  regarded  as  disclaiming  that  distinc- 
tion. While,  therefore,  the  analogy  of  Tit.  1 :  1  leads  me  to 
retain  the  and  of  E.  V.,  I  recommend  that  the  words :  '  Or, 
hut'  appear  in  the  margin. — Latin  verss.,  except  Erasm.  and 
Castal..  (auiem.     Beng.  vera).  Syr.,  Germ.  ;-Stier. 

''  The  awkward  ναηρον  rtporfpov  of  E.  X.  is  not  warranted 
by  the  Greek,  where  x/jytoij  is  used  as  a  substantive  (Erasm. : 


'nomen  est,  non  participium.'  Comp.  Rom.  1:  C;  1  Cor.  1: 
24),  introduced  by  rots,  and  qualified  by  the  two  intermediate 
participles.  This  construction  and  arrangement  are  best  pre- 
served in  the  German  of  De  W.  and  Stier  (den  .  . .  geheilisten 
und . . .  bewahrten  Berufenen).  But  the  same  construction  of 
the  Greek  is  apparent  also  (though  in  several  in.^^tances  χλ.  is 
not  rendered  as  a  substantive)  in  Syr.  (which  translates  xx.  as 
a  participle,  and  supplies  =  C^V),  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-S.;- 

Pagn.,  Calv.,  Bez.,  Par.  ('  Beza  constructionem  attendens,  quae 
trajecta  est,  primo  loco  collocat  vocatos.  Hoc  namque  proprie 
est  subjectum  recipiens,  ad  quos  Epistola  scribitur:  nempe  ΙΌ- 
cati:  quos  ab  adjunctis  hucusque  explicavit  Judas.'),  Hamm., 
Cocc,  Wells,  Whitb.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Newc.  (supplying 
brethren  after  called),  Thom.,  Mey.,  Ros.,  Stolz,  Greenf.,  Trol., 
Peile.  Some  (T.,  C,  G.  ;-Fr.  M.  ;-Penn),  missing  the  con- 
struction, do  3'et  give  x%.  first;  and  others  {W.;-B.  and  L., 
Dodd.,  Arn.)  have  it  before  Tffjjp.  The  supplementary  and 
of  E.  V.  is  from  R.  after  the  Vulg.  et  vocatis. 

'  The  participial  construction  here  and  at  ftrjjpi;^.  is  pre- 
served in  Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal..  Bez.,  Par.,  Beng..  Moldenh., 

Carpz.,  Ilaenl.,  Ros.,  Greenf.,  Trol.,  De  W.,  Stier, For  ί;γιαομ., 

Beng.  (in  the  Gnom.),  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  read  f^yaΛr^μivoιi  (A,  B., 
Vulg.,  Syr.,  &c.). 

f  '  What  Acts  17  :  28  asserts  respecting  the  natural  man, 
being  far  more  gloriously  true  of  the  new  creature  in  Christ 
Jesus.'  The  tV,  therefore,  does  not  abound  (Carpz,),  neither  is 
it  =  «m  (Par,,  B.  and  L,,  Wolf,,  i\Ioldenh.,  Haeni.,  &c,).  See 
2  Pet.  1  :  1,  N.  d ;  5,  N.  w;  2  :  3,  N.  m.— E.  V.,  1  Cor.  1:2; 
1  John  2  :  24  ;  &c.  ;-W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  2), 
Germ..  Dt.  marg.,  It,  Fr.  G.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.  (whom  Par. 
misquotes  as  preferring  per.  Calv.  allows  per,  but  gives  this 
reason  for  retaining  in :  '  Potest  enim  et  hie  esse  sensus :  Quod 
in  se  ipsis  profani,  in  Deo  sanctitatem  habeant.'),  Castal.,  Aret,, 
Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  (-plus  valet  quam  ίιά.').  Wits,  (-non  solum 
a,  sed  et  in  Deo  Patrc,  ut  uniim  cum  ipso  sint,  Joh.  17  :  21.'), 
B.  and  L.  marg..  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Stier,  Arn., 
Kenr.,  Peile.     E.  V.  follows  Bez.j  who  (as  usual)  follows  Pagn. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


63 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

the    Father,    and    preserved    in 
Jesus  Christ,  and  called  : 

2  Mercy  unto  you,  and  peace, 
and  love,  be  multiplied. 

3  Beloved,  when  I  gave  all 
diligence  to  write  unto  you  of 
the  common  salvation,  it  was 
needful  tor  me  to  write  unto  you, 
and  exhort  you  that  ye  should 
earnestly   contend    for  the   faith 


GREEK    TEXT. 

TtaTpi  γγιαΰμένοις  xai  Ίτισού  Χριστώ 
τετηργιμενοις  χ7.•ητοις' 

2  έλεος  νμίν  καί  ειρήνη  xai  άγάηη 
η?^ηθυνθείη. 

3  Άγατί-ι^τοί,  τΐάσαν  anov^hv  ττοι- 
οί'μενος  γράφειν  νμϊν  τίερί  ττ^  xoivr.g 
σωτηρίας,   άνάγχην    εσχον    γρά^^ί 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  Father,  and  skept  ""for  Jesus 
Christ; 

2  Mercy  unto  you  and  peace 
and  love  be  multiplied. 

3  Beloved,  'while  Jusing  all 
diligence  to  write  unto  you  ''con- 
cerning 'the  common  salvation, 
"there  vi^as  °a  necessity  "that  I 
should  write  ρ  exhorting  you  to 
istrive     earnestly    for  the   faith 


*  See  N.  e. The  verb  rr^piu  occurs  75  times  in  the  N.  T. 

(five  times  in  this  Epistle),  and  in  E.  V.  is  58  times  rendered 
io  keep ;  only  here  and  1  Thess.  5  :  23,  to  preserve.  'Wherever, 
as  in  this  verse,  it  is  used  of  believers,  I  prefer  to  translate  it 
by  keep,  not  so  much  on  the  general  ground  of  uniformity,  as 
on  account  of  the  large  use  of  that  term  in  the  same  connection 
in  our  Lord's  high-priestly  prayer  (John  17.).  The  present 
safety  of  the  Church  is  the  Father's  answer  to  the  Son.  See 
Rev.  3  :  3,  N.  h.— W. 

^  llaenl. :  '  Dativus  subject!,  cui  fideles  Dei  provida  cura  ser- 
vati  sunt.'  So  the  dative  after  the  passive  of  trfiia  is  construed 
in  E.  v.,  V.  13  ;  2  Pet.  2  :  17  ;  3:7;  and  here  by  G.  ;-Vulg.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Pagu.,  Castal.,  Βεζ.,  Engl.  Ann.  (•  Or,  preserved  to  J. 
C.  Kept  by  God  the  Father,  John  6  :  39,  40  and  10 :  29,  to 
be  presented  to  Christ  blameless  at  the  day  of  judgment,  Eph. 
5 :  27 ;  2  Cor.  11 :  2.'),  Cocc,  Pise,  and  Vorst.  (in  eum  finem, 
ut  aliquaudo  Christo  addacantur  tanquam  sponsa  sponso.'),  B. 
and  L.  ('Corame  une  Epouse  est  gardee  precieusement  pour 
son  Epoux.'),  Beng.  ('Christo  indelibatum  servari,  laetum  .  .  . 
Signiticantur  salutis  origines  et  consummatio.'  His  German 
is/iZr;-and  so  Stolz,  De  W .,  Huth.),  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Mey., 
Ros.,  Stier  (' Xot  merely,  as  Luther  and  many  others:  kept  in 
Jesus  Christ,  but:  unto  Jesus  Christ,  the  Lord  and  Saviour, 
as  a  possession  to  Him  belonging,  dearlj'  bought,  ordained  to 
glory  [2  Thess.  2 :  14].  the  Bride,  for  Him  kept  faithful  and 
pure,  and  presented  unto  Him  [2  Cor.  11 :  2].'). 

'  E.  v.,  Matt.  27:  63;  Luke  24:  44;  1  Tim.  5:  6;-Newc., 
Murd. 

i  Thom.  and  Kenr.  employ  this  verb.     The  Greek  phrase 

differs  from  tliat  m  2  Pet.  1 :  5. The  participial  construction 

is  retamed  by  VV.,  R.  ;-Vu!g.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (Or, 
giaing^),  Cocc,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Greenf,  Penn  {in  giving). 
Sharpe,  Arn.,  Kenr. 

k  See  1  John  1  :  1,  N.  d. 

1  After  xoivrii  Lachra.  inserts  τ,μΰν  (Syr.  The  Vulg.  had 
read  ΰ/χΰι/.). 

"  Gr.  /  had  (comp.  E.  V.,  1  Cor.  7  :  37).  This  ordinary 
sen'ie  of  Χχα  appears  in  W.  ;-A'iilg.,  Syr.  (in  the  usual  form  = 
est  miht),  Dt.  ;-Pagn.,  Calv.,  Castal.,  Bez..  Par.,  Cocc,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Slier,  Kenr.  Others  retain  the  form  of  ϊαχον  as  an 
active  verb  of  the  first  person:    R.,  Hamm.,   Guyse,  Mack., 


Bloomf.,  using  the  verb  to  think;  Germ.,  Mey.,  All.,  Λα/iera; 
Dodd.,  to  judge;  Moldenh.,  OeW.,  finden;  Wakef.,  Thom., 
Peile,  to  find;  Haenl..  Ros.,  ducere;  Arn.,  regarder.  Very 
many  of  these  verss.  translate  άνά-γχψ  by  an  adjective ;  with 
regard  to  which,  see  N.  η ;  and  for  the  transference  of  the  sub- 
ject of  'ίαχον  to  γρά^αι,  Ν.  Ο. 

"  The  word  άνάγχη  (not  xptia.  as  in  1  John  2 :  27 ;  3  :  17 ; 
&c.)  occurs  18  times,  and  in  E.  -V.  is  rendered  thrice  by  must 
needs ;  once,  by  necessai~y ;  nine  times,  by  necessity  ;-Syr. 
(adopts  the  Greek  term,  as  in  Matt.  18 :  7)  ;-B.  and  L.  ([je 
me  trouve  dans^  la  necessite).  Thom.  The  same  strength  of 
meaning  (Erasm.,  Vat..  Beng.,  employ  the  phrase,  non  posse 
non)  is  found,  in  the  use  of  the  adjective  (necessary,  or  an  equi- 
valent), in  R. ;-Vulg.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M. ;-Pagn.,  Calv.  ('Acres 
enim  stimulos  admovet  necessitas.  Nisi  praemoniti  fuissent, 
quantopere  sibi  necessaria  esset  haec  cohortatio,  poterant  ad 
legcndum  esse  pigri  et  resides.  Quum  vero  ex  praesenti  eorum 
necessitate  se  scribere  praefatur,  perinde  est.  acsi  classicum 
caneret  excutiendo  torpori.'),  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Hamm.,  Cocc, 
Guyse,  Dodd..  Carpz.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Haenl.,  Newc,  Clarke, 
Ros.,  Gerl.,  Dav.,  Arn.,  Huth.  The  substantive  7ieed  (or  an 
equivalent)  is  given  by  W.  ;-Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stier,  Kenr. 

"  Peile:  'That  I shmdd  write,  very  exactly  conveys  the  force 
of  the  Greek  aorist  ypo^at.  as  distinguished  from  the  more  pre- 
cise present  yfa^uv,  to  write.'' 

ρ  Gr.  write  unto  you  exhorting  to  strive.  By  a  slight 
transposition,  in  accordance  with  Scholef.'s  recommendation, 
we  avoid  the  necessity  of  repeating  the  pronoun,  and  are  en- 
abled to  retain  the  participle  (R.  ;-Vulg.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc, 
Wit?..  Beng.  ['τό  scribere  arete  cohaeret  cum  af/Aorfa?is';-so 
De  W. :  '  No  comma  !'],  Dodd.,  Mack..  Kenr.)  and  infinitive 
(W.,  R.;-Vulg.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh., 
Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thom.  and  the  later  English  verss.,  Greenf., 
Gerl.). 

•i  Not  the  same  word  as  that  in  vv.  9,  23 ;  and  in  the  N.  T. 
found  only  here.  E.  V.  translates  the  simple  verb  thrice,  to 
strive ;  thrice,  to  fight ;  once,  to  labour  fervently.  And  it  is 
true  tliat  the  emphasis  lies  in  the  verb,  not  in  the  ε jti,  which 
merely  points  to  the  object  upi-n,  about,  for  which  the  con- 
test is  to  be  maintained.  '  Ilic  valet  pro'  (Grot.). — W.  {sir. 
strongly)  ;-Oodd.,  Wakef.  {str.  heartily),  Sharpe  (strife), 
Bloomf.  {zealously  str.). 


64 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

which  was  once  delivered  unto 
the  saints. 

4  For  there  are  certain  men 
crept  in  unawares,  who  were 
before  of  old  ordained  to  this 
condemnation,  ungodly  men, 
turning  the  grace  of  our  God 
into  lasciviousness,  and  denj'ing 
the  only  Lord  God,  and  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


hiJiv  7ίαρακα?^ν  ετίαγωνιζεσθαι  τγ 
άηαζ  τίαραΒοθείαγ  τοΙς  αγίοις  τύαΐει. 
4  Υία^είΰε^υσαν  yup  τυνες  άΐ'θρω- 
Ttot,  οϊ  τΐάλαι  τίξιογεγραμμενοί  εις 
τούτο  to  κρίμα,  ασεβείς,  triv  .  του 
€)εον  ήμων  χάριν  /.ιεταηθέντες  εις 
άσέλγειαν,  και  τον  μόνον  ^εστίότην 
θεον  και  Κίψιον  τιμών  'Ijyffoiv  Χρί- 
στου άρνονμενοι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

■■  once  for  all  delivered  unto  the 
saints. 

4  For  there  'have  'crept  in 
"privily  certain  men,  who  ''have 
been  ""before  of  old  "described 
"for  this  condemnation,  ungodly,'' 
^perverting  the  "grace  of  our  God 
into  lasciviousness,  and  denying 
•Our  only  'Master,  God  and  '=Lord, 
Jesus  Christ. 


'  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  R.  ;-A'ulg.  ;- 
Cocc,  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Carpz.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Scott,  Ros., 

Penn,  De  W..  Stier,  Kenr. English  readers,  it  is  probable, 

commonly  understand  the  once  of  E.  Λ'.  as  =  formerly.  But 
this  sense,  though  here  adopted  by  Pric,  Carpz.,  JMack.,  Ilaenl., 
Laurm.,  Bloomf.,  Arn.,  and  allowed  by  B.  and  L.,  Barn.,  is  not 
recognized  by  any  lexicon  as  belonging  to  ατίαξ.  For  v.  5, 
which  has  been  cited  in  justification,  see  N.  h;  while  at  1  Pet. 
3 :  20,  Mack.'s  other  reference,  the  ono|  is  abandoned  as  spu- 
rious by  all  recent  editors.  Latin  verss.  {semel  ;-which  Bez., 
Est.,  Grot.,  Coco.,  Beng.  ['Particula  valde  urgens.  Nulla  alia 
dabitur  fides.'],  Ros.,  understand  as  asserting  the  unchangeable- 
ness  of  the  faith).  Germ,  verss.  (einmal  ;-which  Moldenh.,  Stier. 
Huth.,  explain  as  =  ein  fur  allemal),  Dt.  {eenmaal  ;-explained 
in  the  Ann.  thus :  '  That  is,  it  shall  never  be  changed,  but  shall 
always  remain  just  as  it  has  once  been  taught  by  Christ  and  the 
Apostles.'),  It.  (u7ia  volta),  French  verss.  (zwe  _/bis ;-explained 
by  B.  and  L.  as  =  tine  fois  pour  louies)  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (■  Or, 
once  for  all,  not  to  be  delivered  any  more'),  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Pyle, 
Thom.,  Scott,  Peile.  See  also  the  lexicons,  where,  among  other 
phrase.s,  SchOttg.,  Bretsch.,  Wahl,  employ  semel  pro  semper; 
Pass.,  ein  fur  alle  Mai;  L.  and  S.,  Bob.,  Green,  once  for  all; 
Schirl.,  einmal  fur  immer. 

'  Wakef.,  Newc.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Dav.,  Peile. 

»  The  verb  comes  before  its  subject  in  Latin  verss..  It.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Greenf.,  De  W.,  Stier,  Arn.,  Peile. 

"  In  Gal.  2  :  4  the  jtapo  in  composition  is  in  E.  V.  rendered 
once  imateares  and  once  privily,  the  latter  phrase  being  em- 
ployed also  in  the  parallel  2  Pet.  2 :  1  ;-W.  ;-Mack..  Newc, 
Trol. 

'  See  2  Pet.  3  :  7,  N.  r,  &c.  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Moldenh., 
Slack.,  Thom.,  Peile  {whom  we  find  to  have). 

"  '  In  prophecy,  and  by  divine  judgments  inflicted  on  such 
as  they ;  the  severity  of  God  in  Ilia  word  and  in  His  providence 
addressing  itself  to  all  His  adversaries.'  Beng. :  '  Par  omnium 
indoles  et  poena.'  The  verb  τίρογ^άψω  occurs  (according  to  the 
reading  preferred  in  Rom.  15 :  4)  four  or  five  times  in  the  N.  T., 
and,  except  in  two  instances,  the  simple  literal  meaning  to  write 
before  is  transferred  to  E.  V.  Those  two  exceptions  are  Gal. 
3  :  1  and  Jude  4,  in  the  first  of  which  the  metaphorical  sense 
rests  on  the  ancient  custom  of  writing  matters  of  general  inter- 
est on  tablets  for  public  exhibition  ;  hence,  haih  been  evidently 


set  forth.  The  same  allusion  exists,  less  distinctly  perhaps,  in 
the  case  before  us,  and  is  here  also  rendered  by  Hamm.,  Newc, 
set  forth.  E.  V.'s  ordained,  which  it  borrows  from  G.,  is,  at 
the  best,  a  questionable  interpretation.  'Non  innuitur  prae- 
destinatio,'  .says  Beng.,  ' .  .  .  sed  Scripturae  praedictio.' — W. 
(before  written),  T.,  C,  ([o/"  which  it  was]  wr.  afore),  R.  {pre- 
scribed) ;-\  \.\\^.  {praescripti),  S3T.  (=  Viilg.),  Germ,  ([row 
denen..]  geschrieben  [ist]),  Dt.  {tevoren  opgeschreven),  It. 
(gid  innanzi  scritli),  Fr.  G.,-M..  {auparavant  eciits),  Fr.  S. 
{inscrits)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat..  Par.,  {prius  descripti),  Calv., 
Bez.,  Wits.,  Beng.,  {as  Vidg.  ;-though  Bez.'s  earlier  editions 
have  descripti),  Castal.  {designati),  Cocc.  {ante  scripti), 
^Vhitb.,  Pyle,  {[(f  whom  it  was]  before  lor.),  B.  and  L.  {[dont 
la  condamnation  est]  deja  ecrite),  Berl.  Bib.,  Goss..  {bestimmt 
beschriebeii).  Wolf,  {ante  adjudicati),  Guyse,  Wakef.,  Thom., 
{{before]  written  of),  Dodd.,  Murd.,  {registered),  Wesl.  {desc. 
beforehand),  Moldenh.  {nearly  as  Germ.),  Mack,  {before  wr.), 
Scott  {as  Dodd.  or  Wesl.),  Clarke  {prosc7'ibed  and  condemned 
in  the  most  public  manner),  Ros.,  Trol.,  {proscripti),  Greenf. 
(l^nDJ),  Stolz,  De  W.,  ([wr/ier]  bezeichnet).  Van  Ess  (αίί/"- 

gez.),  Stier  {zuvor  beschrieben),  Arn.  {as  B.  and  L.  or  Fr.  S.), 
Kenr.  {marked  out),  Peile  (described  prospectively)  ;-Pas.  (as 
Erasm.),  Leigh  (enrolled,  billed,  registered),  Schottg..  Schleus., 
Wahl,  (as  Castal.),  Schirl.  (as  De  W.),  Green  (lo  designate 
clearly). 

'  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Hamm.,  B.  and  L.  marg.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
Thorn.,  Penn,  Stier,  Am.,  Kenr.,  Huth. 

>  The  substantive  is  not  supplied  by  T.,  R.,  (W.  and  C,  like 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  and  Carpz..  attach  άβ.  to  the  first  clause)  ;-foreign 
verss.  generally  ;-Penn,  Kenr. 

'  W.  (overturn)  ;-Oec.  (MtraftStrrf 5  άντϊ,  toi  ^crartoioivtcs, 
ΛαραΛοιοϋιΤίί),  Carpz.  (abutuntur),  JIack.,  Haenl.,  Mey.  and 
All.  (missbrauche^i),  Kist.,  De  W.,  Stier,  (verkehren).  Penn, 
Bloomf.  (abusing),  Murd.  (ιγΛο/)«γι•.)  ;-Schleus.,  Bretsch.,  (as 
Carpz.).  Rob.,  Green,  (to  tran>fer,  pervert,  [abuse]),  Schirl. 
(as  Meij.). 

'  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  χά^ί-ία.. 

^  So  Hamm.,  Thom.,  and  Fr.  S.,  retaining  the  @i6v,  construe 
the  ^μ,^ιν.  And  so  it  must  bo  construed  (or  else  thus :  '  the 
only  Master,  our  God  and  Lord'),  in  case  ΒίαΛόΐτ,ιι  be  referred 
to  Ίηβ.  Xp.  ;-a  reference,  which,  though  not,  indeed,  required 
by  grammar,  is  certainly  favoured  by  the  parallel  2  Pet.  2 :  1. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


65 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

5  I  will  therefore  put  you  in 
remembrance,  though  ye  once 
knew  this,  how  that  the  Lord, 
having  saved  the  people  out  of 
the  land  of  Egypt,  afterward  de- 
stroyed them  that  believed  not. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


5  'Ύηομντ,αοα  hk  νμάς  βονλομαι, 
είδόχας  νμάς  άτχαζ  τοντο,  σΐι  ο  Κι'ν 
ρίος  "λαον  εχ  γης  hXyxntov  σώσας, 
το  δεύτερον  τους  μη  ηιστενσαντίΐς 
άττώλεσεί'. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

5  "ΈαΙ  Ι  ^vvish  to  'remind  you, 
^you  who  ''once  for  all  'know  this, 
J  that  the  ''Lord,  having  saved 
the  people  out  of  the  land  of 
Egypt,  'again  destroyed  ""those 
"who  believed  not ;° 


■^  '  In  stern  opposition  to  the  treacherous  wiles  of  these  men.' 
See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r. 

?  The  force  of  βονλομαι.  as  a  separate  verb  is  brought  out 
more  distinctly  than  in  E.  V.  by  T.,  C,  G.,  (my  mind  is)  ;-all 
the  foreign  verss.  ;-Hamm.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  (desire),  Guyse, 
Dodd.,  Peile,  (would),  Wesl.  (am  tcilling),  Wakef.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  INIurd. 

f  See  2  Pet.  1 :  12,  N.  r.  Here  may  be  added  Guyse,  Dodd., 
Pyle,  Thom.j  Scott,  Bloomf.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

^  '  Who  are  Israelites'  (as  were  probablj'  most  of  those  ad- 
dressed), '  Christian  Israelites,  well  acquainted  at  once  with  the 
sad  history  and  with  its  solemn  import,  and  whom  for  that 
very  reason  it  may  be  profitable  to  remind  of  both,  as  matters 
now  of  great  practical  interest  to  you.'  For  the  writer  speaks, 
not  of  their  former  knowledge  as  an  objection,  but  of  their 
present  knowledge  (see  N.  i)  as  a  motive,  to  tlie  i'rto/jrjjet;. 
Calv. :  '  Neque  enim  hie  tantum  est  verbi  Dei  usus,  ut  discamus, 
quae  nunquam  fuimus  edocti,  sed  etiam  ut  nos  excitet  ad  ea, 
quae  jam  tenemus,  serio  meditanda,  nee  torpere  nos  in  frigida 
notitia  sinat.' — The  connection  of  this  clause  with  what  pre- 
cedes is  formed  in  W.,  R.,  (by  the  relative  that),  T.,  C,  G., 
(forasmuch  as  ye)  ;-Vu!g.  (by  a  participle  in  agreement  with 
the  previous  vas),  Syr.  (as  in  the  Greek),  Dt.  (als  die  gij).  It. 
(chi),  Fr.  S.  (a  vous  qui)  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat,  (cum,  with  a 
subjunctive),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  (ut  qui),  Hamm.  (you  which),  Coco. 
(vos,  qui),  Wells,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Kenr.,  (xcho),  Beng.  (as  in  the 
Greek),  Dodd.  (as  you),  Moldenh.,  Gerl.,  De  W.,  (die  ihr), 
Greenf.  (θηΐ)~^1),  Stier  (als  die  ihr),  Arn.  (vous  jiiij-'repete 

avec  une  certaine  empha.se.') For  siS.  νμ.  art.  *.,  Lachm. 

and  Tisch.  read  liS.  iin.  rtuVfa  (A.  B.  C,  Vulg.,  &c.). 

^  '  It  being  something  which,  once  known,  can  never  be  for- 
gotten by  you.'    Dt.  Ann.;  'That  is,  certainly,  didy,  fully,  un- 


changeably.' See  V.  3,  N.  r.  Arn.  doubly  errs  in  saying,  that 
άηαξ  must  here  mean  une  fois  dans  le  temps  passe,  because 
'joint  a  un  participe  passe.'     See  N.  i. 

'  See  NN.  g,  h.  Though  of  the  past  time  in  form.  eiS.  is  not 
so  in  sense.— E.  V.,  v.  10;  2  Pet.  1  :  12,  14;  &c.  ;-W.,  T.,  C, 
G.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (though  It.,  Fr.  S.,  Arn.,  =  have  known  ; 
and  Castal.,  B.  and  L.,  change  the  verb  into  didicistis,  avez 
ete  deja  insiruits)  ;-Hamm.,  Wakef.,  Penn,  Bloomf.,  Murd. 

'  1  Comp.  1  John  4:9,  N.  r.  W..  R.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later 
English  verss.  (except  that  Sharpe  has  simply  how). 

^  For  Kvpios,  Lachm.  reads  'lijsoij  (A.  B.,  Vulg.,  &c.). 

1  The  writer  thinks  of  the  destruction  as  the  second  thing  in 
order,  the  salvation  being  the  first  (Engl.  Ann.,  Par.,  De  W., 
Barn.,  Stier,  Peile,  Huth.),  or  perhaps  as  the  second  great  na- 
tional calamity,  that  in  Egypt,  out  of  which  the  people  had  just 
been  rescued,  being  the  first  (Engl.  Ann.).  We  are  not  to 
colour  the  meaning  of  words  for  the  sake  even  of  getting  rid  of 
an  ambiguity. — In  E.  V.  Siiiif poj  is  always  translated  by  second, 
and  in  its  adverbial  uses,  itiircpor,  to  S.,  ix  Sevtijiov,  always 
elsewhere  by  the  second  time,  secondarily,  again.  The  same 
sense  is  given  here  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Calv.),  Syr., 
Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  marg.  ;-Engl.  Ann.,  B.  and  L.  marg.,  De 
W.,  Barn.,  Stier,  Murd.,  Peile  ('as  the  next  thing  that  He  did;' 
though  he  adds  as  explanatory,  straightway,  shortly  after- 
wards, incontinently)  ;-Pas.,  Schottg.,  Bretsch.,  AVahl,  Win. 
('  the  next  time  [that  they  needed  his  helping  grace]  He  refused 
them  His  grace  and  &c.'),  Rob.,  Green,  Sehirl. 

">  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

■'  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  c,  &c. 

"  Beng.,  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Bloomf.,  have  the  Greek  colon  at  the 
end  of  this  verse ;  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  Theile,  a  comma. 
See  V.  6,  N.  w. 


But  the  reading  (A.  B.  C,  Vulg.,  &c.)  that  cancels  ©for,  a 
word  which  Bloomf  also  brackets,  is  marked  by  Beng.  as  plane 
genuina,  and  adopted  by  all  the  other  recent  editors  'on  strong 
evidence,  external  and  internal'  (Bloomf),  and  with  the  appro- 
bation of  all  the  recent  critics.  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  followed,  and  (without  questioning  the  grammatical  sound- 
ness of  the  translations :  the  only  Master,  even  our  Lord  ;- 
the  only  Master,  and  our  Lord)  that  the  version  stand  thus  : 
our  only  Master  and  Lord.. — If  the  Qdv  be  retained,  the  fol- 
lowing, besides  those  already  mentioned,  may  be  cited  as 
applying  the  whole  clause  to  one  person,  Jesus  Christ :  Syr., 


Ar.  P.,  Dt.  marg..  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Engl. 
Ann.,  Carpz. ; — and,  if  omitted,  the  following:  Vulg.  (as  under- 
stood by  All.  and  Kenr.,  the  latter  appealing  to  the  Greek)  ;- 
Beng.,  Thom..  Wesl.,  Clarke,  Mey.,  Penn,  Bloomf,  De  W.  (who 
would  be  disposed,  however,  but  for  2  Pet.  2 :  1,  and  especially 
if  ®ίόν  is  to  remain,  to  have  two  subjects,  which,  says  Win., 
the  place  'will  admit  of.'),  Barn.,  Hengst.,  Dav.,  Stier,  Arn., 
Peile  ;-Bretsch.,  Translators  of  Win.,  Rob. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  1,  N.  g.  ;-G.  ;-It.  (Padrone)  ;-Erasm.  and 
later  Latin  verss.  (herum),  Hamm.,  Whitb.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Thom.  marg.,  Penn,  Dav.,  Arn.,  Peile. 

9 


6G 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JuDAS. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

G  And  the  angels  which  kept 
not  their  first  estate,  but  lelt  their 
own  habitation,  he  hath  reserved 
in  everlasting  chains  under  dark- 
ness unto  the  judgment  of  the 
great  day. 

7  Even  as  Sodom  and  Gomor- 
rah, and  the  cities  about  them  in 
like  manner,  giving  themselves 
over  to  fornication,  and  going 
after  strange  flesh,  are  set  forth 
for  an  example,  suffering  the  ven- 
geance of  eternal  fire. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

6  άγγέ^ίΟνς  τε  τους  μη  <Τγ;ργ.σαι•- 
τας  τ-τβ'  ίαίΛΤωΐ'  άρχτ^',  άλλα  άηολι- 
Ttai'tag  τό  ihior  οίκητήρωί',  βις  χρίσίν 
μεγά'λτ,ς   rii-itpag  δεσμοις  άώιοις  ιιτίο 

ζόφον  τετ/,ργ;κεν• 

7  ώς  Σόδομα  και  Τόμορρα,  χάι  αΐ 
τχερι  αιτας  τχόΤ^ις,  τον  ομοιον  τοίτοις 
τρότΐον  εχτΐορί'ενσασαι.  και  απίλθοιι- 
σαι  υτιίσω  σαρκός  ίτίρας,  ηρόκεινται 
δείγμα,  ηνρός  αιωνίου  διχψ>  ντάγρυ- 
σαι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

6  And  Ρ  angels  "ithat  kept  not 
their  ''first  estate,  but  lelt  their 
own  habitation,  he  hath  'kept 
'with  everlasting  "bonds  under 
darkness  "for  the  judgment  of 
the  great  day  f 

7  "How  Sodom  and  ^'Gomor- 
rlia,  and  the  cities  about  them,^ 
''having  given  themselves  over  in 
like  manner  ''as  they  to  fornica- 
tion, and  "gone  "^away  after  'Other 
flesh,  are  set  forth  lor  an  exam- 
ple, °  suffering  the  vengeance  of 
eternal  fire. 


I'  See  2  Pet.  2  :  4,  N.  q.  The  άγγίλουί,  without  the  article, 
marks  the  race ;  toiif  xtx.,  the  class ;  while  μή  exhibits  that 
class  indefinitely  imd  precludes,  as  it  were,  farther  specification : 
angels,  such  of  them  as  &c.     See  Win  §  19.  4 ;  59.  4. 

1  See  2  Pet.  2  :  11,  N.  f.  E.  V.,  2  Pet.  2:4;  &c.  ;-W.  ;- 
Penn,  Murd.     Other  verss.,  from  Wells  down,  have  who. 

'  I  recommend  that  the  E.  V.  marg. :  '  Or,  principality,''  be 
retained.  Versions  and  commentaries  generally  are  divided 
between  the  two  meanings.  Some  (Calv.,  Dt.  and  Engl.  Ann., 
&c.)  recognize  both  as  legitimate  ;  others  ( Wesl.,  frst  dignity ; 
Carpz.,  primam  dignitatem ;  Bloomf ,  original  dign.  ;-a  sense 
which  also  Stier  and  Peile  would  allow)  combine  the  two. 

"  See  -Jude  1,  N.  g.     Here,  says  Huth.,  ^ΐίττ^ν,χιν  stands  in 
sharp  opposition  to  μη  ΐτ^^ήααντίαζ.''     One  verb,  accordingly,  is  , 
used  for  both  in  the  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  j 
Λ'αΙ.,  Cocc,  Beng.,  Wakef  (Jceepeth),  Greenf.,  Sharpe  {as  above), 
Stier,  Peile  (hath  consigned  .  .  .  io  be  kept). 

ι  Latin  verss.  (vinciilis  ;-no  doubt  the  ablative  of  the  instru- 
ment), Germ.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Guyse,  Moldenh.,  All.,  De  W.,  Stier, 
Huth.  Not,  as  Wells  :  'for  ev.  ch.  under  d.  at  the  judg.'  The 
sen.se  of  the  common  construction  is  sufficiently  justified  (not- 
withstanding Iluth.'s  objection  about  Kiinstlichkeit,  refiiie- 
ine7it)  by  Calv.'s  note :  '  Quocunque  pergant,  secum  trahunt 
sua  vincula  et  suis  tenebris  obvoluti  manent.'  (Milton,  P.  L. 
iv.  75  :  'Which  w.ny  I  fly  is  hell;  myself  am  hell.')  'Interea 
in  magnum  diem  extremum  eorum  supplicium  differtur.' 

"  E.  v.,  18  times  out  of  20  (the  other  exception  being  Mark 
7  :  35,  string),  has  bands  or  io»f/.s;-W.,  R.;-German  verss. 
(except  Mey.),  Dt.,  It.  (legami),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (liens) --Oodd.. 
Thom.,  Peile  ;-Rob. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2 :  4,  N.  w. 

™  See  V.  5,  N.  o.  Here  also  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Theile,  have  a 
comma ;  others  generally,  the  Greek  colon. 

»  The  superfluous  emphasis  is  avoided  by  W..  R.  ;-Dt.,  It., 
Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Dodd.,  Wakef,  Mack.,  Thom..  Greenf,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. ;  all  of  whom  make  ως=  as.  But,  in- 
stead of  regarding  the  particle  as  instituting  a  comparison 


between  the  doom  of  the  transgressors  just  mentioned  and  that 
of  the  wicked  cities,  or  (Wolf.,  Laurm.)  as  correlative  to  the 
υμοίωί  of  V.  8,  it  is  better  to  connect  it  immedi.ately  (like  the 
6ti  of  V.  5)  with  υΛομίΎ,ααί.  Comp.  Mark  12:  26;  Luke  6:4; 
Λο.— Fr.  G.,-M.,  {[ef]  r/iie)  ;-Moldenh.,  De  W.,  Huth. 

f  See  2  Pet.  2 :  6,  N.  c,  &c. 

^  In  most  editions  (not  in  the  original  edition)  of  E.  V.  the 
words,  in  like  jnanner.  are  erroneously  attached  to  the  clause, 
and  the  cities  about  them.  The  mistake  has  lately  been  cor- 
rected by  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc. 

,"  R.  (having  fornicated  . . .  going).  But  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Pagn., 
Bez.,  Par.,  Hamm.,  use  a  perfect  participle  in  each  instance. 
Other  verss.  commonl\•  resolve  ixTtopv.  and  αΛίλθ.  into  finite 
verbs  of  a  past  time  with  a  relative  or  a  conjunction. 

''  In  omitting  (for  which  there  is  almost  no  manuscript  au- 
thority) tovioi;,  E.  V.  followed  the  older  English  verss.  and 
the  Vulg. 

'  E.  v.,  Matt.  8:31;  19  :  22 ;  &c.— W.  ;-Tulg.  (abeuntes)  ;- 
Calv.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Beng.,  (use  abire),  Hamm.,  Stier  (abirrten), 
Huth.  ('  In  arta  is  expressed  the  deviation  from  the  right  way')  ;- 
Rob.,  Green,  (in  connection  with  οΛιβω,  [to  go  away  after],  to 
follow).    See  the  other  lexicons,  and  Rev.  12  :  17,  N.  r. 

"■  E.  V.  marg.  (Nowhere  else  does  E.  V.  translate  fVfpo;, 
which  occurs  98  times,  by  strange.)  ;-W.,  R.  ;-VuIg.  (alteram), 
Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-S.  ;-Bez.,  Par.,  Wits.,  Beng.,  (as 
Vulg.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Cocc.  and  Laurm.  (aliam),  Wells, 
Whitb.,  Gill  and  Barn.  ('  Or,  other'),  Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Newc. 
marg.,  De  W.,  Stier,  Am.  ;-Rob. 

'  To  the  construction  (for  which  De  W.  cites  Est.  and  Au- 
gusti,  and  which  is  adopted  also  by  De  Sacy,  Mey.,  Trol.,  Stier, 
Huth.)  of  ίίίγμα  with  rttipof  αΐωηον,  De  W.  objects  that  it 
leaves  δίχψ  νΛίχονηα,ι  too  bare,  (Huth.,  indeed,  avoids  the  ap- 
pearance of  anti-climax  only  by  transposition :  '  Those  cities 
are  ϋχψ  νΛΪχανααι  an  example  of  the  eternal  fire.')  and  that 
it  does  not,  after  all,  exclude  the  idea  of  the  continuance  of  the 
punishment, — that  being  the  alleged  difticulty  in  the  way  of 
the  common  construction.  But  it  deserves  to  be  added,  that, 
i  while  in  no  proper  sense  can  the  cities  be  spoken  of  as  a  &ιιγμα 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


67 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


dominion,  and  speak  evil  of  dig- 
nities 


8    Likewise  also   these  filthy       S  Όμοιος  μέντοι  xai  ovToi  ivim- 
dreamers  defile  the  flesh,  despise  νίοζόμενοί,  σύρκα  μίν  μιαινονσι,  χυ- 

ριόττιτα  δε  άθετοι^ί,  δόξας  &  βλασφγ;- 
μοϋσιν. 

9  ό  δέ  Μί%α'/;λ  ο  αρχάγγελος,  σΐε 
to  δίαβό?Μ  διακρινόμενος  δίε?^γετο 
τίερϊ  του  Μωσέως  σώματος,  ονχ  έτόλ- 


9  Yet  Michael  the  archangel, 
when  contending  with  the  devil, 
he  disputed  about  the  body  of 


REVISED    VERSION. 

S  ''Vet  ^in  like  manner  these  ^ 
dreamers  also  'on  the  one  hand 
defile  the  flesh,  'on  the  other 
Jreject  ''government,  and  'rail  at 
dignities. 

9  ""But  Michael  the  archangel, 
when  contending  with  the  devil 
he   disputed  about  the   body  of 


'  '  In  spite  of  these  terrible  warnings.' — The  /ΐΕκίοι  (in  omit- 
ting which  E.  V.  follows  the  Vulg..  Syr.,  and  most  of  the  pre- 
vious English  verss.)  is  given  as  an  adversative  in  E.  Λ'.,  at  least 
4  times  out  of  7  ;-and  here  by  G.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;- 
Bez.,  Pise,  Par.,  Hamm.,  "Wells,  Wolf,  Haenl.,  Laurm.,  Mey., 
Bloomf ,  Scholef.,  De  W.,  Stier,  Huth.  ;-N.  T.  lexicons,  except 
Bretsch.  and  Green. 

^  W.,  K.  ;-IIaram.,  ATells,  Wesl.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Penn, 
Sharps,  Bloomf.,  Scholef..  Murd.  (m  the  same  ?«.),  Kenr.. 
Peile. 

i"  In  the  X.  T.  £>υΛΜα'ίΌίΐαι  (which  the  Vulg.  here  omits) 
occurs  elsewhere  only  in  Acts  2 :  17,  where  E.  V.  renders  it 
to  dream,  nor  in  the  present  instance  is  any  thing  like  filthy 
found  in  an}'  other  vers.,  except  perhaps  the  Syr.  (=  in  som- 
nio  imaginantes.  Murd.  sensual  dreameis),  and  Fr.  G.,-M., 
{s'etant  endormis  [dans  le  vice]).  The  E.  V.  supplement  seems 
to  have  been  suggested  less  by  the  Greek  word,  than  by  the 
odious  elucidations  of  some  of  the  old  commentators  (i.  g. 
Oec),  unless,  indeed,  as  Peile  thinks,  the  Translators  got  it 
from  what  he  calls  the  '  more  obvious  interpretation'  of  Sept. 
Is.  56  :  10.  But  the  epithet  is  to  be  justified  by  all  that  fol- 
lows, and  not  by  αά^>χα,  μιαίνοναί  alone  (De  W.j  or  princi- 
pally. 

'  Xotwithstanding  the  opinion  of  Carpz.,  Bretsch.,  Walil, 
and  Rob.,  that  μ'ίρ  .  .  .  Η  are  here  'merely  continuative,'  they 
are  rather  to  be  regarded  as  bringing  out  the  striking,  though 
not  unusual,  contrast  between  the  debasement  and  the  pre- 
sumption of  these  men.  Calv. :  'Xotandaautem  est  antithesis, 
quum  dicit  cos  carnein  contaminare :  hoc  est,  quod  minus 
praestantiae  habet,  dehonestare :  et  tamen  spernere  quasi  pro- 
brosum,  quod  in  genere  humano  maxime  excellit.'  The  anti- 
thesis is  made  only  more  sharp  and  strong  by  the  repetition  of 
the  &i  'with  the  same  force'  (Win.),  though  it  cannot  well  be 


given  in  English.  See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r. — Latin  verss.,  except 
Castal.,  (quidem  .  .  .  aiitem  or  rero).  Syr.  (has  the  Greek  par- 
ticles). Germ,  (aber),  Fr.  S.  {dhine  part  .  .  .  et  de  I'antre)  ;- 
B.  and  L.  (pendant  que  d'ardre  cute),  Guyse  ('Yea  more  than 
that'),  Moldenh.  (eines  Theils  .  .  .  andern  Theils),  Thom. 
{indeed).  L.  andS. :  'the  two  particles  may  often  be  ex- 
pressed by  on  the  one  hand  .  .  ,  on  the  other''  (einerseits  .  .  . 
anderseits,  Pass.).     See  v.  10,  N.  u. 

1  Huth.'s  explanation  of  a^ctiiv  as  here  synonymous  with 
xataffiopfiv  of  2  Pet.  2 :  ID,  and  as  having  merely  what  he 
calls  'a  negative  signification,'  as  opposed  to  the  'positive'^xas- 
Φημίίν,  rests  probably  on  his  view  of  xvjiiorr;i  as  denoting  the 
Godhead,  more  than  on  the  etymology  or  prevailing  use  of  the 
word,  which  expresses  not  the  inward  feeling  so  much  as  its 
outward  manifestation.  It  occurs  16  times,  and  in  E.  V.  is 
once  disannul,  once  frustrate,  once  bring•  to  nothing,  once 
cast  off]  and  4  times  reject.  This  practical  sense  is  equally 
suitable  here  and  in  the  other  7  instances,  Luke  10  :  16 ;  1  Thess. 
4:8;  Heb.  10:  28.— Syr.  {as  in  Luke  7:  30),  Fr.  S.  {rejet- 
tent  ;-and  so  B.  and  L.,  Arn.  ;-for  nieprisent  of  the  two  older 
verss.)  ;-Pagn.,  Calv.,  Par..  Cocc,  {rejiciunt  y-Mul  so  at  first 
Bez.  ;-for  the  A^ulg.  spermmt),  Castal.  (repudiant),  Engl.  Ann. 
('  Gr.  depose.  Or  abrogate'),  Berl.  Bib.,  Stolz,  De  W.,  Stier, 
( ceru'er/en  ■,-for  Luth.'s  verachten),  Xewc,  Bloomf,  Peile,  {set 
at  nought),  Dav.  ;-Pass.,  L.  and  S. 

!<  Marg. :  '  Or,  lordship.'— Έ.  V.,  2  Pet.  2 :  10  (where  see  N. 
a)  ;-Mack.,  Bloomf 

1  See  E.  v.,  v.  9,  and  2  Pet.  2  :  10,  N.  e.  Hamm.,  Thom.,  (at' 
V.  10),  Wesl.,  Mack,  {revile i-and  so  Thom.  here,  Bloomf., 
Murd.). 

"  Yet  has  been  used  in  the  previous  verse  for  ^t rroi. — Mack., 
Murd. For  ό  Si  .  .'.  ore,  Lachm.  reads  6tt  .  .  .  τόΐι  (Β.). 


rtvpof,  the  fire  itself,  by  which  they  were  destroyed,  may  well 
be  regarded  as  a  blazing  forth  of  the  rtupoj  αίω>/ι.Όυ  (even  taking 
the  word  in  its  strongest  sense),  because  it  was  immediately 
from  God,  as  the  minister  of  His  wrath  (Gen.  19  :  24 ;  Ps.  11 : 
6  ;  Is.  30  :  33  ;  06  :  15,  16;  Rev.  20  :  9);  because,  as  such,  it 
was  unquenchable  and  irresistible  (Gen.  19  :  25 ;  Ps.  97  :  3  ; 
Is.  27  :  4 ;  66 :  24  ;  .Jer.  49  :  18  ;  iMal.  4:1;  Mark  9  :  43,  &c. ; 
Heb.  12  :  29 ;  Rev.  19  :  3) ;  and  because  of  the  utter  desolation 
wrought  by  it  (see  the  passages  last  cited) ;  which  desolation, 
moreover,  is  expressly  set  forth  (rtpoxfii-rat)  as  one  of  the  great 


historical  precursors  and  preluding  exhibitions  of  the  fate  of 
the  ungodly  (Luke  17  :  28-30 ;  2  Pet.  2  :  6,  N.  g.  Comp.  3 
Mace.  2:5:  Χΰ  tO-uj  .  ,  .  XoSoμL•taζ  .  .  .  χα^ίψΤ-ΐζας,  Λαρά8ίίγμα 
iois  ίΛΐ/γίνομίνοίί  xatau-ίήααί.),  and,  in  so  far  at  least  and  so 
long  (Ezek.  16  :  53,  55)  as  it  shall  be  required  for  that  purpose, 
is  perpetual  and  remediless  (Is.  13:  19,  20;  -ler.  50:  39,  40; 
Zeph.  2:  9  [Sept.  ti;  τόρ  αίώια]).  On  these  grounds  we  may 
say  with  Beng. :  ^ poena,  quam  sustinent,  est  e.vemplum  ignis 
aelemi,  ut  Cassiodorus  loquitur.'  without  even  forcing,  as  Beng. 
does,  Setyfta  and  ϋχψ  into  apposition. 


68 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

Moses,  durst  not  bring  against 
him  a  railing  accusation,  but  said, 
The  Lord  rebuke  thee. 

10  But  these  speak  evil  of 
those  things  which  they  know 
not :  but  what  tliey  know  natu- 
rally, as  brute  beasts,  in  those 
things  they  corrupt  themselves. 

11  Wo  unto  them  !  for  they 
have  gone  in   the  way  of  Cain, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

μησε  χρίση•  ετίενεγκεα'  βλααφηάα.ς, 
ά'λΧ  είτίεν,  ΈπιΤίμτ,ΰαι  σοι  Κΐ'ρίος. 

10  Οίτοί  δέ  δσα  μεν  οίχ  oihacn 
βλασφ7;μονσίν•  δσα  8έ  φυσικώς,  ως 
τα  άλογα  ζώα,  ετύσααντίαι,  εν  τοι•- 
τοίς  φθείρονται. 

1 1  •  Οι'αί  αντοϊς•  σΤι  τγ  68ώ  tov 
Κάιν  έηορενθησαν,  και  τγ  πλάνγ  του 


REVISED    VERSION. 

Moses,  "did  not  "dare  to  bring 
against  P/a'/n.  *i  railing  ijudgment, 
but  said  :  The  Lord  rebuke  thee. 

10  But  these  ^rail  at  'whatso- 
ever things,  "indeed,  they  know 
not ;  but  'whatsoever  things  they 
'^natuniUy,  as  '"'the  ''brute  beasts, 
^understand,  in  those  ^  they  cor- 
rupt themselves. 

11  ''Woe  ''to  them !  tor  "  in  the 
way  of  Cain  they  ^walked,  and  'in 


"  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thorn..  Scott,  Barn.,  Murd. 

■>  See  2  Pet.  2 :  10,  N.  b.  Guyse,  Murd..  Dav.,  Peile,  (use 
to  venture),  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Scott,  (presume).  Mack,  (attempt), 
Tliom.  (take  the  liberty),  Penn  (dared).  Barn. 

Ρ  The  pronoun  is  supplied. 

1  The  article  is  not  in  E.  Λ''.,  2  Pet.  2:11,  nor  here  in  any 
of  the  older  English  ver.s.s.  ;-It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Pcile. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  k  (where,  however,  sentence  should 
have  been  credited  to  Fr.  G.  and  M.). 

•  See  V.  8,  N.  1,  &c. 

<  The  indefinite  or  the  distributive  force  of  oeoj  (quantus, 
qtdcunqiie)  is  almost  always  expressed  in  E.  V.  (Matt.  7  :  12; 
14  :  .30 ;  &c.),  and,  in  the  few  instances  where  it  is  not  expressed 
(Matt.  13  :  44,  40  ;  &c.),  is  cquallj'  apparent  in  the  oiiginal. — 
For  one  or  the  other  or  both  cases,  W.  (what  ever  th.),  R. 
(what  th.  so  ever)  ;-Vulg.  (quaecunque),  It.  (tutle  le  cose  che). 
Fr.  G.,-M.,  (tout  ce  que)  ;-Calv.,  Bez.,  (as  Vulg.),  Beng.  (om- 
nia, quae),  Wesl.  (o7/  things  wliich),  Laurm.  (quotquot),  Stier 
([alles]  was ;-and  lie  remarks,  though  with  an  unnecessary 
qualification:  'For  όβα  is  .scarcely  ever,  certainly  not  here,  the 
same  thing  as  the  simple  ά.'),  Arn.  (tuutes  les  chases  que), 
Kenr.  (as  above)  Peile  (all  th.  whereof). 

"  See  V.  8,  N.  i.  R.  (certcs)  ;-Vulg.  (quidem)  ;-Cocc.  (as 
Vulg.),  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Laurm.  ('6aa  μίν  et  ojo  bi  sibi  invicem 
opponuntur.'),  Kenr. 

'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;- 
Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  All.,  Gerl.,  De  W.,  Stier. 

"  Foreign  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Scott,  Clarke,  Penn,  Peile. 

»  See  2  Pet.  2  :  12,  N.  m. 

y  So  E.  V.  distinguishes  ιχία^αμαί  from  olSa  in  Mark  14 :  68. 
Here  also  the  two  words  are  distinguished  in  R.  ;-Latin  and 
French  verss.,  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Gerl.,  DeW.),  It.  ;- 
Beng.  ('Subtilius  quiddam  notat  norunV — οΐδασι),  Newc,  Ros., 
Sharpe. 


^  W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Penn, 
Bloomf.,  Murd. 

»  Oval  airotj  is  explained,  1.,  as  simply  declaratory  of  these 
men's  miserable  condition,  present  or  future,  or  both,  by  Calv. 
(who  makes  it  especially  a  forewarning  for  the  sake  of  others), 
Bez.,  Dt.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Guyse,  Moldenh.,  Mack.,  Haenl.,  Peile; — 
2.,  as  compressive  of  sympathy,  by  Par.  (though  he  also  calls 
this  oOai.'  particula  grariter  et  severe  increpandi).  Grot.,  Pise, 
Wakef.  (Alas  for  them  !  ;-and  so  Newc,  Thom.,  Sharpe),  Ros. ; 
— 3.,  as  minatory,  by  T.,  C,  G.,  (  Wo  be  unto  them).  Est., 
AVits.,  Beng.  ('  Uno  hoc  loco  unus  hie  apostolus  vae  intentat.'), 
Wesl.,  Scott,  DeW.  and  Iluth.  (who  include  the  idea  of  strong 
disapprobation).  Gill  allows  any  one  of  these  interpretations, 
and  Carpz.  appears  to  combine  the  second  and  third.  But  per- 
haps the  historical  time  (see  N.  h  and  v.  14,  N.  k)  of  the  verbs 
following  (which  are  sometimes  quite  arbitrarily  rendered  into 
the  present  or  the  future,)  is  best  accounted  for,  if  we  view  the 
Οναί  avtoif  as  a  cry  of  horror,  on  taking  in  at  one  glance,  from 
the  mount  of  vision,  the  whole,  dark,  swift  current  of  ungod- 
liness, and  its   final  plunge  into  the  abyss. In  Woe,  the 

Amer.  Bible  Soc.  has  restored  the  spelling  of  the  original  edi- 
tion of  E.  V.     It  is  now  also  the  more  common. 

^  W.  ;-Wesl.,  Mack.,  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

"  The  Greek  order  is  followed  in  all  the  three  clauses  by  the 
Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Mey.,  De  W.,  Stier : — in  the  first  and  third, 
by  Greenf.,  Gerl. : — in  the  second,  by  All. : — in  the  third  by 
Murd.,  Peile. 

<•  In  the  other  four  instances,  in  which  rtoptvo^ai  occurs  in 
this  Epistle  and  2  Pet.,  and  5  times  elsewhere,  E.  V.  renders  it 
to  walk  ;-Peile. For  the  time,  see  N.  a  ;-W. 

"  By  many  (Dt,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat., 
Steph.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Est.,  Hamm.,  B.  and  L.,  Wolf.,  Moldenh., 
Laurm.,  De  W.,  Arn.)  t^  Λ7.άν^  is  rendered  as  a  dative  of  cause 
=  by  the  deception,  seduction,  &c.  (see  N.  f ).  Others  (Germ.  ;- 
Haenl.,  Mey.,  Ros,,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Huth.  ;-Bretsch.)  make  it 
=  lii  ΐην  το,άνψ.  I  prefer  to  conform  it  to  aicj,,  as  a  dative  of 
the  direction  in  which  (Dodd.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Stier,  Peile ; 
-Wahl,  Rob.). For  the  order,  see  N.  c. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


69 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

and  ran  greedily  after  the  error 
of  Balaam  for  reward,  and  per- 
ished in  the  gainsaying  of  Core. 

12  These  are  spots  in   your 
feasts  of  charity,  when  they  feast 


GREEK    TEXT. 

BaXocOjU  μισθον  έζεχνθγ;σαν,  xai  τγ 
άντιλογια  τον  Κόρε  άτχώλοντο. 

12  Ovtoi  είσιν  εν  ταΐς  άγάτίαις 
υμών  σπιλά^ες,  συνενίύχονμενοι,  άφό- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  error  ''of  Balaam  for  shire 
they  ""rushed  headlong,  and  4n 
the  gainsaying  of  JCore  they 
''perished. 

12  These  are  'rocks  in  "your 
"love-feasts,  "banqueting  Ptogeth- 


'  All  the  authorities  first  named  in  N.  e  (except  Hamm., 
who  before  μιαθον  would  supply,  not  iVexa,  as  Laurm.  says,  but 
apti,  with  the  sense :  '  by  way  of  reward  or  just  'punishment 
from  God'),  together  with  G.;-Cocc.,  Dodd.,  Mack.,  Thom.. 
Ros.,  Sharpe,  construe  thus  :  ty  λχ.  tav  μιαθοί  Βαλ. ;  to  which 
Trol.  objects  that  '  the  arrangement  would  then  have  been  τοί 
jttieSoi  Βαλαά/t ;  and  the  clauses  on  each  side  o*f  the  present  join 
the  article  with  the  proper  name.'  With  the  latter  consider- 
ation, Huth.  mentions  the  '  scarcely  tolerable  harshness'  of  this 
construction,  and  the  '  arbitrary'  sense  which  it  attaches  to 
Λλάνη  and  ίξιχύθηααν.  He  therefore  adheres  to  the  construc- 
tion of  E.  V.  (=  tvixa  μιαθον.  Or  Oec.'s  χΙρ6ου{  zafiiu),  which 
appears  also  in  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Germ.  ;-Grot.,  Cler.,  Wells, 
Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Guyse,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Haenl.,  Newc,  Scott, 
Clarke,  Grcenf..  Penn,  Trol.,  Bloomf.,  Stier,  Kenr.  ;-Leigh, 
Bretsch.,  Win.,  Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl. 

^  See  2  Pet.  2 :  13,  N.  t.  E.  V.,  Matt.  20  :  8 ;  Luke  10  :  7  ; 
James  5  :  4;-Mack.,  Sharpe  ;-Rob.  ('hire  or  gain'). 

■■  Beng. :  '  Ut  torrens  sine  aggere.' — W.  {be  shed  out),  R. 
(have  poured  out  themselves)  ;-Latin  verss.,  except  Castal., 
(effitsi  sunt).  Dt.  (zijn  zij  heneii  gestort),  Fr.  S.  (se  sont  de- 
6orrfes)  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (were  poured  out),  Hamm.  ('have  been 
p.  out  or  run  out'),  ^Volf.  (effusi  ruerunt),  Haenl.,  Ros.,  (effuso 
impetu  ruunt),  Newc.  (rushed),  Laurm.  ('effuso  velut  cursu 
se  .  . .  dederunt.'),  Mey.,  Stier,  (siiirzen  sie  [dahin]),  Greenf. 
(1ϊ"1'3),  Penn  (have  run  headlong).  Trol.,  Bloomf.  (impetuously 

rush),  De  W.  (haben  sie  sich  ergossen),  Barn,  (nish  tumidt- 
iiously),  Kenr.  (have  poured  themselves  out)  ;-Bretsch.  (effuse 
ruere),  Rob.  (to  rush  into  .  .  .  to  give  oneself  up  to  ;-but  the 
into,  to,  is  not  in  the  verb),  Green  (to  rush  headlong  &c.) ; 

&c. For  the  time,  see  N.  a.     If  the  7an  of  E.  V.  stands  for 

the  perfect,  it  is  a  grammatical  impropriety  at  variance  with 
the  uniform  usage  of  that  version  elsewhere ;  or  if,  as  is  more 
probabli•,  the  imperfect  was  meant,  there  is  then  a  change 
of  the  time  employed  in  the  preceding  clause. 

'   See  N.  e  and,  for  the  order,  N.  c. 

)  I  recommend  that  this  form  of  the  name,  adopted  from  the 
Sept.,  the  popular  version  of  the  0.  T.  in  the  apostolic  age,  be, 
in  this  the  only  instance  of  its  occurrence  in  the  N.  T.,  restored 
(as  has  been  done  by  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.)  to  its  Hebrew 
propriety :  Korah,  which  appears  everywhere  else  in  the  En- 
glish Bible.     See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  a,  &c. 

'  For  the  time,  see  N.  a. 

>  Στίιλάί,  in  the  N.  T.  artal  λίγ.,  occurs  frequently  elsewhere 
(see  the  classical  lexicons)  in  the  sense  of  a  rock  in  or  by  the 
sea.  Here  that  sense  accords  well  with  the  other  four  meta- 
phors of  the  series,  all  of  them  drawn  from  conspicuous  natural 


objects,  and  is  retained  (sometimes  with  the  specification,  hid- 
den, sunken,  &c.)  by  Oec,  Phavor.,  Lightf.,  Er.  Schmid,  Whitb., 
IVetst.,  Pyle,  ΛVakef.,  Haenl.,  Thom.,  Laurm.  (see  whose  Com- 
ment.), Mey.,  Ros.,  De  W.,  Barn.,  Dav.,  Peile,  Huth.  ;-Schleus., 
Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl.  It  is  allowed  also  by  Beng.  and  Carpz. 
(Corap.  1  Tim.  1  :  19.)  The  other  interpretation  has  in  its 
favour  2  Pet.  2 :  13,  anlxoi  (but  on  this  much  stress  cannot  be 
laid  against  the  prevailing  use  of  a  different  word,  especially 
as  the  variations  between  Peter  and  Jude  are  quite  as  marked 
as  the  parallelisms.  Zeg.,  accordingly,  thinks  that  drtaciSfs  is 
perperam  scriptum.  pro  ατίΐχοί.),  Vulg.,  Syr.,  Ilesych.  (μιμιαβ- 
μίνοί;-λη%.  macnlati),  &c.  It  is  generally  acknowledged, 
however,  that  this  is  the  only  case  where  the  word  can  have 
this  meaning,  which  is,  therefore,  either  assumed,  as  by  Stier, 
out  of  Peter's  '  kindred  word'  as  more  agreeable  to  the  context, 
or  extracted  from  the  proper  meaning,  7-ock,  by  a  variety  of  in- 
genious methods.  Thus,  Aret.  (and  Leigh)  :  '  ajtiXcis  non  solum 
est  glarea,  hoc  est,  terrae  species  quae  niaculas  facile  relinquit' 
(and  it  is  true  that  ^  crrtaaj  sc.  7^,  is  used  by  Theophrastus  for 
argillaceous  earth,  clay),  '  sed  est  etiam  concavum  saxum  in  lit- 
tore  maris,  sen  lacuum  ac  fluminum,  in  quam  concavitatem  tan- 
quam  in  commune  receptaculuni  sordes  aquarum  confuunt ;' — 
Mack.  (Scott,  Bloomf.) :  'The  word  ατίαά&ις  properly  signifies 
rocks  in  the  sea,  which,  when  they  rise  above  its  surface,  appear 
like  spots;' — Arn.  follows  Junius  in  getting  this  sense  from  the 

rocks  as  spotted  with  the  sea-foam. Haenl.,  Lachm.  and  Tisch. 

insert  oi  after  fiati'  (A.  B.,  Syr.,  &c.).  with  Huth.'s  approbation. 

™  For  νμΰν,  Lachm.  (in  the  small  ed.)  and  Stier  read  avtuv 
(Α.,  Vulg.,  Syr.,  &c.). 

»  Dt.  (Uefdemaaltijden),  Fr.  S.  (repas  d'amour)  ;-Bens., 
Dodd.,  Wesl.  (feasts  of  love  ;-so  Wakef.,  Barn.),  Moldtnh.  and 
later  German  verss.  (Liebesmahle),  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Clarke,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Dav.  ;-Rob.,  Green. 

°  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  use  this  verb  here  (Wakef., 
regaling  themselves;  Peile,  make  merry),  as  Dodd.,  Newc, 
Thom.,  do  at  2  Pet.  2 :  13,  where  also  I  reconjpend  that  ban- 
queting be  substituted  for  feasting. For  the  participial  con- 
struction, see  2  Pet.  2 :  13,  NN.  u  and  a. 

ρ  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-De  W.  (zusammen),  Kenr.  A  few  MSS. 
insert  ίμϊν  after  βννίνωχ.,  no  doubt  from  2  Pet.  2 :  13.  The 
word  is  not  adopted  by  Erasm.,  Mill,  or  any  of  the  recent 
editors,  nor  is  it  supplied  by  (in  addition  to  those  just  named) 
the  Vulg.  (convivantes),  S}r.  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  (iiiter  se 
conv.),  Castal.,  Beng.,  (as  ^ulg.),  Stier  (Mitschmausende  ;- 
'  with  one  another  and  wherever  there  is  any  one  like  them- 
selves.'). Huth.  allows  either  sense:  with  you  or  with  one 
another.  E.  V.'s  rendering  of  avvivu>x.  is  from  G.,  after  Pagn. 
and  Bez.  (dum  vobiscum  convivantur). 


70 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

wiili  you,  feeding  themselves 
witliout  Tear :  clouds  thcrj  arc 
without  water,  carried  about  of 
winds  ;  trees  whose  fruit  with- 
ereth,  without  fruit,  twice  dead, 
plucked  up  by  the  roots  ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 


βας  iavtovg  τΐοιμαιί'ονΐΐς'  νεφέλαι 
άνυδροι,  νηύ  άΐΐμ^ν  τΐεριψερόμεναι• 
δένδρα  <ρθίνο7ίί.•ψη>α,  άκαρτία,  δΙς  άτίο- 
Βανόντα,  ίκριζωθίντα• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

er  ""without  fear,  ''tending  *tbem- 
selves ;  clouds  '  without  water, 
"carried  about  ''by  winds ;  trees 
""whose  fruit  williereth,  ^unfruit- 
ful, twice  dead,  ^uprooted ; 


1  All  the  recent  editors,  except  Haenl.  (though  in  the  Coin- 
vient.  he  considei'S  the  matter  doubtful)  and  Sch.,  connect 
αψόβωί  with  ΰννενωχ. ;  and  so  R.  (the  previous  English  verss., 
by  separating  the  adverb  from  the  participles  by  a  comma  on 
either  side,  leave  the  reference  ambiguous.)  j-'Vulg..  Germ.  ;- 
Vat.,  Castal.,  Beng.  ('colenda  sunt  convivia  sacra.  Convivari 
per  se  nil  vitii  habet :  ideo  sine  timore  huic  verbo  annecti  de- 
bet.'). ■\Vakcf.,  All.,  Sharpe.  De  W.,  Arn.,  Kenr.,  Peile.  This 
construction  (n'hich  is  allowed  also  by  Oec.  and  preferred  by 
Huth.,  though  the  latter  errs  in  citing  Stier  as  in  favour  of  it) 
brings  αφόβω^  into  correspondence,  as  regards  its  relation  to 
αννινωχ.,  vi"ith  Peter's  ivtpv^uivTis  ϊ"  ία'ί  Matais  aitup.  The 
present  clause  then  contains  a  charge  of  irreverent  audacity 
during  the  feasts;  iavtov;  Λοιμαίνονΐες,  of  intense  selfishness. 

■■  This  word  occurs  11  times  in  the  N.  T.,  and  in  E.  V.  is 
rendered  6  times,  feed ;  4  times,  rule ;  once,  feed  cattle.  Tn 
every  instance  it  answers  to  the  Hebrew  r>V~\  (the  verb  here 

τ  τ 

employed  by  Greenf.,  as  its  equivalent  is  by  the  Syr.),  which 
the  Sept.  frequently  translate  by  Λοιμιχίνω,  and  of  which  Ges. 
says  that,  when  it  is  used  in  the  sense  of  mling,  '  the  image  of 
a  flock  is  often  preserved.'  It  may  be  doubted,  whether  in  the 
case  of  the  Greek  verb  that  figure  is  ever  wholly  lost,  while, 
by  restricting  the  sense  to  the  feeding  department  of  '  the 
faithful  herdman's  art'  (Milton.  Lycidas.  121),  serious  damage 
is  not  unfrequently  done;  e.g.  Luke  17  :  7;  John  21 :  IG; 
Acts  20  :  28  ;  1  Cor.  9  :  7  ;  1  Pet.  5:2.  '  no^aiVt».,'  says  Ger- 
hard, as  cited  by  Leigh,  '  non  ad  unam  tantum  pastoralis  officii 
partem,  sed  ad  reliquas  omnes  jiartes  curandi  gregem  extendi- 
tur.'     So  Alex.,  on  the  C'V"!  <*f  1'^•  28 ;  9  (Sept.  Λοι/ιαι/οιι  ai- 

■tovi) :  '  Feed  them,  not  only  in  the  strict  sense,  but  in  that  of 
doing  the  whole  dut_y  of  a  shepherd.'  Comp.  also  his  note  on 
Ps.  49  :  14,  and  see  Rev.  2  :  27,  N.  r,  &c. — German  verss.  (ex- 
cept All.)  and  Dt.  (use  weiden)  ;-Campb.  (at  .John  21  :  16), 
Sharpe  {taking  care  of),  Peile  (being  pastors  of),  Brown  (at 
1  Pet.  5:2:  act  as  shepherds)  ;-Schottg.  (foventes  et  alentes), 
Schleus.  (curam  hahcntes,  prospicientes),  'Wahl  (nutrio,  alo), 
Rob.  (feed,  cherish,  take  care  of),  Green  (nourish,  promote 
the  interest  of). 

'  Beng. :  'non  gregcm.'  Ezek.  34  :  2  may  be  cited  in  illus- 
tration, though  it  does  not  appear  that  Jude  referred  exclusively 
or  especially  to  such  as  held  office  in  the  Church.     See  N.  q. 

>  See  2  Pet.  2  :  13,  N.  x,  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  It.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-Dodd.,  'W^esl.,  "Wakef.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  De  W., 
Stier,  Alurd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

"  For  rtifii^..  Mill  prefers,  and  all  the  later  editors  adopt. 


rtapa^fpo/ifi'ai  (A.  B.  C,  etc.).  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  adopted,  and  translated :  borne  along.  Newc.  (carried 
aside),  Penn  (driven  al.),  Sharpe  (carried  al.),  Peile  (dririm 
past)  ;-Rob.  ('  Pass.  pr.  to  be  borne  along  by.  to  be  borne  or 
carried  away,  e.  g.  clouds,  Jude  12 . . .  i.  e.  driven  rapidly  along.' 
But  neither  by  nor  rapidly  belongs  to  the  word.).  Green  (to 
be  swept  al.). 

'  See  2  Pet.  2  :  19,  N.  1. 

"  Marginal  note :  '  Or,  of  late  autumn.'  The  word  occurs 
only  this  once  in  the  N.  T.,  and  very  rarely  elsewhere.  Its 
ambiguity  arises  from  the  double  meaning  of  both  the  noun 
and  the  verb  in  composition.  According  to  Pass,  (as  translated 
by  L.  and  S.),  οΛιόρα  is,  1.,  "the  part  of  the  year  between  the 
risiiig  of  Sinus  and  of  Arcturns  .  .  .  not  so  much  .  .  autumn, 
as  our  dogdays  or  at  most  the  end  of  summer ;'  and  then,  be- 
cause this  was  the  season  of  fruit,  it  stands,  2.,  for  '  the  fruit 
itself,  esp.  tree  fruit ;' — and  hence  also  the  verb  οΛωρίζω  is  to 
gather  fruits.  Φθίνω,  again,  is  used,  1.,  intransitively,  to  decay, 
wither,  and,  2.,  transitively,  to  corrupt,  destroy.  .Joining  the 
two  words,  each  in  its  first  signification,  we  have  ^θινόϋαρον 
autumn,  or,  more  commonly,  senescens  auctnmnus  et  in  hye- 
mem.  rergens  (Steph.,  Scap.),  tale  autumn,  the  fall  of  the  year 
(L.  andS.);  and  φβιΐΌΛωριι-ό?,  belonging  to  that  season; — 
which  are  the  only  meanings  of  these  compounds  that  the  lexi- 
cons recognize  as  classical.  In  that  sense,  accordingly,  is  the 
adjective  taken  here,  in  connection  with  άχαρΛα,  by  AV.  (harvest 
tr.  without  fruit),  T.,  C,  (without  fr.  at  gathering  time);- 
Castal.  (autumnates  infructuosae),  Thom.  (autumnal  tr.  with- 
out fr.),  Όάυ.  (out.  tr.  stripped  of  their  fruits) ;  and,  apart 
from  that  connection,  by  R.  ;-Vulg.  and  its  followers  generally, 
Dt.,  Fr.  S.  marg.  ;-Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Cocc,  B.  and  L.  inarg., 
Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Haenl.  (erroneously  cited  by  Huth.),  Mey., 
Gerl.,  Barn.,  De  W.,  Peile  ('tr.  on  the  wane — "fallen  into 
the  sere  and  yellow  leaf"  '),  Huth,  ;-'\yahl,  Rob.,  Green  (au- 
tumnal, sere,  bare),  Schirl.  The  same  interpretation  is  allowed 
also  by  Zcg.,  AVits,,  Gill,  Laurm.,  Ros.,  Trol.  ('without  leaves' 
[which  is  also  Wesl.'s  version],  'as  trees  are  in  autumn'), 
Bloomf.;- Schleus.  The  second  significations  of  φθίνα  and 
ortupa,  however,  appear  combined  in  the  use,  according  to 
Phavor.,  of  ψθ ΐί'όήωροι•  to  denote  νόαοί  ψθίνοναα  ότΐώρα;  (hence 
Clarke:  galled  or  diseased  i/-.  ;-an  etymology  and  sense 
allowed  also  by  '\Vits.,  Laurm.,  Trol.  canA'eie(i;-Schleus.),  and 
in  Pindar's  use  of  φθιΐΌτίωρίζ.  L.  and  S.  do,  indeed,  mark  this 
last  word  as  a  '  pecul.  fem.'  of  φ9ί>ΌΛωμνό{,  which  they  explain 
to  mean  autumnal.  But  in  the  passage  referred  to — Pyth.  5. 
161,  162:  φθινοΛω^ίζ  ανίμων  χιιμίΐίΐ,α  χαίαΛνοά — φβιΐΌΛωρι;  evi- 
dently docs  not  mean  that,  but  rather  the  blighting  influence 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


71 


KING 


VERSION. 


13  Raging  waves  of  the  sea, 
fiiaming  out  their  own  shame ; 
wandering  stars,  to  whom  is  re- 


GREEK    TEXT. 


13  χι''«ατα  άγρια  θαλάσΰης,  ετΐα- 
φρίζοντα  τας  ίαντών  αισχύνου;,•  αστ£- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

13  ^Wild  waves  of  the  sea, 
foaming  out  their  own  *shame ; 
wandering  stars,  ''for  "which  the 


'  This  phrase,  which  is  often  in  English  poetry  applied  to 
the  sea  or  its  waves  (e.  g.  Shakspore,  Tempest,  i.  2:  'the  wild 
waves  whist.'),  suggests  more  readily  the  etymological  and  fa- 
miliar sense  of  oyptoj. — E.  V.,  Matt.  3:4;  Mark  1:  6  (the 
onl}•  other  instances  in  the  N.  T.)  ;-Vulg.  {feri),  German 
verss.  and  Dt.  (u'iVi/e)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn ,  Vat..  Carpz..  (use  ef- 
ferus).  Calv.,  Buz..  Aret.,  (use  efferatus),  Casta!,  {as  V'ldg.) 
Eugl.  Ann.  ('  Gr.  wdd.  For  the  waves  roar  like  wild  beasts 
in  the  wood.'),  Bloomf.,  Barn,  (wild  and  restless'),  Dav.,  Peile. 


'i  Gr.  shames.  But  this  plural,  though  not  uncommon  in 
the  older  English  classics,  is  now  disused. 

i"  See  2  Pet.  2  :  17,  N.  x.  Here  may  be  added  Wesl.,  Sharpe, 
Kenr. 

'  The  analogy  of  the  three  preceding  metaphors  seems  to 
justify  this  dependence  of  the  relative  on  ao-rcpfj.  A  common 
reference,  indeed  (according  to  which  the  punctuation  of  E.  V. 
would  still  be  in  fault),  is  to  the  ααιβίΐί,  and  this,  Laurm. 


of  these  wintry  blasts,  and  so  it  is  explained  by  the  best  com- 
mentators of  Pindar.  Heyne  translates  thus :  'fructibus-e.vi- 
tialis  ventorum  hibet-nus  flatus ;'  and  the  most  recent  editor. 
Prof.  Schneidewin,  has  the  following  note :  '  οΛώρα,  ώρα,  auctum- 
nus,  annus  dicuntur  pro  lis  quae  gignuntur  iis  temporibus. 
Jam  sensus :  Taleas  viribus  et  consilio  etiam  in  posterum,  ne 
ventus  bruinalis  tibi  perdat  teniporis_/"nic;»s.'  If  it  be  said, 
that  the  common  version  requires  the  noun  to  be  taken  in  its 
second  signification  and  the  verb  in  its  first,  it  may  be  replied, 
1.,  that  this  acknowledged  secondary  meaning  of  the  noun  is 
its  meaning  in  the  only  place  where  it  is  found  in  the  N.  T., 
Rev.  18 ;  14 ; — 2..  that  the  intransitive  use  of  the  verb  is  by 
far  the  more  frequent ; — and,  3.,  that  tlie  verb  retains  this  in- 
transitive sense  in  other  analogous  cases  of  composition ;  e.g. 
^9ivoxa.f>nof.  applied  by  Pindar,  Pyth.  4.  471,  to  an  oak  from 
which  the  trees  have  been  lopped ;  and  $9ικ)χωλο$,  with  wast- 
ing limbs  (L.  and  S.).  While,  therefore,  our  present  form 
φβιΐ'οτίωρί.νό;  may  not,  in  the  one  or  two  instances  where  it  is 
found  elsewhere,  bear  the  meaning  here  ascribed  to  it,  I  concur 
nevertheless  in  the  remark  of  Grot. :  '  Si  usum  vocis  respicias, 
dicit  arbores  auctumnales.  Sed  magis  respicitur  itv^oXoyLa 
vocis,  ut  dicat  eos  similes  esse  arboribus,  quarum  fructus  perit 
illico.'  This  sense,  moreover,  is  more  in  harmony  with  the 
design  of  the  writer,  which  is  to  describe  the  characteristic. 
and  inward,  spiritual  desolation  of  these  wicked  men — (Laurm.. 
accordingly,  though  undecided  in  his  interpretation,  so  far  even 
as  to  indulge  in  what  Bloomf.  considers  the  '  ingenious  conjec- 
ture, that  by  ^θίνοτΟύμνοί  is  denoted  a  sort  of  useless  trees  then 
so  called,'  yet  says  he  clearly  perceives  '  tale  quid  indicari,  quod 
proprie  ita  esse  non  debebat,  et  nemo  sanus  in  autumno  ad 
hiemem  vergente  fruges  aut  folia  in  arbore  quacsiverit  ;'-a  view. 
in  which  Bloomf.  himself  seems  disposed  to  concur,  though  he 
errs  in  attributing  it  to  Hamm.) — and  it  lays  a  firmer  basis  for 
the  dreadful  climax  whereby  he  effects  that  object.  Comp. 
Matt.  13  :  22 ;  Luke  8  :  14.  Steph. :  '  Insurgit  autem  ibi  oratio, 
et  primum  δίΊδρα  ^θινοΛ.  vocat  quae  proxime  absunt  a  xaprto- 
φόροί}  s.  ΤΕλίΟχαρΛοίσι,  deinde  άχαρΛα  prorsus,  tertio  αηοθ.,  post- 
remo  ίχριζ.''  G.  (corrupt)  ;-Syr.  (=  ]\iurd.  whose  fr.  hath 
failed.  The  Syr.  verb  is  the  same  as  is  used  for  άψανίζομίνη  in 
James  4 :  14),  It.  (appassati),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (dent  le  fr.  se  pour- 
rit),  Fr.  S.  in  the  text  (doiit  les  fr.  pourrissent)  ;-Pagn.,  Bez., 


Pise,  Pai•.,  (emarcidae),  Aret.,  Carpz.,  (fnigiperdae),  Dt.  Ann. 
(as  one  explanation),  Cler.  (' a,  corrunipendis  fructibus,  ut  habet 
Etymologicum  Magnum.'),  Er.  Sehmid,  Wolf.,  (fructus  per- 
dentes),  Wells,  Newc,  (as  E.  F.  ;-which  Gill  also  allows), 
Berl.  Bib.  (wurmstichige),  B.  and  L.'s  text  (as  Fr.  G.).  Dodd. 
(whose  early  buddings  are  withered -,-^ο  Scott),  Wakef.  (that 
shed  their  fr.).  Ros.  ('potius  arbores  quae  producunt  marcidos 
et  corruptos  fructus.')  Greenf.  ("723  ''"iZ).  Sharpe  (withered), 

Stier  (obstverMmmemde).  Am.  (fetris)  ;-Steph.  (first  gives : 
e.vtremo  autumno  marcescentes  ;-a  combination  of  the  two 
ideas,  which  appears  also  in  Erasm.,  Tat.,  Zeg.,  aut.  marc. ; 
Calv.,  autumni  emarcidae ;  Suic. ;  SchOttg.,  '  quae  non  nisi  au- 
tumno .senescente  fructus  ferunt  immaturos  et  nulli  usui  futu- 
res;' Mack.,  withered  aiitU7nnal  tr.  [to  which  he  joins  άχαρΛα, 
wilhotd  fr.,  in  one  clause]  ;  Penn,  that  wither  in  the  aut. ; — 
and  then  adds:  '  Vel  potius,  Quarum  ή  οΛιόρα  φθίνΐί,  Quae 
fructum  quidem  aliquem  ferunt,  sed  corruptum  et  marcidum, 
qui  vel  succo  nutrimentoque  deflciente,  vel  vermibus  exedenti- 
bus  ante  maturitatem  decidit.'),  Pas.  (emarcidus.  wurmstichig), 
Leigh  (as  Pagii.). 

'■  Here  perhaps  may  be  intended,  not  the  absence  of  good 
fruit,  implied  in  $9«ort.,  but  an  utter  incapacity  to  produce  any- 
thing fit  to  be  called  fruit. — E.  V.,  everywhere  else  (6  times)  ;- 
R.  ;-Yulg.  (infructuosae),  German  verss.,  except  Mey.  and  De 
W.j  (unfruchtbare),  Dt.  (onvruchtbaar),  It.  (sterili)  ;-Erasm., 
Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat..  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  (infrugiferae),  Castal., 
Beng.,  (as  Vulg.),  Engl.  Ajin..  Carpz.  and  Ros.  (steriles), 
Wakef.  (takes  ii;  along  with  it :  imfr.  for  two  seasons  ;-a  con- 
struction which  Haenl.  also  recommends),  Newc.  (barren), 
Scott  ('wholly  unfruitful'),  Arn.  (steriles),  Kenr.  ;-Pas.,  Suic, 
(as  Carpz.),  Rob.  (unfr.,  barren),  Schirl. 

5•  Dryden,  Ode  for  St.  Cecilia's  Day :  '  And  trees  uprooted 
left  their  place.'  E.  V.,  twice  out  of  4  times  that  ixpiifou  oc- 
curs, translates  it,  to  root  up  ;-Latin  verss.  (eradicatae  ;-except 
Cocc,  e.rstirpatae),  Germ,  (ausgewurzelte),  Dt.  (ontworteld). 
It.  (diradicati),  French  verss.  (deracines)  ;-Dodd.,  Thom.,  (to 
be  {utterly]  rooted  up).  Wakef.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Dav.,  (rooted 
up).  Mack,  (rooted  out),  Mcy.  (eyiiwurzelt),  Greenf.  (D'li'lE/C), 

•    τ       : 

All.,  De  W.,  Stier,  (as  Germ.),  Bloomf. 


72 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

served  the  blackness  of  darkness 
for  ever. 

14  And  Enoch  also,  the  sev- 
enth from  Adam,  propliesied  of 
these,  saying,  Btihold,  tlie  Lord 
Cometh  witli  ten  thousand  of  liis 
saints, 

15  To  execute  judgment  upon 
all,  and  to  convince  all  that  are 
ungodly  among  them  of  all  their 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ρες  Tthxiiritai,  οΐς  ο  ζόφος  Του  σκότους 
εις  τόν  αΙώνα  terrj^ritai. 

14  ΥΙ^οεψΓ,τενσε  hi  xca  'ΐονϋοις 
έβδομος   άηό  Άδαμ  Ένωχ,    λέγων, 

iSov  ήλθε  Κίψως  εν  μνριάσίν  αγίαις 
αντον, 

15  ηουτ0αι  κρίσιν  κατά  τιάΐ'Τωΐ', 
και  εξελέγζ,αι  τΐάντας  Τοί'ς  άσεβεϊς 
αυτών  Ttepi  Ttavtov  tuv  έργων  άσε- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

blackness  of  darkness  ''for  ever 
''hath  been  reserved. 

14  "^But  ^for  these  ""also  'pro- 
phesied Enoch,  J  seventh  from 
Adam,  saying  :  Behold,  the  Lord 
''came  with  'liis  hoi}'  ""myriads, 

15  To  "exercise  judgment  upon 
all,  and  to  "convict  all  Pthe  un- 
godly  among  them  of  all   their 


■'  See  2  Pet.  2 :  17,  N.  z. The  tov  before  aicim  is  marked 

by  Bloomf.  as  '  most  probably,  or  certainly,  an  interpolation,' 
and  cancelled  by  all  the  other  recent  editors,  except  Hahn  and 
Theile. 

«  See  2  Pet.  2 :  17,  N.  a,  &c. 

f  '  Not  only  I,  now ;  bul  &c.'    See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r. 

«  Syr.  (=  *?),  It.  (a),  Fr.  S.  (poicr)  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat., 

Cocc,  Wolf.,  Beng.,  (his  [iis]  ;-for  the  Vulg.  de  his),  Engl. 
Ann.  ('  Or,  ω'),  Hamra.,  Wells,  Whitb.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Bloomf, 
(ίο),  Moldenh.,  Mey.,  Stier,  {dieseii).  Green,  Peile,  Iluth.  (filr). 

The  demonstrative  is  given  in  this  order,  or  at  least  before 

the  verb  and  its  subject,  by  E.  ;-Germ.,  Dt.,  It..  French  verss.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Thom.,  Greenf , 
All.,  Bloomf.,  De  W.,  Arn.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Peile. 

■■  See  2  Pet.  1  :  14,  N.  z,  &c.  Here  the  xai  (overlooked  by 
some)  is  kept  close  to  ϊοιίΐοΐί  by  Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss. 
(except  that  Moldenh.  omits  it),  Fr.  S.  ;-Pagn.,  Calv.,  Vat., 
Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Wells,  Beng.  ('  non  mode  antedilu- 
vianis.'),  Wesl.,  Carpz.,  Mack.,  Newc,  Ros.,  Am.,  Murd.,  Peile  ;- 
Green. 

'  The  verb  is  given  before  its  subject  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss., 
Syr.,  Germ.,  It.  ;-Greenf,  De  W.,  Stier,  Murd. 

1  '  Even  so  long  ago  were  they  rtpoytypa^jut'iOi.'  (v.  4). — There 
is  no  article  in  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Greenf ,  Peile.  Wakef  and 
Mack,  have  the  as  a  supplement. 

''  'In  "vision.'  Another  prophetic  past;  comp.  Jude  11,  N. 
a. — E.  V.  nowhere  else  makes  ^λβοζ»  :=  tp;io^ai  (comp.  Rev.  1 : 
7) ;-R.  (is  came)  ;-Latin  verss.,  except  Caslal..  {cen.it  ;-explained 
in  the  commentaries  as  praeteritum  prufiiliii'o),  Dt..  It.,  French 
verss.  except  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  (=  /Z.);-Sliarpe  (as  B.), 
Bloomf.,  De  W.  (es  kam),  Peile  ('hath  come,  or  came.')  ;-Green. 

1  The  word  saints  is  not  readily  understood  as  including 
angels,  who,  on  the  other  hand,  are  not  (according  to  the  com- 
mon explanation)  meant  exclusively  (2  Cor.  G  :  2.  3;  1  Thess. 
4:  14;  &c.). — "Ayioj  is  translated  as  an  adjective  by  E.  V., 
wherever  else  it  qualifies  a  substantive,  and  here,  as  qualifying 


μνρίάαίν,  by  Latin  verss..  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Hamm.,  Beng.,  Mack., 
Newc.  marg.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Stier,   Kenr.     Guyse, 

Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Barn.,  Peile,  have  holy  ones. For  μνρ.  ay.,  all 

the  recent  editors  (except  Theile)  read  ay.  μνρ. 

"'  Fr.  S.  ;-lIamm.,  Cocc,  Wolf,  Beng.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Mack., 
Newc.  marg.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Stolz,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Peile.  See 
Rev.  5  :  11,  N.  v,  &c. 

"  Rob. :  '  xfitsiv  Tioitiv  to  do  Judgment,  to  act  as  judge,  i.  q. 
xpiVfir,  .John  5  :  27;  Jude  15.'  This  idea,  rather  than  that  of 
executing  the  judicial  sentence,  is  presented  in  W.,  R.,  (do 
doom,  [judgment]),  T.,  C,  G.,  (g-iue  _y.)  ;-Vulg.  (facere  judi- 
cium), Syr.,  QeimAn  verss.  (Gericht  zu  halten),  Dt.  (om  ge• 
rigt  te  houden).  It.  (far  giudicio),  Fr.  G.  (donner  jitgement), 
Fr.  M.  (juger),  Fr.  S.  (exercer  j.)  ;-Erasm.,  Calv.,  Vat.,  Cocc, 
(facial  j),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  (ferat  j.),  Castal.,  Pise,  (j.  e.v- 
erceat),  B.  and  L.,  Arn.,  (as  Fr.  M.),  Carpz.  (judicaturus), 
Mack,  (pass  sentence),  Peile  (bring  j.  to  bear). 

°  The  Greek  verb  occurs  in  the  N.  T.  onlj'  here,  and  twice  in 
the  Sept.  for  -"'DVi  (Is.  2:4;  Mic  4  :  3  ;-E.  V.  rebuke ;  Alex. 

decide).  Here  Barn,  rejects  convince,  but  errs  in  saying  that 
convict  is  's3'nonymous'  with  it,  in  the  sense  of  'satisfying  a 
man's  own  mind  of  the  fact  that  he  has  done  wrong.'  In  mod- 
ern use,  at  least,  the  idea  of  detection,  exposure,  is  much 
stronger  in  the  latter  word  than  in  the  former. — Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Wakef.  (convict  clearly),  Mack.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Bloomf  ('not  to  convince,  or  even  merely  to  convict,  but,  in  a 
fuller  sense,  so  to  convict  as  to  bring  the  convicted  to  judgment, 
and  the  execution  of  judgment  upon  him.'),  Alurd.,  Peile  (call 

to  strict  account). For  ίξ(λ.,  Mey.,   Lachra.,  Tisch.,  read 

ίλίγξαί  (A.  B.,  &c.). 

ρ  Gr.  their  ungodly  ones — Germ,  ihre  Gottlosen.  The  rela- 
tive construction,  introdui;ed  by  Erasm.,  and  adopted  also  by 
T,,  C,  G.  ;-Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par.,  appears  in  no  other  foreign 
vers.,  nor  in  W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Newc, 
Thom.,  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr. In  his  last  edition  Tisch.  re- 
stores the  ai-eZjv,  which  is  cancelled  by  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn, 
after  A.  B.  C,  Λ^uIg.,  Syr.,  &c 


thinks,  is  required  hy  the  rovroij  of  v.  14.  But  it  is  better  to  bus,  arboribus,  fiuctibus,  sic  jam  stellis  errantibus  sua  additur 
regard  the  demonstrative  there  as  a  resumption  of  the  oiroi  descriptio.'),  Wakef,  Am.,  Murd.  In  foreign  verss.  the  rela- 
of  V.  10,  which  is  twice  again  indignantly  repeated  in  vv.  16,  j  tive.  like  the  olj,  is  in  itself  iimbiguous;  but  the  punctuation 
19. — W.  ;-Castal.  (gives  aat.  .  .  .  titrfi.  in  one  clause  ;-and  so    geneially  corresponds  to  that  of  E.  V.  (as  does  that  of  nearly 


the  text  of  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  Theile),  Hamm.  ('and  to  such  stars 
as  these  eternal  darkness  is  reserved.'),  Beng.  ('  Ut  modo  nubi- 


all  other  editions  of  the  text),  so  favouring  the  construction 
proposed. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


73 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


ungodly  deeds  which  they  haA-ej^a'ag  αντών  ων  γ,σέβι^ΰαν,  και  τΐερι 
ungodly  committed,  and  of  αΙΙ^ηάντων  τον  σχλτ,ρών  ων  ε^^κύ^γιααν 
their  hurd  speeches  which  ungodly  ^α^'  ^{^tov  άυαρτωλοι  άαεβεΐς. 


sinners  have  spoken  against  him 

16  These  are  murmurers,  com- 
plainers,  walking  after  their  own 
lusts  ;  and  their  mouth  speaketh 
greatswelling  words,  having  men's 
persons  in  admiration  because  of 
advantage. 

17  But,  beloved,  remember 
ye  the  words  which  were  spoken 
before  of  the  apostles  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ ; 

IS  How  that  they  told  you 
there  should  be  mockers  in  the 


16  OuToi'  ειαι  γογγνσται,  μεμι]^ί- 
μοιροι,  xata  τας  έτΐίθνιΐίας  αντών 
τχοηευόμενοί•  καί  το  στόμα  αντών 
"λαλεί  νηί^γκα,  θανμάζοντες  τίρόσω- 
Tta,  ωφελείας  χάξΐιν. 

17  νμείς  δί,  άγατίητοΊ,  μντ,σθτιτε 
τών  ργιμάτων  τών  τίροειριημίνων  ντίο 
τών  άτϊοστόλων  τον  Κυρίου  τ,ι,ιών 
Ιησού  Χρίστου• 

18  οτι  έλεχον  vt-dv,  'ότι  εν  εσχάτω 
χρόνα  έσονται  εμτίαϊκται,  κατά  τας 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ideeds  of  ungodliness  "'wherein 
they  'were  ungodly,  and  of  all 
the  hard  'things  which  ungodly 
sinners  "spake  against  him. 

16  These  are  murmurers,  com- 
plainers,  walking  "according  to 
their  own  lusts  ;  and  their  mouth 
speaketh  great  swelling  words, 
^admiring  "  persons  ^for  profit's 
sake. 

17  But  ''ye,  beloved,  ^be  mind- 
ful of  the  words  which  were 
spoken  before  *by  the  apostles  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ; 

18  How  •'they  told  you,  "^that 
''in  the  last  time  there  ^shall  be 


1  Except  that  αί-ίΰυ  is  sometimes  (Tulg.  [according  to  the 
interpretations  of  W..  K.,  Kenr.,  &c.].  Germ.  ;-Greenf.,  Sharpe. 
Stier)  put  in  regimen  with  άσφιίαί,  and  sometimes  (It.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Calv.,  B.  and  L.,  Am.)  neglected,  the  above  construction  is  ob- 
seryed  by  the  verss.  just  referred  to,  and  by  Cocc,  Mack.,  All. 

■•  For  ώ)>,  by  attraction  for  a,  see  Win.  §  32.  1.  W.  (by 
which),  R.  (xchereby)  ;-Vulg.  {quibus),  Germ,  (damit)  i-DeW. 
{woniit).  Stier  {as  Germ^,  Kenr.  {as  R.). 

•  See  2  Pet.  2 :  G,  N.  i. For  the  time  of  the  two  verbs, 

see  V.  14,  X.  k.     Or  the  aorists  of  this  verse  might  be  given  as 
pluperfects ;  see  2  Pet.  1 :  16,  X.  g. 

ι  R.  ;-It.  {cose)  ;-Dodd.,  IVesl.,  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Bloomf.,  Arn. 
{choses),  Kenr.  The  Latin  and  most  German  verss.  and  Greenf. 
supply  nothing,  or  give  αχί^η^Ζν  by  a  substantive. 

»  See  2  Pet.  3  :  3,  N.  f. 

'  This  or  some  other  simple  verb  (such  as  uorship,  flatter, 
honour,  respect,  or  their  equivalents)  is  used,  either  in  the 
finite  or  participial  form,  by  λΥ.,  R  ;-nearly  all  foreign  verss.  ;- 
Guyse,  Wakef.,  Mack.,  Xewc,  Sharpe,  Murd.,  Kenr. : — a  noun 
{admirateurs,  Schmeichler,  admirers),  by  B.  and  L.,  Van  Ess, 
Rob. 

"  There  is  nothing  for  meti's  in  W.,  R.,  (thodgh  T..  C,  G., 
translate  jtpoa.  by  men)  ;-any  foreign  verss.  (Germ,  makes 
rtpoff.  das  Anselien  der  Person ;  Fr.  S.,  les  personnes  appa- 
rentes ;  B.  and  L.,  tout  ce  qui  a  quelque  apparence ;  AH.,  Stolz, 
den  Menschen  [Ijeuteyi] ;  DeW..  persOnlichem.  Ansehen;  Am., 
les  gens)  ;-Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wakef.  and  Xewc.  (have  nf  men  as 
a  supplement),  Mack.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Murd.  (^people),  Kenr.  ;- 
Rob. 


«  See  E.  v.,  Tit.  1:11  and  Rom.  3  : 1  (the  latter  being  the 
only  other  instance  of  ώφίλίΐο)  ;-R.  {for  gaine  sate)  ;-Vulg. 
{quaestus  causa  ;-for  which  other  Latin  verss.  substitute  utili- 
tatis  gratia  [Cocc.  causa^),  Germ,  {iiin  Kutzens  willen),  Dt. 
{om  des  voordeels  wil),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (use  proflt)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Mack.,  Xewc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  {for  the 
sake  of  gain  [Peile,  of  what  they  gain]),  Moldenh.,  Stier, 
{[des]  Nutzens  halber).  All.  («)»  des  Gewinnes  willen),  Sharpe 
{for  gain's  sake),  Be  W.  {des  Vortlieils  wegen). 

y  See  E.  v.,  v.  20,  and  1  John  2 :  20,  X.  p,  &c.  Here  the 
pronoun  is  kept  in  its  Greek  position  by  W.,  T,,  C,  G.,  R.  ;- 
all  foreign  verss.,  except  the  Dt.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thom.  {as  for 
you),  Penn,  Murd.,  {do  ye).  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

'  E.  v..  2  Pet.  3  :  2 ;  2  Tim.  1 :  4  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  ex- 
cept Casta!,  and  Cocc,  {memores  estate  [Erasm.  esiis ;  which 
Calv.  allows])  ;-Moldenh.,  Stier,  {seid  eingedenk),  Mey.  {moget 
ihr  eing.  bleiben),  Kenr. 

«  See  2  Pet.  2  :  19,  N.  1. 

>>  Comp.  1  John  4  :  9,  X.  r.  Here  that  is  omitted  by  Wakef., 
Xewc,  Sharpe  ;-Aow,  by  Mack.,  Penn. 

'  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Vulg.  {quoniam.  Other  Latin  verss. 
employ  the  future  participle)  and  other  foreign  verss.,  except 
Mey.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef.  and  later  English  verss.,  except  Sharpe. 

■*  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  read  in  hxarov  [rol]  χρόνου  (A.  B. 
C);  Me}'.,  with  Huth.'s  approbation,  following  B.  C.  in  omitting 
the  article. 

'  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt.j-Hamm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.  and  Penn 
{will).  Peile. 

10 


74 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

last  time,  who  should  walk  after 
their  own  iingodl}-  lusts. 

19  These  be  they  who  sepa- 
rate themselves,  sensual,  having 
not  the  Spirit. 

20  But  ye,  beloved,  l)uilding 
up  yourselves  on  vour  most  holy 
iiiitli,  praying  in  liie  Holy  Ghost, 

21  Keep  yourselves  in  the 
love  of  God,  looking  for  the  mer- 
cy of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  unto 
eternal  life. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


tavtCiV    έτίίθνμίας   τίορευόμενοι  των 
ασεβειών. 

19  OtW  είσιν  οι  άτχοΐιο^ίζοντες, 
"φνχικοί,  τΐνενμα  μη  έχοντες. 

20  ί'μεϊς  L•,  άγατίητοί,  Τγ  αγιιο- 
τάτ'/ι  νμυν  ηίατει  εηοιχοδομονντες 
εαυτούς,  εν  ΐΙνενμαΤί  'Αγία  τίροσεν- 
χόμενοι, 

21  εαυτούς  εν  άγάτίγ  Θεον  T'/;pr;- 
σαΐε,  τίροβδεχόι,ιενοί  το  έλεος  τον 
Κνρίον  τ,μύν  Ίτ^αον  XpiffToi',  εΙς  ζίύτ:ν 
αΐώνίον. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

mockers,  'walking  ^according  to 
their  own  ''lusts  of  ungodliness. 

19  These  'are  they  who  -"sepa- 
rate,  ''animal,  'having  no  spirit. 

20  But  ye,  beloved,  building 
up  yourselves  on  jour  most  holy 
faith,  praying  in  the  Holy  ""Spirit, 

21  Keep  j-oursclves  in  the  love 
of  God,  "waiting  ibr  the  merc}^  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  unto  eter- 
nal life :» 


'  The  participial  construction  is  retained  bj  E.  V.,  2  Pet.  3  : 
Z■,-^y.,  E.;-Yu\s.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Gastal.,  Cocc,  Wits.,  Dodd. 
and  the  later  English  verss.,  Carpz.,  Greenf. 

^  See  2  Pet.  3  :  3,  N.  f. 

*■  Oorap.  V.  15,  N.  q.  Here  the  grammatical  relation  between 
ίΛιθνμίας  and  ασφαΰν  is  preserved  by  Germ.,  Dt.  marg.,  It., 
Fr.  S.  ;-Calv.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Scott,  Greenf.,  Kist.,  Sharpe, 
Stier. 

'  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  verss.,  except  Mack, 
and  Peile. 

)  Engl.  Ann. :  '  Themselves,  as  Heb.  10 :  25.  Or,  others,  as 
2  Pet.  2:1,2;  Acts  20  :  30 ;  2  Tim.  3  :  6.'  The  former  sense 
is,  of  course,  adopted  by  such  as  follow  the  reading  of  B.  C. 
and  Vulg.,  anoS.  ίαυτοΐί  (Griesb.,  Knapp,  Ilaenl.,  Sch.,  Hahn, 
Theile  ;-thoiigh  Griesb.  and  llaenl.  regard  ίαν-τονς  as  question- 
able.). Even  the  reading  of  our  Text  (and  of  Beng.,  AVetst., 
Matth.,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Bloomf ,  Tisch.)  may  be  taken  (as  it  is 
by  Grot,  Schuttg.,  Moldenh.,  Iluth.)  with  the  reflexive'  force, 
which  transitive  verbs  do  sometimes  bear  (see  Win  §  39.  1.). 
But  it  more  naturally  suggests  a  more  general  interpretation, 
which  is  given  by  T.,  C,  G.,  (makers  of  sects)  ;-Germ.  {Rotten 
machen),  Dt.  7narg.  ;-the  Alexandrian  Clement,  Oec,  Erasm., 
Vat.,  Est.  ('Potest  absolute  sunii.  Si-paranles,  id  est,  qui  sepa- 
rationem  faciunt  tam  in  coctibus  quam  doctrina.').  Pyle  (make 
separations),  Laurm.,  Mey.  (die  Trenmaigsstijter),  Trol.,  Tan 
Ess  (Spallungen  verursachen),  Bloomf.,  De  W.  (Trennungen 
veiiirs.),  Dav.,  Peile,  (cause  separations)  ;-Schleus.  I  pur- 
posely use  a  phra.se,  which,  like  the  original,  admits  of  either 
sense. 

''  Ψνχιχόζ  is  in  E.  V.  rendered  sensual  also  in  .James  3  :  15, 
elsewhere  (1  Cor.  2:  14;  15:  44.  40)  natural.  In  every  one 
of  these  cases  it  marks  the  subject  in  its  relations  to  the  ■^νχή 
anima  (hence  Fr.  S.  everywhere :  de  Paine,  aijant  I'ame,  η''αι/ant 
φιε  I'ame),  as  distinguished  from  to  yivtlfia,  and  in  all  of  them 
it  is  translated  ani7nalls  (animale,  animal)  by  the  Latin  verss. 
(except  that  Castal.  has  humana  in  Jame.s),  It.  (except  here),  Fr. 


M.  (except  here  and  in  James)  ;-Hanim.,  Newc,  (except  1  Cor.  2: 
14 ;  the  only  place  where  Fr.  G.  has  it).  Mack.,  Clarke,  Penn, 
Sharpe  (except  here).  So  Whitb.  and  Wakef.  here  and  in  1  Cor. 
15  :  44,  46 ;  Dodd.  and  Thorn.,  in  1  Cor.  2 :  14  and  15  :  44,  46 ; 
Wells,  Schleus.,  Scott,  Trol.,  Wahl,  Bloomf,  Murd.,  Rob.,  Green, 
in  1  Cor.  15  :  44,  46.  I  recommend  that  .^νχι,χόζ  be  everywhere 
rendered  as  above.  Of  German  verss.,  Luth.  here  has  Fleisch- 
liche;  others,  Sinnliche,  Seelisclie,  Thierische. 

1  This  clause  furnishes  the  condition  (μτ,)  and  proof  of  that 
which  precedes;  q.  d.  ■  they  are  .\νχι.χοί,  not  being  ΛνινματιχοΙ ' 
(1  Cor.  2:  15;  3:  1;  14:  37;  Gal.  6:  1).  The  Λΐ^ιίμα.  thus 
standing  opposed  to  ■^χτι,  and  wanting  the  article,  is  best  taken 
subjectively,  as  the  •γΐ'^ινιιημίνον  ix  tov  Λνινματος  Λνιΐμα  (John 
3  :  6).  It  may  even  include,  according  to  λ'υη  Me}  er's  remark 
(cited  and  approved  by  Stier),  the  rational  spirit  (v.  10,  us  τα 
άλογα  ζΰα).  Ε.  V.  follows  G.  and  R. — AY.  (not  hating  sp.), 
T.,  C.;-Germ.  (die  da  keinen  Geist  Imhen),  Calv.  (K\nima  hie 
spiritui,  hoc  est,  renovationis  gratiae  opponitur.'),  Grot.  (■  Jac- 
tant  se  miras  habere  inspirationes,  at  nullas  habent.'),  B.  and 
L.  (quHl  n'lj  ait  rien  de  spirituel  en  eua:),  Wakef.,  Penn, 
([being]  without  a  sp.),  Greenf.  (ΠΠ  Cnb  l''N),  Barn.  (-The 

Holy  Spirit  or  the  spirit  of  true  religion'),  Ilengst.  (see  Offenb. 
II.  p.  45.),  Slier  (die  Geist  nicht  haben),  Arn.  (n'atjant  rien 
de  spirituel).  Peile  (having  no  spirituality),  Iluth.  ('the 
higher  spiritual  life  wrought  by  the  Holy  Spirit').  Comp.  Rev. 
11 :  11,  N.  z. 


See  2  Pet.  1  :  21,  N.  f. 


12  :  36 ;  23  :  51 ;  and  to 
Acts  23:  21;  Tit.  2:  13 


"  E.  v.,  Mark  15  :  43  ;  Luke  2  :  25 
these  I  recommend  that  Luke  2  :  38  ; 
be  conformed  ;-German  verss.  (use  aufwarten,  ei-u:arten,  har- 
ren),  Dt.  (verwachtende),  French  verss.  (\en'\  attendant)  ;- 
Sharpe.  Murd.,  Dav. 

°  Beng. :  '  Qui  sibi  jam  consuluit,  consulat  aliis.'  This  con- 
nection (see  also  v.  22,  N.  s)  between  vv.  20,  21  and  vv.  22,  23. 
is  indicated  as  above  by  It.  and  Fr.  G.  A  .semicolon  is  employed 
by  Fr.  S. ;  a  comma,  bj'  Castal.  and  Thom. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


75 


KING    JAMEs'    VERSION. 

GREEK    TEXT. 

REVISED    VERSION. 

22  And  of  some  have  compas- 

22 

xai  ονς  μεν  ελεείτε  Siaxfuvo- 

Ρ22    And  "ion  some,  ''indeed, 

sion,  making  a  difference  : 

(.tsvoi- 

•liave    compassion,    'while    con- 
tendinn;  ; 

23  And  others  save  with  fear, 

23 

ους  δέ  iv  φόβφ  σώζετε,  εκ  του 

P23  "Έη!  others  save  "in  fear, 

ρ  It  must  be  allowed  that  Dr.  A.  Clarke  does  but  state  the 
truth,  though  he  appears  to  do  it  somewhat  impatiently,  when 
he  says  of 'this  and  the  following  verse,'  that  they  'are  all 
confusion,  both  in  the  MSS.  and  Versions ;  and  it  is  extremely 
difficult  to  know  what  was  the  original  text.  Our  own  is  as 
likely  as  any.'  Beng.  (in  the  Gnomon),  Lachm.  and  Tisch., 
after  A.  B.,  Vulg.,  read  thus:  xai  ovf  μιν  ίχίγχαε  (Β.  έλίαΤί) 
διαχρα'ομίνονζ,  oCj  6i  αύζεΐι  ix  rtvpo;  άρΛάζονΠζ.  oi;  δέ  iXiate 
(Beng.  ΕλίΕΐϊί)  h  φόβφ,  jutsowftf  χτλ.  ;-and  so  Huth.,  whose 
criticism  compare  with  that  of  Haenl.,  Laurm.,  De  "W.,  Stier 
(note  on  pp.  114,  115) ;  and  see  N.  t. 

1  E.  v.,  everywhere  else;-T.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  verss. 
(except  Penn,  for). 

'  See  V.  10,  N.  u,  <fcc.  Laurm.:  Of 5  μέν  et  ovj  δέ  rite  sibi 
invicem  opponuntur.' 

•  '  Deal  with  them  in  that  spirit  (to  ϊ'λ{ο$  toi  Kvp.,  V.  21)  to 
which  you  yourselves  are  debtors.' 

'  Dr.  Clarke's  complaint  about  the  perplexity  of  the  readings 
may  be  extended  to  the  interpretations  that  have  been  given  of 
each  several  text.  Thus,  the  reading  διαχρινομίνονι  is  in  the 
\ lug.,  judicatos;  Oec,  εϊ  μίν  αΛοδιιβτανϊαι  ίμΰιν  (so  Gerl. : 
indem  ihr  sie  aussondert ;  and  Huth.,  who  thinks  it  '  answers 
to  the  previous  ατίοίίορίζιιν,  taken  intransitively.'  The  same 
sense  would  be  allowed  to  this  reading  by  Bretsch.,  Haenl., 
Am.) ;  Grot.,  qui  se  caeleris  praefenmt ;  Cocc,  disceptanles 
(a  sense  allowed,  along  with  that  of  the  Vulg.,  by  Zeg. :  si 
disceptent  vobisqiie  resista7it) ;  Haram.,  Wells,  Beng.,  Wesl., 
De  W.,  Dav.,  Schirl.,  wavering,  doubting,  hesitating  (the  other 
sense  allowed  by  Bretsch.,  Haenl.,  Arn.)  ;  Penn,  who  are  to  be 
distinguished ;  &c. ; — a  variety,  of  which  Clarke  gives  one  or 
two  specimens,  and  then  adds :  '  or  whatever  else  the  reader 
pleases.'  By  the  larger  number  of  verss.  and  commentaries, 
however,  (including  three  of  the  latest,  Stier,  Am.,  Peile)  the 
textus  receptus  is  adhered  to,  and  in  the  sense  attached  to  it  by 
E.  V.  The  objection  to  this  interpretation  (even  as  modified 
by  Green  and  Peile :  making  a  distinction  mentally,  in  your 
own  minds)  is,  that  no  other  satisfactory  instance  of  this  use 
of  διαχρι^ο^αι  has  been,  or  probably  can  be,  produced  ;  Whitb. 
vainly  referring  to  Acts  10  :  20;  Rom.  14  :  23  ;  and  Stier,  with 
only  more  plausibility,  to  James  2  :  4.  Bloomf ,  who  formerly 
had  recourse  to  a  writer  of  the  third  century  (cited  long  ago 
for  the  same  purpose  by  Steph.).  has  in  the  Supplemented  Vol- 
ume deemed  it  advisable  to  append  as  additional  confirmation 
the  following :  '  Of  this  absolute  use  of  the  word  another  ex- 
ample  is  found  in  Herodot.  vii.  150,  4.  tuiito  . . .  * ois  i»•  Σίχι'Κίΐι 


ιΛοίτ^Πί,  Siaxpivai  ((or  ίιαχρίνάμινοζ),  "making  a  distinction," 
viz.  of  the  people  at  large  (the  many)  from  the  few,  the  rich, 
the  aristocrats.'  Had  5ίαχ(>ινάμινο;  been  used,  on  the  contrary, 
for  Siaxpivai,  it  would  have  been  a  case  in  point;  the  fact  being 
that,  wherever  in  classic  or  sacred  Greek  this  sense  is  imques- 
tionable,  the  verb  is  in  the  active  voice.  'Nunquam  sumitur,' 
says  Est.,  speaking  of  the  middle  form  (in  a  note,  cited  by  Leigh, 
on  Kom.  14:  23),  'pro  disceniere,  aut  dijudicare;  sed  ubi 
haec  signiflcatio  occurrit,  verbum  activum  est  Siaxpiveiv,  ut 
Matt.  16:  3;  Acts  15  :  9;  1  Cor.  4:  7;  11:  29,31;  14:29;' 
and  hence  it  is,  we  may  suppose,  that  other  explanations  have 
been  sought: — Erasm.,  to  Calv.'s  amazement,  taking  διαχρινόμι- 
νοί  in  the  passive,  cum  dijndiramini  (and  so  Vat.,  dum  dijudi- 
cabimini) ;  Bretsch.,  Wahl,  and  Rob.,  in  the  middle,  and  inter- 
preting: vos  ab  iis  separantes,  separating  yourselves  wholly 
from  them.  But,  in  the  first  place,  this  sense  of  the  midd. 
δίο-χρίνομαί  is  rare,  in  the  Sept.  and  N.  T•.  without  example ; 
and,  secondly,  it  is  quite  unsuitable  to  the  context.  It  does  not 
harmonize  with  iT-tiift,  and,  in  connection  with  v.  23,  it  implies 
a  discrimination  in  favour  of  the  worse  class  of  transgressors. 
The  new  view  proposed  above  (which  since  the  former  edition 
I  have  found  indicated  by  SchOttg. :  '  διαχριΐΌ^οί,  discepto.  ju- 
dicio  contendo  .  .  .  Jud.  v.  9.  22.')  has  these  points  in  its  fa- 
vour:— 1.,  It  takes  the  word  in  a  familiar  acceptation,  as  used 
in  classical  Greek  from  the  beginning ;  -  in  the  Sept.,  Jer. 
15  :  10;  Ez.  20  :  35  ;  Joel  3  :  2  ;-in  the  N.  T.,  Acts  11  :  2  ;- 
and  by  the  writer  of  this  epistle  himself,  v.  9  (for  although 
Laurm.  says:  'fiiaxpiVftr  hie  alia  venit  potestate,  quam  v.  9,' 
he  assigns  no  reason  for  the  opinion,  and  comes  to  no  decision 
of  his  own  as  to  what  the  word  does  mean.) ; — and,  2.,  so  under- 
stood, the  phrase  serves  at  once  as  a  remembrancer  of  the  main 
object  of  the  epistle,  v.  3  ;  as  a  transition  from  the  unmingled 
denunciation  of  the  previous  context  to  these  counsels  of  re- 
lenting grace ;  and  as  a  warning  against  permitting  even  Chris- 
tian compassion  to  abate  the  vigour  and  persistency  of  their 
contention  with  sin. 

°  Not:  by  appeals  adapted  to  produce  fear  (Barn.,  &c.), 
but:  in  a.  spirit  of  fear,  '  with  conscientious  solicitude  for  the 
Church's  salvation  and  your  own'  (De  W.).  So  it  is  understood 
also,  or  at  least  it  is  translated  as  above,  by  the  Vulg.  (in  ti- 
more)  and  its  followers;  by  such  other  verss.  generally,  as 
adopt  the  Vulg.  reading  (see  X.  p) ;  and  by  Castal.  (religiose), 
Zeg.  {'cum  tiniore  interim  et  circumspectione').  Dt.  marg.,  Engl. 
Ann.  (as  an  allowable  interpretation  ;-and  so  Ilamm. ;  Pric. 
'  Vel  .  .  .  festinantes  et  trepidantes,  eorum  ritu  qui  aliquid  ex 
flamma  rapiunt,  salvate  eos :  eittov,  ut  loquitur  Artemidorus ;' 
Haenl.  [though  he  thinks  Iv  ^ό^<^  probably  a  gloss]  and  Ros., 
who,  without  naming  Pric,  help  themselves  to  his  note ;  Scott), 


76 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

pulling  them  out  of  the  fii'e  ; 
hating  even  the  gai'ment  spotted 
by  the  flesh. 

24  Now  unto  him  that  is  able 
to  keep  you  from  liilling,  and  to 
present  you  faultless  before  the 
presence  of  his  glory  Λvith  exceed- 
i'lgjoy, 

2-5  To  the  only  Avise  God  our 
Saviour,    be    glory  and  majesty, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Ttupog  α^ηόζσρ^ες,  μιΰοϋντες  και  thv 
άτώ  της  σαρκός  έβηιΤχύμένον  χ^ιτώνα. 

24  Τώ  δέ  8υναμ£νω  φνλάζαι  αν- 
tovg  άτιταίστονς,  και  στ^ΰαι  κατε- 
νώτίιον  της  ^όξνις  avtoi  άμωμους  h 
άγαΧλιάαει, 

25  μόνφ  σοφφ  Θεώ  acMnpL  'ψαν, 
?)όζ,α  και  μ£γα?Μ(ΐννγι,   κράτος   και 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"snatching  them  out  of  the  fire, 
hating  even  the  garment  spotted 
by  the  flesh. 

24  "But  unto  him  ^who  is  able 
to  keep  ^them  from  falling,  and 
to  ^set  ^them  "in  the  presence  of 
his  glory  faultless  with  exceeding 

joy. 

25  "'Unto  the  only  '^wise  God 
our  Saviour,  ■'  glory  'and  majes- 


'  Elsewliere  (12  times)  E.  Λ''.  renders  aprtoifco  to  take  by  force, 
catch,  catch  awaij,  catch  7i.p,  j)liick -,-Ι,αίιη  verss.  (rapicntes), 
Dt.  {en  grijpt),  Fr.  S.  {ravissant;-ioT  arrachant  of  the  other 
verss.)  ;-Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Berl.  Bib.  and  the  later  German 
verss.  (use  reissen  ;-for  Luth.'s  rucken),  Guyse  {pluck),  Dodd. 
and  the  later  English,  Grecnf.  (uses  the  hiphil  of  the  verb, 
whose  hophal  is  in  the  parallel  Amos  4 :  11  and  Zcch.  3  :  2 
translated  by  E.  V.  plucked)  ;-and  see  the  lexicons. 

"  'After  all  mj' exhortations  and  your  efforts  (alike  vain 
without  the  divine  blessing),  "not  unto  us,  not  unto  us"  (Ps. 
115  :  1),  but  &c.'  Sec  2  Pet.  1:  5,  N.  r.  Vf.;-Latin  and  Ger- 
man verss.,  Syr.  ;-Peile. 

»  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  c,  &c.  Guyse,  Dodd.  .and  the  later 
verss.  (except  Newc).     See  Rev.  1 :  5.  N.  v. 

'  Excepting  Beng.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.,  all  the  recent  editors,  for 
ovTOiJi,  read  i^oif  (C.  G.,  Vulg.,  Syr.,  &c. — A.  has  ^ιμϋζ.).  1 
recommend  that  this  reading  bo  adopted:  you,  but  that  the 
margin  contain  this  note:  'Or,  according  to  some  copies, //ie»;.' 
De  W.,  indeed,  insists  upon  αί-ίούζ  as  the  harder  reading,  .and 
explains  it  thus:  "  Them- — the  readers,  from  whom  the  author 
soaring  in  devotion  as  it  were  turns  away  (just  as  at  parting 
he  gives  them  no  salutation),  and  speaks  in  the  third  person  ;' 
a  view,  which  Iluth.,  who  prefers  νμαί.  deems  'very  improb- 
able,' but  which  is  better  than  to  take  aifoiij  as  standing  for 
ίανίούί  (Bez.),  or  as  referring  ' ad  improbos  peccatores'  (Par.: 
ad  seductores ;  Iluth.  himself :  to  the  last  named,  ovi  if)  'eo 
sensu,  ut  sint  mali  peccatores,  tamen  de  emendatione  non  esse 
desperandum  quousque  vixerint'  (Aret.),  or  as  used  elliptically 
for  v^af  airoiij  (Camerarius.  Peile  suggests  that  this — 'not 
simpl}•  νμίίζ — may  'possibly'  be  the  true  reading:  your  selves.''), 
or  simply  for  νμίζ  (Beng.).  Such  a  change  of  person,  admis- 
sible in  any  language,  is  common  enough  in  Hebrew  ;  and  in  the 
N.  T.  Rob.  notes  as  instances  of  it  the  use  of  this  pronoun 
η  Matt.  23  :  37  ;  Luke  1 :  45  comp.  44 ;  Rev.  5  :  10  comp.  9 
(according  to  th^  reading  of  the  recent  editors;  see  there 
N.  o.) ;  18  :  24  comp.  vv.  22,  23.— Wesl.  has  them  after  keep, 
and  supplies  yoii  after  present. 

'  The  only  instance,  out  of  19,  in  which  a  transitive  form  of 


Ιατημί  is  translated  present  in  E.  V.  Generallj',  and  always  in 
cases  like  the  present,  .set  is  the  word  used  ;-R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
{cotistituere,  statiiere,  sistere),  Syr.  (=  Murd.  establish),  Ger- 
man verss.  and  Dt.  {stellen  ;-except  Moldenh..  machen,  dass 
ihr  stehen  kOnnet)  ;-EngI.  Ann.  {make  you  stand),  Laurm. 
{stare  facio),  Greenf.  (~ι,^5;Π^),  Penn  {as  .Murd.),  Sharpe 

{place),  Peile  ;-Rob.  {cause  to  stand,  set,  place). 

»  Elsewhere  (4  times)  E.  Λ''.  translates  xativ.,  in  the  sight  of, 
before -f-Ot.  (roor).  It.  {daranti),  French  verss.  {deva7it;-cs- 
cept  B.  and  L.,  en  [sa  glorieuse]  presence)  ;-Erasm.  and  other 
Latin  verss.  {in  conspeciu  ;-for  the  Vulg.  ante  conspectum, 
which  E.  V.  and  the  previous  English  verss.  follow.  Cocc, 
ILaenl.,  Ros.,  have  coram.),  "Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  (S^ore  ;-and 
so  Thorn.,  Murd.),  Mey.  (ror),  Greenf  {KB'^),  Penn,  Sh.arpe 

{in  the  sight  of),  De  W.  {Angesichts),  Barn.  (=  B.  and  L.), 
Kenr.  ;-Rob.  ('δί»/θΓβ,  in  the  presence  of '),   Green  (m  the  pr. 

[sight]  of). The  immediate  connection  of  χατιν.  with  βτηααι. 

is  preserved  by  TV.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  German 
verss.  (except  All.),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Sharpe. 

^  As  in  V.  24.  W.,  R.,  {to  .  .  .  to  ;-and  so  Guyse,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Mack.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Kenr.),  Wakef,  Sharpe  and  Murd. 
(do  not  repeat  the  preposition),  Peile. 

°  The  word  aofci  (which  probably  came,  as  Mill  thinks,  from 
Rom.  10:  27)  is  marked  by  Beng.  as  plainly  spuriou.s,  by 
Bloomf.  as  'most  probably,  or  certainly,  an  interpolation,'  and 
is  cancelled  by  all  the  other  recent  editors  (A.  B.  C,  &c.,  nearly 
all  the  ancient  verss.,  &c.).    I  recommend  that  wise  be  omitted. 

^  The  reading,  which  inserts  here  the  words,  Sia  'itjaov 
Xpifffoi  ioi  xvpiov  ί!μΰν  (A.  B.  C,  &c.,  VuIg.,  .Syr.,  Ar.,  &c.) 
is  marked  by  Beng.  as  per  codices  frmior,  and  is  adopted  by 
all  the  other  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf  1  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  followed,  and  translated  :  through  Jesus  Christ 

our  Lord. For  the  omission  of  the  supplemental  be,  see  the 

Latin  verss.  (except  Bez.,  Par.),  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Moldenh.  (would 
supply,  if  any  thing,  kommt  zu.  See  N.  h),  Greenf,  De  W., 
Kenr.  ;-also  Rev.  1 :  6,  N.  d,  &c. 

'  This  xai  is  cancelled  by  Mey.,  Lachra.,  Tisch.,  Theile. 


Cocc.  ('in  timore,  ut  non  simus  securi,  scientes  Salanam  vigi- 
lare  et  in  omnes  nocendi  occasiones  intentum  esse.'),  Wesl. 
{'with  a  jealous  fear,  lest  yourselves  be  infected  with  the 


disease  you  endeavour  to  cure;'-and  so  Clarke),  Penn  (wjVA 
dread),  Sharpe,  Bloomf  {anxiously),  Am.,  Peile  (a»  filled 
with  apprehension  for  them),  Huth. 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


77 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

ilominion    and  power,  both  now 
and  evei•.     Amen. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


εξουσία,  και  νυν  και  εις  Ttavtag  τονς 
αιώνας,  άμήυ. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ty,  fstrength  and  sauthoritj,  '• 
both  now  and  'unto  J'all  the  ages. 
Amen. 


'  It  is  not  doubted  that  xpatoi  and  itovaia.  may  often  be 
properly  translated  apart  as  they  are  in  E.  Λ''.  But  here,  com- 
ing close  together  in  one  doxology,  they  should  be  allowed  to 
retain  each  its  own  leading  significance. — E.  V.  translates  χρ. 
8  times  out  of  12  by  strength,  might,  power -,-Όί.  (kracht), 
French  verss.,  except  S,  (/o?re)  ;-Bcz.,  Par.,  Wits.,  Beng., 
(robur),  Engl.  Ann.  ('  Or,  strength^),  Guyse,  Wesl.,  (might), 
Mack.,  Greenf.  ('iy),  All.,  De  W.,  (Macht).  Stier  (Kraft).  See 
Rev.  1 :  6,  N.  f. 

^  See  N.  f.  E.  V.  translates  £5.  29  times  by  αί;?7)ο?-ίΪ2/;  twice, 
rigid ;  onco,  jurisdiction;  once,  libertij -j-Vulg.  (potestas),  It. 
(podesta),  Fr.  S.  (autorite)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Calv.,  Y&t,  Par., 
Cocc,  Beng.,  (as  Vidg.),  Bez.  (at  first  potestas;  afterwards, 
auctoritas),  Engl.  Ann.  ('Or,  auth.^).  Grot.  ('Addidit  -Judas 
ίξοναίαν,  agnoscens  in  Deo  non  potentiam  tantum,  sed  et  jiis 
imperandi.'  This  phrase  is  employed  also  by  AVits.),  Pears. 
Q  aiUhojity,  or  power  pmpcrly  potestative'),  Guyse,  Wesl., 
Mack,  (right),  Greenf.  (ρίΟ^ϊ'),  All.,  DeW.,Stier,  (Geicaii;- 

for  Luth.'s  Macht).     See  Rev.  2 :  26,  N.  p. 

■■  Here  the  words,  Λρό  rtm>r6i  roi  aiupo;  (A.  B.  C,  &c.,  Vulg. 
&c.),  are  inserted  by  Mey.,  Lachni.,  Sch.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  Theile;- 
an  addition,  which  would  require  us,  as  De  W.  .suggests,  to 
supply  ίβΐί  (1  Pet.  4 ;  11.  See  N.  d),  and  from  which  may  be 
derived  the  liturgical  formula :  as  it  was  in  the  beginning. 

'  See  2  Pet.  3  :  18,  N.  o. 

'  Αΐύΐ',  according  to  Aristotle's  derivation  of  it  from  aft 
thai,  (aih  Civ),  strictly  means  unlimited  duration,  eternity. 


and  is  often  used  in  that  sense  in  the  N.  T. ;  e.  g.  v.  13 ; 
2  Pet.  2:  17;  3  :  18;  &c.  It  is  also  employed  to  express  a 
specific  period,  and  what  pertains  to  it,  as  life,  lifetime,  gene- 
ration, age,  era ;  and  hence  the  frequent  occurrence  in  various 
combinations  of  the  plural  aiCvti.  as  popularly  equivalent,  in 
the  ever  incomplete  sum  of  them — (Milton's  ages  of  hopeless 
end) — to  the  one  infinite  αιών,  which  is  then  conceived  of  as 
ό  aiCiv  tCiv  αΙώνων.  But  these  meanings  perhaps  exhaust  the 
significance  of  the  word  as  found  eithtr  in  sacred  or  classical 
Greek  ;  it  being  at  least  very  questionable,  whether  the  sense, 
material  world,  universe,  Avhich  does  not  properly-  belong  to  it 
(any  more  than  to  its  cognates,  the  Latin  aevum,  the  German 
ewig,  or  the  English  ever),  is  required  even  in  Heb.  1 :  2 ;  11 :  3. 
It  seems  evident,  moreover,  that  E.  V.  is  not  justified  in  so 
generally — (for  neither  here  is  its  practice  uniform ;  .see  Eph. 
2:7;  3  :  21,  which  is  still  very  confusedly  rendered :  and  Col. 
1 :  26,  where  the  ytviai  even  are  not,  as  in  Eph.  3  :  21,  made  to 
disappear)— substitutmg  for  the  Scriptural  representation  of 
evcr-iiowing  aeons,  or  dispensations,  the  idea  of  an  absolute, 
undivided  eternity.  See  2  Pet.  3  :  18,  N.  p,  and  Rev.  1 :  6 
N.  g.— W.  (all  worlds  of  loorlds ;-'  worlds'  being  here,  as  in 
R.  all  worlds  evermore,  =  Weltzeiten,  world-periods.  See 
Rich.  s.  V.)  ;-VuIg.  (omnia  secula  seadorum),  Syr.  (=  Jlurd. 
in  all  ages),  German  vcrss.  (alle  Ε wigkeit;- except  Stier, 
alle  Ewigkeilen),  Dt.  marg.  (alle  de  eeuwen),  It.  (tutti  i 
secoli),  French  verss.  (tons  les  siecles)  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin 
vcrss.  (omnia  sec),  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.  (all  ages  ;-!md  so 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Mack,  Nesvc,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,   Peile),    Greenf. 

(Q^pbi'v-Ss). 


78 


REVELATION. 


■THE  REVELATION  OF  JOHN  THE  DIVINE. 


KING  JAMES'  VERSION. 

CHAP.    I. 

The  Revelation  of  Jesus  Clirist, 
which  God  gave  unto  him,  to 
shew  unto  his  servants  things 
which  must  shortly  come  to 
pass ;  and  he  sent  and  signified 
it  by  liis  angel  unto  his  servant 
John : 

2  Who  liare  record  of  the  word 
of  God,  and  of  the  testimony  of 
Jesus  Christ,  and  of  all  things 
that  he  saw. 


GREEK  TEXT. 


CHAP.    I. 


ΆΠΟΚΛΛΥΨΙΣ  'Ιησού 
Χρίστου,  ην  ίδωκβν  αύτω  6  θίοί, 
δβΐζαι  T0L9  δούλοΐί  αύτοΰ  α  del 
■γζνίσθαι  Ιν  ra^ei,  kcu  Ισημαν€ν 
ατΓοστίίΧας  Sia  τοΰ  άγγβλου  αντον 
τω  δουλω  αύτοΰ   Ιωάννη, 

2  by  (μαρτύρησε  τον  λογον 
τοΰ  θίοΰ  καΐ  την  μαρτνρίαν  Ιη- 
σοΰ  Χρίστου,  όσα  τβ  εΙδέ. 


REVISED  VERSION. 

CHAP.    I. 

The  Revelation  of  Jesus  Christ, 
which  God  gave  unto  him,  to 
show  unto  his  sen'ants  things 
which  must''"  come  to  pass  short- 
ly, "^  and  ^sending  he  signified  ^ 
by  his  angel  unto  his  servant 
John,'• 

2  Who  ^testified  the  Λvord  of 
God  and  the  testimony  of  Jesus 
Christ,  ''and  ^whatsoever  things 
he  saw :'' 


•  It  is  agreed  on  all  hands  that  this  inscription,  which  varies 
unpleasantly  from  the  title  assumed  in  the  opening  of  the  book 
itself,  is  of  no  canonical  authority.  'Antiquus  ille  quidcm  est,' 
says  Beng.  of  the  lilidus  ab  hominibiis  praefi.rtis.  'sed  dubita- 
tiones  de  scriptore  Apocalypseos,  longo  post  seculum  apostoli- 
cum  intervallo  ortas ;  Theologique  cognomen  et  in  ecclesiam 
introductum  et  Johanni  tributum ;  et  alias  Apocalypses  nescio 
quas,  a  quibus  haec  vera  discerneretur,  praesupponit . .  .  Johan- 
nis  nomine  vcteres  Apocalypsin  vcram  a  tot  apocryphis  voluere 
discernere.'  Griesb.,  accordingly,  prefixes  simply  ΑΠΟΚΑ- 
ΛΪΨΙΣ  (Heinr. :  '  Nam  in  hac  una  voce  sibi  constant,  in  reliquis 
omnibus  mirifice  variant  MSS.'),  and  so  Sch.,  Treg.,  'Words, 
This  example  is  followed  also  by  Fr.  S.  (Apocalypse)  ;-Sharpe 
( The  /?ei'.),  Stu.,  Lord,  ( 7'Λβ  Apoc),  &c.  I  recommend  that 
the  title  be  :  REVELATION. 

"  The  indication  of  time  here  is  emphatic,  as  appears  from 
its  repetition  in  v.  3,  and  elsewhere,  as  well  as  from  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  clause.  Comp.  Rom.  IC :  20. — The  Greek  order 
is  preserved  in  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  French  verss.  (except  Castal.), 
Syr.,  It.  ;-Greenf.,  Woodh.,  Treg.,  De  W. 

'  The  first  two  verses  being  designed  mainly  to  announce  the 
divine  origin  of  the  prophecy,  and  the  successive  steps  in  the 
process  of  its  conveyance  to  the  Church,  the  punctuation  of  our 
Greek  Text,  which  many  (Beng,,  Lachm.,  Sch,,  Hahn,  Treg,, 
Words,,  Tisch.,  Theile)  follow,  is  to  be  preferred.  All  the  old 
English  verss,,  including  the  original  edition  of  E,  V.,  have  a 
comma  at  the  end  of  v.  1. 

'  The  participial  construction  is  retained  by  AV.,  R,  ;-Vulg., 
It.  {avendola  inandata),  Fr.  G..-M.,-S.  ;-Hamm.,  Cocc.,  Vitr., 


Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg,  (having  sent),  Murd,  (by 
sending),  Kenr,,  Barn. 

''  Whether  Ιαημανιν  has  its  object  expressed  in  j-v  of  this 
verse,  or  in  ό'οα  ilSi  of  v,  2,  or  whether  the  object  is  to  be  sup- 
plied by  a  pronoun  for  άΛοχάλιιψι;,  or  for  S  Ssl  γενίαθαι,,  or, 
lastly,  whether  the  verb  is  used  absolutely,  are  questions,  some 
of  them  at  least,  more  difficult  than  important,  into  which  we 
need  not  enter,  A  translation,  especially  of  the  divine  oracles, 
ought  not  to  be  more  explicit  and  determinate  than  the  original. 
— No  object  is  supplied  by  W,,  T.,  C,  G,,  R,  ;-Vulg,,  Syr,  ;- 
Erasm,,  Vat,,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Ros.,  Greenf.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

'  See  1  John  1 :  2,  N.  I.  E,  Λ^,  ch.  22 :  16,  20,  being  the 
only  other  instances  in  this  book  ;-W.  (bare  leitnessing  to), 
R.  (hath  gire7i  testimony  to)  ;-Brightm.,  Wesl,,  Newc,  Thom., 
Treg.,  Kenr,,  (hath  [thus]  test.),  Hamm,  (had  test.),  Wells 
(has  borne  wiiJiess  to),  Daub,  (witTiessed),  Dodd,,  Penn  (bare 
testimony  to),  Murd.  (bore  witness  to). 

'  The  ft.  which  is  found  nowhere  else  in  this  book,  except 
in  a  questionable  reading  of  ch,  21 :  12.  is  wanting  in  'A,  B.  C. 
α  27,  ,3  7.  γ  8.  Compl,  Vulg,  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Erp, 
Slav,',  and  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  I  recommend 
that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  and  be  omitted. 

^  See  Jude  10,  N,  t.  A  compound  relative  (vhatsoerer, 
u-hatever,  quaecunque)  is  employed  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.) ;- Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg., 
Kenr.,  Barn, 

>■  This  punctuation  suggests,  as  the  main  ground  of  the  bless- 
edness asserted  in  v,  3,  all  that  h.is  just  been  declared  respecting 
the  origin  and  communication  of  the  prophecy. 


REVELATION. 


79 


KIXG    JAMES     VERSION. 

3  Blessed  is  he  that  readeth, 
and  they  that  hear  the  words  of 
this  25i"ophecy,  and  keep  those 
things  which  are  written  therein : 
for  the  time  is  at  hand. 


4  John  to  the  seven  churches 
which  are  in  Asia :  Grace  be 
unto  you,  and  peace,  from  him 
which  is,  and  which  was,  and 
which  is  to  come  ;  and  from  the 
seven  Spirits  Λvhich  are  before 
his  throne ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 

3  μακάριοι  ό  άναγινωσκωρ, 
και  OL  uKOVovrei  tovs  λογονί  τηί 
ττροφητίίαί,  και  τηροΰντε^  τα  Ιν 
αντί]  γβγραμμ^να•  ο  γαρ  Kaipos 
ϊγγυί. 

4  ^Ιωάννηζ  ταΐί  (τττα  (κκλη- 
σίαΐί  ταΐί  Ιν  ττ]  Ασία•  χαρίί 
νμίν  καΐ  βίρηνη  άπο  του  ο  ών  καΐ 
ό  rju  καΐ  ό  Ιρ•χομζνος•  καΐ  άττο 
των  ίτΓτα  ττνίνματων  α  Ιστιν  Ινώ- 
•κιον  του  θρόνου  αυτού• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

3  Blessed  is  he  that  readeth, 
and  the)'  that  hear,  the  Λvords  of 
'the  prophecy,  and  keep  -ithe 
things  therein  written;  for  the 
time  is  ''near. 

4  John  to  the  seven  churches 
'which  are  in  Asia  :  Grace  "  unto 
you  and  peace  from  him,  "who 
is,  and  "who  was,  and  "who 
"Cometh ;  and  from  the  seven 
^Spirits  ifhat  are  before  his 
throne ; 


'  T.,  C.  ;-Germ.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Grell. 
and  Wesl.  (mark  the  demonstrative  as  supplied),  Beng.,  Herd., 
AVoodh.,  Mey.,  Greenf,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  \Y.,  Treg.,  Hengst. 
E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 

i  Newc,  Lord,  {the  th.  wr.  in  it),  Greenf.,  Sharpe  and  Stu. 
{the  th.  wr.  therein),  De  W.  {das  in  ihr  Geschriebene).  Many 
others,  retaining  the  relative  construction  of  the  \'ulg.,  drop 
the  demonstrative  pronoun. 

k  E.  v.,  Matt.  24 :  33 ;  .tc.  i-VT.,  R.,  {nigh)  ;-Latin  verss. 
generally  (j>/Ope),  German  verss.  {nahe),  Dt.  {nabij),  It.  {vicino), 
French  verss.  (/jrocAe) ;  -  Brightm.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Bloomf ,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.  (as  W.),  Murd. 

1  The  words  which  are  are  not  in  the  original  edition  of  E.  Y. 

-  E.  v.,  Rom  1 :  7 ;  2  Thess.  1 :  2 ;  1  Tim.  1 :  2 ;  2  Tim.  1 : 
2;  Tit.  1:  4;  Philem.  4;-W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  It.;-Erasm., 
Vat,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  All.. 
Lord,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

°  See  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f The  toi  before  ό  Civ  was  intro- 
duced, Beng.  says,  by  Erasm.  It  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent 
editors,  except  Matth. 

"  As  Stu.  intimates,  ό  ΐ(:χόμενοζ  =  ίΟΠ  ;  but  it  is  not  neces- 

T    " 

sary  in  English  any  more  than  in  Greek  or  Hebrew,  in  order 
to  get  the  future  sense,  to  introduce  the  future  form.  And  even 
if,  according  to  the  assertion  of  De  W.  and  others  (which,  how- 
ever, Hengst.  denies),  these  participles  stand  for  ΰ  ίαόμινοί,  still 
the  idea  of  absolute  futurity,  the  near  as  well  as  the  remote,  is 
best  given  by  the  present  tense  of  the  substitutes.  See  ch.  2 : 
5,  N.  V  and  1  John  2 :  18,  N.  e.— Syr.,  Germ.,  Fr.  S.;-Brightm. 
{'  Cometh,  or  is  in  coming,  as  if  a  present-future  thing,  that  I 
may  so  call  it.  For  that  which  is  coming  is  not  yet  present, 
neither  yet  is  it  altogether  absent.  It  is  therefore  far  more 
significant  than  if  he  had  said,  he  that  is  about  to  come,  as  it  is 
commonly  translated.'  The  first  edition  in  English  of  Bright'ra.'s 
work  was  printed  at  Amsterdam  in  1(515,  four  years  later  than 
E.  Λ^.),  Cocc,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.  (/ίθ)η))ίί  ;-which  he  illustrates 
by  adding  '  kommt  und  kommt — conwth  and  Cometh.'  So  on 
T.  7  :  '  Beholdj  He  cometh  !  He  cometh  !   is  the  substance  of 


the  book,  its  innumerous  trumpet-voice.'),  Till.,  Kell.,  {the  coin- 
ing one),  Mey.,  Hengst. 

Ρ  The  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  now  prints  this  word,  spirits  (with- 
out a  capital),  not  because  it  was  so  printed  in  the  original 
edition  of  1611,  but  as  the  result  of  the  Society's  application 
of  the  following  rule:  'The  word  S/j/Hi  ...  everywhere  is 
made  to  begin  with  a  capital  when  it  refers  to  the  Spirit  of  God 
as  a  divine  agent ;  but  not  when  it  denotes  other  spiritual  beings 
or  the  spirit  of  man'  {Report  on  the  History  and  Recent  Col- 
lation ^-c,  p.  24).  My  belief  that  the  Society's  interpretation 
of  the  term  in  the  present  instance  is  erroneous,  though  it 
agrees  with  Rob.'s  (who  does  not  oven  recognize  any  other 
meaning  as  possible  than  that  of  '  the  seven  archangels'),  and 
that  it  weakens  and  darkens  the  sublimest  formula  of  benedic- 
tion to  be"  found  in  Scripture,  leads  me,  in  accordance  with  the 
same  rule,  to  retain  the  orthography  of  previous  editions.  That 
Tiii'  frtTa  ΛΐΊνμύ-ίι^ν  of  this  verse  is  a  mystical  designation  of 
the  Holy  Spirit,  has  been  the  prevalent  opinion  in  the  Church 
from  the  beginning,  except  when  the  text  has  been  perverted 
to  the  uses  of  superstition.  Nor,  in  very  many  cases,  is  it  an 
indication  that  a  writer  did  not  hold  it,  that  he  does  not  use 
the  initial  capital.  The  older  verss.,  e.  g.  W.,  T.,  C,  paid  little 
or  no  regard  to  the  above  rule,  nor  is  it  strictlj'  followed  even 
by  living  authors.  Thus,  Lord  has  '  spirits.'  and  his  comment 
is:  'The  seven  spirits  are  the  Hi ily  Spirit.'  But  in  favour  of 
the  capital,  or  of  the  view  which  justifies  it,  may  also  be  cited 
from  the  great  cloud  of  witnesses  the  following  : — G.  ;-Dt.  Ann. 
(•  By  these  seven  Spirits  must  here  be  understood  the  Holy 
Spirit.'  See  the  entire  note.),  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  (It  is  true  that 
the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  edition  of  1852,  which  is  the  one  that  I 
have  used,  has  esprits,  as  the  Romauist  De  Sacy  also  has.  But 
as  it  appeared  unlikely  that  M.,  who  followed  the  Society's  rule 
in  the  printing  of  the  word,  had  held  the  view  thus  indicated, 
an  opportunity  has  been  sought  of  consulting  the  original 
Utrecht  edition  of  1G96,  and  there  it  is  Esprils,  with  a  note 
appended  in  vindication.),  Fr.  S.  ;-Aug.  ('Septenariura  numerum 
Sancto  Spiritui  quodammodo  dedicatum  commendat  Scriptura, 
et  novit  Ecclesia.'),  Bede  ('  Unum  spiritum  dicit  .septiformem, 
quae  est  porfectio  et  plenitudo.'),  Junius,  Laun.,  Gom.,  Par.  (to 


80 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

5  Ami  from  .Jesus  Christ,  irho 
is  the  fliithful  Witness,  and  tlie 
First-begotten  of  the  dead,  and 
the  Prince  of  the  kings  of  the 
earth.  Unto  liim  that  loved  us, 
and  washed  us  from  our  sins  in 
his  own  blood, 


6  Aud  hath  made  us  kings  and 
priests  unto  God  and  his  Father  j 


GREEK    TEXT. 

5  και  άτΓΟ  Ιησοΰ  Χρίστου,  ό 
μαρτνζ  ο  ττιστος,  ο  ττρωτοτοκοΐ 
€Κ  των  νεκρών,  και  ό  άρχων  των 
βασιλβων  τηί  γης•  τω  άγαττη- 
σαντί  ημάς,  καΐ  λουσαντι  ημάί 
άτΓΟ  των  αμαρτιών  ημών  ev  τω 
αίματι  αΰτοΰ• 

G  καΐ  ϊτΓοΊησίν  ημάζ  βασιλείς 
και    lepels    τω    θ(ω    καΐ    ττατρΧ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

5  And  from  Jesus  Christ,  ■■  the 
fiiithi'ul  Witness, '  the  'First-bom 
"from  the  dead,  and  the  Prince 
of  the  kings  of  the  earth.  Unto 
him  "who  "loved  us,  and  washed 
us  from  oui"  sins  in  his  ''  blood. 


6  And  ''he  ^  made  us  "kings 
and  priests  unto  ''his  God  and 


'  Nothing  is  supplied  in  S3'r.,  It..  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr., 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakcf.,  Woodh.,  Pcnn,  Sliarpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg., 

De  AY. For  the  emphatic  ό  .  .  .  o,  see  1  John  2  :  7,  N.  o. 

Syr.  (repeats  the  pronominal  substitute  for  the  article,  as  in 
De  D. :  ille  testis,  ille  fidelis.  Murd. :  the  W.,  the  F.),  Fr.  S. 
(/e  temoin,  le  fidcle).  A  demonstrative  pronoun  is  employed 
by  Pagn.,  Casta!.,  Bez.,  Briglitm.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Wakef.,  Ros. 

'  The  conjunction  is  not  supplied  in  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss. 
(except  Luth.,  Ilengst.)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  Thom., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  Πρωΐόϊοχοί  is  the  Sept.  rendering  of  ~lO^  (Greenf.'s  word 

here,  as  its  cognate  occurs  in  the  Syr.),  which  in  E.  V.  is  never 
first-begotten. — E.  V.,  in  the  parallel  Col.  1 :  18  and  every- 
where else  (6  times),  except  in  this  instance  and  Heb.  1:0;- 
R.  ;-Germau  and  French  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Zeg.  (jirimiis  partus), 
Brightra.,  Engl.  Ann.  ("Or,  first  brought  forth''),  Haram., 
D.aub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Till.,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  ;-Leigh,  Pass.,  L.  and  S.,  Rob., 
Green,  Schirl. 

"  So  E.  V.  in  Col.  1 :  18,  and  the  few  verss.  that  here  follow 
this  reading.  But  ίχ  (probably  introduced,  as  IMill  and  others 
suppose,  from  Col.  1 :  18)  is  wanting  in  Ά.  B.  C.  α  24.  β  6. 
y  10.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr.',  and  is  rejected  by  all  the  recent 
editors,  except  Bloomf.,  who,  though  he  says  that  there  are 
'strong  grounds'  against  it,  'yet  inclines  to  suspect  that  John 
wrote'  it,  and  so  prints  it  in  brackets.  I  recommend  that  it  be 
omitted,  and  that  tuv  νεχρΰν  stand,  as  in  E.  V. :  of  the  dead. 

'  See  Jude  24,  N.  x,  &c.  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wakef, 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

"  The  original  edition  of  E.  Λ".  had  hath  loved,  and  the  same 
tense  is  still  retained  in  v.  G.  But  the  reading  ayartuvti — ('ut 
indicetur  perpetua  dilectio,'  Grot.) — of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  22.  β  0.  γ  10,' 
is  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors.  I  recommend  that  it  be 
followed :  loveth. 


'  See  1  John  3  :  12,  X.  g.  E.  V.,  v.  6 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  C,  R.  ;- 
foreign  verss.  (except  that  Erasm.  and  Vat.  change  the  Vulg. 
s»o  into  ipsius)  ;-Brightm.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu..  Lord, 

Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr. For  ^.οίιααντι  arto,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Theile, 

read  λνοα^ϊ/(Ά.  C.  6.  7.  12*.  28.  36.  69.  Syr.  Slav.  MSS.') 
ίχ  ('  A.  C.  12   28.  36.  38.  Er.'     Also  Beng.). 

>'  '  A  Hebraistic  resolution  of  the  participle  into  the  finite 
verb,'  says  De  W.  But  this  change  of  construction  is  not  a 
mere  arbitrary,  useless  imitation  (nor  is  it,  indeed,  exclusively 
Hebraistic.  See  Tittm.,  pp.  213 — 216.),  but  serves  to  render 
more  direct  and  emphatic  the  solemn  announcement  to  the 
suffering  Church  of  God  of  her  high  calling  and  marvellous 
destiny.  See  ch.  2  :  20,  N.  j  and  2  John  2,  X.  f. — Sharpe,  De 
W.,  Treg. 

'  The  entire  result  of  Christ's  mediation  is  viewed  as  already 
become  historical.  See  ch.  5  :  9,  10,  NX.  1,  n,  p. — E.  V.,  v.  5 
(see  there  N.  w)  ;-^^Γ.,  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Daub.,  Wakef,  Herd.,  Mey., 
Sharpe,  De  W. 

'  Mill  pronounces  βαβιχήαν,  for  βααί^ιΐί,  the  genuina  lectio ; 
but,  with  the  exception  of  Bloomf,  who  has  βααίΧιίαν  [χαί],  all 
the  recent  editors  give  /SaiatiW  instead  of  βααΛηί  xal,  and 
this  reading  is  supported  by  Ά.  C.  α  27.  β  4.  γ  8.  Compl. 
(Vulg.)  Λ;η.  Harl.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'  I 
recommend  that  the  version  be  changed  accordingly,  thus :  a 
kingdom,  priests. 

^  Very  many  follow  Grot,  in  taking  xal  as  exegetical :  God 
even  his  Father ;  and  this  is  an  allowable  translation.  I  prefer 
the  other  construction  as  conveying  more  fully  the  precious 
truth,  that  the  relations  of  the  Church  to  God  are  not  only 
established  by  her  Lord  and  Saviour,  but  have  their  ground 
and  security  in  his  own  relations  to  God.  Comp.  ch.  3  :  21 ; 
John  20  :  17 ;  1  Cor.  3  :  21-23  ;  &c.— Fr.  S.  ;-Hamm.,  Beng., 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  AVakef ,  Newc,  Goss.,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Sharpe,  Treg., 
Kenr. 


whom  De  \V.  errs  in  attributing  the  opinion,  •  septem  virtutes 
providentiae  Dei ;'  this  being  a  modification  which  Par.  censures 
in  another.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Durh.,  Cocc,  Owen,  Cham.,  Bp.  Bur- 
net, Grell.,  Pool,  Marck,  Braun.,  Budd.,  Vitr.,  Schottg.,  AYolf , 
Beng..  Stapfer,  Lowm.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Gill,  Moldenh., 
AVoodh.,  Scott,  Crol.,  Allw.,  Jones,  Pye  Smith,  Dr.  John  Dick, 
Bloomf.,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Ell.,  De  W.,  Treg.,  AVords.,  Hengst.,  Kell., 


Murd.  Others,  who  do  not  here  recognize  the  personal  Spirit, 
yet  avoid  the  introduction  of  inferior  natures.  Thus,  Grot. 
('  multiformem  Dei  providcntiam'),  Eichh.  ('  a  Jehova,  natura 
perfectissima'),  Heinr.  ('virtutes  sen  predicata  summi  numinis'), 
Ew.  ('  A'im  divinam  in  terra  se  exserentem'). 

1  See  2  Pet.  2 :  11.  N.  f. 


J>  J-^ 

REVIS&D    VERSION. 

to  him  he  glory  and  dominiou  for 
ever  and  ever.     Amen. 

7  Behold,  he  cometh  with 
clouds;  and  every  eye  shall  see 
him,  and  they  also  which  pierced 
him :  and  all  kindi-eds  of  the 
eai'th  shall  wail  ))ecause  of  him. 
Even  so,  Amen. 


8  I  am  Alpha  and  Omega,  the 
beginning  and  the  ending,  saith 


REVELATION. 


81 


GREEK    TEXT. 

αυτόν  αυτω  η  οοςα  και  το  κράτος 
£ί?  TOVS  αΙώνας  των  αΙωνων.  άμην. 

7  '/δου  €ρχ€ται  μβτα  των  ve- 
φβλών,  καΐ  οψΐταί  αντον  ττα? 
οφθαλμοί,  καΐ  οίτινβΫ  αντον  i^e- 
κίντησαν  κα\  κοψονται  eV  αύτον 
ττασαι  αϊ  φυλαΐ  τηί  yiji-  νοΛ, 
άμην. 

8  Έγώ  ei/LAi  το  Α  κοα  το  Ω, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

Father,  ""unto  him"*  *the  glory 
and  ""the  'power  ^unto  the  ages 
of  the  ages.     Amen. 

7  Behold,  he  cometh  with  ""the 
clouds,  and  every  eye  shall  see 
him,  and  they  '  who  pierced  him ; 
and  all  Jfhe  ''tribes  of  the  earth 
shall  wail  because  of  him  :  'Yea, 
amen. 

8  ■"!  am  "the  Alpha  and  "the 
Omega,  °  beginning  and  "  end, 


'  See  Jude  25,  N.  b. 

■>  See  2  Pet.  3  :  18,  N.  1  and  Jude  25,  N.  d.  The  supplement 
assumes  what  is  far  from  being  certain,  that  the  clause  expresses 
merely  a  wish,  and  not  also  an  affirmation  Ccomp.  Matt.  6 :  13 ; 
1  Pet.  4:  11  in  the  Greek),  and  it  tends  rather  to  obscure  the 
antithetical  structure  of  vv.  4-6.  '  Grace  unto  you  and  peace 
from  Jesus  Christ :  Unto  him  tiie  glory  and  the  power.' — 
E.  v.,  ch.  7:  10;  &c.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Bez.,  Par.),  Syr., 
Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.  ('  to  him  belongs.  This  expression  is  only  affirm- 
ative, as  all  the  rest  before  and  after.'),  Mo'denh.  {kommt  zu), 
De  W.  {ihm  [ist,  gehOrt]),  Greenf.,  Hengst.  (see  his  Comment.), 
Kenr.     See  also  ch.  5  :  13,  N.  d. 

'  See  2  Pet.  3  :  18,  N.  m.  Where  the  article  occurs  thus  in 
the  doxologies  of  Scripture,  it  may  bo  regarded  as  connecting 
these  laptures  of  adoration  and  joy  with  their  exciting  cause,  to 
wit,  the  processes  and  issues  of  God's  working  in  creation  and 
providence.  Here  the  Church  hastens  to  lay  at  the  feet  of  her 
Lord  the  very  crown,  which  He  has  just  placed  on  her  head. — 
Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh., 
Woodh.,  Thom.  (omits  the  second  article),  Greenf.,  Kist.,  De 
W.,  Uengst.     See  ch.  7  :  10,  N.  g  and  12,  N.  n. 

'  See  Jude  25,  N.  f.  E.  V.,  ch.  5  :  13,  and  five  times  else- 
where ;-Dt.  (kracht),  Pr.  G.,-M.,  (force),  Fr.  S.  {pouvoir)  ;- 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Pise,  Par.,  (robiir).  De  D.  (potentia),  Engl.  Ann. 
('Or,  might,  or  strength'),  B.  and  L.  (puissance),  Berl.  Bib. 
(Starke),  Beng.  (Kraft),  Wesl.  (mighl),  Greenf.  (is),  Van 
Ess,  De  W.,  (Macht),  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Kell.,  Murd.,  Barn. 
('  literally  strength  .  .  .  here  the  strength,  power,  or  authority 
which  is  exercised  over  others.') 

^  See  Jude  25,  N.  j.  Here  also  the  original  construction  is 
preserved  by  W.;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.,  who  changes  in 
secuta  secidorum  to  in  perpetiia  secula),  Syr.,  It.,  French 
verss.  ;-Thom.,  Clarke,  Greenf.,  Sharpe.  I  recommend,  how- 
ever, that  for  ever  and  ever,  as  being  nothing  more  than  the 
familiar  English  equivalent  of  the  Hebrew  formula  and  its 
Greek  imitation,  be  retained  throughout  the  book,  while  the 
literal  version  may  stand  in  the  margin. 

'■  E.  v..  in  the  five  other  analogous  instances  of  the  use  of 
the  plural  »{φΛαι,  even  where,  as  in  Mark  13:  2ΰ;  1  Thess. 
4  :  17,  there  is  no  article  in  Greek  ;-R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Daub., 


Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Words., 
Kenr. 

'  In  the  original  edition  of  E.  V.  also  was  not  marked  as 
supplied ;  but  nearly  all  other  verss.  are  satisfied  with  trans- 
lating xai  as  copulative,  and,  or  as  intensive,  even. For  who, 

see  2  Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 

)  E.  v..  Matt.  24:  30;-W.,  R.  ;-It.,  French  verss.,  Brightm., 
Wells,  Daub.,  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except  Words.). 

k  E.  v.,  25  times  out  of  31  ;-R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.), 
Syr.,  French  verss.  ;-Brightm.  and  later  English  verss.  (except 
Words.),  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  (StUnime  -,-ΐοτ  Geschlech- 
ter  of  the  other  verss.),  Greenf. 

'  E.  V.  has  yea  or  yes  26  times  out  of  34  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin 
verss.  (etiam),  other  foreign  verss.  (except  Greenf.  ■jax)  ;- 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thom.  and  Murd.  (yes).  Clarke,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr., 
Barn.  ('  not  the  expression  of  a  wish  that  it  may  be  so,  as  our 
common  translation  would  seem  to  imply,  but  a  strong  affirm- 
ation that  it  will  be  so.'). 

"■  The  grammatical  rule  about  the  emphatic  pronominal  sub- 
ject (see  1  John  2 :  20,  N.  p,  &c.)  is  not  disregarded  in  this  book, 
nor  should  it  be  overlooked  by  the  interpreter.  The  translator 
has  often  no  other  convenient  way  of  indicating  it  than  by  a 
change  of  type — the  expedient  of  Tvcg.  and  others.     Έγώ  here, 

and  in  v.  17,  is  plainly  the  ijs  of  Jehovah. Bloomf.:  'The 

articles  before  A  and  Ω  have,  as  Dr.  Wordsworth  observes,  a 
restrictive  sense,  showing  that  Christ  is  the  only  Author  and 
Finisher  of  all  things.'  Tliey  are  preserved  in  all  the  modern 
foreign  verss.  (except  Greenf.  Beng.  omits  the  second)  ;-Pears. 
('  With  the  article  so  much  elsewhere  stood  upon.'  by  the  So- 
cinians).  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  'Wakef,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Scott, 
Lord,  Treg.,  Words..  Kenr. 

°  Of  verss.  that  admit  this  clause,  Fr.  S.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Herd., 

have  no  article. For  end,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  21:6;  22 :  13 ;  &c. 

(nowhere  else  has  it  ending)  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.. 

AVakef,  Thom.,  Kenr. But  the  clause,  άρ;^^  xai  ft'j.of,  is 

wanting  in  '  A.  B.  C.  α  23.  /3  G.  y  9.  Compl.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm. 
Slav.  MS.' ;  is  marked  by  Bloomf.  as  '  most  probably,  or  cer- 
tainly, an  interpolation ;'  bracketed  by  Knapp  among  the  e 
rationibus  criticis  delenda ;  and  rejected  by  all  other  recent 
editors.  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading, 
the  words  beginriing  and  end  be  omitted. 

11 


82 


REVELATION. 


KIXG    JAMES     A'EKSION. 

'  the  Lord,  which  is,  and  wliich 
was,  and  whicli  is  to  come,  the 
Almiglity. 

9  I  John,  who  also  am  jOur 
brother,  and  companion  in  trib- 
ulation, and  in  tlie  kingdom 
and  patience  of  Jesus  Christ, 
was  in  the  isle  that  is  called 
Patmos,  for  the  word  of  God, 
and  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus 
Christ. 


10  I  was  in  the  Spirit  on  the 
Lord's  day,  and  heard  behind  me 
a  great  voice,  as  of  a  trumpet, 


11  Saying,  I  am  Alpha  and 
Omega,  the  first  and  the  last : 
and,  AVhat  thou  seest,  write  in 
a  book,  and   send  it  unto   the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

άρχΐ]  καΐ  τβλος,  Aeyet  ό  Kvpios, 
ό  ών  και  ό  ή^  και  ό  ίρχομα^οί,  ο 
παντοκράτωρ . 

9  ^ Ιί-^/ω  Ιωάννης,  Ό  και  aSeX- 
φο9  υμών  καΐ  σνγκοινωνος  (ν  rrj 
θλίψΐί,  KOU  Ιν  TTj  βασιλΐΐα  καΐ 
ύτΓομονϊ]  Ιησοΰ  Χρίστου,  4γβνο- 
μην  Ιν  ττ]  νήσω  Trj  καλουμβντ] 
Πάτμω,  δια  τον  λογον  τον  θβοΰ 
καΐ  δια  την  μαρτυρίαν  Ίησοΰ 
Χρίστου. 

10  βγβνομην  iv  Πνευματι  iv 
τη  κνριακτ)  ήμ(ρα•  καΐ  ήκονσα 
οττίσω  μου  φων7]ν  μίγαλην  ώ? 
σαλτΓίγγοί, 

11  λβγούσηί,  Έγώ  ίίμι  το  Λ 
και  το  Ω,  ο  ττρώτοί  καΐ  ό  βσχα- 
τοί•    κα], '  Ο  βλβ7Γ€ΐί  γραψον  eiy 


ΚΕΛ•Ι8Εϋ    ΛΈΚ5Ι0Ν. 

saith  the  Lord,"  Pwho  is,  and 
Pwho  ΛνΒ8,  and  pwIio  ''cometli, 
the  Almighty. 

9  "Ί  John,  ^  j'our  brother  ^also, 
and  'fellow-partaker  in  "the  tiuli- 
ulation,  and  ''in  tlie  kingdom 
and  patience  of  Jesus  Christ, 
was  in  the  isle  that  is  called 
Patmos,  for  the  word  of  God 
and  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus 
Christ. 


1 0  I  was  in  the  'Spii'it  on  the 
Lord's  day  ;  and  '"^I  heard  behind 
me  a  "loud  voice  as  of  a  trumpet. 


11  Saying:  >Ί  am  the  Alpha 
and  the  Omega,  the  first  and  the 
last ;  and :  What  thou  seest, 
write  in  a  book,  and  send  '■  unto 


"  The  reading  xiiptoj  ό  θιό;  (not  ό  θιόζ,  as  Barn,  supposes)  is 
sustained  by  Ά.  B.  C.  α  24.  β  S.  γ  12.  Compl.  Tulg.  Copt. 
Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.',  and  received  by  all  the  recent 
editors  and  commentators.  I  recommend  its  adoption:  the 
Lord  God. 

Ρ  See2Pet.  2:11,  Ν.  f. 

1  See  V.  4,  N.  o,  &c. 

'  Here  the  tyu  (see  1  John  2 :  20,  N.  p,  &c.)  serves  the  pur- 
pose of   a  more  solemn  identification,  like  the   is^n  ijx  of 

Dan.  8  :  15 ;  &c. For  the  omission  of  who  am,  see  W.,  T., 

C,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss.  (Luth.  and  Moldenh.,  like 
the  Syr.,  expre.s  the  article),  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Nevrc,  'Woodh.,  Greenf ,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd., 
Kenr.     Others  have  it  as  a  supplement. 

■  The  xal  is  wanting  in  A.  B.  0.  'a  27.  β  5.  y  11.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' ;  is  bracketed 
by  Bloomf. ;  and  rejected  by  all  the  other  recent  editors.  In 
accordance  with  this  reading,  I  recommend  the  omission  of  the 
word  also. 

'  In  the  three  other  places  where  this  noun  occurs  (Rom.  11 : 
17 ;  1  Cor.  9  :  23 ;  Phil.  1 :  7)  E.  V.  renders  it  parlakest  with, 
partaker  with,  partakers  i-U.  (partaker)  ■,-Yu]g.  (particeps), 
Syr.  (=  particeps  vester),  Fr.  51.  {φά  participe),  Fr.  S.  (prir- 
itCipa/iZ)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret,  {as  Vulg.),  Cocc,  Eichh.,  Ew., 
(use  comors),  D;rab.,  Penn,  Kenr.,  (partner),  B.  and  L.  (as 
Fr.  M.),  Dodd.,  Thorn.,  (as  R.),  Wakef.  (sharer  with  you). 
"Woodh.  (fellow-sharer),  Goss.  (Miltheilnehmer),  Stu.  (in  the 
Comment.),  Lord,  Treg.,  Words..  Murd.  (partaker  with  you) ; 


-Wahl  (■  qui  una  cum  aUis  particeps  est').  L.  and  S.  (partaking 
jointly),  Rob.  (joi/it-partaker,  ciiparlner),  Green  (one  who 
partakes  jointly,  a  coparticipant,  copartner).  Here  E.  V. 
and  others  follow  Pagn.,  socius. 

"  If  ij  θ\ί•^ίί  be  not  construed  with  'ij^eoi  XpiufoJ,  the 
article  would  still  point  to  a  particular  trial,  well-known  to  the 
readers.  But  see  N.  v. — Foreign  verss.  ;-uaub.,  Wesl.,  Thorn. 
(this)  ;  and  to  these  must  be  added  all  who  follow  the  reading 
referred  to  in  N.  v. 

'  The  words  ίν  r^  are  wanting  in  Ά.  B.  C.  α  23.  β  G.  y  5. 
Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Erp.' ;  are  marked  by  Bloomf.  as  '  most 
probably,  or  certainly,  an  interpolation ;'  and  rejected  by  all 
other  recent  editors.  I  recommend  the  omission,  and  that  the 
text  stand:  the  tribtdation  and  kingdom. 

'■''  See  ch.  17  :  3,  N.  m. For  the  repetition  of  the  pronoun 

see  W.  ;-Dt.,  French  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Wakef.,  Woodh. 
and  later  English  verss.  (except  Words.),  De  W. 

*  E.  v.,  13  times  in  this  book,  and  always  elsewhere,  when 
connected  with  voice  ;-Wiikof ,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Penn, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Barn. 

'  For  the  article  before  Alpha  and  Omega,  see  v.  8,  N.  m. 

But  the  words,   'Κγώ  ίίμι  to  A  xai   to  Ω,  i  jtpiiroi  xai  i 

ΐαχαϊοί,  xai,  are  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors  on  the  au- 
thority of  '  A.  B.  C.  α  24.  βδ.γβ.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Arm.  Sl.iv.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  and  that  the  words,  /  am  .  .  .  last ;  and,  be  omitted. 

'■  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss..  Syr.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Greenf., 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 


REVELATION. 


83 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

seveu  cliurclies  which  are  in 
Asia ;  unto  Ejjhesus,  and  unto 
Smyrna,  and  unto  Pergamos,  and 
unto  Thyatira,  and  unto  Sardis, 
and  unto  Philadelphia,  and  unto 
Laodicea. 


12  And  I  turned  to  see  the 
voice  that  spake  with  me.  And 
being  turned,  I  saw  seven  golden 
candlesticks ; 

1-3  And  in  the  midst  of  the 
se\'en  candlesticks  one  like  unto 
the  Son  of  man,  clothed  with  a 
garment  down  to  the  foot,  and 
girt  about  the  paps  with  a  golden 
girdle. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


βίβλίον,  Koi  7Γ€μψον  rais  ίτττα 
ίκκλησίαΐ9  rais  Iv  Ασία,  ety 
"Εφίσον,  καΐ  ei?  Σμνρναν,  και 
ei?  Πίργαμον,  και  els  θνάτίίρα, 
καΙ  eh  ^apSets,  καΐ  eli  Φιλaδeλ- 
φetaι',  /cat  els  AaoSiKeiau. 

12  Kal  eTrearpey^a  βλe^ΓeLV 
την  φωνην  TjTis  iλaλησe  μeτ 
e'/zoG"  καΐ  eTnarpeyj/as  ei8oi>  eTrra 
Xv)(yias  xpvacis, 

13  καΐ  iv  μeσω  των  e-πτα 
Χνγνιων  ομοιον  νΐω  άνθρωπου, 
ev8e8vpevov  ττοδηρη,  καΐ  Trepi- 
eζωσμevov  irpos  toIs  μαστοΪ5 
(^ωνην   -χρυσην 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  se\'en  churches  ^which  are 
in  Asia,  unto  Ephesus,  and  unto 
Smyrna,  and  unto  Pergamos,  and 
unto  Thyatira,  and  unto  Sardis, 
and  unto  Philadelphia,  and  unto 
Laodicea. 


12  And  I  turned  to  see  the 
voice  that  ''spake  with  me  ;  and 
""having  turned,  I  saw  seven 
golden  ""lamp-stands, 

13  And  in  the  midst  of  the 
seven  ""lamp-stands  ""one  like  "'  a 
son  of  man,  clothed  with  a  gar- 
ment down  to  the  ""feet,  and  girt 
Ground  'at  the  ^breasts  with  a 
golden  airdle  ;'' 


'  The  words  iatj  iv  Ασία  are  wanting  in  Ά.  B.  C.  α  28. 
β  7.  y  6.  Compl.  Am.  Harl.  Tol.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.',  and  are 
rejected  by  all  the  recent  editors.  (Hengst.,  indeed,  recognizes 
them  in  his  translation,  but  probably  through  an  oversight ; 
just  as  in  the  commentary  he  censures  Ew.  for  rejecting  the 
trtfa  of  this  clause,  and  yet  omits  it  himself.  Bloomf.  also  in- 
cludes, in  the  allowable  and  universally  received  changes  in  the 
reading  of  this  verse,  the  exclusion  of  the  ίατά  before  ίχχτ.. ; 
but  in  that  he  is  mistaken.)  I  recommend  that  the  words, 
which  are  in  Asia,  be  omitted. 

''  Bloomf. :  '  I  am  wholly  unable  to  account  for  Griesbach's 
retaining  ίλόλι^υΕ,  except  on  the  supposition  of  the  same  care- 
lessness and  inadvertence  too  observable  in  his  editorial  revision 
throughout  the  Apocalypse.'  All  the  other  editors  substitute 
Ιλάλί I,  on  the  authority  of  '  B.  C.  α  20.  β  4.  γ  C.  Compl.  λαλίΐ 
Α.'    I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated  : 

was  speaking-. For  having  in  the  next  clause,  see  Newc 

Penn,  Stu.,  Murd.,  {when  1  had  turned),  Lord,  Treg. 

'  See  2  Pet.  1  :  19,  N.  s.  Av;t'''»  i^^'^  form  is  of  the  later 
Greek  for  χνχνιίον  or  ^.νχνονχο;)  is  used  by  the  Sept.  for  the 
niisa  (Greenf.'s  word  here)  of  the  Tabernacle,  on  which  rested 
the  seven  ni^3,  lamps.  Among  the  Greeks  also  the  lamp, 
'  when  small  and  without  a  foot,  was  commonly  set  on  a  sup- 
porter or  lamp-stand,  τ^χνίον,  ΧνχνιΙον'  (Pass.,  s.  v.  ί,ύχνοί).  So 
Steph. :  Basis  hjchni ;  and  Areth. :  ο;^ί;ι«α  μόνον  ιοί  \νχνον  oj 
ΐχΐί  το  φώί•  The  word  may  be  everywhere  rendered  as  above. 
— Daub,  (lamp-sconces),  Dodd.  ('lamps  on  their  stand.?'), 
Clarke,  Penn,  Home,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Dav.,  (lamps),  Newc,  Till., 
Woodh.  and  Allw.  (Jamp-bearers),  Hengst.  (Lumpen),  Barn. 
(light-stands,  lamp-stands)  ;-Bloomf  (in  his  N.  T.  lexicon), 

L.  and  S.     See  ch.  18  :  23,  N.  y. It  is  not  necessary  to  mark 

one  as  supplied,  any  more  than  in  Matt.  3:3;  &c. 

^  The  unto  is  omitted  by  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 

Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord.  Murd. The  resemblance 

asserted  is  not  to  '  the  man  Christ  Jesus.'  as  John  had  known 


him  while  on  earth,  but  generally  to  the  human  form.  1.  The 
former  interpretation  implies  a  personal  recollection  and  re- 
cognition, that  seems  not  to  accord  with  the  tone  of  the  vision; 
— 2,,  we  find  that,  with  the  exception  of  John  5  :  27,  for  the 
peculiarity  of  which  see  Midd.  in  loc,  in  all  the  numerous  in- 
stances (upwards  of  80)  in  which  the  Saviour  assumes  this 
designation,  as  well  as  in  the  single  undoubted  instance  (Acts 
7  :  50)  in  which  it  is  applied  to  Him  by  another,  the  Greek  has 
the  article,  ό  νιος  toi  aveflurcov ; — and,  3.,  the  case  is  strictly 
parallel  to  Dan.  7  :  13,  where  no  personal  recognition  can  be 
meant  (comp.  ch.  10 :  5,  10,  18),  although  E.  V.  there  also 
adds  the  Christian  comment  by  ils  way  of  printing  Son. — E.  V., 
Heb.  2:6  (the  son)  i-Yxi]^.  (Jilio i-m  the  case  of  ό  vioj  toi 
άνθ.  it  has  i^iYiMs),  Germ.,  Dt.  wiajg•.,  It.,  Γγ.  G.  (m?i  homme; 
-and  so  M.,  and  the  marg.  of  B.  and  L.),  Fr.  S.  (un  fils 
d'homme)  ;-Vat.  (giving  the  Vulg.  as  Pilio,  changes  it  to  βΐΐο, 
and  appends  the  note,  'i.  e.  humini.'),  Engl.  Ann.  ('  Or,  a  son  of 
man  .  .  .  that  is,  like  a  man.'),  Cocc.  (is  doubtful),  Titr.,  AYolf. 
(who  also  cites  Calov  and  Gataker),  Btng.,  Wesl.,  Moldcnh., 
Sym.,  Campb.,  Eichh.,  Wakef.  (a  man),  Thom.,  Heinr.  (homini; 
-and  so  Ew..  Ros.),  Greenf,  All.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Ell.  (at  ch.l4: 14), 
Lord,  De  W.,  Hengst,  Barn.  ;-Bret!5cli.,  Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl. 

'  C,  G.  ;-Brightm.,  Guyse,  Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Penn,  Bloomf.,  Stu.  (in  the  Comment.),  Lord,  Kell.. 
Murd.,  Barn.  ;-L.  and  S.,  Rob.,  Green. 

f  Most  verss.  neglect  either  the  rtt pi  or  the  rtpoj ;  yet  the  two 
are  not  synonymous  (Bloomf.;  who  says  that  '  rtpof  toii  μαατοΐς 
is  for  rtfpi  to,  ατήθη.').  Comp.  ch.  15  :  0.  N.  g. — W.  (girt  at),  R. 
(aboid  near  to)  ;-Latin  verss.  {\prae-\cinctum  ad),  Syr.  {^=  De 
D.  jii.Tta),  Dt.  (omgoord.  an),  It.  (a),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (d  I'endroit  de), 
Fr.  S.  (pres  rfe);-B.  andL.  {an  dessous),  Beng.  (umgiirtet  bei), 
Wesl.,  Treg.,  (about  at),  Moldcnh.  (oben  gegen),  Greenf.  (bv), 
Lord  (at),  De  W.  (umg.  an)  ;-the  grammars  and  lexicons. 

^  Germ.  (Brust),  Dt.  (borsten)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  De  W.,  (Briisten), 
Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Jley.,  All..  Hengst.,  (as  Germ.),  Wesl., 


84 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

14  His  head  and  his  hairs  n-nr 
white  like  wool,  as  white  as 
snow ;  and  his  eyes  ivcix  as  a 
flame  of  fire ; 

15  And  his  feet  like  nnto  fine 


GREEK    TEXT. 

11  ^  δβ  κίφαλη  avrov  και  αϊ 
τρί\(9  XevKou  ωσει  epiov  λβνκον, 
ώ?  γιωρ'  και  οί  οφθαλμοί  αυτοΰ 
ώί  φλοζ  πνροί• 

15   καΐ  οί  ΤΓοδίί  αυτοΰ  όμοιοι 


REVISED    VERSION. 

14  'Bnt  his  head  and  J  hair 
xvere  white  as  ''white  wool,  as 
snow ;  and  his  eyes  '  as  a  flame 
of  fire ; 

15  And  his  feet  like  '"hurnish- 


'  See  2  Pet.  1  :  5,  N.  r.  Jlost  verss.  render  &i,  but  treat  it 
as  a  simple  copula,  w  liercas  it  also  serves  to  mark  transition 
to  the  supernatural  features  of  the  vision. — Latin  verss.  (autem). 
Syr.  (=  De  D.  autem),  Germ,  (aber)  ;-Moldenh.,  Dc  W., 
Ilengst.,  (_as  Germ.),  Daub. 

I  The  original  edition  of  E.  V.  does  not  maik  the  pronoun 
as  supplied.  It  is  omitted  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Pt.  ;- 
Brightm.,  Wells,  Berl.  Bib.  (rfi'e  Haare  ;-so  Beng.,  Moldenh., 

Stolz),  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thorn,  {the  h.),  Lord,  Kenr. For  the 

translation  of  αϊ  ΐρίχΐζ  by  a  singular  noun,  may  be  cited  E.  V., 
oh.  9  :  8  his,  and  ϋ  times  elsewhere  ;-Germ.,  Syr..  Bt.  j-Wesl., 
IVakef..  Newc,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Hengst.,  Murd. ;-Rob., 
Green. 

^  Afvxaf  is  attached  to  ΐ'ριον  (comp.  Ezck.  27  :  IS),  so  as  to 
leave  also  ώ{  χιών  in  direct  connection  with  τ,ινχαί.  by  W.,  T., 
C,  G.,  R.  ;-all  foreign  vers.s.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Wcsl.,  Wakcf., 
Woodh.,  Newc ,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd., 
Kenr.  ;-all  the  editors.  E.  V.  seems  to  have  been  misled  by 
the  punctuation  of  Bez.'s  earlier  editions:  candidi  iit  lana, 
alba  tanquam  nix. 

1  The  supplement  is  not  repeated  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  Ger- 
man verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Dt.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef,  Woodh., 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd, 

■"  For  the  omission  of  mito,  see  v.  13,  N.  d. Χαλχολιβαι-οΓ, 

a  word  which  occurs  nowhere  else  but  in  this  book,  has  been 
variously  interpreted  as  denoting,  L,  some  kind  of  λι;3αιο;  (Rob. 
and  Green  err  in  making  this  an  oxytone.),  xt^xotihr^i,  frank- 
incense of  a  deep  colour.  So  a  Greek  writer  cited  by  Salma- 
sius,  Hamm.  {amber),  Ew.,  L.  and  S.  The  same  view  is  given 
as  a  possible  one  by  Areth.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Lowm.,  Green; — 
2.,  some  kind  nf  xa-Kxaf :  (1.),  brass  like  λι'θαιο;.  So  Erasm., 
Aret.,  Pas..  Beng.,  Moldenh.  (from  the  colour  he  translates,  aes 
album,  Prinzmetall),  Zull.  (who  finds  in  the  word  a  sort  of 
enigmatical  paraphrase  of  the  Sept.  rfktxtfov  of  Ezek.  1 :  4,  27 ; 
8:2;  that  being  the  name  in  Greek  both  of  a  gum,  and  of  a 
metal  said  to  be  compounded  of  four  parts  gold  and  one  part 
silver,  or,  according  to  Suid.,  of  νίχψ  xai  XiSfi'a.  The  latter  also 
expressly  defines  ;ι;αλ3£ολ.  as  ilbof  rp^ixtpov  ΐιμιύΐιρον  χρναον ; 
and  to  this  De  W.  assents  as  substantially  correct.)  ;-(2.),  brass 
from  Λι'βανο;,  Lebanon-brass ;  a  derivation  analogous  to  that 
of  orichatcum,  mountain-brass,  by  which,  or  its  equivalent 


anriclialcum  (for  the  variation  probably  originated  in  miscon- 
ception *),  the  Λ'ulg.  and  some  Latin  commentators  render  our 
word.  So  Areth.  (as  another  meaning),  Syr.  (De  D. :  '  Vidctur 
interpres  χατ-χο-κΐ^ανον  sumpsis.se  pro  acre  e  monte  Libano  allato, 
vel  pro  acre  candidissimo  et  nitidissimo,  quod  fuerit  instar  mon- 
tis  Libani,  qui  circa  altissima  juga  media  etiam  aestate  nivibus 
tectus  procul  spectatur.'),  Aeth.,  Steph.,  Brightm.,  Dt.  (Ann. ; 
for  the  vers,  has  blinkend  koper),  Daub,  (as  one  derivation), 
iichiMg.,  3ou^s;-{?k),  fluid,  smelling  brass,  as  if  from  λ£ΐβω. 
So  Schwartz  cited  by  Wolf,  (who  also  leans  to  the  same  opin- 
ion), "Woodh. ;  and  akin  to  this  is  the  derivation  from  χτ,ίβανος 
(Salmasius,  accordingly,  writes  χα'κχοχχίβανον),  as  if  furnace- 
brass  ■,-{A.),  vhite  ('alboque  orichalco,'  Virg.  Aen.  xii.  87.), 
bright,  shining  brass  (which  readily  suggests  the  idea  o(  in- 
candescence, ω{  in  χαμίνψ  ΛίΛνρωμίνοι),  as  if  the  term  were  a 
hybrid,  from  pb.  [133^  ^°  Suic,  Bochart,  Grell.,  Daub,  (as 
another  derivation).  Eicldi.,  Bretsch..  Hengst.  (who  pronounces 
this  '  the  only  legitimate  derivation.'),  Barn,  (somewhat  inaccu- 
rately :  ' probably  compounded  of  χα^χός,  brass,  and  λιβαιό;, 
ichiteness,  from  the  Hebrew  lab,  to  be  white.').  Heinr.,  who, 
like  Ziill.,  thinks  that  .John  made  the  word  for  his  own  use, 
suggests  several  of  the  above  sources,  and  adds  :  '  vel  ab  alia  re 
nescio  qua,  quae  forte  menti  obvcrsabatur.'  On  the  whole, 
notwithstanding  Hengst.'s  confidence,  the  etymology  of  ;^αλχολ. 
must  be  left  as  in  doubt — a  crua:  grammaticonim  (Grell.) — 
and  for  this  reason,  or  to  avoid  periphrasis,  the  word  itself  has 
been  transferred  by  Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  It.,  Cocc.  (whose 
note  is :  '  ut  aes  candens  et  thus  limpidum  sive  perspicuum'), 
Vitr. ;  or  translated  generally,  with  little  or  no  attempt  at  .spe- 
cification, .as  iu  E.  v.,  by  W.,  R.,  {latten),  T.,  C,  {bra.^s), 
Germ.,  All.,  {Ajessing),  B,  and  L.  {Pairain  le  plus  fln),  Beng. 
{lauterstes  Erz),  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  {Erz),  Goss.  {edelstes  Me- 
tall),  &,c.  Meanwhile,  all  agree  that  the  phrase  corresponds  to 
the  }>hp  nan:  (Greenf.)  of  Ezek.  1:7;  Dan.  10 :  6,  or  to  the 


*  I  find  that  Trench  also  ( On  the  Study  of  Words ;  New- 
York  Ed.  p.  102)  mentions  aurichalcnm  as  an  example  of  false 
orthography  resting  on  a  mistaken  etymology.  Suic,  however 
(and  see  Steph.  s.  r.  iVoypos,  p.  717  D.),  derives  both  forms  'ex 
obs.  ai>|jo;  splendor,  ab  lix  splendere,  et  χα-κχόζ•'  and  Gcrl., 
Stier,  and  others,  with  reference  perhaps  to  aurich.,  here  give 
Giildenerz,  as  Herd.,  Mey.,  Kist.,  had  given  Silbererz. 


Sym.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Barn.,  {breast),  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Penn,  Bloomf.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.  ;-L.  and  S. 

''  The  punctuation  of  the  Text  is  not  without  its  use  in  con- 
veying an  intimation  of  the  rapidity  of  glance,  with  which  the 


rapt  seer  realized  the  several  parts  of  the  '  glorious  Apparition' 
(Milton,  P.  L.  xi.  211).  The  same  thing  is  further  indicated  by 
the  elliptical  and  participial  construction  of  vv.  14-16.  See 
2  Pet.  2 :  13.  N.  u. 


REVELATION. 


85 


KING    JAJIES     VEKSIOX. 

brass,  as  if  they  burned  in  a 
furnace ;  and  his  voice  as  the 
sound  of  many  waters. 

16  And  he  had  in  his  right 
hand  seven  stars :  and  out  of  his 
mouth  went  a  sharp  two-edged 
sword  :  and  his  countenance 
was  as  tlie  sun  shineth  in  his 
strength. 

17  And  when  I  saw  him,  I 
fell  at  his  feet  as  dead.  And  he 
laid  his  right  hand  upon  me, 
saying  unto  me.  Fear  not ;  I  am 
the  first  and  the  last : 


IS  I  am  he  that  liveth,  and 
was  dead ;  and  behold,  I  am 
alive  for  evennore,  Amen ;  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 

χαλκολιβάνω,  ώί  Iv  καμίνω  ττί- 
πνρωμ€ΐΌΐ•  και  ή  φωνή  αυτού  ώί 
ώωνη  ύδατων  ττολλών 

16  και  ίγων  iv  rfj  Se^LO.  αντον 
χίΐρί  aarepas  βτττα-  και  (κ  του 
στόματος  αύτοΰ  ρομφαία  δίστο- 
μθ9  οξβΐα  ξκτΓορβυομ^νη•  και  -ή 
οψΐί  αύτοΰ,  ώ?  ό  7;λίθ?  φαΐνβί  iv 
τη  δυναμα  αύτοΰ. 

17  ΚαΙ  οτ€  βίδον  αύτον,  trreaa 
■προς  TOVS  ττόδας  αύτοΰ  ώ?  νβκρος- 
καΐ  i^Γ€θηκ€  την  δβξιαν  αύτοΰ 
χ€Ϊρα  eV  iμe,  λίγων  μοι,  Μη 
φοβοΰ.  eyco  βίμι  ό  ττρώτος  και  ο 
ίσχατοί, 

18  κα\  ό  ζων,  κα\  iγevόμηv 
νβκρος,  και  Ιδου  ζων  βίμι  (Is  τους 
αΙώνας   των   αΙωνων     αμήν     και 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ed  brass,  as  if  they  "glowed  in  a 
furnace ;  and  his  voice  as  the 
"voice  of  many  waters  ;p 

16  And  he  had  in  his  right 
hand  seven  stars ;  and  out  of  his 
mouth  ^proceeded  a  itwo-edged 
sharp  sword ;  and  his  coun- 
tenance was  as  the  sun  shineth 
in  his  strength. 

17  And  when  I  saw  him,  I 
fell  at  his  feet  as  dead ;  and  he 
laid  his  right  hand  upon  me, 
saying  ■'luito  me :  Fear  not ;  Ί 
am  the  first  and  the  last, 


IS  *And  'the  lix-iug  one,  and 
I  was  dead,  and,  behold,  I  am 
alive  "unto  the  ages  of  the  ages ; 


°  XliTtvfafthoi,  (not  Λvξιoύμtvoι,  2  Pet.  3  :  12)  iv  χαμίνψ  indi- 
cates one  eft'ect  of  the  fire,  as  ΛίΛν^ιωμίνον  ix  rtupo;,  ch.  3  :  18, 
does  another. — German  verss.  (use  the  word  glilhen),  Dt.  {gloei- 
den)  ;-Engl.  Ann.,  Thom.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  (use  the  word  to  glow 
\with  fireY),  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {excandefacti).  Woodh.  (burned 
brightly). 

°  E.  V.  has  in  like  manner  noise  for  the  second  ίι•ίρ  of  Ezeli. 
43  :  2,  but  not  in  Dan.  10  :  C.  See  also  Rev.  14  :  2;  19  :  6  ; 
Ps.  93  :  3  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Cocc),  Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-Brightm.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  West.,  Woodh.,  Greenf., 
Kist.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.     See  ch.  18 :  22,  X.  x. 

ρ  See  V.  13,  N.  h. 

1  E.  v.,  4  times  in  this  book  and  6  times  elsewhere  ;-R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (use  e.riVe  or  prodire).  Syr.,  It.  (usciva),  French 
verss.  (sortait)  ;-Daub.,  Treg.,  {proceeding),  Wakef.,  Guyse, 
Stu.,  Murd.,  (use  to  issue),  Woodh.  (coming  forth),  Kist.,  De 
W.,(ging  hervor),  Lord,  Words.  (■  proceedeth,  present  tense 
.  .  .  The  objects  described  are  eternal,  and  their  actions  contin- 
uous.'    But  John  is  not  discoursing  of  eternal  verities,  but  nar- 


rating what  he  saw  at  that  moment.    See  ch.  9  :  18,  N.  e).    See 

ch.  9  :  17,  N.  y. The  Greek  order  of  the  adjectives  is  retained 

by  Dt.,  It.;-\^at.,  Castal.,  Be/.,  Cocc,  Bierra.,  Beng.,  Woodh., 
Greenf.,  Kist.,  De  W.,  Hengst. 

'  The  μοί  is  wanting  in  A.  B.  C.  'a  22.  β  8.  γ  9.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.',  is  bracketed  by  Knapp 
among  the  e  rationibus  crilicis  delenda,  and  rejected  by  all 
the  other  recent  editor.s.  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  and  the  words,  7nito  me,  omitted.  On  nearly  the  same 
evidence,  all  (except  Bloomf.)   substitute  f9jjxt   for  έΛίθ.,  and 

all  reject  (except  Knapp,  who  brackets)  χείρα. For  εγώ,  see 

V.  8,  N.  m,  lie.  '  I,  who  wear  this  human  form  ;  I,  and  none 
else.' 

•  I  find  no  reading  that  warrants  the  omission  of  xaL 

<  R.  (α?ίΐ•β)  ;-Vulg.  (n'nts),  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  inn),  German 
verss.  (d^.r  Lebendige),  Dt.  marg.  (de  levende)  ;-Erasm.,  ^'at., 
(as  Vulg.),  Aret.  (ille  vivens),  Jones.  Sharpe,  Treg.,  Lord  and 
Kenr.  (the  Living). 

'  See  V.  6,  N.  g,  &c. 


iaiZJn  of  Ezek.  1 :  4,  27  ;  8:2.  the  two  being  identified  by  most 
though  not  by  Hengst.,  who  admits  only  the  first  reference ; 
and  who,  because  hhp  means  primarily  to  be  light  as  opposed 
to  heavy,  infers  that  Vsp  in  that  connection  means  light  as  op- 
posed to  dark,  and  here  translates,  Lichterz.  '  Das  Lichte,'  he 
says,  'stellt  sich  als  leichter  dar  als  das  Dunkle,  wie  das  Scharfe 
als  leichter  als  das  Stumpfe,  Pred.  10  :  10.'  While  this  can 
scarcely  be  accepted  as  satisfactory,  there  still  remains  reason 
enough  to  believe  that  '  these  allusions  are  surer  guides' — to 
the  meaning,  if  not  to  the  etymology — 'than  grammatical  con- 


jectures' (Daub.).  The  true  notion  appears  to  be  that  given 
by  Steph.  in  these  words :  '  Denique  hoc  esse  creditur  quod 
Dan.  10.  et  Ezech.  1.  hhp  dicitur,  i.  e.  Refulgens :  a  consequent! 
tamen,  cum  proprie  Politum  ac  tersum  declaret ;'  and  in  this, 
as  regards  bbp,  agree  E.  V.  (burnished,  polished),  Gusset., 
Ges.  (who  explains  the  ba  of  bairn  in  the  same  sense),  Xork 
(polirt,  glatt,  abgerieben  ;-baian,  polirtes  Erz),  Stu.,  &c. ;  and, 
as  regards  ;^α7.χολί(3ανο»',  Ges.  (as  if  ^ xa%xo%inafov  aes  splendi- 
dum'),  Stu.  (polished  brass),  Rob.  ('lit.  smooth  or  burnished 
brass.'). 


S6 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES  ^    VERSION. 

have  the  keys  of  hell  and-  of 
death. 


GREEK  TEXT. 


6^ω  Tas  κλξΊί  του  αδου  καΐ  τον 
θανάτου. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"ameu ;  and  "■''I  have  the  keys  of 
'hades  aud  of  death. 


"  The  αμήν  is  wanting  in  A.  B.  0.  '  36.  38.  Er.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Aeth.  Ar.  P.',  is  bracketed  by  Bloomf..  and  rejected  by  all  the 
other  recent  editons  except  Matth.,  though  he  too  omits  it  in 
the  version.     I  recommend  its  omission. 

"  W.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  "Woodli.  and  later 
English  verss.  (except  Lord). 

»  'The  English  word  JleW,  says  Alex,  (on  Is.  14:  9), 
' .  .  .  corresponds  in  etymologj- ' — (being  derived  by  Ges.,  like 
the  German  Hulle,  from  HuMe,  hollow ;  by  others,  from  the 
Anglo-Sa.von  helan,  to  cover) — '  and  early  usage,  to  the  Hebrew 
word  '  bixii  (here  employed  b}»•  the  Syr.  and  Greenf.,  and 
derived  by  Cres.  from  ϊχώ  =  hsO,  to  hollow  out),  for  which 
the  usual  Sept.  equivalent  is  αδι;;  (commonly  derived  from  α 
privative  and  liilv)  ;  and  he  explains  bisia  as  '  meaning  first 
a  grave  or  individual  st-pulehre,  and  then  the  t^rare  as  a  gene- 
ral receptacle,  indiscriminately  occupied  b3'  all  the  dead  without 
respect  to  character.'  Ca.npb.,  on  the  contrary,  asserts  and,  as 
I  think,  proves  (Diss.  6.  P.  2.),  that  '  the  word  grace,  or  sep- 
ulchre, never  conveys  the  full  import  of  the  Hebrew  sheol ' — 
(that  signification  is  not  mentioned  bj'  Ges.  or  Nork) — 'or  the 
Greek  hade^,  though  in  some  instances ' — (those  in  which  the 
expression,  the  grace,  might  be  employed  tropicallj^  for  the  stale 
of  the  dead) — "it  may  have  all  the  precision  necessary  for  giv- 
ing the  import  of  the  sentiment.'  Nor,  setting  aside  what  may 
be  alleged  from  the  English  versions  of  the  Bible  and  the 
Apostles'  Creed,  am  I  aware  that  any  evidence  has  been  pro- 
duced, or  can  be,  of  the  use  of  hell  in  either  of  the  senses  above 
ascribed  to  bixa.  But,  even  if  the  Engli.sh  word  had  been  so 
understood  in  ancient  times,  that  would  not  justify  its  retention, 
when,  as  Alex,  says,  and  Lightf.  said  the  same  thing  nearly  200 
years  ago,  it  is  '  now  appropriated  to  the  condition  or  the  place 
of  future  torments;'  any  more  than  the  knave  of  the  Lord  (to 
»ise  Lightf.'s  own  illustration),  of  some  old  translations,  is  now 
to  be  preferred  to  servant  of  the  Lord,  although  of  knave  it  is 
true,  not  only,  as  of  hell,  that  it  is  a  '  strong  and  homely-  Saxon 
form,'  but  also  that  it  was  u.sed  for  servant  as  late  as  Drj'dcn. 
Again,  it  is  said  bj'  Alex,  (on  Is.  5  :  14),  when  speaking  of  the 
German  IlOlle  and  the  English  hell :  '  The  idea  of  a  place  of 
torment,  which  is  included  in  their  present  meaning,  is  derived 
from  the  peculiar  use  οι ii&irf  (the  nearest  Greek  equivalent)  in 
the  book  of  Revelation.'  And  so  Hengst.  (onch.  C:  S),  after 
asserting,  in  the  face  of  Acts  2:  27,  31  (not  to  mention  v.  24, 
where,  lion'cvcr,  D.  Syr.  Vulg.  Erp.  Copt.  Polycarp,  &c.,  read 
ίίδου.)  and  (according  to  the  common  reading)  1  Cor.  15 :  55,  that 
'  the  word  Ilades  in  the  N.  T.  occurs  only  in  reference  to  dead 
sinners,'  adds: '  This  usage'  (Ilades  =  the  place  of  torment)  '  pre- 
vails especially  in  the  Revelation ;  comp.  ch.  1 :  18  ;  20  :  13.'  To 
present  the  ground.?,  on  which  I  dissent  from  these  statements, 
would  lead  farther  into  the  region  of  interpretation  and  dogma, 
than  might  here  be  proper.  Be  it  only  observed,  that  while,  with 


the  single  exception  of  1  Cor.  15 :  55,  E.  V.  alwaj's  (10  times) 
translates  αδ);{  by  hell,  it  was  judged  proper  at  Rev.  20 :  13  (cited 
by  Ilcngst.  as  one  of  the  strongest  passages  in  favour  of  his  view), 
and  nowhere  else,  to  set  grave  in  the  margin.  Nor  can  it  well 
be  supposed  that  in  the  next  verse  the  word  changes  its  mean- 
ing. Yet  to  that  verse  Campb.  appeals  as  '  another  clear  proof 
from  the  New  Testament,  that  hades  denotes  the  intermediate 
state  of  .souls  between  death  and  the  general  resurrection  .  .  . 
Whereas,  if  we  interpret  ίίΐιηί,  hell,  in  the  christian  sense  of  the 
word,  the  whole  passage  is  lendered  nonsense.  Hell  is  represent- 
ed as  being  cast  into  hell.'  So  Cam.  (on  Matt.  10 :  18),  having 
said :  '  V'ocem  aSiyj  nusquam  in  Scriptura  (unicus  modo  locus 
escipiatur' — he  refers  probably  to  Luke  16:  23,  which  yet  is 
no  exception ;  Ilengst.'s  assertion.  Die  Offenb.,  I.  p.  339,  that 
'  to  be  in  Hades  and  to  be  in  torment  appear  there  as  insepar- 
ably connected,'  being  wholly  unfounded.  Much  the  better  infer- 
ence from  that  very  passage  is,  that  the  two  conditions  are  se- 
parable.) '  infernum  significare',  observes  that  in  Rev.  20 :  14  it 
cannot  be  so  taken  without  absurdity,  'quasi  vero  infernus  in  in- 
fernum dejiciatur.'  And  the  same  objection  is  urged  by  others. 
Finally,  while  vindicating  the  use  of  hell  at  Is.  14:  9,  Alex,  re- 
marks :  •  The  modern  English  versions  have  discarded  the  word 
hdl  as  an  equivocal  expression,  requiring  explanation  in  order 
to  be  rightly  iniderstood.  But  as  the  Hebrew  word  Sheol,  retained 
by  Henderson,  and  the  Greek  word  Hades,  introduced  by  Lowth 
and  Barnes,  require  explanation  also,  the  strong  and  homely 
Saxon  form  will  be  preferred  by  every  unsophisticated  taste,  &c.' 
But,  1.,  it  is  no  small  advantage  that  hades  docs  not  at  once, 
and  inevitably,  convey•  an  utterly  false  meaning.  Jlell  does  so  ;* 
and  thi.s,  and  not  that  it  is  equivocal,  is  the  real  objection ; — 
2.,  the  latter  word,  being  thus  readily  and  universally  taken  in 
one  sense,  does  not  even  suggest  the  necessity  of  explanation ; — 
3.,  when  an  explanation  of  hades  is  wanted,  it  can  be  got  in 
Webst.'s  English  Dictionary  :  'Hades.  The  region  of  the  dead, 
the  invisible  world,  or  the  grave  '  (the  last  phrase  being  added 
as  synonymous  with  the  other  two) ; — and,  4.,  as  a  familiar, 
perhaps  the  prevailing  sentiment  in  theological  literature  from 
the  beginning  has  been,  that  frequently,  even  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment, oiSjjs  does  not  denote  either  the  grave  as  the  receptacle  of 
a  dead  body,  or  the  place  of  torment,  so  not  '  the  modern 
English  versions '  merely,  but  English  writers  for  more  than 


*  Accordingly,  religious  bodies  in  this  country  find  it  neces- 
sary, in  printing  the  Creed,  to  interpret  the  article  :  He  descend- 
ed into  Hell.  Thus,  the  Prot.  Episcopal  Church :  '  Any 
Churches  may  omit  the  words,  He  descended  into  Hell,  or 
may,  instead  of  them,  use  the  words.  He  went  into  the  place  of  de- 
parted spirits,  which  are  considered  as  words  of  the  same  mean- 
ing in  the  Creed  ;'  and  the  Presbyterian  Church  :  '  That  i.s,  he 
continued  in  the  state  of  the  dead,  and  under  the  power  of 
death,  until  the  third  day.' 


EEVELATION. 


87 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 


19    Write    the  things 
thou  hast  seen,  and  the 


which 
things 


GREEK    TEXT. 


19   rpaxj/ou    a    eiSei,    καΐ    a 


REVISED    VERSION. 

19  AVrite  ''  the  things  which 
thou   ^sawest,    and    "the   things 


y  The  olv,  here  inserted  by  A.  B.  C.  '  α  25.  β  7.  y  9.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.,'  is  adopted  by  all  the  re- 
cent editors.  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed: 
Write  therefore.  Beng.  :  '  After  John  is  raised  up,  the  com- 
mand to  'Write  is  with  emphasis  repeated,  and  the  interrupted 
discourse  of  the  Lord  continued.'  So  De  W. :  '  Agreeably  to  the 
above  command,  v.  11 ;'  and  Ilengst. :  '  Thy  fear  being  now  re- 
moved, do  what  I  have  enjoined.' 

'  That  is,  at  the  first ;  before  his  senses  and  spirit  were  over- 
powered by  the  glory. — E.  V.,  v.  20  6is;-IIerd.,  Mey.  Most 
English  verss.  follow  E.  V.  in  the  rendering  of  il&c;  in  vv.  19, 
20.  Of  those  that  do  not,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Kenr.,  agree  with  R., 
Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  All.,  Hengst., 


in  giving  it  in  both  verses  as  a  perfect;  Dodd.  and  Woodh.,  in 
both  as  a  present ;  Wakef.,  sawest  in  v.  19,  seest  in  v.  20. 

»  Hengst. :  '  He  is  to  exhibit  the  inward  condition  of  the 
seven  angels  and  of  the  seven  churches,  as  is  done  in  the  seven 
epistles.'  Others  (Laun.,  Eichh.,  Ileinr.,  Ew.,  Stu.,  De  W., 
Barn.)  understand  by  ά  ιίαί  the  interpretation  of  5,  tlSti,  q.  d. 
'  what  they  signify.'  For  this,  says  De  W.,  '  v.  20  and  its  con- 
nection with  V.  19  are  decisive  ; '  and  so  the  rest.  But  as  still 
more  decisive  against  it  may  be  alleged,  1.,  the  opposition  be- 
tween ά  iiai  and  α  μίτ-λει  γίνεαθαί ; — 2.,  the  embarrassment 
thrown  into  the  construction  by  making  5  uSii  the  subject  of 
iiei  and  not  of  μίλΧίί ; — 3.,  the  consideration  that  the  principal 
object  in  the  vision,  the  person  of  the  Saviour,  is  not  referred 


two  centuries,  or  so  long  as  the  B.  V.  has  existed,  have  very 
often  in  those  instances  preferred  to  employ  the  term  hades, 
or  some  periphiastic  substitute,  such  as  the  i7ivisible  world,  the 
invisible  state,  the  state  of  separation,  the  mansion  of  the  dead, 
that,  especially,  in  which  the  soul  exists,  while  the  body  is  in 
the  grave.  There  is  no  dispute  aboat  this  being  the  ordinary 
classical,  or  at  least  post-Homeric,  usage  ;  and  that  it  was  also 
the  Jewish  idea  in  the  days  of  the  Apostles  is  plain  from  what 
Josephus  says  (Bell.  2.  8.  14.)  respecting  the  Sadducees : 
Ψνχηί  ti  ΐήν  Sia/to«Jv,  xai  fas  χαθ'  α,Βον  ■ίιμωρίας  xai  ίψα{ 
άναίροΰαι,  and  (Aiit.  6.  14.  2.)  of  Samuel's  soul  being  called 
£5  ciSoi),  as  well  as  from  his  formal  discourse  on  this  topic.  The 
patristic  views  may  be  seen  in  Pears.  Art.  5.  '  Neither  of  these 
terms'  (bisiu  and  ο.&ηξ),  says  Knapp  (Christ.  Theol.,  trans- 
lated by  '\7oods),  '  is  used  in  the  scriptures  to  signify  exactly 
the  grave,  still  less  the  place  of  the  damned ;  nor  are  they  used 
in  this  sense  by  any  of  the  fathers  in  the  first  three  centuries.' 
As  examples  even  of  a  later  date,  from  the  Latin  and  Greek 
churches,  may  be  cited  Ambrose :  '  "At^jjs  signifioat  locum  invi- 
sibilem  defunctis  praeparatum  ' ;  and  Andreas  :  "Aihr^i  &c  ίόχοζ 
'η/χίν  aftfijji,  riyovv  αψαντίζ  xai  ttyrwa-rOj,  ύ  tas  -^νχο,ζ  ημίάν  εντενθΕν 
ίχίημονβα{  δίχόμιΐ'ος.  Of  the  many  English  writers,  again, 
who  employ  hades  as  an  English  word,  for  which  we  have  now 
no  suitable  counterpart  of  Latin  or  Saxon  origin,  may  be  named 
Hamm.  (see  note  on  Matt.  11 :  2-3),  Lightf.  (who  defines  it: 
the  place  and  state  of  all  souls  departed),  Jer.  Taylor  ('  The 
word  li^aSov'  in  the  Creed  '.signifies  indefinitely  the  state  of 
separation,  whether  blessed  or  accursed  ;  it  means  only  the  in- 
visible place.'),  Howe  (see  Discourse  on  our  text.  '  Hades  .  .  . 
the  unseen  world  .  .  .  we,  with  a  debasing  limitation,  and,  as  I 
doubt  not  will  appear,  very  unreasonably,  do  render  hell.'), 
D.aub.,  "Whist,  (in  his  translation  of  .Josephus),  "Wesl.,  Campb., 
Till..  Bloomf.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Kell.,  Barn.  Very  many  others, 
who  do  not  retain  the  word,  understand  it  here  in  the  same 
sense ;  as  Fr.  S.  (da  lieu  invisible)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par., 
Vitr.,  (inferorum  ;-for  the  Vulg.  inferni),  Castal.,  Eichh.,  Ileinr., 
Ew..  (orci),  Grot.,  Ros.,  (status  post  mortem.  See  also  Grot.'s 
note  on  Luke  10 :  23.),  Beng.  (does  not  change  Luth.'s  Uolle, 


but  explains  '  the  mild  [glimpfliche]  Greek  word,'  for  which  it 
stands,  as  denoting  'generally  the  state  of  the  dead,  as  to  the 
soul,  whether  they  have  gone  thither  in  peace  or  under  wrath.'), 
Lowm.  (separate  stale  of  departed  soids),  Dodd.  (the  unseen 
world),  Thom.  (the  mansion  of  the  dead),  Scott,  Mey.  (Schat- 
tenreich),  Stolz,  Gerl.,  (Todtenreich),  Kist.  ( Unterreich), 
De  W.  (  Unterwelt),  &c. ;  while  it  is  rendered  the  grave,  das 
Grab,  in  the  English  Ann.  (as  one  meaning),  Moldenh.,  Wakef., 
Newc.  (whose  marginal  note  is:  '  Gr.  Hades,  q.  d.  the  invisible 
state.'),  Clarke,  Jones,  Penn,  Lord,  &c.,-Pas.  (orcus,sepulcrum, 
Satanas),  Leigh  (see  his  statement),  Suic.  (locus  inferorum, 
inferi,  sepulcrum,  orcus),  Schleus.  (here  and  ch.  20 :  13,  14 : 
'  orcus,  die  Unterwelt,  das  Schattcnreich,  das  Reich  der  Tod- 
ten.'),  Bretseh.  ('  orcus.  inferna,  i.  e.  locus  subterraneus,  tene- 
bricosus  et  tristis  in  infimis  locis  terrae  positus,  in  quern  ani- 
mae  post  mortem  omnes  descendere,  ibique  inclusae  teueri  puta- 
bantur,  quern  vere  seriores  Judaei  in  paradisum  et  gehennam 
[vid.  Luc.  16 :  23.]  diviserant.'  He  excepts  Rev.  G :  8,  there 
personifying  hades  into  dominus  inferorum.),  Wahl  (in  his 
general  statement,  and  on  Rev.  0 :  8,  agrees  with  Bretsch.,  but 
thinks  that  in  Matt.  11 :  23  the  word  means  ivfima,  and  in 
Matt.  16:  18  and  Luke  16:  23,  '  ex  metonym.  totius  pro  parte,' 
hell.),  Rob.  ('in  later  Gr.  writers  put  for  Pluto's  domain,  the 
infernal  regions,  Hades,  Orcus,  the  abode  of  the  dead.'  He 
explains  the  Jewish  usage  as  answering  to  this,  and  leaves  the 
reader  to  infer  that  the  same  general  sense  is  found  also  in  the 
Nejv  Testament,  though  in  that  connection  he  says  no  more 
than  that  '  in  N.  T.  α,&ηί  is  represented  as  a  dreary  prison  with 
gates  and  bars.'  He  personifies  Hades  in  1  Cor.  15:55;  Rev. 
6:  8;  20:  13,  14;  and  considers  it  'put  in  antithesis  with 
ό  oipawis  for  the  lowest  depths,  Matt.  11 :  23 ;  Luke  10 :  15. 
Once  meton.  the  abyss  of  Hades,  Gehenna,  Luke  10:  23.'), 
Schirl.  (im  X.  T.  das  Todlenreich,  der  Aufenthalt  der  Todten 
vor  dem  jiingsten  Gerichte,  Ofters  das  Bild  der  Vernichtung 

und  Zerstorung.'). The  reading  -toi  βανά-του  xoj,  tov  abov,  of 

A.  B.  C.  'a  24.  β  6.  y  8.  Compl.  Verss.,'  is  adopted  by  all  the 
recent  editors.  I  recommend  that  it  be  followed :  of  death  and 
of  hades.     The  first  is  the  door,  or  inlet,  to  the  second. 


8S 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

which  are,  and  the  things  which 
shall  be  hereafter; 

20  The  mysteiy  of  the  seven 
stars  which  thou  sawest  in  my 
right  hand,  and  the  seven  golden 
candlesticks.  The  seven  stars 
are  the  angels  of  the  seven 
churches  :  and  the  seven  candle- 
sticks which  thou  sawest  are  the 
seven  churches. 


CHAP.  II. 

Unto  the  angel  of  the  church 
of  Ephesus  write  :  These  things 
saith  he  that  holdeth  the  seven 
stars  in  his  right  hand,  who  walk- 


GREEK    TEXT.  I 

elai,  Koi  a  /xe'AAet  γίνεσθαί  μβτα 
ταντα• 

20  το  μυστηρων  των  ίτττα 
άστίρων  ών  etSe?  eVt  τψ  Septus 
μου,  KOL  τα9  ίπτα  λνχρίαί  τας 
χρυσίχί.  οΐ  ίπτα  άστερε?,  άγγβλοί 
των  ΐτττα  Εκκλησιών  elar  και  αι 
βΤΓτα  λνχνίαι  ά?  etSey,  ετττα  e/c- 
κλησίαί  βίσι. 

CHAP.    II. 

ΤΏ  άγγβλω  τψ  'Έφβσίν7]9 
ίκκλησίαί  γράψον,  TaSe  Aeyet  ό 
κρατών  TOVS  ε'τττά  aaTepas  Jv  r^  Ltars  in  his  right  hand,  ''he  that 


REVISED    VERSION. 

which  are,  and  the  things  which 
shall  "Όοπιβ  to  pass  <^after  these ; 

20  The  mystery  of  the  seven 
stars  ■'wliicli  thou  sawest  ''on  my 
right  liand,  and  "those  seven 
golden  Hamp-stands.  The  seven 
stars  are  the  angels  of  tlie  seven 
churches  ;  and  ^the  seven  "lamp- 
stands  which  thou  sawest  are 
■"seven  churches. 


CHAP.  II. 


Unto  the  angel  of  the  =Ephe• 
sian  church  write  :  These  thing; 
saith  he  that  holdeth  the  seven 


»  See  2  Pet.  1 :  20,  N.  w,  and  comp.  E.  V.,  ch.  1 :  1.    W.,  R., 

(be  done).  T.,  C,  (be  falflled),  G.  (come) ;— Vulg.  (fieri), 
Germ,  verss.  (geschehm),  Dt.  (geschieden),  French  verss.  (ar- 
river)  ;-Erasm.,  Xat,  Cocc,  Hoog.  ad  Vig.,  (use  fieri),  Ilamm. 
(as  G.),  Vitr.  (eventura),  Guyse,  EII.  (happen),  Stu.,  Kenr.. 
(take  place),  Treg. 

'  E.  v.,  Luke  5  :  27  ;  10  :  1  ;  &c.  ;-W.  (after  these  things), 
R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  except  Castal.  and  Vitr.,  (post  ha-ec),  Syr., 
Dt.  (na  dezen),  Fr.  S.  (apres  celles-ci)  ;-Hanim.,  Wells,  Ell., 
Kell.,  (after  tliem)  ,  Wesl.  (at  ch.  9 :  12 :  as  fV.),  MoUlenh., 
Herd.,  Mey.,  Stolz,  Goss.,  De  W.,  (tiach  diesem),  Woodh., 
Lord,  Barn,  (as  iV.). 

■^  For  Cjy,  Bang.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  read  ovi  ('  A.  C.  8. 12. 

46.  80**.  88.  Er.') John's  ϊρ  ty  8f|iot  avtov  at  v.  10  suggests 

the  idea  of  in  his  power,  at  his  absolute  disposal,  or  in  the 
shadow  of  his  hand  (Is.  51 :  16)  ;  whereas  the  Saviour's  own 
t!ti  f^s  δίξια;  μον  (for  which  Lachin.  alone  substitutes  iv  ty 
όίξια  ^ov)  =  resting  on  me,  upheld  by  me.  In  ch.  2:  1  ip  fj 
biiid  recurs  as  more  suitable  to  the  xparui»,  and  the  authorita- 
tive message.  It.  (sopr-a),  Fr.  S.  (snr)  ;-C'occ.  (super),  Clarke, 
Stu.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Barn.,  (upon),  Sharpe  (at),  Hengst. 
(auf)  ;-Wahl  (at/f),  Rob.  ('  on  or  ire  the  hollow  of  &c.).  See 
ch.  2 :  17,  N.  u  ;  5  :  1,  N.  a ;  &c. 

'  See  V.  5,  N.  r,  &c.     Brightm.  (in  the  last  clause),  Vitr. 
(ilia),  "Wakef.  (these  ;-having  rendered  ίΙΒις,  seest.). 


'  See  V.  12,  N.  c,  &c. 

^  Instead  of  at  inta  ■Κνχνίαί,  '  A.  B.  0.  α  9.  β  4.  γ  6.'  read  αί 
ΧνχνΙαί  αΐ  srtia;  and  the  words  aj  tlbti  are  wanting  in  Ά.  B.  C. 
α  21.  β  5.  7  6.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.'  I  re- 
commend that  these  changes,  ailopted  by  all  the  recent  editors, 
be  followed  in  the  version,  thus  :  those  seven  lamp-stands.  For 
those  see  N.  e,  &c. 

'"  W.  ;-Germ.  ;-Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Words., 
Kell.,  Uengst.  In  like  manner  W.  ;-Germ.  ;-Beng.,  Wesl.,  Stu., 
Words.,  Ilengst.,  employ  no  article  in  rendering  ayyrtot  of  the 
preceding  clause,  while  Newc.  marks  the  article  in  both  cases 
as  supplied,  and  Herd,  and  Lord  orait  it  only  in  the  former. 
But,  as  '  the  article  can  be  omitted  before  a  specifying  genitive ' 
(De  W.),  so  whatever  we  understand  by  the  ayyiXoi,  the  super- 
scriptions of  the  epistles  show  that  there  was  but  one  to  each 
church. 

»  Nearly  all  the  Latin  verss.,  that  follow  this  reading,  render 
it  Ephesinae.  But  ii»  Έφΐοφ  is  sustained  by  A.  B.  C.  '  α  20. 
β  7.  y  9.  Vulg.  (Syr.  Arr.)  ίχχτ..  Έ^ία<^  Compl.,'  and  adopted 
by  all  the  recent  editors.  I  recommend  that  it  be  followed : 
church  in  Ephesus. 

''  E.  v.,  ch.  3:  7;-Latin  and  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.) 
give  the  second  ό  as  they  do  the  first  ;-Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Thora., 
Penn,  Stu..  Lord,  Kenr.,  (he  who  .  .  .  who),  Wesl.,  Newc, 
(that). 


to,  except  incidentally,  in  the  explanatory  v.  20  ; — 4.,  nor  were 
the  other  '  things  that  .John  had  seen — seven  lamp-stands,  and 
seven  stars  in  the  hand  of  the  Saviour — designed  to  represent 
the  condition  of  the  seven  churches  .  .  .  things  then  actually 
exi.sting  in  the  seven  churches  '  (Barn.),  but  the  churches  them- 
selves with  their  angels  ; — and,  5.,  the  fact  that  the  two  chap- 
ters (2.  3.),  intervening  between  the  description  of  what  had 
been  seen  (vv.  12-10)  and  the  symbolic  future  (eh.  4.  to  the 
end),   are  occupied  with  things  present.    Aret.,   accordingly, 


I  whom  De  W.  cites  as  in  favour  of  his  view,  hesitates  between 

it  ('  et  quae  sunt.  h.  e.  typos  visionis,  et  interpretationem  prae- 

!  cipuarum  partium.')  and  the  more  common  reference  ("vel,  quae 

I  sunt  scilicet  ad  candelabra,  h.  e.  Ecclesias,  scribenda.')     De  W. 

himself  feels  the  difBculty,  but  does  not  solve  it  by  saying,  that 

under  α  ilSii  xai  a  nat  are  included,  not  only  ch.  1 :  12-20,  but, 

'  in  some  measjre  as  the  sequel   thereof,'  the  two  subsequent 

[  chapters  also.     It  is  better  to  regard  the  latter  half  of  v.  20  as 

I  merely  the  necessary  link  between  the  α  εϊ&ε;  and  the  ά  ciai. 


REVELATION. 


89 


KIXG    JAMES     VERSIOJi. 

etli  in  the  midst  of  the  seven 
golden  candlesticks  ; 

2  I  know  thy  works,  and  thy 
labour,  and  thy  patience,  and 
how  thou  canst  not  bear  them 
which  are  evil ;  and  thou  hast 
tried  them  which  say  they  are 
apostles,  and  are  not ;  and  hast 
found  them  liars : 

3  And  hast  borne,  and  hast 
patience,  and  for  my  name's 
sake  hast  laboured,  and  hast  not 
fainted. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

δΐζιά  αύτον,  ό  πβριττατων  eV  μίσω 
των  €7Γτα  λυχ^νιών  των  γ^ρυσων 

2  018α  τα  epya  σον,  και  τον 
κοτΓον  σον,  και  την  νττομονην  σον, 
και  Ότί  ού  δννΎ]  βαστασαι  κακούς, 
καΐ  €7Γ€ΐρασω  τονί  φασκοντας 
eivai  άττοστολονί  καΐ  ονκ  ίΐσΐ, 
καΐ  €vpe9  avTovs  ψβνδίΐί, 

3  καΐ  ββαστασαί  καΙ  νττομονην 
e^fiS",  κα).  δια  το  όνομα  μον  κ€κο- 
ΤΓίακας  καΐ  ον  κ€κμηκαί. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

walketh   in  the   midst   of  "=the 
seven  golden  ''lamp-stands : 

2  I  know  thy  works,  and  thy 
''toil,  and  thy  patience,  and  «'that 
thou  canst  not  bear  '^evil  men, 
and  s  hast  tried  '"those  'who  Jpre- 
tend  to  be  apostles,  and  JJthey 
are  not,  and  hast  found  them 
liars, 

3  And  hast  borne,  and  hast 
patience,  and  for  my  name's  sake 
hast  ''toiled,  and  hast  not  'been 
wearied  out."" 


'  See  1  John  2 :  7,  N.  o,  &c. ;  and,  for  lamp-stands,  ch.  1 :  12, 
N.  c,  &c. 

^  For  xortos  E.  V.  has  weariness  at  2  Cor.  11:  27 ;  for  χοΛον;  or 
-ov  Λαρεχειν,  always  to  trouble  j-W.  {travail) ;  Syr.  (=  Greenf. 
bas),  It.  (/aiica)  ;-Pisc.,  ('laborem  cum  sensu  molestiae  con- 
junctum'),  Brightm.  ('wearying  or  toilsome  labour'),  Par. 
(■  sudore  et  molestii.s  plenum  '),  Herd.,  Mey.,  Goss.,  Van  Ess 
All.,  Kist.,  De  W.,  (Miilte --for  Luth.'s  Arbeit),  Eichh.  ([Novi, 
quid  praestiteris].  quibus  sub  molestiis),  Ew.  (laborem  defa- 
iig-aJiiei»),  Ros.  ('laborum,  et  quidem  gravium '),  Stu.,  Kell., 
Murd.,  Barn,  (trouble)  ;-Pas.  (labor  molesms),  Pass.  (Anstreng- 
ung,  schwere  Arbeit),  and  the  other  lexicons. 

"  W.,  R. ;- foreign  verss.;- Brightm.,  Daub,  and  the  later 
English  (except  Words.). 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (malos),  Syr.,  German  verss.  (die 
Busen  ;-De  W.  and  Ilengst.  omit  the  article.),  Dt.  (de  kwaden), 
It.  (i  malvagi),  French  verss.  (les  mechants)  ;-Brightm.,  Wesl., 
AVakef.  ('the  wicked''),  Woodh.,  Clarke,  Sharpe,  Lord  (t/ie 
w.  ;-and  so  Murd.,  Kcnr.). 

^  E.  v.,  V.  3;-T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Germ.,  It.;-Daub.,  Beng., 
Moldenb..  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Stu.,  Hengst.  The  comma 
also,  which  in  the  original  edition  of  E.  V.  stood  at  the  end  of 
the  preceding  clause,  is  more  favourable  to  this  rapid  enumera- 
tion of  particulars  than  the  semicolon,  or  colon  (Amer.  Bible 

Soc.'s  late  revision),  of  subsequent  editions. For  irtufdau, 

says  Bloomf.,  trtf (.'paiaj  has  been  '  adopted  by  the  recent  editors 
on  the  strongest  authority  of  MSS.'  ('  A.  B.  C.  α  26.  β  6.  y  8. 
Compl.'). 

>>  See  2  Pet.  1 :  1,  N.  b.  Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc, 
Penn,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  In  the  other  three  instances  of  the  occurrence  of  ^a<sxa, 
Acts  24 :  9  ;  25  :  19  ;  Rom.  1 :  22  (in  E.  V.,  saying,  affirmed, 
professing),  it  is  not  'i.  q.  ^ημί^  (Rob.),  but  suggests,  as  often  in 
classical  Greek,  the  additional  notion  of  an  ostentatious  emphasis, 
or  else  of  alleging  what  is  untrue. — Dt.  (uitgeven)  ;-Castal. 
(profitentur),  Bez.  (dictitant),  Thorn.  ;-Pas.  (here  dictito,  jac• 


Mey., 


27;- 


iito,  glorior),  Suic.  (aio,  dictito,  jacto  me).     That  the  word 

often  carries  this  force,  most  lexicons  allow. But  for  φάσχ. 

ιΐιαί  art.,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Theile.  read  xiyovta;  ίαν- 
roii  art.  (Ά.  B.  C.  18.  25.  Slav.'),  to  which  Beng.,  Matth., 
Grie.sb.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  add  ιΐναι  ('α  24. 
β  8.  y  7.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.').  I  recommend 
that  this  last  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  say  that  they 
are.  The  word  that  is  inserted  after  say  by  W.  ;-Daub.,  Xewc, 
Penn,  Stu.  at  ch.  3  :  9,  Treg.  at  v.  9  and  ch.  3  :  9.  Kenr.     " 

ii  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  y,  &c.     Dt.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Moldcnh., 
De  W.,  Murd  and  Kenr.  at  v.  9. 

k  See  V.  2,  N.  d.  E.  V.,  Matt.  G :  28 ;  Luke  5:5;  12  : 
It.  (falicato),  Brightm.  (been  oppressed  icith  trouble),  Ilamm. 
('  undergone  hard  labour,  or  toiled'),  Greenf.  (nlsas).  But 
see  N.  m. 

I  E.  v.,  Heb.  12:  3  (wearied),  James  5:  15  (sick)  ;-Germ. 
(miide  geworden).  Dt.  moede  geworden).  It.  (stancato),  Fr. 
G.,-M.,-S.,  (Ces  lasse)  ;-Castal.  (indefesstis),  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  Wolf.,  (defatigatus),  Engl.  Ann.  (weary),  Barn.  ('  be- 
come exhausted  or  wearied  out.'  In  citing  Stu.,  he  fails  to  no- 
tice that  the  latter  followed  another  reading.)     See  N.  m. 

"■  This  verse  is  read  thus :  xal  ν7<ομορψ  εχα,ί  xai  ίβύα^αβα; 
δίά  -To  ovo^ct  μον,  χαί  ον  χεχοτΐίαχαζ.,  in  all  the  recent  editions, 
except  that  Slatth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Tisch.,  have  ovx  ίχοΛίααα{.  and 
Lachm.  has  χίχοΛίαχις.  (Mill  also  thinks  it  certain  that  the 
oil  χίχμτ^χα;  was  introduced  from  a  marginal  gloss ;  Prol.  §  1109.) 
The  evidence  stands  thus : 

For  νπομ.  ϊχ.  χ.  ίβάατ;.,  '  Α.  Β.  C.  α  17.  β  5.  y  7.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Aeth.  Arm.  Slav.  MS.' 

For  the  omission  of  χω  before  «to,  '  17.  18.  25.  26.  27.  49.  88. 
Compl.     Arm.' 

For  the  insertion  of  χαί  ον  (or  ovx)  after  μον, '  A.  (B.)  0. 
α  23.  β  8.  y  9.  Compl.     Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  MSS.' 

For  χιχοτίίαχαί  or  -χες,  Ά.  C.  16.  37.  38.  69.' : — for  ixortia- 
(sas,  '  B.  α  23.  β  8.  γ  9.  CompL' : — for  one  or  the  other,  '  Vulg. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' 

I  recommend  that  the  above  reading  be  adopted,  and  trans- 
lated thus :  And  hast  patience,  and  hast  borne  for  my  name's 

12 


90 


EEVELATION. 


KING    JAMBS      VERSION. 

4  Nevertheless,  I  have  some- 
what against  thee,  because  thou 
hast  left  thy  first  love. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

4  '^λλ'  εχω  κατά  σου,  on 
την  άγάπην  σου  τηι>  ττρωτην 
άώηκα^. 

5  μνημονβυί  ουν  TTooev  e/cTrcTT- 


5    Remember  therefore   from 
wlience  thou  art  fallen,  and  re-  ^^/cay,    km   μβτανοησορ,    και   τα 
pent,  and   do   the   first  works;         -        >r         / =    ^\ 


or  else  I  will  come  unto  thee,':/''»™  fP^"  ^'^'^T'^^"  ?  ''  /'''' 
quickly,  and  will  remove  thy  [ερχοΜαί  σοί  ταχυ,^  και  κινήσω 
candlestick  out  of  his  place,  ex-  την   Χυγιήαν   σου    ί/c   του   τόπου 

αυτψ,  iav  μη  μ^τανοηστβΫ. 

6  '^λλά  τοΰτο  εχεί?,  otl  μισβΐς 
τα  ί'ργα  των  Νικολάίτων,  α  κάγω 
μισώ. 

7  Ό  βχων  ούί  άκουσατω  τι 
το  Πνεύμα  Xeyei  τοις  ΙκκΧησ'ιαίί• 


cept  thou  repent 

G  But  this  thou  hast,  that  thou 
hatest  the  deeds  of  the  Nicolai- 
tanes,  which  I  also  hate. 


7  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches ;  To  him  that 

-  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.,-Brightra.,  Wesl.,  Wakei'.,  Woodh., 
I'hoiii..  Clarke,  Shai-pe,  Lord,  Murd.  {yel),  Kenr. 

■'  The  object  is  not  anj'tliing  to  be  supplied,  but  the  clause.  Oti 
xfK. — Vulg.,  German  verss.,  TJt.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.,  Vat..  Brightm., 
Hamm.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Wesl,  Woodli.,  Clarke,  Kenr.  Sev- 
eral supply  this  ;  Lord,  \t.     Pagn.  introduced  allqidd. 

ρ  All  the  verss.  referred  to  in  N.  o,  and  others  ;-Rob.,  &.C. 

1  The  word  ajarttjv  here  denotes  not  the  object  of  love, 
but  the  emotion  itself.  See  Matt.  24 :  12. — Aret.  ('  άφίΐ]μ.ί  idem 
est,  quod  remitto,  indulgeo,  laxo.'),  Engl.  Ann.  (hast  abated 
somewhat  &c.),  Grot,  (multum  remisisti),  Hamm.  (j-emitled), 
Daub.  ('  not  quite  forsaken,  but  remitted  and  moderated  &c.'). 
B.  and  L.  {cles  relache  de),  Dodd.  ('  Inst  the  zeal  and  fervour  of), 
Wakef.,  Bloomf.  (-lit.  let  go  [parted  wilhj),  Barn,  ('remitted, 
or  let  down')  ;-Leigh  (ίο  abate  of  the  fervency  of  &c.),  Wahl 
(■ich  lasse  iiach,  viiniis  iutendo  [ut  chordam,  habenas]').  Green 
(to  relax•,  suffer  to  become  less  intense). 

■■  See  1  John  2  :  7,  N.  o,  &c.  The  commending  grace  of  the 
Saviour  shines  (as  again  in  v.  6)  even  in  His  rebuke.  '  That 
signal  and  by  me  well  remembered  first  love  of  thine';  which  is 
thus  also  brought  into  sharper  contrast  with  the  declension 
that  followed.  Comp.  v.  19,  N.  c. — Grot.,  Ros.,  (■  illam  adeo 
ferventem'),  Bierm.  (litam  illam primam). 

•  This  yVom  might  stand  for  the  tx  in  composition,  which 
Bloomf.,  however,  brackets  as  '  most  probably,  or  certainly,  an 
interpolation.'  Matlh.  says  that  it  comes  from  Andreas.  The 
other  reading,  nintuxai  (A.  B.  C.  'a  21.  β  6.  y  6.'),  is  marked 
by  Beng.  as  '  inprimis  consideratu  dignam,  aequalem  lectioni 


REVISED    VERSION. 

4  "But  I  have  °  against  thee, 
I'that  thou  hast  «let  go  'thy  first 

love. 

5  Remember  therefore  ^frorn 
whence  thou  'hast  I'alleu,  and 
repent,  and  do  the  first  works ; 
"but  if  not,  I  "  come  luito  thee 
"quickly,  and  will  remove  thy 
"^lamp-stand  out  of  '"its  place, 
''unless  thou  repent. 

6  But  this  thou  hast,  that 
thou  hatest  the  ^works  of  the 
^Nicolaitans,  which  I  also  hate. 

7  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
hira  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  tlie  churches :  To  him  that 


textus ;'  is  said  by  Bloomf.  to  rest '  on  very  strong  external 
authoiity,  confirmed  by  internal  evidence  ;'  and  is  adopted  by 
all  the  other  recent  editors.  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance 
with  this  reading,  tlie  word  from  be  omitted.  Brightm.,  Dodd. 
and  Thorn,  (from  what),  Wakef.,  Newc,  A\Oodh.,  Clarke, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Loid,  Treg.,  JNIurd..  Kenr. 

t  AV.  ;-Brightm.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Stu..  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

"  See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r  and  E.  Ύ.,  John  14 :  2  ;-R.  ;-Vulg. 
(sin  autem),  Syr.,  German  verss.  (wo  [aber^  nicht),  Dt.  (en  zoo 
7iiet),  It.  (se  non).  Fr.  S.  (si  nan)  ;-Erasm..  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez., 
Par.,  Vitr.,  Eichh.,  (sin  minus),  Brightm.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  (if 
not),  Cocc.  (sinvero),  Bierm.  (si  autem  non),  Stu.,  Lord.  Slurd. 
(or  if  not)  ;-Vig.  ('communiter  verti  debet,  sin  minus.''),  &c. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  4,  N.  o,  &c.  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc., 
Bierm.,  Vitr..  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef.  (am  coining  ;-and 
so  Woodh.,  Treg.),  Mey.,  Van  Ess.  Kist.,  Goss.,  Lord,  De  W., 

lienr.,  Dav. Mey..  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  cancel  the  ■ία.χύ  ('A.  C. 

Vulg.  [not  Harl.]  Copt.  Aeth.'). 

"  See  ch.  1  :  12,  N.  c,  itc. — For  its,  see  Hamm.  and  later 
verss.  (excei)t  Words.). 

»  R.  ;-Dodd.,  We.sl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Stu.  and  Kenr.  (at  v.  22),  Lord. 

y  See  2  .John  11,  N.  i.  E.  V.,  19  times  in  this  book,  out  of 
22  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Penn, 
Lord.  Barn.  Jlost  other  ver.ss.  use  the  same  word  as  in 
vv.  2,  5. 

'  The  name  is  so  spelled  in  the  original  edition  of  E.  V. ;-'!'., 
C,  G.  ;-niost  of  the  modern  verss.,  and  the  Amcr.  Bible  Soc.'s 
revi.sed  edition. 


sake,  and  hast  not  become  weary.  For  this  rendering  of  *f*ort.  |  ic.),  Berl.  Bib.  (ermattet),  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  De  W.,  Hengst., 
(ίχοΛ.)  in  this  reading,  I  refer  to  E.  V.,  John  4:  C  (being  \  (miide  [ge-']worden),  Woodh.  (been  w.  out),  Mey.,  Van  Ess, 
u-eaii'ec/) ;-Vulg.  defecisti),  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  H'^sb?  ;-for  which  (ermuden),  Sharpe  (art  weary),  Stu.  (art  w.  out),  Treg.  (hast 
Murd.  has  fainted ;  but  De  D.,  fatigatus  es.)  ;-Brightm.  (been  ]  been  w.)  ;-lexicons  generally. 


REVELATION. 


91 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

overcometh  will  I  give  to  eat 
of  the  tree  of  life,  which  is  in 
the  midst  of  the  paradise  of  Grod. 


8  And  unto  the  angel  of  tlie 
church  in  Smyrna,  write ;  These 
things  saith  the  first  and  the 
last,  which  was  dead,  and  is 
alive ; 

9  I  know  thy  works,  and  trib- 
ulation, and  povei-ty,  (but  thou 
art  rich,)  and  I  know  the  blas- 


GREEK    TEXT. 


Τω  νίκωντί  δώσω  αντω  φαγΐΐν 
e'/c  του  ζνλον  τηί  (,ωηί,  ο  Ιστιν 
Ιν    μίσω    τον    τταραδβίσου     του 

θ€θΰ. 

8  Και  τω  άγγίλω  τη?  βκκλη- 
σίας  Σμυρναίων  γράψον,  Ta8e 
Xiyei  6  -πρώτο?  καΙ  6  έσχατος,  by 
lyiviTO  νβκρος•  καΙ  βζησ€ν• 

9  Οίδα  σου  τα  βργα  καΐ  την 
θλΌ\ην  καΐ  την  πτω-χ^ίίαν  ττλον- 
σ-£0?  8e  el•    καΐ  την  βλασφημίαν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

overcometh,  "to  him  will  I  give 
to  eat  of  the  tree  of  life,  which 
is  in  "the  midst  of  the  paradise 
of  "  God. 

S  And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  ""of  the  Smyrneans  write  : 
These  things  saith  the  first  and 
the  last,  ''who  was  dead,  and 
•'lived : 

9  I  know  ''thy  works,  and  trib- 
ulation, and  poverty  ^  (but  thou 
art  licli),  and  s  the  ''railing  'of 


"  •  And  to  none  other.'  The  advantage,  in  point  of  distinct- 
ness and  emphasis  (Rob.),  of  thi.s  use  of  αΰτ•ό{,  is  sometimes 
preserved  by  E.  Ύ.  (v.  26;  ch.  1:  G;  JIatt.  12.  36;  &c.)  and 
sometimes,  as  here,  it  is  lost  (Matt.  25:  29,  itc).  John  15:  2 
is  an  example  of  both  methods.  In  the  present  instance  ανϊφ 
is  translated  apart  fiom,  and  after,  tcj,  vix.,  by  Syr.,  German  and 
French  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Cocc.,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Matth.,  WooOh. ;  and 
so  by  Stu.  at  v.  17. 

•  Instead  of  μΕίφ  ιοί  TtapaSct'ootJ.  the  readinsr  ϋ^  τϊαραδίίβφ 
('  Α.  Β.  C.  α  20.  β  6.  y  6.  ΎηΧξ,.  Aeth.  Syr.  Slav.  MS.')  is  adopt- 
ed by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf,  who  yet  acknowl- 
edges that  the  authority  for  it  is  '  very  strong,'  and,  while  he 
marks  μίαι^  as  '  most  probably,  or  certainhj,  an  interpolation,' 
is  singular  in  connecting  it  with  ■ea  ;(αραδ{ΐ5αι — an  arrangement, 
in  favour  of  which  he  cites  no  evidence  except  what  he  calls, 
without  explaining  his  meaning,  the  'internal.'  I  recommend 
that  the  now  generally  received  text  be  followed  :  in  the  par- 
adise. 

>■  The  addition  of  μον  after  ©foi  ('  B.  α  26.  β  5.  y  7.  Compl. 
Yulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr  Erp.  Slav.  MS.')  is  edited  by  Beng., 
Matth.,  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  Words.,  Tisch.  I  recom- 
mend that  the  words,  of  my  God,  be  set  in  the  margin  as  the 
reading  of  many  copies.     Comp.  ch.  3 :  2,  N.  g. 

"  G.  {of  the  Smyrnians)  ;-the  Latin  verss.  that  followed  this 
reading  (Smyrnaeorum),  Brightm.  But  the  reading,  ίν  'ΣμΰρΐΎ; 
([Α.  h  Σμνρνηζ],  Β.  C.  '  α28.  β  7.  y  8.  Corapl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.'),  is  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors. 
I  recommend  that  it  be  followed  :  in  Smyrna. 

■5  See  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

"  The  Speaker,  in  asserting  the  fact,  intimates  also  the  spon- 
taneous power,  of  His  own  resurrection ;  Acts  2 :  24.  Comp. 
Rom.  14 :  9 ;  especially  according  to  the  reading  of  nearly  all 
the  recent  editors,  ατίίθανε  xai  ϊζηαιν.  Stu.:  'The  shade  of 
meaning  as  well  as  the  expression,  in  our  text,  assigns  both  the 
death  and  the  return  to  life  to  the  past  time.' — Germ,  {ist  le- 
bendig  geworden),  Dt.  {\weder\  levend  is  geworden),  It.  (e 
tomato  in  vita),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (est  retourne  en  vie),  Fr.  S.  (a  re- 
pris  la  vie)  ;-Vat.  (via^it  ;-addiug  the  note :  '  vel,  vitas  redditus 


est,  aut  revixit.'),  Castal.,  Cocc,  Grot.,  Bierm.,  (revixit).  Par. 
{rixit;~hwt  errs  in  supposing  it  to  express  a  life  in  death.). 
Daub.  {•ϊζτ,υίν  is  put  for  u.viζr,aίv■,^-ΆwΛ  so  Moklenh.,  Ros.), 
Bcng.,  Hengst.,  {as  Germ.),  Wakef.  {came  to  life  again).  Newc. 
{'lived  agam'),  Stu.  {revived),  Lord  {has  rev.),  Treg.  {hath 
lived).  See  ch.  13:  14  (E.  V.  and  N.  w);  20:  4;  John  11: 
25.  Comp.  the  frequent  use  of  η;π,  as  in  1  Kings  17  :  22 ;  Job 
14 :  14.  The  inquiry  of  .Job  in  this' place  (where  B.  Λ'',  supplies 
again)  was  answered  in  John  11  :  25,  and  the  answer  is  now 
confirmed  by  the  resurrection-life  of  the  Lord  himself. 

'  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg..  Tisch.,  cancel  the  words  ta  I'pya  xai 
('A.C.  19.47.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth  '),  and  for  τίΧούα.  δε  all  the  re- 
cent editors  substitute  άλλα  Tt-Koia.  (Ά.  B.  C.  α  28.  β  8.  y  9.  Compl.'). 

To  this  verse  the  Araer.  Bible  Soc.  has  applied  the  rule  of 

omitting  parentheses  not  inserted  by  the  Translators,  where 
'  they  only  mar  the  beauty  of  the  page,  without  adding  any  thing 
to  the  perspicuity,'  or  where  '  they  have  the  force  of  com- 
mentary ;'  the  former  consideration  being  that  which  probably 
governed  the  decision  in  this  instance.  But  the  exquisite  beauty 
of  the  gracious  unrfcrtone  is  thus  impaired,  if  not  destroyed. 
Nearly  all  editions  and  verss.  have  the  parenthesis.  The  Soc.'s 
insertion  of  a  semicolon  after  rich,  in  place  of  the  comma  of  the 
original  and  many  subsequent  editions,  serves  merely  to  favour 
the  superfluous  supplement  of  the  next  clause.  There  is  not 
even  a  comma  in  G.  ;-Pagn.,  Oastal.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Herd.,  Mey., 
Words.,  Hengst.  ;-or  in  the  Greek  text  of  Hahn,  Theile. 

^  The  verb  is  not  repeated  in  any  foreign  version,  nor  by 
Brightm.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  or  any  later  English  version 
(except  Penn,  Treg.). 

>■  Against,  not  God  (Wahl,  Rob.)  but,  the  angel ;  as  is  clear 
from  the  reference  and  design  of  the  whole  verse.  See  2  Pet. 
2  :  10,  N.  e.— E.  V.,  Ephes.  4:31;  1  Tim.  6:4;  Jude  9  ;-Pro- 
testant  German  verss.  {Lastenmg  ;-the  Vulg.  and  its  followers 
using  a  verb),  Dt.  {lastering),  Fr.  S.  {paroles  ofenscmtes)  ;- 
Hamm.  {co7itumely).  Grot.,  Ros.,  {maledicta  gravissima),  Cocc. 
'  est  calumnia  ilia,  &c.'),  Ramb.  {coiivitia,  quibrts  proscinderis), 
Wesl.  {reviling),  Eichh.  {maledicentiam  et  criminationes), 
Thom.  {slander).  Sharpe  {evil  speaking).  Stu.  (in  the  Comment. : 
'  defamatory  accusations'),  Lord  (fcdse  accusation),  Murd.,  Kenr. 


I 


93 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

phemy  of  them  which  say  they 
are  Jews,  and  are  not,  but  arc 
the  synagogue  of  Satan. 

10  Fear  none  of  those  things 
which  thou  slialt  sufler.  Behohl, 
the  devil  shall  cast  some  of  you 
into  prison,  tliat  ye  may  be  tried  ; 
and  ye  shall  have  tribulation 
ten  days.  Be  thou  faithful  unto 
death,  and  I  will  give  thee  a 
ciOwn  of  life. 

11  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches;  He  that  over- 
cometh,  shall  not  be  hurt  of  the 
second  death. 

12  And  to  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Pergamos  write ;  These 
things  saith  he  wdiicli  hath  the 
sharp  sword  with  two  edges ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 

των  Χΐγοντων  Ιουδαίους  eivai 
ίαυτονί,  καΐ  ουκ  elalu,  άλλα 
συναγωγή  του  Σατανά. 

10  ΛΙηδ^ν  φοβοΰ  α  μελλεί? 
ττάσγβίν.  Ιδου  /^ε'λλεί  βαλίΐν  (ξ 
υμών  Ό  διάβολος  ety  φυλακην,  Ίνα 
7Γ€ΐρασθητ€•  καΊ  e^ere  θλίψιν 
ημβρων  δβκα.  γίνου  πιστοί  άχρι 
θανάτου,  κα\  δώσω  σοι  τον  στ€- 
φανον  της  ζωής. 

11  Ό  βχων  ούς  άκουσατω  τι 
το  ΤΙνβΰμα  λΐ'γει  ταΐς  ίκκλησίαις 

Ο  νικών  ού  μη   άδικηθτ]    εκ   του 
θανάτου  του  δευτέρου. 

1 2  Ιναι  τω  άγγελω  της  εν 
Περγάμω  εκκλησίας  γραψον, 
Τάδε  λέγει  ό  έχων  την  ρομφαίαν 
την  δίστομον  την  οςεΐαν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

•ithose  J'who  say  Jthat  they  are 
.Jews,  and  Jthey  are  not,  but  "^ 
the  synagogue  of  Satan. 

10  Fear  'not  at  all  "the  things 
which  thou  slialt  sutler.  Behold, 
the  devil  shall  "cast  some  of  you 
into  prison,  that  ye  may  be  tried ; 
and  ye  shall  have  "a  tribulation 
°  of  ten  days.  "Be  iidthful  unto 
death,  and  I  will  give  thee  Pthe 
crown  of  life. 

11  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 

'  unto  the  churches :  He  that  over- 
cometh,  shall  inot  be  hurt  "iby  the 
second  death. 

12  And  ■'unto  the  angel  of 
the  church  in  Pergamos  write : 
These  things  saith  he  ^who  hath 
'the  "two-edged  sharp  sword : 


J  For  those,  see  v.  2,  N.  h,  &c. ; — for  ιοΛο,  see  2  Pet.  2 :  11, 
N.  f; — for  the  insertion  of  that,  see  v.  2,  N.  j  ; — for  the  inser- 
tion of  they,  see  v.  2,  N.  j  j. 

k  Syr.  ;-Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Bierin.,  Vilr.,  Beng.,  WesL, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Do  W.,  Words. 

1  For  μη&ίν,  Lachm.,  Trog.,  Words., Hengst.,  read  μή  ('  A.  Β.  C. 
8.  49.  Aeth.').  The  former,  if  retained,  is  to  be  construed  ad- 
verbially, as  often  both  in  classical  Greek  and  the  N.  Ϊ.  E.  V., 
the  older  verss..  and  some  others,  follow  the  7iihil  horum  of  the 
Vulg. — Fr.  S.  (we  . .  .nulkment)  ;-Wakef.,  Stu.  Castal.,  Cocc, 
Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Herd.,  Thorn.,  Mey., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  treat  ^ujjSfV  as  an  adv. 

"  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc,  Bierm..  Vitr..  {quae), 
Daub.,  Wakef.,  Thoin.,  Lord,  (what),  Beng.,  De  W.,  Hengst. 
(was),  Dodd,  Greonf.  (ΐώχ-ΓΧ),  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Trcg.,  Murd. 

■■  For  βα^ίϊν,  Sell.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  βctλλί^^ 
('A.  C.  ο  8.  β  2.  y  3.'). The  Greek  genitive  is  not  used  in- 
dependently to  express  duration.  Dt.,  It.  (has  no  article),  Fr. 
G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Er.ism.  and  subsequent  Latin  verss.  (change  die- 
bus  of  the  Vulg.  to  dierum).  More  (the  affliction  of),  Daub. 
(affliction  of).  Berl.  Bib.,  Wakef  (a  distress  of)  ;-Schleus., 

Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob. The  reading  ■ημίραζ  ('  Β.  α  17.  β  5.  y  5.') 

is  edited  by  Beng.,  Matth.,  Words. 


"  Though  no  change  is  here  required  in  the  translation  of  the 
imperative,  this  is  not  to  be  considered  an  exception  to  the  gen- 
eral use  of  yiVojuai  (.see  2  Pet.  1 :  20,  N.  w).  It  is  rather  one 
of  its  best  illustrations.  This  angel  had  been,  and  was,  faithful ; 
but  he  had  not  become,  or  sho2cn  himself  (Cocc.  praesta  te),  faith- 
ful unto  death.  See  ch.  3 :  2,  N.  c. For  the  omission  of  ihuu, 

see  T.,  C,  G.  ;-foreign  verss.;-Daub..  Wakef,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd., 
Kenr. 

ρ  Ε.  v.,  James  1  :  12  ;-G.,  R.;-foreign  vcr.ss.  ;-More,  Daub., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Till.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

1  For  oi  μr,.  see  ch.  3:  12,  N.  j;— for  bij,  see  2  Pet.  2:  19, 

N.  1. 

■■  E.  v.,  in  five  out  of  the  seven  superscriptions  ;-Treg.  W., 
R.,  Dodd.  and  the  later  verss.,  have  to  throughout.  In 
the  present  instance  of  minute  variation,  E.  V.  follows  T., 
C,  G. 

•  So  the  original  edition  of  E.  V. ;  and  see  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

'  See  1  John  2 :  7,  N.  o. 
acutum  ilium). 

"  For  the  order,  see  ch.  1 :  16,  N.  q. 


11,  N. 
Bez.,  Par.,  Vitr.,  (ilium  ancipitem, 


(art  slandered),  Barn,  ('reproaches;  harsh  and  bitter  revil- 
ings')  ;-SchOttg.,  Bretsch. 

'  The  reading  ix  των  λεγόιίων  ('  Α.  Β.  C.  α  21.  β  5.  γ  0. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  MSS.')  is  adopted  by  all  the  recent 
editors,  Bloomf.  excepted,  though  he  too  now  says  of  it,  that  it 
'  rests  on  very  strong  external  authority,  confirmed  by  internal 
evidence.    It  is  a  peculiarly  Hellenistic  idiom  for  ajto,  on  the 


part  of  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  and  that 
ex  be  rendered  as  by  Bloomf.  Let  it  also  be  observed,  that 
this  reading  favours  the  construction  of  r^r  βλα.ιφ.  with  οοί  (the 
railing-  against  thee ;  and  hence  the  periphrasis  of  the  Vulg.i 
blasphemaris  ab),  and  confirms  what  has  been  said  above  of 
the  propriety  of  the  parenthesis,  and  the  impropriety  of  the 
supplement. 


EEVELATION. 


93 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSION. 

13  I  know  thy  works,  and 
where  thou  dwellest,  even  where 
Satan's  seat  is :  and  thou  holdest 
fast  my  name,  and  hast  not  de- 
nied my  faith,  even  in  those  days 
wherein  Autipas  ivas  my  faithful 
martjT,  who  was  shiin  among 
you,  where  Satan  dwelleth. 


14  But  I  have  a  few  things 
against  tliee,  because  thou  hast 
there  them  that  hokl  the  doctrine 


GREEK    TEXT. 

13  Ο'ώα  τα  έργα  σου  και  ττοΰ 
κατοικβίί,  οττον  ό  θρόνος  του  Σα- 
τανά, και  κρατ€Ϊΐ  το  όνομα  μου, 
και  ουκ  ηρνησω  την  τηστιν  μου 
και  ev  Tois  ijpepais  ev  als  Λντιττας 
ό  μαρτυί  μου  ό  ττιστοί,  ο?  άπβκ- 
τανθη  Trap  ύμΐν,  οττου  κατοικεί  ό 
Σατανάί. 

14  ^λλ  €χω  κατά  σοΰ  ολίγα, 
OTL    6^€£$•    €κεί    κρατούνται    την 


REVISED    VERSION. 

13  I  know  "thy  works,  and 
where  thou  dwellest,  "  wliere  "Is 
"the  "throne  of  Satan ;  and  thou 
'"holdest  my  name,  and  ''didst  not 
deny  my  faith  even  in  >the  days 
Avhereiu  ^was  Antipas  "that  faith- 
fid  ''witness  of  mine,  who  was 
""killed  among  you,  where  Satan 
dwelleth. 


14  But  I  haA'e  ^  against  thee 
a  few  things  ;  'that  thou  hast 
there  %ome  that  hold  the  doc- 


^  Beng.,  Mey..  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  cancel  the  words  to.  ipyo 
501)  xai.  on  the  authority  of"  A.  C.  38.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Slav 

jNISS.'     Comp.  V.  9,  N.  f. For  the  omission  οι  even,  see  W.. 

R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Mey.).  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.. 
\a.t..  Castal..  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Yitr.,  AVcsl..  >Yakef..  Sharpe.  Lord. 
Kenr.  In  the  same  clause,  the  verb  is  introduced  as  above  by 
It.,  French  verss.  ;-Cocc.,  Titr..  Penn,  Kenr. :  and  the  Greek  or- 
der of  the  substantives  is  retained  by  W.,  R.;-Latin  verss.  (ex- 
cept Castal.).  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  :-Daub.,  Beiig..  Dodd. 
and  later  English  verss.  (except  Sharpe,  .Stu..  Words.).  Greenf.. 

All.,   De  W. For   throne,   comp.   John   12:  31;   14:  30; 

10:11;  Eph.  2 :  2 ;  6 :  12 ;  &c.  (■  High  on  a  throne  of  royal  state 
.  .  .  Satan  exalted  sat.'  Milton.  P.  L.  ii.  1,  5.)  E.  V.  54  times 
out  of  61  ;-G.  (the  other  verss.  of  this  class  follow  the  Vulg. 
serfes)  ;-Syr.  (=  Greenf.  nBb),  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Pagn.  and  later 
Latin  verss.  (Castal.  solium).  Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.  ("or. 
thr.').  Hamm.,  Daub,  and  later  English  verss.  (except  Word.-;.), 
B.  and  L..  Beng.  and  later  German  verss.  (except  Hengst.).  See 
ch.  4 :  4,  X.  m. 

"  E.  v.,  frequently  ;  see  especially  w.  1,  14,  15 ;  Mark  7 :  3, 
4,8;  Col.  2:  19;  2  Thess.  2:  15  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (use 
tenere;  except  that  Bez.  at  last  substituted  retinere).  German 
verss.,  except  Moldenh.  and  Mey.,  (haltst  [an]),  Dt.  (hoiidl);- 
Sharpe  and  Kenr.  (at  ch.  3  :  11),  Lord. 

*  W.  (deniedst)  ;-Wakef.,  Newc^.  Penn,  Lord  (wouldst  not 
deny),  De  W.  {rerleu^netest). 

?  The  demonstrative  is  not  in  Tulg.  Am..  German  and  French 
verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Aret.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Wesl..  Matth.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu,,  Lord,  Treg,  (marks  those  as  supplied). 
See  N.  z. 

'  The  omission  of  ψ  (Moldenh.  would  supply  ίμαρΐνρτ^βι  or 
oix  ^ρντ^αατα.  The  latter  supplement  is  suggested  also  by  Eichh.; 
whose  notion,  however,  about  the  ellipsis  betraying  intense  grief 
[srarissimi  doloris].  the  utterance  of  the  Speaker  being  inter- 
rupted by  a  deep-drawn  sigh  [suspi/iuni  e.v  imo  pectore  duc- 
tum}.  is  utterly  unsuitable  and  profane,),  the  form  ό  μάρΐνς  μου 
ο  Tiiatii,  and  the  main  purpose  of  the  address,  which  is  to  de- 
termine the  character,  not  of  Antipas,  but  of  the  angel,  favour 
the  construction  by  apposition,  q.  d.  •  in  the  days  of  Ant.. 
my  &c.'     And  such  is  the  construction  of  the  Vulg.,  Ant.  testis 


mens  fidelis  (as  explained  by  W.,  R.  ;-All.,  Kist.,  Kenr.),  and 
other  foreign  verss. ;-  Grot.,  Wakef..  Woodh.,  Treg.  Of  these 
verss.  a  few  follow  the  reading  adopted  by  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg., 
which  omits  the  words  h  olj,  on  the  authority  of  Ά,  C,  Vulg. 
M.S.  .4?»,  Harl.  Copt.;'  very  man}-  disregard  the  oj,  so  making 
'Air.  the  immediate  subject  οι αΛ(χτάι•θ-η ;  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Hengst., 
following  the  received  text,  supply  no  verb  to  'Avt. 

'■  The  Speaker,  as  it  were,  lingers  on  the  recolleciion.  See 
V.  4,  N.  r  and  1  John  2:  7.  N.  o,.&c. — T.,  C,  (af.w.  of  mine)  ;- 
Syr.  (following  the  reading,  ό  Λιατόί  μου.  of  Ά.  C.  14.  92.',  now 
preferred  by  Treg.,  =  De  D.  ille  testis  mens,  ille  fidelis  mens, 
though  compressed  by  Murd.  into,  myf.  U'.);-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par., 
{martyr  ille  meusfid.),  Castal.  {fidus  ille  t.meus),  Vitr.  (t.  ille 
mens  fid.) 

»  In  3  instances  (Acts  22 :  20  ;  Rev.  2:13;  17 :  C),  out  of 
34,  E.  V.  has  martyr;  Bez.  having  sought  to  justify  the  change 
oi  testis  (Vulg..  Erasra.,  Vat..  Castal.)  to  martyr  (Pagn..  Par.) 
on  the  ground  of  an  alleged  '  communis  usus,  ut  Martyres  pe- 
culiariter  dicantur,  qui  non  oris  modo  confessione,  sed  etiam  suo 
sanguine  Christi  doctrinam  sanciverunt,'  But  this  usage  belongs 
to  a  later  time  than  the  X.  T,,  where  it  may  be  doubted  whether 
in  a  single  case  μάρτνί  be  equivalent  to  Blutzeuge — the  eccle- 
siastical μά(ι-ίνφ.  Subsequent  Latin  verss.,  accordingly,  here 
restore  testis,  as  Wes!.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Bloomf,,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  do  the  witness  of 
W.,  T.,  C,  R.  Syr.  (as  in  Matt.  26 :  60),  German  verss.  (Zeuge), 
Dt.  (getuige).  It.  {testimonio),  Fr.  S.  (iimo»i);-B.  and  L.  (as 
Fr.  S.),  Greenf.  (is). 

'  E.  v.,  55  times  out  of  75,  and  in  this  book  11  times  out  of 
15  ;-Lord  (put  to  death),  Treg.     See  ch.  9  ;  15,  N.  m. 

^  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  W..  R.;-Latin  verss.,  Syr., 
Fr.  S.;-Woodh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  AIL,  De  W. 

'  See  V.  4,  N,  p.  Here  the  oti,  bracketed  by  Treg,,  is  can- 
celled by  Lachm,  and  Tisch.  ('  C.  Am.  Tol.  Harl*  Copt.  Syr.'). 

'  Not  rovj  xfatovvtai-  The  diffeience  is  variously  provided 
for,  in  W.  (inen  holding)  ;-Latin  and  German  verss.  (All.  Ei- 
nige),  Syr,,  Dt.,  It.  (di  quelli),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  {en  as  Ιά);~ 
Β.  and  L.  {des  gens),  Wakef.,  Xewc,  (such  as),  Bloomf.,  Stu., 
Words. 


94 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMBS      VERSION.• 

of  Balaam,  who  taught  Balak  to 
cast  a  stumbling-block  before  the 
children  of  Israel,  to  eat  things 
sacrificed  unto  idols,  and  to  com- 
mit fornication. 

15  So  hast  thou  also  them 
that  hold  the  doctrine  of  the 
Nicolaitanes,  which  thing  I  hate. 

16  Repent ;  or  else  I  will 
come  unto  thee  quicklj-,  and  will 
fight  against  them  with  tJie  swoi'd 
of  my  mouth. 

17  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches  :  To  him  that 
overcometli  will  I  give  to  eat 
of  the  liidden  manna,  and  will 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ΒιΒαγτην  Βαλααμ,  os  βδίδασκβν 
τω  Βαλακ  βαΧβΐν  ακαρδαΧον 
ίνωτΓίον  των  υιών  Ισραήλ,  φαγβίν 
ίΐδωλοθυτα  καΐ  τφρνίΰσαι. 

15  οΰτωί  ϊχ(ί5  και  συ  κρα- 
τοΰντας  την  δίδαχΐ]ν  των  Νικο- 
λαϊτών    Ό  μισώ. 

1G  Μετανοήσαν  el  δβ  μη, 
ίρ'χομαί  σοι  ταχύ,  και  ττολίμησω 
μ€Τ  αυτών  ev  τη  ρομφαία  του 
στοματοί  μου. 

17  C^  €•χων  ούζ  άκουσατω  τι 
το  Πνίΰμα  λβγει  ταΐί  ΙκκΧησιαις• 
Τω  νικώντι  δώσω  αύτω  φαγίΐν 
άτΓΟ  τοΰ  μάννα  του  κβκρυμμβνου. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

tiine  of  Balaam,  who  taught  ^for 
Balak  to  cast  a  stumbling-block 
before  the  children  of  Israel,  to 
eat  ""idol-sacrifices  and  '  commit 
fornication. 

15  So  J'thou  also  hast  'some 
that  hold  the  doctrine  of  'the 
'Nicolaitans,  ""which  thing  I  hate. 


16  Repent  °  ;  "Init  if  not,  I 
Pcome  unto  thee  quickh^  and 
will  fight  iwitli  them  with  the 
sword  of  my  mouth. 


17  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
hini  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches :  To  him  that 
overcometh,  ^to  him  will  I  give 
*to  eat  of  'tliat  hidden  manna. 


^  B.  V.  answers  to  the  reading  of  the  Received  Text;  as  usually 
given,  thv  Βαλ.,  for  wliich  tlie  reading  of  our  Text  has  been  sub- 
stituted by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Matth.,  on  the  authority 
of  Λ.  C.  II.'  Erasm.  and  Mill  had  h  τφ  Βαλ.  ('  18.  92**.'), 
in  the  matter  or  history  of  B.  (T.,  C:  in  B.).  Against  the 
common  understanding  of  t^  'Box.  as  a  Hebraism  (Heinr.,  De 
W.,  &c.)  for  t'ov  Βαλ.  it  m.ay  be  objected,  1.,  that  this  construc- 
tion is  exceptional  also  in  HiOiren-,  though  Deut.  33  :  10  and 
IIo.s.  10:  12  show  that  llcngst.  errs  in  calling  Job  21 :  22  the 
'only  exception'; — 2.,  that  it  is  without  example  elsewhere,  in 
the  Sept.  or  the  N.  Ϊ.;  John  himself  connecting  hihaaxa  with 
the  accusative  of  the  person  taught  in  v.  20  of  this  chapter, 
thrice  in  his  1st  epistle  (ch.  2:  27),  and  5  times  in  the  gospel ; — 
3.,  that  tlic  ;\Iosaic  narrative  does  not  intimate  that  this  counsel 
of  Balaam  was  addressed  personally  to  Balak,  but  imjilies.  as 
llcngst.  thinks,  the  contrary  ;  .see  Numb.  24  :  25  ;  31 :  16  ; — and. 
4.,  that  tlic  dalimis  commodi  is  of  peculiarly  frequent  occurrence 
in  the  original  story ;  see  Numb.  22  :  6 ;  &c.  Accordingly,  the 
■f9  Βαλ.  here  has  been  so  taken  by  Grot.  ('  docuit  Madianilas  in 
usum  ct  ad  precos  Balaci  regis.'),  Beng.  {dem  Bid.  zu  lieb). 
Moldeuh.  {dem  Bal.  zu  gnl),  Storr  (in  gratiam  BuL).  Van  Ess 
{zu  Gunsten  Bal.).  Ilengst.  {J'tir  den  B.).  Stu.  allows  that  this 
•  makes  a  good  sense,'  and  '  is  not  a  strained  exegesis.' Mod- 
ern verss.  generally,  and  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc,  have  restored 
the  0.  T.  form  of  the  name.     See  ch.  7 :  6,  N.  o. 

ii  German  verss.  {dcr  Gotzen  Opfer,  or  more  frequently, 
Golzenopjh•),  Dt.  (afg-odemffer)  --Βκτνα.  {idolothytd),  Wakef., 
Greenf.  (qi^-<!3s<  "^nzf),  Penn,  Lord  (offerings  to  idols),  Murd. 
(i/te  sacrifices  of  idols)  ;-Rob. 

'  R. ;- Wakef.,  Penn,  Lord. 

1  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c.  '  Thou,  as  well  as  the  Church  in 
Ephcsus' — like  Caesar's  tu  qiinque! — Of  English  verss.,  the 
above  order  is  found  in  Wesl.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Treg.,  AVords.  Lord, 
Murd.,  {also  thou  hast). 


k  See  V.  14,  N.  f. 

I  See  V.  6,  N.  z. The  ■tuv  is  cancelled  by  Mey.,  Lachm., 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C. 
'  α  13.  β  G.  γ  2.' 

'"  Instead  of  S  μιαΰ,  the  reading  ΰμοίως  (A.  B.  C.  'a  27.  β  7. 
γ  8.  Compl.  A^ilg.  C-pt.  Syr.  Slav.  MS.')  is  adopted  by  all 
the  recent  editors.  (For  Beng..  see  the  Gwmion  and  the  German 
vers. ; — though  in  both  he  connects  ίίμοίως  with  μιιανόηιιον  of 
V.  16 :  '  Similiter  resipicere . . .  ut  Ephesius.'  But  this  assumes 
that  the  one  angel  should  be  aware  of  what  had  been  written 
to  the  other.)  I  recommend  that  it  be  followed,  and  trans- 
lated :  in  like  manner. 

"  After  μιΐαν.  all  the  recent  editors  add  oh•  (A.  B.  C.  -'a  23. 
3  5.  y  8.  Aeth.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.').  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  followed  :  therefore. 

0  See  V.  5,  N.  u,  &c. 
ρ  See  v.  5,  N.  v,  &c. 

1  The  μt■tά  here  answers  to  the  Hebrew  πϊ  in  a  similar  con- 
nection, and  implies  reciprocal  action,  as  in  v.  22  ;  &c.  '  They 
will  then  have  to  contend  with  me,  and  not  merely  with  my 
truth  and  my  servants.' — W.;-Latin  and  German  verss..  Syr., 
It.  ;-Brightm.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Trc-g.,  Kenr.  ;-ΑΓ1η.,  Wahl,  Rob., 
Schirl. 

■■  See  V.  7,  N.  zz. 

'  The  words  ψαγΰρ  αχό  are  by  all  the  recent  editors  rejected 
on  the  authority  of  Ά.  B.  C.  α  18.  β  4.  γ  4.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.' 
I  recommend  that  they  be  omitted,  and  that  the  version  stand : 
will  I  give  of. 

t  See  ch.  1 :  5,  N.  r,  Ac.  T.,  C,  G.,  (m.  'Λα<  «  hid)  ;-Syr. 
(=  De  D.  illn  absrondito).  Dt.  {het  M.,  dat  verborgen  is).  Fr.  G.,- 
M.,  (la  m.  qui  est  cachee)  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Vitr..  Wakcf  (the 
m.  that  is  laid  up),  Thorn,  (the  ?».  which  was  laid  up),  Greenf. 
(repeats  the  article),  Lord  (the  m.  which  is  hidden),  De  W. 
(voni  M.  dem  verborgenen). 


REVELATION. 


95 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

give  him  a  white  stone,  and  in 
the  stone  a  nevp  name  written, 
which  no  man  knoweth,  saving 
he  that  receivetli  it. 

IS  And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Thyatira  write  ;  These 
things  saith  the  Son  of  God, 
who  hath  his  eyes  like  unto  a 
flame  of  fire,  and  his  feet  are  like 
fine  brass ; 

19  I  know  thy  works,  and 
charity,  and  service,  and  faith, 
and  thy  patience,  and  thy  works ; 
and  the  last  to  be  more  than  the 
first : 

20  Notwithstanding,  I  have  a 
few  things  against  thee,  because 
thou  sufierest  that  woman  Jeze- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

και  δώσω  αύτω  ψηφον  λβνκην, 
και  €7Γί.  την  ψηψον  όνομα  καίνον 
γβγραμμίνον,  ο  ovSeli  'ί-γνω  ά  μη 
6  λαμβάνων. 

18  ΚΑΙ  τω  άγγίλω  τη^  ev 
θυατβίροίί  Ικκλησίαί  γραψον, 
TaSe  Ae'yei  ό  v'los  τον  θβον,  ό 
β'χων  Tovf  οφθαλμούς  αντοΰ  ώ? 
φλόγα  ττνροί,  καΐ  οί  ττοδε?  αντοΰ 
όμοιοι  ^αλκολιβανω• 

19  Ο'ώά  σον  τα  f-pya  και  την 
άγάττην  καΐ  την  διακονιαν,  και 
την  Ίτίστιν  καΐ  την  νττομονην  σον, 
και  τα  epya  σον,  και  τα  έσχατα 
πλείονα  των  ττρωτων. 

20  '^λλ'  εχω  κατά  σον  ολίγα, 
ότι   €0.9   την   γνναϊκα,   Ίβζαβηλ, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

and  will  give  him  a  white  stone, 
and  "upon  the  stone  a  new  name 
written,  which  no  "one  knoweth, 
"but  he  that  receiveth.'' 

IS  And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Thyatira  write  :  These 
things  saith  the  Son  of  God,  ^he 
that  hath  his  eyes  ^as  a  flame  of 
fire,  and  his  feet  are  like  "burn- 
ished brass : 

19  I  know  thy  works  and  ''love 
and  ''service  and  faith,  and  thy 
jiatience,  and  "^thy  works,  and 
the  last  ίυ  be  more  than  the 
first. 

20  ''But  I  have  "  against  thee 
''a  few  things  ;  '^that  thou  ^sufter- 
est  ""the  woman,  'Jezabel,  'who 


"  See  ch.  1 :  20,  N.  d,  &c.  and  7:  3,  N.  g.  Syr.  (=  Greenf. 
hs),  Dt.,  It.  (in  su),  French  verss.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Daub., 
Beng.  and  later  German  verss.,  Wesl.  (ore  ;-and  so  Newc,  Thom., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr.),  Wakef.,  "Woodli., 
Stu.,  Murd. 

'  See  1  John  4 :  12,   N.  y,  &c. Fur  ί'γνω,  all  the  recent 

editors  (except  Bloomf.)  substitute  ol&tv  ('  A.  B.  C.  α  28.  β  7.  y  7. 
Compl.'). 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  9 :  4,  &c.  ;-W.,  R. ;- Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd.  and 
Stu.  (except),  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.  (sare),  Murd.,  Kenr.  (unless). 

^  W.;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Greenf.,  Van  Ess  (der  Empfanger), 
De  W.  (der  Empfangeiide),  Kenr. 

3-  See  V.  1,  N.  b. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  1 :  14 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  j-foreign  verss.  (except 
Castal.)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Nowc,  Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Kenr. 

»  For  burn.,  see  ch.  1 :  15,  N.  m ;  and  for  love,  2  Pet.  1 :  7,  N.  a. 

'  The  reading,  xai  ■ίήν  mat.  xai  τψ  Siax.  (A  B.  C.  [except 
that  C.  omits  the  ίψ  before  Ttitst-]  'a  17.  β  7.  y  9.  Compl.  Λ'^ulg. 
MS.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.').  is  adopted  by 
all  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf.  I  recommend  that  it  be 
followed :  faith  and  service. 

'  The  reading,  τ•ά  ί'ργα  βον  ta  Ι-αχ.  (Α.  Β.  C.  'α  21.  β  7.  γ  7. 
Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.')  is  adopted 
by  all  the  recent  editors.  I  recommend  that  it  be  followed,  and 
translated :  thy  last  works.     Comp.  v.  4,  N.  r,  &c. 

^  See  V.  4,  N.  n.  The  Amer.  Bib.  Soc.  would  have  done  better 
to  retain  the  comma^  of  its  own  previous  editions  and  of  the 


original  edition,  after  notwithstanding,  as  it  has  done  in  Matt. 
11 :  11 ;  Luke  10 :  11,  20  (though  in  the  last  place  the  original 
edition  wants  it)  ;  Phil.  4  :  14.  The  same  punctuation  was  to 
be  preferred  also  in  1  Tim.  2 :  15 ;  2  Tim.  4 :  17. 

'  See  V.  14,  N.  d. 

f  All  the  recent  editors  reject  όλι'γα  on  the  authority  of 'A. 
B.  C.  α  27.  β  5.  y  8.  Compl.  Harl.  Tol.  &c.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'  1  recommend  the  omission,  and  that  the  text 
stand  thus  :  against  thee,  that.     For  that,  see  v.  4,  \.  p. 

^  All  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth. :  o^i'jjs)  give  offtj  for 
£«5,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  B.  C.  α  22.  β  6.  y  8.  Compl.'  The 
variation,  however,  requires  no  change  in  the  version.  Comp. 
E.  v.,  Matt.  3 :  15;  Mark  5 :  19 ;  &c. 

''  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  II.,  Fr.  G.  and  -M.  (mark 
cette  as  supplied),  Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Greenf,  Treg., 
De  W.  (who  latterly  approved  of  Treg.'s  rejection  of  the  read- 
ing yvicuxa  em,  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Beng., 
on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a  22.  β  5.  y  5.  Compl.  Syr.  Slav. 
MS.'),  Kenr. 

'  Ίίζάβιχ  (as  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf,  print  the 
word,  from  '  A.  B.  C.  α  17.  β  3.  y  6.  Er.  Compl.')  is  the  Sept. 
for  i>31"'X:  which  in  E.  V.  is  always  Jezebel.  The  latter  form 
is,  accordingly,  introduced  by  E.  Y.  in  this  the  only  place  where 
the  name  occurs  in  the  N.  T.,  instead  of  the  Sept.  and  Vulg. 
orthography,  adopted  by  the  previous  English  verss.  I  recom- 
mend that  the  example  of  E.  V.  be  followed.     See  ch.  7 :  6, 

N.  o. For  who,  see  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. The  reading  ^  λί- 

yovea  (Ά.  C)  is  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except 
Matth.  and  Words.,  who  prefer  ij  λίγα  ("  Β.  α  26.  β  C.  y  5.  Compl,'). 
Neither  change  would  ail'eit  the  version. 


96 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

bel,  wliich  calleth  herself  a  pro- 
phetess, to  teach  and  to  seduce 
my  servants  to  commit  fornica- 
tion, and  to  eat  tilings  sacrificed 
unto  idols. 

21  And  I  gave  her  space  to 
repent  of  her  fornication,  and 
she  repented  not. 

22  Behold,  I  will  cast  her  into 
a  bed,  and  them  tliat  commit 
adultery  with  her  into  great  trib- 
ulation, except  they  repent  of 
their  deeds. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

την  λΐγουσαν  βαντην  προφητιν, 
δίδασκβίν  και.  Ίτλανασθαι  e^ovs 
δούλους,  iropvedaaL  και  εϊδωλό- 
θυτα  φαγύν. 

21  Και  ίδωκα  αυττ)  γ^ρονον 
\να  μβτανοηστ]  e'/c  της  iropveias 
αύτης,  και  ου  μ€Τ€νο7]σ€ΐ'. 

22  ιδού  ϊγω  βάλλω  αύτην  ety 
κλινην,  και  τους  μοι^βυοντας  μίτ 
αυτής  (Ις  θλίψιν  μίγαλην,  lav 
μη  μίτανοησωσιν  e'/c  των  Κργων 
αυτών^ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

calleth  herself  a  prophetess,  Jto 
teach  and  J'deceive  my  servants 
to  commit  fornication  and  ''  eat 
'idol-sacrifices. 

21  And  I  gave  her  "time  "that 
she  might  repent  °of  lier  forni- 
cation, and  she  Prepented  not. 

22  Behold,  <!l  "■  cast  her  into 
a  bed,  and  'those  'who  commit 
adultery  with  her  into  great  trib- 
ulation, 'unless  they  repent  "of 
nheir  ^works ;" 


)  All  the  recent  editors  adopt  the  reading,  xai  hihaaxti  xai 
Λλα,νί}  tovf  (■  A.  B.  C.  α  27.  /3  8.  y  8.  Conipl.  Copt.  Aeth.  8.vr. 
An•.')  I  rccommrn'l  that  it  be  followed,  and  treated  as  similar 
cases  of  resolution  of  the  participial  construction  (see  ch.  1 :  0, 
N.  y,  &c.) :  and  she  teacheth  and  deceioeth.  The  subject  of 
hi&aexii,  is  thus  expressed  by  Beng.,  Sharpe.  Treg.,  Words., 
Ilengst.  For  deceiveih  (which  verb  is  employed  elsewhere 
[7  times]  in  this  book),  see  1  .John  2:  26,  N.  n;-W.,  T.,  0.,  G.;- 
Hamm.,  Trog. 

I"  See  V.  14,  N.  i.     Newc,  Penn,  Lord. 

1  See  V.  14,  N.  h. 

"  E.  V.  renders  ;^ρόΐΌ5,  space,  only  here  and  in  Acts  15  :  33  ;- 
W.  R.  (a  time)  ;-Brightm.,  Woodh.,  (as  R.),  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  .Jones,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu., 
Lord,  Murd.  (a  season),  Kenr.  ;-Rob. 

"  Such  was  tlie  gracious  purpose  for  which  time  was  allovred  ; 
Rom.  2 :  4. — The  telic  force  of  the  ίνα  is  brought  out  by  means 
of  a  conjunction  and  subjective  mood  in  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss. 
(except  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Greenf.j ;- Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord. 

"  Marginal  note :  '  Gr./rom.'  Repent  of,  it  is  true,  does  not 
adequately  express  μεΐανοϊίν  ίχ,  a  construclio  praegnans  found 
only,  but  repeatedly,  in  this  book,  and  similar  to  that  in  Acts 
8 :  22 ;  Ileb.  0:1.  I  prefer,  however,  the  marginal  expedient 
here  suggested  to  the  circumlocutory  repent  [and  turn^  from, 
(  Beng.  biissfertig  ablassen  von ;  De  "W.  sich  bessern  [und  ab- 
lassen]  von),  or  to  any  i)hrase,  as  Campb.'s  reform  (adopted  in 
this  place  by  Thom.  and  Lord,  reform  from.  Dt.  zich  bekeeren 
van ;  Castal.  recedere  ah ;  Herd,  iimkehren  von ;  Mey.,  Van  Ess, 
All.,  Goss.,  sich  bekehren  von),  that  sinks  the  ground-meaning 

of  the  Greek  verb  (change  of  mind,  Sinnesanderung). But 

the  reading,  which  omits  ix  τηί  Λορκίΐαί  aitrii  from  this  clause, 
is  sustained  by  '  A.  B.  C.  α  27.  β  8.  y  8.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.,'  and  adopted  by  all  the  recent 
editors,  except  Bloomf.,  who  acknowledges  that  '  the  strongest 
external  authority',  including  '  neaily  all  the  ancient  versions', 
is  'against  the  authenticity'  of  the  words  in  question  ;  but,  be- 
cause he  thinks  that '  internal  evidence  is  rather  in  their  favour, 


since  they  may  have  been  cancelled  for  the  pui-pose  of  removing 
a  tautology,'  he  is  satisfied  with  mai-king  them  ■  as  most  i^rob- 
ablij,  or  certainly,  an  interpolation.'  I  recnmmend  that  the 
change  of  reading  be  followed  in  the  version  :  repent,  and. 

ρ  I  recommend  that  the  reading,  ου  ίίλει  jufittKo^oat  ix  tiji 
nopi'tia;  avtiji,  sustained  (except  that  A.  has  ηθίληικν)  by  the 
authorities  cited  in  N.  o,  and  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors, 
be  followed,  and  translated  thus :  rcill  not  repent  of  her  forni- 
cation. So  oi  θΛίΐ  (Vulg.  7ion  ndt)  is  rendered  by  R.  and  all 
the  modern  English  verss.  that  follow  this  reading,  except  Lord 
(chooses  not),  Treg.  (icilleth  not),  Keur.  (is  not  willing).  JIurd. 
(is  Hut  disposed). For  repent  of,  see  N.  o. 

1  The  emphatic  ίγώ  (see  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c.),  which,  though 
not  without  significance  as  it  here  stands,  cannot  well  be  given 
in  English,  except  by  the  tone  in  pronunciation,  is  omitted  by 
all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  27.  /3  G. 
y  8.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Slav.  MSS.'  The  Sixtine 
Vulg.  has  ego. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  4,  N.  o,  &c.  The  Elzevir  text  of  1G24  has  βαλώ  ; 
but  βάλλω  (Vulg.  Am.,  mitto)  is  translated  as  a  present  by  W.;- 
Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.  {vais  la  reduire).  Fr.  M.  (with  a 
still  greater  feebleness  and  inaccuracy  of  periphrasis :  vais  la 
reduire  ά  garder),  Fr.  S.  ( jette)  ;-ETa.sm.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Cocc, 
Bierra.,  Grell.,  Vitr.,  Β  and  L.  (m'en  vais  la  red  ),  Herd., 
JMatth.,  Wakef.  (am  going  to  throw).  IVoodh.,  Thom.  (am, 
about  to  cast),  Mey.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  De 
W.,  Hengst.,  Dav. 

"  -For  those,  see  v.  2,  N.  h,  etc.  i — for  who,  see  ch.  1 :  5,' 
N.  V,  &c. 

'  See  V.  5,  N.  x. 

°  See  V.  21,  N.  o. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  adopt  the  reading,  ovr^ j  ('  B.  C.  α  27. 
(3  7.  y  G.  Compl.     Vulg.  MS.  .im.  Tol.  Harl.*  Aeth.  Syr.  MS. 

Erp.  Slav.  MS.').     I  recommend  that  it  be  followed :  her. 

For  iDorL•,  see  v.  6,  N.  y,  &c. 

"  The  continuity  of  the  threatening  ought  not  to  be  broken 
up,  as  in  E.  V.     Comp.  v.  27,  N.  w. 


REVELATION. 


97 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

23  And  I  will  kill  her  chil- 
dren with  death ;  and  all  the 
chui-ches  shall  know  that  I  am 
he  which  searcheth  the  reins 
and  hearts :  and  I  will  give  unto 
every  one  of  you  according  to 
your  works. 

24  But  unto  you  I  say,  and 
unto  the  rest  in  Thyatira,  As 
many  as  have  not  this  doctrine, 
and  which  have  not  known  the 
depths  of  Satan,  as  they  speak ; 
I  will  put  upon  you  none  other 
burden : 

2-5  But  that  which  ye  have 
alreadij,  hold  fast  till  I  come. 

26  And  he  that  overcometh. 


GKEEK    TEXT. 

23  /cat  τα  TiKva  αυτηί  αττοκ- 
τβνώ  iu  θανατω•  και  γνωσονται 
ττάσαι  αΐ  ξκκλησιαι  hri  βγω  ίίμι 
ό  (.ρζννών  νΐφρουί  και  καρδία^• 
καΐ  δώσω  ύρϊν  (καστω  κατά  τα 
βργα  υμών. 

24  Ύμΐν  5e  λίγω  καΐ  λοιττοΐί 
τοΐί  eV  θνατβίροίί,  όσοι  ουκ 
β'γονσί  την  διδαχΊ]ν  ταυτην,  κα). 
ο'ίτίνβς  ουκ  βγνωσαν  τα  βάθη  του 
Σατανά,  ώ?  λβγουσίν,  Ού  βαλώ 
βφ   ϋμας  αλλά  βάρος• 

25  ττλην  ο  e'xere  κρατησατ€, 
αχρίζ  ου  αν  ηςω. 

26  Kou  ο  νίκών    καΐ  ό  τηρών 


REVISED    VERSION. 

2-3  And  "her  children  I  will 
kill  ^with  death ;  and  all  the 
churches  shall  know  that  ^I  am 
he  ''who  searcheth  ="  reins  and 
hearts ;  and  I  will  give  unto 
you,  ^every  one,  according  to 
your  works. 

24  But  unto  you  I  say,  ""and 
unto  the  rest  in  Thyatira,  ''as 
many  as  have  not  this  doctrine, 
''and  ^who  have  not  known  the 
depths  of  Satan,  as  they  'say : 
I  ^will  ^cast  upon  you  ""no  other 
burden  : 

25  But,  'what  ye  have  •>  ,  "'hold 
till  I  come. 

26  And  he  that  overcometh. 


'  The  Greek  order  is  preserved  by  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except 
It.,  Fr.  G.,-M. -S.)  ;-Woodh..  Murd. 

y  Newc.'s  by  the  pestilence  and  Stn.'s  by  deadly  disease  not 
only  weaken,  but  unwarrantably  restrict,  the  Hebraism,  which 
rather  includes  whatever  is  deadly.     See  ch.  6 :  8,  N.  o. 

'  '  I,  whom  so  many  in  them  despise  and  dishonour.'  See 
ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c. For  who,  see  2  Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 

■  The  universality  of  the  prerogative  is  strengthened  by  the 
omission  of  the  article ;  g.  d.  '  even  hearts,  all  hearts.'  W.  ;- 
Syr.;-Beng.,  Herd.,  Thorn.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  All.,  Stier.  De  >V., 
Murd.  Yv'akef.  and  Newc.  use  the  article  before  each  noun  (as 
do  also  It..  French  verss.,  Stu.).  but  in  both  cases  as  a  supple- 
ment.  '  For  νμΰιν  ixaat<ji'  says  Bloomf. ;  and  so  most  others. 

But  the  one  dative  conveys  the  idea  of  a  general  retribution ;  the 
other  (forming  a  distributive  apposition  with  the  first),  that  of 
an  individual  application.  E.  V.,  ch.  20:  13;  &c.;-Syr.,  Dt., 
Fr.  S.  (at  the  same  time  employing  for  the  νμ^ν  following  a  pos- 
sessive pronoun  of  the  third  person  singular  =  airoi,  which  is 
read  in  '  B.  38.  Vulg.  ed.  \_Am.  vestra]')  ;-Castal.,  Greenf.,  De 
W.,  {as  Fr.  S.),  Aret,  Cocc,  Daub,  (you  every  man),  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Sharpe  (you  each).  Stu.  (to  you  .  .  .  to  each 
one);-Win.  (§  47.  1.  a.)  on  John  16:  32:  'ixaaroj  for  greater 
precision  is  put  after ;'  and  he  refers  also  to  Acts  2 :  6  ;  11 :  29 ; 
Rev.  20 :  13).     See  ch.  6:11,  N.  b. 

''  Instead  of  xai,  λοιΛοΓί-  all  the  recent  editors  adopt  the  read- 
ing, toli  λοιΛοΐ;  (A.  B.  C.  'a  22.  /3  7.  y  1.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS. 
Am.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.').  I  recommend  that  it  be  followed, 
and  translated  thus,  in  connection  with  the  second  toli :  unto 
the  rest  that  are.     E.  V.,  ch.  1 :  4,  11,  &c. 

'  This  being  not  the  commencement  of  what  was  to  be 
said,  but  a  further  determination  of  the  vfilv,  the  Amer.  Bible 


Soc.  has  properly  restored  the  small  letter  of  the  original 
edition. 

■'  This  xai  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  an- 
thority  of  '  A.  C.  α  26.  β  7.  y  8.  Compl.  \'ulg.  MS.  Am.  Harl. 
Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  and  be 
omitted. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (dicunt  or  aiunt),  Syr.  (uses 
the  same  verb  as  in  the  first  clause,  but,  according  to  the  text 
of  De  D.  and  Greenf.,  in  the  1  pcrs.  phir.  of  the  pret. ;  while 
that  of  P.  and  Lee  =  Murd.  they  say.),  German  verss.,  except 
Herd,  and  Mey.,  (use  sagen),  Dt.  {zeggen),  Fr.  S.  (disent)  ;- 
Brightm.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Words.,  Kenr..  Barn. 

4  ε  The  reading  βάλλω  (•  A.  C.  α  20.  β  6.  γ  8.'  Comp.  v.  22) 
is  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Beng.  and  Griesb. 
(both  of  whom,  however,  mark  it  as  of  equal  authority.  Theile 
even  cites  Gnesb.  as  having  adopted  it.)  and  Bloomf.,  who 
thinks  that  βολΰ  '  may  be  the  true  reading.'  I  recommend  that 
βάλλω  be  followed:  least. E.  V.,  vv.  10,  14,  22,  and  gen- 
erally elsewhere,  renders  βάλλω,  to  cast.  Comp.  Ps.  55  :  22  ;- 
W.  (shall  send).  R.  ;-Vulg.  (mittam),  Germ,  (werfen),  Fr.  S. 
(jetterai)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  (as  Vulg.),  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey., 
Hengst.,  (as  Germ.). 

I•  Brightm.,  Wells,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (5;ioci;-for  Vulg.  id,  quod),  Wells 
Dodd.,  AVesI.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  iievrc,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Greenf., 
Sharpe,  Stu.  (at  ch.  3 :  11),  Lord,  De  W.,  Murd. 

)  No  foreign  vers,  has  any  supplement,  and,  of  English  verss. 
besides  E.  V.,  only  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells,  Words. 

k  See  v.  13,  N.  w. 

13 


98 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

and  keepeth  my  works  unto  the 
end,  to  him  will  I  give  power 
over  the  nations : 

27  (And  he  shall  rule  them 
with  a  rod  of  iron  ;  as  the  vessels 
of  a  potter  shall  they  he  broken 
to  shivers :)  even  as  I  received 
of  my  Father. 

28  And  I  will  give  him  the 
morning-star. 

29  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches. 

CHAP.    III. 

And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Sardis  write ;  These 
things   saith   he   that   hath  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 


αχ/)£  reXovs  τα   βργα  μου,  δώσω 
αντω  βζονσίαν  ΐττΐ  των  Ιθνών 

27  KCU  ττοιμανύ  αύτονί  iv 
ραβδω  σιδηρά.•  ώ?  τα  σκ€υη  τα 
κ€ραμίκα  συντρίβεται,  ώ?  κάγω 
βίληφα  τταρα  του,  ττατρος  μου• 

28  καΐ  δώσω  αϋτίο  τον  αστέρα 
τον  ττρωϊνον. 

29  Ο  ϊχων  οΰ?  άκουσατω  τι 
το  ΙΙνβνμα  λίγίΐ  Tois  4κκλησίαΐ9. 


CHAP.    III. 


J^al   τω   άγγίλω  της  ev  Σαρ- 
δίσιν    ΐκκλησίαί   γραψον,    Τάδβ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

'even  "he  that  keepeth  "  unto 
the  end  my  works,  °  I  will  give 
him  ''authority  over  the  nations ; 

27  1  And  he  shall  ■'tend  them 
with  'an  iron  rod,  as  the  vessels 
of  'the  potter  "are  shivered ;  "Έβ 
I  also  'have  received  of  my 
Father  ;^ 

28  And  I  will  give  him  the 
morning  star. 

29  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches. 

CHAP.    III. 

And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Sardis  write :  These 
things   saith   he   that   hath  the 


1  There  being  but  one  and  the  same  party  in  question,  the 
repetition  of  the  article  shows  that  xai  is  not  copulative,  but 
epexegctical.  To  keep  Christ's  works  unto  the  end  is  equivalent 
to  victory.     Comp.  1  John  5 :  4,  5. 

■»  See  V.  1,  N.  b. 

"  The  opposition  of  ί'ργα  μον  to  ιργων  αϋτηζ  of  v.  22  is  sug- 
gested by  the  Greek  order,  which  is  preserved  by  ΛΥ.  ;-Latin 
verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.,  It..  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  AVoodh., 
Stu. 

•  The  ανΐψ  is  retained  in  its  place  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (ex- 
cept Casta!.),  Syr.  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

ρ  'As  a  rightful  king.'  See  Jude  25,  N.  g.— Latin  verss. 
(potestatem),  Syr.,  It.  (pudesla),  Ft.  S.  {mitoriU;-ioT  puis- 
sance of  previous  verss.)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  DeW.,  ( Gewall),  Wak^f., 
Newc.  marg.,  Greenf.  (π^ϋΏ^),  Penn,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Murd. 

1  'And,  in  the  exercise  of  that  tlot-iia,  Ac'  The  Amer. 
Bible  Soc.  has  properly  abolished  the  parenthesis. 

■■  In  this  way,  among  others,  shall  these  τίοιμίνίί  ■καΰν  be 
employed  under  the  Chief  Shepherd.  Comp.  Ps.  149  :  5-9 ; 
&o. — For  ΛοψαίνίΛ,  see  ch.  7  :  17,  N.  1;  12:  5,  N.  w;  Jude  12, 
N.  r.  '  Significat  non  simpliciter  regere,  sed  pascere,  et  regere 
quomodo  pastor  gregeiii'  ( Jansen,  cited  by  Leigh).  And  on 
Ps.  2:9,  to  which  tlie  reference  here  is  obvious,  and  where 
Messiah  receives  of  the  Father  the  promise,  which  He  now  ex- 
tends to  His  saints,  Alex,  remarks :  '  By  a  slight  change  of 
pointing  in  the  Hebrew,  it  may  be  made  to  mean,  thou  shall 
feed  them  (as  a  shepherd)  idtk  a  rod  of  iron,  which  is  the 
sense  expressed  in  several  of  the  ancient  versions,  and  to  which 
there  may  be  an  ironical  allusion,  as  the  figure  is  a  common 
one  to  represent  the  exercise  of  regal  power.  (See  for  example 
2  Sam.  7  :  7,  and  Micah  7:  14.)'  Syr.  (same  word  as  in  Jude 
12;  which  here  also  De  D.  renders,  pascet),  Germ,  (weiden), 
Dt.  (Jioeden)^  Fr.  S.  {jpaitra)  ;-Calv.  (Matt.  2 :  C,  pascet),  Vat. 


{'reget,  \e),  pascet,  vel,  instu7•  pasloris  reget?),  Castal,  Cocc. 
Vitr.,  (use  pascere),  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Scott,  (feed),  Berl. 
Bib.  (als  ein  Hirt  regieren),  Beiig.,  Moldenh.,  De  W.,  Hengst., 
(as  Germ.),  Wakef,  Greenf.  (Οϊ"';),  Brown  (1  Pet.  5:  2,  act 
as  shepherds).     (Milton,  P.  L.  xi'.  489,  490  : 

'  Despair 
'  Tended  the  sick,  busiest  from  couch  to  couch.') 

"  The  adjective  is  retained  by  "W.  ;-Latin  and  German  verss., 
Dt.;-Newc.  (at  ch.  9 :  9),  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

'  Daub,  {the  poiter^s  vessels). 

°  E.  V.  follows  the  reading,  ΰνν-ίρφίιαε-ίαι,  for  which  there  is 
very  large  authority  of  MSS.  and  ancient  vers.=.  (B.  •α24.  β  6. 
y  8.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav,  ed.'), 
though  of  recent  editors  Matth.  alone  (not,  as  Bloonif.  says, 
'  Lachm.,  Tisch.'  [in  his  last  edition],  'and  Wordsw.'),  adopts  it. 
According  to  our  Text,  axivr;  is  the  subject  of  the  verb,  and  the 
sentence  becomes  brachylogical  =  (he  shall  tend  them  (and 

shiver  them),  as  &c. Σνί'ΐρΙβω  is  a  common  Sept.  term  for 

12'i.  In  the  parallel  Ps.  2 :  9,  Alex,  substitutes  shiver  for  dash 
in  pieces,  on  the  ground  that  the  latter  '  weakens  the  expression 
by  multiplying  words.'     Sharpe  (shattered)  ;-Green. 

'  Λν.  (as  also  I),  R.;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,- 
S.  (which  also  exhibits  the  emphasis  of  the  tyu  by  moi  je.  as 
the  Latin  verss.  do  by  an  expressed  ego,  and  Greenf  by  a  final 
iJS.  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c.)  ;-Hamm.,  Beng.,  Dodd.  (as  I  have 
also),  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Greenf,  All.,  Penn,  Treg., 
Stier,  De  W.,  Hengst,  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  ch.  3 :  21,  N.  h  and 

6  :  11,  N.  g. For  have,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  3  :  3  ;  11 :  17  ;  Matt. 

25  :  24 ;  Acts  16  :  24  ;  1  Cor.  10 :  13  ;-R.;-foreign  verss.  (except 
Herd.,  JMey.)  ;-Brightm.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  AYoodh., 
Thorn.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

''  See  V.  22,  N.  w.  The  same  objection  lies  against  the  colon 
of  V.  26,  especially  when  the  parenthesis  of  v.  27  is  removed. 


REVELATION. 


99 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

seven  Spirits  of  God,  and  the 
seven  stars  ;  I  know  thy  works, 
that  thou  hast  a  name  that  thou 
livest,  and  art  dead. 

2  Be  watchful,  and  strengthen 
the  things  which  remain,  that 
are  ready  to  die  :  for  I  liave  not 
found  thy  works  perfect  before 
God. 

3  Eemember  therefore  how 
thou  hast  received  and  heard, 
and  hold  fast,  and  repent.  If 
therefore  thou  shalt  not  watch, 
I  will  come  on  thee  as  a  thief, 
and  thou  shalt  not  know  what 
hour  I  will  come  upon  thee. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Aeyet  ό  εχω^  τα  kirra  ττν^υματα 
του  θβοΰ  και  τους  eirra  aarepas' 
Οίδά  σον  τα  ΐ'ργα,  οτι  το  Όνομα 
e'xeis  OTL  ζτ)?,  καΐ  ν€κρο9  el. 

2  Γίνου  γρήγορων,  καΐ  στήρι- 
ζαν τα  λοιπά  ά  μίλλβι  άτΓθθαν€Ϊν• 
ου  γαρ  ίΰρηκα  σου  τα  ϊργα  ττβ- 
ττληρωμίνα  βνωττίον  του  θβοΰ. 

3  μνημονζυβ  ούν  ττώς  βϊληφαί 
καΐ  ηκουσας,  και  τηρβι,  και  μετα- 
νοήσαν. Έαν  ονν  μη  γρηγορη- 
σΎ)9,  ηζω  eVt  σε  ώ?  κλΕτττης,  καΐ 
ου  μη  γνω^  ττοίαν  ωραν  ηζω  eVi 
σβ. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

seven  ^Spirits  of  God,  and  the 
seven  stars :  I  know  thy  works, 
that  thou  hast  ''the  name  that 
thou  livest,  and  ai-t  dead. 

2  =Be  watchful,  and  strengthen 
the  things  ^remaining  that  ''are 
ready  to  die :  for  I  have  not 
found  thy  works  ''fulfilled  before 
s  God. 

3  Remember,  therefore,  how 
thou  hast  received  and  heard, 
and  ""keep,  and  repent.  If,  there- 
fore, thou  'dost  not  watch,  I  will 
conae  Jupon  thee  as  a  thief,  and 
thou  shalt  -"not  know  what  hour 
I  will  come  upon  thee. 


'  Here  also  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  interprets  and  prints  as  in 
ch.  1 :  4  (see  N.  p),  and,  in  doing  so,  again  departs  from  the 
general  sense  of  the  Church. 

>■  On  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  'a  19.  β  7.  y  6.  Compl.',  the 
to  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloonif.,  who 
brackets  it  as  being  '  considered,  with  some  probability,  an  in- 
terpolation.' In  the  Supp.  also,  he  says  that  the  other  reading 
rests 'on  very  strong  external  authority,'  but  adds:  'yet  in- 
ternal evidence  is  in  favour  of  the  word,  and  the  use  here  of  the 
article  would  be  very  suitable,  considering  that  Όνομα  here  de- 
notes, not  name,  i.  e.  appellation,  but  attribute,  what  is  ascribed 
to  a  person  or  thing  as  a  quality.  And  such  is  the  sense  of  the 
term  in  Herodot.  iii.  8  [80],  oiro^a  navtuv  ζάλλιβϊοΐ'  ΐχιι,  iaovo- 
μίψ.''  Evidently,  however,  in  Herodot.  the  7iame  is  used  for 
the  thing,  which  is,  therefore,  put  in  apposition  with  it; 
whereas  it  is  not  the  attribute  or  quality,  to  wit,  life,  that  is 
ascribed  to  the  angel,  but  the  name  of  it,  and  this  concession  is 
instantly  followed  by  a  denial  that  he  had  aught  beyond  the 
name,  that  is,  the  credit,  reputation ;  or  a  personal  name  (such 
as  Zosimus,  Vitalis,  &c.)  that  might  'be  derived  from  life' 
(Beng.)  ;  or  the  name  of  Christ,  the  Prince  of  life  (Gerl.),  or 
the  '  significant  ofBcial  name'  (Hengst.),  either  of  which  carried 
with  it  a  presumption,  that  whosoever  bore  it  must  be  '  alive 
unto  God.'  There  being  thus  no  internal  evidence  whatever  to 
oppose  to  the  external,  I  recommend  that  the  version  stand  as 
E.  V. :  a  name. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  10,  N.  o,  &c.  Castal.  {praesla  te),  Cocc.  (e.riste), 
Beng.,  Gerl.,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  {werde),  Scott  (become).  The 
Syr.,  Grell.,  Ew.,  Greenf.,  and  several  of  the  Germ,  verss.,  as 
Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  (De  W.  in  1839),  &c.,  translate  by  the 
imperative  of  the  main  verb ;  =  awake. 

""  Woodh.,  Lord.  The  circumlocution  by  means  of  a  relative 
and  finite  verb  is  avoided  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Hamm., 
Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 


'  Except  Beng.  ('ίμιΜ,ίν),  and  Matth.  (ί'^ίλλί?  άτίοβάλλειν.  Β. 
and  man}'  cursive  MSS.  The  Compl.  has  fftrtfj.),  all  the  recent 
editors  give  ΐμιλλον  ('  A.  C.  12.  28.  34.  35.  36.  38.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Syr.  Erp.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed  :  were 
ready ;  that  is,  '  when  I  interposed.' 

f  See  1  John  1 :  4,  N.  q.  E.  V.,  Matt.  3  :  15 ;  Acts  14  :  26  ; 
2  Cor.  10 :  6  ;-W.,  R.,  (full)  -.-Latin  verss.,  except  Casta!., 
(plena),  Dt.  (iOZ;-marg.  vervult),  Fr.  S.  (accomp/ies) ;-Hamm., 
Beng.  (erfullet),  Dodd.,  Clarke,  (filed  up),  Sharpe,  Lord  (per- 
fectly performed),  Kell.  (filled),  Kenr.  (as  W.). 

^  All  the  recent  editors  add  μου  afier  ©foi,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  C.  'a  27.  β  7.  7  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Erp.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed:  my  God. 
Comp.  ch.  2 :  7,  N.  b. 

^  See  Jude  1,  N.  g.  While  in  this  book  the  word  occurs 
11  times,  and,  except  in  this  instance,  is  always  in  E.  V.  to  keep, 
nowhere  else  is  it,  as  here,  to  hold  fast  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
([ob-]serva),  Syr.  (as  in  Matt.  19 :  17),  Dt.  (bewaar),  It.  (serva), 
French  verss.  (use  garder)  ;-Beng.,  All.,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  (be- 
wahre),  Wakef.,  Newc,  Treg.  (obse-rve -,-Ά-αά  so  Murd.,  Kenr.), 
Words.  Of  these  and  other  verss.  many  follow  Bez.  in  render- 
ing the  preceding  Λω?  by  a  compound  relative  (quae)  and  here 
supplying  a  demonstrative  (ilia). 

'  The  present  is  employed  by  E.  V.  for  the  aor.  subj.  with 
i6.v  μή,  ch.  2 :  5,  22 ;  &c. ;  and  here  by  W.,  R.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  French 
verss.  ;-Guyse.  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Mey..  All.,  Penn, 
De  W.,  Kenr. 

1  E.  v.,  last  clause  ;-Dodd.,  Woodh.  Most  others  have  the 
same  form  of  the  preposition  in  both  cases.  See  ch.  10 :  2, 
N.  g.  This  first  ini  at  is  bracketed  by  Knapp,  Treg.,  and 
cancelled  by  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  C.  12.  28. 
Vulg.  MS.  Harl.*  Tol.  Copt.  Arm.  Slav.  MSS.' For  the  em- 
phatic ov  jiw;,  see  v.  12,  N.  j. 


100 


REVELATION. 


KIIVG    JAMES     VERSION. 

4  Tliou  hast  a  few  names  even 
in  Sardis  wliich  have  not  defiled 
their  garments ;  and  they  shall 
walk  with  me  in  white  :  for  they 
are  worthy. 

5  He  that  overcometh,  the 
same  shall  be  clothed  in  white 
raiment ;  and  I  will  not  blot  out 
his  name  out  of  the  book  of  life, 
but  I  will  confess  his  name  be- 
fore my  Father,  and  before  his 
angels. 


G  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let  him 
hear  what  the  Spirit  saith  unto 
the  churclies. 

7  And  to  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Philadelphia  write ; 
These  things  saith  he  that  is 
holy,  he  that  is  true,  lie  that  hath 
the  key  of  David,  he  that  open- 
eth,  and  no  man  shutteth ;  and 
shutteth,  and  no  man  openeth : 

8  I  know  thy  works  :  behold, 
I  have  set  before  thee  an  open 
door,  and  no  man  can  shut  it : 
for  thou  hast  a  little  strength. 


CfREEK    TEXT. 

4  '  Εγβίί  ολίγα  ονόματα  kou  iu 
Σάρδεσιν,  a  ουκ  (.μόλυναν  τα 
ιμάτια  αυτών  καΐ  ττίριτνατησονσι 
μβτ  βμοΰ  ev  λβυκοΐί,  οτι  αξιοί 
(Ισιν. 

5  Ό  νικών,  ούτοί  ΊΤ€ριβαλ(ΐ- 
ται  ev  Ίματίοΐζ  λΐυκοΐί•  καΙ  ου 
μη  βζαλίίψω  το  όνομα  αυτού  Ικ 
τη9  βίβλου  της  ζοοης,  και  ϊ^υμο- 
λογησομαι  το  όνομα  αυτού  Ινω- 
ΤΓίον  τού  ττατρος  μου  καΐ  ΐνωττιον 
τών  αγγέλων  αυτού. 

6  Ο  ίχων  οΰ?  ακουσατω  τι 
το  Πνεύμα  λβγβι  ταΐί  €κκλησίαις. 

7  Acct  τω  άγγβλω  τηί  iv  Φι- 
λαδΐλφβία  (κκλησίαί  γράψον, 
Ta8e  Aeyet  ό  ayios,  ό  αληθινοί, 
6  (χ^ων  την  κλείδα  τού  ΑαβΙδ,  ό 
ανοιγων  και  ουδβΐί  κλεκι,  καΐ 
κλε/εί  κα\  ούδίΐί  avoiyer 

8  ΟΙδα  σου  τα  epya•  18ου  δε- 
δωκα  (νωτΓίον  σου  θυραν  aveco- 
γμ€νην,  και  ούδίΐς  δύναται  κλίΐσαι 
αύτην    Ότι  μικράν  ϊχ€ΐ9  δυναμιν, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

4  ''  Thou  hast  a  few  names 
'even  in  Sardis,  which  have  not 
defiled  their  garments ;  and  they 
shall  walk  with  me  in  Λvhite  :  for 
they  are  worthy. 

δ  He  that  overcometh,  "'the 
same  shall  be  clothed  in  white 
"'garments  ;  and  I  will  "not  blot 
out  his  name  "trom  rhe  book  of 
life,  "and  "I  will  confess  his  name 
before  my  Father,  and  before  his 
ancrels. 


6  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let  him 
hear  what  the  Spirit  saith  unto 
the  churclies. 

7  And  "unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  in  Philadelphia  write : 
These  things  saith  he  that  is 
liol}',  he  that  is  true,  he  that  hath 
the  "key  of  DaΛ'id,  he  that  open- 
eth and  no  Pone  shutteth,  and  ihe 
shutteth  and  no  Pone  openeth  : 

8  I  know  thy  works  :  behold, 
I  have  ■'given  before  thee  an 
"opened  door,  'and  no  'one  can 

j  shut  it ;   for  thou  hast  a  little 


^  All  the  recent  editors  commence  the  verse  with  αλλ'  (Tisch. 
άλλα),  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  Ό  28.  β  5.  Conipl.  Tulg. 
Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
ing be  adopted :  Bui. 

1  All  the  recent  editors  omit  χαι,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C. 
'a  28.  β  6.  y  4.  Corapl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.'  I  recom- 
mend that  this  reading  be  followed :  names  in  S. 

"  For  oirci,  Lachm.  and  Treg.  read  oiruj  ('  A.  C.  α  15.  β  2. 

Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.'). For  garments,  see  E.  Y..  i 

V.  4,  and  29  tmics  elsewliere  ;-R.;-Penn,  Sharpc,  Stu.  (vestments),  \ 

Lord.  Treg.     Several  have  clothes  or  robes. For  oi  μή,  see  j 

V.  12;N.J. 

■■  For  from,  see  W.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef.  and  Lord  (who  also  omit 
the  first  out).  Newc,  Woodh.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Murd.,  Kenr.     R.;- 

More,  Wesl..  Sym.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Kell.,  omit  the  first  out. 

For  and,  see  1  John  2 :  20,  N.  j,  &c. For  ϊξομο7.ο•γΐ;αομαί,  all  the 

recent  editors  have  ό/ίολογ^5ω  (A.  B.  C. '  α  20.  β  7.  y  3.  Compl.'). 

"  See  ch.  2:  12,  N.  r. For  χ•κιΐ&α,  all  the  recent  editors 

have  χί,ιΐν  (A.  B.  C.  '  α  25.  β  3.  Compl.'). 

ρ  'Nohand  whatever,  of  man  orange!.'  See  ch.  5 :  3,  N.  e  and  1 
John4: 12,  N.y. — Foreignverss.generally;-Howe,  Wesl., Newc. 
Thorn..  Scholef.  at  v.  8,  (7io7ie),  Wells,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Penn  (?!0 


one  . . .  none),  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. Among  the  other  va- 
rieties in  the  reading  of  this  verse,  on  which  MSS.  and  editions 
are  divided,  A.  B.  C.  and  38  cursive  MSS.,  for  the  first  χλη'ίΐ.  have 
χλείβΕΐ  (Matth..  Lachm..  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.)  ;  B.  and  30  cur- 
sive MSS.,  for  orotyft,  have  ojoi'lit  (Matth.,  Words.,  Tisch.). 

1  See  ch.  1 :  G,  N.  y,  &c. 

'  A  word  rather  of  grace,  than  of  power ;  the  latter  being 
specially  implied  in  άνίαγμίι•);ι•. — W.  (gave),  R.  ;-Yulg.,  Syr., 
Germ.,  Dt.;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aiet.,  Ilamm.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.. 
Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Grcenf,  Lord,  De  W.,  Ilengst,  Kenr. 
(Pagn.  introduced  propositi;  T.,  set.). 

'  'Opened  in  the  e.xercise  of  my  official  prerogative'  (v.  7). 
Comp.  Acts  7:56.  I  recommend  that  avf^ft.  be  always  rend- 
ered as  a  participle. — The  participial  form  is  preserved  by  W.,  R., 
(a  door  opened)  ;-T)t.;-Bcrl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Greenf.. 
Kist.,  Lord  and  Words,  (as  U'.),  De  W.  Others  (Fr.  C.-M.j 
Heinr.,  All.)  make  biSuxa  uifGjy/t.  =  I  have  opened. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  have  rjv  instead  otxai,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  C.  Ό  28.  β  8.  y  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm. 
Arr.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  in  con- 
nection with  the  Hebraistic  addition,  avrijv,  translated:  which. 
For  o)ie,  see  v.  7.  N.  p,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


101 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

and  hast  kept  my  word,  and  hast 
not  denied  my  name. 

9  Behold,  I  will  make  them 
of  the  synagogue  of  Satan,  which 
say  the}•  are  Jews,  and  are  not, 
but  do  lie ;  behold,  I  will  make 
them  to  come  and  worship  before 
thy  feet,  and  to  know  that  I  have 
loved  thee. 


10  Because  thou  hast  kept  the 
word  of  my  patience,  I  also  will 
keep  thee  from  the  hour  of 
temptation,  whicli  shall  come 
upon  all  the  world,  to  try  them 
that  dwell  upon  the  earth. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Koi  Ιτηρησα^  μου  τον  λογον,  και 
ουκ  ηρνησω  το  όνομα  μου. 

9  18ου  δίδωμι  e'/c  τηί  συναγω- 
γηί  του  Σατανά  των  λβγοντων 
βαυτους  'Ιουδαίου?  eivai,  κα\  ουκ 
ela)v,  άλλα  ψίυδονται•  Ιδου 
ποιήσω  αύτουί  'ίνα  ηξωσι  kcu 
ττροσκυνησωσιν  βνωττιον  των  ττο- 
δών  σου,  και  γνώσιν  οτι  €γω 
ηγαττησα  ere. 

10  'Οτι  €τηρησα9  τον  λογον 
τη?  υπομονή?  μου,  κάγω  σ€  τη- 
ρησω  εκ  τη?  ωρα?  του  πειρασμού 
της  μβλΧουση?  ίρχ€σθαι  eVt  τη? 
οίκουμίνη?  όλη?,  π€ΐρασαι  του? 
κατοικοΰντα?  βπι  τη?  γη?• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

strength,  and  hast  kept  my  word, 
and  hast  not  denied  my  name. 

9  Behold,  I  "give  out  of  the 
synagogue  of  Satan,  ^those  ''who 
say  ''that  they  are  Jews,  and 
^they  are  not,  but  do  lie  ;  behold, 
I  will  make  them  to  come  and 
s'do  homage  before  thy  feet,  and 
^  know  that  ^I  have  loved  thee. 


10  Because  thou  hast  kept  the 
word  of  my  patience,  I  also  will 
keep  thee  from  ''that  hour  of 
"^trial,  which  sliall  come  "On  the 


whole  world,  to  try 
dwell  "On  the  earth. 


'those  'who 


"  The  Saviour  withholds  no  good  thing  from  His  faithful  str- 
vant,  but  opens  the  riches  of  His  liberality,  to  him  that  hath 
still  giving  (comp.  ch.  11 :  3,  N.  i),  grace  before,  now  glorj' ;  even 
the  necks  of  his  enemies  (comp.  Josh.  10:  24;  Ps.  18:  40; 
Is.  45:  14;  60:  14.).  'The  very  synagogue  of  Satan,  whence 
issues  noihing  but  contempt  and  threateuings,  I  give  to  be,  and 
will  yet  make,  a  source'  (ix.  Comp.  the  "p  of  .Judg.  14 :  14) 
'of  triumph.'  It  is  questionable,  whether  the  promise  regards 
the  conversion  of  some  of  these  deceivers  (according  to  the  com- 
mon understanding,  on  which  mainly  rests  the  partitive  con- 
struction of  ix  τη;  aw.  .  .  .  ruv  %iy-),  and  not  rather  simply 
the  humiliation  of  them  all. — W.  (shall  give  to  thee  of),  R. 
(will  give  of)  ;-Vulg.  (daho  de),  Syr.  (=  De  D.  do  e.v).  Germ. 
(icerde  geben  aus),  Dt.  (geef  [u  eeyiigen']  iiit),  Fr.  S.  {[fen~\ 
donne  de)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Bierm..  {as  Vtdg.),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.. 
(pTaebebo  eos  qui  sunt  ex),  Aret.  (do  eos  qui  sunt),  Brightm. 
(give  out  of),  Cocc.  (do  quosdam  ex),  Vitr.  (do  ex),  Berl.  Bib., 
Beng.,  Moldenh.,  (gebe  aus . . .  etliche),  B.  and  L.  (m'en  vais  voiis 
donner  quelques  u?is  de),  Guyse  ('will  give  you  victory  over'). 
Dodd.  (icitl  give  those  [u-ho  ave]  of),  Wakef.  (am  giving  [thee 
some]  of),  AVoodh.  (give  [unio  thee]  those  of).  Thorn,  (give 
thee  some  of),  Greenf.  (b  ^ηχ  [γκτ]  =  this  will  1  give  to,  or  in 
respect  to,  the  synagogue  &c.),  All.  (will  dir  etliche  geben). 
Penn  (will  give  [to  thee]  them  of).  Lord  (give  of).  Hengst. 
(gebe  aus),  Murd.  (will  give  them  of),  Kenr.  (as  JR.),  Barn. 
(give).  A  present  tense  is  used  for  δίΒιομι  by  others  (as  Herd.. 
Mey.). 

'  Here  *ών  %ιγ.  stands  in  apposition  with  trjs  aw.  See 
ch.  2:  1,  N.  b. For  who,  see  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

"  See  ch.  2 :  2,  N.  j. 

»   See  ch.  2 :  2,  N.  j  j,  &c. 

'    For  ifjufft,  τίροαχννήαααίν,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  have  ί-ξοναι, 


ί<ρο(ΐχνΐ"ήαον(ΐιν  (Α.  C.  and  a  few  cursive  MSS.). Our  word 

worship,  by  which  E.  V.  uniformly  render.s  nfoaxwiu.  is  not 
now  in  common  use  to  express  marks  of  respect  (particularly 
the  oriental  ninci'iii  [Greenf],  bowing  down,  prostration,  mak- 
ing or  doing  obeisance.  Wherever  this  last  phrase  occurs  in 
E.  v.,  the  Sept.  has  «poffxurEio.)  paid  to  our  fellow-mon. — Syr. 
(=  Murd.  do  obeisance),  It.  (sUnchineranno),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (se 
prosterner)  ;-Castal.  (veneratum),  Berl  Bib.  (fussfallig  ehren), 
B.  and  L.  (se  jetter),  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  (niederf alien), 
Campb.,  Alf.,  &c.,  (at  Matt.  2:  2),  Wakef.  (pay  homage),  Ros. 
(prostenii).  All.,  De  W.,  (fallen),  Stu.,  Lord  (fall).  Barn. 
( fall  prostrate) -j-Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob.  The  adorent  of  the 
Latin  versions  answers  well  to  ttpoax. 

'■  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Stu.,  Treg. ;  of  whom  all 
except  Stu.  and  Treg.  omit  also  the  previous  to. 

'  'I ;  although,  and  all  the  time  that,  they  have  hated  thee.' 
See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c. 

i*  Gr.  the  hour  of  the  trial.  But  the  dependence  of  t^s  μιτ.- 
"Κονβη;  on  ώρα5  is  in  English  more  strongly  indicated,  and  the 
loss  of  the  second  article  at  the  same  time  compensated,  by 
means  of  the  demonstrative.  So  Wakef.  All  the  modern  for- 
eign verss.  express  the  second  article. 

'  E.  v.,  1  Pet.  4:  12;- Wells,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord.  Most  other  verss.  use  a  word  cognate 
with  the  subsequent  verb ;  e.  g.  W.,  T.,  C,  R.,  Hamm.,  (tempt- 
ation .  .  .  tempt). 

^  For  on,  in  one  or  the  other  or  both  instances,  see  R.  ;-Xewc., 
Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  ch.  5,  7, 

N.  a. For  the  whole,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  12 :  9 ;  16 :  14 ;  &c.  ;-R.  ;- 

German  verss.  (der  [c/era]  ganzen),  Dt.  (de  g-eA.eeie);-Wesl., 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

•  Seech.  2:22,  N.s,&c. 


102 


REVELATION. 


KING   JAMES     \ΈΚ5Ι0Χ. 

11  Behold,  I  come  quickly : 
hold  that  fast  whicli  thou  hast, 
that  no  man  take  thy  crown. 

12  Him  that  o\-ercometh,  will 
I  make  a  pillar  in  the  temple  of 
my  God,  and  he  shall  go  no  more 
out :  and  I  will  write  upon  him 
the  name  of  my  God,  and  the 
name  of  the  city  of  my  God,  which 
is  new  Jerusalem,  which  conieth 
down  out  of  heaven  from  my 
God :  and  Iicill  write  upon  him  my 
new  name. 


13  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches. 

14  And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  of  the  Laodiceans  write; 
These  things  saith  the  Amen,  the 
faithful   and   true  Witness,   the 


beginning  of  the  creation  of  God; 


GREEK    TEXT. 

11  I8ov  (ρ-χ^ομαι  ταγυ•  κρατίΐ 
Ό  €χ6ί$•,  iVa  μ7]δβΙί  λάβτ]  τον  στβ• 
φανον  σου. 

12  Ο  νικών,  ΤΓΟίησω  αύτον 
στυλον  iv  τω  ναω  του  θεού  μου, 
και  βζω  ου  μη  βζβλθϊ]  βτι,  και 
γραψοί  €7Γ  αύτον  το  όνομα  τοΰ 
θ€οΰ  μου,  καΐ  το  όνομα  τη9  ττό- 
λβωί   τοΰ   θ€θΰ   μου,   τηί   καινηί 

Ιερουσαλήμ,  η  καταβαίνουσα  βκ 
τοΰ  ουρανού  άπο  τοΰ  θεοΰ  μου, 
και  το  όνομα  μου  το  καινον. 

13  Ο  ΐχων  οι)?  άκουσατω  τι 
το  Πνεύμα  λέγει  ταΐϊ  εκκλησίαΐί. 

14  ΚαΙ  τω  άγγελω  τη9  εκκλη- 
σίας Λαοδικε'ων  γράψον,  Τάδε 
λέγει  ό  Άμην,  Ό  μάρτυς  ό  ττιστος 
καΐ  αληθινός,  η  άρχη  της  κτίσεως 
τοΰ  θεοΰ• 


KEVISED    VERSION. 

11  ""Behold,  I  come  quickly: 
ehold  Bwhat  thou  hast,  that  no 
•"one  take  thy  crown. 

12  'He  that  overcometh,  I  will 
make  'him  a  pillar  in  the  temple 
of  my  God,  and  he  shall  Jnever 
go  out  more  ;  and  I  will  write 
upon  him  the  name  of  my  God, 
and  the  name  of  the  city  of  my 
God,  "Of  Hhe  new  Jerusalem, 
wliich  ''''descendeth  out  of  heaven 
from  my  God,  and  '  my  new 
name. 

13  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches. 

14  And  unto  the  angel  of  the 
church  ""of  the  Laodiceans  write : 
These  things  saith  the  Amen, 
"the  faithful  and  tnie  Witness, 
the  Beginning  of  the  creation  of 
God: 


''  The  I'Soi)  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  C.  Ό  20.  β  6.  Comp].  Yulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol. 
Copt.  Syr.  Erp.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  Behold  be 
omitted. 

^  For  hold,  see  ch.  2 :  13,  N.  w :— for  what,  see  ch.  2 :  25,  N.  i. 

'■  See  V.  7,  N.  p,  etc. 

'  Oomp.  ch.  2 :  7,  N.  zz.  '  Per  ilium  hiatum  constructionis, 
lectori  quasi  oxpendendum  relinquitiir,  quanti  a  Deo  aestimetur 
animus  masculus,  et  hostibus  spiritualibus  superandis  intentus' 
(Kamb.).  '  By  the  construction  :  He  that  overcometh.  to  him, 
the  overcoming,  being  set  free  from  immediate  connection  with 
what  follows,  stands  prominently  out,  and  appears  as  the  indis- 
pensable condition  of  participation  in  the  promise'  (Hengst.  at 
ch.  2  :  7).  Comp.  E.  V.,  Prov.  19  :  21 ;  20  :  10,  12;  &c.— The 
force  of  the  absolute  nominative  is  preserved,and  the  personal 
pronoun  retained  in  the  second  clause,  by  E.  V.,  ch.  2 :  26  ;-R. ; 
-foreign  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  "VVesl.,  Woodh.,  Stu. 

)  W.  (ho  viore  go  out),  R.  {go  out  no  more)  ;-It.  (pion  uscird 
max  piu  fiiori),  Fr.  S.  («'en  sortira  plus  jamais)  ;-Brightm. 
{neither  shall  he  go  forth  any  more),  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Newc,  Thorn.,  {as  JR.),  B.  and  L.  {n'e7i  sortira  jamais), 
Wakef.  {go  thence  no  more),  Woodh.  {out  of  it  he  shall  never 
more  depart),  Clarke  {go  no  more  out  for  ever),  Penn  {not  go 
out  from  [it]  any  more),  Stu.  {as  fV.),  Lord,  Treg.,  {never 
more  go  out),  Kenr.  {not  go  out  any  more).  But  no  version 
combines  the  terseness  and  the  energy  of  the  Greek  emphasis, 
which  carries  with  it  an  absolute  negation  (ov)  of  the  idea,  first 


suggested  as  it  were  independently  in  the  ί'|ω,  that  in  any  pos- 
sible contingency  {μ-ή)  Christ's  conqueror  should  go  out  ever- 
more (tVi)•     Comp.  ch.  IS :  7,  N.  g  and  14,  N.  e. 

''  Nothing  is  supplied  by  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par. :  id  est),  Syr.,  Germ,  verss.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and 
L.,  AVesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Lee,  Kenr. — The  article  is  expressed 
by  W.,  G.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  and  later  English  verss.,  as  well 
as  all  the  foreign  ;^the  case  also,  by  W.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except 
Fr.  G.,-M.)  ;-Xewc.,  Woodh.,  Stu.,  Murd. 

kk  E.  v.,  ch.  21:  10;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Lord  {descends),  Treg., 
Murd.  See  ch.  10 :  1,  N.  a.  The  reading  ^  χαταβαίνοναα  is 
substituted  by  Mill  and  all  the  recent  editors  for  ^  χαναβαίνιι 
of  the  textus  receptus. 

1  Nothing  is  supplied  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  B. 
and  L.)  ;-Daub.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu., 

Lord,  i\Iurd.,  Kenr. The  main  emphasis  is  not  on  the  μοϋ 

(Thom.,  Van  Ess,  Penn:  mine  ojcn),  but  on  io  xaivov.  See 
1  John  2 :  7,  N.  o.  Syr.  (=  De  D.  nomen  meum  illud  novum  ;- 
not,  as  Murd. :  my  own  new  iiame),  German  verss.  {meinen 
Namen,  den  neuen). 

^  All  the  recent  editors  adopt  the  reading.  L•  haoSixsia.  re- 
ferred to  in  the  margin  of  E.  V.,  and  sustained  by  A.  B.  C. 
'  α  28.  β  9.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.'  I  recommend 
that  it  be  followed  :  in  Laodicea. 

"  Seech.  1:  5,  N.  r,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


103 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

15  I  know  thy  works,  that 
thou  art  neither  cold  nor  hot : 
I  would  thou  wert  cold  or  hot. 

16  So  then,  because  thou  art 
lukewarm,  and  neitlier  cold  nor 
hot,  I  will  spue  thee  out  of  my 
mouth : 

17  Because  thou  sayest,  I  am 
rich,  and  increased  with  goods, 
and  have  need  of  nothing;  and 
knowest  not  that  thou  art 
wretched,  and  miserable,  and 
poor,  and  blind,  and  naked : 

18  I  counsel  thee  to  buy  of 
me  gold  tried  in  the  fire,  that 


GREEK    TEXT. 


15  Οίδα  σον  τα  ^ργα,  on 
ovre  ψνχροί•  ei,  ovre  ζίστοί• 
οφβλον  ψνχροί  βίηί,  η  ζίστοί• 

16  οΰτωί  ΟΤΙ  ^^Xiapos•  el,  καΐ 
0VT6  ψυχροί  οντ€  ζεστός,  μβλΛω 
σε  ίμίσαί  βκ  τον  στόματος  μον. 

17  οτί  Aeyets",  Otl  ττλουσιοί 
ίίμι,  /cat  ΤΓβττλοντηκα,  καΐ  ονδβ- 
νος  ■χ^ρβιαν  ίχοο,  και  ουκ  οίδαί  otl 
συ  ei  ό  ταλαίπωρος  κα\  iXeeivof, 
καΐ  ΤΓτωγρς  καΐ  τνφλος  καΐ  γνμνος. 

18  σνμβονλίυω  σοί  άγορασαι 
Trap    Ιμον  γρνσων  ττβττνρωμένον 


REVISED    VERSION. 

15  I  know  thy  works,  that 
thou  art  neither  cold  nor  hot : 
I  would  thou  °wert  cold  or  hot. 

16  "So,  because  thou  art  luke- 
warm, and  neither  cold  nor  hot, 
I  Pam  about  to  Pvomit  thee  out 
of  my  mouth.'' 

17  Because  thou  sayest :  I  am 
rich,  and  ''have  become  rich,  and 
have  need  of  nothing ;  and  know- 
est not  that  Hhou  art  Hhe 
wretched  and  "2>itiable  one,  and 
poor,  and  blind,  and  naked  ; 

18  I  counsel  thee  to  buy  of 
me  gold  ^purified  *by  fire,  that 


"  For  ilrji,  all  the  recent  editors  have  ^5  ('  C.  α  23.  β  7.  y  2. 
Compl.'). Nowhere  else  does  E.  \.,  in  rendering  οντ•ω{,  in- 
troduce then  (comp.  Rom.  1:15;  Heb.  6 :  15)  ;-nor  is  there 
anything  for  this  addition  in  Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc.,  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  W.,  Treg.  (thus),  Murd.  Many 
follow  Vulg.  Sed  quia.     Newc.  marks  then  as  supplied. 

ρ  For  a?»  about,  see  E.  V.,  eh.  10 :  4  (comp.  ch.  3:2);  Acts 
3:3;  18  :  14;  20:  3 ;  Heb.  8 :  5  ;-Syr.,  Fr.  S.  (vais)  ;-Pagn., 
Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (futurum  est,  tit),  Brightm.  (it  will 
come  to  pass  that),  Wakef.  (am  going),  Newc.  (will  soon). 
Woodli.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.     The  Vulg.  has 

incipiam. For  vomit  see  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (use  the  verb, 

evomo).  It.  (vomitero),  French  verss.  (use  the  verb,  vomir)  ;- 
Stu.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  Comp.  Milton  (Of  Reformation  in  Eng- 
land) :  •  That  queazy  temper  of  lukewarmness.  that  gives  a 
vomit  to  God  himself.'  Others  quite  unnecessarily  soften  the 
expression  into  cast  (W.;-Dodd.,  Newc,  Lord),  7iauseate 
(Woodh.),  spit  (Shaipe). 

1  This  punctuation,  lately  adopted  by  the  Amer.  Bible  See, 
sets  off  V.  17  as  the  protasis  to  v.  18.  Hengst.'s  objections,  that 
'so  long  a  sentence  does  not  suit  the  excitement  proper  to  the 
discourse  here.  And  this  sort  of  periodical  diction  is  in  general 
little  adapted  to  the  Hebraistic  style  of  the  Apocalypse,'  are  not 
valid.  The  structure  of  Prov.  1 :  24r-31  (vv.  29,  30  being  sim- 
ilarly connected  with  v.  31,)  is  a  sufBcient  answer  to  both.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  construction  which  Hengst.  adopts,  and 
which  makes  v.  17  the  ground  of  the  charge  in  v.  15,  is  too  in- 
tricate, while  it  also  breaks  up  a  parallelism  of  equal  solemnity 
and  force. 

■■  He  prides  himself,  not  only  in  his  present  prosperous  con- 
dition, but  also  in  the  course  of  conduct  that  has  so  resulted. 
That  the  second  clause  is  nothing  more  than  a  Hebraistic  repe- 
tition of  the  first  for  the  sake  of  emphasis  (Daub.,  Stu.,  Hengst., 
Barn.)  is  not  proved  by  Hos.  12:  9  (8),  to  which  Hengst.  ap- 
peals as  decisive.  For,  even  though  Tilira  be  taken  as  equi- 
valent to  the  Sept.  ΛεΛλοντΊ^χο  (Ε.  V.  /  am  become  rich ; 


Hengst.  ich  bin  reich  geworden ;  &c.),  and  not  to  Λλοιί^ω;  ύμι 
(Luth.  ich  bin  reich;  ic),  it  is  still  true,  that  what  immediately 
follows :  1^1  i^x  ^nxs•:  (Ε.Λ'.  /  have  found  me  out  substance), 
has  special  reference  to  the  personal  skill,  by  which  Ephraira 
claims  to  have  secured  these  advantages.  Conip.  Ezek.  28 : 
4,  5. — R.  (enriched)  ;-Vulg.  (locupletatus),  Syr.  (=:  I)e  D. 
ditatus  sum),  Dt.  (verrijkt  geworden).  It.  (sono  airichito), 
Fr.  S.  {mes  richesses  se  sont  accrues)  ;-Erasm.  and  subsequent 
Latin  verss.  (as  De  D.),  Daub.,  Woodh.,  Newc,  Penn,  ([α?ϊΐ] 
grown  wealthy),  Bcrl.  Bib.,  Gerl.,  (bin  reich  geworden),  Beng., 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  (habe  mich  bereichert).  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  (have 
enr.  myself).  Wakef.,  Thom.,  ([am]  become  leealthy),  Stu. 
(have  become  w.),  Lord,  Barn.,  (am  enr.),  Treg.  {have  become 

enr.),  Kenr.  (have  grown  w.) For  oiSii/ός  in  the  next  clause, 

Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  have  oi&ev  ('A.  C.  12.'). 

•  'Thou,  the  boaster;  thou  thyself,  and  not  that  neighbour 
whom  thou  dost  secretly  despise.'  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c. — 
Latin  verss.,  using  a  finite  verb,  express  the  pronominal  subject; 
Beng.  and  Treg.  indicate  the  emphasis  by  the  way  in  which 
they  print  the  pronoun ;  Stolz  (selbst). 

'  '  All  the  distinction  thou  hast  among  thy  brethren,  lies  in 
quite  the  opposite  direction.' — It.  (quel)  ;-Grot.  ('  idque  in  summo 
gradu,  quod  indicat  appositus  articulus.').  Daub.,  Berl.  Bib., 
Beng.,   Herd.,    Goss.,  Mej'.,  Bloomf,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  Treg., 

Words. All  the  recent  editors,  except  Matth.  and  Bloomf., 

insert  ό  also  before  i^teivof  (A.  B.  'a  17.  β  3.  Compl.'),  and 
Beng.,  Stolz,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  translate  accordingly. 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted  :  the  pitiable. 

"  Ά  fit  object  of  pity  ;  not,  as  thou  dost  vainly  fancy,  of  ad- 
miration and  envy.' — Brightm.,  Daub.,  (pitiful),  Hamm.  (pit- 
eoiis),  Grot.,  Ros.,  ('ut  omnium  misericordiam  commovere  de- 
beas.'),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Lord,  Bloomf.,  Barn. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  15,  N.  n.  Germ,  (durchldutert),  It.  (affinato);- 
Hamm.,  Treg.,  (refined),  B.  and  L.  (purifie),  Beng.,  Hengst., 


104 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

thou  mayest  be  rich  ;  and  white 
raiment,  that  thou  mayest  be 
clothed,  and  that  the  shame  of 
thy  nakedness  do  not  appear; 
and  anoint  thine  eyes  with  eye- 
salve,  that  thou  mayest  see. 

19  As  many  as  I  love,  I  re- 
buke and  chasten :  be  zealous 
therefore,  and  repent. 

ϋΟ  Behold,  I  stand  at  the  door, 
and  knock :  If  any  man  hear  my 
voice,  and  open  the  door,  I  will 
come  in  to  him,  and  will  sup  with 
him,  and  he  with  me. 


21  To  him  that  overcometh 
will  I  grant  to  sit  with  me  in  my 
throne,  even  as  I  also  overcame, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

e/c  TTvpoi,  Iva  ττΧουτησης,  και 
Ιμάτια  λ^νκα,  'ίνα  ττίριβάλτ],  και 
μη  φανίρωθττ}  η  αΙσχυνη  τηί  γυμ- 
νότητας σον  καΐ  κολΧουριον  ey- 
χρισον  τους  οφθαλμούί  σον,  Ινα 
βλίτΓτΐί. 

19  €γω  οσουί  eav  φιλώ,  e'Aey- 
χω  κα\  τταιδξνω•  ζηλωσον  ουν 
και  μετανοήσαν. 

20  1 8ου  (στηκα  eVt  την  θυραν 
και  κρούω•  lav  τΐί  άκουση  της 
φωνηΐ  μου,  καΙ  avoi^rj  την  θύραν, 
ίίσβλενσαμαι  ττροί  αύταν,  καΐ  δβι- 
ττνησω  μβτ  αυταυ,  και  αυτοί  μ€Τ 
Ιμου. 

21  Ο  νικών,  δώσω  αυτω  κα- 
θισαι  μ€Τ  epov  ev  τω  θρονω  μου, 
ώ?    κάγω    ίνίκησα,    και    Ικαθισα 


REVISED    VERSION. 

thou  mayest  be  rich  ;  and  white 
^garments,  that  thou  mayest 
>clothe  thyself,  and  '  the  shame 
of  thy  nakedness  "not  be  mani- 
fested ;  and  "anoint  thine  eves 
with  eye-salve,  that  thou  mayest 
see. 

19  "Ί,  as  many  as  I  love,  I 
rebuke  and  chasten  :  ''be  zealous, 
therefore,  and  repent. 

20  Behold,  I  stand  at  the  door, 
and  knock  :  if  any  "^one  hear  my 
voice,  and  open  the  door,  I  will 
come  in  to  him,  and  will  sup 
with  him,  and  he  with  me. 


21  "Ήο  that  overcometh,  I  will 
'give  unto  him  to  sit  ^down  with 
me  ein  my  throne,  ''  as  I  also 


•  See  T.  5,  N.  m. 

'  Πίριβόλι;  is  translated  as  a  middle  verb  by  all  the  German 
verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  B.  and  L.,  Wakef.,  Greenf.  (laabn),  Stu. 

»  Nothing  is  supplied  by  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Cocc., 
Vitr.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Kenr. 

'  '  In  the  day  of  manifestation.'  Comp.  Mark  4 :  22 ;  1  Cor. 
4:  5;  &c. ;  and  see  1  .John  2:  28,  N.  y,  &c.— Germ,  {nichl  of- 
fenbar  werJe),  Dt.  (niet  geopenhaard  worth).  Fr.  S.  {ne  suit 
■pas  manifesLee)  ;-Boz.  (changed  appareal  of  previous  verss. 
and  of  his  own  previous  editions  to  manifeslafiat  ;-and  so  Cocc, 
Vitr.),  Beng.,  Gerl.,  Hengst.,  (ra.  offenbaret  werde),  Moldenh., 
Mey.,  All.,  De  W.,  (as  Germ.),  Penn  (;nof  be  made  manifest). 

Trog.  {may  not  he  manifested). For  tyxpinov  in  the  next 

clause,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ί^χρίπαί  or  -Γσαι  (A.  0.  and 
6  cursive  MSB.),  except  Matth.  and  Bloomf,  who  give  ίνα 
ίγχρίαγι  (^^  cursive  MSS.     B.  has  iVa  ίγχρίαίΐ.). 

^  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c.  '  Such  is  my  way  of  dealing  with 
those  /  love;'  so  dilferent  from  the  Laodicean  self-tlattery. 
Thus  graciously  also  docs  the  Lord  seek  to  save  His  servant 
from  misinterpreting  the  severity  of  the  previous  address,  as 
wtll  as  to  enkindle  the  zeal  of  reformation.  The  emphasis  of 
the  f'yii  belongs  to  the  statement  as  a  whole,  not,  as  Treg.  marks 
it,  exclusively  to  the   latter  clause For   frxueoi•    Matth. 


Mey.,  Lachm.,  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  read  ?ι;λίχΐΕ  (A.  B.  C. 
•a  17.  β  4  γ  1.'). 

'  See  1  John  2 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

"  See  V.  12,  N.  i,  &c. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  2:  7,  17,  2G,  28  ;  Matt.  20:  2.3,  &c.  (in  this  book 
alone  ΒίΒωμι  is  found  57  times,  and  only  here  and  ch.  19 :  8  is 
it  in  E.  V.  to  grant)  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.,  JIurd.,  Kenr. 

''  E.  v.,  in  the  last  clause  ;  and  often  elsewhere  ;-Dodd. 

^  The  German,  French,  and  modern  English  ver.'^s.  (except 
Treg.  and  Words.),  translate  tV  ici  epov<j>  as  if  it  were  ixi  toi 
θρόνου.  But  the  mvariable  occurrence  of  Uie  latter  phrase  in  the 
same  connection  elsewhere  (13  times  in  this  book.  In  Matt. 
19 :  28,  E.V. renders  it  once  improperly,  in  the  throne.)  is  .sufficient 
reason,  besides  the  iv  ftf'a^  roi  βρόΐΌν  of  ch.  4 :  G  ;  .5  :  C,  for  pre- 
serving the  present  peculiarity.  Nor,  even  according  to  English 
idiom,  is  the  expression  of  E.  V.  '  a  strange  kind  of  language,' 
as  Sym.  alleges,  but  may  be  regarded  as  more  strongly  indi- 
cative of  rest,  security,  and  fulness  of  possession.  (Comp. 
Shakspere,  3  Henry  I'J.  i.  1 :  '  Shall  I  stand,  and  thou  sit  in  my 
throne  V  and  iv.  3 :  '  See  him  seated  in  the  regal  throne ;'  kc.) 

I-  See  ch.  2 :  27,  N.  v,  &c. 


(as  Germ.),  Wesl.,  Herd,  {gelautert  ;-and  so  Mey.,  All.,  De  W.) 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Greenf.  (ηίΐ^},  Penn,  Lord,  Kenr. 

"  Or,  Old  of     'That  ex  never  stands  for  iv  is  certain'  (Win.). 
Here  it  is  taken  to  denote  the  means,  by  Germ.,  It.,  French 


verss.  ;-Pagn.,  Casta!.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Brightm.,  Par.,  Haram., 
Grot.,  Vitr.,  Wolf.,  Beng.,  Wakef.,  Ew.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W. 
(though  he  allows  the  other  sense),  Hengst.,  Kenr.  ;-Bret."ch., 
AVahl,  Rob. : — the  source,  by  Syr.  (=  De  D.  e.r),  Dt.  ;-Erasm., 
Vat,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  (ex),  Treg.  (from). 


REVELATION. 


105 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

and  am  set  down  with  my  Fa- 
ther in  his  throne. 

22  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  liear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churclies. 

CHAP.     IV. 

After  this  I  looked,  and  be- 
hold, a  door  was  opened  in 
heaven :  and  the  first  voice  which 
I  heard,  was  as  it  were  of  a  trum- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

μ€τα  τον  irarpos  μου  ev  τω  θρονω 


αυτόν. 


22  Ό  ίγων  ου?  άκουσατω  tl 
το  ΊΤνβΰμα  Xeyet  τα??  4κκλησίαΐί. 

CHAP.    IV. 

ΜΕΤΑ  ταΰτα  elSou,  και  Ιδου 
θνρα  ηνβωγμίνη  ev  τω  ουρανω, 
καΐ  ή  φωνή  ή  πρώτη,  ην  ηκονσα 
ώ?     σαλτΓίγγοί     λαλονσηί     μ€τ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

overcame,  and   'sat  down  with 
my  Father  ^in  his  throne. 

22  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
unto  the  churches. 

CHAP.    IV. 

After  "these  things  I  ''saw, 
and  behold  a  door  "=  set  open  in 
heaven,  and  ""that  first  voice, 
which  I  heard  ''  as  of  a  trumpet 


'  E.  v.,  Matt.  13 :  48  ;  Luke  4 :  20 ;  &c.  ;-W.  (^sat),  T.,  C,  R., 
(have  sitlen)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  {con- 
sef/;';-for  the  Vulg.  sedi),  AVesl.  (in  connection  with,  have  over- 
come), Lord  {as  >!'.),  Treg.  {Iiare  taken  my  seat),  Murd.  G.;- 
Pagn.,  Bvz..  Par.,  Wakef.,  Neivc,  Thorn.,  use  the  present :  sit, 
sedeo,  am  sitting.     Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  have  am  seated. 


'  All  ihat  he  had  seen  and  heard,  up  to  this  point. — E.  V., 
ch.  7  :  1 ;  18 :  1 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,  -M., 
-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Par.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  We.sl.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Till.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord  (omitting  things),  Treg.,  Kenr., 
Barn. 

^  'More  lit.,'  says  Stu.,  ^  I  perceived ;  βλετίω  more  appro- 
priately means  to  look.  Yet  the  sense  here  seems  evidently 
to  require  an  e.xpression,  which  indicates  the  action  of  looking 
in  order  to  perceive.'  It  may  rather  be  said,  that  this  idea  of 
active,  inquisitive  curiosity  is  excluded,  and  that  less  b3•  the 
word  used  than  by  the  whole  .=!pirit  of  the  occasion.  The  thing 
asserted  is,  the  continued  exercise  of  the  power  of  ecstatic  vision, 
as  in  the  Hebrew  njm  ιηΐϊΐ  (Greenf.'s  phrase  here). — W.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (CT'di;-except  Castal.,  who  also  omits  χαί  ιδού:  ani- 
■niadverti),  German  verss.  {sake  ;-except  Moldenh.,  hatte  ein 
Gesicht).  Dt.  {zag),  It.  (vidi)  ;-Hamm.,  Daub.  ('John  uses  it 
[eZSov]  upon  a  fresh  sight  of  some  matter  somewhat  different 
from  the  former,  as  a  mere  transition.'),  B.  and  L.  (but  omitting 
xai,  iSov :  vis),  Dodd.,  WesL,  Treg.,  Barn. 

°  The  construction  is  the  same  as  that  of  fiafi  with  an  absolute 
noun,  the  noun  being  sometimes,  as  here,  accompanied  by  a  par- 
ticiple (so  Greenf.  here),  and  merely  points,  as  it  were,  directly 
at  the  object  in  question.  Comp.  ch.  6:  2,  5,  8 ;  &c. — The  sub- 
stantive verb  is  not  supplied  by  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Till., 
Mey.,  Stu..  Lord,  Treg.,  Words. ;  and  of  these  the  following  also 
translate  ψιψγμ.  (Beng.,  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Bloomf., 
Words. :  άνιψγμ.)  not  as  an  adjective  (T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Newt., 
Herd.,  Wakef,  Mey.,  Bloomf,  Ell.),  but  as  a  participle,  suggest- 
ing that  the  door,  instead  of  being  accidentally  open,  or  always 
open,  had  now  been  opened  for  a  special  purpose :  Daub.,  Bong., 


Wesl.,  Till,  {set  o^)e?i  ;-which  obviates  the  ambiguity  in,  a  door 
opened.),  Stu.,  Lord.  Treg..  Words.     See  ch.  10:  2,  N.  d. 

"^  See  ch.  1:  5,  N.  r,  &c.  E.  V.  assumes  that  the  voice  is 
called  the  first,  in  reference  to  other  voices  that  followed  ;  and 
this  interpretation  Barn,  defends  as  '  the  most  obvious  and 
probable,'  while  he  allows  that  'it  is  certainly  possible  that  the 
Greek  would  admit  of  the  construction  indicated  above.  But, 
1.,  John  had  as  yet  no  reason  to  expect  that  other  voices  were 
to  follow ; — 2.,  that  some  unknown  voice  sounded  like  a  trumpet, 
is  something  by  no  means  so  suitable  to  form  the  main  thought, 
as  that  the  person,  by  whom  John  was  now  to  be  introduced 
to  the  heavenly  region,  was  none  other  than  lie,  on  whose  glory 
he  had  already  gazed,  and  whose  names  of  majesty  and  power 
had  been  proclaimed  in  his  hearing.  The  trumpet-voice  (ch.  1  : 
10)  was  the  means  of  this  identification ; — 3.,  the  easiest  and 
most  natural,  and  therefore,  in  connection  with  the  preceding 
remarks,  the  only  admissible  construction  is  that,  which,  dis- 
pen,sing  with  the  necessity  of  supplying  the  copula,  brings 
η  ψωνη  .  .  .  λί'γονσα,  by  means  of  xai,  into  the  same  dependence, 
in  which  SiJpa  ήνΐ(ι>γμίνη  stands,  on  the  iiov.  Comp.  ch.  6 :  2, 
and  Matt.  3:  17. — This  reference  of  {;  τίρώίη  appears  distinctly 
(often  by  translating  rjxmea  as  a  pluperfect,)  in  Syr.  (=:  vo.v 
prima  ilia),  German  verss.  (except  All.),  Dt.,  It.  (ancora 
qiiella),  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Castal.  (ro.vque  ilia  pr.),  Bez.,  Par.,  Engl. 
Ann.  ('  Or,  and  the  former  voice''),  Grot.,  Cocc,  Ros.,  (ilia), 
Wells,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Eichh.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Till.,  Allw.,  Bloomf,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kell. 

The  copula  is  not  supplied  before  ώί,  by  G.;-foreign  verss.;- 

Wells,  Daub.,  AVesI.,  Wakef,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Sharpe, 

Bloomf,  Stu.,  Lord. Nothing  is  supplied  before  λίγουσα  (or, 

according  to  A.  B.  'a  20.  β  4.'  and  all  the  recent  editors,  λίγων) 
by  G.,  R.;-Latin  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.  and  -M.  ([me]  dit),  Fr. 
S.  ;-Wells,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.  {as  Fr.  G.),  Beng.  and  later  German 
verss.  (except  Hengst.),  Wesl.,  Wakef,  Newc.  and  Words,  (have 
and  as  a  supplement),  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw..  Greenf,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. :  and,  of  these.  R.  ;-Vulg.,  It., 
Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,   Cocc,   Daub.,   Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw., 

Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr.,  also  retain  the  participial  form. 

For  as,  see  ch.  2 :  18,  N.  z.  E.  V.,  ch.  1 :  10  ;  &c.  ;-W.  ;-Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Till.,  Allw.,  Penn  ('as  thaV),  Sharpe,  Bloomf, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  ch.  6 :  1,  N.  d. 

14 


106 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

pet  talking  with  me  ;  which  said, 
Come  up  hither,  and  I  will  shew 
thee  things  which  must  be  here- 
after. 

2  And  immediately  I  was  in 
the  Spirit :  and  behold,  a  throne 
was  set  ill  heaven,  and  one  sat 
on  the  throne. 

3  And  he  that  sat  was  to  look 
upon  like  a  jasper  and  a  sardine 
stone :  and  ihei-c  ivas  a  rainbow 
round  about  the  throne  in  sight 
like  unto  an  emerald. 

4  And  round  about  the  throne 
were  four  and  twenty  seats ;  and 
upon  the  seats  I  saw  four  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ξμοΰ,  λέγουσα.  Αναβα  ώδε,  kou 
δίίζω  σοί  α  δβΐ  yeveaOai  μίτά 
ταΰτα.  \ 

2  Καϊ    evdews    βγΐνομην     iv] 
ττνίνματι•    και  18ου  θρόνος  ϊ'κίίτο 
eV  τω  ουρανω,  και  eVt  τον  θρόνου 
καθημβνο^' 

3  καΐ  ο  καθημ€νθ9  ήν  ομοίος 
ορα(Γ€ί  XtOcp  ιαοΊτώί  καΙ  σαρδίνω• 
καΐ  ίρΐί  κνκλοθβν  του  θρόνου 
ομοιοί  opaaeL  σμαραγδίνω. 

4  ΚαΙ  κυκλοθβν  του  θρόνου 
θρόνοι  ί'ικοσι  καΐ  τβσσαρβξ•  /cat 
eVi  Tovs  θρονουί  βίδον  τούί  βίκοσι 


REVISED    VERSION. 

^speaking  with  me,  ''sajnng : 
Come  up  hither,  and  I  vdll  shew 
thee  things  which  must  be  *^after 
these. 

2  And  immediately  I  was  ^iu 
the  Spirit :  and,  behold,  a  throne 
^had  been  set  in  heaven  ;  and 
•■on  the  throne  'one  Jsat ; 

3  And  he  that  sat  was  "Ίη  ap- 
pearance like  a  jasper  and  a 
sardine  stone ;  and  there  was  a 
rainbow  round  about  the  throne, 
■Ίη  ajipearance  like  '  an  emerald. 

4  And  round  about  the  throne 
ivei-e  "'four  and  twenty  "thrones  ; 
and  upon  the   "thrones   "I  saw 


'  B.  v.,  ch.  1:  12  and  generally  elsewhere ;-'W.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (as  in  ch.  1 :  12)  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.. 
Till.,  Penn,  Bloomf.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.  Seech.  17:  1. 
N.  c.  (Conip.  Shakspere,  Macbeih,  v.  6 :  '  Make  all  our  trump- 
ets speak ;'  and  jNIilton,  Hymn  on  the  Nativity :  '  The  trumpet 
spake  not  to  the  armed  throng.') 

f  See  ch.  1 :  19,  N.  c. 

^  For  the  expression  in  the  Spirit,  see  ch.  17 :  3,  N.  m. 

'  Besides  its  simple  .signification,  this  verb  [χΰμαί.  Hie]  must  also 
be  regarded  as  a  Perfect  Passive  oi  τίθημι'  (Buttm.);  and  in 
this  view  ϊχίίμτ^ν  becomes  a  pluperfect.  Comp.  John  2:0; 
19 :  29  ;  20 :  12  (E.  V.  had  ίαίη).— Latin  verss.,  except  Casta!., 
(use  the  plup.  pass,  of  pono),  Dt.  (er  was  een  froon  gezet)  ;- 
Castal.,  B.  and  L.,  Till.,  Greenf.,  Lord,  Words.,  (render  txn-to 
by  a  perf.  part,  pass.),  Brightm.  {there  was  a  throne  set),  j\Iol- 
denh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Van  Ess.,  All.,  Goss.,  De  W.,  (stand), 
Hengst.  (/a^,--the  word  denoting,  he  thinks,  that  the  throne 
rested  on  the  Cherubim). 

*'  This  order  is  retained  by  the  Latin  iind  German  verss., 

Syr.,  It.,   Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Woodh.,   Sharpe,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  read  ira,  τον  θρόνον  (Α.  Β. 
'α  20.' β  5.'). 

'  See  ch.  1 :  1.3,  Ν.  c. 

1  The  participial  form  is  retained  by  very  many ;  but  often 
at  the  expense  of  the  resonance  in  v.  3. 

*  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Sym.,  AVakef.  (appeared  .  .  .  with 
[the]  appearance),  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn  (to 
sight  .  .  .in  sight),  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.  (like  the  app.), 
Kenr.  (in  sight),  Barn.  ;-Rob.,  Green  (appearance,  aspect). — 
The  preceding  ψ  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors  (except 
Mey.,  Knapp,  Hahn,  Theile),  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  and 
7  cursive  MSS. ;  and  for  the  subsequent  aapiiV^,  all  (except 
Bloomf.)  reail  σαρδι'φ  (A.  B.  'a 26.  β  G.  y  3.  Compl.'  Some  of 
these  have  aaf&dif.). 


'  E.  v.,  in  the  first  clause  ;  and  sec  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  d. 

■"  Excepting  Matth.  and  Bloomf.,  all  the  recent  editors  cancel 
the'xaJ  before  ΐίαα.  (bis)  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  '  α  12.  β  5 
Compl.  xh.'  Er.  (and  several  MSS.).'  Bloomf.  inconsistently 
brackets  only  the  first  χα,ί,  as  being  '  absent  from  most  of  the 
best  MSS.  and  probably  from  the  margin.'  The  evidence  is  the 
same  in  both  cases.  I  recommend  that  the  now  generally  re- 
ceived reading  be  adopted,  and  that  in  both  cases  tlx.  τίαα.  he 
translated:  twenty-four.  Beng.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Hahn, 
Theile,  write  tlie  two  numbers  in  one:  (ίχοβίΐίαα.  Lachm.  fol- 
lows A. :  ^pororj  Ηχοΰΐ  tf  σσαραί*  xai  ϊλΙ  ΐονζ  ΐίχοοί  -Γίσσαραί 
θρόνοι)}  Λρεδβ.  χΐ%.    See  ch.  5  :  8,  Ν.  e. 

"  See  ch.  2:  13,  Ν.  v.  The  injurious  variation  in  rendering 
θρόνοζ  in  this  verse  began  with  some  of  the  old  verss.,  as  Vulg. 
(sedis  .  .  .  sedilia  .  .  .  thronos  ;-W.,  R. :  seat .  .  .  [small]  seats 
.  .  .  thrones)  and  Syr.  But  the  spirit,  which  may  have  led 
to  it,  (avowed  apparently  by  Vat. :  '  diversa  voce  usi  sumus 
propter  evidentiam.')  of  cautious  limitation  in  describing  the 
'  eternal  glory'  of  the  redeemed,  is  quite  foreign  to  Scripture. 
In  the  promises  and  disclosures  of  this  book  especially,  they  are 
even  set  forth  as  the  αννθ^ονοί  &iui. —  yArwHiS  or  a  derivative 
is  employed  throughout  by  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Bez.,  Brightm.,  Par., 
Hamm.  and  later  English  verss.  (except  Words.),  Oocc,  Vitr., 
B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Gerl.,  De  W. ;  and 
many  others  at  least  observe  uniformity. 

"  All  the  recent  editors  reject  ilSov  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
'  α  20.  β  3.  Er.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  but,  in  order  to 
mark  the  change  of  construction,  would  leave  /  saw  in  italics, 
as  a  supplement,  extracted  from   the  Lbm  of  v.  2.     See  Win. 

§  64.  3.  1. The  tovi  following  is  also  cancelled  by  all  the 

recent  editors,  except  Matth.  and  Bloomf.,  on  the  authority  of 
'A.  α  11.  Er.'  and  the  ancient  verss.  already  cited  in  this  note. 
I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  tliis  reading,  the  word 
the  be  omitted. 


REVELATION. 


107 


KING    JAMES      VEHSION. 

twenty  elders  sitting,  clothed  in 
white  raiment ;  and  they  had  on 
their  heads  crowns  of  gold. 


5  And  out  of  the  throne  pro- 
ceeded lightnings,  and  thunder- 
ings,  and  voices.  And  th:rc  were 
seven  lamps  of  fire  burning  be- 
fore the  throne,  which  are  the 
seven  Spirits  of  God. 

6  And  before  the  throne  there 
was  a  sea  of  glass  like  unto 
crystal :  And  in  the  midst  of  the 
throne,   and    round    about    the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

και  τβσσαραί  ττρ^σβυτβρονς  κα- 
θημβνονς,  ΤΓβριβίβλημβνονς  iv 
Ίματίοΐί  XevKOLg•  και  €σχοι>  εττι 
τα?  κβφαλάί  αυτών  στίψανον! 
χρνσοΰί. 

5  ΚαΙ  6Κ  του  θρόνου  €κτο- 
ρίΰονταί  άστρατταΐ  καΐ  βρόντου 
καΐ  ψωναί-  καΐ  eVra  λαμτταδεί  ττυ- 
pos  KaLopevaL  Ινωττιον  του  θρόνου, 
αϊ  ΐίσι  τα  €τττα  ττνβυματα  τυϋ 
θβοΰ• 

6  κα\  ΐνωτηον  του  θρόνου  θά- 
λασσα υαλίνη,  όμοια  κρνσταλλω. 
Kai  iv  μ^σω  του  θρόνου  καΐ  κύ- 
κλω του  θρόνου  τίσσαρα  ζώα  γί- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"the  four  and  twenty  elders  sit- 
ting, clothed  in  white  Pgai-ments ; 
and  ithey  had  "iupon  their  heads 
■■golden  crowns. 


5  And  out  of  the  throne  ^pro- 
ceed lightnings  and  'thunders  and 
voices;  and  there  "are  seven  lamps 
of  fire  burning  before  the  throne, 
which  are  the  seven  ^Spirits  of 
God ;™ 

6  And  before  the  throne  ^  a 
^glassy  sea  like  ^  crystal ;  and  in 
the  midst  of  the  throne,  and 
^around  the  throne,  '•"  four  ''living 


ρ  See  ch.  3 :  5,  N.  m. 

1  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  ΐαχον,  on  the  authority  of 
'  A.  α  28.  β  8.  Compl.  Er.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav. 
MSS.,'  except  Bloomf.,  who  marks  it  as  'most  probably,  or  cer- 
tainly, an  interpolation,'  adding  in  ihe  Supp.  that  -internal  evi- 
dence is  quite  against  it,  though  external  authority  is  not  strong.' 
I  recommend  that  it  be  omitted,  and  that  eti^wovi  be  construed 
as  7tp£(j3vffpovs,  without,  however,  repeating  the  supplement: 
and  upon  their  head^  <f  c.  Nothing  is  supplied  b}'  any  of  the 
verss.  that  follow  this  reading,  except  Penn  and  Kenr.  (having)-, 
Sharpe  and  Murd.  (were}. For  upon,  see  ch.  3 :  3,  N.  j,  &c. 

■■  W.  ;-Latin  and  German  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Kenr. 

•  The  present  tense  remains  in  Vulg.  Cod.  Am.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Cocc,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Stu., 
De  W.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Hengst. 

<  All  the  recent  editors  give  φω>•αί  xai  β^ονία-ί  (A.  B.  'a  23. 
p  6.  y  2.  Compl.'-to  which  might  have  been  added,  of  the  old 
verss.,  at  least  the  Vulg.,  Syr.  ^  De  D.  vo.v  tonitriium,  and  Ar.), 
except  Bloomf.,  who  says  that,  while  the  change  rests  on  '  strong 
external  authoritj'  .  .  .  internal  evidence  seems  rather  in  favour 
of  the  other  order.  But  this  needs  explanation,  which  is  not 
given.     See  ch.  11 :  19.    I  recommend  that  the  transposition 

be  made :   voices  and  thunders. For  ihunders,  see  E.  V., 

6  times  out  of  10  in  this  book  ;-R.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Stu.  (voices  of  thunder),  Lord, 
Murd.,  Kenr.,  Barn.  ;-Rob.,  Green. 

"  Here,  as  in  w.  3,  4,  the  time  of  the  verbal  supplement  is 
best  determined  by  that  of  the  finite  verb  immediately  pre- 
ceding.— All  the  Latin  verss.  (except  Par.,  stabant),  Syr.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-Herd.,  Woodh.,  Greenf.,  Words.,  supply  nothing.  Berl. 
Bib.,  Wesl.,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  translate  xaio^ivM  as  a  present 
finite  verb.    Oomp.  γ.  7,  Ν.  b. 


'  Here  also  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  has  removed  the  capital  let- 
ter.    Comp.  ch.  3 :  1,  N.  a,  &c. 

"  The  semicolon  at  the  end  of  v.  5  preserves  the  continuity  of 
what  pertains  especially  to  '  the  throne,'  and  saves  the  necessity 
of  multiplying  supplements  in  v.  6. — These  supplements  are 
avoided  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm..  Vat.,  Cocc, 
Daub.,  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Greenf.,  Treg..  Words.,  Hengst.     Many 

others  have  only  the  first;  Stu.  and  Murd.,  only  the  second. 

All  the  recent  editors  insert  ύ?  before  βάλοσβα,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  '  28.  β  6.  y  2.  Compl.  Ύχχ\^.  Copt.  Syr.  Erp.,'  except 
Bloomf.,  who,  while  acknowledging  that  it  '  is  probably  gen- 
uine,' adds  as  usual,  that  '  internal  evidence  is  rather  against  it.' 
But  see  ch.  15  :  2.  If  Bloomf.  meant  to  suggest  that  the  word 
might  have  been  introduced  here  from  the  latter  text,  the  ob- 
jection is  of  no  force  against  the  admitted  preponderance  of  ex- 
ternal authority,  joined  to  the  fact,  that  a  plentiful  use  of  this 
particle  is  one  of  the  most  marked  characteristics  of  the  book. 
I  recommend  that  the  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  words, 
as  it  were,  be  inserted  after  throne. 

^  The  adjective  is  retained  here  by  Latin  and  German  verss., 
Dt.  ;-Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Ell.,  Lord  ;  and  at  ch.  15  :  2,  also 
by  W.,  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Brightm.  (who  has  it  here  in  the  Comment.). 
(Comp.  Hor.,  Carm.  iv.  2 :  '  Vitreo  . . .  ponto;^  and  Milton,  P.  L. 
vii.  619  :  '  The  clear  hyaline,  the  glassy  sea.'') 

r  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  d. 

»  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe  (round),  Stu.  (at  ch.  5  :  7), 
Treg.,  Murd. 

»  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  ni«n),  Fr.  S.  (etres  vivants)  ;-Engl.  Ann. 
(•  or,  living  wights'),  Hamm.,  Wells.  Daub,  (wights),  Berl.  Bib. 
(lebendige  Dingen),  Lowm.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl..  Gill,  Newt., 
Moldenh.  (leb.  Personen),  Herd.,  Stolz,  Van  Es.s,  Kist.,  Mey., 
(Lebendige),  Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.  (animate  beings), 
Clarke,  Scott,  Allw.,  All.  (lebende  Wesen),  Jones,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Bloomf.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.  (■  Thiere  oder  lebendige  We- 
sen'), Treg.,  Words.,  Lee.  Scholef.,  Kell.,  Barn,  (living  beings). 


108 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

throne,  icerc  four  beasts  full  of 
eyes  before  aud  behind. 

7  And  the  first  beast  was  like 
a  lion,  and  the  second  beast  like 
a  calf,  and  the  third  beast  had 
a  face  as  a  man,  and  the  foiuth 
beast  w(is  like  a  flying  eagle. 


8  And  the  four  beasts  had 
each  of  them  si\  wings  about 
him;  and  thtij  were  full  of  eyes 
within :    and  they  rest  not  day 


GREEK    TEXT. 

μοντα   οφθαλμών   ϊμπροσθίν  /cat 
οττισθεν. 

7  Kou  το  ζώον  το  Ίτρώτον  Όμοιοι' 
AeovTi,  και  το  devTepov  ζώορ  ομοι- 
ον  μοσχω,  καΐ  το  τρίτον  ζώον 
tj(Ov  το  ττροσωτΓον  ώί  ανθρωττοί, 
και  το  τίταρτον  ζώον  ομοιον  αζτω 
τΓβτωμβνω. 

8  καΙ  τίσσαρα  ζώα,  ev  κα& 
eavTO,  eiyov  άνα  τττίρνγαξ  Ιζ 
κνκλοθίν,  και  βσωθβν  γζμοντα 
οφθαλμών,    καΙ    άναπανσιν    ουκ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

creatures  full  of  eyes  before  and 
behind. 

7  And  the  first  ''living  creature 
Hs  like  a  lion,  and  the  second 
''living  creature  like  a  calf,  and 
the  third  ■'living  creature  ''hath 
■^the  face  as  a  man,  and  the  fourth 
''living  creature  ^'is  like  an  eagle 
flying. 

8  And  *  four  ''living  creatures, 
^each  one  by  itself,  ^had  six 
winEfs  ;''  round  about  and  within 


Hh 


Ψ 


full  of  eyes ;  and  they 


^  For  living  creature,  see  v.  6,   N.  a. For  the  present 

tenses,  see  v.  5,  N.  u.  Syr.  (though  De  D.  has  habebat  for 
=  est  illi;  and  Murd..  the  preterit  throughout.)  ;-Beri.  Bib. 
(is<)i  Wesh  (is,  3  times  .  .  .  hath).  Nothing  is  supplied,  and 
ίχον  is  rendered  by  a  participle,  by  W.,  R.  j-Yulg.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  Woodli.,  Words. 

'  The  article  limits  the  resemblance  to  that  part. — Dt.,  It., 
French  verss.  ;-Bcng.,  Woodh.  {the  aspect),  Alhv.,  Trcg.,  Kenr., 
(the  face  as  of  a  man  ;  according  to  the  reading,  ij  ανθ^ύιΛον,  of 
Ά.  11.  13.  oG.  Λ'ulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr.,'  and  edited  by  Lachm., 
Hahn,  Treg.,  "Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile.),  Jones,  Penn,  Sliarpe,  {the 
face  of  a  -man ;  according  to  the  reading,  άι^βριότίον,  of  B.  and 
Ό  15.  /3  5.'  and  edited  by  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Sch.),  De  "\V. 
(=Treg.).  Bloomf  ('would  now  edit  [uj]  άΐ'βρώΛον ;'  thus 
leaving  of  recent  editors  only  Beng.  and  Knapp  for  άιβρωτίο;. 

''  nftujusK^  (or,  as  all  the  recent  editors  read,  here  and  else- 
where, Λίΐομ.)  is  not  merel}'  'epith.  ornans,  quod  aquila  volatu 
eminet'  (Eichh. ;  and  so  Barn.),  but  indicates  that  the  wings 
were  '  out.spread,'  as  in  the  act  of  flying,  in  accordance  with  the 
cherubic  posture  in  the  tabernacle  and  temple  (Ex.  37:  9; 
Is.  G:  2.  Comp.  Ezek.  1 :  9, 11,  &c.).—W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr. 
(=  aquilae  qui  volat;-Matd.  an  eagle  when  flying),  Fr.  M. 
(un  aigle  qui  vole),  Fr.  S.  {un  aig.  qui  etend  les  ailes)  ;-B.  and 
L.  (ime  aig.  qui  v.),  Greenf.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

"  All  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf.,  insert  τά,  on  the  au- 
thority of  ■  A.  9.  3  5.  Syr.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
followed :  the. 

'  See  V.  6,  N.  a. 

*  For  the  order,  see  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.  ;- 

Daub.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Treg.,  Words. For  by  itself, 

see  Dt.  (foor  zich  zelcen),  Fr.  G.  (ά  part) ;  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par., 
Grell.,  {per  se),  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {pro  se),  Berl.  Bib.  {fur  sich 
selbst).  But  the  reading  iV  avtuv  {'  A.  B.  α  10.  /3  3.  y  2.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav,  ed.')  is  substituted  for 
avto  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Matth.  (he  has  simply 


εν  '  α  15.  β  5.,'  and,  according  to  Words.,  B.)  and  Bloomf.  Also 
the  reading  ίχον  (Treg.  and  Tisch.  give  ΐχων,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  and  6  cursive  MSS.),  instead  of  ιίχον,  is  sustained  by 
'  B.  α  15.  β  2..γ  2.  Comp!.,'  and  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors, 
except  Bloomf.  I  recommend  that  the  readings,  h  airCJv  and 
Ιχον  or  ίχων  be  followed,  and,  in  connection  with  the  distributive 
άΐ'ά,  translated :  each  one  of  them  having.  For  eacli  one,  see 
T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Stu. : — for  translating  'ίχορ  by  a  participle,  see 
Fr.  S.  ;-Woodh.,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Words.  This  last  change,  in 
connection  with  that  recommended  in  N.  i,  requires  a  comma 
after  wings. 

^  For  this  reference  of  χνχλόθιν,  it  may  be  said,  1..  that,  as- 
suming ΐχον  or  tziuv  and  γίμοναιν  (Ν.  i)  to  be  the  true  readings, 
the  structure  of  the  whole  verse  is  simplified ; — 2.,  that  the 
other  arrangement  does  not  harmonize  with  the  cherubic  ap- 
pearances before  referred  to,  v.  7,  N.  d  ; — 3.,  and  might  have  pre- 
cluded the  Seer's  minute  observation  of  the  other  features 
(vv.  G,  7),  which  first  caught  his  eye ; — while,  4.,  the  construc- 
tion proposed  is  apparently  required  by  the  'ΐμηροσθίν  xai  οΛιαθιν 
of  V.  6  ; — and.  5.,  is  that  adopted  by  Vulg.  (according  to  the  test, 
senas,  et  in  circtdtu,  followed  by  W.,  AH.,  Kenr.  ;-B.  having 
prefei-red  the  reading,  senas  in  circuitu,  et,  which  appears  also 
in  the  Sixtine  edition  of  1590).  Fr.  S.  ;-Grot.  ('Alae  enim  sex 
.  .  .  non  possunt  esse  in  circuitu.'),  Hamm.,  Beng.  and  the  later 
editors,  except  Matth.  (though  he  follows  it  in  his  version),  Sch., 
Words.  Even  if  xvxx.  were  construed  as  in  E.  V.,  it  would  be 
well  to  omit  the  supplemental  him,  and  so  leave  room  for 
Areth.'s  understanding  of  the  word,  as  describing  the  position, 
not  of  the  wings,  but  of  the  living  creatures  themselves  (ού  τΰν 

Λ-ίιρνγων,  άλλα  tup  tcaadpuv  ατάαι,ν). For  round  about,  see 

E.  v.,  vv.  3,  4;  5:  11  ;-W.  {all  about),  R.;-ILimm.,  Daub., 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

'  I  recommend  that  the  reading  yi^ovaiv,  adopted  by  all  the 
recent  editors  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  B.  α  20.  β  7.  y  4.  Compl.,' 
be  followed,  and  translated :  they  are  full ;  but,  if  the  changes 
recommended  in  NN.  g  and  h  be  made,  then  that  the  version 
stand  thus  :  are  round  about  and  within  fidl  of  eyes. 


EEVELATION. 


109 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

and  night,  saying,  Holy,  holy, 
holy.  Lord  God  Almighty,  which 
was,  and  is,  and  is  to  come. 


9  And  when  those  beasts  give 
glory,  and  honour,  and  thanks  to 
him  that  sat  on  the  throne,  who 
liveth  for  ever  and  ever, 

10  The  four  and  twenty  elders 
fall  down  before  him  that  sat  on 
the  throne,  and  worship  hhn  that 
liveth  for  ever  and  ever,  and  cast 
their  crowns  before  the  throne, 
saying, 


11  Thou  art  worthy,  Ο  Lord, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

eyovaLU  ημβραί  και  νυκτός,  Xe- 
γοντα,  Αγιοί,  άγιος,  αγως  JS-v- 
pios  ο  0eo9  ό  παντοκράτωρ,  ό  ην 
και  ό  ων  κοί  ό  βρχομβνοί. 

9  Και  όταν  δώσονσι  τα  ζώα 
δόζαν  και  τιμήν  και  (ύχαριστίαν 
τώ  καθημίνω  ΙττΙ  τον  θρόνου,  τω 
ζωντι  €19  τουί  αιώνας  των  αιώνων, 

10  7Γ€σοννται  ο'ι  βϊκοσι  καΊ 
τβσσαρβς  ττρβσβυτβροι  Ινωττιον 
του  καθημίνον  eVi  τον  θρόνου, 
και  Ίτροσκυνοΰσι  τω  ζωντι  et? 
τους  αΙώνας  των  αιώνων,  καΐ  βαλ- 
λουσι  τους  στέφανους  αυτών  Ινω- 
ΤΓίον  του  θρόνου,  λίγοντ€ς, 

11  "Αζιος   el,    Kvpie,    λαββΐν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

Jhave  no  rest  day  and  night,  Jsay- 
ing :  JHoly,  hol}^  holy,  ''the  Lord 
God  ''the  Almighty,  'who  was, 
and  'who  is,  and  'who  "cometh. 

9  And  when  "the  living  crea- 


tures    "shall 


glory,    and 


honour,  and  thanks  to  him  that 
Psitteth  on  the  throne,  who  liveth 
■lunto  the  ages  of  the  ages, 

10  The  ■'four  and  twenty  elders 
■■shall  fall  down  before  him  that 
'sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  ■'shall 
worship  him  that  liveth  'unto 
the  ages  of  the  ages,  and  '■they 
cast  their  crowns  before  the 
throne,  saying : 


11  Thou  art  worthy,  "0  Lord, 


)  This  work  of  praise  being  itself  their  sabbatism. — E.  Λ^. 
marg. ;  ch.  14 :  11.  Here  also  the  Greek  construction  by  means 
of  a  verb  and  an  accusative  is  retained  by  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Vulg., 
German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Dt.,  Fr.  G.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat., 
Aret.,   Engl.  Ann.,   Cocc,   Daub.,    Sharpe.   Stu.,    Lord,   Treg., 

Murd.  ;-Rob. For  ■Kiyovta,  all  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.) 

read  ■Ktyovtii  (A.  B.  'a  21.  )3  5.  7  2.  Er.'). The  oiyto;  is  re- 
peated 9  times  in  'B.  α  17.  β  3.  Oompl.     Arm.' 

^  Syr.  (=  De  D.  Dominus  Deus  ille  Omnipotens),  Germ. 
(Gott,  der  Herr,  der  Allmachtige).  Dt.  {dc  Heer  God,  de  ΛΙ- 
magtige),  It.  (ίϊ  Signore  Iddio,  I'Omnipotente),  Fr.  G..-]\I., 
(le  Seigneur  Dieu  ioiit-puissanf).  Fr.  S.  (/e  Seigneur  Dieu,  le 
Tout- Puissant) -y-^QZ.,  Grell.,  Vitr.,  {as  De  D.),  Hamm.  (L. 
G.  the  ruler  of  all  things),  Daub.,  Thorn.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr., 
(L.  G.  the  Aim.),  Beng.,  Moldenh..  ((hr  H.,  G.,  der  Allm.). 
"Wesl.,  Herd.  {G.  der  //.,  der  Allbeherrscher -,-ΆΤίά  so  May.,  ex- 
cept that  he  inserts  a  comma  also  after  Gott),  Wakef.  (marking 
the  first  article  as  supplied).  Woodh.,  All.  {as  Germ.  ;-and  so 
De  W.,  Hengst.),  Lord  {L.  the  G.  Aim.). 

1  See  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. For  the  double  repetition  of  the 

relative,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  1 :  4,  8  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German 
and  French  verss..  Dt.,  It.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat,  Casta!.,  Grell.,  Daub., 
Wesl.,  Wakef..  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  ΑΙΙντ.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

■»  See  ch.  1  :  4,  N.  o,  tc. 

"  The  ilia  of  the  Vulg.  has  been  followed  by  the  Syr. ;  the 
old  English  verss. ;  the  Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.,  Cocc.) ; 
and  in  later  times,  excepting  Roman  Catholic  verss.,  only  by 

Wells  {these),  Daub.,  Newc. For  living  creatures,  see  v.  6, 

N.  a. 

"  The  finite  verbs  of  vv.  9,  10  are  commonly  explained  as  in 
the  Hebraistic  future  of  customary  action,  and  translated  into 
the  past  or  present  time ;  which  is  better  than  AVin.'s  reference 
of  them  to  the  subsequent  visions.     But  the  future  form  is  to 


be  retained,  as  further  intimating,  that  this  accordant  and  simul- 
taneous worship  is  the  blessed  and  unchangeable  law  of  the 
eternal  sanctuary.  Thus  it  '  ever  shall  be.' — Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Hamm.  {shall  give),  B.  and  L.  marg.,  Thom.  {are  to  prostrate 
themselves ...  and  to  worship).  Daub.,  Grcenf.  (iia'i),  Sharpe 
{shall  give  .  . .  will  fall  down  .  .  .  will  worship),  De  W.,  Dav.  ;- 
Win. 

ρ  R.  ;-Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.  and  Lord  {sits), 
Wesl.,  Herd,  and  later  German  verss.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom. 
{is  seated),  AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd. 
E.  Ύ.  follows  Pagn.,  Bez.,  &c.  {insidebat). 

•>  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  g,  &c. 

'  Here  also  (comp.  v.  4,  N.  m)  all  the  recent  editors,  except 
Matth.  and  Bloomf.,  cancel  the  xai  after  six.,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  'a  8.  j3  4.  Compl.  xS.'  Er.'  I  recommend  that,  in 
accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  and  be  omitted,  and 

that  είχ.  tiaa.  be  translated  :  twenty-four. For  shall,  see 

V.  9,  N.  o. 

'  See  V.  9,  N.  p. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  g,  &c. 

"  Other  editions  of  the  received  text,  and  all  the  recent  editors, 
have  βαλοΰαί.    I  recommend  that  this  be  adopted :  shall  cast. 

'  For  Kvfiic  (Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.).  Beng.  has  Kiipw 
ύ^ε6ίήμων{^α5.βΖ.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Arm.  Erp.  Slav.  MSS.'), 
and  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  have 
ύ  Kiipioj  xoU  6  @c6i  {]μων  Ά.  Β.  ο  23.  β  5.  γ  4.  Compl.  Am. 
Syr.  Ar.  P.').  Bloomf.  also  now  thinks  that  the  authority  for 
the  common  test  is  '  too  slender  to  be  relied  on.'  If,  however, 
neither  of  the  variations  is  adopted,  I  should  still  recommend 
that  the  margin  contain  this  note :  '  Or,  as  many  copies  read  : 
our  Lord  and  God.'  It  deserves  to  be  noticed,  that '  α  24. 
β  5.  y  4.  Compl.  Syr.  Ar.  P.'  add  ο  oyioj,  and  for  this  Words. 
cites  also  B. 


110 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

to  receive  glory,  and  honour,  and 
power :  for  thou  hast  created  all 
things,  and  for  thy  pleasure  they 
are  and  were  created. 


CHAP.   V. 

And  I  saw  in  the  right  hand 
of  him  that  sat  on  the  throne  a 
book  written  within  and  on  the 
back  side,  sealed  with  seven 
seals. 

2  And  I  saw  a  strong  angel 
proclaiming  with  a  loud  voice. 
Who  is  worthy  to  open  the  book, 
and  to  loose  the  seals  thereof? 

3  And  no  man  in  heaven,  nor 
in  earth,  neither  under  the  earth. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


την  οοζαν  και  την  Τίμην  και  την 
δνναμιν  Ότι  συ  ίκτισας  τα  τταντα, 
καΐ  δια  το  θβλημα  σου  βίσΐ  καΙ 
ΐκτίσθησαν. 

CHAP.   ν. 

ΚΑΙ  βίδον  ΐτη  την  δεξιαν  του 
καθημίνου  errl  τον  θρόνου  βιβλίον 
γβγραμμβνον  ίσωθβν  και  οττι- 
σθβν,  κατ€σφραγισμ€νον  σφρα- 
γΐσιν  €ΤΓτα. 

2  ΚαΙ  βίδον  ayyiXov  Ισχυρον 
κηρύσσοντα  ψωνη  μβγαλη,  Tis 
βστιν  άζΐ09  άνοΐζαι  το  βιβλίον, 
καΐ  λΰσαι  τας  σφραγΐδαί  αύτοΰ  ; 

3  καΙ  ούδβίΐ  ηδυνατο  ev  τω 
ούρανω,   οϋδί   iiii   τηί   γηί,  ούδί 


REVISED    version. 

to  receive  ^"the  glory,  and  '^the 
honour,  and  '^the  power :  for 
"thou  'didst  create  all  things, 
and  ^because  of  thy  ^will  they 
"are,  and  were  created. 

CHAP.  v. 

And  I  saw  "upon  the  right 
hand  of  hira  that  sat  on  the 
throne  a  book  written  within  and 
on  the  ""back,  sealed  ""up  with 
seven  seals. 

2  And  I  saw  a  ''mighty  angel 
proclaiming  ''with  a  loud  voice  : 
AVlio  is  worthy  to  open  the  book, 
and  to  loose  the  seals  thereof? 

3  And  no  *one  Svas  able  in 
heaven,''  nor  ^on  ""the  earth,  'nor 


"  For  the  articles,  see  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  e,  &c. '  Thou,  the  Crea- 
tor; Thou,  and  none  else.'     See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &o. 

»  The  temporal  reference  of  txtiaa;  and  ίχΐίαθηααν  is  the 
same,  and  both  have  been  often  translated  by  the  perfect.  But 
It  is  better  to  preserve  the  historical  force,  as  E.  V.  does  in  the 
latter  instance.— E.  V.,  ch.  10  :  C  ;  Mark  13  :  19  ;  .ice.  ;-W. 
{made.fi)  ;-Fr.  S.  (creas)  ;-Sharpe  (creaiedsl),  Lord. 

y  '  The  sole  ground  of  the  existence  of  the  universe  is  the 
existence  of  a  divine  volition.'  This  is  commonly,  but  unneces- 
sarily, regarded  as  one  of  the  exceptional  cases,  in  which  διά 
vrith  the  accusative  denotes  (he  means. — E.  Y.,  Matt.  13  :  21  ; 
&c.  ;-T.,  C,  G.,•  {for  thy  wiWs  sake)  ;-A^ulg.  {propter),  Syr.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Ros.,  {as  Vulg.  ;-Daub.  censuring 
those  who,  as  Bez.  and  \'itr.,  changed  this  into  per),  Beng.  (ron 
deines  IVillens  icegen),  Treg.,  Murd.  ;-A\'in.  ('  On  closer  in- 
spection on  account  of  [um. .  .  .  willenl  suits  quite  well.'). 

"  E.  v.,  always  so  elsewhere  (63  times),  except  Eph.  2 :  3, 
where  the  plural  is,  desires  ;-W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.;- 
Dodd.,  Wes!.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Allw., 
Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr.,  Barn. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  have  ηααν  (Ά.  Β.  α  17.  |3  4.  y  3. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.  Georg.').  I  recommend  that  it  be 
adopted:  were.  'God  willed,  and  the  universe  was;  was,  as 
a  creature.''  For  ίχΐίπθηηαν  does  not  denote  continuance  in 
being  (Beng.,  Wesl.),  nor  is  it  synonymous  with  ηααν  (Eichh.), 
bat '  explains  and  renders  more  intensive  the  afiirmation'  (Stu.). 

*  Beng. :  '  He  presented  it  openly,  to  give  it  to  whosoever 
should  be  worthy.'  Comp.  ch.  1 :  20,  N.  d,  «tc— Syr.  ;-Pagn., 
Casta!.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Grot.,  (ad;-but  see  v.  7,  f"x),  Brightm. 
(•  at  or  upon'),  Daub,  {on),  Beng.  {aiif),  "Wakef.,  Sharpe, 
Murd.,  {at),  Slu.,  De  W.  ('  ini  may  here  and  20  :  1   be  taken 


strictly'-ai//),  Hengst.  ('  Properly :  toward  the  right  hand. 
Comp.  the  ετίί  in  like  manner  in  ch.  3 :  20 ;  15 :  2 ;  20 :  1 ; 
JIatt.  27  :  29,  where  the  other  reading  ir  ty  Sihi  is  merely  ex- 
planatory.') j-Wahl  ('  an,  bey,  zu,  Lat.  ad'),  Rob.  ('  upon, 
i.  e.  in'). 

^  W.,  R.,  {without)  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Penn,  Kenr.,  {us  W.),  Wakef.  Thoni..  Scott  and  Allw.  (o?i  the 
outside),  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord  ;-Rob. 

'  German  verss.  {versiegelt),  Dt.  {verzegcld)  ;-Pagn.  and 
later  Latin  verss.  {obsignatum  ;-for  the  Vulg.  signatum), 
Woodh.,  Bloomf.  (sealed  down),  Treg.  {firmly  sealed),  Words.;- 
L.  and  S.,  Rob.,  Green.  Of  these,  it  is  true,  the  foreign  verss. 
and  Woodh.  make  no  distinction  between  the  compound  verb 
here  and  the  simple  one  at  ch.  10 :  4. 

•^  E.  v.,  5  times  out  of  7  in  this  book  ;-IIamm.,  Wells 
Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Jones,  Penn, 

Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. Before  ψωνί;,  all  the  recent  editors  insert 

h  (A.  B.  '  tt  20.  |3  .5.  γ  2.'). 

"  Grot. :  '  Nulla  res  vivens.'  See  ch.  3  :  7,  N.  ρ  ;  &c.  W.  ;- 
foreign  verss.  generally  ;-and  modern  English,  from  Daub, 
down  ;-herc  avoid  the  restriction  of  E.  V. 

f  The  verb  is  translated  before  iv  τφ  οϋρ.  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.),  Syr.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Woodh., 

Greenf ,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words. After  οΟρακφ,  Matth.,  Knapp, 

Mey.,  Sch.,  Words.,  add  άνω  (Β.  '  α  18.  β  5.     Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P.'). 

^  Syr.,  German  and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub. 
(M^07i;-and  so  Dodd.,  Wakef,  Woodh.),  Newc,  Thoni.  and  the 
later  English  verss. 

^  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Sloldenh.,  Wakef, 
Newc,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Murd. 

'  R.  ;-Daub.,  Wakef,  Woodh..  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe.  Stu., 
Lord,  Murd.  (or),  Kenr. 


REVELATION. 


Ill 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

was   able    to    open    the   book, 
neither  to  look  thereon. 

4  And  I  wept  much,  because 
no  man  was  found  worthy  to 
open,  and  to  read  the  book, 
neither  to  look  thereon. 

5  And  one  of  the  elders  saith 
unto  me.  Weep  not :  behold,  the 
Lion  of  the  tribe  of  Juda,  the 
Root  of  David,  hath  prevailed 
to  open  the  book,  and  to  loose 
the  seven  seals  thereof. 


6  And  I  beheld,  and  lo,  in  the 
midst  of  the  throne,  and  of  the 
four  beasts,  and  in  the  midst  of 
the  elders,  stood  a  Lamb  as  it 
had  been  slain,  having  seven 
horns,  and  seven  eyes,  which  are 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ύτΓΟκάτω  rrjs  yj???  άνοίζαι  το  βί• 
βλίον,  ονδζ  βλβτΓβιν  αυτό. 

4  Και  βγω  βκλαων  ττολλα, 
OTL  ούδεί?  αζίΟΫ  βνρβθη  άνοίζαι 
και  άναγνώναι  το  βιβΧιον,  ούτΐ 
βλίτΓ€ΐν  αντο. 

5  καΐ  ety  e'/c  των  ττρβσβντίρων 
Ae'yet  μοι,  Μη  κλαΐβ•  ιδον  ivi- 
κησβν  ό  λβων  ό  ών  Ικ  tyjs  φυλής 
Ίοΰδα,  ή  ρίζα  Δαβίδ,  άνοίζαι  το 
βιβλίον,  /cat  λΰσαι  τα?  ίτττα 
σφραγίδας  αύτου. 

6  ΚαΙ  ίίδον,  καΐ  ιδού  iv  μβσω 
τοΰ  θρόνου  καΐ  των  τβσσαρων 
ζώων,  και  iv  μβσω  των  ττρβσβυ- 
τβρων,  άρνίον  ίστηκος  ώ?  ϊσφα- 
γμβνον,  βχ^ον  κβρατα  (τττα  καΧ 
οφθαλμούς  ίπτα,  ο"ι  ίίσι  τα  βτττα 


REVISED    VERSION. 

under  the   earth,   to   open   the 
book,  neither  to  look  thereon. 

4  And  JI,  I  wept  much,  be- 
cause no  "One  was  found  worthy 
to  open  'and  read  the  book, 
neither  to  look  thereon. 

5  And  one  of  the  elders  saith 
unto  me :  Weep  not :  behold, 
the  Lion  ™that  is  "from  the  tribe 
of  "Judah,  the  Root  of  David, 
hath  prevailed  to  open  the  book, 
and  Pto  loose  the  seven  seals 
thereof. 

6  And  I  "^saw,  and  "'behold,  in 
the  midst  of  the  throne  '  and 
of  the  four  'living  creatures,  and 
in  the  midst  of  the  elders,  "a 
"Lamb  ^standing  "as  if  it  had 
been  slain,  having  seven  horns,  ^ 
and    seven  eyes,  which  are  the 


1  '  As  for  me.'  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  in,  &c. — Latin  verss.  (ego), 
Fr.  S.  (moi^je)  ;-Treg.  (marks  the  pronoun  as  emphatic). 

"  See  V.  3,  N.  e,  &c. 

1  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words,  »ai  άκαγί'ωΐ'αι,  on 
the  authority  of  ■  B.  α  23.  β  6.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  An.' 
I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  words 
and  read  be  omitted. 

"  E.  v.,  John  18 :  37 ;  &c.  ;-T.  (being)  ;-Syr.  (=  De  D.  ille 
qui  [est]),  Germ..  Dt.,  It.  (marking  the  verb  as  supplied),  Fr.  G., 
-δΐ. -S.  ;-Pagn.  (ille  ;-and  so  Bez..  Par.),  Xat.,  Castal.,  Brightm. 
(that),  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (ille,  qui  est),  Beng.,  Dodd.  (icho  )'s;-and 
so  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Lord),  Moldeuh.,  Greenf.,  Treg., 
De  W.,  Hengst.  Of  these  many  follow  the  reading  adopted  by 
all  the  recent  editors,  which  cancels  the  Civ,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  Ό  28.  β  7.  y  3.  Compl.     Vulg.' 

"  Comp.  John  7 :  41 ;  &c.  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  -a),  Dt.  (uit)  ;-' 
Pagn.,  Castal.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  (ea?;-for  theVulg.de), 
Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Gerl.,  Stier,  De  W.,  (aus  ;-for  Luth.'s  von). 

'  E.  V.'s  Greek  genitive  has  been  exchanged  for  the  Hebrew 
name  by  Guyse,  Dodd.  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except 
Treg.,  Words.),  and  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.     See  ch.  7 :  6,  N.  o. 

ρ  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  xictat,  on  the  authority  of 
Ά.  B.  α  27.  3  8.  y  3.  Compl.  Verss.  exc.  Vulg.  ed.  and  Slav. 
MS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  and  that  the 
version  stand  thus :  book  atid  the  &c. 

•>  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  b. 

■■  E.  v.,  25  times,  out  of  30,  in  this  book  ;-R.  ;-Wakef , 
Thom.,  Kenr.  ;-and  so,  at  ch.  6 :  5,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Penn, 


Sharpe,  Stu.  But  Bloomf.  brackets,  and  all  *  the  otlier  recent 
editors  cancel,  the  words  xai  ί&ού,  on  the  authority  of  B.  '  α  26. 
β  8.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  followed,  and  that  the  words,  and  behold, 
be  omitted. 

«  The  comma  has  been  removed  by  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc. 

ί  See  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  a. 

"  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Castal.),  Syr.,  Dt,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Sym.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  Jones, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W-,  Words.,  Hengst..  Kenr. 

"  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  (Lammlein),  Wakef.  (/iiViZe 
lamb).  But  this  etymological  strictness  is  not  favoured  by 
ch.  13  :  11,  and  the  Sept.  Jer.  11 :  19  (for  iaas). 

"  The  participle  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr., 
Dt.  •,-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Greenf,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Word?.,  Hengst., 
Kenr. 

'  For  as  if,  see  Buttm.  §  144,  n.  14;  Kuhn.  J  312.  6 ;  Rob. 
s.  V.  ώ•;,  2.  a ;  &c.  T.,  C,  G.,  (as  though)  ;-Lalin  vcr.cs.,  except 
Cocc.  and  Vitr.,  (tanquam)  ;-Brightm.,  Sharpe,  (as  T.),  Wesl., 
Wakef ,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Bloomf,  Stier 
(wie  wenn),  Murd.,  Kenr. 

y  This  comma,  which  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  has  removed,  is 
justified  by  the  gender  of  the  subsequent  relative,  without  even 
insisting  on  the  more  common  interpretation,  which  restricts 
the  relative  clause  to  the  όφβαλ^ον;. 


*  In  the  2d  ed.  of  his  Translation,  Treg.  adopts  the  reading 
of  Α.,  which,  omitting  xai  ilSov,  gives  xai  iSoii  xai. 


112 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

the   seven  Spirits  of  God   sent 
forth  into  all  the  eartli. 

7  And  he  came  and  took  the 
book  out  of  the  right  hand  of 
him  that  sat  upon  the  throne. 

S  And  when  he  had  taken  the 
book,  the  four  beasts,  and  four 
and  twenty  elders  fell  down  be- 
fore the  Lamlj,  having  every  one 
of  them  haqis,  and  golden  vials 
full  of  odours,  which  are  the 
prayers  of  saints. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

rod  Oeoi  πνεύματα  τα  άττεσταλ- 
μίνα  «if  Ίτάσαν  την  γην. 

7  Kcu  ήλθΐ,  και  ΐ'ιληψβ  το 
βίβλίον  e'/c  της  δβζίΰί  τοΰ  καθή- 
μενου (τη  τοΰ  θρόνου. 

8  καΐ  ότ€  ί'λαβζ  το  βίβλίον, 
τα  τέσσαρα  ζώα  καΐ  οΐ  (Ικοσί- 
τίσσαρβς  ττρβσβυτίροι  ΐττεσον 
ΙνώτΓίον  τοΰ  άρνίου,  βχ^οντίί  e/ca- 
crrof  Κιθάρας,  καΐ  ψιαλας  χρυσάς 
γίμονσας  θυμιαμάτων,  αϊ  βίσιν 
αϊ  ττροσβυχαί  των  άγιων 


REVISED    VERSION. 

seven  ^Spirits  of  God  sent  forth 
into  all  the  earth. 

7  And  he  came  and  "took  "the 
book  out  of  the  right  hand  of 
him  that  sat  "on  the  throne. 


8  And  when  he  ''took  the  book, 
the  four  ''living  creatures  and 
■•the  "twenty-four  elders  fell  down 
before  the  Lamb,  having  every 
one  ''  harps,  and  golden  ^bowls 
full  of  ''incense,  'which  are  tlie 
prayers  oi'  Jthe  saints. 


'  Here  also  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.  now  interprets  and  prints 
as  in  ch.  3  :  1  (see  there  N.  a,  &c.). 

'  This  £ίλ);φΕ  is  mentioned  by  Win.  (§  41. 4)  as  the  onl j  example 
in  the  N.  T.  of  a  perfect  used  piecisely  as  the  narrative  aorist. 

But  see  ch.  7: 14;  8:  5. Bloomf.  brackets,  and  Matth.,  Mey., 

Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  cancel,  the  words  tu  βιβλιΌχ,  on 
the  authority  of  ' Λ.  α  24.  β  G.  y  2.     Harl*  Am*  Aeth.  Arm.' 

For  on,  see  ch.  .3 :  10,  N.  d.     E.  V.,  ch.  4 :  2 ;  &c.  ;-Brightm., 

Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Words.,  Murd..  Kenr. 

■"  The  same  tense  as  in  v.  7  appears  in  Syr..  Germ.  ;-Castal., 
Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  All.,  Sharpe,  Slu., 
Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Hengst.,  Murd. 

'  See  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  a. 

■'  B.  v.,  ch.  4 :  10 ;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Wells  and  later 
English  verss.  (except  Sharpe).  The  E.  V.  is  somewhat  relieved 
in  the  revised  edition  of  the  Am.  Bible  Soc.  by  the  removal  of 
the  comma  after  beasts  (so  Ilamm.,  Kenr.). 

•  See  ch.  4:  4,  N.  m.  T.,  C,  (xsiiii.)  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  20 :  13  ;-G.,  R.  ;-forcign  verss.,  except  Syr.  and 
Greenf.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.  (each  ;-and  so   Sharpe,   Stu., 

Treg.),  Lord,   Kenr. For   χιβα'ρα;,  Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachm., 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile  have  χιθάραν  (A.  B.  '»  19.  β  5.  y  2. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Erp.'). 

^  In  classical  G  reek  ψιάλι;  is  '  a  broad,  βαΐ,  shallow  cup  or 
bowl,  esp.,  a  drinking-  bowl  or  bowl  for  libations,  the  Lat. 
patera'  (L.  and  S.).  In  the  Sept.  it  commonly  stands  for  ρ'ιΐΏ 
(Greenf.'s  term  here),  which  is  defined  by  Ges.,  Fiirst,  &c.,  '  vas 
unde  spargitur  (sanguis  victimarum),  pliiala  s.  patera  sacri- 
βοα'  (Rob.:  a  sacrificial  boid,  basin).  ' .  .  .  De  cratere  vini 
Am.  G :  6'  (Rob. :  a  wine-bowl) ;  and  is  always  in  E.  V.  rendered, 
boxol  (Num.  7 :  13,  &c.)  or  basin  (Ex.  27  :  3  ;  &c.).  To  this 
usage  our  English  vial  (Johns.,  Rich. :  '  a  small  bottle')  does 
not  answer. — Latin  verss.  (phialas  ;-the  ph.  being  described  by 
Facciolati  and  Forccllini  as  '  poculi  genus  in  superiori  parte 
latius  :  et  fere  ex  auro,  aut  alia  pretiosa  materia.'  Grot. :  '  Hie 
aiitem  intelliguntur  paterae'  [the  word  used  also  by  Ew.,  Ros.], 
'  in  quibus  erat  thus  et  suffimenta  alia.'     Aret.  thuribuld),  Syr. 


(transfers  the  Greek  word,  and  Murd.  renders  it,  cjips  ;-which 
is  objectionable  only  as  suggesting  the  ideas  of  smallness,  and 
a  shape  '  more  deep  than  wide'  [.Johns.,  Webst.]),  German 
verss.  (Schalen),  It.  (coppe)  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (-an  allusion  to  the 
censers  of  perfuming  pots  used  in  the  tabernacle  and  temple.'), 
Daub.,  B.  and  L.  (coupes),  Lowni.  (has  censers  and  cttps  ;-and 
so  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Scott),  Kewc,  Thom.  (cups),  Jones  ('a  kind 
of  goblet  or  basin'),  Bloomf  ('  Not  vials,  but  cups,  pateras, 
something  like  our  dishes'),  Stu.  ('bowls  or  goblets,  having 
norc  breadth  than  depth.'  He  has  bowls  in  the  version.),  Tieg., 
Kell.  ('  cups,  or  basins^),  Bonar,  Comment,  on  Leviticus,  ('  bowls 
of  the  altar,  or  the  like'),  Barn.  ('  The  idea  is  always  that  of  a 
bowl  or  goblet.')  ;-Rob.  ('a  bowl,  goblet,  broad  and  shallow, 
Lat.  patera^).  Green  (a  bowl,  shallow  cup,  patera),  &c. 

^  ©vfitafia,  by  which  the  Sept.  habitually  render  the  ITi'ya^ 
(Greenf.'s  word  here,  and  this  in  E.  V.  is  always  incense ;  except 
in  three  instances,  perfume)  of  the  O.  T.,  and  which,  in  the 
N.  T.,  occurs  four  times  in  the  plur.  in  this  book,  and  twice  in 
the  sing,  elsewhere  (Luke  1:  10,  11),  is  always,  except  here 
and  ch.  18 :  13,  translated  in  E.  V.  by  incense.  The  plural 
(more  common  also  in  classical  Greek)  may  in  this  case,  and  in 
the  parallel  ch.  8 :  3,  4,  correspond  to  the  variety  of  spices  (Q-^aD, 
Ex.  uO:  34;  «See.  Comp.  1  Tim.  2:  1),  that  entered  etj  τψ  am- 
θίβίν  tnv  eaiittajuarof  (Sept.  Ex.  25 :  C).  In  number  and  etymo- 
logy, profumi  (It.),  parfims  (French  verss.),  perfiimes  (Dodd.), 
answer  well ;  but,  like  odours  (Vulg.  odoramenlortim),  they 
do  not  so  readily  suggest  a  religious  use,  and  the  re-appear- 
ance in  the  heavenly  sanctuary  of  the  Levitical  symbol  (Ps. 
141:  2;  MaLl:  11;  Acts  10:  4).  So  Areth.  thinks  th&t  βνμιά- 
μο.τ:α,  not  apii/iafa,  is  used  as  ί%αΐμίζονία  ϊό  ί'α^α  ϊ^5  χαθ'  ημΰν 
δίχαία;  του  θίοί  όργ^{. — Ε.  V.  marg.  ;-German  ver.ss.  (Rauch- 
werlc)  ;-Beng.  (mancherlei  R.),  Dt.  (reukwerks)  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.. 
Par.,  {suffituum),  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (use  suffimenta),  Lowm., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  marg.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Ew.  (thuribtcs), 
Allw.,  Jones,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.  ;-Rob. 

'  The  antecedent  is  the  ψιάλαί,  as  John  saw  them,  γιμούααζ 
θνμιάματί^ν,  and  so  representing  the  prayers  of  the  saints,  not 
only  as  abundant,  but  as  united.     This  reference  is  adopted  by 


REVELATION. 


113 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

9  And  they  sung  a  new  song, 
saying,  Thou  art  worthy  to  take 
the  book,  and  to  open  the  seals 
thereof:  for  thou  wast  slain,  and 
hast  redeemed  us  to  God  by  thy 
blood  out  of  every  kindred,  and 
tongue,  and  people,  and  nation ; 

10  And  hast  made  us  unto 
our  God  kings  and  priests :  and 
we  shall  reign  on  the  earth. 

11  And  I  beheld,  and  I  heard 
the  voice  of  many  angels  round 
about  the  throne,  and  the  beasts, 
and  the  elders :  and  the  number 
of  them  was  ten  thousand  times 


GREEK    TEXT. 

9  και  α8ονσιν  ω8ην  καίνην, 
λίγοντβς,  "ΑξίΟί  ei  λαβΰν  το  βι- 
βλίου, και  ανοΐζαί  ras  σφραγίδας 
αύτοΰ•  οτι  Ισφάγης,  καΐ  ηγορα- 
σα?  τώ  θίω  ήμάί  iu  τω  α'ιματι 
σου,  e'/c  πάσης  φνλης  καΐ  γλώσ- 
σης /cat  λαον  καΐ  βθνονς, 

10  καΐ  βτΓοίησαί  ημάς  τω  θίψ 
ημών  βασιλβΐς  καΐ  ϊβράς-  καΐ 
βασίλβυσομζν  eiri  της  γης. 

11  Kcu  eiSou,  καΐ  ηκουσα  φω- 
ρην  αγγΙΧων  τΐοΧΚών  κυκΧοθίν 
του  θρόνου  καΐ  των  ζώων  καΐ  των 


REVISED    VERSION. 

9  And  they  ''sing  a  new  song, 
saying  :  Thou  art  worthy  to  take 
the  book,  and  to  open  the  seals 
thereof;  for  thou  wast  slain,  and 
'didst  redeem  us  to  God  by  thy 
blood  out  of  every  "tribe,  and 
tongue,  and  people,  and  nation  ; 


10  And  "thou  "didst  make  "us 
unto  our  God  Pkings  and  priests, 
and  Pwe  shall  reign  PPover  the 
earth. 

11  And  I  ^saw,  and  I  heard  ■'a 
voice  of  many  angels  ^round 
about  the  throne  '  and  the  "living 


κ  A'ulg.  Am.,  Sjr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Wells,  Daub.. 
Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  "Words.,  Hcngst.  The  old  English 
verss.  follow  the  common  test  of  the  Viilg. 

1  '  In  dying.'  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  ζ ;  and  comp.  2  Pet.  2 :  1. 
W.  (again  houghtesl)  ;-Herd.,  Kist.,  Mey.,  De  W.  Others,  as 
Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Treg.,  and  many  foreign  veiss.,  make  the  cliange 
on  the  previous  verb :  thou  hast  been  slain,  and  hast  &o. 

-  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  k. 

"  Not  only  deliverance,  but  glory.  Comp.  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  y.  The 
pronoun  is  repeated  by  Dt.,  French  verss.  ;-AVakef.,  Newc, 
Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. For  didst  make,  see  v.  9,  N.  1,  &c. 

°  All  the  recent  editors  have  avtovi  for  ήμοί,  on  the  authority 
of  Ά.  B.  ο  27.  /3  8.  y  5.  Conipl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Copt.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  JMS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
followed:  them.  'The  intentional  change,'  remarks  Hengst., 
'  is  to  intimate,  that  the  elders  come  into  view,  not  as  individuals, 
but  merely  as  representatives  of  the  church.'  Perhaps  it  may 
even  be  said,  that,  reverting  to  the  scene  of  the  redemption, 
and  looking  out  thence  over  the  ruined  eartli,  they  lose,  as  it 
were,  the  sense  of  their  own  personality  in  the  wide  and  effi- 
cacious purpose  of  the  Saviour.     Comp.  Jude  24,  N.  y. 

ρ  For  βαβιΧίίζ,  Laclim.  and  Tisch.  have  βααΛήαιι  {•  A.    Vulg. 

Copt.').     Comp.  ch.  1 :   6,  N.  a. The  reading  βααΛίύβομίΐι 

is  given  up  by  all  the  recent  editors,  of  whom  Matth.,  Lachm., 
Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Words..  Tisch.,  adopt  βαοίΧινουαιν,  on  the  author- 
ity of  A.  B.  'a9.  β  4.  y  2.  Compl.  Syr.  Copt.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.;'— 
Beng.,  Griesb..  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Hahn,  Theile,  βαοΛίναοναίν, 


on  the  authority  of  'a  12.  β  4.  y  2.  Am.  HarV  The  internal 
evidence,  as  well  as  the  external,  being  in  favour  of  the  prophetic 
present,  as  the  more  difficult  reading,  and  as  a  natural  explana- 
tion of  ίΛοίηΐίαζ  airoii;  βαβΛί^ί.  I  recummeud  that  βαοΛίνοναιν 
be  followed  in  the  text :  they  reign  ;  and  that  the  words  :  •  Or, 
according  to  some  copies,  they  shall  reign.^  be  set  iu  tlie  margin. 

PP  So,  after  words  of  authority  and  rule,  ijti  always  may, 
and  often  must,  be  rendered.— E.  V.,  ch.  2:  26;  9:  11;  11 :  6; 
14 :  18 ;  16:9;  17 :  18 ;  &c.  ;-Vulg.  (super  terram)  ;-Erasm., 
Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  (as  Vulg.  ;-changed  by  Castal^ 
Cocc,  Vitr.,  into  in  terra),  Beng.,  Van  Ess,  Hengst.,  (iiber  ;- 
and  so  De  W.,  Win.,  &c.,  at  Matt.  2:  22;  &c.),  Wesl.,  Stu., 
Kell.  ;-Rob.  (at  Matt.  2 :  22 ;  ic).  See  the  grammars  and 
lexicons  generally  on  ini  in  this  relation. 

1  Seech.  4:1,  N.b. 

'  German  verss.  (except  that  Herd,  and  Mey.  have  no  ar- 
ticle), Dt,  Fr.  S.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef. 

»  All  the  recent  editors  read  χϋχλφ  (A.  B.  'a  24.  β  9.  y  4. 
Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  and 
translated :  around.     See  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  z. 

t  The  genitives,  τΊον  ξ'ύωΐ'  χολ  iuv  Λρίσβ.,  are  under  the 
government,  not  of  ^uvr;v'(W.,  R. ;-Castal.,  Dodd.,  Bloomf., 
Stu.,  Kenr. ;  of  whom  W.,  R.,  Kenr.,  probably  misapprehend 
the  Vulg.),  but  of  χύχλψ.  In  vv.  9,  10  we  have  the  song  of  the 
redeemed;  here,  the  angelic  antiphony  ;  followed,  v.  13,  by  the 
general  chorus. — The  commas  ai'e  removed  by  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Sharpe,  Treg.,  Words. 

"  See  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  a. 


Aret.,  Par.,  Wells,  De  W.,  Kell.,  Hengst. ;  but  the  last  errs  in 
asserting  for  it  a  grammatical  necessity,  against  the  familiar 
rule  of  both  the  Greek  and  the  Latin  grammar^  that  the  relative 


may  be  drawn  into  the  gender  and  number  of  the  explanatoiy 
substantive  in  its  own  clause;  e.  g.  Mark  12:  42;  Gal.  3:  16. 
J  Foreign  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  and  the  later  English. 

15 


114 


REVELATION. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

ten  tliousand,  and  thousands  of 
thousiiuds ; 

12  Saying  with  a  loud  voice, 
Worthy  is  the  Lamb  that  was 
shun  to  receive  power,  and  riches, 
and  wisdom,  and  strcnjith,  and 
honour,  and  glory,  and  blessing. 

13  And  every  creature  which 
is  in  heaven,  and  on  the  earth, 
and  under  the  earth,  and  such 
as  are  in  the  sea,  and  all  that  are 
in  them,  heard  I  saying.  Bless- 
ing, and  honour,  and  glory,  and 
power,  be  unto  him  that  sitteth 
upon  the  throne,  and  unto  the 
Lamb,  for  ever  and  ever. 


14  And  the  four  beasts  said. 
Amen.  And  the  four  cmd  twen- 
ty  elders   fell   down   and   wor- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Ίτρίσβυτίρων  και  χίλίαδε$•  ^ιλια- 
δωι>, 

12  λ€γοι>τ€9  φ(ι>νγ)  μβγαλτ], 
'  Αζιον  ΐστι  το  άρνίον  το  ΐσφα- 
γμίνον  λαβύν  την  δυναμό  και 
Ίτλοΰτον  και  συφίαν  και  Ισχνρ 
καΐ  τιμήν  καΐ  δοζαι/  καΐ  βύλογίαν. 

13  ICai  τταν  κτίσμα  ό  ϊστιν  Ιν 
τω  ουρανω,  και  Ιν  τη  γη,  και 
ντΓΟκατω  τηί  Ύη9,  και  ΐττΐ  τηί 
θαλασσηί  α  Ιστι,  κοα  τα  eV  αντοΊς 
πάντα,  ηκονσα  λ(γονταί,  Ίώ 
καθημίνω  €7Γ4  του  θρόνου  καΐ  τώ 
άρνιφ  η  ίυλογία  καΐ  η  τιμή  καΐ 
ή  δόζα  καΐ  το  κράτοί  eiy  τους 
αΐώναί  των  αΙωνων. 

14  Και  τα  τβσσαρα  (Joa  eXe- 
yov,  Λμην  και  οϊ  ύκοσιτίσσα- 
p€S     ττρίσβυτβροι     kireaav,     καΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

creatures  '  and  the  elders,  "  and 
thousands  of  thousands, 

12  Saying  with  a  loud  voice  : 
Woi-thy  'is  the  Lamb  that  *hath 
been  slain  to  receive  *the  power, 
and  riches,  and  Avisdom,  and 
strength,  and  honour,  and  glory, 
and  blessing. 

13  And  eveiy  creature  ^that 
''is  in  heaven,  and  >1η  the  earth, 
and  under  the  earth,  and  such  as 
are  ^on  the  sea,  and  all  "things 
that  are  in  them,  heard  I  saying: 
''Unto  him  that  sitteth  ''on  the 
throne,  and  unto  the  Lamb,''  ^the 
blessing,  and  ""the  honour,  and 
'the  glory,  and  "=the  power,  'unto 
the  ages  of  the  ages. 

14  And  the  four  ^living  crea- 
tures said :  Amen.  And  the 
•■twenty-four   elders   fell   down, 


'  I  recommend  that  the  reading  of  the  Elzevir  text,  and  of 
all  the  recent  editors,  which  here  inserts  the  words,  xai  ψ  ο 
αριθμοί  airuir  μνρίά&ΐ!  μν(ΐίά&ων,  be  followed,  and  that  the  ver- 
sion stand  thus:  elders;  and  the  number  of  them  was  myriads 
of  myriads,  and  thousands  of  thousands ; .  For  myriads,  see 
ch.  9 :  IG,  N.  s,  &c. 

"  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Bcng.  {das  sich  hat  schlacliien  lassen), 

Moldenh.,  AH.,  Trcg.,  De  W. For  the,  see  v.  13,  N.  e  and 

ch.  1 :  6,  N.  e,  &c.  ;-Dt.,  It.  and  Fr.  S.  (have  the  article  before 
each  noun),  Daub.,  B.  and  L.  {as  Fr.  S.),  Beng.,  AVesl., 
Woodh.,  AUw.,  Words.,  Hengst. 

^  After  every,  E.  V.  commonly  has  thal;-W.  {each  creature 

that),  R. The  ietlv  is  cancelled  by  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Bloomf., 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a  18.  β  5. 
Vulg.  MS.  Tol.  Copt.  Arr.' 

y  All  the  recent  editors  read  Μ  trji  yijs,  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  Ό  27.  β  7.  Compl.  Vulg.'  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
ing be  adopted :  o)i  the  earth. 

^  E.  v.,  ch.  7 : 1 ;  10 :  2 ;  &c.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  AH.,  Treg.,  Stier,  De  W.  ('The  sea-creatures  are 
thought  of,  that  live  more  on  the  surface  than  in  the  deep  ;'- 
a  better  suggestion  than  that  of  Rob.  after  λ\Ά\\\ :  '  on  the  bottom 
of  the  sea,  in  the  deep.').  But  neither  is  it  necessary  to  exclude, 
as  De  W.  intimates,  these  sailing  on  the  sea ;  especially  as  the 
following  clause,  xai  ta  iv  aitols  rtivia,  makes  up  what  had 
been  left  deficient  by  the  double  ίτίί.  Hengst.  supposes  that 
clause  to  have  been  added  for  the  purpose  of  including,  in  this 


choir  of  the  universe,  the  smaller  along  with  the  greater  parts 
of  creation. 

"  The  gender  of  rtavta  is  expressed  by  Germ.,  Dt,  It.,  French 
verss.  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  Brightra..  Dodd.,  Moldenh., 
Herd.,  Wakef ,  Newc,  Wooilh.,  ADw.,  Sliarpe,  De  W.,  Treg., 
Words.  The  reading  rtuiia;  ('a  16.  β  3.  Compl.' — to  which 
may  be  added  the  Vulg.)  is  edited  by  Beng.,  Matth.,  Knapp, 
Mey.,  Tisch. ;  while  that  of  B.,  rta'ira  χαϊ  rtovra;.  appears  only 
in  WOrds. 

''  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  E.  V.,  ch.  1 :  5,  6 ;  Jude 
24,  25 ;  &c.,  and  here  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Dodd.  and  the 
later  English,  except  Newc.  and  Penn. 

"  See  V.  7,  N.  a,  &c. 

■■  See  ch.  1 :  C,  N.  d,  &c.  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Vitr.), 
Fr.  S.;-B.  and  L.  {apparlient),  Wesl.  (is),  Jlo'.denh.  {kommt 
zu),  Greenf,  Lord,  De  W.  {^sei,  oder  ist,  gebuhrt').  Ivenr. 

'  See  V.  12,  N.  w,  &c.  Dt.,  It,  Fr.  S.;-B.  and  L.,  Berl. 
Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Tliom.,  Greenf., 
Allw.,  De  W.,  Words. 

f  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  g,  &c. 

s  See  ch.  4 :  C,  N.  a. 

^  See  V.  8,  N.  e,  &c.  But  Knapp  brackets,  and  all  the  other 
recent  editors  cancel,  fixofft-rtaeapfs,  on  the  authority  of  Ά.  B. 
α  28.  β  8.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  .4m.  Tol.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed, 
and  twenty  four  omitted. 


REVELATION. 


115 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

shipped  him  that  liveth  for  ever 
and  ever. 


CHAP.    VI. 

And  I  saw  when  the  Lamb 
opened  one  of  the  seals,  and  I 
heard,  as  it  were  the  noise  of 
thimder,  one  of  the  four  beasts, 
sa)aug,  Come  and  see. 

2  And  I  saw,  and  behold,  a 
white  horse  :  and  he  that  sat  on 
him  had  a  bow ;  and  a  crown 
was  given  unto  liim :  and  he 
went  forth  conquering,  and  to 
conquer. 

3  And  when  he  had  opened  the 
second  seal,  I  lieard  the  second 
beast  say,  Come  and  see. 

4  And  there  went  out  another 


GKEEK    TEXT. 

ττροσβκννησαν  ζώντι  eiy  tovs  αΙώ• 
vas  των  αιώνων. 


CHAP.    VI. 

(ίδον     ore 


TO 


ΚΑΙ    eioov     ore    ηνοι_ 
άρνίον  μίαν  e'/c  των  σφραγώων, 
κα).  ηκονσα  evoi  Ικ  των  τεσσάρων 
ζώων   λβγοντοί,  ώ?  φωνή!  βρον- 
τής, '  Έρχου  και  /Βλεττε. 

2  Κα\  βίδον,  καΙ  Ιδον  ίτττΓΟ? 
XevKos,  καΐ  ό  καθημβνος  eV  αντω 
€χων  τοξον  καΐ  ί8οθη  αυτω  στέ- 
φανος, καΐ  βζηλθβ  νικών,  καΐ  'ίνα 
νικηστ]. 

3  ΚαΙ  οτβ  ηνοι^Ε  την  δβντί- 
ραν  σφραγίδα,  ηκονσα  τοΰ  δίντβ-  second  seal,  I  heard  the  second 

Jliving   creature  ''saying :  'Come 


REVISED    VERSION. 

and  worshipped  'him  that  liveth 
'unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 

CHAP.    VI. 

And  I  saw  when  the  Lamb 
opened  one  of  the  ^  seals,  and  I 
heard  "One  of  the  four  "^living 
creatm-es  sajnng,  ''as  the  "voice 
of  thunder :  'Come  and  see. 


2  And  I  saw,  and  behold  a 
white  horse,  and  he  that  sat 
^ipon  him  ''having  a  bow :  and 
ethere  was  given  unto  him  a 
crown :  and  he  went  fortli  con;- 
quering,  and  ""that  he  might  con- 
quer. 

3  And  when  he  '  opened  the 


ρου   ζώου  XtyovTOs,     Ερχου   καΐ 

βλβ7Γ€. 

4.  Και   Ιζηλθβν   άλλο?   ΐτητος 


and  see. 

4  And  there  went  ""forth  ano- 


'  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  g,  &c.     But  here  also  Knapp  brackets,  and  I  (A.  B.  C.  and  from  26  to  34  cursive  MSS.) 
all  the  other  recent  editors  cancel,  the  words  ζΰνϋί  li;  iovi  ch.  4 :  1,  N.  c, 
aiuivai  τϋν  αιώνων,  on  the  authority  of  'A.  B.  C.  α  27.  β  8.  y  3. 
Compl.     Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol.  Hart*  Copt.  Syr.  (Arm.)  Ar.  P. 
Slay.  MS.'    I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  the 
verse  ending  thus :  and  worshipped. 


-For  having,  see 


'  All  the  recent  editors  insert  Ι^τά,  on  the  authority  of  Ά.  Β. 
C.  ο  25.  β  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.'  I  recom- 
mend that  this  reading  be  followed :  seven  seals. 

>>  The  order,  ^'xotiso  ivoj,  is  retained  by  all  other  verss.,  except 
Newo. 

'  Seech.  4:  6,  N.  a. 

"i  See  ch.  4 :  1,  N.  d,  &c.  W.  ;-Hamm.,  "Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  (marks  it  were  as  supplied),  ΛVoodh., 
Thorn..  AUw.,  Stu.  {like),  Lord,  Kenr. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  15,  N.  o,  &c.  For  ^ui'^j.  all  the  recent  editors 
read  fuiij  (except  Treg.  ^wyj,  who  cites  Ά.  C.  ο  25.  β  7.  Compl. 

[Syr.  Arr.].'     Words.,  for  ^uvq,  cites  A.  B.  C). For  βλίΛε, 

Beng.  (who  also  omits  xai),  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch., 
Bloomf.,  Words.,  edit  iSs  (B.  'a  17.  β  7.'),  while  Lachm.,  Hahn, 
Treg.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  add  nothing  after  "Έ.ρχον,  on  the  authority 
of  Ά.  C.  α  9.  β  2.  Compl.     Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Erp.' 

f  E.  v.,  ch.  19 :  14 ;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Daub.,  Guyse,  Woodh.,  Allw., 
Stu..  Kenr.     For  ire  avta.  here  and  in  vv.  4,  5.  all  the  recent 


^  E.  v.,  v.  4 ;  &c.  The  Greek  order  is  followed  closely  by 
Vulg.,  Syr.,  It.  {gli  fu  data  &c.),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (i7  liti  fut 
donne  &c.);-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Biei-m.,  Vitr.,  Dodd., 
Greenf.,  Stu.  and  Treg.  (at  v.  8) ;— and  with  diflerent  degrees 
of  approximation  by  many  others. 

^  The  form  of  the  original  is  preserved  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (except  B.  and  L.,  Herd..  Jley.,  Greenf.,  AH.,  De  \f.)  ;- 
Scott,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Words.,  Kenr.  The  E.  Ύ.  might  be 
taken  to  mean  simply,  that  he  was  about  to  conquer ;  whereas 
he  went  forth  for  that  pm-pose.     See  ch.  8:  6,  N.  p,  &c. 

'  E.  v.,  V.  1  ;-Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Castal.,  Cocc,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words. 

J  Seech.  4:  6,  N.  a. 

k  E.  v.,  V.  1 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh..  Allw.,  Greenf..  Treg.,  Kenr. 

1  The  words,  xai  βλίΛι,  are  bracketed  by  Bloomf,  and  omitted 
by  all  the  other  recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of '  A.  B.  0. 
α  25.  β  7.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Syr.  Arm.  (Erp.).' 
I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  verse 
end  with,  Come. 

™  E.  v..  V.  2;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Brightm.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,   Newc, 


editors  (except  Bloomf.  at  v.  4)  and  the  Compl.  have  ϊλ  αυτόν  \  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 


116 


REVELATIOIJ. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

horse  that  was  red ;  and  power  was 
given  to  him  that  sat  thereon  to 
take  peace  from  the  earth,  and 
that  they  shouhl  kill  one  another : 
and  there  was  given  unto  him 
a  great  sword. 

5  And  when  he  had  opened  the 
third  seal,  I  heard  the  third  heast 
say.  Come  and  see.  And  I  heheld, 
and  lo,  a  black  horse;  and  he  that 
sat  on  him  had  a  pair  of  balances 
in  his  hand. 


6  And  I  heard  a  voice  in  the 
midst  of  the  four  beasts  say,  A 
measure  of  wheat  for  a  penny, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

TTvppos'  Kcu  τω  καθημίνω  Ιττ 
αύτω  4δοθη  αύτω  λαβΐΐν  την  el• 
ρηνην  άτΓο  της  y^s,  κα\  ίνα  αλλή- 
λους σφάζωσί•  καΐ  18οθη  αυτω 
μα•)(αίρα  μβγαλη. 

5  iTat  ore  rjvoL^e  την  τρίτην 
σφραγίδα,  ηκονσα  του  τρίτου 
ζώου  λβγοντοί, '  Ερ•χου  και  βλβττί. 
Και  ΐίδον,  KCU  Ιδου  ίΤΓΤΤο?  μβλας, 
καΐ  ό  καθημίνοί  Ιττ  αύτω  ξ'χων 
ζνγον  iv  TYj  xeipl  αύτοΰ. 

6  /cat  ηκουσα  φωνην  iv  μβσω 
των  τβσσαρων    (^ωων   λβγονσαν, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ther,  "  a  red  horse ;  and  "to  him 
that  sat  Pupon  him,  ^to  him  "lit 
was  given  to  take  peace  ifrom 
the  earth,  and  that  they  should 
■■slay  one  another ;  and  there  was 
given  unto  him  a  great  sword. 

5  And  when  he  '  opened  the 
third  seal,  I  heard  the  third  'liv- 
ing creature  "saying:  "Come  and 
see.  And  I  "saw,  and  "behold 
a  black  horse,  and  he  that  sat 
''upon  him  ''having  a  'balance  in 
his  hand. 

6  And  I  heard  a  voice  in  the 
midst  of  the  four  ^living  crea- 
tures,  ^saying:    A    ''chcenix    of 


"  Nothing  is  supplied  by  W.  (amther  red  horse).  R.  {another 
horse,  re(/);-Latin  verss.,  Syi•.,  Fr.  S.  ;-I5rightm.  and  Kenr. 
{as  W.).  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Mey.,  Gi-eenf.,  All.,  Sharpe 
{as  R.),  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Murd. 

"  The  participle  is  kept  first  by  R.  ;-forcign  verss.  (except 
Fr.  G  and  M.)  ;-Daul).,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Sharpe, 
Stii.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

Ρ  For  upon  him,  see  v.  2,  N.  f. For  expressing  the  αϋτ-ω, 

see  oh.  2 :  7,  N.  zz.  R.  (/le  that  sat  thereon,  to  him)  ;-Syr.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.  in  the  SchoL.  Cocc,  Bierni.,  (sedenli .  .  .  ei), 
Beng.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu. 

<>  Nothing  is  supplied  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  German 
verss.  (except  Herd.,  INIey.),  It.,  Fr.  S. ;- Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Woodh..    Thorn.,  Allw.,   Greenf.,   Sharpe,   Stu..  Lord, 

Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr. ΓοΓατίό,  Matth,,  Griesb.,  Knapp, 

Sch.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  AVords.,  Tisch.,  h.iTc  ix 
(B.  C.  'a  20.  β  0.  Compl.');  while  Beng.,  Mey.,  Theile,  admit 
neither  preposition  ( A.  and  4  cursive  MSS.). 

'  E.  v.,  always  (9  times)  elsewhere,  e.\cept  ch.  13:  3;-W.;- 
Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh..  Thorn.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Kenr.  Lachm., 
Treg.,  Tisch.,  read  α^άξαυαι,ν  ('A.  C.'). 

■  See  V.  3,  N.  i. 

'  Seech.  4:  6,  N.  a. 

°  See  V.  3,  N.  k. For  β7Jrte  (which  Bloomf.  alone  of  recent 

editors  retains),  Matth.,  Grie.sb.,  Sch.,  Words.,  have  Ιδι  (Β. '  α  15. 
β  6.'  Matth.  also  omits  the  subsequent  xai  fiSoi•,  on  the  au- 
thority of  B.  23  cursive  MSS.  [the  same,  with  two  exceptions,  as 
those  which  read  iSs.]  Vulg.  Aeth.  Slav.  MSS.) ;  while  Beng., 
Knapp,  Mey..  Lachra.,  Hahn,  Treg,,  Tisch.,  Theile,  have  simply 
'EpiSov  (Ά.  C.  α  11.  β  2.  [&80.]  Compl.  Copt.  Arm.  Arr. 
Slav.  MSS.'). 

'  See  ch.  4 :  1,  N.  b. 

"  See  ch.  5 :  6,  N.  r. 

»  See  V,  2,  N.  f. 


y  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  c. 

'  E.  V.  often  uses  this  word  so  in  the  0.  T.,  as  in  Job 
.31:  C;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  :-Brightm.,  Hamm.,  Stu.  and  others,  (in 
their  notes),  Wakef.,  Woodh  {yoke  ;-and  so  Crol.,  .Jones), 
Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Lord,  Murd.  ;-L•.  and  S.,  Rob.,  Green. 

"  For  living-  creatures,  see  ch.  4 :  C,  X.  a  j^for  saying,  see 
V.  3,  N.  k. 

■^  '  Into  the  common  version  of  the  Old  Testament,  several 
oriental  .and  other  foreign  names'  of  weights,  measures  and 
coins  'have  been  admitted,  which  are  explained  in  the  margin. 
Hence  we  have  shekel,  ephah,  bath,  homer,  cor,  and  some  others. 
This,  however,  (for  what  rea.son  I  know  not.)  has  not  been 
attempted  in  the  New  Testament'  (Campb.).  And  on  our  pre- 
sent passage  he  remai'ks :  '  It  is  evidently  the  intention  of  the 
writer  to  inform  us  of  the  rate  of  this  necessary  article,  as  a 
characteristic  of  the  time  whereof  he  is  speaking.  But  our  ver- 
sion not  only  gives  no  information  on  that  head,  but  has  not  even 
the  appearance  of  giving  any.  which  the  word  chcBnix  would 
have  had,  even  to  those  who  did  not  understand  it.  But  to  say 
a  measure,  without  saying  what  measure,  is  to  say  just  nothing 
at  all.  The  word  penny  here  is  also  exceptionable,  being  used 
indefinitely,  insomuch  that  the  amount  of  the  declaration  is, 
a  certain  quantity  of  wheat  for  a  certain  quantity  of  money. 
This  suggests  no  idea  of  either  dearth  or  plenty ;  and  can  be 
ch.iracteristica!  of  no  time,  as  it  holds  equally  of  every  time.  In 
this  case,  the  original  term,  notwithstanding  its  harshness,  ought 
to  be  retained  in  the  text,  and  explained  in  the  margin.'  With 
regard  to  the  penny,  however,  Dodd.'s  remark  is  the  juster,  but 
it  only  strengthens  the  case  against  the  common  version :  '  This 
may  seem,  to  an  English  reader,  a  description  of  great  plenty ; 
but  it  certainly  intends  the  contrary' — the  chani.v  being  a 
man's  daily  allowance  of  food,  and  the  denarius  his  d?.y's  wages 
(Matt.  20 :  2).  I  recommend  that  the  explanations  be  given 
in  the  margin  thus :  '  A  choenix  is  about  one  quart ;  a  denarius, 
about  fifteen  cents.' — Both  terms  are  transferred  by  Syr. ;  and 
so  It.,  Fr.  G.,-S.,  (though  it  is  true  that  danajo,  and  denier 


REVELATION. 


117 


KIMG    JAMES      AVERSION. 

and  three  measures  of  barley  for 
a  penny ;  and  see  thou  hurt  not 
the  oil  and  the  wine. 

7  And  when  he  had  opened 
the  fourth  seal,  I  heard  the  voice 
of  the  foui'th  beast  say,  Come 
and  see. 

8  And  I  looked,  and  behold, 
a  pale  horse  :  and  his  name  that 
sat  on  him  was  Death,  and  hell 
followed  with  him.  And  power 
was  given  unto  them  over  the 
fom-th  part  of  the  earth,  to  kill 


GREEK    TEXT. 


XoLVL^  σίτου  δηναρίου,  καΐ  rpeis 
■χοίνίΚ€ί  κριθηί  δηραρων  και  το 
βλαίον  και  τον  oivov  μη  άδικησΎ]^. 

7  Και  οτβ  ηνοιζβ  την  σφρα- 
γίδα την  τίταρτην,  ήκουσα  φωνην 
του  τβτάρτου  ζώου  λίγουσαν, 
'  Έρχον  καΐ  /SAcTre. 

8  ΚαΙ  eiSov,  καΐ  ιδού  ΐττποί 
χλωροί,  καΐ  6  καθημίνο^  Ιττανω 
αυτοΰ,  όνομα  αυτω  ο  θανατοί, 
και  6  Λδη?  άκολουθ€Ϊ  μβτ  αυτοΰ• 
καΐ  βδόθη  αύτοΐζ  ζζουσία  άτνοκτΰ- 


RE VISED    VERSION. 

wheat  for  a  ''denarius,  and  tliree 
"'choenixes  of  ''barley  for  a  ''dena- 
i-ius ;  and  "'the  oil  and  the  wine  ** 
hurt  thou  not. 

7  And  when  he  *  opened  the 
fourth  seal,  I  heard  *'the  voice  of 
the  fourth  ''living  creature  "^say- 
ing :  eCome  and  see. 

S  And  I  ""saw,  and  behold  a 
pale  horse,  and  'he  that  sat  J'upon 
him,  'his  name  '  Death,  and  ''Ha- 
des 'followeth  with  him.  And 
■"there  was  given  unto  ""them 
power  "to  kill  over  the  fourth 


'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Latin  and 
German  verss..  Syr.  ;-Daub.,  Woodh.,  Al!w.,  Stu.,  Lord.  Words. 

•^  Nothing  is  supplied  by  W.,  R,  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Daub.  {Ihou 
shall  not  hurt),  Wesl.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Kenr.,  (^huri  not), 
Wakef.  (hici-l  not  thou),  Xewc,  Woodh.  and  Lord  {thou,  mayest 
not  injure),  AUw.  {shalt  thou  not  injure),  Penn  {harm  not), 
Stu.  {thoii  must  not  injure),  Words. 

»  See  V.  3,  N.  i. 

'  For  living  creature,  see  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  a. For  saying-,  see 

V.  3,  N.  k.  Instead  of  %iyovaav,  all  the  recent  editors  read 
Xlywros  (A.  B.  C.  'a  20.  β  6.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr. 
Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'),  and  Beng.,  Matth.,  Grie.sb.,  Tisch.,  at  the 
same  time  cancel,  as  Treg.  also  now  brackets,  ψίύνψ,  on  the 
authority  of  B.  C.  '  α  20.  β  4.     Copt.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' 

'  For  βλίΛί  (which  Bloomf.  alone  of  recent  editors  retains) 
Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Words.,  have  l&i  (B.  Ό  18.  β  4.'  Matfh. 
also  omits  the  χαί  tlSov  of  v.  8,  on  the  authority  of  B.  21 
cursive  MSS.  [the  same,  with  3  exceptions,  as  those  which  here 
read  ίδί.]  Vulg.) ;  while  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn, 
Treg..  Tisch.,  Theile,  have  simply  "Ερχον  {'  A.  C.  α  8.  β  4.  Compl. 
Am.  Erp.'). 

"  Seech.  4:1,  N.b. 

'  See  ch.  4:1,  N.  c,  and  ch.  3:  12,  N.  i.  The  two  clauses, 
ό  xa9.  xtx.  and  m.  αύτ•.  xr%.,  are  kept  distinct,  and  in  the  Greek 
order,  by  R.  ;-Yulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc, 
Mor.,  Bierro.,  Vitr.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Greenf, 
Lord,  Be  W.,  Hengst. ; — and,  of  these,  Vulg.,  Syr.  ;-Erasm, 
Vat.,  Cocc,  Mor.,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Greenf.,  supply  no  copula  be- 


fore ό  Θο>•.     The  very  abruptness  of  the  construction  may  not 
be  without  significance.     (Milton,  P.  L.  ii.  787-789  : 
'  I  fled,  and  cry'd  out  Death ; 
'Hell  trembled  at  the  hideous  name,  and  sigh'd 
'Prom  all  her  caves,  and  back  resonnded  Death.') 

1  R.;-Daub.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Kcnr. 

t  See  ch.  1 :  18,  N.  s. 

1  The  reading  r,xoXoieu  ('  B.  C.  ο  20.  β  7.  y  2.  Vulg.  Aeth. 
Arr.  Slav.')  is  edited  by  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey,  Sch., 
Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Theile.  But  αχοχουθίΐ  is  retained 
(on  the  authority  of 'the  larger  part  of  the  MSS.  [incliidmg  the 
Alexandrian],  confirmed  by  the  Pesch.  Syr.  Aversion,'  says 
Bloomf. ;  who  speaks  everywhere  of  the  Peschito  as  includ- 
ing this  book,  the  Second  Epistle  of  Peter,  and  -Jude.)  by 
Beng.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch. ;  and  it  is  translated  as  an  historic  present 
by  Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Aret.,  Hamm..  Cocc,  Daub.,  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Newc,  Allw.  There  may  even  be  a  farther  propriety 
in  the  use  of  it  here,  where  the  relation  symbolized  is  not  inci- 
dental, but  one  existing  by  an  unchangeable  divine  appoint- 
ment, like  that  in  Hebrew  9 :  27 :  άπ;α|  άΛοθανιΙν,  μεΐά  Si  -toito 
xfiaii-  I  recommend,  however,  that  the  following  note  appear 
in  the  margin :  '  Or,  as  many  copies  read,  followed.'' 

'"  For  the  order,  see  v.  2,  N.  g. For  αώΐοίς,  Beng.,  Matth., 

Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.,  read  avt^  ('B.  α  25. 
β  6.  y  3.  Compl.     Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.'). 

"  All  the  recent  editors  read,  ini  t.  tit.  t.  y^j  OTfozr.,  on  the 
authority  of  '  A.  B.  C.  α  28.  β  8.  y  3.  Compl.'  I  recommend 
that  this  order  be  observed  in  the  version :  over  the  fourth  part 
of  the  earth  to  kill. 


[which  last  is  employed  also  by  M.,  B.  and  L.],  like  the  Denar 
of  Berl.  Bib.,  Herd..  Stolz,  Kist.,  Goss.,  Mey.,  Van  Ess,  Win., 
De  W..  Hengst.,  are  living  words,  and,  as  .such,  not  strictly 
equivalent  to  their  original,  denarius)  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin 
verss.  (use  ch.  along  with  the  Vulg.  den.),  Moldenh.,  Woodh. 
and  Lord  (with  chanices  for  the  plural).  Thom.  {deniar).  Ell., 
ilurd.  :-Rob.,  Green,  and  the  other  lexicons.     Cheenix  is  trans- 


ferred also  by  More ; — denarius,  also  by  Xewc,  Greenf.,  Sharpe, 
Kenr.  ; — while  the  former  is  variously  rendered  by  W..  hilibre ; 
R.,  two  pounds ;  Kenr.,  two  measures ;  after  the  Vulg.  bilibris  ;- 
Ilamm.  {quart),  Berl.  Bib.  {Masschen),  Beng.  ( Vierling). 
Newc.  {small  measure),  De  W.  {Metze):  and  the  latter,  by 

Beng.  and  All.  {Zehner). For  χριθί^.  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch., 

Theile,  have  χριβων  (Ά.  C.  12.    Syr.').' 


118 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

witli  sword,  and  with  liunger, 
and  with  death,  and  with  the 
beasts  of  the  earth. 


9  And  when  he  had  opened 
the  fifth  seal,  I  saw  under  the 
altar  the  souls  of  them  that  were 
slain  for  the  word  of  God,  and 
for  the  testimony  which  they 
held: 

10  And  they  cried  with  a  loud 
voice,  saying,  How  long,  0  Lord, 
holy  and  true,  dost  thou  not 
judge  and  avenge  our  blood  on 
them  that  dwell  on  the  earth  ? 

11  And  white  robes  were  giv- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ναι  ίπΐ  το  τέταρτον  της  γης  Ιν 
ρομφαία  καΙ  ev  λιμω  κα\  Ιν  θα• 
νάτω,    KOU   ύπο   των    θηρίων   της 

9  KoLL  οτ€  ηνοιζβ  την  ττίμπτην 
σφραγίδα,  (Ιδον  ύττοκατω  του  θυ- 
σιαστηρίου τας  ψυχας  των  (σφα- 
γμένων δια  τον  λογον  του  θίοΰ, 
και  δια  την  μαρτυρίαν  ην  (Ιχον, 

10  καΐ  ΐ'κραζον  φωνί]  μ€γαλΎ), 
λ€γοντ€9,  Εως  ττοτί,  ό  δβσττοτης 
ό  άγιος  και  ό  αληθινός,  ού  Kpiveis 
καΐ  €κδικΐΐς  το  αίμα  ημών  άττο 
των  κατοικουντων  βττί  της  γης  ; 

1 1  κα).  ίδοθησαν  ΐκαστοις  στο- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

part  of  the  earth  \ut\\  sword, 
andwith  hunger,  and  with  "death, 
and  Pby  the  iwild  beasts  of  the 
earth. 

9  And  wdien  he  '  opened  the 
fifth  seal,  I  saw  inider  the  altar 
the  souls  of  'those  '  slain  for  the 
word  of  God,  and  for  the  testi- 
mony which  they  "had. 

10  And  they  ''cried  with  a  loud 
voice,  saining :  ^Until  when,  Ο 
"Lord  ^the  holy  and  "the  true, 
dost  thou  not  judge  and  avenge 
our  blood  ^ou  ^those  that  dvΛ'ell 
on  the  earth? 

And    ^there 


11 


"were    given 


"  Many  (Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  AUw., 
All..  Bloomf.,  El!.,  Stu.,  Kell..  T!o}>..  &e.)  render  edvatoi  here, 
pestilence.  Pest.    But  see  ch.  2 :  2.3,  N.  y,  and  Hengst.  in  loc. 

ρ  Ε.  Υ.,  ch.  9:  18;  &c.  The  change  of  preposition  is  ob- 
served by  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.),  Hamm.,  Beng.,  AVesl.,  TTakef.,  Woodh.  and 
AUw.  (under),  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.  {hy  the  means  or  in- 
strumentality o/"),  Stu.,  Lord.  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words,  {by  means 
of),  Hengst. 

1  The  specific  sense  of  θτ^ίον  (comp.  Sept.  Deut.  28 :  2G ;  Ps. 
79:  2;  Is.  18:  0;  Jcr.  7:  33;  &c.)  is  given  by  Syr.,  Dt.  It, 
Γγ.  G.,-M.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  B.  and  L., 
t)odd.,  Wesl.,  Moldcnh.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw., 
All.,  Penn,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.  (in  the  note),  Murd.,  Barn. 

■■  See  V.  3,  N.  i. 

■  See  ch.  2  :  2.  N.  h,  &c. 

ι  The  participial  form  is  retained  by  W.  {men  slain)  ;-Vulg., 
Syr.  (with  a  relative  prefix),  It  {degli  uomini  uccisi)  ;-Erasm., 
Tat.,  Castal.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Bieim.,  Herd,  and  Mey.  (der  Ge- 
schlachteien),  Greenf.  Other  ver.ss.  variously  determine  the 
relation  of  time :  were,  have  been,  had  been,  slain. 

"  The  testimony  was  Christ's  (ch.  1 :  2,  5,  &c. ;  John  3 :  32, 
&c.)  ;  Ihey  had  it  in  trust  (1  Cor.  9  :  17 ;  Gal.  2  :  7 ;  1  Thes.s. 
2:4;  &c.).  There  is  even  large  authority,  '  B.  α  24.  β  6.  y  2. 
Comp!.  Syr.  Ar.  P.,'  for  the  reading  juopivpiW  tov  αγνίου, 
followed  by  It.  ;-Andr.,  Areth.,  Matth.  and  Words. — E.  V.,  ch. 
12 :  17 ;  19 :  10 ;  &c. ;  1  John  5 :  10  ;-W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Tulg.,  Syr. 
(=  testimonium  Ag-ni  quod  illis  erat ;  not,  as  Murd.,  testimony 
to  the  Lamb  which  was  with  them),  Germ.,  Dt.,  It,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Aret.,  Hamm.  {had  had),  Cocc.  Bierm., 


Vitr.,  Beng.  {gehabt  hatten),  Greenf.  (nni  ΐώ»),  De  W., 
Hengst.  The  tuebantur  of  Pagn.,  Bcz.,  Par..  (G.  maintained) 
seems  to  have  given  currency•  to  the  other  view,  which  is,  in- 
deed, held  by  some,  as  Vitr.,  who  do  not  allow  it  to  modify  the 
version. 

'  For  ϊχ^αζον,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ixpalai"  ('A.  B.  C 

a,  25.  β  5.  Compl.'). The  ϊως  ytiti  =  ϋϊΝ" 12  of  Ps.  13  ;  &c ; 

and  is  here  answered  by  the  ίω;  of  v.  11.  Latin  verss.  {usque- 
quo  or  quousque  ;-except  Castal.'s  Ciceronian  quousque  tandem), 
Syr.  {=  Greenf.  ir^-ir  =  De  D.  usque  quando),  Dt.  marg. 
{tot  wanneer  toe),  It.  {infino  a  quando),  French  verss.  {jusques 
a  quand)  ;-Lord,  Kell. 

"  Sec  2  Pet.  2 :  1,  N.  ξ. 

==  Syr.,  It.;-Wells,  Thom.,  Allw.  But  all  the  recent  editors 
reject  (except  that  Bloomf.  merelj-  brackets,  as  'most  probably, 
or  certaiidy,  an  interpolation')  the  b  before  α•κτβ.,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  C.  '  tt  17.  β  6.  Compl.'  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  followed :  and  true.  Daub.,  Woodh.,  Penn.  Lord, 
Treg.,  Words.,  express  the  first  article ;  and  the  want  of  it,  or 
of  both,  is  in  the  German  verss.  and  Murd.  compensated  by 
means  of  the  personal  pronoun  {du — thou),  and  in  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;- 
Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  Brightm.,  B.  and  L., 
by  a  relative  construction  {qui  es,  which  art). 

y  For  a.!to,  Matth.,  Mey..  Lachm..  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Words., 

Tisch.,  read  ix  (A.  B.  C.  'a  26.  β  4.  Compl.'). For  those, 

see  ch.  2  :  2,  N.  h,  &c. 

»  For  the  order,  see  v.  2,  N.  g. 

'  For  ίίόθηηαν  .  .  (ΤτΌλαϊ  Xtvxai,  all  the  recent  editors  read 
εδόθη  .  .  ato%ri  %ίνχή  (Ά.  Β.  C.  ο  28.  β  7.  [β  8.  for  βίολή  %(νχή] 
y  3.  Compl.  Syr.  Arm.  Erp.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  followed:  was  given  ...  α  lohite  robe. 


EEVELATION. 


119 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

eu  unto  eveiy  one  of  them ;  and 
it  was  said  unto  them,  that  they 
shouki  rest  yet  for  a  little  season, 
until  their  fellow-servants  also 
and  their  brethren,  that  should 
be  killed  as  they  wax,  should  be 
fulfilled. 

12  And  I  beheld  when  he  had 


GREEK    TEXT. 

λαΐ  λβνκαί,  καΙ  ίρρίθη  αυτοϊζ  Ίνα 
άνατταύσωνται  en  χρονον  μικρόν, 
έωρ  ον  ττληρώσονταί  και  οΐ  συν- 
δονλοί  αυτών  κα\  οί  α8βλφοι  αυ- 
τών, οΐ  μξλΑοντίί  άτΓοκτίίνίσθαί 
ώί  καΐ  αυτοί. 

12   ΚαΧ  elBov   οτβ  ηνοιζε  την 


REVISED    VERSION. 

unto  ''eveiy  one  of  them  *white 
robes,  and  it  was  said  unto  them 
that  they  should  rest  3fet  "=  a  little 
''time,  until  their  fellow-servants 
also  and  their  brethren  ''shall  ful- 
fil iV,  ^who  'shall  1)e  killed  as  they 
ifalso  ''themselves.' 

12   And   I   Jsaw  when  he  ^ 


^  The  reading  ίχάαΐοΐζ  is  rejected  by  all  the  receut  editors, 
of  whom  ilatth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  I'isch.,  give  aitoif  ('B. 
α  14.  β  3.  [&  31]  Compl.  Arm.') ;  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm., 
Hahn,  Treg.,  Words..  Theile,  aiioif  ίχάαΐψ  {'  A.  C.  α  11.  β  4.  y  3. 
[Vulg.]').  I  recommend  that  the  latter  reading  be  followed,  and 
translated:  them  every  one.  Comp.  ch.  5 :  8.  and  see  eh.  2:  23, 
N.  a;-W.  (for  each  soul .  .  .  to  them)  ;-German  verss.  (except 
Herd.),  French  verss.  ;-Castal.,  Wesl.  {to  them,  to  every  one), 
Treg.  {them  severally). 

'  For  the  omission  of  for,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  20 :  3 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;- 
Daub.,  Dodd.,  'Wakef..  Woodh.,  Thom.,    Sharpe,  Stu.,   Lord, 

Kenr. The  μιχρόν,  rejected  by  the  other  recent  editors  ('B. 

α  25.  /3  6.  γ  2.  Compl.  Ar.  P.'),  is  retained  by  Lachm.,  Hahn, 
Treg. 

^  E.  v.,  John  5  :  C ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  TVesl., 
Newc,  Woodh..  Allw.,  Ptnn,  Lord. 

=  Greek  writers,  it  is  true,  often  employ  the  future  middle, 
especially  of  pure  verbs,  in  a  passive  sense.  But  whether  this 
usage  is  found  in  the  N.  T.  (Acts  15 :  22 ;  1  Cor.  10 :  2 ;  Gal.  5 : 
12)  is  doubtful.  Here  it  is  not  necessary.  '  The  martyrs  should 
rest  yet  a  little  time,  until  their  brethren  also,  still  left  on  tlie 
field  of  conflict,  shall  fulfil  it  for  themselves — in  their  own  ap- 
pointed way — not  resting,  but  suffering.'  And.  accordingly, 
Luth.  (yoUends  dazv,  kamen),  Cocc.  (plene  acceda7it -,-Άπά  in 
the  Comment.,  '  implerent,  nempe  suum  agonem,  vel,  se  plene 
associarenf),  Stu.,  Rob.  ('n^ifp^uorfat  sc.  tw  xatpw  v.  χρόνον^), 
retain  the  active  or  the  middle  force.  This  reading,  however, 
is  almost  destitute  of  manuscript  support,  and  has  been  rejected 
by  all  the  recent  editors,  of  whom  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Hahn, 
Lachm.,  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  "Words.,  Theile,  give  τίΧηρωθΰαι  (Ά.  Ο. 
29.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.') ;  Matth.,  Griesb.  (to  whom 
Rob.  errs  in  assigning  TtKrifueortai,  as  he  does  in  citing  Λλί;ρω- 
θώ(τι  as  the  Rec),  Sch.,  Tisch.,  7ίί.ηρώβωιΐί  ('  Β.  α  28.  β  5.  Erp.'). 
The  former  is  with  reason  objected  to  by  Hengst.,  as  scarcely 
yielding  a  satisfactory  sense ;  the  common  explanation  both  of 
this  reading  and  of  χληρώβοντίαί,  lentil  the  completion  of  their 
number  (Steph.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Grot.,  Grell.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L., 
Wolf.,  Beng.,  &c.),  and  that  of  Vitr., — of  their  afflictions,  being 
harsh  and  unexampled.  De  "W.'s  note  is:  ' ηληροναθαι  either 
simply  vita  defungi,  comp.  ■ίεΧ(ίουαθαί\>Ί&&.  4:  12  (13),  or 
with  the  additional  sense  of  a  moral  perfecting,  comp.  Heb.  11 : 
40 ;  12 :  23 ;'  and,  while  the  place  referred  to  in  Wisd.  gives  no 
countenance  whatever  to  the  first  of  these  interpretations,  the 
second  is  suggested  also  by  Areth.,  after  Andr.:  μα.χρο$νμ.ζίν 


^X?^  f'^li  'fwi'  αδελφών  τ'£λ£&ώσ£ωί  xtXEvovtai,  'ίνα  μη  χ^ρίζ  αΰ-ΐων 
ϊΕλ£ΐω9ώοι,  χοΐά  tov  θείον  'ΑΛοβΐολον  (in  allusion  to  Heb.  11 : 
39,  40).  But,  besides  the  substitution  here  of  ΐ£λ£ΐόω  for 
τΐχηρόω,  the  place  just  cited,  taken  strictly,  shows,  not  that 
departed  saints  are  to  rest  till  the  living  are  perfected,  but  that 
they  themselves  do  not  attain  their  ■ti'Ktiuaif  apart  fi'Om  the 
latter,  but,  as  the  apostle  speaks,  vice  versa,  in  1  Thess.  4 :  17, 
ά^α  αΰν  aitoli.  On  the  other  hand,  Bloomf.'s  objection  to 
τίΧηρώααΰί.  (to  which  he  allows  'very  strong  external  authority,') 
that '  one  may  justly  require  some,  proof  that  such  an  idiom  as 
this  use  of  the  active  *Λλ);ρ.  in  a  passive  sense  ever  existed,'  is 
readily  obviated  by  taking  the  word  in  its  own  active  sense, 
as  Matth.  thinks  may  be  done  ('  Quid,  si  post  Λληρώπωοιν  ex 
superioribus  intelligatur  aiiroi'.  ήγουν  τον  jtpoi'Oi'  τον  μιχρόν,  ut 
sit,  usque  dum  conservi  eortim  compleant  tempus  illud  parvum. 
Ncc  enim  hoc  adeo  absurdum  videtur.'),  and  as  is  done  by 
Bretsch.  ('intellige  τον  δρό,ιιοί',  vel  τον  χρόνον.'),^3.\Λ  ('abest 
τον  xaipbv  α,ύτΰν.'),  De  W.  ('ihren  Lauf  vullendet  haben  wtir- 
den'),  Hengst.  ('  we  are  to  supply :  their  course  or  their  icork.'). 
But  the  ellipsis  assumed  by  De  W.  and  Hengst.  is  abrupt  and 
without  example,  whereas  the  xai  subjoined  to  ΛΧηρ.  (the  verb 
being  necessarily  changed,)  sufficiently  justifies  the  supplement 
proposed  above.  I  recommend,  therefore,  that  the  reading 
ΛΧηρι^βωΰί  be  adopted,  and  translated  thus :  '  should  fulfil  it ;' 
and  that  the  margin  bear  the  following  note :  '  Or,  as  other 
copies  read,  should  he  fulfilled.^  This  change  would  requiie, 
should  be  killed,  in  the  next  clause. — The  verb  TfKrjp.  is  trans- 
lated in  connection  with  its  subjects  by  AT.,  R.  ;-nearIy  all 
foreign  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu. 

f  For  who,  see  Dodd.,  We.sl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 

Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,   JIurd.,  Kenr. Excepting   Beng., 

Matth.,  Bloomf.,  all  the  recent  editors  have  αΛοχτίννιαθαι. 

^  For  this  idiomatic  repetition  of  the  xai,  see  Win.  §  57.  4, 
and  ch.  2:  27,  N.  v,  «Sbc.  W.;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Engl.  Ann. 
('  Or,  as  themselves  also  were'),  Beng.,  Herd.,  Mey.^  Lord, 
Treg.,  De  W. 

>>  See  1  John  1 :  7,  N.  x,  &c.  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par., 
Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  (ipsi  ;-for  the  Vulg.  illi),  Engl.  Ann.  (see 
N.  g),  Wakef.,  Treg.  (marks  tliey  as  emphatic),  De  W. 

'  Nothing   is   supplied   by  W.,  R.;- foreign  verss.  ;-Daub., 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Lord,  Kenr. 
i  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  b. 
k  See  V.  3,  N.  i. 


120 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

opened  the  sixth  seal,  and  lo, 
there  was  a  great  earthquake; 
and  the  sun  became  black  as 
sackcloth  of  hair,  and  the  moon 
became  as  blood : 

13  And  the  stars  of  heaven 
fell  unto  the  earth,  even  as  a  fig- 
tree  casteth  her  untimely  figs, 
when  she  is  shaken  of  a  mighty 
wind. 

14  And  the  heaven  departed 
as  a  scroll  when  it  is  rolled  to- 
gether ;  and  eveiy  mountain  and 
island  were  moved  out  of  their 
places. 

15  And  the  kings  of  the  earth, 
and  the  great  men,  and  the  rich 
men,  and  the  chief  captains,  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 

σφραγίδα  την  ίκτην  και  l8ov 
σασμοί  μΐγαί  eyevero,  κα\  6 
ηλιοί  iyivero  yueAa?  ώ?  σακκος 
τρίγινοί,  καΐ  η  σ€Χηνη  iyevero 
ώ?  αίμα, 

13  καΐ  οΐ  άστίρβΐ  του  ουρανού 
eireaav  els  την  γην,  ws  συκη 
βαλλΐΐ  τουί  ολυνθους  αύτηί,  ύπο 
μΐγαλου  άνεμου  σειομβνη• 

14  καΙ  6  ουρανοί  ά7Γ€χωρίσθη 
ώ?  βίβλίον  βίλίσσομβνον,  καΐ  ττάν 
6ρο9  καΐ  νησοζ  ίκ  των  τόπων 
αύτων  ίκινηθησαν 

1ΰ  καΙ  οΐ  βασιλβΐ^  τηί  γη^, 
καΐ  οί  μβγιστανβί,  καΐ  αϊ  ττλου- 
σιοί,  και  οϊ  χ^ιλιαρχ^οι,  και  οΐ  δυ- 


REVISED    VERSION. 


opened  the  sixth  seal,  and,  'be- 
hold, there  was  a  great  earth- 
quake, and  the  sun  became  black 
as  sackcloth  of  hair,  and  the  ° 
moon  became  as  blood, 

13  And  the  stars  of  heaven 
fell  unto  the  earth,  "  as  a  fig-tree 
casteth  her  "untimely  figs,  Pbeing 
shaken  ^by  a  'great  wind  ; 

14  And  the  heaven  'was  part- 
ed as  a  scroll  'rolling  up ;  and 
every  mountain  and  island  were 
moved  out  of  their  places ; 

15  And  the  kings  of  the  earth, 
and  the  great  men,  and  the  "rich, 
"  and  the  chief  captains,  and  the 


1  See  ch.  5 :  6,  N.  r.  But  all  recent  editors  cancel  ίδοϋ,  on 
the  authority  of  B.  C.  'a  26.  β  8.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am. 
Till.  Harl.*  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.'— 'very  strong 
authority,'  says  Bloomf.,  who  thinks  tlie  word  '  was  probably 
introduced  from  the  parallel  passages.'  I  recommend  that  it  be 
omitted :  and  there  was. 

"  The  reading,  which  inserts  ολη  after  ή  αΛψη,  is  marked 
by  Beng.  as  one  '  quae  per  codices  firmior  sit  lectione  textusj 
nee  tamen  plane  certa,'  but  all  subsequent  editors  have  adopted 
it,  on  the  authority  of  •  A.  B.  C.  α  17.  β  8.  y  2.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  BIS.'  I  recommend  that  it  be 
followed,  and  translated :  whole  tnooii. 

"  W.,  R. ;-Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  French  veiss. ;-Cocc.  {id ;-for sicut 
of  others),  Daub,  and  later  English  verss.  (except  AUw.,  Treg., 
Words.),  Beng.  and  later  German  verss.  (u'ie;-for  Luth.'s 
gleichwie,  and  De  W.'s  sowie). 

"  Or,  winter-figs.  See  the  lexicons,  in  voc. ;  also  Rob.,  s.  v. 
evxrj.    The  Sept.  have  the  word  in  Cant.  2  :  13  for  n'^JQ. 

I'  DodJ.  The  participial  construction  is  retained  also  by  It.. 
French  verss.  ;-Cocc.,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Herd.,  Wakef ,  AVoodh., 
Mey..  Van  Ess,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Hengst. 

1  See2Pet.  2:19,  N.  1. 

■■  E.  v.,  John  6:  IS,  and  generally  elsewhere;  always  in  this 
book,  except  in  connection  with  xpavyjj  or  f  ukjj  ',-Vi.,  R.  ;- 
Daub.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Kenr. 

■  Not  necessarily  μ  ο-ψίω?  (Schleus.  and  Ros.  after  Grot.). 
Bretsch.'s  explanation  also,  partes  di.'icissae  et  convolutae  hie 
describuntur  (and  so  Bloomf. :  '  the  heaven  .  .  .  was  parted  off, 
or  separated  in  the  midst,  and  the  part  removed  ;',  and  Rob. : 


'  the  heavens  parted  asunder  .  .  .  i.  e.  the  heavens  were  rent 
and  the  parts  rolled  away')  is  needlessly  specific,  and  possibly 
erroneous;  the  word  expressing  nothing  more  than  that  the 
heavenly  expanse  was  sundered  (in  old  English  it  might  have 
been,  with  the  same  meaning,  was  departed)  from — perhaps 
its  fastenings,  like  a  tent  (comp.  Job  9:8;  Ps.  104 :  2 ;  Is.  40 : 
22;  42:  5  ;  44:  24).  or  as  when  an  outstretched  scroll  is  let  go. 
— Vulg.  {recessit).  Syr.  (=  De  D.  separati  sunt),  German 
verss.  generally  (entwich;-A\\.  wich  zuruck),  Dt.  (is  weg•  ge- 
weken),  It.  {si  ritiro),  French  verss.  {se  retira)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn., 
Vat..  Castal.,  Sleph.,  Aret..  {as  Vulg. ;- which  is  better  than 
Bez.  and  Par.  abscessit,  or  Cocc.  and  Bierm.  amotum  est), 
Wakef.  {ran  itp),  Thorn,  {recoiled),  Treg.  {was  separated  from 
its  place),  Murd.  {separated).     Comp.  N.  t. 

'  The  comparison  is  not,  as  it  has  been  frequently  explained, 
to  the  disappearance,  either  of  the  contents  of  a  scroll  that  has 
been  roiled  up,  or  of  the  scroll  itself,  but  to  the  process  of 
rolling.  Comp.  N.  s. — Dt.  {dat  toegerold  wordt),  Fr.  G.,-M., 
-S.,  {que  Pan  [i/fi'o/i]  roide)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  {qui  circumvolvi- 
<i(r;-for  the  Vulg.  iiivoluttis),  Pagn.,  Steph.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc, 
Grell,  Vitr.,  {qui  convolvitiir),  Castal.  {convolvatur),  Berl.  Bib. 
{zusammen  gerollt  wird;-{oT  Luth.'s  eingewickeltes).  Beng. 
{das  man  zus.  wickelt).  All.  {das  man  ziisammenrollt),  Treg. 
{when  it  rolleth  itself  together),  De  W.  {die  zusammenge- 
wickelt  wird  ;-in  1839,  zusammengeroUtes). 

"  Instead  of  «λονιιοι  xai  oi  χιγ..,  all  the  recent  editors  have, 
χίΧ.  X.  οί  Λλ.  (Α.  Β.  C.  'α  22.  β  7.  Compl.  Vulg  Copt.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.').  I  recommend  that  this  order  be 
followed:  chief  captains,  and  the  rich. 

'  W.,  B.  ;-foreign  verss.  j-Wesl.,  Wakef..  Newc,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Kenr. 


REVELATION. 


121 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

the  mighty  men,  and  every  bond- 
man, and  every  free-inan,  hid 
themselves  in  the  dens  and  in 
the  rocks  of  the  mountains ; 

16  And  said  to  the  mountains 
and  rocks,  Fall  on  ns,  and  hide 
us  from  the  face  of  him  that 
sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  from 
the  wrath  of  the  Lamb  : 

17  For  the  great  day  of  his 
wrath  is  come ;  and  who  shall 
be  able  to  stand  ? 

CHAP.    VII. 

And  after  these  things  I  saw 
four  angels  standing  on  the  four 
corners  of  the  earth,  holding  the 
four  winds  of  the  earth,  that 
the  wind  should  not  blow  on  the 
earth,  nor  on  the  sea,  nor  on  any 
tree. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

uaroi,  και  ττα?  δοΰλοί  και  vas 
iXeuOepoi  ϊκρνψαν  βαυτονς  et?  τα 
σττηλαια  και  ety  τα?  ττβτραί  των 
ορίων, 

16  KCU  λεγονσι  τοιϋ  bpeat  και 
ταΐί  ΤΓίτραΐί,  JTeaeTe  (ψ  VP-OLi, 
KCU  κρνψατΐ  ημαί  άττο  ττροσωττον 
του  καθήμενου  Ιτη  του  θρόνου, 
καΧ  άττο  τη9  οργής  του  άρνίον 

17  ΟΤΙ  ήλθβν  η  7]μ€ρα  η  με- 
γάλη τήί  οργής  αύτοΰ,  καΐ  τις 
δύναται  σταθηναι ; 

CHAP.    VII. 

ΚΑΙ  μβτα  ταΰτα  eiSov  τεσσά- 
ρας άγγβλονς  ίστώτας  eVt  τας 
τίσσαρας  γωνίας  της  γης,  κρα- 
τοΰντας  τους  τεσσάρας  άνεμους 
της  γης,  ίνα  μη  ττνεη  άνεμος  eVi 
της  γης,  μήτε  εττΐ  της  θαλάσσης, 
μήτε  εττΐ  πάν  δενδρον. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

""mighty,  "  and  every  bond  man, 
and  ^every  free  man,  hid  them- 
selves in  the  ^cavcs  and  in  the 
rocks  of  the  mountains ; 

16  And  ^they  say  to  the  mount- 
ains and  'to  ''the  rocks :  Fall 
"upon  us,  and  hide  us  from  the 
face  of  him  that  sittetli  on  the 
throne,  and  from  the  wrath  of 
the  Lamb : 

17  For  "=that  great  day  of  his 
wrath  is  come,  and  who  "Ίβ  able 
to  stand  ? 

CHAP.    VII. 

"And  after  *these  things  I  saw 
four  angels  standing  'upon  the 
four  corners  of  the  earth,  holding 
the  four  winds  of  the  earth,  that 
"no  wind  should  blow  on  the 
earth,  nor  on  the  sea,  nor  "upon 
''''any  tree. 


"  The  reading  ij^upoi,'  (A.  B.  C.  'a  27.  β  7.  Compl.')  is 
adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors  in  the  place  of  Sv^aroi.'.  but 
requires  no  change  in  the  version. 

»  The  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  'a  10.  β  7.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arr.  Slav.  MS.'  is  against  this  second  nds.  which,  however,  is 
retained  by  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mej'.,  Sch.,  and  Bloomf.  (though 
he  thinks  it  may  be  an  intei'polation). 

y  Dodd.,  Wosl.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw..  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

'  The  present  tense  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Fr. 
S.;-Erasm.,  Vat,  Aret,  Oocc,  Bierm.,  Daub.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Wakef. 
and  Newc.  (say),  Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu..  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words., 
Hengst.,  Kenr.  Comp.  ch.  7 :  10,  N.  f.  Here  the  past  time 
was  introduced  by  Pagn.,  and  adopted  by  Bez.,  &c. 

'  The  sign  of  the  dative  is  repeated  by  W.  ;-Syr.,  Dt.,  It., 
French  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  WesL,  Moldenh.,  Herd., 
Woodh.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Hengst,  Murd. 

'■  The  article  is  repeated  by  R.;-Dt.,  It.,  French  vciss. ;- 
Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd..  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Thom., 
Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn.  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Hengst,  Murd., 

Kenr. For  vpon,  see  ch.  3 :  3,  N.  j,  &c.     K.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef., 

Thom. 

'  '  Dies  irae,  dies  ilia ;  the  issue  and  consummation  of  all 
preceding  days  of  vengeance ;  the  day,  of  which  we  were  so  often 
warned.'  See  1  John  2:  7,  N.  o,  &c. — Syr.  ;-Pagn.,  Bez., 
Brightm.,  Par.,  Grell.,  Vitr.,  Wakef. 


■i  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Vat,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Daub., 
Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  All..  Sharpe,  Stii.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Words.,  Hengst.,  Murd.     E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 

'  The  Kat  is  cancelled  by  Lachm.  and  Treg.,  on  the  autliority 
of  Ά.  0.  Vulg.  Copt.;'  and  roito  (A.  B.  C.  'a  22.  β  6.  y  2. 
Compl.')  is  substituted  for  taita  by  Matth.,   Sch.,   Lachm., 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch. For  no  wind  (=  '  not  a  blast,'  Milton 

Lycidas,  07).  see  1  .John  1 :  8,  N.  z.  Protestant  Gei'man  verss. 
Dt.,  It.  {non. .  vento),  Fr.  G.,-M..-S.,  (aucun  vent  ne)  ;-Daub. 
Wakef.,  Woodh.  (not  a  wind).  Thom.,  Allw.  (a  wind  .  .  not) 
Penn,  Sh:irpe,  Lord  (wind  .  .  neither),  Words. 

'■  See  ch.  6  :  IG,  N.  b,  &c.  In  the  last  clause,  as  an  indication 
of  a  change  in  the  construction,  Vulg.  substitutes  in  with  the 
ace.  for  the  previous  snper  (and  by  tliis  K.  is  led  into  the  va- 
riation, upon  . . .  on)  ;  Dt.  changes  op  to  tegen;  Fr.  S.,  sur  to 
co?i<re  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par.,  (as  Vidg.).  Cocc,  Vitr., 
(change  in  with  the  abl.  to  in  with  the  ace),  Beng.  (makes 
the  same  change  with  iiber).     Comp.  ch.  13:  1,  N.  dd. 

"''  Literally:  'Every  tree; — as  would  at  once  be  the  case, 
but  for  the  angelic  restraint.'  Comp.  ch.  9  :  4;  Is.  2 :  13  ;  Joel 
1:  12,  19;-IIamm.,  Cocc,  Greenf.,  Ziill.,  Hengst  ('eig.  aWen 
Baum?).  But  in  English  the  literal  expression  might  occasion 
ambiguity.  There  is  also  another  reading,  η  SivSpov  (B.  C. 
•a  22.  β  6.     Vulg.  Ar.  Copt.'),  adopted  by  Wetst.,  Matth., 


16 


122 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

2  And  I  saw  another  angel 
ascending  from  the  east,  having 
the  seal  of  the  living  God :  and 
he  cried  with  a  loud  voice  to 
the  four  angels,  to  whom  it  was 
given  to  hm't  the  earth  and  the 
sea, 


3  Saying,  Hurt  not  the  earth, 
neither  the  sea,  nor  the  trees, 
till  we  have  sealed  the  seiTants 
of  our  God  in  their  foreheads. 


4  And  I  heard  the  number  of 
them  which  were  sealed :  and 
there  were  sealed  an  hundred  and 
forty  and  four  thousand  of  all 
the  tribes  ol'  the  children  of  Is- 
rael. 

5  Of  the  tribe  of  Juda  tcere 


GKEEK    TEXT. 


2  Kai  eihov  aXXov  αγγζΧον 
άναβαντα  άττο  ανατολής  ήλιου, 
άγοντα  σφραγίδα  θβον  ζώρτος• 
καΐ  βκραζβ  φωνβ  μξγαλτ]  τοΐί 
τίσσαρσιν  άγγίλους,  oh  4δοθη 
αντοΐζ  άδικήσαι  την  γήν  καΐ  την 
θάλασσαν, 

3  λέγων,  Μη  άδίκησητβ  την 
γην,  μητ€  την  θάλασσαν,  μητ€ 
τα  δίνδρα,  αγ^ρίζ  oh  σφραγί(^ωμίν 
T0VS  δονλονί  τον  θβον  ημών  eVt 
των  μβτωττων  αυτών. 

4  ΚαΙ  ηκονσα  τον  αριθμόν 
τών  ^σφ ραγισμένων•  ρμδ  γρίλια- 
δ€ζ  ^σφραγισμένοι  iic  ττασηί  φυ• 
ληί  υιών  Ισραήλ• 

5  €κ  φυληί  Ίουδα,  ιβ   )(ΐλια- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

α  And  Ι  saw  another  angel 
"^ascend  from  the  ""sunrising,  hav- 
ing the  seal  of  the  living  God : 
and  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice 
to  the  four  angels,  to  whom  it 
was  given  to  hurt  the  earth  and 
the  sea. 


3  Saying :  Hurt  not  the  earth, 
'nor  the  sea,  nor  the  trees,  till 
we  'seal  the  sei-vants  of  our  God 
^on  theh•  foreheads. 


4  And  I  heard  the  number  of 
■■the  sealed :  'a  hundred  land 
forty  -  four  thousand  '  sealed,  of 
"every  tribe  of  the  childi-en  of 
Israel ; 

i5    Of  the   tribe   of  "Judah, 


'  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Geira..  Dt.,  It.  (c7ie  saliva).  French  verss.  (qiii 
montait)  ;-Cocc.  (following  this  readinp;,  changes  ascendentem 
of  the  other  Latin  verss.  into  qui  ascendebat.  But  I  recommend 
that  tlie  reading-  of  all  the  recent  editors.  ανα,βο.ίι•οντα.  (Λ.  Β.  C. 
'  α  27.  β  7.  Compl.'))  be  followed,  and  translated :  ascending. 

^  The  periphrasis  of  the  text  is  preserved  by  W.,  T.,  C,  G.. 
R.  ;-the  Latin  and  German  ver.ss.,  Dt.,  It..  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  B.  and 
L.,  Bod  J.,  Weil.,  Wakcf.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Clarke,  Greenf., 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  KelL,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

•  E.  v.,  V.  I  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.  (neither .  .  .  neilher),  Wakef. 
{or  .  .  .  or),  Newc,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.  Foreign  verss.  generally  render  the  fir\ti  of  both  claiiscs 
by  the  same  word. 

'  The  present  tense  is  used  by  W.,  R.  j-Vulg.,  Germ.  ;-Erasm.. 
Pagn.j  Vat.,  Castal.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Beng.,  Herd.,  Thom.,  Mey., 
Kenr.  But  of  these  several  read,  as  do  all  the  recent  editors, 
α^ραγΐβωμιν.  -For  the  present  of  our  Text  Treg.  cites  no  au- 
thority but  Era.sra.  I  recommend  that  βφραγίβ.  be  adopted, 
and  translated :  Jiave  sealed. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  20,  N.  d,  &c.  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  i>s),  German 
verss.  (an),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Daub.,  "VTakef.,  Woodh., 
AUw.,  Siu.,  Treg.,  Murd.,  {upon),  Wesl.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Ell.  (at  ch.  9 :  4),  Lord,  Kenr. 

^  Latin  verss.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Berl.  Bib.  and  later  German 
verss.  generally,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Greenf.,  Lord,  Treg. 

'  Vv.  4-8  are  not  so  much  a  historical  statement  of  what 
John  saw,  or  even  of  what  took  place,  as  an  echo  of  what  he 
lieard.  And  this,  together  with  the  blessedness  and  the  solem- 
nity of  the  act.  is  best  brought  out  by  the  construction  and  ar- 


rangement of  the  original ;  which  are,  accordingly,  adopted  by 
W.,  R.  (except  that  it  turns  the  Vulg.  signati  of  v.  4  into  a 
finite  verb)  ;-Vu!g.,  Syr.,  Germ,  (nearly  as  JR.),  It.  (except 
that  it  supplies  Mera  di  after  the  first  clause  of  v.  4),  Fr.  G., 
-M.,  {nearly  as  Germ.),  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.  (except  that 
he  supplies  erant  to  ohsignata  in  v.  4  ;-and  so  Bez.,  Par.,  B. 
and  L.),  Cocc,  Grell.,  Vitr.,  Beng.,  Woodh.  {as  It.),  Greenf. 
(except  that  he  reverses  the  order  in  τν.  5-8),  Mey.,  All.,  Do 
W.,  (treating  the  participle  throughout  as  a  noun),  Treg., 

Hengst.  (as  Germ.). For  the  form  of  the  indefinite  article 

in  V.  4,  see  2  Pet.  2 :  14,  N.  f. 

i  It  is  not  necessary,  in  rendering  the  numeral  sign  of  the 
Text  (which  all  recent  editors,  except  Matth.  and  Bloomf.,  ex- 
change for  mimeral  words)  into  our  most  common  verbal  ex- 
pression, to  murk  and  as  supplied.  (Treg.,  indeed,  adopts  the 
reading  of 'C.  ο  7.  Compl.,'  which  inserts  xai  after  έχατόν.). — 
R.,  Wells,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Lord,  (omit  and  in  both  cases),  Dodd., 
Wakef.,  ^\'oodh.,  Thom.,  AWw.,  Sharpe,  Treg,,  Kenr.  Comp. 
ch.  4 :  4,  N.  m  and  14 :  1,  N.  g. 

I"  The  singular  is  retained  by  W.  (every  lineage),  R.  ;-Vulg., 
Syr.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef., 
Stu.,  Lord  (the  whole  race),  Treg.,  De  ΛΥ.,  Words.,  Murd., 
Kenr. 

1  See  V.  4,  N.  i. In  vv.  5-8  ία^ραγιομίνοι  is  cancelled,  in 

every  instance  except  the  first  and  last,  by  Matth.,  Lachm., 
Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.C.'»  22.  β  6. 
γ  3.  Compl.  Vulg,  MS.  HarL*  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp. ;'  and  in 
the  two  exceptional  cases  Matth.  has  ίβψιιαγιβμίΐΌ.ι  (Β.  Ό  12. 
β  4.'  and  in  v.  5  'y  2.'). 

°  See  ch.  5 :  5,  X.  o,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


123 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the 
tribe  of  Reuben  were  sealed 
twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe 
of  Gad  were  sealed  twelve  thou- 
sand. 

6  Of  the  tribe  of  Aser  ivere 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the 
tribe  of  Nephthalim  icere  sealed 
twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe 
of  Mauasses  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand. 

7  Of  the  tribe  of  Simeon  were 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the 
tribe  of  Levi  were  sealed  twelve 
thousand.  Of  the  tribe  of  Is- 
sachar  were  sealed  twelve  thou- 
sand. 

8  Of  the  tribe  of  Zabulon  wer'c 
sealed  twelve  thousand.  Of  the 
tribe  of  Joseph  zvere  sealed 
twelve  thousand.  Of  the  tribe 
of  Benjamin  ivcre  sealed  twelve 
thousand. 

9  After  this  I  beheld,  and  lo, 
a  great  multitude,  which  no  man 


GREEK    TEXT. 


5ey  βσφραγίσμίροί'  ΐκ  φνλη9 
' Ρονβην,  φ  χίλίάδε?  Ισφραγι- 
σμίνοί•  €Κ  ψνληζ  Γαδ,  φ  -χιλία- 
δΐί  Ισφραγίσμίνοι• 

G  e'/c  φνλη9  Άσηρ,  φ  χιλια,- 
Ses  ίσφραγίσμβνοί•  e/c  φνλη^ 
Νίφθαλα,μ,  φ  χιλιάδί?  βσφρα- 
γισμβίΌί•  e'/c  φυλής  Μανασση, 
φ'  χίλίαδε?  βσφραγίσμβροί• 

1  €Κ  φνληζ  Συμεών,  φ  χείλια- 
δε?  ζσφραγισμίνοί•  e'/c  φυλής 
Λζϋϊ,  φ  χιλιαδΐς  βσφραγισμβ- 
VOL•  e'/c  φυλής  Ισαγαρ,  φ  yi- 
λιαδξς  Ισφραγίσμ^νοί' 

8  e'/c  φυλής  Ζαβουλων,  φ  ■χι- 
λιάδες Ισφραγισμίνοι•  €κ•φνλης 
Ίωσηφ,  φ  χιλιάδες  βσφραγι- 
σμβνοι•  e'/c  φνλης  Ββνιαμιν,  φ 
χιλιάδες  Ισφραγισμενοι. 

9  ΜΕΤΑ  ταΰτα  βίδον,  και 
Ιδου  όχλος  ττολυς,  οι/  άριθμησαι 


REVISED    VERSION. 

twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of  the 
tribe  of  Reuben,  twelve  thousand 
sealed;  of  the  tribe  of  Gad, 
twelve  thousand  sealed ; 

"G  Ofthetribeof  "Aser,  twelve 
thousand  sealed ;  of  the  tribe  of 
pNephthalim,  twelve  thousand 
sealed ;  of  the  tribe  of  'Manas- 
ses,  twelve  thousand  sealed ; 

■•7  Of  the  tribe  of  'Symeon, 
twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of  the 
tribe  of  Levi,  twelve  thousaud 
sealed ;  oi'  the  tribe  of  'Isachar, 
twelve  thousand  sealed  ; 

"S  Of  the  tribe  of  "Zabulon, 
twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of  the 
tribe  of  Joseph,  twelve  thousand 
sealed ;  of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin, 
twelve  thousand  sealed. 

9  After  "these  things,  I  'saw, 
and  ^behold  a  great  multitude. 


°  See  V.  4,  N.  i  and  v.  5,  N.  1. 

»  'It  is  to  be  regretted,'  remark  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  Com- 
mittee on  Versions,  in  their  Report  on  the  late  Revision,  '  that, 
in  respect  to  persons  already  known  in  the  Old  Testament, 
the  translators  did  not  retain  their  names  in  the  form  in  which 
they  had  thus  become  familiar.  Instead  of  this,  they  have  often 
introduced  the  personages  of  ancient  Jewish  history  under 
names  modified,  and  sometimes  disguised,  by  transmission 
through  the  Greek  tongue.  .  .  The  principle  adopted  in  such 
cases  has  been  the  following:  When  such  names  occur  singly 
in  the  narrative,  and  there  would  arise  no  marked  difference  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  form  in  the  Old  Testament  has  been 
restored.'  In  the  spirit  of  this  rule,  and  as  "itix  became  'Acujp 
by  necessity,  there  being  no  Greek  representative  of  la,  sh,  I  re- 
commend that  here  and  at  Luke  2 :  36  the  Hebrew  form  be 
restored :  Asher. — T.,  Daub.,  Moldenh.,  Gerl.,  Lord,  Hengst., 
(Asser),  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Campb.  (in  Luke),  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Murd.  {Ashur)  ;-Rob. 

ρ  See  N.  o.  Νιφθαλύμ  (Gen.  35:  25)  being  but  one  of  sev- 
eral Sept.  forms  (Νίφβαλει  Gen.  30 :  8 ;  Νεφθαλί  Gen.  46 :  24 ; 
Ν{φθαλι,'ί<.  livings  4:  15)  for  "ipi^i,  I  recommend  that  the  0.  T. 
name  be  restored  here  and  Matt.  4 :  13,  15 :  Naphtali. — Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Campb.  (in  Matt.),  Newc,  Lord,  Murd.  German  verss., 
Guyse,  Woodh.,  Penn,  (Naphthali). 

1  See  N.  o.  The  Sept.  uses  two  forms  of  the  nominative, 
Mavaaarj  (Gen.  48;  5)  and  Mavaaaijs  (2  Kings  20:  21)  for 


nirsa.  Here,  though  not  at  Matt.  1 :  10,  the  Amer.  Bible  See. 
has  restored  Manasseh.  I  recommend  that  it  be  done  in  both 
places. — W.,  Daub.,  {Manasse).  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Campb.  (in 
Matt.),  Wakef..  Newc,  Woodh.,  Penn,  Lord,  Murd. 

'  See  V.  4,  N.  i  and  v.  5,  N.  1. 

•  See  2  Pet.  1:  1,  N.  a,  &c.  W.,  T.,  C.j-Fr.  S.;-Erasm., 
Cocc,  Mey.  All  others,  including  E.  V.,  applj'  the  principle 
cited  in  v.  6,  N.  ο ;  which  I  also  recommend  to  be  done:  Simeon. 

t  See  V.  6,  N.  o.  This  name  is  given  Vith  one  s  by  W.,  T., 
C.  ;-Erasm.,  Bez.  (in  some  edd.),  Whist.,  Wells,  Beng.,  Lowm., 
Wakef.,  Allw.,  Gerl.:— Germ.,  Dt.,  Cocc,  Moldenh.,  Mey.,  De 
W.,  Hengst.,  follow  the  Chethibh  (Issaschar  or  Isaschar)  : — 
all  others,  including  E.  V.  here  and  in  the  0.  T.,  take  the  Keri, 
which  I  also  recommend :  Issachar. 

"  See  V.  4,  N.  i  and  v.  5,  N.  1. 

'  Both  here,  and  at  Matt.  4:  13,  15,  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc. 
has  restored  Zebulim,  in  accordance  with  the  principle  of  v.  6, 
N.  o.  I  recommend  that  the  change  be  adopted  in  both  places. — 
G.,  Lowm.,  Guyse,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Lord,  Treg.,  (Zebidon),  Dodd., 
Campb.  (in  Matt.),  De  W.  and  Hengst.  (Sebidon). 

"  See  oh.  4 :  1,  N.  a. 

»  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  b. 

'  See  ch.  5 :  6,  N.  r. 


124 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VEUSION. 

could  number,  of  all  nations, 
and  kindreds,  and  people,  and 
tongues,  stood  before  the  throne, 
and  before  the  Lamb,  clothed 
with  white  robes,  and  palms  in 
their  hands ; 

10  And  cried  with  a  loud 
voice,  sa3ang.  Salvation  to  our 
God  whicli  sittetli  upon  the 
throne,  and  unto  the  Lamb. 

11  And  all  the  angels  stood 
round  about  the  throne,  and 
(thovt  the  elders  and  the  four 
beasts,  and  fell  before  the  throne 
on  their  faces,  and  worsliippiid 
God, 


12  Sajang,  Amen :  Blessing, 
and  glory,  and  w^isdom,  and 
thanksgiving,  and  honour,   and 


GREEK    TEXT. 

avTov  ovSeli  ηδυι/ατο,  e'/c  τταντος 
tUvovs  Koi  φυλών  καΙ  λαών  και 
γλωσσών,  ίστώτβς  Ινωτηον  τον 
θρόνου  και  ενώπιον  του  άρνίου, 
7Γεριβίβλημ€νοί  στολα?  λευκαρ, 
καΐ  φοίνικίί  iv  ταΐζ  γ^ρσίν  αυτών 

10  καί  κράζοντας  φωντ]  μβ- 
γαλτ],  λίγοντΐ9,  Η  σωτηρία  τω 
καθημίνω  eVi  του  θρόνου  του 
θβοΰ  ημών,  /cat  τω  αρνιω. 

11  Α  at  τταντβί  οί  άγγίλοι 
ίστηκίσαν  κύκλω  του  θρόνου  καΊ 
τών  ττρεσβυτίρων  καΐ  τών  τεσσά- 
ρων ζώων,  καΐ  ίττεσον  ενώπιον 
του  θρόνου  eVt  ττροσωττον  αυτών, 
καΐ  -προσίκυνησαν  τω  θίω, 

12  ?\.βγοντβς,  Λ  μην  η  ευλο- 
γία KCU  ή  δοζα  και  ή  σοφία  και 
η    ευγαριστια   καΐ   η  τιμή    καΐ   ή 


KEVISED    VERSION. 

whicli  no  'one  «could  number, 
of  ^'eveiy  nation,  and  -tribes,  and 
''peoples,  and  tongues,  "standing 
before  the  throne,  and  before 
the  Lamb,  'clothed  with  white 
robes,  and  palms  in  their  hands ; 

10  And  'crying  with  a  loud 
voice,  saying :  ^The  salvation 
'■unto  him  ''who  sitteth  on  the 
throne  of  our  God,  and  unto  the 
Lamb. 

11  And  all  the  angels  stood 
'around  the  throne  )  and  i  the 
ciders  and  the  four  '■living  crea- 
tures, and  'they  fell  before  the 
tluOue  "'upon  their  '"face,  and 
w^orshipped  God, 

12  Saying:  Amen.  "The  bless- 
ing,   and    "the   glory,   and   "the 


wisdom. 


and  "the  thanksgiving, 


'  See  ch.  3  :  7,  N.  p,  &c. 

»  For  ^&vv.,  Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachni.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch., 
rear!  iSiv.  (A.  B.  C.  'a  10.  β  4.  Compl.'). 

''  The  variation  in  the  number  oitOvovi  and  φυλώΐ',  in  which 
Bcng.  and  Hcnsst.  find  .something  worthy  of  note,  is  observed 
also  by  Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Hamm.,  Coco.,  Vilr.,  Thom.,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.  Others,  as  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  AVords., 
make  all  the  four  nouns  singular.     The  rest  follow  the  Vulg. 

'  See  eh.  1 :  7,  N.  k. 

•^  E.  v.,  ch.  10:  11;  17:  15.  Elsewhere,  by  disregarding  the 
niiniljer,  E.  V.  sometimes  hides  or  obscures  the  meaning.  Thus, 
comp.  Luke  2: 10  (rtairt  r^  λαφ,  to  all  the  people  =  Israel)  with 
V.  31  (τίάνΐων  ■ίων  λαών,  of  all  the  peoples,  i.  e.  on  earth,  includ- 
ing the  two  divisions  specified  in  v.  32) ;  Acts  4 :  25  (λαοί.',  peoples), 
27  (λαοΐί  Ισραήλ,  peoples  of  Israel  =  the  tribes  gathered  to- 
gether at  the  Passover)  ;  &c.  An  oversight  of  kindi-ed  influence 
pervades  the  common  English  version  of  the  0.  T. — W.,  R.  ;- 
foreign  verss.  (except  B.  and  L.)  ;-Daub.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Sharpe, 
Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

«  See  ch.  4:  1,  N.  c,  &c.  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.  ;- 
Erasm..  Vat.,  Cocc,  \'ur.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Alhv.,  Greenf.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Hengst.,  Kenr.      Matth.  and  Words,  edit  iarura;  (B.  'a,  14. 

β  4.'). Bloomf.  marks  Λζ^ίβιβτ.τιμίΐΌΐ.  as  'a  reading  thought 

to  need  alteration,'  and  all  the  other  recent  editors  do  alter  it 
to  ΛίξιφιβΧημίνονς.  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  Ό  21.  β  5.' 
The  case  would  then  depend  on  the  iliov.  See  Win.  §  35.  3. 
and  ch.  14 :  14,  N.  o. 

f  Castal.,  Cocc,  Dodd.     But  all  the  recent  editors,  except 


Mey.,  read  χράζουαι,.  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  27.  β  7.  y  4. 
Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.'  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  followed:  ihey  cry.    See  ch.  C:  16,  N.  z. 

^  '  That  which  has  been  wrought  for  us.'  See  ch.  5  : 1.3,  N.  e, 
&c. — Dt.,  It,  French  verss.  ;-Berl.  Bib..  Beng.,  Wakef.  (this;- 
and  so  Thom.,  Penn),  Newc.  (our),  Woodh.,  Allw..  Stolz,  Ell., 
Lord,  De  W.,  Kell.,  Ilengst. 

^  E.  v.,  in  the  next  clause ;  &c.  But,  instead  of  this  Erasmian 
reading  (comp.  v.  3,  N.  f ).  the  Elzevir  text  and  all  the  recent 
editors  have,  ί-φ  &εΣι  ί;μΰΐ'  ΐφ  χαθημίνψ  ixi  i.  θ.  I  recommend 
that  this  be  adopted,  and  translated  :  mito  our  God  who  sitteth 
on  the  throne.  For  who,  see  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. — For  on,  see 
ch.  3 :  10,  N.  d,  <fec. 

'  See  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  z. 

)  The  χύχΧαι  is  not  repeated  in  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  and 
French  verss.  (except  B.  and  L.),  It.  ;-Beng.,  Dodd..  Wesl., 
Herd.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Kenr.  In 
English  it  is  sufficient,  with  Thom.  and  Stu.,  to  remove  the 
comma  after  throne. 

k  Seech.  4:  C,  N.  a. 

I  W.,  R.  ;-Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Penn, 
Stu.,  Treg.,  Murd. 

"  For  upon,  see  ch.  C:  10,  N.  b,  &c. For  to  rtpde.  all  the 

recent  editors  give  fa  «ρόυωΛα  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  27.  β  7.  y  2.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
followed :  faces.' 

°  See  v.  10,  N.  g,  &c.  To  the  English  authorities,  cited  in 
the  various  notes  referred  to,  may  here  be  added  Dodd. 


REVELATION. 


125 


KING    JAMES      ΛΈΚ8Ι0Ν. 

power,  and  might,  he  unto  our 
God  for  βΛ' er  and  ever.     Amen. 


13  And  one  of  the  elders  an- 
swered, saying  unto  me,  What 
are  these  whicli  are  aiTa3^ed  in 
white  robes  ?  and  whence  came 
they? 

14  And  I  said  unto  him,  Sir, 
thou  knowest.  And  he  said  to 
me.  These  are  thej'  whicli  came 
out  of  great  tribulation,  and  have 
washed  tlieir  robes,  and  made 
them  white  in  the  blood  of  the 
Lamb. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

8ΰναμΐ9  καΙ  η  Ισχυς  τω  θ€ω 
ημών  €Ϊ?  T0V9  alSivas  των  αΙωνων. 
άμην. 

13  Και  άτΓβκρίθη  ei?  βκ  των 
Ίτρ^ο'βυτίρων,  λβγων  μοί,  Ούτοι 
οί  ΤΓβριβφλημίνοί  ταί  στολαί 
τα?  λεύκας,  τίνες  άσι,  καΐ  ποβίν 
ήλθον ; 

14  και  ζψηκα  αΰτω,  Kvpie, 
συ  ο18ας.  Και  eine  μοι,  Ούτοι 
ύσιν  οϊ  (ρχ^ομβνοι  Ικ  της  θλίψβως 
της  μεγάλης,  και  έπλυναν  τας 
στολάς  αυτών,  καΧ  Ιλευκαναν  στά- 
λας αυτών  βν  τω  α'ίματι  του  αρ- 
νιού. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

and  "the  honour,  and  "the  power, 
and  "the  "strength,  ρ  unto  our 
God  nmto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 
Amen. 

13  And  one  of  the  elders  an- 
swered, saying  unto  me  :  'These 
'that  are  'clothed  «with  >the 
white  robes  "who  are  they,  and 
whence  came  they  ? 

14  And  I  said  unto  him  :  »Sir, 
s^thou  knowest.  And  he  said 
nxnto  me  :  These  are  they  nvho 
'■come  out  of  'the  great  tribula- 
tion, and  '^they  '  washed  their 
robes  and  made  'their  robes  white 
in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb. 


0  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  X.  g.  E.  V.,  ch.  5 :  12,  &c.;-W.,  R.  ;- 
Germ.  {Starke).  Dt.  {sterkte).  It.  (forza),  French  verss. 
(force)  ;-Castal.  (iv'res),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (robur). 
Benj.,  Moldcnh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  Hingst.,  (ns  Germ.)^ 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Kenr.  Grot.,  Hengst..  and  others,  note  how 
nearly  identical  the  nouns  here  are  with  those  in  the  doxology 
of  ch.  5  :  12.  The  only  change  is  the  substitution  of  ιύχα^κίΐία 
for  TfKovtoi.  and  this  was  done,  Hengst.  thinks,  for  the  sake  of 
independence  ('  zur  Bewahrung  der  Selbststiindigkeit').  Or  it 
ma}'  be,  that  the  effect  is  here  put  for  the  cause,  the  riches 
of  the  divine  liberality  being  answered  by  the  thanksgivings  of 
the  creature. 

ρ  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  d,  &c. 

1  See  ch.  1 :  C,  N.  g,  &c. The  final  a^j-i/  is  bracketed  by 

Knapp,  Treg.,  and  cancelled  by  Mey.,  Lachm..  Tisch.,  Theile, 
on  the  authority  of  '  C.  28.  36.' 

■■  The  Greek  order  is  preserved  by  R.  ;-Latin  and  French 
verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Stolz, 
Goss.,  Mey.,  AUw.,  All..  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Murd. 

*  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  X.  f.  W.,  R.  ;-Brightm.  {who;-anA  so 
Dodd.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr.)  TVells,  Daub., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Pcnn,  Treg. 

'  E.  v.,  v.  9,  and  9  times  m  this  book,  out  of  12;-'W.,  R.  ;- 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.  {clad),  Allw., 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

°  E.  v.,  V.  9 ;  &c.  ;-W.  ;-Dodd.,  Stu..  Kenr.  See  ch.  11 :  3. 
N.  k. 

*  'Those  that  are  thus  distinguishable.' — R. ;-Syr.  (^DeD. 
hisce).  Dt.  ;-Vitr.  {illis),  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wakef.  {those),  AUw., 
Greenf.,  De  W. 

"  E.  v.,  Matth.  12 :  48 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss. ;- Wells 
and  later  English  verss..  except  Sharpe  and  Treg. 

*  Excepting  Bloomf.  and  Theile,  all  the  recent  editors  insert 


(Lachm..  in  brackets)  μου  after  Kijpif.  on  the  autliorit)'  of  B.  C. 
•a  20.  β  6.  y  2.  Compl.  Tulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.' 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  Afi/ 
lord.  In  this  address  Beng.  sees  a  step  to  the  unlawful  worship 
of  ch.  19 :  10  and  22:  8.  But  it  is  not  necessary,  with  Hengst., 
to  regard  it  as  equivalent  to  the  divine  name,  i5"is,  in  which 
sense  the  use  of  it,  if  so  understood,  would  have  been  checked 
by  the  elder.  Greenf.'s  ij-is  is  sufficient,  and  the  like  discrim- 
ination appears  in  the  Syr. 

'  '  Thou,  who  iiskcst  these  questions  ;  thou,  not  I.'  See  ch.  1 : 
8,  N.  m,  &c. 

•  B.  v.,  in  the  first  clause ;  &c.  ;-T.  ;-Woodh..  Allw. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  X.  f. 

»  Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-Cast.al.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  B.  and  L.,  Beng., 
AYesI.,  Jloldenh.,  Wakef.  {are  coming).  Greenf..  Ell.  {are  to 
come),  Stu..  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Kell.,  Hengst.  £  V. 
and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 

■=  See  1  John  2:  7,  N.  o,  &c  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Steph., 
Aret.,  Vitr.,  (ilia),  Berl.  Bib..  Daub.,  Beng..  Moldenh.,  Herd., 
Wakef  {that),  AVoodh.,  Scott,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe.  Ell.. 
Lord,  Treg.  (though  with  a  hesitancy,  which  is  not  justified  by 
the  reference  to  '  νΛομονίι  and  all  similar  words.'  Comp.  the 
anarthrous  use,  Matt.  24:  21;  Mark  13:  19;  &c).  De  W., 
Words,  (who  also  cites  Tertullian's  'ex  ilia  pressura  magna.'), 
Scholef.,  Kell.,  Hengst. 

1  See  ch.  1:  6,  N.  y,  &c  Dt.,  Fr.  S.;-Bnghtm.,  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Penn,  Ell.,  Murd. 

'  '  Before  entering  into  it.' — The  aorist  form  is  observed  by 
W.,  T.,  C,  G.;-Bnghtm.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Lord;-alI 
of  them,  however,  except 'the  last  two,  turning  ΙρχόμινοιϊηΙο 
the  same  tense.     E.  V.  follows  R. 

'  The  words,  οτΌλάί  oAtuv  {tai  at.  our.  B.,  accordino•  to 
Treg.)  are  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  that 
Bloomf.  would  merely  bracket  them.    In  their  place,  Beng., 


126 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES'    VKRSION. 

1-5  Therefore  are  they  before 
the  throne  of  God,  and  serve  him 
day  and  night  in  his  temple : 
and  he  tliat  sitteth  on  the  throne 
shall  dwell  among  them. 


16  They  shall  liimger  no  more, 
neither  thirst  any  more ;  neither 
shall  the  sun  light  on  them,  nor 
any  heat. 

17  For  the  Lamb  which  is  in 
the  midst  of  the  throne  shall 
feed  them,  and  shall  lead  them 


GREEK    TEXT. 


15  δια  τούτο  elcriu  ^ι/ωτηον 
του  θρόνου  του  θίοΰ,  και  λα- 
τρίυουσιν  αυτω  ημέρας  και  pvktos 
iv  τω  ναω  αντοΰ-  και  ό  καθημβ- 
V0S  ίττΐ  του  θρόνου  σκηνώσίΐ  ίττ 
avTovs• 

16  ου  ireLvaaovaiv  stl,  οΰδβ 
8ίψησουσιι>  βτι,  ούδ€  μη  ττίση 
€7Γ  αυτούς  ο  ήλιος,  οΰδε  πάν 
καύμα' 

17  Ότι  το  άρνιον  το  άναμβσον 
του  θρόνου  ττοιμανβΐ  αυτούς,  κα\ 
6δηγησ€ΐ  αυτούς  eVt  ζώσας  ττηγας 


REVISED    VERSION. 

15  Therefore  are  they  before 
the  throne  of  God,  and  serve 
him  day  and  night  in  his  temple : 
and  he  that  sitteth  on  the  throne 
shall  ^tabernacle  'over  them. 


16  They  shall  hunger  no  more, 
neither  thirst  any  more ;  'neither 
shall  the  sun  'fall  on  them,  nor 
any  heat ; 

17  For  the  Lamb  ''that  is  in 
the  midst  of  the  throne  shall 
"tend  them,  and  shall  lead  them 


^  Χχψόΐύ  (from  βχψή.  -which  in  E.  V.  is  always  in  this  book, 
ch.  13 :  G ;  15 :  5  ;  21 :  3,  renderorl  iahernacle ;  and  so  elsewhere, 
17  times,  except  Luke  10:  9.)  is,  1..  to  pitch  a  tent;  and,  2.,  to 
dwell  in  a  tent,  or,  as  in  a  tent.  The  ^rst  sense  is  here,  and 
nowhere  else  (except  in  Fr.  S.,  which  uses  the  phrase,  dresser  la 
tenie,  throuahout),  adopted  by  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (as  one 
meaning).  Dodd.,  Thorn.,  Goss.,  Sharpe,  Stii.  But  this  use  is 
unexampled  in  the  Sept.  (Ιβχψ'ααεν  iv  'Σοίόμοΐζ  in  Gen.  13 :  12. 
to  which  Schleus.,  Bretscli.,  and  Rob.,  appeal,  not  being  equi- 
valent to  B^p-i?  br!Si>  The  arfosxijriocrai  of  V.  18  would  be 
a  better,  (hough  an  indirect,  reference.),  and,  as  is  generally 
a,grecd,  elsewhere  in  the  N.  T. ;  whereas  in  the  second  senile 
oi  dwelling  &c.  it  is  found  in  Sept.  Judg.  8: 11,  in  tlie  other  old 
Greek  vcrss.  (Aquila,  Symmaohus,  Theodotion)  of  Ex.  24:  IC; 
25:  8;  Job  11:  14;  38:  19,  and,  according  to  general  consent, 
wherever  else  it  occurs  in  the  N.  T.  (John  1 :  14;  Rev.  12:  12; 
13 :  6 ;  21 :  3).  The  Dt.  overschaduiven  {marg. :  '  Of,  bywonen, 
Gr.  ene  hut,  of,  tabernakel  over  lien  zyn,  of,  maken.')  ;  Aret. 
obumbrabit;  Engl.  Ann.  (as  one  meaning)  overshadoic  \  Grot. 
erit  vice  Tabernaculi.  proteget;  Vitr.  rimbrncido  suo  proleget ; 
B.  and  L.  couvrira  comme  nn  Pavilion ;  Herd.,  Moy.,  Hiilte 
sein;  Van  Ess  ist  das  Zelt;  Treg.  be  a  covert  (which  he  con- 
siders the  only  'admissible'  rendering);  are  inferences,  not 
translations.  The  word  tabernacle  is  proposed  not  only  as 
being  more  literal,  but  also  as  suggesting  the  idea  of  the  fulfil- 
ment of  the  0.  T.  type ;  Ex.  25 :  8,  9 ;  29 :  43,  45 ;  40  :  34 ;  &c. 
Corap.  1  Kings  6 :  13 ;  S:  27;  Ps.  68:  18;  Ezek.  37:  27;  &c. 
— "Wesl.  {have  his  tent),  Kist.  {in  seincm  Ileiligthum  wohneri), 
Lord  {dwell  in  a  tent,  Kell.,  Hengst.  {zelten),  Barn.  ('The 
meaning  hero  is,  that  God  would  dwell  among  them  as  in  a 
tent,  or  would  have  his  abode  with  them.')  ;-Rob.  ('  In  N.  T., 
to  dwell  as  in  tents,  to  tabernacL•'). 

^  'For  shelter  and  defense' — the. liti  here  answering  to  the 


Heb.  hs  after  ρώ,  )ii,  &c.  Comp.  Ex.  40:  35,  36,  38;  Deut. 
33 :  12;"ls.  4 :  5^  6 ;  25  :  4,  5 ;  Ezek.  37,  27 ;  &c. ;  also  2  Cor.  12 : 
9;  1  Pet.  4:  14.— W.  {on)  ;  R.;-Vulg.  {super),  Syr.  (=  hs  )!.•>. 
Here  also  De  D.'s  proteget,  and  Murd.'s  protect,  are  merely 
inferential.  The  verb  is  the  same  as  in  John  1:  14,  where 
Murd.  renders  it,  tabernacled.),  German  verss.  {iiber),  It.  {so- 
pra),  Fr.  S.  (siir)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  {as  Vtdg.),  Daub., 
Dodd.  {upon},  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Ileinr. 
(•pro  μετ'  aitiov  c.  21,  3.  fortius  h.  1.  dioitur  {λ  airouf.'), 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  De  W.  ('  over  them,  as  the  sublime  object  of  their 
worship,  and  as  their  mighty  guardian'),  Treg.,  Kell.,  Kenr.;- 
Wahl  (  in  vel  svper'),  Rob.  {as  Dodd.). 

'  For  the  force  of  οΟδέ  μτ,,  see  ch.  3:  12,  N.  j; 

'  ΤΓ.,  R.  ;-Vulg.  {cadet),  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {as  Vtdg.),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par., 
Grell.,  {tncidel),  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Kell.,  Murd.,  Kenr., 
Barn.;-Wahl,  Rob.  The  ns;!  of  Ps.  121:  6;  Is.  49:  10,  has 
here  been  imitated  b}'  Fr.  G.,-M.,  {frappei-a)  ;-Castal.  {feriet), 
Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  {strdee),  Greenf. 

k  B.  v.,  ch.  5:  12;-W.;   Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thom., 

Stu.,  Lord.,  Kenr.,  {who),  Newc,  Sharpe,  Treg. For  ανάμιβον, 

all  the  recent  editors  have  ανά  μίαον. 

1  See  ch.  2:  27,  N.  r,  &c.  W.  {govern),  R.  (rM?e)  ;-Vulg. 
{reget),  German  vcrss.  and  Dt.  (weiden)  ;-Erasm.  (with  the 
note:  'sive  reget  more  pastor uin'')  and  Vat.  (with  the  note: 
'tcI,  instar  pastoris.  diriget'),  {as  Vtdg.),  Hamm.  {•rule  them, 
or  be  their  shepherd'),  B.  and  L.  {sera  leur  Pasteitr),  Berl. 
Bib.  {als  ein  Hirl  weiden),  Wakef.  {tend  them  like  sheep), 
Newc  marg.,  Treg.,  {be  their  shepherd),  Woodh.  {rule  them 
like  a  shepherd),  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.  {lead  ;-translating 
the  nest  verb,  guide).  Lord  {guide),  Kenr.  {as  R.),  Barn. 
{exercise  over  tliem  the  office  of  a  shepherd). 


Matth.,  Griesb.  (according  to  Theile),  Knapp,  Mey.,  Tisch., 
Theile,  Bloomf  (in  case  at.  ait.  were  rejected),  insert  nothing, 
on  tlie  authority  of  B.  (according  to  Words.)  'a  19.  β  6.  Aeth. 
Arm.  Erp. ;' — Griesb.  (according   to   my  cd.),   Uahn,  Sch., 


Lachm.,  Treg.,  AVords.,  insert  avtds,  on  the  authority  of  '  A. 
10.  12.  19.  37.  46.  49.  91.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  this  last  reading  be  adopted : 
them. 


REVELATION. 


127 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

unto  living  fountains  of  waters  : 
and  God  shall  wipe  away  all 
tears  from  their  eyes. 

CHAP.    VIII. 

And  when  he  had  opened  the 
seventh  seal,  there  was  silence 
in  heaven  about  the  space  of 
half  an  hour. 

2  And  I  saw  the  seven  angels 
which  stood  before  God ;  and  to 
them  were  given  seven  trumpets. 


angel 


came 


3  And  another 
and  stood  at  the  altar,  having 
a  sfolden  censer ;  and  there  was 
given  unto  him  much  incense, 
that  he  should  ofler  it  with  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

υδάτων,  καϊ  βζαλξίψεί  6  Oeos 
TTOLV  δάκρυον  άττο  των  οφθαλμών 
αυτών. 


VIII. 


CHAP, 

ΚΑΙ  οτ€  ηνοίζβ,την  σφραγίδα 
την  Ιβδόμην,  (γβνβτο  σιγή  iv  τω 
ούρανω  ώ?  ημιωριον. 

2  ΚαΙ  βΐδον  του?  βτττα  άγγβ- 
λουί,  ot  βνώτΓίον  του  θβοΰ  βστψ 
κασι,  καΐ  εδόθησαν  αύτοΐί  βτττα 
σάλτηγγες. 

3  και  άλλος  άγγελος  ήλθε,  καΐ 
εστάθη  εττί  το  θνσιαστήριον, 
έχων  λίβανωτον  χρυσοΰν  καΐ 
εδόθη  αύτω  θυμιάματα  ττολλα. 
Ινα    δώση    ταϊς   ιτροσευχαΐς   τών 


REVISED    VERSION. 

unto  "living  fountains  of  waters, 
and  God  shall  wape  away  "every 
tear  "from  their  eyes. 

CHAP.    VIII. 

And  when  he  '  opened  the 
seventh  seal,  there  was  silence 
in  heaven  "about  half  an  hour. 


2  And  I  saw  the  seven  angels 

•"stand    before   God,    and 

'unto   them 


'who 

^there  were   given 

seven  trumpets. 


3  And  another  angel  came, 
and  stood  at  the  altar,  having 
a  golden  censer,  and  there  was 
given  unto  him  much  incense, 
that  he  should  *give  it  Ho  the 


">  With  the  exception  of  Matth.,  all  tlio  recent  editors  read 
fu^s,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a  25.  β  7.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg. 
Aeth.  Arm.  Erp.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted, 
and,  with  jtijyas  νίάτων,  translated :  fuuntuins  of  waters  of 
life.    Comp.  ch.  21 :  6 ;  22 :  1,  17. 

"  The  singular  is  retained  by  W.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  It.,  Fr. 
S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Mey., 
Alhv.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

For  arto,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth.)  read  ix 

(A.  B.C.  'al4. /3  5.'). 

'  See  ch.  6 :  3,  N.  i. 

''  This  ώί  is  in  W..  as ;  in  R.,  Woodh.,  Lord,  Treg.,  as  it 
were;  in  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Penn,  Stn.,  Barn.,  about;  in  Dodd., 
Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Sharpe,  for  about. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

^  E.  v.,  ch.  3  :  20  ;  &c.  ;-(W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.,  follow  the  Yulg. 
vidi . . .  siantes)  ;-French  verss.  ;-Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par..  Cocc:. 
Grell.,  Vitr.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Newc,  Mey,  Stu.,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Words.,  Hengst.  ;-the  grammars  and  lexicons  on  the  use  of 
'datrixa,  and  ία•(ήχείν  as  an  intransitive  present  and  imperfect. 
See  Dan.  10:  13;  Luke  1:  19  (Greek  and  E.  V.);  &c.,  and 
comp.  Tobit  12 :  15. 

=  See  ch.  6 :  2,  N.  g.  Here  the  main  point  is,  the  giving 
of  the  trumpets  to  these  angels ;  not,  the  distinction  thereby 
conferred  on  them.     Comp.  ch.  19 :  8,  N.  j. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  6 :  8 ;  &c.  ;-Treg. 

^  E.  v.,  in  the  previous  clause  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ., 
It.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Ilamm.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Moldenh., 
Herd.,  Mey.,  Bloomf ,  Stier.,  Treg.,  Hengst.,  Barn.  The  E.  V. 
variation  is  after  Pagn.,  Bez.,  (offeiret),  T.,  C,  G. 


^  i;  The  dative  of  companionship  with  avv  omitted,  here 
assumed  by  E.  V.  and  many  others  after  Pagn.  and  Bez.,  is 
found  more  readily  in  the  classics  (especially  in  military  nar- 
ratives, with  such  words  as  cr-rpafijj,  vavui,  &c. ;  or  when  accom- 
panied by  avtoi  in  the  same  case),  than  in  the  N.  T.  An 
instance  in  connection  with  a  verb  of  giving  has  not  been 
produced  from  any  quarter.  2.,  The  dalire  of  manner  (Stu., 
Rob.)  or  circumntances  (Stu.)  cannot  here  be  anything  dider- 
ent  from  the  dative  of  companionship.  3.,  The  dative  of  ad- 
vantage is  applied  by  Vitr.  ('  Mi  g-ratiani  precum  sanctorum . . . 
ut  orationibus  sanctorum  bonum  conciliaret  odorem  et  fragran- 
tiam'),  Wolf,  Wakef.  (/or;-and  so  Thorn.,  Treg.),  Ew.  (m 
commodum  precum),  Mey.,  De  W.,  {fur).  Hengst.  objects, 
(1.),  that,  according  to  ch.  5:8,'  the  incense  is  the  prayers.'  Bufc~ 
it  is  not  said,  that  the  evy-iafiata,  of  ch.  5  :  8  is  the  same 
thing  as  the  θνμ.ίάμα.χα  Λοίχά  here  given  to  the  angel,  and  the 
absence  of  the  article  rather  implies  the  contraiy ;— (2.),  that 
'  the  juxtaposition  of  the  incense  and  the  prayers  is  suitable  to 
the  earthly,  not  the  heavenly,  sanctuary.'  To  this  the  answer 
is,  that  the  description  of  the  latter  rests  on  the  arrangements 
of  the  former  ;  Luke  1 :  10 ; — (3.),  that  it  is  '  unscriptural  to  re- 
present the  prayers  of  the  saints  as  needing  the  recommenda- 
tion of  angels.'  But  this  assumes,  what  is  very  questionable, 
and  is  not  at  all  required  by  the  construction,  that  the  angel 
does  not  act  representatively,  or  that  he  represents  angels 
(Hengst.  himself  understands  the  angel  of  ch.  7  :  2  to  be 
Christ;  and  so  at  ch.  10:  1;  14:  17;  18:  1 ;  20:  1.),  and  that 
the•  m,uch  incense  given  to  him  is  the  incense  of  ch.  5 :  8,  or 
denotes  angelic  intercession. — A  better  objection  than  any  of 
these  would  be,  that,  in  the  present  connection,  this  ex- 
planation is  somewhat  forced  and  artiflcial.  4.,  Hengst.'s 
own  assertion,  that,  but  for  the  necessities  of  the  vision,  rdj 


128 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

prayers  of  all  saints  upon  the 
golden  altar  which  was  before 
the  throne. 

4  And  the  smoke  of  the 
incense,  which  came  with  tlie 
prayers  of  the  saints,  ascend- 
ed up  before  God  out  of  the 
angel's  hand. 

5  And  the  angel  took  the 
censer,  and  filled  it  with  fire  of 
the  altar,  and  cast  it  into  the 
ea/th :  and  there  were  voices, 
and  thunderings,  and  lightnings, 
and  an  earthquake. 

6  And  the  seven  angels  which 
had  the  seven  trumpets  prepared 
themselves  to  sound. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

άγιων  τταντων  iiri  το  θυσιαστή- 
ριοι το  γ^ρυσοΰν  το  ΐνωττιον  τον 
θρόνου. 

4  και  ανίβη  Ό  καττνοί  των  θυ- 
μιαμάτων ταΐί  ττροσβυχ^αΐί  των 
αγίων,  €κ  χ^βιροί  του  αγγέλου, 
ίνωτΓίον  του  θβοΰ. 

5  /cat  ξ'ιληφεν  ό  άγγίλος  το 
λιβανωτον,  καΐ  ΐγ€μισ€ν  αύτο  Ικ 
του  ττυροί  του  θυσιαστηρίου,  και 
ββαλεν  eii  την  γην  και  ΐγενοντο 
ψωναί  καΐ  βρονται  κα\  άστρατταΐ 
καΐ  σεισμοί. 

6  Ken  οι  €7Γτα  άγγβλοι  βχ^ον- 
re?  Tas  βτττα  σαλττιγγαί,  τ^τοιμα- 
σαν  εαυτουί  Ίνα  σαλττισωσι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

prayers  of  all  'the  saints  upon 
tlie  golden  altar  which  )is  betbre 
the  throne. 

4  And  the  smoke  of  the  in- 
cense ''for  tlie  praj^ei-s  of  the 
saints  ascended  i  out  of  the  an- 
gel's hand  "'before  God. 

5  And  the  angel  took  the  cen- 
ser, and  filled  it  "from  "the  fire 
of  the  altar,  and  cast  ^  unto  the 
earth :  and  there  were  voices, 
and  'Jthunders,  and  lightnings, 
and  an  earthquake. 


6  And  the  seven  angels  ^hav 
ing  the  seven  trumpets  prepared 
themselves,    'that    they 
sound. 


might 


'  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf..  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Tng.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

1  This  is  not  so  much  information  respecting  what  was  now 
seen,  as  an  additional  specification  of  the  altar,  and  rests  on 
Lev.  IG  :  12, 13  ;  &c.— E.  V.,  ch.  9  :  13  ;-'W.,  G.,  R.  ;-Latia  and 
French  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Brightm.,  De  D.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Jloldenh. 
{stehtt),  Thorn.,  All.,  Kenr.     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C. 

'  '  Incense  belonging  to,  designed  for  ;'-the  case  here  answer- 
ing to  \  with  the  latter  of  two  nouns  in  construction.  Hengst. 
refers  to  Gen.  9 :  5.  But  neither  the  preposition  there,  nor  the 
dative  here,  is  intended,  as  he  thinks,  to  express  or  imply  iden- 
tity. In  the  present  instance  Win,  and  Hob.  find  a  dative  of 
advantage.  See  v.  3,  N.  h. — No  such  supplement  as  that  of 
E.  V.  is  found  in  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  that  It.  has 
dati  out  of  v.  3)  ;-Daub.  and  the  later  English. 

'  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.  and  the  later  English  verss.  generallj', 
either  have  no  up,  or  use  went  in  connection  with  it. 

"  This  is  put  last  by  "W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. 

"  It  is  true  that  verbs  of  filling  are  sometimes  followed  by  ix 
and  the  genitive  of  the  thing  with  which  =  ya  xba.  But  that 
is  not  the  common  construction  in  either  language,  and  is  not 
elsewhere  employed  by  John  after  γιμίζα  (ch.  15  :  8 ;  John 
2 :  7  ;  6 :  13)  or  yi^c.-W.,  R.,  (of)  ;-Vulg.  (de),  Syr.  (=  •]»  ;- 


De  D.  ex)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Zeg..  Cocc,  (as  Vidg.),  Bez., 
Vitr.,  (e.v),  Brightm.  (out  of).  Engl.  Ann.  ('  Gr.  of.  Or,  oat 
of),  Ilanim.,  Daub.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg. 

"  W.,  R.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann., 
Ilamui.,  Daub.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Herd., 
Wakef.,  Newc,  AVoodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  AH.,  Kist.  Penn,  Sharpe, 


ρ  The  grammatical  ambiguity  is  not  relieved  by  it,  and  Stu., 
accordingly,  supplies  tlie  fire.  But  no  supplement  is  needed, 
and  none  appears  in  AV.  ;-Latin  verss..  Syr. ;- Woodh.,  Lord, 

Kenr.     See  ch.  14 :  19,  N.  j. For  unto,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  1:11; 

6 :  13  ;  12 :  13  ;  &c.  ;-R.  (on)  ;-Gerraan  verss.  (ai/f;-exce-pt 
Kist.,  zu  .  .  .  kin),  Dt.  (op),  French  verss.  (s!<r);-Castal.  (ad), 
Hamm.,  Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd..  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn., 
Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  (an  or  upon),  Woodh., 
Penn,  Lord,  (to),  Greenf.  (bx).     See  ch.  13 :  13,  N.  i. 

■!  See  ch.  4 :  5.  N.  t. 

■■  Cocc,  Allw.  But,  instead  of  the  Erasmian  reading  of  our 
text,  all  the  recent  editors  have  oi  txwtis•  I  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  followed,  and  translated  :  who  had.  For  who, 
see  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

•  See  ch.  G :  2,  N.  h  and  9 :  15,  N.  1.  The  form  of  the  original 
is  here  preserved  by  W.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Beng.,  Dodd., 
Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord. 


Λ()οαινχά(  might  have  stood  for  tali  Λροσ{ΐι;^αΪ5,  is  altogether  I  Hamm.,  Daub.,  Bloomf.,  Words.,  Moldenh.   (as   Germ.),  Allw. 


arbitrary.  5.,  By  far  the  most  obvious  and  natural  translation 
is  that  of  E.  V.  marg.  (to)  ;-Germ.  (zu),  Dt.  (marg.  '  den  ge- 
beden.'    The  text  has  met,  but  as  a  supplement.).  It.  ;-Cocc., 


(as  the  literal  rendering).  Herd.,  Stolz,  (den  Gebeten -,-αηά  so 
Hengst.  in  his  version),  Penn  (that  tie  should  incense  the 
prayers). 


REVELATION. 


129 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

7    The    first    angel    sounded, 
and  there  followed  hail  and  fire 
with   blood,   and   they 


mingled 


GKEEK    TEXT.  ^ 

7  Kcu  b  7Γ ρώτο9  «yyeAo?  taaX- 
πισβ,  Koi  iyivero  χαλαζα  και  ττΰρ 

were  cast  upon  the  earth : 'and ' /^f/^'?'/:^^'^"  T«?'  ""}  ^W^t;  eis" 
the  third  jiart  of  trees  was  burnt !  ^V^  7Ψ'  «^i;  "^o  rpiTOu  των^  8ev- 
up,    and    all    green   grass    was  8ρων    κατΕκαη,    καΐ   ττα?    χόρτος 

χλωροί  κατίκαη. 

8  Και  ό  δβντξροί  ayyeXos 
ed,  and  as  it  were  a  gre7at  mount-  ^ναλτΓίσε,  κα\  ως  opos  μίνα  ττυρί 
am  burnmg  with  fire  was  cast          /  τ,^ό      >       ^     ύ'\ 

καιομζνον  (ρληση  ei?  τηι/  οαΑασ- 

σαν    και  eyevero   το  τρίτον   της 
θαλάσσης  αίμα. 

9  κα).  ατΓίθανξ.  το  τρίτον  των 
κτισμάτων  των  Ιν  τη  θαλασσή, 
τα  βχοντα  ψυχας,  και  το  τρίτον 
των  ττλοίων  δΐίφθαρη. 

10  ΚαΙ  ό  τρίτος  αγγβλος 
(σάλτησβ,  κα\  ίττβσβν  etc  του  ού• 


burnt  up. 

8  And  the  second  angel  sound- 


into  the  sea  :  and  the  third  part 
of  the  sea  became  blood ; 

9  And  the  third  part  of  the 
creatures  which  were  in  the  sea, 
and  had  life,  died ;  and  the  third 
part  of  the  ships  were  destroyed. 


10  And  the  third  angel  sound- 
ed, and  there  fell  a  great  star 
from  heaven,  burning  as  it  were 
a  lamp,  and  it  fell  upon  the  third 
part  of  the  rivers,  and  upon  the 
fountains  of  waters ; 

11  And  the  name  of  the  star 
is  called  Wormwood :    and  the 


REVISED    VERSION. 

7  'And  the  first  "angel  sound- 
ed, and  there  "was  hail,  "  and 
fire,  "  mingled  ^with  blood,  and 
'they  ΛνβΐΈ  cast  ^unto  the  earth: 
'  and  the  third  part  of  "the  ti'ees 
was  burnt  up,  and  all  green  grass 
was  burnt  up. 

8  And  the  second  angel  sound- 
ed, and  as  it  were  a  great  mount- 
ain burning  with  fire  was  cast 
into  the  sea :  and  the  third  part 
of  the  sea  became  blood ; 


9  And  the  third  part  of  the 

I  creatures  which  were  in  the  sea, 

and  had  life,  died ;  and  the  third 

part  of  the  ships  ""was  destroyed. 


10  And  the  third  angel  sound- 
ed, and  there  fell  'from  heaven 

a  great  star,  burning  as  '^  a  lamp, 
pavov  αστήρ   μβγας  καωμβνος^  ως  ^^°^  -^  ^^jj  ^^^^  the  third  part  of 

λάμπας,  και  ΐττβσίν  ein  το  τρίτον  \  the  rivers,  and  upon  the  fountains 

των  ΤΓΟταμών,  kcu  βττ).  τας  ττηγας  of  'the  waters : 

των  υδάτων, 

11 


/cat  το  όνομα  τον  αστ€ρος 


11  And  the  name  of  the  star 


λβγβται'Άψινθος-   καΙγίν€ταιτο\^^  called  ^ Wormwood :  and  the 


'  I  find  no  other  Text  that  omits  the  copula. 
T.,  C. 

"  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  (except  that  Knapp  merely 
brackets)  this  oiyyAos,  on  the  authoriiy  of  A.  B.  'a  27.  β  5. 
Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Harl*  Tol.  Syr.  Ar.  P.'  I  recommend 
that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  angel  be 
omitted. 

'  E.  v.,  vv.  1,  5  ;  kc.  ;-Fr.  S.  {il  y  eut)  ;-Hamm.,  Daub.,  B. 
and  L.  {as  Fr.  S.),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.  (werej-and 
so  AIlw.,  Lord,  Treg.),  Thorn.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  For- 
eign yerss.  retain  the  singular. 

"  This  punctuation,  which  is  that  of  It.  ;-Yat.,  Bierm., 
Moldenh.,  Murd.,  serves  on  the  one  hand  to  justify  the  pre- 
ceding was  as  singular  by  position,  and,  on  the  other,  to  indi- 
cate the  reference  of  the  participle  to  both  nouns. 

»  All  the  recent  editors  insert  h  before  αΐμ.. The  number 

of  ιβλήθη  answers  to  the  subject  in  the  neutor  plural  form  sug- 
gested by  μίμιγμίνα.     Or:  '/i,  the  horrid  mixture,  was  cast.' 

J  See  V.  5,  N.  p,  &c. 

»  Here  all  the  recent  editors  insert  the  words,  xcU  to  tpitov 
■trjs  γηί  χαϋχάη  (Α.  Β.  '  α  26.  |3  7.  y  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.').     I  recommend  that  this  read- 


E.  V.  follows  I  ing  be  adopted,  and  translated :  and  the  third  part  of  the  earth 
was  burnt  up , . 

»  In  the  apocalyptic  earth.  See  v.  10,  N.  e.— Foreign  verss.  ;- 
Brightm.,  Hamm.,  Daub,  and  the  later  English  verss. 

"  E.  v.,  V.  7,  &c.  The  singular  is  used  also  in  Vulg.,  Dt., 
It.,  French  verss.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr., 
Daub.,  Beng.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Greenf., 
Stolz,  Kist.,  Goss.,  All.,  Van  Ess,  Gerl.,  Ell.,  De  W.  The  other 
reading,  Ικ^θάρηααν  (Ά.  α  5.  β  2.  Compl.'),  is  approved  by 
Mill,  and  edited  by  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Hahn,  Lachm.,  Treg., 
Tisch.,  Theile.     But  E.  V.  probably  followed  T.,  C,  G. 

'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  Latin  verss.,  It.,  Fr.  G., 
-M.,-S.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey., 
Allw.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Murd. 

Ί  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  d,  &c. 

«  See  V.  7,  N.  a.  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-B.  and  L.  marg., 
Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Words.  The  article  is 
omitted  by  Erasm.,  Mill,  Treg. 

f  Before  "A^-.  the  article  ό  (A.  B.  'a  23.  β  4.  y  3.  Compl.')  is 
inserted  by  all  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf.,  though  he 

also  thinks  it  '  probably  genuine.' The  Elzevir  Text  and  all 

the  recent  editors  insert  tuv  ihatuv  after  ίό  Hfitov.    I  recom- 
mend that  the  reading  be  followed :  of  the  waters. 

Yl 


130 


REVELATION. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

third  part  of  the  waters  became 
wormwood ;  and  many  men  died 
of  the  waters,  because  they  were 
made  bitter. 

12  And  the  fourth  angel  sound- 
ed, and  the  third  part  of  the  sun 
was  smitten,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  moon,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  stars ;  so  as  the  third 
part  of  them  was  darkened,  and 
the  day  shone  not  for  a  third 
part  of  it,  and  the  night  like- 
wise. 

13  And  I  beheld,  and  heard  an 
flying  through  the  midst 

of  hea\'en,  saying  with  a  loud 
voice.  Wo,  wo,  wo,  to  the  inhab- 
iters  of  the  earth,  by  reason  of 
the  other  voices  of  the  trumpet 
of  the  three  angels,  which  are 
yet  to  sound ! 


angel 


GREEK    TEXT. 


τρίτον  els  άψίΐΌον,  kul  '/wWol 
άνθρώττων  άττ^θανον  4κ  των  υδά- 
των, oTt  ϊτΓίκρανθησαν. 

12  Και  ό  τ€ταρτοί  ayyeXos 
βσάλτΓίσβ,  καΙ  βττληγη  το  τρίτον 
του  ηλίου  καΐ  το  τρίτον  τη9  σε- 
ληνηζ  καΐ  το  τρίτον  των  άστίρων, 
ίνα  σκοτίσθ^  το  τρίτον  αυτών, 
και  ή  ημ€ρα  μη  φαίντ)  το  τρίτον 
αύτης,  και  ή  νυζ  ομοίωί. 

13  Καί  ξίδον,  καΙ  ηκουσα  evos 
άγγβλου  7Γ€τωμίνου  iv  μβσουρα- 
νηματί,  XeyovTOs  φωνρ  μεγάλη, 
ΟύαΙ,  ούοα,  όύαΐ  τοις  κατοίκοΰσιν 
€7Γί  της  γη9,  (Κ  των  λοιττών  φω- 
νών τη?  σαλτΓίγγος  τών  τριών 
αγγέλων  τών  μελλόντων  σαλ- 
ττίζειν. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

third  part'  ^becomes  wonnwood, 
and  many  '■  men  died  of  the 
waters,  because  they  were  made 
bitter. 

12  And  the  foiu-th  angel  sound- 
ed, and  the  third  part  of  the  sun 
was  smitten,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  moon,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  stars,  'that  the  third  part 
of  them  'might  be  darkened,  and 
the  daj'  'should  not  shine  for 
•the  third  part  of  it,  and  the 
night  likewise. 

13  And  I  ""saw,  and  Ί  heard 
angel  ""flying  "in  "mid-heav- 


an 
en, 


saym 


ar  with  a  loud  voice ; 


pWoe,  rwoe,  pwoe,  to  "those  who 
dwell  on  the  earth,  ■■from  the 
n-emaining  voices  of  the  tiiimpet 
of  the  three  angels  «who  "are 
about  to  sound. 


^  The  present  tense  is  employed  by  Fr.  S.  ;-Λ'αΙ.,  Newc, 
marg.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Stu.  The  other  reading,  εγίναο  (A.  B• 
Ό  26.  β  6.  y  2.  Com  pi.'),  is  edited  by  Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachm., 
Treg.,  Words,  (though  pi-obably  through  oversight,  as  he  has 
the  present  in  his  note,  and  in  his  version.),  Tisch. 

^  All  the  recent  editors  insert  tuv  before  ανθρ-,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  'a  19.  β  6.  Compl.'  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  followed,  and  translated :  of  the.  See  v.  7,  N.  a,  &c. 
It,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Beng.,  AVoodb.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Lord, 
DeW. 

'  The  proper  telic  force  of  the  ΐκα  is  presented  by  Dt.  (opdat 
. . .  zou . . .  zoii),  Γι•.  S.  (qfin  que)  ;-Daub.  (that . . .  might . . . 
might),  Woodh.  {so  that  .  .  .  should  .  .  .  might),  Allw.,  Words., 
(so  thai  . . .  should  . . .  shoidd),  Penn  {tliat . . .  might . . .  shone), 
Stu.,  Treg.,  (in  order  that . . .  might . . .  might),  Lord  (that . . . 
should  ...  should),  De  W.  ('damii  [Zweck  des  Schlagens; 
nicht  so  dass,  Vitr.]  es  verfinstert  wUrde  .  .  .  der  Tag  nicht 
scheinei').  The  reading  ^ai'jj  (φάν^)  is  edited  by  Matth., 
Bloomf.j  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  '  α  20.  /3  4.  γ  4.' 

)  Ε.  v.,  4  times  in  this  verse;  &c.;-W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;- 
Germ.,  Dt..  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Hanim.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh., 
Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom..  Kist.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Lord,  Treg., 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  See  eh.  4 :  1,  N.  b. 

1  E.  v.,  ch.  5  :  11  ;-Dt.  ;-Daub.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord. 

■"  For  άγγίλου,  all  the  recent  editors  have  actoi  (of  which• 
Mill  also  approved),  on  the  authority  of  'A.  B.  α  23.  β  3.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  ed.  in  m.'     I  recommend  that  this 


reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  eagle,  and  that  the  follow- 
ing note  appear  in  the  margin:  'Or,  as  a  few  copies  read, 
angel.' See  ch.  4:  7,  N.  d. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  14,  6;-bt.,  It.;-Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Berl.  Bib., 
Beng..  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw., 
Greenf..  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words. 

°  Berl.  Bib.  (Mittel-Himmel),  Wakef.,  Stu.,  (mid-air),  Newc, 
Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.  and  Treg.  (the  m.).  Ell.,  Lord, 
Words.  ;-L.  and  S.,  Green,  (mid  heaven,  mid-air). 

Γ  See  Jude  11.  N.  a. 

1  Elsewhere  in  this  book  (10  times)  the  participle  χαϊοι*. 
with  its  article,  and  in  connection  with  ιλΙ  or  h,  is  in  E.  V. 
rendered :  them  (they)  that  (which)  dwell.  ;-W.  (men  that 
dwell) -,-Όοάά.,  Allw.,  (those  that  d.),  AYoodh.,  Stu.,  Lord 
(those  dwelling,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

■■  Syr.  (^Greenf  -,τί  ;-De  D.  a),  Dt.  (ran)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat., 
(e;-for  the  Vulg.  de),  Pagn.  and  later  Latin  verss.  (a),  Engl. 
Ann.  ('Or,  from'),  Hanim.,  Woodh.,  Penn,  Lord,De  W.  ('eig. 
her  von'). 

'  Comp.  E.  v.,  ch.  3:  2;-Dt.  (overige)  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.  and 
later  Latin  verss.,  (reliqiiis -,-ίοτ  the  Vulg.  ceteris),  Ilamm., 
Treg.,  Kenr.,  (rest),  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  All.,  Stier, 
De  W.,  («ftrig-en  ;-for  Luth.'s  andern).  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,^Words. 

•  See  2Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 

"  For  are  about,  see  ch.  3 :  16,  N.  ρ  and  10 :  7,  X.  y,  Sec. 
A'ulg.  (uses  the  fut.  participle),  Syr.  (:=  Greenf.  ci^nr),  Fr.  S. 
(iOni);-Erasm.,  Vat.,  (as  Vulg.),  Hamm.  (ready),  Newc, 
Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg. 


REVELATION. 


131 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 
CHAP.    IX. 

And  the  fiftli  angel  sounded, 
and  I  saw  a  star  fall  from  heaven 
unto  the  earth  :  and  to  hhn  was 
given  the  key  of  the  bottomless 
pit. 

2  And  he  opened  the  bottom- 
less pit ;  and  there  arose  a  smoke 
out  of  the  pit,  as  the  smoke  of  a 
great  furnace ;  and  the  sun  and 
the  air  were  darkened  by  reason 
of  the  smoke  of  the  pit. 

3  And  there  came  out  of  the 
smoke  locusts  upon  the  earth : 
and  unto  them  was  given  power, 
as  the  scoi-pious  of  the  earth  have 
power. 

4  And  it  was  commanded  them 
that  they  should  not  hurt  the 
grass  of  the  earth,  neither  any 
green  thing,  neither  any  tree ; 
but  only  those  men  which  have 


GREEK    TEXT. 


IX. 


CHAP 

ΚΛΙ 6  πεμπτοί  ayyeXos  εσαλ- 
TTitre,  KoiX  el8ov  άσπρα  €Κ  του 
ουρανού  πβτττωκοτα  els  την  γην, 
καΐ  (.^όθη  αύτω  η  κλβΐί  του  φρέα- 
τος τηζ  αβύσσου, 

2  καχ  ή'νοίξζ  το  φρβαρ  τψ 
αβύσσου.  καΧ  άν4βη  καπνοί  εκ 
του  φρίατοί  ώ?  καττνοζ  καμίνου 
μβγάληί,  καΐ  ύσκοτίσθη  ο  ijXios 
και  ο  άηρ  €/<  του  καπνού  του 
φρέατος. 

3  Καΐ  €Κ  του  καττνοΰ  βζηλθον 
άκρ'ώΐζ  as  την  γην,  κα\  ί8οθη 
αύταΐί  έζουσία,  ώ?  βχουσιν  ξζου- 
σίαν  ο\  σκορπιοί  τηζ  γης' 

4  καΐ  (ρρβθη  αύταΐί  'ίνα  μη 
άΒικησωσί  τον  χ^ορτον  της  γης, 
ούδζ  πάν  χλωρον,  ούδβ  πάν  8ev- 
δρον,  el  μη  τους  ανθρώπους  μο- 
νούς οίτινες  ουκ  βχουσι  την  σφρα- 


REVISED    VERSION. 
CHAP.    IX. 

And  the  fifth  angel  sounded, 
and  I  saw  a  star  ^fallen  from 
heaven  unto  the  earth :  and 
Hhere  was  given  'unto  him  the 
key  of  the  "^  pit  of  the  'abyss. 

2  And  he  opened  the  '  pit  of 
the  ^abyss :  and  there  ""ascended 
'  smoke  out  of  the  pit,  as  the 
smoke  of  a  great  furnace,  and 
the  sun  'was  darkened,  and  the 
air,  ''by  the  smoke  of  the  pit. 

3  And  >  out  of  the  smoke  there 
came  "forth  locusts  "unto  the 
earth,  and  "there  was  given  unto 
them  power,  as  the  scorpions  of 
the  earth  have  power. 

4  And  it  was  "said  unto  them, 
that  they  should  not  hui-t  the 
gi-ass  of  the  earth,  pnor  ''any 
green  thing,  fnor  mny  tree,  but 
■■the  men  =only  'who  have  not 


'  Not :  while  '  falling'  (Wesl.).  The  force  of  ΛίΠ-ύωχ.  is  more 
or  less  clearly  expressed,  sometimes  by  means  <rf  a  finite  plu- 
perfect, in  AV.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Greenf..  All.)  ;-Engl. 
Ann.,  Hamm.,  Daub.,  Lowm.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Newt.,  Wakef, 
Thorn.,  Scott,  Allw.,  Bloomf ,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words., 
Kell.     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

^  See  ch.  8 :  2,  N.  e,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  8,  2,  N.  f. 

■"  The  Greek  order  and  construction  are  preserved  by  W., 
R.  ;-foreign  Terss.  ;-Hamm.,  Daub.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom., 
Scott,  Allw.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kell.,  Murd. 

'  Latin  verss.  (abyssi  ;-except  Castal.,  iartari),  It.  (abisso), 
French  verss.  (abinw)  ;-Hamm.,  Newc.  marg.,  Campb.  and 
Alf.  (at  Luke  8:  31;  Rom.  10:7),  Scott,  Allw.,  Ell.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Kell.,  Murd.  ;-Rob.  (explains  άβ.  to  mean :  '  the  abyss, 
the  place  of  the  dead. . .  Spec.  Tartarus').  I  recommend  that 
the  word  be  everywhere  rendered  as  above. 

f  See  V.  1,  N.  d. 

^  See  V.  1,  N.  e. 

"■  E.  v.,  ch.  8:  4;  14:  11;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Dodd.,  AVesl.,  Thom., 
Lord.     See  ch.  13 :  1,  N.  d. 

'  Dt.  ;-Herd.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  All.,  Lord,  De  W. 

1  The  verb  is  retained  in  the  singular,  and  in  immediate  con- 
nection with  6  7•%;  by  W.,  R.  ;-Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu., 
Lord,  Kenr.  Foreign  verss.  (except  the  French,  Herd.,  All.) 
have  a  singular  verb. 


'  W.  (o/),  R.  (with)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh. 
Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Tieg.  (from),  Murd.,  Kenr. 
{as  R.). 

1  The  Ix  toi  xart^oi  retains  its  place  in  R.  ;-foreign  verss. 
(except  B.  and  L.)  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.  and  later  English  verss. 
(except  Words.). 

■"  See  ch.  6:4,  N.  ra.     R.;-Wesl..  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw., 

Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.  (out;  the  other  έχ,  from). 

For  unto,  see  ch.  8 :  5,  N.  p,  &c. 

-  See  ch.  8  :  2,  N.  e,  &c. 

°  Syr.,  Protestant  German  verss.  (others,  with  the  old  Eng- 
lish verss.,  &c.,  following  the  Vulg.  praeceptum  est),  Dt.,  It., 
Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Hamm.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Bierm., 
Wells,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Greenf.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. 

ρ  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom., 
Allw..  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

t  See  ch.  7:1,  N.  bb ;  and  comp.  Ex.  10 :  5,  12,  15 ;  Deut. 
28:  42. 

■"  The  demonstrative  is  not  used  in  W.,  R.  ;-any  foreign  ver- 
sion, except  Cocc.  and  Vitr.  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Ti-eg.,  Words.,  Murd.  E.  V. 
follows  T.,  C,  G. 

•  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  μόνον;,  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B. '  α  24.  β  6.  Er.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr.'  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  followed,  and  that  only  be  omitted  after  men. 

'  See2Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 


132 


EEVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      ΛΈΚΒΙΟΝ. 

not   the   seal    of  God    in   their 
foreheads. 

5  And  to  them  it  was  given 
that  they  should  not  kill  them, 
but  that  they  should  be  tor- 
mented five  months :  and  their 
torment  ivas  as  the  torment  of 
a  scorpion,  when  he  striketh  a 
man. 

G  And  in  those  days  shall  men 
seek  death,  and  shall  not  find  it ; 
and  shall  desire  to  die,  and  death 
shall  flee  from  tliem. 


7  And  the  shapes  of  the  locusts 
were  like  unto  horses  prepared 
unto  battle ;  and  on  their  heads 
we7-e  as  it  were  crowns  like  gold, 
and  their  faces  icere  as  the  faces 
of  men. 

8  And  they  had  hair  as  the 
hair  of  women,  and  their  teeth 
were  as  the  teeth  of  lions. 

9  And  they  had  breast-plates, 
as  it  were  breast-plates  of  iron ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 

γίδα  του  Oeou  eVt  των  μβτωττων 
αυτών. 

5    καΐ    ίδοθη    αυταΐζ    ίνα    μη 


ατΓοκτίΐνωσιν    αυτουί•, 


άλλ 


Lva 


βασανισθώσι  μηνα^  ττίζ/τε*  καΐ 
ο  βασανισμός  αυτών  ώί  βασανισ- 
μό? σκορτΓίον,  όταν  τταίστ)  άν- 
θρωτΓον. 

6  KaL  ev  ταΓ?  ήμεραΐί  (KeivaLs 
ζητησουσιν  οϊ  άνθρωποι  τον  θά- 
νατον, καΙ  ούχ^  (ύρησουσιν  αντον 
KCU  ΙτΓίθυμησονσίν  άττοθανβΐν,  και 
φβυξζται  ό  θάνατος  άττ  αύτώιν. 

Ι  ΚαΧ  τα  ομοιώματα  τών  ακρι- 
δών Όμοια  ΊπτΓοις  ήτοιμασμβνοις 
els  ΤΓοΧίμον,  καΐ  eVt  ταί  κξφαλαί 
αυτών  ώς  στέφανοι  όμοιοι  γ^ρυσώ, 
και  τα  ττροσωττα  αυτών  ω?  ττροσ- 
ωτΓα  ανθρώπων 

8  κα\  ύχον  τρίχα?  ώ?  τριχίας 
γυναικών  καΐ  οι  οδοντβί  αυτών 
ωί  Λεοντών  ήσαν 

9  καΐ  ζίχον  θώρακα?  ω?  θώρα- 
κα?  σίδηρου?•    και   η   φωνή   τών 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  seal  of  God  "on  their  fore- 
heads. 


5  And  '  it  was  given  '"unto 
them  that  they  should  not  kill 
them,  but  that  "they  should  be 
tormented  five  months :  and  their 
torment  was  as  the  torment  of 
a  scorpion,  when  «it  striketh  a 
man. 

6  And  in  those  days  shall  >the 
men  seek  death,  and  shall  'not 
find  it ;  and  «they  shall  idong  to 
die,  and  death  "shall  flee  irom 
them. 

7  And  the  '^likenesses  of  the 
locusts  were  like  ■*  horses  prepar- 
ed unto  battle ;  and  ■'upon  their 
heads,  '  as  it  were  crowns  ^like 
gold ;  and  their  faces,  '  as  the 
faces  of  men ; 

8  And  they  had  hair  as  the 
hair  of  women ;  and  their  teeth 
were  as  ^  of  lions ; 


=as 


9  And  they  had  breastplates 
iron  breastplates ;   and  the 


"  See  ch.  7  :  3,  N.  g,  &c. 

'  Seech.  8:  2,  N.  e,  &c. 

"  See  ch.  8:  2,  N.  f. For  βαυαι-ιοβώβι,  Lachm.,  Treg., 

Words.,  Tisch.,  read  βαΰανιαθ^ήβοΐΐαι,  ('  A.  12.  36.  38.'). 

>  Dodd.,  Wakef.  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except  Stu., 
Treg.). 

»  '  Thus  toraiented.'  Here,  and  throughout  the  rest  of  this 
ch.,  the  article  before  ανθ.  refers  to  those  sj)ecified  in  v.  4,  and 
should  therefore  he  allowed  to  retain  its  definite  force. — E.  V., 
at  V.  20;-modern  foreign  verss.,  except  Greenf.  ;-TVesl.,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Allw.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Murd.  (at  τ.  18)  ;-Kob.  Comp.  ch. 
16 :  8,  N.  o. 

'  All  the  recent  editors,  on  the  autlioritj»  of  A.  B.  Ό  26.  /3  6. 
Compl.',  substitute  for  ονχ  the  emphatic  negative  ov  μ•ή  τ=  by 

no  possible  means.     See  ch.  3 :  12,  N.  j,  &c. For  (ίρψαναιν, 

Beng.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  dfuaiv  (A. 
and  8  cursive  MSS.). 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Dt.,  French  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Moldeuh.,  Thorn..  All., 
Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  ^  Set  their  mind  on  it,  as  their  only  refuge.' — German 
verss.,  except  De  W.,  (begehren),  Dt.  {begeeren)  ■y-Ca.staX., 
Vitr.,  ( cu/Jieni  ;-for  the  Vulg.  desiderabimt),  Cocc.  (concupis- 


cent), Thom.  {earnestly  desire),  Stu.,  Murd. For  ήιινξααι, 

Lachra.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  read  φινγιι  (A.  and  4  cursive  MSS.). 

'  Milton,  P.  L.  i.  673 :  '  The  likeness  of  a  kingly  crown.' 
I  recommend  that  o^ojwjua  be  so  rendered  at  Rom.  1 :  23;  5 :  14. 
— E.  v.,  Rora.  6:  5;  8:3;  Phil.  2:  7;-W.  {likeness) -,-ΤίοΜ. 
{as  W.),  Penn,  Treg.  Other  verss.  have  form,  forms,  figures, 
appearances,  thus  dropping  the  etymological  relation  (pre- 
served in  Vulg.,  Syr.,  Erasm.,  Vat..  Bierm.)  between  the  noun 
and  the  following  adjective. 

"i  For  the  omission  οί  unto,  see  E.  V.,  in  the  next  clause; 
and  ch.  1:  13,  N.  d. For  upon,  see  ch.  6:  16,  N.  b,  &c. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Pagn.  (wants 
the  second  copula  ;-and  so  Bez.,  Par.,  Lord),  Hamm.,  Wakef., 
(want  the  first),  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Beng.,  Herd.,  Woodh., 

Mey.,  Greenf,  Stu.,  Do  W.,  Hengst.,  Kenr. For  όμοιοι  zpft^v, 

Matth.  reads  6μ.  ;tpviot;  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Jley.,  Sch.,  Words., 
simply  χρναοί  (Β.  '25.  β  5.  y  3.  Compl.     Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.'). 

f  R.  ;-Syr.,  Germ.  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  Brightm., 
Daub.,  Beng.,  Woodh.,  Greenf,  Lord,  Hengst.  Others  (Fr.  S., 
Penn,  Stu.,  De  AT.,  JIurd.)  supply  a  demonstrative  pronoun ; 
while  others,  as  E.  V.,  follow  the  Vulg. 

^  E.  v.,  in  the  next  clause ;  and  see  ch.  4 :  1,  N.  d,  &c. 

"  Seech.  2:  27,  N.  s. 


REVELATION. 


133 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

and  the  sound  of  their  wings 
was  as  the  sound  of  chariots  of 
many  horses  running  to  battle. 

10  And  tliey  had  tails  like 
unto  scorpions,  and  there  were 
stings  in  their  tails :  and  their 
power  was  to  hurt  men  five 
months. 

11  And  they  had  a  king  over 
them,  which  is  the  angel  of  the 
bottomless  pit,  whose  name  in 
the  Hebrew  tongue  is  Abaddon, 
but  in  the  Greek  tongue  hath 
his  name  ApoUyon. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ΤΓΤίρυγων  αυτών  ώί  φωνή  αρμά- 
των ϊτπτων  τΓολλών  τρβχ^οντων  els 
7Γολ€μον. 

10  καΐ  βχονσιν  ονρας  όμοιας 
σκορπίοίί,  κα).  κέντρα  ην  iv  ταϊί 
ovpais  αυτών  καΧ  ή  βζουσία 
αυτών  άδίκησαι  τονί  άνθρωττονζ 
μη  ν  as  ττβντβ. 

11  ΚαΙ  €•)(ουσιν  εφ  αυτών 
βασιλέα  τον  ayyekov  ty]s  αβύσ- 
σου• όνομα  αυτω  ΈβραϊστΊ 
Άβα8δων,  καΙ  iv  Trj  Έλληνικτ] 
όνομα  ίχει  Λ7Γ0?^υων. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

sound  of  their  wings  was  .as  the 
sound  of  chariots  of  many  horses 
running  to  battle ; 


10  And  they  'have  tails  like  J 
scorpions,  and  "-stings  were  in 
their  tails  ;  and  their  power  icas 
to  hurt  'the  men  five  montlis. 


11  "And  they  ""have  "over 
them  "a  king,  "  the  angel  of  the 
labyss ;  diis  name  'in  Hebrew,  t 
Abaddon ;  "and  in  the  Greek' 
"he  hath  "the  name  ApoUyon. 


'  Syr..  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Beng.. 
Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  marg.,  Woodli.,  Thom.,  Mev., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe.  Stu.,  Stier,  Lord  (at  v.  11),  Treg.,  De  W.. 
Words.,  Ilengst.     E.  V.  and  otbers  follow  the  Vulg. 

)  See  oh.  1 :  13,  N.  d. 

*■  Of  the  verss.  which  follow  this  reading,  the  Greek  order  is 
observed  by  the  Vulg.  and  its  translators,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat., 
Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Beng.  (though  he  omits  ψ,  and  supplies 
sind),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord.     Pagn. 

introduced  eranlqite  aculei. But,  for   the  reading  of  our 

Text,  xai  xivtpa  .  .  .  a8ιxr^ΰat^  Matth.  has  xai  xsvtpa.  xai  iv  fatj 
ονροΛζ  avtuiv  t;^ouciti'  ftoufltar  tov  άδ.  J  Sch.,  Lachm..  Treg., 
Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  have  xai  xivfpa:  {xivipa,)  xai  iv  tal{ 
σύραί;  avtuv  rj  i^ovala  aituv  (Sch.  tov)  άδ.  Treg.  presents  the 
evidence  thus :  '  xai  in  place  of  ψ,  and  the  following  xai  omitted, 
A.  17.  Vulg.  MS.  Syr.  Erp.  (xai  α  4.  β  2.)  xtr.•  xai  in  t.  ovp.  air. 
Ιξοναίαν  ΐχονβί  (ioi)  Β.  α  21.  β  5.  Comp!.'  I  recommend  that 
the  margin  contain  this  note:  '  Or,  as  many  read,  and  stings; 
and  in  their  tails  [is]  their  power  &c.' 

I  See  V.  6,  N.  y,  &c. 

"  The  xat  is  bracketed  by  Bloomf ,  and  eancelled  by  all  the 
other  recent  editors  (except  Beng.),  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
'  α  23.  (3  7.  y  2.  Compl.  Oopt.  Ar.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend 
that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  and  be  omitted. 

For  ίχονΰίν,  Matth.,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Tisch.,  read  ίχονααι  (Β. 

'α  21.  β  3.  Compl.' For  have,  see  v.  10,  N.  i. 

°  The  Greek  order  is  found  in  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  German 
verss.,  Dt.  ;-Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

For  iqi'  ait.,  Beng.,  Matth.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read 

ΐτί  ait.  (A.  B.  'a  16.  3  4.  Er.  Compl.'). 

°  Many  (Dt.,  etc.,  Fr.  S.,  Hengst.)  translate  this  as  =  for  a 
king,  as  king- ;  and  the  only  objection  to  this  is  that,  according 
to  Prov.  30 :  27,  the  presence  of  a  king  in  the  case  would  rather 
be  mentioned  as  another  peculiarity,  than  as  something  that 
might  be  taken  for  granted. 

ρ  There  is  no  supplement  in  W.,  R.  ;-any  foreign  version  ;- 


Wells,  Dodd.,  Wesl,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

1  See  V.  1,  N.  e. 

'  The  relative  construction,  introduced  by  the  Ύ\ύ<;.,  is 
avoided  in  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Woodh., 
Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf ,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  De  W. 

'  E.  v.,  John  19 :  20.  In  the  same  chapter  E.  V.  has  twice, 
in  the  Hebrew ;  elsewhere,  in  the  H.  tongue  ;-W.  {by  H.).  R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  and  Syr.  (use  an  adverb),  Germ,  {niif  ebriiisch), 
Dt.  (in  het  H.),  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Beng.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Greenf., 
All.,  (use  an  adverb),  Wesl.  {in  the  H.),  Moldenh.,  De  W., 
Hengst.,  {as  Germ.),  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Murd.  ;-Rob.,  Green. 

'  There  is  no  copula  in  the  Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.  and 
Vitr.),  Syr.  ;-Greenf.,  De  W. 

»  SeelJohn2:20.  N.  o,  &c. 

'  Of  the  verss.,  that  do  not  translate  iv  τ§  Έλλ.  by  an  ad- 
verb, the  following  do  not  supply  the  omitted  noun,  though 
several  neglect  the  article:  W.,  G.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  Germ.,  It.,  French 
verss.  ;-Cocc.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Stier,  Lord,  Treg.,  Hengst., 
Murd.,  Kenr. 

*  The  solecistical  construction  of  E.  V.  is  found  nowhere 
else,  and  may  have  been  at  first  but  an  error  of  the  press, 
though  it  is  still  retained  by  the  Amer.  Bible  Society. 

»  The  possessive  pronoun  is  not  found  in  the  older  English 
or  in  the  foreign  verss.  (except  Greenf )  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 

Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,   Stu.,   Lord. In  the 

Vulg.  this  verse  is  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  the  words,  latine 
habens  nomen  E.vterminans;  to  which  W.  again  adds  as  a 
supplement  the  English  explanation,  that  is  a  destroyer.  0., 
omitting,  of  course,  the  Latin  clause,  imitates  it  {that  is  to  say: 
a  destroyer)  ;  as  do  also,  though  commonly  by  way  of  marked 
supplement,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Herd.,  Newc, 
De  W.  Instead  of  thus  appending  the  interpretation,  Lord 
substitutes  it  for  the  Greek  name.  I  recommend  that  it  be 
given  in  the  margin : '  That  is,  Destroyer.' 


134 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

12  One  wo  is  past ;  and  be- 
hold, there  come  two  woes  more 
hereafter. 

13  And  the  sixth  angel  sound- 
ed, and  I  heard  a  voice  from  the 
four  horns  of  the  golden  altar 
which  is  before  God, 


14  Saying  to  the  sixth  angel 
which  had  the  trumpet,  Loose 
the  four  angels  which  are  bound 
in  the  great  river  Euphrates. 


15  And  the  four  angels  were 
loosed,  which  were  prepared  for 
an  hour,  and  a  day,  and  a  month, 
and  a  year,  for  to  slay  the  third 
part  of  men. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

12  Ή  ouou  η  μία  άπηλθ^ν 
Ιδον  ('ρχονται  en  δυο  ούαί  μετά 
ταντα. 

13  ΚΑΙ  ό  e/cro?  αγγελοί 
βσαλτησε,  και  ηκυνσα  φωνην 
μίαν  e'/c  των  τεσσάρων  κέρατων 
του  θυσιαστηρίου  του  γ^ρυσοΰ  του 
Ινωτηον  του  θεοΰ, 

11  λεγουσαν  τω  εκτω  άγγελω 
οί  είχε  την  σαλττίγγα,  Λΰσον 
τουί  τέσσαρα?  άγγελουί  του?  δε- 
δεμενουί  ετη  τω  ττοταμω  τφ  με• 
γαλω  Έύφραττ). 

15  ΚαΙ  ελΰθησαν  οι  τέσσαρες 
άγγελοι  οι  ητοιμασμενοι  εΐί  την 
ωραν  και  ημεραν  καΐ  μήνα  και 
ενιαυτον,  ίνα  άποκτεινωσι  το  τρί- 
τον των  ανθρωττων. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

12  'The  first  ^woe  is  past :  ' 
behold,  there  'come  ''3'et  two 
woes  '^after  these  things. 

13  And  the  sixth  angel  sound- 
ed, and  I  heard  a  voice  from  the 
four  horns  of  the  golden  altar 
which  is  before  God, 


14  Saying  to  the  sixth  angel 
'who  had  the  trumpet :  Loose 
the  four  angels  '*that  'have  been 
bound  'by  '='that  great  river  Eu- 
phrates. 

15  And  the  four  angels  were 
loosed,  '■that  'had  been  prepared 
for  'the  hour,  and  '  day,  and  " 
month,  and  •  year,  'that  they 
should  "kill  the  third  part  of 
"the  men. 


y  For  this  Hebraistic  use  of  jl;  as  an  ordinal  (comp.  ch.  11 : 
14),  see  E.  v.,  Matt.  2S :  1 ;  &c.  ;-It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Hamm.,  Wells, 
Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.. 
Allw.,  Penu,  Stu.,  Lord,  Words. For  woe,  see  Jude  11,  N.  a. 

»  The  conjunction  (introduced  by  the  Vulg.)  does  not  appear 
in  the  Syr.,  German  verss..  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc.. 
Wells,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom., 
AIIw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words., 

IMurd. For  ΐ^χονΐα,ι,  is  substituted  ΐξιχιτίαι  ('  A.  α  16.  β  5. 

Compl.  Copt.')  by  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch. ;  not, 
as  Bloomf.  says,  'by  all  the  recent  editors.' 

"  E.  v.,  Matt.  12:  46;  &c.  ;-W.,  C,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (ex- 
cept B.  and  L.)  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.  {yet  other).  Wesl.,  Wakef.  {two 
more  are  yet),  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.. 
Kenr.  (still). 

••  See  ch.  1 :  19,  N.  c. Words,  reads,  Svo  oial•  xai  μασ, 

■ΤαϋτΌ  ό  'ixtoi  xt%.  (Β.). 

"  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. For  5{  ιΐχι,  all  the  recent  editors 

read  ό  ίχαν  (Ά.  Β.  α  27.  β  6.  y  3.  Compl.').  But,  instead  of 
construing  this  as  a  vocative,  Thou  that  hast  (Words.),  we 
should  class  it  with  the  other,  and  kindred  grammatical  ano- 
malies of  this  book,  and  still  translate  as  above. 

1  See  ch.  7 :  13,  N.  s,  &c. 

•  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.    Comp.  v.  15,  N.  i. 

'  Drus. :  'Hie  έτΰ  valet  by  super,  i.  e.  juxta,  secus,  prope.' 
E.  v.,  John  5:  2;-Syr.  (^  Greenf.  is),  German  verss.  (an;- 
except  Moldenh.,  bei),  Dt.  (bij).  It.  (in  su),  Frencli  ycths.  (sur), 
Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Vitr.,  (ad  ;-for 


the  Vulg.  in),  Hamm.,  More,  Daub.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kell.,  Murd., 
(at),  Dodd.,  Ell.,  Lee  (upon),  Stu. 

ε  Gen.  15:  18;  Deut  1:  7;  Josh.  1;  4.  See  1  John  2:  7, 
N.  o.  E.  v.,  ch.  14 :  8 ;  17 :  18,  &c.  ;-Dt.  (de  groote  rivier  den 
Etifraat),  Fr.  S.  (le  grand  fleiive  de  I'Euph.)  ;-Bez.,  Par., 
(illiid),  Brightm.,  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  S.),  Words. 

"  Seech.  7:  13,  N.  s,  &c 

'  Comp.  V.  14,  N.  e.  Here  the  participle  is  translated  as  a 
pluperfect  by  Vulg.  ;-Erasm.,  A^'at.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Vitr., 
Moldenh.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words. 

'  '  The  precise  period  set.' — Dt.,  It.  (qudV  era),  French 
verss.  ;-EngI.  Ann.  ('  Or,  at  the  time  appointed  by  God'),  Beng., 
Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Crol.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Gerl..  Sharpe, 
Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Lee,  Kell.,  Hengst., 
Keru-. 

''  The  repetition  of  the  article  before  each  noun  (French 
verss.,  Jloldenh.,  Greenf.,  Gerl.,  Stier),  is  grammatically  allow- 
able, but  in  English  unnecessary. 

'  See  ch.  8 :  6,  N.  s,  &c.  Cocc,  Eichh.,  Heinr.,  connect  this 
clause  with  ίτ,νθηααν ;  Aret,  Wells.  Esv.,  Ell.,  Stu..  De  W••  with 
^rotjuas/ifVot,  which  I  prefer ;  Allw.,  with  ώρα» . — R.  (that  they 
might)  ;-Dt.  (opdat  zij  . . .  zouden)  ;-Bez.,  Par.,  (iit  occidant;- 
for  III  occidereiit  of  Vulg.,  &c.),  Dodd.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Lord,  (as 
R.),  Stu.  (are  prepared  .  .  .  that  they  may),  Treg. 

■»  See  ch.  2:  13,  N.  c  R.;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Treg., 
Kenr. 

"  See  V.  6,  N.  y,  &c 


REVELATION. 


135 


KIXG    JAMES     VERSION. 

16  And  the  number  of  the 
army  of  the  horsemen  -were  two 
hundred  thousand  thousand :  and 
I  heard  the  number  of  them. 

17  And  thus  I  saw  the  horses 
in  the  vision,  and  them  that  sat 
on  them,  having  breast-plates  of 
fire,  and  of  jacinth,  and  brim- 
stone :  and  the  heads  of  the 
horses  were  as  the  heads  of 
lions ;  and  out  of  their  mouths 
issued  fire,  and  smoke,  and  brim- 
stone. 

18  By  these   three   was   the 


GREEK    TEXT. 


16  Koi  b  αριθμοί  στρατευμά- 
των Tcu  ΙτΓΤΓίκοΰ  δυο  μνριαδβί 
μυριάδων  καΐ  ήκουσα  τον  αριθ- 
μόν αυτών. 

17  Και  οΰτωζ  ΐΐδον  τουί  «ττ- 
ΤΓΟϋ?  iv  Trj  bpaaei,  και  τους  καθη- 
μίνουζ  67Γ  αυτών,  ίχοντα?  θώρα- 
κας ττυρίνους  καΐ  ύακινθίνου^  καΐ 
ββιωδεις•  κα\  αϊ  κβφαλαΐ  των 
ΐτητων  ώ?  κβφαλαΐ  λεοντών,  καΐ 
€Κ  τών  στομάτων  αυτών  εκττο- 
ρευεται  ιτΰρ  και  καπνοί  καΐ  θείον. 

1 8  ΰττο  τών  τριών  τούτων  άττε- 


RE VISED    VERSION. 

16  And  the  number  of  "the 
parmies  of  the  'cavaliy  'was  two 
'mjTiads  of  myriads :  'and  I 
heard  the  number  of  them. 

17  And  thus  I  saw  the  horses 
in  the  vision,  and  "those  -who 
sat  on  them,  having  breastplates 
"fieiy,  and  "hyacinthine,  and 
'like  brimstone :  and  the  heads 
of  the  horses  ivere  as  the  heads 
of  lions,  and  out  of  their  mouths 
yproeeedeth  fire,  and  smoke,  and 
brimstone. 

IS  'By  these  three 'were '■kill- 


°  Before  arpat.,  all  the  recent  editors  insert  ■iuv  (A.  B. '  α  23. 
β  6.  Compl.'). 

ρ  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Aret.,  Cocc,  Yitr.,  Daub.,  Berl.  Bib., 
Bang.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.  (troops),  Thom.,  Allw.  (forces). 
Greenf.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.  {Schaaren),  Treg.  E.  V.  and 
others  follow  the  Vulg. 

■i  Dt.  (ruiterij),  It.  (cavalleria),  Fr.  S.  (cavalerie)  ;-Daub., 
Penn,  (horse),  Herd.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  (Reiterei),  Woodh.,  Thom., 
Allw.,  Lord. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Daub.  and  the  later  English. 

■  See  Jude  14,  N.  ra,  &c.  Sjr.  (=  Greenf.  niail  rias^), 
Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc.,  More,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  JSTewt..  Herd.,  Newc.  marg., 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Clarke,  Mey.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Words.,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr.     Comp.  Ps.  68:  17,  in  the  Heb. 

For  δνο  fitip.,  Matth.  reads  μυρ.  (Β.  "α  25.  β  4.  γ  2.  Compl. 

Αγ.  ρ.  Slav.  MSS.') ;  Lachm.,  Treg.,   Tisch.,  read  Si,e-(Sva-) 
/ivptaSfs(-A.  11.12.  36.'). 

«  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  this  xai,  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  Ό  25.  β  4  Compl.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance 
with  this  reading,  and  be  omitted.  (•  I  the  number  heard? 
Milton,  P.  L.,  vi.  769.) 

°  For  those,  see  ch.  2 :  2,  N.  h,  &c. ; — for  wfio,  see  ch.  1 :  5, 
N.  T,  &c. 

'  IluptVovf  is  translated  by  an  adjective  in  W.,  T..  C,  G.  ;- 
Latin  and  German  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Brightm.,  Hamm.,  Wakef. 
and  Barn,  (red),  Ell.  (of  fire-cohur,  fire-like),  Bloomf.  (flam- 
ing, flashing  fire,  radiant),  Stu.,  Lord;-Rob.  (fiery,  fiam- 
ing,  glittering).  Green  (shining,  glittering). 

"  '  taxivOivovi  is  translated  by  an  adjective  in  the  Latin  and 
German  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Brightm.  (of  purple  colour).  Hamm., 
Wakef.,  (blue),  Stu.  (dark-red).  Lord,  Barn.  ;-the  lexicons 
(all  of  which  explain  it  as  an  adj.  of  colour).  (Milton,  P.  L. 
iv.  301:  '  hyacinihin  locks'). 


*  As  the  other  two  epithets,  so  θειώδείξ,  compounded  of  flfiov 
(always  in  E.  V.,  brimstone)  and  dSoi,  describes,  not  the  ma- 
terial of  the  breastplates  (Rob.  made  of  sulphur),  but  their 
appearance.  Woodh.,  accordingly,  renders,  cf  the  colour  of 
fire,  of  hyacinth,  of  brimstone.  And  so  Fr.  M. :  de  coideur 
de  feu.  <^-c. — T.  (brimstony; — the  word  used  also  by  Ben 
.lonson,  in  a  passage  formed  on  the  above  description,  and  cited 
by  Rich.,  s.  v.: 

'his  habergions 
Brimstony,  blue,  and  fiery;' — 

habergions  being  the  phrase  heie  for  Supaxaj.  of  the  older 
English  verss.)  ;-Germ.  (schwefelichte),  Dt.  (sidferverwige)  ;- 
Brightm.  (of  brimstone  colour),  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Hengst., 
(as  Germ.),  Herd.,  Mey.,  All.,  (schwefelfurb),  Hamm.,  Wakef. 
and  Stu.  (yellow).  Van  Ess  (schwefelfarbige),  Stolz.  De  W., 
(schxcefelgelbe),  Ell.  (sulphu7--like),  Stu.  (if  a  sulphureous 
hue),  Treg.  (like  unto  brimstone)  ;-L.  and  S.  (brimstone  like). 

y  For  the  verb,  see  ch.  1 :  16,  N.  q,  and  E.  \.,  ch.  11 :  5  ;— 
in  which  last  place  the  piesent  tense  is  retained  by  E.  T.,  as  it 
is  here  by  W.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S.;-Cocc.,  Titr.,  Beng., 
WesL,  Herd.,  Newc.  marg.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw..  Penn, 
Bloomf.,  De  W.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Hengst.,  Kenr.  Comp.  v.  18, 
N.  e. 

'■  For  νΛΟ,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ana  (A.  B.  C.  'a  27. 

β  6.  y  8.  Compl.'). After    tpiHv    they   all    insert    Λληγϊάν 

(A.  B.  C.  '  α  22.  (3  7.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp.  Arm. 
Slav.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  trans- 
lated :  plagues. 

'  A  plural  verb  is  given  in  connection  with  the  word  part,  by 
E.  v.,  Acts  23:  6;  1  Cor.  15:  6;  and  is  here  retained  with  the 
same,  or  a  similar,  collective  noun  in  the  singular,  by  Syr.  ;- 
Cocc,  Lowm.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W., 
Murd. 

^  For  this  order,  see  R. ;-foreign  verss.  generally;- Woodh., 
Allw.,  Stu. 


136 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES'    VERSION. 

third  part  of  men  killed,  by  the 
fire,  and  by  the  smoke,  and  by 
the  brinrstone,  which  issued  out 
of  their  mouths. 


19  For  their  power  is  in  their 
mouth,  and  in  their  tails :  for 
their  tails  were  like  unto  sei-pents, 
and  had  heads,  and  with  them 
they  do  hurt. 

20  And  the  rest  of  the  men 
which  were  not  killed  by  these 
plagues  yet  repented  not  of  the 
works  of  their  hands,  that  they 
should  not  worship  devils,  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 

κτανθησαν  το  τρίτον  των  άνθρω- 
ττων,  4κ  τοΰ  TTvpos  και  εκ  τον 
καπνού  καΐ  €Κ  τον  θξίον,  τον 
ίκΤΓορβνομίνον  βκ  των  στομάτων 
αυτών. 

19  αί  γαρ  ϊζουσίαι  αντών  iv 
τω  στοματι  αντών  elo-r  αΐ  γαρ 
ούραΐ  αντών  ομοιαί  6φ€σίν,  εχου- 
σαί  κβψαλαί,  καΐ  iv  ανταΐί  άδι- 
κονσί. 

20  ΚαΙ  οι  λοιΤΓοΙ  των  ανθρώ- 
πων οϊ  ονκ  άττεκτανθησαν  iv  ταϊς 
ττληγαΐί  τανταίί,  οντβ  μ€Τ€νοησαν 
iK  των  ίργων  τών  γίΐρών  αντών, 
Ινα  μη  ττροσκννησωσι  τα  δαιμο- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ed  the  third  part  of  'the  men, 
by  the  fire,  and  ''by  the  smoke, 
and  "iby  the  brimstone,  which 
'proceeded  out  of  tiieir  mouths. 


19  For  ftheir  ^powers  ^are  in 
their  mouth^ :  for  their  tails  "are 
like  "  servients,  and  i-have  heads, 
and  with  these  "-do  they  hurt. 


20  And  the  rest  of  the  men, 
'who  were  not  killed  by  these 
plagues,'  yet  repented  not  lOf 
the  works  of  their  hands,  'that 
they  'should   not  worship   -the 


>=  See  V.  6,  N.  y,  &c. 

*  All  the  recent  editors,  except  Bloomf.,  cancel  the  second 
and  third  ix,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  (C.  wants  the  third) 
'tt  25.  β  7.  Compl.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this 
reading,  by  be  omitted  in  both  instances. 

«  For  the  verb,  see  ch.  1 :  16,  N.  q,  &c. Words.,  with 

Bloomf. 's  approbation,  uses  the  present  issuelh,  as  being  'ranch 
more  e.Ypressive  here  and  in  ver.  17,  as  shewing  the  perpetual 
agency  and  the  divine  power  of  Holy  Scripture.'  But  this  is  to 
subject  the  version,  not  to  the  grammatical  construction,  but  to 
an  unusual  (and,  as  I  suppose,  a  strangely  erroneous)  inter- 
pretation. The  ixjiofiivitai  of  v.  17  is  simply  the  historical 
present,  and  for  that  reason,  and  no  other,  should  be  so  rendered. 
But  the  relation  of  foi  έχΛο^ίνομύΌν  to  αΛιχ^άνθηβαν  requires, 
that  the  participle  be  allowed,  what  it  so  often  carries  in  it,  the 
simultaneous  force  of  the  imperfect.     Comp  ch.  1 :  16,  N.  q. 

'  Vat,  Cocc,  Zeg.,  Vitr.,  (po/esia/es  ;-though  the  last  three 
reject  this  reading),  Dodd,,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Allw.  But  for 
αί  .  ίξουΰίαί  aiitup,  all  the  recent  editors,  (except  that  Bloomf,, 
apparently  through  oversight,  retains  ούΐώ»,)  read  {j  .  tjouijca 
tCjv  irijtav,  on  the  authority  of  '  (τΌΛων  A.)  B.  C.  α  27.  β  7. 
Corapl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.'  I  reco.mmend  that 
this  reading  be  followed,  and  translated:  the  power  of  the 
horses. 

^  For  (isi.{v),  all  the  recent  editors  read  iati,  xai  ev  rats 
oipai;  avtuv  ('the  MSS.  &c.  just  cited  [exc.  2,]'.  See  N.  f.). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  ba  adopted,  and  that  the  version 
stand  thus :  is  in  tlieir  mouth,  and  in  their  tails. 

■■  The  finite  present  precedes  and  follows  are  and  have. 
"W.,  K.  ;-Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Titr.,  B.  and  L., 
Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  ΛVakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey., 
Allw.,  All,,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Words.,  Hengst., 


Kenr.  Many  of  these,  indeed,  give  a  participial  rendering  of 
ΐχουβαί ;  but  this  in  Engli.sh  makes  the  reference  doubtful,  un- 
less we  at  the  same  time  adopt  Thom.'s  transposition:  their 
tails  having  heads  are  like  serpents ;  which,  again,  might  seem 
to  limit  the  resemblance,  more  strongly  than  the  original  does, 

to  the  fact  of  the  tails  being  headed. For  the  omission  of 

unto,  see  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  d. For  do  they  hurt,  see  W.  (they  noien), 

G.,  R.,  (they  hurt)  ;-Brightm.,  Newc,  Penn,  Kenr.,  (as  G.), 
Dodd.,  Woodh,,  Lord,  (they  injure),  Wakef,,  Thorn,,  (they  do 
l_the]  mischief),  Allw.  (do  they  inj.),  Stu.  (they  do  harm). 

'  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  The  original  edition  of  E.  V.  has  a  comma  here ;  and  so 
have  other  verss.,  that  yet  follow  the  reading  ovti  (for  which 
Matlh.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch,,  Lachm.,  Trcg,,  Words., 
Tisch,,  read  ού  (' C.  α  20,  β  4,  Compl,').  The  omission  of  the 
comma  tends  to  prolong  the  relative  construction,  and  to  intro- 
duce an  anacolouthon  at  v.'21.  Lee,  indeed,  regards  oi  λοίΛοί  as 
a  nominative  absolute.  But  for  out's  followed  bj'  χαί,  see  Mark 
5:3,  4;  John  4:  11;  3  John  10. 

k  Seech.  2:  21,  N.  o. 

'  '  Whatever  effect  these  plagues  had  on  them  (see  v.  6),  it 
was  not  such  as  to  involve  a  change  of  practice.'  On  the  other 
hand.  Win.  and  De  W.,  and  perhaps  Dodd.  and  Stu.  (that  they 
might  not  <fc.),  regard  the  iVa  as  telic,  not  ccbatic;  as  express- 
ing the  design,  not  the  I'esult,  of  the  μιΐανοίίι: 

'"  All  the  recent  editors  repeat  the  article  before  ίΐδωλα,  on 
the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  ' »  18.  β  5.  Compl.  Er.',  and  in  both 
instances  it  is  expressed  by  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Beng.j 
Moldenh.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Greenf.,  All.,  Gerl.,  Bloomf,,  Lord. 
Treg,,  De  W.,  Words,  (their),  Ilengst, ; — in  the  first  instance, 
by  Germ.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Allw. 


REVELATION. 


137 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

idols  of  gold,  and  ssilver,  and 
brass,  and  stone,  and  of  wood : 
which  neither  can  see,  nor  hear, 
nor  walk : 


21  Neither  repented  they  of 
their  murders,  nor  of  their  sor- 
ceries, nor  of  their  fornication, 
nor  of  their  thefts. 


CHAP.    X. 

And  I  saw  another  mighty 
angel  come  down  from  heaven, 
clothed  with  a  cloud  :  and  a  rain- 
bow teas  upon  his  head,  and  his 
face  ivas  as  it  were  the  sun,  and 
his  feet  as  pillars  of  fire  : 


2  And  he  had  in  his  hand  a 
little  book,  open  :  and  he  set  his 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Via,  Koi  (ίδωλα  τα  γ^ρυσα  και  τα 
αργυρά  καϊ  τα  χαλκά  καΐ  τα  λίθινα 
καΐ  τα  ζνλιι/α,  α  οϋτ€  βλ^ττ^ιν 
δύναται,  οΰτβ  άκου€ΐν,  οΰτβ  ττβρι- 
ττατίΐν• 

21  καΐ  ου  μβτβνοησαν  ΐκ  των 
φόνων  αυτών,  οΰτβ  e'/c  των  φαρμα- 
κειών αυτών,  οΰτ€  e'/c  τήί  iropve'ias 
αυτών,  οντ€  e'/c  τών  κλεμματων 
αυτών. 

CHAP.    Χ. 

ΚΑΙ  βϊδον  άλλον  άγγελον 
Ίσχυρον  καταβαίνοντα  e/c  του 
ουρανού,  ττεριβββλημβνον  νεφί- 
λην,  καΐ  ίρΐ9  eVt  r?;?  κεφαλής, 
καΐ  το  ττρόσωτΓον  αυτού  ώί  ό 
ήλιος,  καΐ  οι  ττόδες  αυτού  ώί  στύ- 
λοι ττυρος• 

2  καϊ  είχεν  εν  Trj  χειρί  αυτού 
βιβλαρίδιον  άνεωγμενον  και  εθψ 
κε  τον  ττόδα  αυτού  τον  δεςιον  εττΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"demons,  and  ""the  idols  of  gold, 
and  «of  silver,  and  °of  brass,  and 
"of  stone,  and  °of  wood,  which 
pcan  neither  see,  nor  hear,  uor 
walk; 

21  Neither  repented  they  'of 
their  murders,  nor  lof  their  sor- 
ceries, nor  ''of  their  fornication, 
nor  'of  their  thefts. 


CHAP.    X. 

And  I  saw  another  mighty 
angel  "descending  from  heaven, 
clothed  with  a  cloud,  and  ''a  rain- 
bow was  ''on  his  head,  and  his 
face  tvas  as  '  the  sun,  and  his  feet 
as  pillars  of  fire  : 


2  And  "Ίιβ  had  in  his  hand 
a  little  book  ■'opened :  and  he 
set    his    right   foot    'upon    the 


"  The  plural  of  δωβολο;  is  not  found  in  the  N.T.  in  connection 
with  the  article,  or  as  synonymous  with  δαψόκια.  See  Mede's 
Apostasy  of  the  Latter  Times  (Birks'  edition,  London,  1845) ; 
More's  Mystery  of  Godliness,  B.  iii.  17, 18,  and  Synojisis  Prophe- 
tica,  B.  ii.  10,  11 ;  Campb.'s  Diss.  vi.  P.  1 ;  Ell.'s  Horae  Apoc, 
vol.  2,  Appendix ;  Kitto's  Cyclopaedia,  s.  v. ;  also  Schleus., 
Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Green  (a  demon,  evil  spirit). — Latin  verss., 
Syr.,  It,  Fr.  M. -S.  ;-Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Newt-, 
Moldenh.  (Geisier),  Herd.,  Campb.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thoni.,  Crol.  Q  demons  or  dead  men'),  Stolz.  Mey.,  AUw.,  Van 
Ess,  Penn  (false  gods),  Sharpe,  Blooinf.  (spirits,  i.e.  those  of 
departed  heroes  or  benefactors'),  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W. 
(bosen  Geister),  Hengst.,  Murd. 

"  The  repetition,  if  not  required  in  order  to  prevent  ambi- 
guity, is  the  most  convenient  compensation  for  the  omission  of 
the  article. — It.,  French  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Newc.,  Woodh.,  Murd. 
(bofoi-e  Silver).  Many  foreign  verss.  use  adjectives,  and  be- 
fore each  of  them  Beng.  repeats  the  article. 

Ρ  Daub,  and  the  later  English  verss.,  except  Words. 

Matth.,  Lachm.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  Svtoi'tou  (Words.:  Ά.  C. 
ivvatcu  ex  corr.  B.  sed  ut  videtur  a  p.  m.'  For  the  plural, 
which  Blobmf  is  "disposed  to  receive,'  Treg.  cites  also  'a  7.'). 

9  Seech.  2:  21.  N.  o. 

•  For  the  verb,  see  ch.  3 :  12,  N.  kk  ;-R.  ;-Dodd.,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Murd.     For  the  participial  form,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  7 :  2 ; 


21 :  10 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Daub.  and  the 
later  English  verss.  (except  Penn,  Kenr.),  Greenf.  See  v.  5, 
N.  Γ. 

''  Before  ίμι;  all  the  recent  editors  insert  ή  ('  A.  B.  C.  α  22. 
β  4.  γ  2.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  the  reading  be  adopted: 
the  rahiboxo — whether  defined  as  the  natural  object,  or  as  that 
previously  mentioned,  ch.  4:  3.  W.,  T.,  C,  G.  ;-It.,  Fr.  G., 
-M.;-Beng.,  Herd.,  Stolz,  Mey.,  All.,  Sharpe,  Bloomf,,  Ell.,  Lord, 

Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Lee,  Hengst. For  on,  see  ch.  5 :  7, 

N.  a,  &c.  For  ■ίηζ  xt^.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read 
■ίψ  χίψ.  ('  Α.  C.  8.  9.  12.') ;  and,  excepting  Bloomf.,  all  the  re- 
cent editors  add  avtoi  (Ά.  B.  C.  α  27.  β  6.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg. 
Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.'). 

"  E.  v.,  in  the  next  clause ;  and  see  ch.  4 :  1,  N.  d,  &c. 

''  For  ίίχιν,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Beng.)  read  ΐχων 

(Ά.  Β.  C.  α  16.  β  5.'). For  opened,  .see  ch.  4:  1,  N.  c.     W., 

R.  ;-Germ.,  Dt.  (dat  geopend  was)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl., 
Herd.,  Woodh.,  Scott  (having  been  op.),  AWw.,  Kist.,  Ell., 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words,  (that  had  been  op.),  Lee, 
Kell.,  Hengst. 

«  For  upon  (inl  governing  the  accusative),  see  ch.  6:  16, 
N.  b,  &c. ;  and  here  E.  V.  in  the  first  instance.  But,  for  -(ψ 
θάλααααν  . . .  -(ψ  y^jr,  all  the  recent  editors  read  r^;  θατ,άααης  . .  ■ 
tiji  γηί  (Ά.  Β.  C.  α  28.  β  7.  y  4.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  in  each  instance  i^i  be  trans- 
lated :  on.     See  ch.  3 :  10,  N.  d,  &c. 

18 


138 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

right  foot  upon  the  sea,  and  his 
lel't  Jhot  on  the  earth, 

3  And  cried  with  a  loud  voice, 
as  when  a  lion  roareth  :  and  when 
he  had  cried,  seven  thunders  ut- 
tered their  voices. 

4  And  when  the  seven  thun- 
ders had  uttered  their  voices,  I 
was  about  to  write  :  and  I  heard 
a  voice  from  heaven  saying  unto 
me,  Seal  up  those  things  which 
the  seven  thunders  uttered,  and 
write  them  not. 

5  And  the  angel  which  I  saw 
stand  upon  the  sea  and  upon 
the  earth,  lifted  up  his  hand  to 
heaven, 

'    6  And  sware  by  him  that  liv- 
eth  for  ever  and  ever,  who  creat- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τηι/  θάλασσαν,  τον  8e  ίύωννμον 
€7Γί  την  γην, 

3  καΐ  ΐ'κραζ€  φοιντ}  μβγάλτ) 
ωστΓίρ  λίων  μνκάται•  καϊ  bre 
eKpa^ev,  βλαλησαν  αί  βτττα  βρον- 
ταΐ  Ttts  ίαυτών  φωνας• 

4  καΐ  Ότ€  ^λάλησαν  αί  ετττα 
βρόντοι  Tas  φωνας  (αυτών,  ίμίλ- 
λον  γραφβιν  καϊ  ηκουσα  φωνην 
€κ  του  ουρανού,  λβγουσαν  μοι, 
Σφραγίσον  α  (λάλησαν  αϊ  Ιτττα 
βρόντοι,  κοί  μη  ταΰτα  γραψτ)!. 

5  ΙναΙ  ό  άγγίλοί,  Όν  βιδον 
βστώτα  iwl  της  θαλάσσης,  κα) 
ετΓί  της  γης,  ηρβ  την  χ^φο  αυτού 
els  τον  ουρανον, 

υ  και  ωμοσβν  (ν  τω  (^ωντι  eis 
τους  αΙώνος  των  αιώνων,  Ός  €κτισ€ 


REVISED    VERSION 

fthe   left' 


'upon 


the 


sea,   and 
earth, 

3  And  cried  with  a  loud  voice, 
'■even  as  '  a  lion  roareth :  and 
when  he  had  cried,  Jthe  seven 
thunders  i-spake  with  their  voices. 

4  And  when  the  seven  thun- 
ders had  'spoken  with  their 
voices,  I  was  about  to  write : 
and  I  heard  a  voice  from  heaven, 
saying  "'unto  me :  Seal  "  -the 
things  which  the  seven  thunders 
pspake,  and  write  pthem  not. 

5  And  the  angel,  ^whom  I  saw 
■■standiug  ■'on  the  sea  and  'on  the 
earth,  lifted  up  his  '  hand  to 
heaven. 


6  And  sware  by  him  that  liv- 
eth  'unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 


'  The  pronoun  is  not  repeated  by  W.  ;-any  foreign  version 
(except  Greenf.)  ;-Dodd..  Wakcf.,  IVeg.,  Kenr. 

^  The  noun  is  not  repeated  by  R.  ;-any  foreign  version  (ex- 
cept B.  and  L.)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Ell...  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

•>  E.  v..  Matt.  5  :  48  ;  20 :  28  ;-Dt.  {gelijkermjs),  It.  {nella 
maniera  die)  ;-Treg.,  De  W.  (so  wie). 

'  The  supplement  in  E.  V.  came  from  the  Vulg.  (quemad- 
modum  cum).  There  is  nothing  for  it  in  Syr.,  German  verss. 
Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Cocc.  Grell.i 
\"itr.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  AYords. 

1  All  the  recent  editors,  as  well  as  our  Test,  have  the  article 
αί.  which  is  wanting,  here  and  in  v.  4.  only  in  Erasm.  and  three 
cursive  MSS. 

k  This  verb  occurs  very  often  in  the  N.  T.,  and  is  generally 
rendered  in  E.  V.,  to  speak ;  never,  ίο  utter,  except  in  these  two 
verses;  and  that  the  thunder-voices  were  articulate,  is  plain 
from  V.  4.  The  construction  is  that  of  a  verb  with  a  cognate 
accusative.  Conip.  Matt.  2 :  10 ;  Mark  3 :  28,  in  the  Greek  and 
in  E.  V. — W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.,  (spake  their  voices)  ;-Latin  verss. 
(locuta  sunt  .  .  .  voces  suas),  Syr.  (=  Latin  rerss.),  Germ. 
(redeten . . .  ihre  Stimmen),  Dt.  {spraken . . .  hunne  stemmen  ;)- 
B.  and  L.  (use  parler).  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  {as 
Germ,.),  Herd.,  Mey.,  All.,  (sprachen  .  .  .  ihre  St.),  Sharpe  (as 
W.),  Words. 

1  See  V.  3,  N.  k.  But  all  the  recent  editors  cancel,  except 
that  Knapp  merely  brackets,  the  words  tas  φωνά;  ίαυΐων.  on 
the  authority  of  •  A.  B.  C.  α  28.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.     Vulg.  MS. 


Am..  Tol.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  SISS.' — evidence, 
Bloomf.  acknowledges,  'so  strong'  as  to  obviate  the  suspicion, 
which  he  would  otherwise  'be  inclined'  to  entertain,  'that  the 
words  were  cancelled  for  the  sake  of  removing  a  tautology.' 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  words, 
with  their  voices,  be  omitted. 

■"  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  μοί,  on  the  authority  of 
■A.  B.  C.  ο  23.  βΰ.  γ2.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Ilarl.  Tol. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that,  in  ac- 
cordance with  this  reading,  the  words,  unto  me,  be  omitted. 

-  Comp.  ch.  5 :  1,  N.  c.  E.  V.,  ch.  22 :  10,  and  21  times  else- 
where;- Wakef ,  Lord,  (though  they  do  not  distinguish  the 
compound  verb  at  ch.  5:1),  Words. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  1:  19,  &c.  ;-W.  (what  things),  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(quae),  German  verss.  (was).  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Dodd., 
Sharpe,  Lord,  (what),  Wesl.,  Wakcf  (as  W.),  Penn  (the  [words} 
which).  Ell.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

ρ  See  V.  3,  N.  k. For  tavta,  Matth.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm., 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  read  aira  (A.  B.  C.  'a  20.  β  5.'). 

1  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  See  V.  1,  N.  a.  E.  V..  ch.  7 :  1 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss., 
Syr.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Daub,  and  the  later 

English  ver.ss.  (except  Words),  B.  and  L.,  Greenf For  on, 

see  ch.  5 :  7,  N.  a,  &c. 

■  All  the  recent  editors  insert  ΐήν  διξιάν  after  ανΐοϋ,  on  the 
authority  of  'B.  C.  α  27.  β  C.  y  3.  Compl.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
.\rm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that  the  reading  be 
adopted,  and  that  the  word  right  be  introduced  before  hand. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  C,  N.  g,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


139 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

ed  heaven,  and  the  things  that 
therein  are,  and  the  earth,  and 
the  things  that  therein  are,  and 


the 


and  the  things  which 


sea,   „....   —   ....X.Q. 
are  therein,  that  there  should  he 
time  no  longer : 

7  But  in  the  days  of  the  voice 
of  the  seventh  angel,  when  he 
shall  hegin  to  sound,  the  mystery 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τολ'  ουρανον  καΐ  τα  ev  αντω,  και 
την  γην  και  τα  βρ  avTrj,  καΐ  την 
θάλασσαν  καΐ  τα  iv  αύτη,  Οτι 
γρονοί  ουκ  €σται  eTL' 

7  άλλα  iv  ταΪ9  ημβραΐί  ttjs 
φωνηί  τον  ίβδομον  άγγβλον,  όταν 
/Λ€'λλι;    σαλττίζβιν,    καΐ    τίλβσθη 


REVISED    VERSION. 

who  created  "the  heaven  and  the 
in  it,  and  the  earth  and 
it,  and  the  sea 
and  the  things  '  in  it,  that  ''the 
time  sliall  not  be  yet, 


things 
the 


things 


7  But  in  the  days  of  the  voice 
of  the  seventh  angel,  when  he 
■^should  'be  about  to  sound,  ^'and 


"  E.  v.,  ch.  20 :  11 ;  &c.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thorn.,  AUw.,  Sharpe 
(the  heavens),  Ell.,  Sta.,  Treg. 

'  The  relative  supplement  (_that  are)  of  E.  V.  is  after  the 
Vulg.  (quae  sunt),   &c.     There  is  nothing  for  it  in  Wakef., 

Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Murd. For  in  it,  see  W.,  R.  ;- 

Dodd.,  Penn  and  Lord  (in  the  second  instance :  zcpon  [o?i]  it), 
Murd.,  Kenr.  (in  the  second  instance). 

"  XpoiOs  here  has  been  understood  to  mean,  1.,  time  as  op- 
posed to  eternity  (Areth.,  Ribera.  Marck,  &c.).  But  nowhere 
else,  in  sacred  or  profime  authors,  does  the  word  carry  this  idea, 
nor  does  it  accord  with  the  subsequent  representations  of  the 
prophecy  (ch.  11:  1•5 ;  20:  7): — 2.,  a  mystical  period  of 
1111  ( '/a )  years  (Beng..  Wesl.),  or  of  360  (Bickersteth,  Birks), 
or  of  the  full  "  1260  days,'  '  time,  and  times,  and  half  a  time,'  or 
'  forty-two  months,'  of  ch.  11 :  3  ;  12 :  6,  14 ;  13 :  5 ;  Dan.  12 :  7 
(Gill).  But  this  also  is  entirely  without  precedent,  and  does 
not  rest  securely  on  the  analogous  use  of  xatpcJs  (ch.  12:  14; 
Sept.  Dan.  7 :  25 ;  12:  7) : — 3.,  =  ό  zi'°>'°S}  iind  then  iVt  must  be 
rendered  yet,  as  yet,  (Ft.  S.;-Daub.,  Lowm.,  Newt.,  Newc, 
Scott  [as  one  meaning],  Crol.,  Ell.  [who  explains  the  omission 
of  the  article  by  Jlidd.'s  rule,  P.  1.  ch.  3.  ξ  3.,  respecting  cases 
of  construction  with  the  substantive  verb] ,  Lord,  Barn.) ;  the 
time,  whose  approach  is  proclaimed,  or  assumed,  throughout 
this  book  and  by  the  whole  strain  of  prophecy  from  the 
beginning,  and  for  which  all  creatures  wait  with  earnest 
expectation: — 4.,  delay  (Brightm.,  Par.,  Grot.,  Hamm.,  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  B.  and  L.,  Gill  [as  allowable],  Jloldenh.,  Herd.,  Eichh., 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  Clarke,  Heinr.,  Ew.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Ros.,  Jones, 
Gerl.,  Scholef.,  Bloomf,  Stu.,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Kell., 
Ilengst.).  The  third  interpretation  is  favoured  by  the  readings 
of  our  Text,  according  to  which  ΐΛ^αθγι  in  v.  7  most  naturally 
depends,  wath  liivKri,  on  οίο*.  But  all  the  recent  editors  have 
here  oixiti  la-eai  (A.  B.  C.  'a  24.  β  7.  y  3.  Compl.')  and,  in  the 
next  verse,  itiXeeOri  {'  A.  0.  α  22.  β  5.').  I  recommend  that 
these  readings  be  followed,  in  which  case  the  fourth  interpreta- 
tion of  χφόνοί,  ( though  rather  implied  in  the  whole  clause  in  its 
connection  with  other  pai-ts  of  the  book,  such  as  ch.  2 :  10,  21 ; 
6:  10, 11 ;  9 :  5, 12, 15,  than  immediately  expressed  by  the  noun 
itself,)  is  to  be  preferred,  as  furnishing  a  sense  more  suitable  to 
the  splendour  and  majesty  of  the  scene,  as  well  as  illustrative 
of  the  gracious  condescension  of  the  Lord  toward  the  weakness 
of  His  suffering  servants.  The  version  might  then  stand  thus : 
time  there  shall  no  longer  be;  But  in  the  days  of  the  voice  of 


the  seventh  angel,  tchen  he  should  be  about  to  sound,  is  also 

finished  the  mystery  of  God,  &c. The  xai  may  be  considei-ed 

Hebraistical ly  redundant  (comp.  Luke  2:  15  ;  James  4:15)  or 
conversive,  and  so  xtu,  ti'K.  or  xai  ittx.  =  ttxtaeriairai  (the 
reading  of  Areth.)  or  tan  tiXt<ser,<sftM  (Pi.so.,  Grot.,  Vitr., 
Moldenh.,  Eichh.,  Midd.,  Heinr.,  Ew.,  Ros.,  Bloomf.,  Ell., 
Hengst.) ;  or,  as  indicated  in  the  version  proposed,  xai  may 
retain  its  familiar  emphatic  sense,  q.  d.  '  Whensoever  the  long- 
deferred,  long-looked  for,  blast  of  the  seventh  angel  is  just 
about  to  complete  the  series  of  trumpets,  then  also  is  completed 
&o. ;'  and  the  aorist  will  be  used,  also  in  accordance  with  Greek 
idiom,  for  prophetic  time,  the  more  strikingly  to  mark,  not  only 
the  certainty  of  the  event  (comp.  ch.  15  : 1 ;  16 :  17  ;  21 :  6 ;  &c,), 
but,  in  this  case,  the  truth  of  the  previous  negation.  The  xai 
is  recognized  by  T.,  C,  G..  {even)  ;-Syr.  (according  to  De  D. 
and  the  London  edd.,  =  "}),  Germ,  {so),  Dt.  {zoo),  Fr.  S.  {et)  ;- 
Castal.  {-que).  Par.  (in  the  Comment. :  etiam).  Cocc.  {et), 
Daub  ,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Crol.,  Allw.,  Lord,  Murd.,  {and).  Beng., 
Hengst.,  {as  Germ.),  Wakef.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  {tlten),  Gerl.  {so  ist 

auch),  De  W.  ('dann  aucK)  ;-Win.  {dann). For  is  in  the 

rendering  of  ίίί%ίαθη,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  15:  1;  &c.;-Syr.  (uses  the 
preterit,  according  to  De  D.  and  the  London  edd.);-Newc., 
Treg.,  (hath  been),  Woodh.  (teas),  Gerl.,  Win.,  De  W.,  Hengst., 
{ist),  Stu. 

'  The  subjunctive  mood  is  indicated  by  the  It.  ;-B.  and  L., 
Moldenh.,  Ew.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.  The  Erasmian  μίΜ.ιι  is  found 
only  in  2  cursive  MSS. 

y  See  ch.  8 :  13,  N.  u,  &c.  It  has  already  been  remarked 
(2  Pet.  2 :  6.  N.  h),  that  μίτΛω,  construed  with  the  infinitive  of 
another  verb,  is  in  E.  V.  often  merged  in  the  simple  future  of 
that  verb.  On  a  careful  examination,  however,  of  all  the  pas- 
sages, it  will  appear  that  in  this  matter  N.  T.  usage  corresponds 
quite  closely  with  the  classical.  The  latter  is  thus  explained 
by  Buttm.,  §  137,  N.  11 :  'As  a periphrase  for  the  Future,  we 
find  μίΜ.Ην  with  the  Infinitice;  yet  with  this  difference,  that 
the  Fut.  form  places  the  action  in  the  future  indefinitely,  while 
the  periphrase  at  once  marks  the  point  of  time  from  or  after 
which  the  action  is  regarded  as  a  future.  Thus  Λοι^αα  simply 
J  will  do;  μίΜ.α  Λοίίϊν  ί  am  (now)  about  to  do;  εμΛ^ον  noinv 
I  was  (then)  aboid  to  do. — This  ver-b  marks  elsewhere  also  the 
idea  of  intention,  might,  could,  should;  as  a  ημιτ.'κον  Λάαχιι,ν, 
"  what  I  should  suffer,"  what  it  was  intended  I  should  suffer.' 
Similar  is  Herm.'s  statement,  ad  Vig.  p.  753,  though  his  lang- 


140 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

of  God  should  be  finished,  as  he 
hath  declared  to  his  servants  the 
prophets. 

8  And  the  voice  which  I  heard 
from  heaven  spake  unto  me 
again,  and  said.  Go,  and  take 
the  little  book  \vhich  is  open  in 
the  hand  of  the  angel  vi^hich 
staudeth  upon  the  sea  and  upon 
the  earth. 


9  And  I  went  unto  the  angel, 
and  said  unto  him,  Give  me  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

TO  μυστηριον  του  Oeov,  ώ$• 
βνηγγίλισξ  τοις  iavTov  δουλοίί 
τοΐί  ττροφηταΐί. 

8  Και  ή  φωνή  ην  ηκονσα  ϊκ 
τον  ουρανού,  τταλιν  λαλούσα  μβτ 
Ιμου,  και  λίγουσα,  Υτταγβ  λαβζ 
το  βιβλαρίδιον  το  ηνίωγμίνον  iv 
τϊ)  χαρί-  αγγέλου  του  Ιστώτοί 
βττΐ  της  θαλάσσης  καΊ  (ττί  της  γης- 

9  Και  αττηλθον  ττρος  τον  άγγβ- 
λον,  λίγων  αυτω,  Δος  μοι  το  βι- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

tlie  mystery  of  God  should  be 
finished,  as  he  "  declared  "^the 
glad  tidings  'to  his  servants  the 
prophets. 

8  And  the  voice,  which  I  heard 
from  heaven,  "again  spake  Hvith 
me,  and  said :  Go,  «  take  the 
"little  book  which  is  "opened  in 
the  hand  of  'the  angel,  «who 
standeth  'on  the  sea  and  •οη  the 
earth. 

9  And  I  went  unto  the  angel, 
^saying  unto  him  :  ^Give  me  the 


»  Historical  time  (as  if  it  were  added:  'when  He  gave  the 
prophets  their  message.')   appears  in  λΥ.,  Τ.,   Ο.,   G.  ;-Hcrd.. 

Thorn.,  Crol.,  Mey.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Words.,  Murd. 

The  et3-raological  force  of  ίΐαγγΕλι^ω,  which  it  nowhere  loses 
(see  Camp.,  Diss.  VI.  5.  14  ),  is  here  .admitted,  and  Yariously 
expressed,  by  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Fr,  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Engl.  Ann., 
Berl.  Bib.,  Beng..  Lo.vm.,  Dodd.,  Newt.,  Moldenh.,  Herd., 
Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Heinr.,  Scott,  Crol.,  Mey., 
Penn,  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  \f.,  Words.  ;-the  lexicons.  E.  V. 
and  others  follow  Pagn.,  Bez.,  (annuntiacit)  and  G.  {declared). 

For  toii  £.  δοιίλοι;  ΐοΐς  τίροφτ^ΐαΐζ,  Beng.  mentions  as  per 

codici'S  firmior  nee  /amen  plane  certa,  and  all  the  other  recent 
editors  adopt,  tlie  reading  ιούς  ί.  δουλοϋ;  toii;  Λροφητάς  (•  Α.  Β.  C. 
14.  17.  30.  38.  92.  τονί  δ.  ai-toi  τον;  Λροψ.  α  23.  β  5.  Couipl.' 
The  latter  form  Words,  assigns  to  B.). 

»  The  adverb  is  retained  in  its  place  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss., 

Syr.  ;-Wakef.,  All.,  Stii.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Kenr. For 

λαλοϋβα  . . .  Τ-ίγουβα,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  λαλοίοαν 
.  .  .  λίγονααν  (Α.  Β.  Ο.  4  cursive  MSS.  and  Vulg.),  which  Treg. 
would  make  dependent  on  rjxovtsa  understood. 

t•  E.  v.,  ch.  4:1;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  the 
French,  Moldenh.,  Greenf.  ;-Wesl.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Treg. 

'  E.  v..  Matt.  8:4;  John  4:16;  &c.  ;-Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr. 


S.  ;-Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Wells,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Treg.,  Hengst,  Murd. 
E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 

"  For  βιβλαριδιοι•  (Matth.  and  Tisch.:  βφλώάρι,ον  Β.  'α  25. 
β  5.  Conipl.'),  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Theile,  read  βφ%ίορ  (Ά.  C. 
14.  92.'). For  opened,  see  v.  2,  N.  d,  &c. 

'  Before  άτγγ.  all  the  recent  editors  insert  τοί  (A.  B.  C.  '  α  18. 

β  3.  Compl.'). For  uho,  see  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f ;— for  on,  see 

V.  2,  N.  e,  &c. 

'  The  participle  is  retained  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Castal.),  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

^  For  80J,  all  the  recent  editors  have  SoJjm  (A.  B.C.  •α20. 
β  4.  \'ulg.  Syr.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  followed,  and,  in  connection  with  λέγων  ανίφ,  translated  thus: 
saying  unto  him  that  he  should  give: — a  construction  (comp. 
Matt.  5:  o9;  Acts  21:  21)  which  is  adopted  by  the  Vulg.  (tit 
daret)  and  such  as  follow  it,  Fr.  S.  ;-Grot.,  Eichh.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  AV.,  Ilengst.,  Murd.  ;-AVin. 
This  is  not  a  case  (see  Win.  §  45.  7)  in  which  it  is  best  to  regard 
the  infinitive  as  standing  for  the  imperative  (Beng.,  Moldenh., 
Mey.,  Treg.,  Words.). 


uage  is  stronger :  '  Vcrbum  μιΜ-α  non  servit  periphrasi  futuri, 
sed  a  futuro  diversissimum  est.  Nam  «οι^σω,  ut  faciam,  fu- 
turum  est  aoristum,  i.  e.  indefinitum,  ea  indicans,  quae  ali- 
quando,  quandocunque  id  sit,  eventura  sint.  Μίλλω  jtoiiiv 
autem,  facturus  sum,  futurum  est  praesens,  significans  nunc 
aliquem  in  eo  esse,  ut  quid  facturus  sit.'  He  also  refers  to  cases 
where  '  μίτΛείν  banc  fere  vim  habet,  quae  apud  nos  verbis, 
werden,  solkn,  niiissen  exprimi  potest.'  (Comp.  Campb.'s  notes 
on  Matt.  3 :  7  and  17 :  22.)  These  distinctions  there  is  no  dif- 
ficulty in  carrying  through  the  N.  T.,  and  generally  with 
marked  advantage  to  the  sense;  e.  g.  Matt.  2:  13,  '  Arise  and 
flee;  for  Herod  is  about  to  seek  &c.;'  10:  27,  the  certainty  and 
imminence  of  the  coming  judgment  are  presented  in  μίλλίί  yap 
as,  in  like  manner,  the  ground  of  the  previous  challenge ;  Rom. 
4 :  24,  '  But  for  us  also,  to  whom,  according  to  the  divine  pur- 


pose and  constitution,  it  is  to  be  &c. ;'  &c.* — Syr.  (=  Greenf. 
Tinsri),  Fr.  S.  {devra)  ;-Hamm.,  Lord,  {be  ready),  Coco,  {buc- 
cinaturus  est),  Dodd.  {was  about  quickly),  Wakef.  {is  going), 
Woodh..  Sharpe,  Murd.  marg.,  {is  about).  Ew.  {canturus  sit), 
Penn  {shall  be  about),  Ell.  (for  hermeneutical  reasons,  would 
put  this  clause  in  a  parenthesis,  and  translate:  whensoever  he 
may  be  about  to  sound),  Treg.  The  V^ulg.  cum  coeperit 
(followed  by  E.  V.  and  the  older  English  and  French  verss., 
Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Wells,  Gill,  Scott,  Jones,  Words.,  Kell., 
Barn.)  cannot  be  justified.     See  ch.  12 :  4,  N.  p. 


*  For  the  passages  affected  by  the  above  view,  but  in  which 
it  has  in  the  previous  pages  been  overlooked,  see  the  table  of 
Errata. 


REVELATION. 


141 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

little  book.  And  he  said  unto 
me,  Take  it,  and  eat  it  up ;  and 
it  shall  make  thy  belly  liitter, 
but  it  shall  be  in  thy  mouth 
sweet  as  honey. 

10  And  I  took  the  little  book 
out  of  the  angel's  hand,  and  ate 
it  up ;  and  it  was  in  mjr  mouth 
sweet  as  honey :  and  as  soon 
as  I  had  eaten  it  my  belly  was 
bitter. 


11  And  he  said  unto  me, 
Thou  must  prophesy  again  be- 
fore many  peoples,  and  nations, 
and  tongues,  and  kings. 


CHAP.    XI. 

And  there  was  given  me  a 
reed  like  unto  a  rod :  and  the 
angel   stood,   sapng,    Rise,   and 


GREEK    TEXT. 

βλαρί^ιον.  KciL  Xijii  μοί,  Λαβ€ 
καΐ  καταφαγβ  αύτο•  καΐ  ττικρανύ 
σου  την  κοιλίαν,  αλλ  eu  τω 
στοματί  σου  βσταί  γλυκύ  ώ?  μ€λι. 

10  ΚαΙ  6λαβον  το  βιβλαρίδιον 
€κ  τηί  χβιροί  του  άγγΐλον,  και 
κατ€φαγοΐ'  αυτό•  καΙ  ήν  Ιν  τω 
στοματί  μου  ώ?  μβλι,  γλυκύ•  καΐ 
οτί  ί'φαγοι>  αύτο,  ΐττίκρανθη  ή 
κοιλία  μου. 

11  Έ^αΙ  λ€γ€ΐ  μοι,  Ael  σβ  ττα- 
λιν  ττροψητίΰσαί  βττΐ  λαοΐί  κα). 
ϊθνβσί  καΐ  γλωσσαΐί  καΙ  βασι- 
λβΰσί  ΤΓολλοίρ . 


XI. 


CHAP, 

ϋΤαι  ΐδοθη  μοι  κάλαμος  ομοιοζ 
ραβδω,  λeyω^',  Έγβιραι,  κα\  μέ- 
τρησαν  τον   ναον   του  θβοΰ,  καΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

little  book.  And  he  "saith  unto 
me :  Take,  '  and  eat  it  up ;  and 
it  shall  make  Jbitter  thy  belly, 
but  ήη  thy  mouth  it  shall  be 
sweet  as  honey. 

10  And  I  took  the  little  book 
out  of  the  'hand  of  the  angel, 
and  ate  it  up  ;  and  it  was  in  my 
mouth  sweet  as  honey ;  and, 
"when  I  had  eaten  it,  my  belly 
was  "made  bitter. 

11  And  he  "saith  unto  me: 
Thou  must  pagain  prophesy  'of 
many  peoples,  and  nations,  and 
tongues,  and  kings. 

CHAP.    XI. 

And  there  was  given  me  a 
reed  like  "  rod,  ^he  sajnng  :  Rise, 
and  measure  the  temple  of  God, 


"  Vat.,  Castal..  Cocc,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  Woodh., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe.  Ell.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.  E.  V. 
and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 

'  E.  v.,  Matt.  26 :  2G  ;  &c.  ;-Syr.,  Germ.  ;-Pagn.,  Casta!.,  Bez., 
Par.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Wells,  Titr.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Hengst., 
Murd. 

1  The  Greek  order  is  kept  by  Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.), 
Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  G.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Greenf., 
Lord,  De  W.,  Kenr. 

k  The  Greek  order  is  kept  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except 
Fr.  G.,-M.,  Herd.)  ;-Daiib.,  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Tliom.,  Allw., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

I  R.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

"  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  English  (ex- 
cept Newc,  Words.).  Nowhere  else  does  E.  V.  render  ore  as 
soon  as,  except  Luke  15 :  30. 

"  The  verb  is  translated  as  such  (^  was  made  or  became 
bitter,  was  imbitlered,  &c.)  by  E.  V.,  v.  9;  ch.  8 :  11  ;-R.  ;-Latin 
verss.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  M.,-S.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Herd., 
Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Stu..  Lord,  Treg., 
De  W.,  Words.,  Hengst..  Kenr.,  Barn. 

°  See  V.  9,  N.  h. For  λίγ»,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch., 

read  λίγουοι.  (A.  B.  'a  18.  β  4.     Am.  HarV). 

f  The  τΐάτ,ιν  is  given  before  the  verb  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss. 


(except  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Castal.,  Greenf.)  ;-Dodd.,  Newc,  Lord, 
Murd. 

1  The  sense  of  apud,  with,  among  (not  coram,  as  Pagn., 
Bez.,  followed  by  E.  V.  and  others),  might  rest  upon  Acts 
28:  14.  But  it  is  more  obvious,  and  has  a  larger  usage  to 
sustain  it,  to  regard  the  clause  as  indicating  the  oVject,  the  wide 
range,  of  the  prophecy  itself.  Comp.  John  12:  16;  Heb. 
II:  4;  the  Hebrew  construction,  1  Kings  22:  8,  18,  fe  X23rn 
(to  which  the  Syr.  and  Greenf.  here  correspond) ;  Is.  37 : 
22;  &c.  So  here  Fr.  S.  (swr);- Castal.,  Homb.,  (supei•),  Grot., 
Ew.,  Ros.,  (de),  Hamm.  (of).  Wells,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  (concerning), 
Beng.,  Moldcnh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Stier,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  (uber), 
Stu.  (respecting),  Murd.  (upon)  ;-Wahl,  λΥίη.,  Rob.,  Schirl. 

»  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  d. 

''  'The  giver.'  The  reading,  xai  ctetrjxei  ο  άγγϊλο;  (Β,  [χο£ 
let.  ο  άγγ.]  'α  7.  [and  14.]  Compl.  Syr.  Arm.'),  followed  by 
E.  V.  and  others,  is  rejected  by  Mill  and  all  the  recent  editor.s, 
and  was  perhaps  introduced  from  Sept.  Zech.  2:  3;  3:  6  (-5). 
Areth.  construes  xiyuv  with  χάλαμος.  But  the  participial  usage 
of  the  book  justifies  us  in  treating  it  as  a  nominative  absolute. — 
W.,  T.,  C,  R.,  and  others,  follow  the  Vulg.  et  dictum  est  mihi 
(though  the  Cod.  Am.  has  dicens),  Germ,  (und  sprach)  ;-Vat. 
(a  dicente  mihi),  Wells,  Wesl.,  Sharpe,  (and  he  said).  Beng., 
Hengst..  (as  Germ.).  Moldenh.,  Jley.,  (niit  dn  Worten),  Herd. 
(die  Slimme  sprach),  Newc.  ([the  angel]  saying),  Woodh., 
Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  (.raying),  Ew.  (hisce  cum  ver- 
bis). Stolz  (mit  dem  Befehl),  Ell.  (and  the  angel  said),  Stier 
(sprechend),  De  W.  (indem  man  sagte),  Ebr.  (imd  gesagt). 


142 


REVELATION. 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSION. 

measure  tlie  temple  of  God,  and 
the  altar,  and  them  that  worship 
therehi. 

2  But  the  court  which  is  with- 
out the  temple,  leave  out,  and 
measure  it  not ;  for  it  is  given 
unto  the  Gentiles :  and  the  holy 
city  shall  they  tread  under  foot 
forty  and  two  months. 

3  And  I  will  give  poiuer  unto 
my  two  witnesses,  and  they  shall 
prophesy  a  tliousand  two  hund- 
red and  threescore  days,  clothed 
in  sackcloth. 

4  These  are  the  two  olive- 
trees,  and  the  two  candlesticks 
standing  before  the  God  of  the 
earth. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

TO  θυσιαστή pLOu,  καΐ  tovs  ττροσ- 
KVvovvTas  iv  αντω• 

2  Koi  την  αύλην  την  'ίσωθίν 
του  ναοΰ  εκβαλί  (ζω,  και  μη 
αύτην  μ€τρησΎ)ί,  Ότι  βδοθη  τοΓ? 
(θν^σι•  και  την  ττολιν  την  άγίαν 
ττατησουσι  μηναί  τβσσαρακοντα 
δυο. 

3  ΚαΙ  δώσω  τοΪ9  δνσΐ  μαρ- 
τυσί  μου,  καΙ  -κροφητ^υσουσιν 
ημζρας  -χιΧιας  διακόσια^  βζηκον- 
τα,  ΤΓβριβ^βλημβνοι  σακκου^. 

4  Ούτοι  €ΐσιν  αΐ  δυο  iXaiai, 
καΐ  δυο  λυχ^νίαι  αΐ  ενώπιον  του 
θβοΰ  τηί  γηί  βστώσαι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

and  the  altar,  and  ■^those  '^who 
worship  therein : 

2  ''And  the  court  which  is 
"within  the  temple  'cast  out,  and 
measure  it  not ;  for  it  is  given 
unto  the  Gentiles :  and  the  holy 
city  shall  they  ^tread  forty  -  two 
mouths. 


3  And  I  will  give  '  unto  my 
two  witnesses,  and  they  shall 
prophesy  a  thousand  two  hund- 
red and  Jsixty  days,  clothed  i-with 
sackcloth. 

4  These  are  the  two  olive- 
trees  and  '  two  "lamp-stands, 
"which  'stand  before  the  'God  of 
the  earth. 


'  For  those,  see  ch.  2:  2,  N.  h,  &e. ; — for  who.  see  ch.  1:  5, 
N.  V,  &c. 

■•  SeelJolm2:20,  X.  o,  &c. 

'  I  recommend  that  the  reading  'ίξωθιν,  which  the  Elzevir 
Text  and  all  the  recent  editors  substitute  for  the  Erasmian 
ίβωθίν.  be  adopted,  and  translated :  without. 

'  'As  profane.'  Comp.  the  -^Vrn  of  Dan.  8:  11.— This  full 
force  of  the  word  appears  in  E.  \.  marg.,  and  often  elsewhere  ;- 
W.,  T.,  0.,  G.,  R.  ;-VuIg.  {ejice).  Syr.  (using  the  same  word  as 
in  Matt.  8:  IC),  Germ.,  Dt.  marg.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat,  Par., 
TIeinr.,  {as  Vulg.  ;-one  of  the  rare  occasions  on  which  Par.  dif- 
fers from  Bez.,  who  had  here  adopted  Castal.'s  e.rclude). 
Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Ilamm.,  Cocc.  and  Vitr.  (projice).  Wells, 
Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.  (throw),  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Woodh., 
Crol.,  Ew.,  Greenf ,  Goss.,  All.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kell., 
Hengst.,  Kenr.,  Barn.,  Ebr. 

^  'Both  as  occupants  and  oppressors.'  Comp.  the  Sept. 
Is.  1:  12;  IG:  10;  2(i:  G. — Latin  vcrss.  (calcabimt -,-ΐχοογί 
Castal.,  conculcabunt) ,  It.  {caldie.ranno')  ;-'WeKl.,  Eichh.  (;jro- 
fanis  pedibus  permearunt),  Campb.  (at  Luke  21 :  24),  Woodh., 
Ew.  (' Ttaftif,  δ•ίΊ,  de  gressu  festuoso  et  strepente  sanctitatem 
loci  hand  curantium.').  Greenf.  (uses  the  verb  o^n  of  Is.  1 :  12), 
Lord,  De  W.  {ireten  ;-for  the  zertreten  of  other  German  verss.). 
Words. 

>>  See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  e.  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Sharpe.  Lord,  Kenr.  Before  6iJo  Lachm.  and  Tisch. 
insert*ai;(A.  B. 'alO.  β  3.'). 

'  Not  power  merely,  as  in  v.  6,  but  all  that  is  needed  for  the 
efBcient  discharge  of  their  perilous  office.  Whatever  they  are 
called  to  spend  for  their  Lord,  their  Lord  will  first  supply ;  and, 
in  consequence  of  that,  and  on  the  strength  of  that,  l/iey  shall 
prophesy.  The  streams  of  grace  shall  be  ever  flowing  in  on 
them  from  the  divine  fountains,  and,  out  of  the  abundance  of 


the  heart,  they  shall  speak.  Comp.  ch.  3  :  9,  Ν .  u.  Jlany,  in- 
deed, (Castal.,  Grot.,  Vitr.,  &c.,  Ebr.)  suppose  that  we  have  here 
a  simple  Hebraism  =  Iwill  give,  command,  cause  them  to  pro- 
phesy. But  the  form  of  the  original  is  presej-ved  by  W.,  R.  ;- 
Vulg.,  Syr.  (though  the  sign  of  the  dative  serves  also  for  the 
accusative,  that  is  no  reason  for  supposing,  with  De  D.  and 
Murd.  [dabo  duos  testes  ineos;  I  will  give  my  two  witnesses; 
so  Luth.,  ic?i  will  meine  zween  Zeugen  geben].  that  the  inter- 
preter meant  to  change  the  Greek  construction.).  It.  (supplies 
di  profetizzare)  ;-Erasra.,  Vat.,  Aret.  ('  Dabo  non  atrium,  nee 
templum,  sed  othcium  docendi,  &c.'),  Brightm.,  Cocc,  Vitr. 
(to  whom  Ebr.  errs  in  assigning  the  supplement,  civitaiem. 
That  is  Bez.'s  interpretation  [dabo  illam},  which  Vitr.  rejects 
as  not  to  be  endured— ;/ere)irfa  non  est.),  Beng.,  Herd.,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Gorl.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Stier,  Treg.  (with 
endow  for  &ύβω),  Hengst.,  Kenr. 

)  W.,  T.  and  0.  (Ix.),  R.  ;-Daub.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd., 
Kenr.     E.  V.  follows  G. 

1=  See  ch.  7:  13,  N.  u.  W.,  R.;-Latin  verss.  (the  ablative 
without  a  preposition),  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  (_di),  French 
verss.  (de). 

1  Before  Siio  all  the  recent  editors  insert  oi  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  19. 
β  G.  Compl.').  For  iuruoat.  they  all  ('  perhaps  rightly,'  says 
Bloomf)  have  htutis  (A.  B.  0.  Ό19.  j3  4.'),  and  all  change 
@(oi  to  xnpiov  (A.  B.  C.  'a  27.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Syr.  Arr.').  The  second  of  these  variations  presents  a  con- 
stnictio  ad  sensum,  that  does  not  affect  the  version.  The  other 
two  I  recommend  for  adoption :  the  .  .  .  Lord. 

"'  See  ch.  1 :  12,  N.  c,  &c. 

"  The  oi  refers  both  to  ίλοΓαι  and  ΐ.νχνίαι,  not  exclusively  to 
the  latter,  as  E.  V.  may  seem  to  intimate :  but  the  original 


REVELATION. 


143 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSION. 

5  And  if  any  man  will  hurt 
them,  fire  proceedeth  out  of  their 
mouth,  and  devoureth  their  ene- 
mies :  and  if  any  man  will  hurt 
them,  he  must  in  this  manner  be 
killed. 


6  These  have  power  to  shut 
heaven,  that  it  rain  not  in  the 
days  of  their  prophecy :  and 
have  power  over  waters  to  turn 
them  to  blood,  and  to  smite  the 
earth  with  all  plagues,  as  often 
as  they  will. 


7  And  when  they  shall  have 
finished    their     testimony,     the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

5  KCLL  el  Tif  avTOVi  OeXr)  άδί- 
κησαι,  ττνρ  ίκττορβυβταί  εκ  τον 
στοματοί  αυτών,  και  κατβσθιβί 
τους  ίγθρους  αυτών  καΐ  βΐ  tls 
αύτους  θβλτ}  άδίκησαι,  ούτω  Sei 
αύτον  άποκτανθηναί. 

Ο  Ουτοί  βχ^ουσιν  Ιζονσίαν 
κλβΐσαι  τον  ούρανον,  'ίνα  μη  βρ€• 
χτ]  υίτος  Ιν  ημβραίί  αυτών  τη9 
προφητείας•  και  βζουσίαν  ί'χου- 
σιν  67Γ£  τών  υδάτων,  στρεφειν 
αυτά  eh  αίμα,  καΐ  ττατάζαι  την 
γην  πάση  πληγή,  οσάκις  eav  θβ- 
λησωσι. 

7  ΚαΙ  όταν  τελε'σωσί  την  μαρ- 
τνρίαν  αυτών,  το  θηρίον  το  άνα- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

5  And  if  any  "one  °will  hurt 
them,  fire  proceedeth  out  of  their 
mouth,  and  devoureth  their  ene- 
mies ;  and  if  any  "one  -will  rhurt 
them,  ithus  'must  he  be  killed. 


6  These  have  power  to  shut 
heaven,  that  "no  rain  fiill  'in  the 
days  of  their  "prophesying ;  and 
'they  have  power  over  "the 
waters  to  turn  them  to  blood, 
and  to  smite  the  earth  with 
«every  plague,  as  often  as  they 
will. 


7  And  when  they  shall  have 
finished     their     testimouA',    the 


"  See  1  John  2 :  1,  N.  b,  (Sec. For  βΐλι;,  all  the  recent  edi- 
tors (except  Mey.)  read  ei%ti  ([A.  in  the  first  instance]  B.  C. 
more  than  20  cursive  MSS.  Compl.). 

ρ  De  W.  pronounces  this  an  '  intolerable  (unertrdglich)  re- 
petition,' and  at  once  substitutes  Bcng.'s  artoxtili'ai.  But  as 
this  reading  is  almost  utterly  destitute  of  authority,  so  it  really 
subverts  the  structure  and  meaning  of  the  whole  verse,  intro- 
ducing (and  that  only  in  one  contingency)  an  application  of  the 
lex  talionis,  in  place  of  the  stern  justification,  by  means  simply 
of  an  emphatic  reiteration,  of  the  severity  by  which  the  Lord 
would  shield  the  inviolable  sanctity  of  His  witnesses  (1  Chron. 
16:  22;  Zech.  2:  8).  and  of  which  they  themselves  had  just 
been,  and  are  now  again  (οντω),  represented  as  the  instruments. 

1  See  2  Pet.  3 :  4,  N.  g.  E.  V.,  ch.  9 :  17 ;  18 :  21 ;  &c.  ;-ΤΓ., 
R.  (so)  ;-Latin  verss.  (sic  or  ila),  Syr.,  Germ,  (also),  Dt.  (alzoo), 
French  verss.  (ainsi)  ;-Beng.,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  {as  Germ.), 
Dodd.,  Lord,  (as  R.),  Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Woodh.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Treg.,  Slurd.  The  adverb  is  kept  in  its  place  by  ΛΥ.,  Τ.,  C, 
G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Alhv.,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  The  Greek  order  is  preserved  by  "W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin 
verss.,  Syr.  ;-Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Allvv.,  All.,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Murd.,  Ebr. 

■  See  ch.  7 :  1,  N.  a,  &c.  All  the  recent  editors  read  μη  iito; 
βρ^Χν  C  ^•  ^•  C.  α  20.  β  6.  Compl.').  Dt.  (geen  regen  regene)  ;- 
Berl.  Bib.  (kein  Regen  regne),  Beng.  {es  ketneii  R.  gebe),  Dodd. 
(no  rain  shall  be  showered  down),  Wakef.  (tio  r.  shall  conie 


down),  Stolz  (k.  R.Jalll),  De  W.  (k.  R.falU).  In  addition  to 
these,  the  following  translate  ifroj  βίίίχ^  by  a  noun  and  per- 
sonal verb:  Syr.  (^=pluviapluai)  ;-Castal.  (pluai  imber),  Cocc. 
(pluat  pluvia),  Vitr.  (riget  terrain  pluvia  ;-aud,  bating  the 
supplement,  this  is  closest  to  the  Greek),  Woodh.  (rain  may 
not  fall),  Penn  (r.  fall  not),  Sharpe  (the  r.  rain  ?ioi).  Stu., 
Murd.,  (tlie  r.  shall  not  fall),  Ebr.  (nicht  R.  sich  ergiesse). 
E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 

t  For  Iv  ήμίραΐζ  all  the  recent  editors  substitute  iaj  ημί^ας 
('  A.  B.  C.  α  25.  j3  5.  y  2.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
ing be  adopted,  and  translated:  during  the  days. So  for 

aitHiv  trjs  Λροψ.  all,  except  Bloomf.,  read  τί-ί  rtpo^.  ^ituv 
(A.B.C.  al5.  βό.  Compl.'). 

>■  E.  v.,  1  Cor.  14 :  6,  22 ;  1  Thess.  5 :  20  ;-Dt.  (profetering) ; 
Castal.,  Cocc,  (vaticinationis),  Wesl.,  Wakef.  (teaching).  Thorn., 
Scott,    Greenf    (iixi:?,   the  word   in  Ezra  6:   14,   and   there 
rendered  by  the  Sept.,  Λροφ>;ί fi'a,  and  by  E.  V.,  prophesying)  ;- 
Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-SyT.,  Dt.,  French  verss.  ;-Brightra.,  Dodd.,  Herd., 
Wakef,  Newo.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Treg., 
De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

"  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Hamm.,  Daub,  and  later 
English  verss.  (except  Lord).     See  ch.  14 :  18,  N.  a. 

"  A  singular  form  is  employed  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss., 
except  Moldenh.  and  Gerl.  ;-uodd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  AYoodh., 

Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. Before  naay) 

all  the  recent  editors  insert  h  ('  A.  C.  α  21.  β  G.  y  2.  Compl.  Er.'). 


edition  has  a  comma  after  candlesticks  as  well  as  after  trees. — 
The  definite  participial  construction  is  here  (as  generally  else- 
where in  E.  V.)  replaced  by  the  relative,  in  R.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  French 


verss.  ;-Cocc.,  Daub.,  Btng.,  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Wakc-f,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Allw.,  All.,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 


144 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

beast  that  ascendeth  out  of  the 
bottomless  pit  shall  make  war 
against  them,  and  shall  overcome 
them,  and  kill  them. 

8  And  their  dead  bodies  shall 
lie  iu  the  street  of  the  great  city, 
which  spiritually  is  called  Sodom 
and  Egypt,  where  also  our  Lord 
was  crucified. 

9  And  they  of  the  people,  and 
kindi-eds,  and  tongues,  and  na- 
tions, shall  see  their  dead  bodies 
three  days  and  an  half,  and  shall 


GREEK    TEXT. 

βαίνον  (Κ  τήί  αβύσσου  ττοιησίΐ 
πόλβμον  μβτ  αυτών,  καΐ  νικησίΐ 
αύτουί,  καΊ  airoKTevel  αυτούς. 

8  και  τα  πτώματα  αυτών  eVt 
TYjS  ττλατβίαί  ττολεω?  τηί  μεγάλης, 
■ητΐ9  καλβΐται  -πνευματικών  Σό- 
δομα κα\  Αίγυπτος,  Όπου  και  6 
Κύρια  ημών  βσταυρώθη. 

9  και  βλβψουσιν  Ικ  των  λαών 
καΐ  φυλών  καΐ  γλωσσών  και 
ίθνών  τα  πτώματα  αυτών  ήμίρας 
Tpeii  καΐ  ήμισυ,  καΐ  τα  πτώματα 


REVISED    VERSION. 

''beast  that  ascendeth  out  of  the 
"abyss  shall  make  war  "with 
them,  and  sliall  overcome  them, 
and  'shall  kill  them. 

8  And  their  'remains  shall  ^be 
'on  the  'broad  place  of  'the  great 
city,  which  is  ^called  spiritually 
Sodom  and  Egj^t,  where  also 
"■our  Lord  was  crucified. 


9  And  'men  of  the  'peoples 
and  ktribes  and  tongues  and  na- 
tions 'shall  see  their  "'remains 
three  days  and  "a  half,  and  "shall 


»  Here,  and  throughout  the  remainder  of  the  book,  θηρίον 
answers  to  the  niipi  of  Dan.  7.  (Sept.  θηί>ίον).  As  neither  term 
always  bears  the  specific  sense  which  the  former  retains  in 
ch.  6 :  8,  so,  in  the  case  of  the  apocalyptic  θηρία,  the  name  seems 
to  intima'.e  their  general  bestial  appearance,  ratlier  than  their 
ferocity.     Comp.  Tit.  1:12;  and  Heb.  12 :  20  with  Ex.  19 :  13. 

'  See  ch.  9 :  1,  N.  e. 

'  Seech.  2:  16:N.  q. 

I-  W.;-Germ.,  Dt.;-Beng.,  Ell.,  Lord  and  Murd.  (will), 
Ilengst.     Many    express   the   auxiliary  only  in   the  case  of 

'  In  the  N.  T.  Λΐϊόμα  occurs  only  in  this  context,  jMatt. 
24:  28  (E.  Y.  carcase),  and  Mark  6:  29  (E.  V.  corpse).  Its 
radical  meaning,  that  which  is  fallen,  ruin,  wreck,  explains  the 
reading  to  ατΰμα  (A.  B.  0.  α  19  [21,  at  v.  9].  β  5.  Copt.  [Slav., 
here]),  which  has  been  adopted  here,  and  in  the  first  instance 
of  V.  9,  by  all  recent  editors.  This  reading  Lord  and  'Words, 
render,  ώ•αά  Imdy,  which,  however,  the  English  idiom  does  not 
allow ;  whereas  the  term  proposed  above,  while  it  comes  nearer 
the  etymological  idea,  suits  equally  well  the  singular  and  the 
plural  forms.     It  is  employed  by  'Woodh. 

^  Fr.  S.  ;-Grot.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  'Wesl.  ('perhaps  hanging 
on  a  cros.s'),  Woodh.,  Thorn..  Stu.,  Ebr.  {ist).  E.  'V.  and  many 
others  follow  the  Vulg.,  jacebunl. 

'  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L. 

f  Always,  except  in  this  book,  ΛΧα-tsla  is  in  the  N.  T.  found 
in  the  plural,  and  means  streets.  But  here  where  the  singular 
is  used  (not,  as  Vulg.  &c.,  in  plateis),  with  the  definite  article, 
and  that  in  connection  with  a  great  city,  it  is  equivalent  to  the 
31Π1  (Greenf's  word  here,  and  for  which  ΛλαίίΓα  often  stands 
in  the  Sept.)  of  Neb.  8  :  1 ;  Job  29  :  7  ;  Is.  59  :  14  ;  etc.,  the/oram 
or  open  place  of  public  resort. — Syr.  (=  De  D.  vicum  lalum, 
except  that  vicum  is  supplied.  The  Syr.  term  is  a  form  of  that 
used  in  Matth.  7 :  13  for  wide.),  Dt.  marg.  (ruimte  ;-and  see 
the  note).  It.  (piazza),  Fr.  S.  (grandc  p/ace)  ;-Castal.,  Cocc, 
(foro).  Daub,  (great  place),  B.  and  L.  (place),  Beng.  (Plaiz), 
Woodh.,  Alhv.,  Sharpe  (open  square).  Ell.,  Lord  (at  ch.  21 :  21 ; 
22:  2),  Words,  (broad-way).     The  lexicons  commonly  define 


the  word  by  via  latior,  to  which  Schleus.  adds  latum  spatium. 

Rob.  '  a  broad  way,  wide  street  in  a  city.' Before  «όλεω?, 

Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Words..  Tisch.,  insert 
τηζ  (Ά.  C.  tt  19.  β  G.  Compl.'). 

^  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  (except 
Vitr.)  and  French  verss.,  Syr.,  Germ.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Greenf.,  Treg.,  Hengst.,  Keni-. 

''  For  ■ημΰν,  ail  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.)  sulistitute 
αντΰν,  Ά.  Β.  C.  a  24.  β  6.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm. 
Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.' — -evidence  much  larger  than  what  Bloomf. 
very  often,  and  twice  already  in  this  verse,  deems  sufficient. 
I  recommend  that  the  change  be  adopted :  their.  In  death,  as 
in  life,  the  witnesses  ai'e  conformed  to  their  Lord.  Matt.  10 :  25. 
Comp.  V.  12,  N.  f. 

'  The  E.  Y.  they  may  have  come  from  the  Erasmian  οΐ  before 
ix  tuiv  ίθνΰν. — W.  (some)  ;-A'u!g.  and  Syr.  (supply  nothing), 
Germ,  (etliche),  Dt.  (de  menschen),  It.  (gli  iiomini),  Fr.  S. 
(il  y  en  aura  .  .  .  qui)  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Vitr.,  homi- 
nes), Engl.  Ann.  ('  Or,  some  ...  for  all  could  not  come  to  see 
them ;  see  ch.  5 :  9  and  7 :  9.'  This  supplement  of  ΐινίς  is 
adopted  also  by  Grot.,  Cocc,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef., 
Thorn.,  All.;  Sharpe,  Bloomf,  Treg.,  Murd.  marg.),  Dodd.  (per- 
sons), Herd.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  (viele),  Greenf,  Lord,  Keur.,  Ebr., 
(as  Vulg.). 

1  See  ch.  7 :  9,  N.  d. 

k  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  k. 

1  All  the  recent  editors  read  βλίΛονσιν  (A.  Β.  C.  'a  26.  β  6. 
Compl.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that 
the  word,  shall,  be  omitted. 

°  See  V.  8,  N.  c. 

»  See  2  Pet.  2 :  14,  N.  f. 

"  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  read  a^iovst  (Tisch.  άφιοναιν)  on 
the  authority  of  A.  C.  and  3  cursive  MSS.  But  the  change  of 
tense  might  imply  that,  as  the  refusal  of  the  rites  of  burial  was 
intended  to  put  yet  more  dishonour  on  the  Lord's  'slaughtered 
saints,'  so  it  sprang  also  from  the  satisfaction  felt  bj'  their 
enemies  in  gazing  on  their  remains. 


REVELATION. 


14-5 


KING    JAMES     VERSION". 

not  suffer  their  dead  bodies  to 
be  put  in  graves. 

10  And  they  that  dvrell  upon 
the  earth  shall  rejoice  over  them, 
and  make  merry,  and  shall  send 
gifts  one  to  another ;  because 
these  two  prophets  tormented 
them  that  dwelt  on  the  earth, 

11  And  after  three  days  and 
an  half  the  Spirit  of  life  ft-om 
God  entered  into  them,  and  they 
stood  upon  their  feet ;  and  great 
fear  fell  upon  them  which  saw 
them. 


12    And  they  heard   a   great 
voice  from  heaven,  saying  unto 


GREEK    TEXT. 

αντων  ουκ  άφησουσι  τβθηναι  els 
μνήματα. 

]  Ο  κα\  οί  κατοικοΰντΕί  βττΐ  της 
γης•  γαροΰσιν  βττ  αντοΪ9,  καΙ  βυ- 
φρανθησονταΓ  και  δώρα  7Γ€μψου• 
σίν  άλΧηλοίί,  ότί  otroi  οί  δυο 
ττροψηται  ϊβασανίσαν  τουί  κατοι- 
κούνται fVi  της  γης- 

1 1  ΙναΙ  μβτα  τας  Tpeli  ημέρας 
καΐ  ήμισυ,  ττνίΰμα  ζωηί  βκ  του 
θΐοΰ  βίσηλθβν  eV  αϋτονς;  καΐ 
βστησαν  eVt  tovs  ττοδας  αυτών, 
και  φόβος  μβγας  kireaiv  ίττι  τους 
θβωροΰντας  αυτούς. 

12  καΐ  ηκουσαν  φωνην  μβγα- 
Χην    e'/c    του    ουρανού,   λυγούσαν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

not  suffer  their  premains  to  be 
put  "iiuto  'sepulchres. 

10  And  they  that  dwell  •οη 
the  earth  'shall  rejoice  over 
them,  and  "shall  make  merry, 
and  shall  send  gifts  'to  one  an- 
other; because  these  two  pro- 
phets tormented  "those  that 
dwelt  on  the  earth. 

11  And  after  'the  three  days 
and  J'a  half  the  ^spirit  of  life 
from  God  entered  ^nto  them, 
and  they  stood  upon  their  feet ; 
and  great  fear  ''fell  upon  Hhose 
who  'beheld  them. 


12    And  tliey  heard   a  ■'loud 
voice  from  heaven,  saying  unto 


ρ  Here,  again,  the  change  of  number  suggests  the  decent 
respect  to  be  paid  in  bui  ial  to  the  individual  bodies,  which,  in 
that  relation,  are  no  longer  thought  of  as  a  promiscuous  Λίΰ/ία. 

1  Daub.,  Newc.  Alhv.,  Sharpe,  Treg. 

"■  For  μντιμ.ο.τα.  all  the  recent  editors  substitute  μχτ,μα.  ('  A.  B. 
α  2G.  3  5.  Conipl.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav,  μνημιΐον  C.  30.' 
Words,  cites  the  uncials  thus:  'μνήμα  Β.  in  A.  lacuna  est  intir 
ΐίβψαί  et  xoiocto  fere  literarum.  μνήμιον  C).  I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated  :  a  se/rdlchre.  E.  Y. 
u.>;es  grave  for  μνήμα  only  this  once  out  of  7  times,  and  for 
μνημιιον  8  times  out  of  42  ;  in  the  other  instances,  tmitb  or 
sepulchre  ;- 11.  (monuments)  ;-Himm.  (tombs,  monuments). 
Daub,  (the  sepulchre),  Wakef.  (tombs),  Newc,  Penn,  Sharpe. 
(a  tomb),  Wood!).,  Stu.,  Lord.  Tieg.,  Words,  (a  monument). 

•  See  ch.  5 :  7,  N.  a,  ic. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  give  χαίξιοναίν  ("  A.  β.  C.  α  25.  β  7. 
Compl.')  I  recommend  that,  in  acconlance  with  this  reading, 
the  word,  shall,  be  omitted. 

"  See  V.  7.  N.  b. Lachm.,  Hahn,  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Words., 

Tisch.,  read  ti^faivovtai  (' A.  C.  1 2. 28.  36.  iv^favoivtai,  14.  Er.'). 
But  comp.  Phil.  1 :  18.  Here  as  in  v.  9,  the  change  of  tense 
intimates  that  the  second  thing  mentioned  is  the  result  of  the 
one  preceding.  The  making  merry  and  sending  gifts  to  one 
another  are  the  ways,  in  which  they  shall  proceed  to  manifest 
their  joy. 

'  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Stu.,  (each  other),  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Thorn., 
Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

"  See  ch.  2 :  2,  X.  h,  &c. 

'  Syr.  (=  De  D.  hos),  Dt.,  Fr.  G.  and  -M.  (ces),  Fr.  S.;- 
Engl.   Ann.  ('Or,  those'),  Coco,  (illos),  Wells,  Beng.,  Wesl., 


Herd.,  ΛΛ'akef.  and  Murd.  (these),  Newc.  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Mey., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Sharpe,  Eli.,  Tieg.,  Stier,  De  W.,  Hengst., 
Kenr.,  Ebr. 

J  See  2  Pet.  2:  14,  N.  f. 

'  See  Jude  19,  N.  1.  That  rtvti\ua  ζωής  is  here  =  f^n  nil, 
Ger.  6:  17  ;  7  :  15  ;  (so  Sept.  in  both  placts,  and  Grecnf.  here) 
&c.,  appears  from  the  ett'ect  that  followed.  That  it  does  not 
designate  the  Holy  Spirit,  is  the  view  of  the  Latin  verss.  (at 
least  Vitr.  alone  gives  Spicitiis,  with  a  capital  S.  Castal.  vitali 
spirilu),  Syr.  (=  Greenf.).  Dt.  (een  geest),  Fr.  S.  (mi  esprit)  ;- 
Engl.  Ann.,  Beng.  (ein  Lebensodem),  Moldenh.  (der  Athem), 
Herd.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  (Lebensgeist),  Wakef.,  Treg.,  (the  breath), 
Woodh.  (a  sp.).  Thorn,  (a  breath),  Heinr.,  Crol.,  A'hr.,  Penn, 
Gerl.  and  Ebr.  (ein  G.),  Ell.,  Stu.,  Kell.,  Murd.,  Barn.,  the 
Amer.  Bible  Soc.  ;-the  lexicons. 

*  The  reading  in  airouj  is  rejected  by  all  the  recent  editors, 
of  whom  Beng.,  Treg.,  give  aitoli  (C.  and  4  cursive  MSS.) ; 
Matth.,  fi'i  ανϊούί  ('  Β.  α  17.  β  4.')  ;  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch., 
Lachm.,  Hahn,  Bloomf.,  Word.^.,  Tisch..  Tbeile,  iv  avroif  (A.  and 
2  cursive  MSS.). 

■*  For  ΪΛίΠΐν,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth.,  Griesb., 
Knapp,    Mey.,   Sch.)   read    ('perhaps   rightly,'  saj-s  Bloomf) 

ϊηίΛίαίν  (•  A.  C.  α  12.  [&  13.]  Compl.'). Fur  those  who,  see 

ch.  2:  2,  N.  h,  &c  and  2  Pet.  2,  11,  N.  f. 

'  E.  v.,  V.  12 ;  &o.  ;-Dt.  (aanschouwden)  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez., 
Par.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (use  spectare;-!or  the  Vulg.  videre),  Berl. 
Bib.  (anschauelen),  Beng.  (at  v.  12,  schaueten),  Dodd.  (looked 
upon),  Wakef.  (tlie  beholders),  Woodh.,  Lord,  (those  beholding), 
Thom.,  Allw.,  Ell.,  Stu.;-the  lexicons. 


«i  See  ch.  1 :  10,  N.  x. 


19 


145 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

them,  Come  up  hither.  And 
they  ascended  up  to  heaven  in  a 
cloud  ;  and  their  enemies  beheld 
them. 

13  And  the  same  hour  was 
there  a  great  earthquake,  and 
the  tenth  part  of  the  city  fell, 
and  in  the  earthquake  were  slain 
of  men  seven  thousand  :  and  the 
remnant  were  affrighted,  and 
gave,  glory  to  the  God  of  heaven. 


14   The   second  wo   is  past ; 


GREEK    TEXT. 

αντοΐί,  Αΐ'αβητ€  ώδΐ.  Και  avi- 
βησαν  ei?  rou  οϋρανον  iv  rfj  vt- 
φ^λ-ΐ],  και  ίθίωρησαν  avTovs  ol 
εχθροί  αυτών. 

ό  Js^aL  €v  iKiLvr]  τη  ωρα  eye- 
veTO  σ€ΐσμοί  μίγαί,  καΐ  το  δίκα- 
τον  τηί  ΤΓολβωί  ίττεσβ,  καΐ  αττε- 
κτανθησαν  Ιν  τω  σίίσμω  ονόματα 
ανθρώπων  χιλιάδες  ίτττα'  και  οί 
λοιττοΊ  (μφοβοι  iyevovTO,  και  ΐ'δω- 
καν  δο^αν  τω  θίψ  του  ουρανού. 
14    Η  ουαι  η  δβυτβρα  άττηλ- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

them :  'Come  up  hither.  And 
they  «went  up  to  heaven  in  'the 
cloud  ;  and  their  enemies  beheld 
them. 

13  And  ^in  that  hour  was 
there  a  great  earthquake,  and 
the  tenth  part  of  the  city  fell, 
and  ''there  were  'killed  in  the 
earthquake  Jnames  of  men  seven 
thousand  :  and  the  M-est  'became 
'"afraid,  and  gave  glory  to  the 
God  of  heaven. 

14  The  second  "woe  is  past ;  ■ 


•  The  verb  is  the  same  in  both  cases ;  but  our  idiom  scarcely 
allows.  Ascend  hilhtr  [here].  And  (hey  ascended  (Woodh., 
Lord).  Still  it  is  desirable  to  retain  something  of  the  resonance 
of  the  original,  the  ascent  itself  being  the  exact  and  instanta- 
neous response,  as  it  were  the  echo  of  the  voice. — R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  use  the  ,vame  word,  except  Dt.  (koml  herwaaris  op.    En 

zij   voeren  o;;)  ;-\Vesl.,  ^Vakef.,  Newc,   Pcnn,   Kenr, For 

άνάβτ,η.  Lachni.,  Tiloomf.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  iva^att 
(Ά.  C.  20.  30.  42.'). 

'  As  before  (v.  8,  N.  h)  in  their  life  and  death,  so  now  in  their 
glorification,  the  witnesses  are  as  their  Lord,  Acts  1 :  9.  For 
them  lie  sends  His  own  chariot.  Or,  if  the  reference,  which 
Midd.  required,  must  be  found  in  this  book,  it  will  be  ch.  10:  1. 
— Dt,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Daub.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Herd..  Wakef,  Woodh., 
Thom..  Mey.,  Allvv.,  Greenf,  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words., 
Ilengst.,  Ebr. 

'  For  </ιαί,  see  W.,  R.;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr., 
It.,  Fr.  S.;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakcf.  {thai  very).  Newc, 
Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  Most  of 
these  also  express  the  ev. 

''  The  verb  is  kept  in  its  place  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss..  Germ., 
Fr.  G.,-S.  ;-Beng.,  Wesl.,  AVoodh.,  Alhv.,  Greenf.,  Stu.,  De  W., 
Hengst.,  Ebr. 

'  Seech.  2:  13,  N.  c,  &c. 

1  AVhcther  names  of  men  be  here  equivalent  to  heads  of  men, 
persons  of  men,  men  (Casta!.,  Bez.,  Drus.,  Daub.,  Wolf.,  Beng., 
De  W.,  Ebr.,  &c.  ;-Schultg.,  Schleus.,  Bretsch.,  Rob.) ;  or  to  7nen 
of  name  (Grell.,  Wells,  Vitr.  [who  also  cites  jNIede  and  Laun.]. 
Newt.,  AUw.,  Lord,  &.c.)  ;  or  to  iilles,  orders,  nf  men  (Goodwin, 
More,  &c  ) ;  or  whclher  '  it  is  a  very  significant  manner  of  speak- 
ing, teaching  us  that  God  doth  not  strike  men  after  the  manner 
of  those  that  play  with  swords  wiidiing,  but  that  He  doth  set 
them  down  certainly  and  by  name,  λνΐιοηι  He  will  have  beaten 
with  His  rods'  (  Brightm. — and  there  is  probably  an  emphasis  ι 
analogous  to  this  in  ch.  3  :  4,  where  the  pure  in  Sardis  arc  re- 
ferred to  as  owj/iaro,  even  their  names  being  well-known  and 
very  dear  to  the  Saviour.  Ex.  28  :  9,  21 ;  Ps.  147  :  4  ;  Is.  40 :  20  ; 
Joha  10 :  3.) ;  or  whether  there  bo  in  it,  as  connected  with  i 


χΛιαδίί  tn-ca,  .some  other,  and  more  recondite,  meaning  (see 
Cocc.  and  Ell.);  arc  questions  for  the  expositor,  rather  llian 
the  translator.  The  latttr  must  con.sidcr  him.self  only  the  more 
bound,  by  reason  of  this  very  divirsity.  to  exhibit  the  pncise 
peculiarity  of  a  phraseology  and  constiuction,  which  are  not 
more  unusual  in  English  than  in  Greek. — The  word  όιό/ιοτΌ  is 
literally  rendered,  and  that  either  as  the  nominative  to  the  verb, 
or  in  apposition  with  χιτ..  as  the  nominative,  by  E.  Λ'.  nuirg.;- 
W.,  T.,  U.,  G.,  R.;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dl.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm., 
Pagn.,  Vat.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  More,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Beng..  Newc. 
marg.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Greenf.,  Van  Ess,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Ell.,  Treg.,  Kell.,  Hengst.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

■<  R.  ;-Brightm,.  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Penn,  Sliarpe,  Slu.,  Lord,  Treg..  Kenr. 

1  Dt.;-Berl.  Bib.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Kist.,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W., 
Kenr.,  Ebr. 

"•  Neither  by  compo.sition,  nor  by  usage  (oomp.  Sir.  19 : 
24  [20]  with  Sept.  Deut.  9:  19:  and  Luke  24 :  5 ;  Acts  10:  4; 
22:  9;  24:  25  [not,  trembled,  but,  becoming  afraid]  with  Mark 
9:0;  Ileb.  12:  21),  is  ί'^φοβοί  quite  as  strong  a  word  as  ί'χφο;3οί, 
nor  is  it  (as  commonly  explained)  a  panic  frenzy  that  is  hero 
described,  but  a  religious  awe  and  salutary  dread,  leading  to 
repentance.  E.  V.,  therefore,  errs,  not  only  in  changing  the 
Greek  construction  to  a  pas.sive  verb,  but  in  making  more  in- 
tense the  rcndering.s  of  the  older  verss. — W.  (were  sent  into 
dread),  T.,  C,  G.,  (were  feared),  R.  (joere  cast  into  a  fear)  \- 
Vulg.  (i«  limorem  sunt  missi),  Syr.  (=  De  I),  timidi  facti 
sunt),  Fr.  S.  (furenl  saisis  de  crainte  •,—ΐοτ  fiirent  cpoucantes 
of  Fr.  G.  and  M.,  and  effrayi  of  B.  and  L.)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  De  W., 
Ebr.,  (roW  Furchl;-(oT  Luth.'.s  icurden  .  .  .  erschraken),  Beng. 
{knmen  in  Furcltt).  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Stu.,  (tn-rifed), 
Herd.,  Jlcy.,  {furchteten  sich),  Woodh.,  Greenf.  (ίΧ'π•'),  Kist. 
(hange),  Lord  (fearful),  Murd.,  Kenr. 

"  For  woe,  see  Jude  11,  N.  a. E.  V.  and  the  older  verss. 

follow  the  Vulg.  in  supplying  the  conjunction,  which  is  omitted 
by  Syr..  Protestant  German  verss..  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc, 
Wells,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Wesl..  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh..  AUw. 
and  the  later  English  verss.,  Greenf. 


REVELATION. 


147 


KIXG    JAMES     VERSION. 

and  behold,  the  third  wo  cometh 
quickly. 

15  And  the  seventh  angel 
sounded ;  and  there  were  great 
voices  in  heaven,  saying.  The 
kingdoms  of  this  world  are  be- 
come the  Vingdoms  of  our  Lord, 
and  of  his  Christ ;  and  he  shall 
reign  for  ever  and  ever. 


16  And  the  four  and  twenty 
elders,  which  sat  before  God  on 
their  seats,  fell  upon  their  faces, 
and  worshipped  God, 


17  Saying,  We  give  thee 
thanks,  0  Lord  God  Almighty, 
which  art,  and  wast,  and  art  to 
come ;  because  thou  hast  taken 
to  thee  thy  great  power,  and 
hast  reigned. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Oev  iSou  η  ovai  ή  τρίτη  €ρχ^εται 
ταχ^υ. 

15  ΚΑΙ  6  €βδομοί  αγγ€λθί 
Ισάλτησΐ,  και  eyevovTO  φωναί 
μζγαλαί  iv  τω  ονρανω,  λίγουσαι, 
' EyevovTO  αϊ  βασιλααι  τον  κό- 
σμου, του  Κυρίου  ημών,  και  του 
Χρίστου  αύτοΰ,  κα\  βασίλευσα 
€£?  τους  αιωναζ  των  αιώνων. 

1G  Ken  οι  βίκοσι  και  τεσσα- 
ρ€ζ  7Γρ€σβυτ€ροι  οι  βνωτΓίον  του 
θξοΰ  καθημβνοι  eVi  τουί  θρόνους 
αυτών,  ΐττεσαν  eVt  τα  ττροσωττα 
αυτών,     καΐ     προσΐκυνησαν     τω 

17  λβγοντ€9,  Έύχαρ'.στονμ€ν 
σοι,  Κύριε  ό  θεός  Ό  παντοκρά- 
τωρ, ό  ών  καΐ  ό  ην  καΐ  ό  ερχόμε- 
νος, ότι  ε'ίληφαί  την  δυναμίν  σον 
την  μεγαλην,  κα\  εβασιλευσας. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

behold,  the  third  -woe  cometh 

quickly. 

15  And  the  seventh  angel 
sounded ;  and  there  were  "loud 
voices  in  heaven,  -saying :  pThe 
kingdoms  of  ''the  world  i-are  be- 
come ■•  our  Lord's  and  his  Christ's, 
and  he  shall  reign  'unto  the  ages 
of  the  ages. 

16  And  the  'four  and  twenty 
elders,  "who  'sit  before  God 
"upon  their  'thrones,  fell  upon 
their  faces,  and  worshijiped  God, 


17  Saying :  We  give  thee 
thanks,  0  Lord  God  rthe  Al- 
mighty, 'who  art,  and  'who  wast, 
"and  'who  'comest ;  because  thou 
hast  taken  '•  thy  great  power, 
and  '  reiarned. 


°  See  ch.  1 :  10,  N.  x. For  τ^ίγονααι,  all  the  recent  editors 

(except  Malth.)  read  %έγορΐις  (■  A.  B.  α  12.  /3  2.'). 

Ρ  For  ίγE'>Ό^'τo  αϊ  βααιΧηαί.  all  the  recent  editors  read  iyin^to 
η  βοίιλΕ ι'α  (■  Α.  Β.  C.  α  27.  β  6.  Compl.  Terss.').  I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  the  kingdom  .  .  . 
is  become. 

<>  See  1  John  3:  17.  X.  u.  E.  Y.  and  the  older  verss.  follow 
the  Vulg.  hiijiis,  which  is  unsuitable  for  voices  in  heaven,  and 
is  not  imitated  by  Syr.,  Protestant  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr. 
G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  Brightm., 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh..  Thorn.,  AUw.,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

■•  The  noun  is  not  repeated  by  any  of  the  older  English 
verss.  ;-an}'  foreign  version  (except  B.  and  L.,  Fr.  S.)  :-Brightm.. 
Hamm.  and  Daub,  (adopt  the  form  above  from  the  older  verss.), 
Woodh.  {^Anointed' s),  Lord  {MessialCs),  Kcnr. 

•  See  ch.  1 :  C,  N.  g,  <S:c. 

'  The  και  before  ΐίαΰ.  is  omitted  by  all  the  recent  editors, 
except  Matth..  ou  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  'a  10.  β  5.  Compl. 
Er.'  I  recommend  that  this  re.iding  be  followed:  ticenty-fuur. 
See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  e,  &c. 

"  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  Comp.  ch.  8:  2,  N.  d.  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Cocc),  Syr.,  Dt.,  French  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Berl.  Bib.  and  later 
German  verss.,  Treg.,  '\7ords.,  JIurd.,  Kenr. For  χαθτ^μινοι, 


JIatth.  and  Treg.  read  xa9r,titai  (B.  C.  and  more  than  20  cursive 
MSS.     Arm.). 

"  E.  Λ''.,  next  clause.     See  ch.  C:  16.  N.  b,  Ac. 

»  See  ch.  4 :  4.  Ν  .η,  &c. 

r  Seech.  4:  8,  N.  k. 

'  For  who,  see  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f ; — for  the  repetition  of  the 
relative,  see  ch.  4 :  8,  N.  1 ; — for  earnest,  see  ch.  1 :  4,  N.  o,  Ac. 
.  '  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words  xai  i  ipxo^tnos.  on 
the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  (except  that  C.  has  xai)  '  α  23.  β  5. 
Compl.  Vulg.  MSS.  Am.  Harl.  Tol.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  ed.  Yen. 
Ar.  P.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that 
the  words,  and  who  comest,  be  omitted.  '  Nequaquara  sub- 
jungunt,  ut  solebant.  et  qui  venturus  es;  praesentera  jam  de- 
monstrant'  (Ansbert;  cited,  with  others,  by  Beng.).  Comp. 
ch.  IC  :  5,  N.  z. 

^  Our  idiom  does  not  require  either  the  E.  Y.  addition  of  to 
thee,  or  the  equivalent  for  it,  which  many  provide  in  rendering 
£Ϊ'λί;φα5,  accepisli  (Vulg..  &c.),  adepius  (Castal.,  &c.),  received 
(T.,  lie),  assumed  (Thom.,  &c.),  resumed  (Stu.).  The  word 
simply  declares,  that  the  Lord  God  had  now  laid  hold  of  the 
rod  of  His  strength,  which  lie  has  ever  by  Him.  Comp.  Dent. 
32:  41.  (Milton,  Animadversions  upon  the  Remonstrant''s  De- 
fense against  Smectymnuus,  Sect.  iv. :  '  Take  up  that  unlimited 
sceptre,  which  thy  Almighty  Father  hath  bcquealhed  thee.') — 
\V.  ;-Tt.  {prcsa  in  mano).  Fr.  G.  {pris).  Fr.  S.  {pris  en  main)  ;- 
B.  and  L.  marg.  (as  Fr.  G.).  Beng..  Moldenh.,  Herd..  Stolz, 
Kist.,  Van  Ess,  Mey.,  ( erg-n^en  ;-for  Luth.'s  ans'nommen), 


14S 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

IS  Aiui  the  nations  were  an- 
gry, and  thy  wratli  is  come,  and 
the  time  of'  the  dead,  that  they 
should  be  judged,  and  that  thou 
shonklest  give  reward  xiuto  thy 
servants  the  prophets,  and  to 
the  saints,  and  them  that  fear 
tliy  name,  small  and  great;  and 
shouldest  destroy  them  ΛνΙπιΊι 
destroy  the  eartli. 

19  And  the  temple  of  God 
was  opened  in  heaven,  and  tliere 
was  seen  in  his  temple  the  ark 
of  his  testament ;  and  there  were 
lightnings,  and  voices,  and  tluni- 
derings,  and  an  eartlupuike,  and 
great  hail. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

IS  Koi  τα  ί'θυη  ώργατθησαν, 
και  ηλθβν  ή  οργή  σον,  και  6  και- 
ροί των  νίκρών,  κριθηναι,  κα\ 
BovvaL  τον  μίσθον  τοις  SovXois 
σου  TOLS  7Γ/5θ0?;ταί$•,  κα\  tols 
άγίθί9  και  τοϊς  ψοβουμ€νοΐί  το 
όνομα  σον,  τυΐς  μικροϊς  καΐ  τοΐξ 
μίγάλοί},  καΐ  διαψθ€Ϊραι  Tovs 
δίαφθΐίρονταί  την  γην. 

19  ΚΑΙ  ηνοίγη  ο  ναός  τον 
θβοΰ  (U  τω  ονρανω,  καΐ  ωφθη  η 
κιβωτοί  της  διαθ7]κη9  αντοΰ  iv 
τω  ναώ  αντοΰ•  και  βγενοντο 
άστραπαΐ  κα\  φωναί  καΐ  βρόντοι 
και  σίΐσμος  και  μάλαζα  μβγαλη. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

18  And  the  nations  were 
''wroth,  and  thy  wrath  'came, 
and  the  time  of  the  dead  that 
they  should  be  judged,  and  'to 
give  '^the  reward  unto  thy  serv- 
ants, ■■  the  prophets  '•  and  ■■  the 
saints,  and  ''unto  'those  'who 
fear  thy  name,  Jtbe  small  and 
J'the  great,  and  'to  destroy  'those 
'who  destroy  the  earth. 

19  And  the  temple  of  God 
vi^as  opened  in  heaven,  and  there 
was  seen  "  the  ark  of  'his  'cov- 
enant in  ''his  temple  :  and  there 
were  lightnings,  and  voices,  and 
'"thunders,  and  an  earthquake, 
and  great  hail. 


''  The  verb,  indeed,  is  strictly  passive  =  were  angered  (not 
softened  and  subdued.  Thom.,  Stu.,  xrere  enraged;  Treg.,  have 
been  angered;  &c.;  see  oh.  12:  17,  N.  p.)  by  tlie  tokens,  ever 
inultiplyinji  ami  growing  ever  darker,  of  tlie  divine  iiitirvention 
and  control  and  judgment  to  come.  But,  wralh  being  Ihe  word 
for  ifyr•  in  tlie  next  clause,  the  passive  form  has  been  yielded 
for  the  sake  of  preserving  the  marked  opposition  between  the 
■wrath  of  the  nations  and  the  wrath  of  God. — W.  ;-Latin  and 
German  verss.  (except  Herd,  and  De  W.),  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;- 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc.  and  Murd.  {angry  .  .  .  anger),  AYoodh., 
AUw.,  Penn,  {wrat/iful),  Ell.,  Greenf. 

*  'No  more  heralds  and  precursors.'  Comp.  Jude  14,  N.  k. — 
The  aorist  form  is  retained  by  \Y.  ;-IIamm.,  Dodd.,  Thorn.. 
Kist.,  Van  Ess,  Stu.,  De  W. 

'  "W.,  R.;-Vu!g.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt..  Fr.  G.,-M.;-Beng..  Wesl., 
Herd.,  ^Voodh.,  All.,  Stu.  (in  the  la.st  instance).  Lord,  Treg.. 
De  W.,  llengst.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  Many  of  these  retain  the  inlini- 
tive  in  the  case  of  xpiS^i/at  also.  But  this  in  English  gives  rise 
to  an  ambiguity',  which  is  not  perfectly  remedied  by  (R,,  Treg,) 
a  comma  after  dead. 

•^  '  Their  reward,  pronii.sed  of  old,  and  in  the  hope  of  which 
they  toiled  and  suffered.' — Germ.,  Dl.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;- 
Daub.,  Beng.,  Lowm.,  Moldenh.  {ihren),  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 
Allw.,  All.,  Penn,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Words.  {Iheir),  llengst.^ 
Ebr. 

^  I  punctuate  according  to  the  view,  which  regards  τοϊς 
δονλοι;  and  ΐοίς  ι}>οβοιιμ(Ί<οι$  as  two  general  designations,  each 
comprising  the  two  clas.ses  appended  to  it. — The  sign  of  the 
dative   is   omitted   before   toli  ay.,  by  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Wesl., 


Stu.,  Murd. :  and  repeated  before  rot j  ί^οβ.,  by  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;- 
Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  AYesl,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 
AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Murd. 

'  For  those,  see  ch.  2:  2,  N.  h,  «ic. ; — for  who,  see  ch.  1:  5, 
N.  V,  &c.  and2Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

i  Germ,  (omitting  the  second  article  ;-and  so  Herd.,  All.. 
De  W.),  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef..  Woodh.j 
Mey.,  AUw.,  Greenf.,  Treg.,  Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  See 
ch.  13:  IG,  N.  b. 

I•  In  the  repetition,  ϊφ  να.ψ,  (which  Β.  and  L.  seem  to  have 
reckoned  an  inelegance,  as  they  at  once  exchange  it  ibr  y  ) 
there  is  an  emphasis,  which  both  the  position  and  the  oOroi 
strengthen.  'In  God's  innermost  sanctuary,  where  He  himself 
abides,  there  is  laid  up  the  ark  of  His  covenant.' — t^  ναό,  is  kept 
in  its  place  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M., 
-S.  ;-Beng.,  Dodd.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Mey., 
AUw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Murd., 
Kenr.,  Ebr. 

1  For  covenant,  see  G.  ;-Dt.,  It..  Fr.  G..-M.;-almost  all  the 
verss.  and  commentaries  belonging  to  this  division  of  the  au- 
thorities, together  with  the  lexicons.  Of  the  Englisli  ver.^s. 
Words,  alone  retains  testament ;  and  Hengst.,  while  he  adopts 

the  same  word  from  Luth.,  vindicates  the  sense  of  Bund. 

For  the  oiroi  after  διαβ.,  Matth.,  Griesb..  Sch.,  read  τοί  xvflmi, 
which,  or  simply  xvfimi,  is  sustained  by  B.  Ό  26.  (3  5.  Compl. 
Aelh.  perhaps.' 

'"  For  thnnders,  see  ch.  4:  5,  N.  t. The  words  xai  αιιαμός 

are  cancelled  by  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  •  B.  α  20.  β  4.  Compl. 
Arr.' 


Dodd.  (adding  to  thyself  as  a  supplement),  Wesl.,  Wakef.  (for 
taking),  Sharpe,  Treg.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  {genonimen). 

•  'Shown  Thyself  as  King,  begun  to  reign.'    Seech.  19:  6, 


N.  d;  and  comp.  Ps.  93:  1 ;  96:  10;  97:  1 ;  99:  1,  in  all  of 
which  places  the  Hob.  has  ηϊτί ;  and  the  Sept.,  (βαοίχιναί. — 
Stu.  and  Lord  do  not  repeat  the  hast. 


ΚΕΛΊΕΣΑΤΙΟΝ. 


149 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSIOX. 
CHAP.    ΧΠ. 

AxD  there  appeared  a  great 
■wonder  in  heaven ;  a  woman 
clothed  with  the  sun,  and  the 
moon  under  her  feet,  and  upon 
her  head  a  crown  of  tweh'e  stars : 

2  And  she,  being  with  child, 
cried,  travailing  in  birth,  and 
pained  to  be  delivered. 

3  And  there  appeared  another 
wonder  in  heaven;  and  behold, 
a  great  red  dragon,  having  seven 
heads  and  ten  horns,  and  seven 
crowns  upon  his  heads. 

4  And  his  tail  drew  the  third 
part  of  the  stars  of  heaven,  and 
did  cast  them  to  the  earth  :  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 
CHAP.    XII. 

Kcii  σημίΐον  μίγα  ώφθη  iv  τω 

ονρανω,  γννη  πΐριβίβλημβ^ΐ]  τον 

ηλιον,  και  ή  σίληιη]  ύττοκατο)  των 

ΤΓοδων  αύτης,  και  eVt  τη9  κεφαλής 

;  αντήί  στΐφανοί  αστέρων  δώδεκα• 

2  κοΛ  L•'  γαστρί  ί)(ουσα,  κρά- 
ζει  ώδίνονσα,  καΙ  βασανι^ομβνη 

Τ€Κ€Ϊν. 

3  Και  ωώθη  άλλο  σημβΊον  eV 
τω  ονρανω,  και  Ιδον  δράκων  μ€- 
yas  ττυρροζ,  βχων  κβφαλα?  βτττα 
και  κβρατα  δίκα•  καΐ  eVi  τα^  κε- 
φάλας αύτον  διαδήματα  Ιτττα• 

4  και  η  ουρά  αυτοΰ  συρβι  το 
τρίτον  των  αστέρων  τον  ουρανού, 
κσΧ  ίβαλβν  avTOVs   ds  την   γην. 


REVISED    VERSION. 
CHAP.    XII. 

AxD  *  a  gi"eat  -sign  'was  seen 
in  heaven ;  a  woman  clothed  with 
the  sun,  and  the  moon  under  her 
feet,  and  =on  her  head  a  crown 
of  twelve  stars ; 

2  And  ^  being  with  child  she 
'crieth,    'travailing,  and   pained 

,  to  ^brinsr  forth. 

I  ° 

3  And  there  'was  seen  an- 
other 'sign  in  heaven ;  and  be- 
hold a  great  red  dragon,  having 
seven  heads  and  ten  horns,  and  J 
upon  his  heads  seΛ"en  'diadems; 

!      4  And  his  tail  'di-ags  the  third 

'  part  of  the  stars  of  heaven,  and 

"it  °  cast  them  "unto  the  earth. 


'  The  Greek  order  is  kept  by  W..  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr..  Fr.  G.. 
-M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat..  Hamm..  Cocc.  Vitr..  Daub.,  Wes).. 
Herd.,  Wakef.,  Xewc,  AYoodh..  Thorn.,  Mey..  Penn,  Sliarpe. 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  T7.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

^  E.  V.  marg. ;  ch.  15 :  1 ;  and  generally  ;-"W..  R.  ;-foreign 
yerss.  (except  Castal..  B.  and  L.  In  the  margin  the  latter  have 
signe.)  ;-Brightm.,  Hamm..  Daub..  Dodd..  AVesL.  Woodh.. 
Thom.,  Scott.  AIlw.  marg.,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Lord,  Trench  (see 
Holes  on  the  Mirticles,  pp.  10-13.),  Murd..  Ivcnr. 

'  For  uas  seen,  see  E.  Y..  ch.  11 :  19 ;  1  Ccr.  15 :  5-8  :-Dt.  ;- 
Hamm.,  Daub..  Beng..  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thom..  Allw.,  Sharpe, 
Lord,  Treg..  Murd.,  Ebr. For  on,  see  ch.  5 :  7.  X.  a,  &c. 

^  Of  those  who  retain  the  participle,  the  subject  is  put  next 
to  its  verb  by  R.  j-TVesl.,  TYoodh.,  Thom.,  Perm.  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Murd..  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

'  The  present  tense  is  employed  by  \\.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm., 
Vat.,  Brightm.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Matth.,  Woodh.  {cries  out). 
Thom.,  Treg.,  {crieth  out),  Sharpe,  Lord  (cries),  AVords.,  Ebr. 
Matth.,  Sell.,  Lachm.,  read  Χχ^ιαζίν  (•  «poit ν  Β.  ο  7.  (3  2.  ϊχραζίν 
C.  α  20.  3  8.  Compl.  Vulg.  ed.'  [Am.  has :  et  damans . . .  cru- 
ciatur.'\  'Syr.  Aeth.').    Lachm.  also   prefixes   xal   (Ά.  C). 

'  For  travailing:  without  in  birth,  see  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Hamm. 
and  Dodd.  {in  travail).  Newe.  {being  in  t.),  Sharpe,  Treg., 
Murd.  {and  travailed). 

'  E.  v.,  TT.  5.  13;  ic.  ;-Brightm.,  Xewc,  Wood.,  Lord  {de- 
liver), Murd.  {bringing-  f.)  ;-Rob. 

"  See  V.  1,  N.  c. 

'  See  T.  1,  X.  b. 


>  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-roreign  Terj-s.  ;- 
Daub..  Dodd.,  Wakef..  Woodh..  Thom.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord;  Treg.,  Murd..  Kenr. 

'  The  distinction,  which  some  regard  as  of  symbolical  signi- 
ficance, between  Sia6r;ua  and  ατίψανος.  is  here  observed  in  trans- 
j  lation  by  TY..  R. ;-Laiin  and  Fnnch  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt..  It.  ;-Daub., 
Berl.  Bib..  Beng..  We^l.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  "Wakef.,  AYoodh., 
Mey.,  Stolz.  Van  Ess.  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  ;- 
the  lexicons. 

1  On  Acts  14:  19  Valckenaer  has  this  note:  '•'ojciir  est  Quo- 
modocunque  trahere,  αίφιιν  vero  3ιαιω{  έλχ£ΐι•.'  And  Tittm., 
p.  58:  'Simplex  avfititi  raris.sime  reperitur  apud  scriptores  grae- 
cos,  nisi  ubi  notio  violcntiae  in  trahendo  adjuncta  sit.'  E.  V. 
retains  the  proper  force  of  the  word  in  John  21 :  8 ;  Acts  8:3; 
and  should  have  done  so  also  in  Acts  14 :  19 ;  17 :  6. — It.  {sfras- 
cinaca),  Fr.  M.  (enlrainait) -,-Β.  and  L.  {entraina),  Berl.  Bib., 
Beng.,  (use  schleppen).  Wakef.,  Thom..  {dragged).  TYoodh. 
{draiceth  along),  Penn  (sicept  away),  Stu.,  Murd.,  {drew 
along),  De  VT.  {raffte).  Words,  {sweeps).  Bam.  (•  the  main 
idea  here  is  undoubtedly  that  of  pov:er.'),  Ebr.  {rafft).  The 
present  tense  is  retained  by  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat..  Daub., 
Beng..  Wesl.,  Newc.  marg.,  Woodh.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Hengst., 
Ebr. 

°  The  pronominal  nominative  is  inserted  by  Fr.  S. ;- Woodh. 
{he),  Kenr. 

°  The  auxiliary  did  is  not  found  in  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Dodd., 
Wesl.  {casteth).  Wakcf.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn.  Sharpe, 
Stu..  Lord.  Murd..  Kenr. 


•  For  unto,  see  ch.  8 :  5.  X.  p,  &c. ; — for  who.  see  2  Pet.  2 : 
X.  f. 


11. 


150 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

the  dragon  stood  Ijcfore  the  wo- 
man which  was  ready  to  be  de- 
livered, for  to  devour  her  child 
as  soon  as  it  was  born. 

5  And  she  brought  forth  a 
man-child,  who  was  to  rule  all 
nations  with  a  rod  of  iron  :  and 
her  child  was  caught  \ψ  nnto 
God,  and  to  his  throne. 

6  And  the  woman  fled  into» 
the  wilderness,  where  she  hath 
a  place  prepared  of  God,  that 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ICrxi  6  8ρακωι>  ίστηκίν  ίνωτηον 
τηί  yvvaLKOs  τηί  μελλούσης  re- 
κ€Ϊν,  ίνα  'όταν  τίκ^,  το  τ€κνον 
αντηζ  καταφαγί). 

5  καΐ  €T€Kfv  νΐον  appeva,  ό? 
μΐλλίΐ  ■ποιμαίνίΐν  -πάντα  τα  ίθνη 
ev  ραβδω  σιδηρσ.•  και  ηρπασθη 
το  τίκνον  αύτηϊ  ττροί  τον  Oeov 
καΐ  τον  θρονον  αυτού. 

G  Kcn  ή  γυνή  ίφυγΐν  ei?  την 
ζ'ρημον,  οτΓου  βχ€ΐ  τόπον  ητοι- 
μασμβνον  άπο  του  Oeod,  'ίνα  €Κ€Ϊ 


REVISCD    VERSIOX. 

And  the  dragon  stood  before  the 
woman  "who  was  pabout  to 
ibring  forth,  'that,  "when  -she 
^brought  forth,  'he  might  devour 
her  cliild. 

5  And  she  brought  forth  a 
"male  child,  who  ns  to  "tend  all 
•the  nations  with  >an  iron  rod: 
and  lier  child  was  caught  'away 
"to  God  and  i•  his  throne. 

G  And  the  woman  fled  into 
the  wilderness,  'where  she  liath 
a  place  prepared  ""by  God.  that 


ρ  See  ch.  10:  7,  N.  y,  &c.  DotM.,  WaUcf.  {soing),  Newc, 
■Woodh.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

1  See  V.  2.  N.  g. 

■■  The  Greek  construction  is  retained  by  W.,  R. ;-Latin  and 
German  verss.  (except  All.),  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.. 
West.,  "Waktf..  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thora.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  German 
verss.  (e.xcept  All.),  Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
AYakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AIIw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd., 
Kenr. — For  when,  see  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  vcrss.  ;-Dodd.  and  the 
later  English  (e.^ccept  Sharpe,  Words.).  Nowhere  else  does 
E.  V.  render  ora^  as  soon  as.  except  John  16:  21.  Comp. 
ch.  10 :  10,  N.  m.     There,  as  here,  E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

'  The  substitution  of  a  passive  verb  for  rtxij,  in  which  E.  V. 
follows  T.,  C,  G.,  appears  nowhere  else,  except  in  Ilamm., 
Wells,  Sharpe,  Words. 

"  Lit.  η  son,  a  male.  Comp.,  in  the  Ilebrew,  Is.  66 :  7  and 
Jer.  20 :  15.  The  l:t  13  of  the  latter  place  U  here  followed  by 
the  Syr.  and  Grccnf. — Latin  verss.  (βΐίιηη  masadu7n i-exccpt 
Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.  /.  viarem).  Germ,  {einen  Sohn.  ein 
KimbUin).  Dt.  {mamielijken  zoon).  It. (figliunl  maschin).  Fr.  G. 
(enfant  male),  Fr.  M.  (fis),  Fr.  S.  (/.,  male);-B.  and  L.  (as 
Fr.  G.),  Beng.  {mannlichen  Sohn),  Jloldcnh..  De  W.,  (S.), 
Herd.,  Mey.,  {S.,  den  Knaben),  Wakef.  {son),  Newc,  AVoodh., 
Thoin.  (masculine  son),  Stolz  (S.,  das  miinnliche  Kind), 
Kist.  (/r,  einen  S.),  Goss.  (mdnnl.  K.),  All.  (S.,  ein  M&nn- 
lein).  Penn,  Lord,  Ilengst.  (as  Germ.),  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 
(in  his  Comment,  follows  the  le.rl.  rec. ;  but  in  the  version, 
einen  S.,  ein  .Mannliches.  he  adopts  Lachm.'s  reading,  vlon  apatf 
['  A.  C.'])  ;-Rob. 

»  The  present  tense  of  μίM.l•ί  is  retained  by  It..  Fr.  G.,-M., 
-S.  ;-Daub.,  Benj..  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Lord,  Trcg.,  Do  AV., 
Kell.,  Ebr. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  27,  N.  r,  &c.     Ilengst. :  •  Instead  of  the  bniisinff 


the  seer,  after  (he  LXX.,  has  tending.  Not  at  all  through 
mistake  or  caprice.  In  the  original  passage  itself  allusion  is 
made  to  the  tending,  the  word  which  signifies:  Thou  wilt 
bruise,  diflering  not  in  the  consonants,  but  only  in  the  pronun- 
ciation, from:  Tltoti  wilt  tend.  By  means  of  this  significant 
allusion,  as  if  it  were.  Thou  will,  tend  to  pieces  (zer-iceiden),  it 
is  intimated  that  the  proper  ofBee  of  the  Anointed  i.s  to  tend 
(P.••'.  78:  71,  72).  but  that  upon  their  smful- </!(«/  pro  quo, 
refractoriness  instead  of  joyful  obedience,  there  ensues  a  right- 
eous quid  pro  quo  on  the  part  of  the  Anointed.  The  twofold 
expression  could  in  Greek  be  rendered  only  as  a  single  one,  and 
the  tending,  used  with  a  certain  irony,  is  in  the  main  quite 
suitable' 

•  Syr..  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

'  See  ch.  2:  27,  N.  s. 

'  On  2  Cor.  12:  2  Campb.  properly  remarks,  that  oprtafu  is 
'expressive  more  of  the  suddenness  of  the  event,  and  of  his 
(the  apostle's)  own  passiveness,  than  of  the  direction  of  the 
motion.'  Nor  is  the  word  so  rendered  as  to  indicate  direction 
in  E.  X.,  Matt.  13:  19 ;  Acts  8 :  39 ;  &c  ;-W.  -.-any  foreign  ver- 
sion, except  perhaps  the  French,  who.se  ambiguous  enlcve  is, 
however,  exchanged  by  the  Fr.  S.  for  rarij-Wakef.,  Thom.  ;- 
the  lexicons. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Brightm..  Dodd.  and  later  verss.  (except  Allw. 
Sharpe,  Words.) 

">  Before  τόΐ'  Ορόν..  all  the  recent  editors  insert  rtpoj  (.\.  B.  0. 
'a  24.  β  3.  Coinpl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav. 
MSS.').     I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted :  to. 

'  After  'ϊχίΐ,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Lachra.)  insert 
(Treg.  in  brackets)  the  word  ixd  (A.  B. 'a  25.  β  5.  Compb 
Slav.  MSS.'),  thus  forming  a  Hebraistic  pleonasm  similar  to 
that  in  V.  14;  ch.  3  :  8  (X.  t) ;  7 :  2,  9 ;  17  :  9  ;  &c 

■>  See  2  Pet.  2:  19,  N.  1. 


REVELATION. 


151 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

they  should  feed  her  there  a 
thousand  two  hundred  and  three- 
score daj^s. 

7  And  there  was  war  in  heav- 
en :  Michael  and  his  angels  fouoht 
against  the  dragon ;  and  the 
dragon  fought  and  his  angels, 


8  And  prevailed  not ;  neither 
was  their  place  found  any  more 
in  heaven. 

9  And  the  great  di-agon  was 
cast  out,  tliat  old  serpent,  called 
the  Devil,  and  Satan,  whicli  de- 
ceiveth  the  whole  world  :  he  was 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τρίφωσιν    αύτην    ήμίραί    χίλιαί 
διακοσίαί  ί^ηκοντα. 

7  Kou  lyiviro  ττολίμοί  eV  τω 
ονρανω•  ό  Μιχαήλ  και  οΐ  άγγελοί 
αΰτον  ίΤΓολίμησαν  κατά  τον  Spa- 
κοντοί,  καΙ  6  δράκων  (ττολβμηαβ, 
καΐ  οι  αγγζλοι  αύτον, 

8  και  ουκ  Ίσχνσαι/,  οντ€  tottos 
(υρ^θη  αυτών  '(τι  Ιν  τω  ονρανω. 

9  καΙ  ξβληθη  ό  δράκων  6  μβ- 
γαί,  ό  οψΐί  ό  άρχαΐοί,  6  καλου- 
μβνοί  Διάβολος,  καΐ  ό  Σατανάί, 
ό  ττλανών   την  οίκουμίνην  ολην, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

'there  they  should  ^nourish  her 
a  thousand  two  hundred  a7id 
^sixty  days. 

7  And  there  was  war  in  heav- 
en :  "i  Michael  and  his  auicels 
'■fought  'against  the  dragon,  "" 
and  the  dragon  fought  and  his 
angels. 


8  And  Jtliey  prevailed  not, 
Jneither  was  their  place  found 
any  more  in  heaven. 

9  And  nliat  great  dragon  was 
'cast,  that  old  serpent,  '"which  is 
called  the  devil,  and  Satan,  "who 
deceivetli  tlie  whole  world,  he 


«  The  adverb  is  kept  hufoie  t!ie  verb  by  R. ;-Latin  and  Ger- 
man vers?.,  S3M-.,  Dt..  Fr.  S.  ;-Woodh.  (^Ihey  should  there) 
Sharpe,  Stii.  {they  might  there).  Loid,  Trpg.     Others,  rendering 

Tpiipuati'  by  a  passive  construction,  introduce  the  adveib  be- 
tween the  auxihar)•  and  the  main  verb. 

'  E.  v.,  v.  14;  Acts  12:  20;  James  5:  5  ;-German  verss.  (use 
enidhren),  It.  (.•>•/«  nudrita),  Fiench  verss.  (use  iiourrir)  ;- 
Castal.,  licz.,  Dru>.,  Giot ,  Ho-:.,  (use  alere  for  the  Vulg.  pasco). 
Cucc,  Vitr.,  (u-i-e  nulrire).  Dodd.,  λVakef.  (to  be  supported). 
AV'oodh..  Thorn.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Barn. 

s  See  eh.  11 :  3,  N.  j. 

^  Except  Matth,,  who  has  Λολιμήααι,  ('Β.  ο  21.  β 5.  Aeth, 
Syr.  Arr,'),  all  the  recent  editors,  for  ίπύκίμηβαν,  give  τοί 
TtoXifijjaai,.  on  the  authority  of  A.  C,  nine  cursive  MSS..  and 
Compl. ;  and  this  latter  reading  I  recommend  for  adoption. 
Ew.  and  Ziill.  find  in  it  an  imitation  of  a  Hebrew  use  of  tht 
infinitive  with  h  prefixed,  to  denote  appointment,  obligation 
=  pugnandum  erat;  and  with  this  Stu.  agrees;  his  own  alter- 
native (to  supply  ώφθ)}  from  vv.  1,  2)  yielding  no  light.  Beng. 
and  Ileinr.  supply  ξαον  =  omnes  et  toti  intenti  erant  in  pug- 
nam;  Lucke,  iyiyovro  (out  of  iyimo)  =  appeared,  came. 
Win.  thinks  it  pnib.ablc,  De  W.  certain,  that  the  text  is  cor- 
rupt; the  former,  indeed,  suggesting,  that  Michael  and  his 
angels  might  po.ssibly  be  reg.iided  as  introduced  parcntheticall3'. 
and  iyivito  ΛΟλίμο{  as  then  taken  up  again  in  the  form  roi  /(ολ. 
A.ssuming  the  correctness  of  the  text,  I  prefer  to  construe  ΰ  Μ. 
και  at  οίγγ.  ίνίοΰ  as  ab.solute  nominatives,  with  the  participle  of 
the  substantive  verb  understood ;  Michael  and  his  angels 
belonging  to.  being  on  the  side  of,  roi  χολ.  «τλ.  =  Michael 
and  his  angels  figliting,  &c.,  which  I  propose  for  the  version; 
and  in  that  case  I  recommend  that  tlie  punctuation  be  changed 
to  a  comma  after  heai:en.  and  a  semicolon  after  the  first 
dragon. — Syr.  (has  the  Heb.  construction,  to  which  Ew.  re- 
fers) ;-Berig.  (hallen  zii  streiten),  AVoodh.  (for  to  fght), 
Sharpe,  Lord,  {^fighting),  Treg.  (/o  war). 


'  Excepting  Bloonif.,  all  the  recent  editors,  for  χαΐά,  have 
μίχά  (Ά.  Β.  C.  ο  20.  β  5.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  adopted,  and  translated:  with.     See  ch.  2:  10,  N.  q. 

)  The  change  of  number  is  marked  in  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Casta!.),  Germ..  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Brightra.,  Engl.  Ann., 
B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Herd.,  Newc,  Greenf.,  All.,  Pcnn,  Kenr., 
Ebr.  The  reading  ϊηχναιν  (•  A.  α  22.  β  3.  Compl.  Copt.  Aeth. 
Erp.')   is  adopted  by  all   the  recent  editors,   except  Bloomf, 

Lachm.,  Tisch. For  ovti,  all  the  recent  editors  give  ovhi 

(A.  B.C.  'a  18.  β  5.  Compl.'). 

^  See  1  John  2:  7,  N.  o,  &c.  E.  V.,  next  clause  ;-W.,  R.  ;- 
Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-AVakef.,  All.  (jener),  Kenr. 

'  Except  in  this  verse.  E.  V.  nowhere  adds  out  to  the  proper 
meaning  of  βάλλω.  See  v.  13;  Ac.  ;-.?yr.  (as  in  ch.  19:  20; 
Matt.  17:27),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-IIamm.,  Cocc.  (conjeclus;-iOr 
projectus  of  the  other  verss.),  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Kist.,  De  "W., 
Hengst.,  (geworfen ;-for  Luth.'s  ausgewoifen),  Kewc.  (maiks 
out  as  supplied),  Ebr.  (gesliirzl)  i-Roh..  &c.  Comp.  ch.  18: 
21.  N.  q.  Here  the  first  ϊβλτ,θη  does  not  of  it.self  form  a  com- 
plete statement,  the  announcement  of  the  direction  in  which  the 
dragon  was  cast  being  .suspended,  until  his  personality  is  deter- 
mined, and  the  idea  of  coming  peril  (v.  12)  enhanced,  by  refer- 
ence to  his  names,  and  (brmer  history,  and  present  working 
among  men.  Hengst.,  indeed,  cites  v.  10  as  evidence  of  the 
completeness  and  independence  of  the  first  clause,  assuming 
that  the  true  reading  there  is  ϊβ^,τ^θη  (■  A.  B.  C.  α  22.  β  C)  j 
which,  however,  has  not  been  received  by  Griesb.  or  Sch. 

•"  The  relative  construction  is  adopted  b}•  E.  \.  in  the  next 
clause;  &c.  ;-AV.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (e.fcept  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S., 
Beng.,  Greenf.)  ;-Wcsl.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu., 
Lord.  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  See2Pct.  2:11,  N.  £ 


1-52 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

cast  out  into  the  earth,  and  his 
angels  were  cast  out  with  him. 

10  And  I  heard  a  loud  voice 
saying  in  heaven,  Now  is  come 
salvation,  and  strengtli,  and  the 
kingdom  of  our  God,  and  the 
power  of  his  Christ :  for  the  ac- 
cuser of  our  brethren  is  cast 
down  which  accused  them  before 
our  God  day  and  night. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ββληβη  eii  την  γην,  και  o'l  άγγε- 
λοι αντυν  μβτ  αύτοΰ  (βληθησαι>. 

10  Α'αί  ηκονσα  φωνην  μίγα- 
Xi]v  λίγουσαν  ii>  τω  ούρανω, 
"Αρτι  lyiviTo  η  σωτηρία  καΐ 
ή  8ΰναμΐ5  καΐ  η  βασιλ€ία  τον 
θίοΰ  ημών,  καΐ  ή  εξουσία  τον 
Χριστον  αντον•  οτι  κατεβλήθη 
Ό  κατηγοροζ  των  αδελφών  ημών, 
6  κατηγορών  αντών  ενωτηον  του 
θΐοΰ  ημών  ημέρας  κα).  νυκτός. 

11  κοα  αυτοί  ενικησαν  αυτόν 
δίά  το  αίμα  του  άρνίου,  και  δια 
τον  λόγον  της  μαρτυρίας  αυτών, 
και  ουκ  ηγάττησαν  την  ψυχην  αυ- 
τών άχρι  θανάτου. 

12  δίά  τοΰτο  εύφραίνεσθε 


11  And  they  overcame  him 
b}^  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,  and 
by  the  word  of  their  testimony  ; 
and  they  loved  not  their  lives 
unto  the  death. 

la  Therefore  rejoice,  ye  heav- 

»  E.  v.,  V.  13 ;  &c.     See  ch.  8 :  5,  N.  p,  &e. 

ρ  All  the  recent  editors  have  in  t^  oip.  λί'γ.  (A.  B.  C.  'a  17. 
β  G.  Conipl.  Vorss.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
followed :  in  heaven  saying: . 

1  Foriign  verss.  -Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wcsl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.  and  Jlurd.  (have  only  the  second  article),  Alhv.,  Penn, 
Sharpe  and  Stu.  (have  only  the  first),  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words. 

■•  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  h.  E.  V.  generally,  and  always  else- 
where in  do.xologies  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  ^yoodli.,  Penn, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Jlurd. 

•  Or  the  genitives  toi  ©foi  and  τ•οί  Xpioroi  may  be  con- 
strued with  iyivito,  as  in  ch.  11:  15. For  authorily,  see 

ch.  2:  20,  N.  p,  &c.  Latin  verss.,  except  Castal.,  (potestas). 
Syr.  (=  De  D.  potestas  =  Greenf.  r^a-a"a),  It.  {podcsta), 
Fr.  S.  {mitorite)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  MoUienli.,  Stolz,  Van  Ess, 
Kist.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  Ebr.,  {Gewalt;-ioT  Luth.'s  AiacAi),  Dodd., 
AVakef.,  Woodh.  (^mle),  Thorn.,  Penn,  Ell.,  Stu.  and  Murd. 
(daminion).  Lord,  Treg. 

t  The  form  χατ!;γωρ  ('  A.'),  which  Bong,  marks  as  plane 
genuina,   is  adopted  by  other  recent  editors,  except  Matth., 

Blooraf ,  Words. For  χατιβλτβη,  see  v.  9,  N.  1. For  who, 

see  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

"  'Even  they,  whom  Satan  accused,  were  themselves  made 
partakers  of  the  divine  triumph.'  See  2  Pot.  1:  14,  N.  z,  &c.. 
and  1  John  1 :  7,  N.  x,  &c.— Vulg.  (et  ipsi),  Syr.  (=  et  illi), 
It.  {ma  essi)  ;-Erasni.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (e^  Vulg.). 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Eichh.,  (sed  ipsi),  Castal.  (illi).  Brightm., 
Wakef.,  Newc.  (but  they),  Herd.,  Mey.,  (Ste  sc4bst),  Treg. 
{and  they). 


OL 


REVISED    ■VTERSIGN. 

was  'cast   "unto  the  earth,  and 
his  angels  were  'cast  witli  him. 

10  And  I  heard  a  loud  voice 
I'saying  in  heaven  :  Now  is  come 
ifhe  salvation,  and  ithe  'power, 
and  the  kingdom  »of  our  God, 
and  the  "autlioriry  "of  his  Christ: 
for  tlie  'accuser  of  our  brethren 
'is  cast  down,  'who  accused  them 
before  our  God  day  and  night. 


11  "They,  -too,  overcame  him, 
""because  of  the  blood  of  the 
Lamb,  and  ""because  of  the  word 
of  their  testimony;  and  they 
loved  not  their  'life  unto  "  death. 


12  Therefore  rejoice,  'yeheav- 


°"  E.  \.,  Matt.  13:  21  ;  17:  20;  &c.;  and  in  this  book  comp. 
all  the  places,  in  which  διό  is  followed  by  the  acci:sative  (as 
ch.  1:  9;  2:  3;  4:  11;  C:  9;  &c.),  except  the  present  text,  and 
ch.  13:  14;-W.  (/or)  ;-Vulg.  (propter),  Syr.,  Fr.  G.,-M..-S., 
(a  cause  de)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Drus.,  Par.,  Grot.,  Cocc, 
Grell.,  Ros.,  (as  Vulg.),  Engl.  Ann.  (  Or,  fur'),  Daub,  (in  the 
Comment.),  Beng.  (von  wegen;-to  which  Ilengst.  assents  as 
more  e.vact  than  diirch,  and  also  cites  Beng.'s  note :  '  This  blood 
purified  the  brethren  from  all  sin,  and  so  the  accuser  could  in 
nothing  more  gain  an  advantage  over  them  .  .  .  The  word  they 
believed,  and,  because  they  believed,  tliey  also  spoke  and  gave 
testimony  to  it  and  suffered  all  for  it ;  2  Cor.  4 :  13.'),  Treg.  ;- 
Win.  §  53.  c,  Rob.  See  ch.  13 :  14,  X.  n.  Here  E.  V.  follows 
T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Bez.  (per). 

'  The  singular  is  found  in  Vulg.  Cod.  Am.,  Syr.,  German 
verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss.  ;-Daub., 
B.  and  L.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Bloomf.,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Jlurd. 

"  'To  the  last  extremity,  (<εαίΛ,  the  love  of  the  disciple  and 
the  fidelity  of  the  witness  overcame  the  love  of  life,  and  of  all 
its  interests.'— Wells,  Daub.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom., 
Midd.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sliaipe,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Jlurd., 
Kenr.  "  Unto  the  death,'  may  no  doubt  be  defended  agninst 
Midd.  as  an  English  idiom  (Bloomf)  ;  but  it  is  not  required  as 
a  translation  of  azf»•  θανάτου. 

»  The  ye  ought  not  to  be  marked  as  supplied,  it  being  no 
more  than  an  equivalent  for  the  idiomatic  article.  Only  JIaith. 
and  Treg.  omit  (his  first  ot.  on  the  authority  of  B.  C.  •  α  15.  β  4.' 
— Ε.  v..  next  clause  ;  &c.  ;-Gciman  veriis.,  Dt.  ;-modern  English 
verss.,  except  Penn  and  ATords.     Comp.  ch.  15  :  3,  N.  o. 


REA^ELATION. 


153 


KING    JAMES     \'ERSIOX. 

ens,  and  ye  that  dwell  in  them. 
Wo  to  the  iuliabiters  of  the 
earth,  and  of  tlie  sea !  for  the 
devil  is  couie  down  unto  j-ou, 
having  great  wrath,  because  he 
knoweth  that  he  hath  but  a  short 
time. 

13  And  when  the  di-agon  saw 
that  he  was  cast  unto  the  eartli, 
he  persecuted  the  woman  whicli 
brought  forth  the  nvau-c/ii/d. 

14  And  to  the  woman  vi^ere 
given  two  \\'ings  of  a  great  eagle, 
that  she  might  Hy  into  the  wild- 
erness, into  her  place,  where 
she  is  nourished  for  a  time,  and 
times,  and  half  a  time,  from  the 
face  of  the  serpent. 


1-5  And  the  serpent  cast  out 
of  his  mouth  water  as  a  flood, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ovpavo\  Koi  01  iu  αντοΐί  σκηνοΰν- 
re?,  ouat  TOL^  κατοικονσι  την  γην 
και  την  θάλασσαν,  ότι  κατ(βη  ό 
διάβολος  TTpof  υμάς  ίχων  θνμον 
μίγαν,    εΐδώ?   οτι   ολίγον    καιρόν 

13  Και  οτ€  eiSev  ό  δράκων  οτι 
(βληθη  eli  την  γην,  έδιωξε  την 
γυναίκα  ητίζ  βτβκί  τον  appeva. 

14  Και  Ιδοθησαν  Tij  γυναικι 
δυο  πτ€ρνγ€ί  τον  άβτοΰ  τοΰ  μβ- 
γάλον.  Ίνα  ττίτηται  eiy  την  ϊρημον 
€ί?  τον  τοτΓον  αυτηί,  Όττου  τρέφε- 
ται βκβΐ  καιρόν,  και  καιρούς,  και 
ήμισυ  καιροί),  άττο  ττροσωττου  τοΰ 
οφεως• 

1•5  Κα\  (βαλβν  ό  οφΐί  οττ'ισω 
TTjS    γυναικός    e/c    τοΰ    στόματος 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ens,  and  ye  nvho  'tabernacle 
"therein.  "Woe  to  'those  Hvho 
"iniiabit  the  earth  and  the  sea ! 
tor  the  devil  is  'gone  down  unto 
you,  having  great  wrath,  ""know- 
iug  that  he  hath  '  little  time. 

13  And  when  the  dragon  saw 
that  he  was  cast  unto  the  earth, 
he  persecuted  the  woman  'that 
brought  forth  the  ^male  child.. 

1-4  And  '"there  were  given  to 
the  woman  '  two  wings  of  'the 
i  great  eagle,  that  she  'should  fly 
into  the  wilderness,  into  her 
place,  where  she  is  nourished  for 
a  time,  and  times,  and  half  a 
time,  from  the  face  of  the  ser- 
pent. 

15  And  the  sei-pent  cast '  after 
the  woman   out   of  his   mouth 


y  Dodd.,  Thorn.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kcnr. 

•  See  ch.  7:  15,  N.  g-.  and  13:  G,  X.  a.  Fr.  S.  {dressez  vos 
tenlcs)  ;-Engl.  Ann.  (dweU  as  in  a  tent),  Cocc.  {tabenmcuhmi 
incolilis),  Berl.  Bib.  {Hiitien  habt),  Ew.  (■vcrbum  libro  huic 
peculiars  do  iis  qui  sccuro  in  coelo  commorantur ;  in  coelo  enim 
dti  uuinen  praescns  tugurii  instar  est  ipsos  in  tuguriis  mino- 
ribus  habitantcs  tegcntis  et  munientis.').  Kell..  Hengst.  ('eig. 
Zelteii'),  Ebr.  (Hiitten  haben).  Others,  as  Brightm.,  advert 
in  like  manner  to  the  etymological  meaning. 

•  E.  v..  ch.  13:  12;  &c.  ;-R.  ;-Germ..  Dt,  Fr.  G.  (j/:-and  so 
M.,  S.)  ;-BerI.  Bib.,  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  All.,  Sharpc,  Stu.. 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  Murd.  {there). For  xi'oe.  see  Jude  11,  N.  a. 

I»  See  ch.  8 :  13,  N.  q,  &c.,  and  17:  2,  N.  k.  But  all  the  re- 
cent editors  cancel  the  words,  rot;  xaxoixovai,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  C.  •  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth,  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.,' 
and  (except  Treg.  and  Lachni.)  change  τψ  y^v  xaj.  ΐψ  Οάλασιοί' 
into  T^  yrj  xai  Tyj  Oa^aady  ('  B.  α  22.  β  ΰ.  γ  3.  Compl.').  I  re- 
commend that  the  words,  those  who  inhabit,  be  omitted,  and 
that  the  sign  of  the  dative  be  repeated  before  the  sea. 

"  The  voice  was  in  heaven.  Comp.  E.  V..  ch.  4:  1 ;  11:  12. 
— R.  (descended)  ;-Latin  verss.  (desceiidit),  Syr.,  It.  (disceso). 
French  verss.  (descendu)  ;-Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Van  Ess  and  Kist. 
(hinab  fuhr),  Mey.,  De  W.,  {hinabgestiegen),  Greenf.  (11''), 
Lord. 

^  The  participle  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Dt.,  It.,  French 
verss.  -i-Erasm..  Tat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Daub.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
AVoodh.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 


'  There  is  nothing  for  b2U  in  W..  R.  ;-fore;gn  verss.  generally  ;- 
Ilamm.,  Daub.,  Xewc.  and  AUw.  (mark  it  as  supplied),  Woodh., 
Stu.,  Murd. ; — nor  is  the  indefinite  article  found  in  W.  ;-Gernian 

and  French  verss.,  It. For  little,  see  E.  Λ'.,  Janios4: 14;  &ο.;- 

VV.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.,  except  Castal.  ;-IIamm.,  Daub.,  Wesl,, 
Thom.,  Penn.  Also,  at  ch.  17:  10,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Stu. 

f  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  X.  f. 

^  See  V.  5,  N.  u. 

■•  See  ch.  8:  2,  X.  c,  &c.  Here  the  Greek  order  is  retained 
by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.,  It.;-B.  and  L.,  Dodd,, 
Wesl..  Greenf.,  Treg.,  Ebr.  Others  put  fir.st  the  subject  of  the 
verb. 

'  Before  δνο,  Beng..  Lachm..  Treg.,  Bloomf,  Words..  Tisch., 
insert  αϊ  (Ά.  C.  12.  27*.  28.  3G.').     I  recommend  the  following 

marginal  note :  '  Or,  as  some  read,  the  two  wings.' For  the 

definite  article  before  great  eagle,  see  Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc. 
Ollnis).  Daub.,  Bcrl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Mohlenh.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Midd.,  Clarke,  Sto!z,  Penn.  Bloomf,  Ell.,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  AVords.,  Hengst.,  Jfurd.,  Kenr.   Ebr. 

1  W.  ;-Dt.  ;-Pagn.,  Par.,  Grell.,  (i-o/ei;-for  rolaret  of  the 
other  verss.).  Lord,  Words,  (may). 

''  Bloomf.  marks  the  reading  here  as  needing  alteration,  and 
all  other  recent  editors  do  change  the  order  to  ix  toi  ατόμ.  avt. 
on.  riji  yvv.  (A.  B.  C. 'a  20.  β  7.  Compl.  Verss.').  I  recom- 
mend that  this  reading  be  followed:  out  of  his  mouth  after  the 

woman. 

20 


154 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

after  the  woman,  that  he  might 
cause  her  to  he  carried  away  of 
the  fiood. 

16  And  the  earth  helped  the 
woman ;  and  the  earth  opened 
her  mouth,  and  swallowed  up 
the  flood  which  the  dragon  cast 
out  of  his  mouth. 

17  And  the  dragon  was  wroth 
with  the  woman,  and  went  to 
make  war  with  the  remnant  of 
her  seed,  which  keep  the  com- 
mandments of  God,  and  have  the 
testimony  of  Jesus  Christ. 


CHAP.    XIII. 

And  I  stood  upon  the  sand 


GREEK    TEXT. 

αυτού  ύδωρ  ώί  ττοταμον,  Ίνα  ταυ- 
τηι>  ΤΓΟταμοφορητυν  iroLTjarj. 

16  καΐ  Ιβοηθησ^ν  η  γη  rjj 
γυναικι,  και  ηνοίςεν  η  γη  τυ 
στόμα  αύτη?,  καΐ  κατβττίί  τον  ττο- 
ταμον  ον  efiaXeu  ό  δράκων  (κ  του 
στόματος  αύτοΰ. 

17  ΚαΙ  ώργίσθη  ό  δράκων  βττΐ 
ττ)  γνναίΚί,  κα\  άττηλθί  ττοιησαι 
ΤΓολίμον  μβτα  των  λοιττών  τού 
στΓί'ρματοί  αύτηί,  των  τηρουντων 
ταί  ivToXas  τον  OeoD,  καΐ  ΐχον- 
των  την  μαρτυρίαν  του  Ιησού 
Χριστού. 

18  Kca  Ισταθην  eVt  την  αμ- 
μον  τηί  θαλάσσης. 

CHAP.    XIII. 

Καΐ    ίΐδον   (Κ   της   θαλάσσης 


REVISED    VERSION. 

water  as  a  'river,  that  he  might 
cause  "'her  to  be  carried  away 
■"by  the  "river. 

16  And  the  earth  helped  the 
woman,  and  the  earth  opened 
her  mouth,  and  swallowed  up 
the  "river  which  the  dragon  cast 
out  of  his  mouth. 

17  And  the  dragon  was  Pen- 
raged  '"about  the  woman,  and 
went  'away  to  make  war  with 
the  'rest  of  her  seed,  'who  keep 
the  commandments  of  God,  and 
have  the  testimony  "of  Jesus 
Christ. 


"18  And  Ί  *was  set  upon  the 
sand  of  the  sea. 

CHAP.    XIII. 

"And  'Ί  saw  a  'beast  ■'ascend- 


1  E.  v.,  6  times  in  this  book  out  of  8  ;-T.,  C,  G.  ;-foreign 
verss.  ;-IIamm..  Daub.,  Nevrc,  Woodh.,  Thorn..  Sharpe.  Stu.. 
Lord,  Words.,  JIurd.,  Kenr.  (in  the  lust  clause,  and  in  the  next 
verse). 

""  For  ΐα-ύίην,  all  the  recent  editors  (e.\cept  Bloomf.)  read 

avtr,v   (•Α.  Β.  C.  α  25.  β  5.  Coinpl.'). For  by,  Fee  2  Pet. 

2:  It),  K.  1. 

"  See  N.  1.     Many  hei-e  unnecessarily  change  the  word. 

•  See  V.  15,  N.  1. 

ρ  See  oh.  11 :  18,  N.  d.  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (irrite)  ;-Daub.  (angered), 
Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey.  (ergrimmle  •,-ατιΛ  so 
Kist.,  De  W.),  Tenn,  Stu.,  Murd. 

1  The  irti  (wanting  in  C.)  presents  the  woman  as  the  ground 
and  occasion,  not  as  the  immediate  object,  of  the  dragon's 
wrath.  Comp.  Matth.  18:  13  ;  Mark  3:5;  &c. ;  and  see  Win. 
5  52.  c. — Syr.  (=  is),  German  verss.  (κδβΓ  ;-escept  Moldenh.. 
aiif),  Dt.  {op)  ;-Wakef.,  Thom.  and  Stu.  (at). 

'  See  Jude  7,  N.  c.  Foreign  verss.  (except  Castal.,  who' 
changes  abiit  to  m'O  ;-Bodd.,  Wesl.  and  Sharpe  (forth). 
AVakcf.  (back).  Newc.  (departed),  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn  (aicay 
from  [hery),  Stu..  Lord  (on).  Words.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  (unneces- 
sarily changes  hin  of  the  other  verss.  into  fort). 

•  See  ch.  11 :  13,  N.  k. 

«  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

"  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words  tov  and  Χριβϊοί, 
on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  25.  β  6.  γ  2.  Compl.     Vulg.  MS. 


Am.  Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.' 
ing  be  adopted :  of  Jesiis. 


1  recommend  that  this  read- 


'  The  arrangement  of  this  verse,  as  an  independent  statement 
belonging  to  ch.  12.,  aro.se  from  the  reading  ίαταθη.  approved 
by  iMill,  and  edited  by  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Theile,  on  the 
authority  of  '  A.  0.  92.  Vulg.  Aelh.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.'  The 
other  editors  retaining  ίαΐά$ψ>.  which  is  approved  also  by  Ew., 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr.,  I  recommend  that  the  words  be  attached 
to  the  first  verse  of  the  next  chapter,  as  in  E.  V. 

"  Germ,  (trat).  It.  (mi  fermai),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.,  (me  tins);- 
Engl.  Ann.  (■  Or,  /  \cas  set').  Cocc.  (constilutus  sum),  B.  and 
L.  (m'arreiai),  Berl.  Bib.  (wurde  gestellet),  Beng..  De  W., 
(as  Germ.),  Eichh.  ('Joannes  in  littore  maris  collocatur.'), 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  (was  placed),  Woodh.,  Alhv.,  Stu.  in  the 
commentary,  (was  stationed).  All.  (stellte  sich),  Hengst.  (ward 
gesteUt),  Ebr.  (.'<tellle  mich).    Comp.  ch.  17:  3;  21:  10. 

«  Seech.  12:18,  N.v. 

^  Of  English  verss.  that  read  Ιβ•ίάθψ,  the  following  repeat 
the  pronoun :  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Alhv.,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord. 

'  See  ch.  11 :  7,  N.  y. 

^  See  ch.  0 :  2,  N.  h.  E.  T.,  ch.  17:8;  Ac.  ;-Latin  verss.  ;- 
Daub,  (ascending  υρ),  Dodd.,  Lord.  For  the  participial  form, 
see  ch.  10 :  1,  N.  a,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


155 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

of  the  sea,  and  saw  a  beast  rise 
up  out  of  tlie  sea,  having  seven 
heads  and  ten  horns,  and  upon 
his  horns  ten  crowns,  and  upon 
his  heads  the  name  of  blasphemj^. 

2  And  the  beast  whicli  I  saw 
was  like  unto  a  leopard,  and  his 
feet  wei"e  as  the  feet  of  a  bear, 
and  his  mouth  as  the  mouth  of 
a  lion :  and  the  dragon  gave  him 
his  power,  and  liis  seat,  and 
great  authority. 


3  And  I  saw  one  of  his  heads 
as  it  were  wounded  to  death ; 
and  his  deadly  wound  was  heal- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

θηρίον  άναβαΐνον,  ('χον  κβφαλαί 
ίπτα  Koi  κβρατα  δβκα•  και  εττι 
T(ou  κέρατων  αύτοΰ  δέκα  διαδή- 
ματα, καΐ  ίττΐ  ras  κεφάλα?  αύτοΰ 
'όνομα  βλασφημίας. 

2  /cat  το  θηρίον  Ό  βίδον  ην 
όμοίον  τταρδαλίΐ,  και  οί  ττοδε? 
αντου  ω?  άρκτου,  και  το  στόμα 
αύτοΰ  ώ?  στάμα  λβοντος.  και 
€δωκβν  αύτω  ό  δράκων  την  δννα- 
μιν  αύτοΰ,  καΙ  τον  θρονον  αύτοΰ, 
Koi  ίζονσίαν  μεγαλην 

3  κοί  βίδον  μίαν  των  κεφάλων 
αύτοΰ  ώ?  ίσφαγμενην  ety  θάνα- 
τον   καΐ  η   πληγή   τοΰ   θανάτου 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ing  out  of  the  sea,  having  """seven 
heads  and  ten  horns,  and  "'"on 
his  horns  ten  'diadems,  and  upon 
his  heads  ^a  name  of  blasphemy. 


2  And  the  beast  which  I  saw 
was  like  ^  a  leopard,  and  his 
feet  "  as  '  of  a  bear,  and  his 
mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion  : 
and  the  dragon  gave  him  his 
power,  and  his  'throne,  and  great 
authority. 

3  And  Ί  saw  one  "-of  his  heads 
'as  if  it  '"had  been  "slain  to  death ; 
and  "the  stroke  of  his  death  was 


'■''  All  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.)  read,  xtpa-ta  Stxa 
xai,  ζίφαλάί  frtici  (A.  B.  C.  '  α  20.  β  7.  Compl.  HarL*  Copt. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  followed:  ten  horns  and  seven  heads.     The  horn.s  appear 

first. For  on.  see  ch.  3 :  10,  N.  d,  &c.,  and  comp.  cb.  7 :  1, 

N.  b,  &c. 

'  Seech.  12:3.  N.k. 

f  ut.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Ber].  Bib.,  Bang.,  Wcsl.,  Moldctih.. 
"Wakef.,  Thom.,  Scott,  Clarke.  Most  follow  the  reading  οΐ'ό/ιαϊα 
(A.  B.  'a  26.  β  6.  Compl.  Vulg.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.'),  which  is 
received  by  all  the  recent  editors  except  Beng.  Heinr.  also 
mentions  it  as  the  superior  reading.  But  Ew.,  Ziill.,  De  W., 
disapprove  of  it.  (the  last  considering  it  an  accommodation  to 
ch.  17  :  3,)  and  Hengst.  regards  the  question  as  one  of  difficult 
decision.  I  recommend  that  the  marg.  note  of  E.  V.  be  re- 
tained : '  Or,  names.' 

^  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  d. 

^  The  copula  is  not  supplied  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  Gorman 
verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Syr.,  Dt,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  See  ch.  9 :  8,  N.  f.— The  form  άρχου  (A.  B.  0.  'a  15.  β  3.  γ  2.') 
is  adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors. 

1  Seech.  4:4,  N.  n,  &c. 

^  All  the  recent  editors  omit  tlBov,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C. 
Ό  23.  β  7.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tul.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'     I  recommend  that  the  words.  I  saw. 

be  printed  in  Italics,  as  a  supplement. All  the  recent  editors 

insert  ix  before  ίων,  (except  Bloomf. ;  though  he  now  thinks 
that  he  'ought  perhaps'  to  have  done  so,)  on  the  authority  of 
A.  C.  et  B.  ex  s.  m.  'a 26.  β  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm. 
Slav.' 

1  For  as  if,  see  ch.  5  :  C,  N.  x.  The  uj  does  not,  as  Bloomf 
supposes,  qualify  eamtov,  nor  does  it  imply  here,  any  more 


than  in  ch.  5  :  6.  that  death  had  not  actually  ensued.  Rather, 
in  both  cases,  it  expresses,  in  connection  with  the  pluperfect 
participle,  the  seer's  inference  from  the  still  visible  ^  marks  of 
recent  slaughter'  (Hall)  to  the  fact  itself 

"  John  did  not  see  the  woumling,  as  E.  V.  might  be  under- 
stood to  intimate.  See  N.  1.— E.  V.,  ch.  5  :  6  ;-AVoodh.  (having 
been),  Penn,  Ell. 

■■  It  is  merely  an  arbitrary  device  for  taming  down  an  un- 
usual expression,  for  Schleusn.  and  the  later  N.  T.  lexicons  to 
teach,  that  οφάζω  is  here  used  by  hyperbole  for  wounding, 
a  sense  which  it  certainly  bears  nowhere  else;  Bloomf  erro- 
neously appealing  to  Eurip.  Iph.  Aid.  1515-17,  and  Sept.  1  Kings 
15 :  33,  for  proof  that  '  even  the  strong  term  icujiay.  .  .  .  does 
not  always  denote  death.'  Just  as  well  might  it  be  said  that 
in  the  analogous  phrase,  α,Λοχΐίίηιν  iv  θανά-ίψ,  the  verb  means 
to  wound,  instead  of  adopting  the  other  expedient  (see  ch.  2 : 
23,  N.  y,  &c.)  of  reducing  the  force  of  the  noun.  Comp.  NN.  1, 
m,  o. — E.  v.,  always  elsewhere  (9  times),  slay,  or  Μ11;-λ\., 
R.  ;-Vulg.  (occisum),  Syr.,  Dt.  7narg.  ('  Gr.  geslachV),  Fr.  S. 
(egorgee)  ;-Erasra.,  Vat.,  {as  Vulg.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc.  and  Ew. 
maclatum),  Beng.,  De  W.,  Hengst..  Ebr.,  (geschtachtel),  "Wakef. 
(slaughtered),  Treg.,  Kenr.  ;-Pas.,  Leigh,  Suic,  SchOttg.;  and 
the  general  lexicons. 

°  'The  stroke  of  his  death,'  says  Hengst..  'can  only  be  the 
stroke,  which  resulted  in  his  death.  The  assumption,  that  the 
stroke  of  his  death  stands  Ilebraistically  for  his  deadly  stroke, 
is  without  certain  analogy  in  the  N.  T.'  He  refers  also  to 
V.  14;  ch.  17:  8,  11;  and  adds  in  a  note:  'ΛΧηγή,  which  occurs 
so  often  in  the  Apocalypse,  means  always  stroke,  plague,  never 
wound.  The  simjile  Λ^γ;γή  here  answers  to  the  ηληγη  ΐης 
μαχο-ίραί  in  V.  14.'  Comp.  Is.  30  :  20.  E.  V.,  except  in  this  ch. 
and  Luke  10:  30,  has  always  (17  times)  stripe  or  plague  ;- 
W.,  R.,  (wound  of  his  death)  ;-Vulg.  (plgga  mortis  ejns),  Syr, 


150 


REVELATION. 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSION•. 

ed :  and  all  tlio  world  ΛνοικΙβΓβά 
ai'ter  the  beast. 

4  And  tiioy  worshipped  the 
dragon  which  gave  power  unto 
the  lieast :  and  they  worsliipped 
the  beast,  saying,  Who  is  like 
unto  the  beast  ?  who  is  able  to 
make  war  with  him  V 

5  And  there  was  given  unto 
him  Ά  mouth  speaking  great 
things  and  blasphemies ;  and 
power  was  given  unto  him  to 
continue  ibrtv  and  two  mouths. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

αΰτον  ίθίρατΓ^υβη,  και  ίθανμασθη 
iv  hXr]  Tij  yf]  υτησου  του  θηρίου. 

4  KUL  Ίτροσίκυνησαν  τον  δρά- 
κοντα of  ϊδωκίν  ίςονσίαν  τω  θη- 
ρί(ΰ,  και  ττροσίκυνησαν  το  θηρΊον, 
λίγοντίζ,  Τις  ομοιοί  tco  θηρίω; 
τΐί  δύναται  ττολΐμησαι  μετ  αντοΰ; 

5  κα\  ϊδοθη  αύτω  στόμα  λα- 
λούν μεγάλα  καΐ  βλασφημίας• 
και  εδόθη  αντω  εκούσια  ττοιησαι 
μήνας  τεσσαρακοντα  δνο' 


KEVISED    VEKSION. 

healed ;  and  rthere  was  a  won- 
dering in  pthe  whole  "'earth  after 
the  beast. 

4  And  they  worshijijjed  ''the 
dragon  'which  gave  '  authority 
unto  the  beast,  and  they  wor- 
shipped "the  beast,  saying  :  Who 
is  like  '  the  beast  ?  "  who  is  able 
to  make  war  v>itli  him  ? 

5  And  there  was  given  unto 
him  a  mouth  speaking  great 
things  and  'blasphemies ;  and 
'there  was  given  unto  him  power 
to  "do  forty  -  two  months. 


ρ  Erasm.,  \'at..  {udiniratio  fuil  in  uidversa  (eiru).  But 
for  our  Erasmian  U-xt  only  3  cursive  MSS.  are  cited,  aud, 
according;  l_v.  all  the  riiceet  editors  liavc,  ολ?;  ή  γ^  ("Α.  C),  and. 
along:  n-iih  th.it.  ίθαίμαπιν  of  15.  and  the  Elzevir  (except  Lachm. 
and  Treg..  ϊΟανμύαθη  A.  C.  ϊθανμαΰΐύθη).  I  recommeni]  that 
these  readings  be  ailopted,  and  that  the  version  stand  thus: 
the  whole  earth  wmidered.  For  the  whole,  sec  E.  V..  ch.  12:  9; 
IC;  14;  &c.  ;-Vu1g.  {un  versa),  Uerman  verss.,  ])t.  ;-Castal.. 
Aret..  Cocc,  Vitr..  (use  toius;-UiS  rest,  as  I'ulg.),  Hamm., 
Dodd..  Wesl.,  WakeC,  Woodh.,  Thoni.,  AlKv..  Penn,  Bloomf., 

Stu.,  Lord For  earth,  sec  all  verss.,  English  and  foreign 

(e.\cept  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Brightm.,  WeD.s,  Newc.j  Words.     Ilamm. 
and  ,SLu.  land). 

'>  All  the  recent  editors  have  -ry  ifiaxovti  ('  A.  Γ..  C.  α  26.  β  G. 
γ  3.  Compl.'),  and  all,  except  Beng..  tC,  θηί,ίψ  (Β.  C.  'α  20.  J3  C. 
Compl.').     Comp.  v.  8,  N.  h. 

'  For  oj,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth..  who  gives 
ΐψ  δίδωχότι,  on  the  authority  of '  B.  α  25.  ;3  3.  Compl.')  have 
ότ•ί  (■  A.  C.  12.  34.  3.i.  36.  46. '  Vulg.  M.•^.  Am.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm. 
Erp.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted: 
because  he  gave. 

•  All  the  recent  editors  insert  the  article,  xr^v  (•  A.  B.  C.  α  24. 

β  G.  Compl.').     I   recommend   its   adoption:   the. For  aii- 

thorittj,  see  E.  V.,  v.  2;  Ac.  and  ch.  12:  10,  N.  s,  &c. 

«  See  ch.  1:13,  N.  d. 

°  All  the  recent  editors,  except  JIatth.  and  Bloomf.,  here  in- 
sert xai  (A.  B.  C.  =a  11.  β  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Erp.  Slav.').  I  recommend  the  adoption  of  this  reading:  And 
who. 

'  For  β>.ααφημίαί,  Beng.,  JIatth.,  Tisch.,  read  β7.αΐ!ή>ημίαν 
(Β.  'α  20.  β  6.  Compl.     Vulg.  MS.')  ;  Lachm.,  Treg.,  β%ά<,φημα 


(•  A.  12.  28.  34.  47.') For  the  order  in  the  next  clause,  see 

E.  Λ^,  in  the  first  clause ;  &c.,  and  ch.  8 :  2,  X.  e,  &c. 

'"  'As  he  spak(.'  Λ'erse  6  explains  the  speaking;  v.  7,  the 
doing.  This  elliptical  use  of  rtott'u,  where  the  object  is  to  be 
supplied  from  the  context,  Hcngst.  (and  so  Cocc.  and  others) 
compares  to  that  of  n'-V  in  Ps.  22:  31  ;  37 :  5 ;  52 :  9 ;  Dan.  8  : 
12,  24;  11:  7,  30,  to  which  passages  of  Dan.  he  thinks  there  is 
here  an  allusion.  Comp.  also  2  Cor.  8 :  10,  11 ;  Eph.  3 :  20.— 
W.,  Ϊ.,  C,  G..  R.  (itO/A);-Vulg.  (facere),  Syr.  (=  laj^), 
Dt.  (om  \zulks]  ie  (/(/e/i);-Erasm..  Vat..  Cocc,  Vitr.,  ( fa- 
ciendi),  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Buz.,  Par.,  Grcll.,  {agendi),  Brightra. 
(•So  much  of  the  honour  of  the  beast;  now  of  his  power  of 
blaspheming  and  doing.  Of  both  which  it  is  first  said  tliat 
there  was  power  given  him,  and  then  followeth  the  execution 
thereof  in  blaspheming  at  the  sixth  verse,  and  in  doing  at 
the  sevcnt'n.'),  Moldcnh.  ('fsolche.s]  zu  Ihun  [oAer,  es  zu  trei- 
6fin]').  Eichh.  (supplies  toita),  Woodh.  (bracketing  Λοιηύαι, 
renders  it,  to  cuntimte  in  action),  Scott  (practise),  Stolz,  Mcy., 
(virken),  Kist.  (schalten).  Goss.,  Van  Ess,  (seiti  JVesen  zu 
trciben),  Allw.  (translates  as  Woodli.},  All.  (.so  zii  thun),  Penn, 
Ell.,  Tieg.,  Kenr..  {act),  Sharpe,  Stu.  {do  [his  own  will]),  Lord 
{do  [it]),  De  W.  ('sein  Wesen  zu  treiben,  oder  zu  handeln 
uberhaupl'),  Ilengst.  (thini  ;-and  tliis,  he  thinks,  stands  opposed 
to  tlie  λοίδϋΐ'),  Murd.  (</jerfi/e)  ;-Bretsch.  ('potestas  agendi ; 
lieuit  ίφ  θηρίψ  efficaci  esse.'),  Wahl  (who  cites  also  Matt.  8:0; 
Luke  7 :  8),  Rob.  (regards  the  word  as  used  intransitive]}'.  •  i.  q. 
to  be  active,  to  irork,'  and  cites  al.so  Matt.  20:  12).  The  E.  V. 
construction  of  «otijoai  with  /x^iof,  in  the  sense  of  spending 
time  (see  Acts  15 :  33  ;  18  :  23 ;  2  Cor.  11:  25  ;  James  4:13; 
Sept.  Prov.  13:  23),  has  been  adopted  by  Germ,  {dass  es  mit 
ihm  uahrete).  It.  {durar).  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (accomplir)  ;-IIamm., 
Wells,  Ew.,  Ebr.  The  difiBcuIty  of  the  expression  led  in  some 
MSS.  to  the  omission  of  «oi^oai ;  in  others,  to  the  insei  tion  of 
Λοτ^ιμον  (Β.  Elzevir.  Matth.). 

'  Seech.  11:2,  N.  h.  &c. 


(=  Vulg.),  Dt.  marg.  ('Gr.  de  slag  of  wonde  van  zynen 
dood')  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc.,  (as  Vulg.),  Erightm.  (his  deadly 
bloic).  Bcrl.  Bib.   (tcdtl    Schlag),  Herd.,  Stolz    Kiit..  Jloy., 


De  W.,  Ebr.,  ([die]  seine  Todeswunde),  Wakef.  (that  deadly 
stroke),  Ncwc.  (his  deadly  stroke),  Greenf.  (τ'ψΛ  Γ?•;).  Lord, 
Kenr.,  (his  death-wound).  Hengst.  (dvr  Schlag  seines  Todes). 


REVELATION. 


157 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 


6  And  lie  opened  his  month 
in  bhisphemy  against  God,  to 
blaspheme  his  name,  and  his 
tabernacle,  and  tliem  that  dwell 
in  heaven. 

7  And  it  was  given  nnto  him 
to  make  war  with  the  saints,  and 
to  overcome  them :  and  power 
Avas  given  him  over  all  kindreds, 
and  tongues,  and  nations. 

8  And  all  that  dwell  npon  the 
earth  shall  Avorship  him,  whose 
names  are  not  written  in  the 
book  of  life  of  the  Lamb  slain 
from  the  foundation  of  the  world. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

6  Koi  ηνοιζζ  TO  στόμα  αυτοί 
ei?  βλασφημίαν  ττροί  τον  θβον, 
βλασφημησαι  το  όνομα  αυτού, 
KaL  την  σκηνην  αυτού,  και  τουί 
iv  τω  ούρανω  σκηνοΰνταζ. 

7  Kcu  ίδοθη  αύτω  πολΐμον 
ΤΓΟίησαί  μίτα  των  άγιων,  και  νι- 
κησαι  αύτου^•  και  ίδοθη  αντω 
(ζουσία  eVt  τνάσαν  φνλην  καΐ 
γλωσσαν  κα\  ϊθνος. 

ί       8   ΚαΙ  ττροσκυνησουσιν  αντω 
\  7Γαντ€9    οι   κατοικοΰντΐς    Ιτά    της 
1  γης,  ων  ου  γίγραττται  τα  ονόματα 
ev   τη   βιβλω   της   ζωής   τοΰ  αρ- 
νιού ΐσφαγμίνου,  άττο  καταβολής 
κόσμου. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

6  And  he  opened  his  mouth 
-*'for  'blasjihcmy  against  God,  to 
blaspheme  his  name,  and  his  tab- 
ernacle, and  'those  nvho  «tab- 
ernacle in  heaven. 

7  ""And  it  was  given  unto  him 
to  make  war  Λvith  the  saints,  and 
to  overcome  them ;  and  'tJiere 
was  given  'unto  him  "authority 
over  'every  ftribe,  ^  and  tongue, 
and  nation. 

"8  And  all  >>  that  dwell  'on  the 
earth  shall  worshij)  ''him,  whose 
"names  'have  not  been  written,' 
in  Jthe  book  of  life  of  the  Lamb 
Jslain,  '  fioni  the  foundation  of 
tile  world. 


y  W.  (into),  T..  C,  G.,  R.,  (κη/ο) , -Latin  verss.  (in,  with  the 
ace.  ;-except  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  ad),  Syr.  (=  De  D.  arf).  German 
verss.  (zn).  Dt.  (toO  i-Brightm.  (as  T.).  B.  and  L.  {pour 
blasphemer).  Dodd.  (to  utter  bl.),  Wakcf..  'WooJh..  Tlioin.. 
AlUv.,  Stu. 

•  Lachm.,  Bloomf..  Treg.,  Word.?.,  Tisch.,  ruad  β^Λβ^τ,μία.^ 

('  A.  C.  18.  34.  35.     Tulg.  ed.'). For  those  κΗο.^  see  eh.  2 :  2. 

N.  h,  &c..  and  1 :  5,  N.  v.  &c. 

•  See  ch.  12:  12,  N.  z,  Ac.  There  E.  V.  renders  axr;vr,.  ta- 
bernacle. (Spenser,  Epilhalaminn,  421,  422,  of  those  who 
should  mount  tip  to  high  heavens'  haughty  pal  ices: 

'  And,  for  the  guerdon  of  their  glorious  merit, 
'  May  heavenly  tabernacles  there  inherit.') 

^  The  words,  Και  «δ.  .  .  .  vixr^aai  avfov's•,  are  cancelled  by 
Lachm.  after  Ά.  C.  12.  14.  02.' 

'  For  the  order  see  ch.  G :  2,  N.  g. For  tinto,  see  E.  V., 

first  clause.  &c.  ;-W.  (to)  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Penn,  Lord, 
(as  »'.),  Ell.,  Treg. 

a  See  ch.  12 :  10,  N.  s,  &c. 

•  See  ch.  7  :  4,  N.  k. 
'  See  ch.  1  :  7.  N.  k. 

•  All  the  recent  editors  here  insert  xal  ■κα.όν  (•  A.  B.  ο  23. 
β  5.  y  2.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.  [C.  xai  λοοι)?]'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted :  and  people. 

^  For  ra  ονόμα-τα.,  all  the  recent  editors  have  tb  όνομα  ('  A. 
B.  C.  α  20.  β  4.  γ  2.  Compl.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr.').  I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that,  in  order  to  prevent  am- 
biguity, the  version  stand  thus  :  shall  uor^hip  }iim  thai  direll 


on  the  earth,  whose  name  hiilh  &c.  Of  those  who  thus  render 
ciiO/ta  by  a  noun  singular,  Penn  tran.siatos  npoaxvv.  αντ.  at  the 
end  of  the  verse ;  Woodh.  and  Sharp.•  interpose  they  before 
whcse  ;  Lord  has  the  order  hei  e  |)!  oposed  ;  Tr>  g..  now  adapting 
the  reading  of  C.  of  ov  yty..  editi'd  a'so  by  Lachm.  and  Tiicli.. 

.supplies  he  before  irhose. For  aita.  all  the  recent  editors 

read  aitov  (A.  B.  C.  •α  18.  ,3  5.').     Comp.  v.  4,  N.  q. After 

oco^ua,  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  add  aitoi  (Ά.  C). 

'   For  071.  see  ch.  5  :  7,  N.  a,, Ac. For  have  (hath)  been, 

see  B.  and  L..  Wakef.  at  ch.  17 :  8,  Treg. The  construction 

by  hyperbaton  of  ά,Λο  χαταβολ^ί  χόαμον  with  yiyportrat.  is  fa- 
voured by  a  comparison  of  ch.  5  :  12  with  17  :  8,  and  such  texts 
as  Eph.  1  :  4,  and  is  adopted  bj'  Syr.  (according  to  the  punctua- 
tion of  ail  the  editions),  Dt.  (according  to  the  punctuation. 
The  note  mentions  both  references,  without  deciding  between 
them.).  Fr.  S.  marg.  ;-Areth.,  Castal.,  Zrg.,  Est.,  Grot.,  Ilanim., 
Morns,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Bcng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.  (in  the 
note),  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Nenc,  Thom.,  Scott,  Heinr.,  Ew., 
Ros.,  Jone.s,  Gerl.,  Bloomf.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Treg..  De  W.,  Kell., 
Heugst.,  Ebr.,  the  Amcr.  Bible  Soc.  Others,  as  Engl.  Ann., 
Cocc,  Wolf  (whose  note  mentions  other  names  on  either  side), 
follon'  the  example  of  the  Dt.  Ann. 

1  For  ty  βι'βλοί.  all  the  recent  editors  read  ta  βφί.ία  ('■  A.  B. 

ο  16.  β  2.  Compl.    βιβλία,  C). Before  sjijiay^.  all  the  recent 

editors  insert  (Bloomf,  in  brackets)  roi  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  25.  β  5. 
y  2.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  readuig  be  adopted,  and 
transhited:  tliat  hath  been  slain.  See  ch.  5  :  12,  N.  w.  Here 
the  participle  is  rendered  by  a  finite  verb  by  Vulg.,  Germ.,  Dt., 
It.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Hamm.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L„  Beng.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn,,  Scott,  AUw.,  Ail,,  Penn, 
Ell,,  Stu,,  Lord,  Hengst,,  Kenr. 


153 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSIOX. 

9  If  any  mau  have  an  ear,  let 
liim  hear. 

10  He  that  leadeth  into  cap- 
tivity shall  go  into  captivity : 
he  that  killeth  with  the  sword, 
must  be  killed  with  the  swoixl. 
Here  is  the  patience  and  the 
faith  of  the  saints. 


11  And  I  beheld  another  beast 
coming  up  out  of  the  earth,  and 
he  had  two  horns  like  a  lamb, 
and  he  spake  as  a  dragon. 

12  And  he  exerciseth  all  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

9  El  tls  ε'χεί  ους,  άκονσατω. 

10  ΈΊ  TiS  αίχμαλωσίαν  σννα- 
γ€ί,  €t?  αί'χμαλωσιαν  υτταγα•  ei 
τΐί  iv  μαχαίρα  άττοκηνύ,  8(1  αυ- 
τόν iv  μαχαίρα  άττοκτανθηναι- 
ώδε  ΐστιν  ή  ΰττομονη  και  η  ττιστίί 
των  άγιων. 

11  Kou  βίδον  άλλο  θηρίον 
άναβαΐνον  e'/c  της  γης,  καΐ  είχε 
Κ€ρατα  δυο  Όμοια  άρνιω,  καΐ  ελα- 
λεί  ώί  δράκων. 

12  και  την  €^ουσιαν  του  ττρω- 


RE VISED    VERSION. 

9  If  any  "One  'hath  an  ear,  let 
him  hear. 

10  ""If  any  °one  "gathereth  °a 
captivity,  finto  captivity  he 
■"goeth :  "if  any  "one  'shall  kill 
with  the  sword,  'with  the  sword 
'must  he  be  killed.  Here  is  the 
patience  and  the  faith  of  the 
saints. 

11  And  I  "saw  another  '■beast 
"'ascending  out  of  the  earth,  and 
he  had  tv\O  horns  like  a  lamb, 
and  he  spake  as  a  dragon. 

12  And  'all  the  ^  authority  of 


t  See  1  John  2 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

1  "W.  ;-roreign  verss.  (except  Vitr.)  ;-"\\'eIIs,  Daub..  Dodd., 
Thorn.,  Penn,  SUi.,  Lord,  Trcg.,  Murd.     See  ch.  14 :  9,  N.  t. 

■"  The  Greek  construction  is  retained  by  E.  V.,  v.  9  ;  &c.  ;- 
Syr..  Protestant  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It..  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Paj;n. 
and  later  Latin  verss.,  Brightm.,  Ilamni.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Ew.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Slu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Murd.  E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg.  {Qui  in  cap- 
tivitaiein). 

-  See  1  John  2:  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

"  The  verb  ovrdya  occurs  C2  times  in  the  N.  T..  and,  except 
in  12  instances,  is  always  in  E.  V.  rendered,  gather,  gather 
together,  assemble,  assemble  together.  The  noun  αίχμα.%ωαιο. 
is  found  only  here  and  Eph.  4 :  8,  in  which  last  place  the  ex- 
pression, 'Ιίχμ.α^Δχίναίν  αίχμαλωοίαν,  is  taken  from  the  Sept. 
translation  of  Ps.  68  :  19  (18),  i3ia  ΓΛ^ώ  where,  again,  as 
commonly  explained.  i3"r  (E.  V.  captivity)  is  used  collectively 
for  α  bndi/  nf  captives.  •  Thou  hast  captured  a  captivity,  i.  e. 
taken  captive  a  multitude  of  enemies'  (Alex.).  In  the  same 
concrete  .sense,  •'Z.'n.  like  ni=ia  and  η^Λ.  is  of  frequent  occurrence 
in  the  Hebrew  Scriptures,  and  in  the  Sept.  αΙχμαΧυ^αία.,  as  their 
(ircek  equivalent;  e.g.  Numb.  21 :  1;  Is.  20 :  4,  in  both  of 
which  places  E.  V.  has  prisoners  in  the  text,  but  captivity  in 
the  margin  of  the  second.  Comp.  also  E.  V.  Jer.  29 :  22,  and 
especially  Ilab.  1  :  9  they  shall  gather  the  capiivity  =  φ^Α"; 
■^ηώ  =  Sept.  αννάξίί  α.1χμα.\ωαίυ.ν. — Dt.  Ann.  ('Gr.  leads  to- 
gether the  capiivity,  i.  e.  a  multitude  of  captives')  ;-Erasm. 
(note :  caplivitatem  contrahil).  Vat.  {captivitatem  contraxerit), 
CaslsX.  {captivos  abigit),  Steph.  ('Ad  ver.  Captivitatem  con- 
gregal:  i.  e.  quos  ducat  captives'),  Hamm.  (gather  togetlier  a 
captivity),  Cocc.  (captivitatem  colligit).  Daub,  (gathers  into 
c),  Berl.  Bib.  (Gefangene  zusammentreiht),  Beng..  Ilengst., 
(Gefangene  ziisammenbringt),  Wakef.  (gathereth  prisoners 
together  to  enslave  them),  Newc.  marg.,  Bloomf.,  (collect  a 
number  of  captives),  Thorn,  (gathereth  [pi-isoners]  for  c), 
Heinr.   (' Αίχμα^ωιίαν  prius   pro   αίχμαλώ-ίον;,  qui   fftivoyo^tat, 


congregantur,  coguntur  in  carcerem.  ut  uno  die  ad  supplicium 
duci  pos.sint.'),  Ew.  ('captivorum  turbam  [hoc  enim  est  aij^^ta- 
λωβι'α  ex  hebraismo,  quern  nonnulli  evitaturi  f  15  inseruerunt  ante 
αϊχμ.]  cogit.'),  Ros.  (•Αί;ί^.  hie  dicuntur  captivi,  ut  Tffptfo/iij 
circiimcisos  signifieat.'),  Stu.  ('  Literally,  leads  or  conducts 
away    an   assemblage    of  exiles.'),  De  W.  ('  eig.  zusammen- 

treibt)  ;-the  lexicons. For  αί;);ίΐαλωσιαν  avvayti,  ti's  αίχμα7.ω- 

πίαρ  ντίάγίΐ,  Matth.  reads  Ιχιι  αΐχμ-,  iri.  ('α  17.  β  3.  Compl. 
Slav.  MS.')  ;  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  read  ii(  αίχμ•,  (is  αΧχμ.  νΛ. 
(Ά.  Slav.  MS.  f is  αΐχ.  iit.  B.  28.  .38.').  There  are  many  other 
variations.  Bloomf.:  'The  true  text  can  onl3' be  obtained  by 
a  more  careful  collation  of  MSS.  Meanwhile.  I  think  it  will 
turn  out  to  be  what  is  found  in  a  few  cursive  MSS..  confirmed 
by  the  Pesch.'  (?)  '  Syr.  and  Vulg.  Λ'ersions,  as  also  Irenaeus 
and  Primasius,  Ei'  tii  sis  αΙχμαΧωαίαν  artaytt,  fi's  αίχμ.  irtayfi.' 

Ρ  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Greenf.,  Bloomf.,  Lord. 

'  The  present  tense  is  retained  by  R.  (Vulg.  .4»;.  has  vadit)  ;- 
Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasra.  and  later  Latin  verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Par.), 
Hanini.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Ew.,  Allw., 
Bloomf.,  Lord,  Trcg.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Hengst.,  Ebr.  E.  V.  and 
others  follow  the  Vulg.  ed.  (radet). 

■■  The  future  tense  is  retained  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Cocc),  Dt.;-Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Newc,  lYoodh.,  Thom.,  Allw., 

Treg.,  Kenr. M.atth.  and  Tisch.  cancel  aHoxtinl  ('a  10.  β  4. 

Slav.  MS.').     Lachm.  reads  artoxtairii. 

•  Άτίοχΐο,ρθϊ-ναι  is  translated  last  by  the  Latin  and  German 
verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Thom.,  Lord,  Treg. 

ι  See  ch.  11 :  5,  N.  r. 

«  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  b. 

'  See  ch.  11 :  7,  N.  y. 

"  Seech.  13:  1,  N.  d,  &c 

'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;- 
Stu.,  De  W.,  Ebr. 

»  See  V.  4,  N.  s,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


159 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

power  of  the  first  beast  before 
him,  and  causetli  the  eai-th  and 
them  whicli  dwell  therem  to 
worship  the  first  beast,  M^hose 
deadly  wound  was  healed. 


13  And  he  doeth  great  won- 
ders, so  that  he  maketli  fire  come 
down  from  hea\'en  on  the  earth 
in  the  sight  of  men, 

14  And  deceiveth  them  that 
dwell  on  the  earth  b}^  tlie  means 
of  those  miracles  wliich  he  had 
power  to  do  in  the  sight  of  the 
beast ;  saying  to  them  that  dwell 
on  the  earth,  that  they  should 
make   an   image   to   the    beast. 


Lov  ττασαν  ττοΐίϊ  βνωτηον 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τον  θηρί{ 
αύτον-  και  ττοιεΓ  την  γην  καΐ  τουί 
κατοίκοΰνταί  ϊν  avTrj  'ίνα.  ττροσ- 
κννησωσί  το  θηρίον  το  πρώτον, 
ου  4θ€ρα7Γ€υθη  η  ττληγη  του  θα- 
νάτου αύτοΰ' 

13  καΙ  TTOiei  σημβΐα  μβγαλα, 
ίνα  καΐ  ττυρ  ττοιτβ  καταβαίνειν  βκ 
τοΰ  ουρανού  €£?  την  γην  βνωτηον 
των  ανθ ρωττων . 

1-4  και  ττΧανα  τουί  κατοικούν 
ταΫ  βττΐ  τη9  "γηί,  8ια  τα  σημΰα 
α  ϊδοθη  αύτω  ττοίησαι  ΐνώττιον 
τοΰ  θηρίον,  λίγων  Tols  κατοικοΰ- 
σιν  ίττΐ  τηί   γηί,  ττοιησαί  e'lKova 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  first  beast  he  exerciseth  be- 
fore him ;  and  ^he  "maketh  the 
earth  and  '■those  "who  dwell 
therein  to  worship  the  first  beast, 
whose  'stroke  of  death  was 
healed. 

13  And  he  doeth  great  '^signs, 
■•so'  that  'even  'fire  'he  maketh 
°to  ""descend  from  heaven  'unto 
the  earth  Jbefore  men." 

14  And  'he  deceiveth  "those 
"■who  dwell  on  the  earth,  "be- 
cause of  -the  psigns  which  'iit 
was  given  unto  him  to  do  'before 
the  beast,  saying  to  "'those  "who 
dwell  on  the  earth,  that  they 
should  make  an  image   to    the 


•  The  pronoun  is  repeated  by  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Germ.,  Dt., 
Fr.  S.  ;-Criglitm.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef., 
Mey.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  3 :  9 ;  &c.  ;-\Τ.,  R.,  (made)  ;-Dodd.  (makes), 
Stu. 

"  For  those  who,  see  ch.  2 : 2,  N.  h,  &c.,  and  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

'  See  V.  3,  N.  o. 

■■  See  ch.  12:  1,  N.  b. For  ίνα,  xai  Λνρ,  Matth.,  Griesb., 

Sch.,  Words.,  B"loomf.,  read  xai  Λνρ  ίνα  (Β.  'α  21.  β  3.  γ  2. 
CorapL'    Bloomf.  errs  in  calling  this  '  the  text.  rec.'). 

'  W.,  R.,  (also)  ;-Latin  verss.  (etiam  ;-except  Cocc,  Λ'ΊΙγ., 
et),  Syr.  (=  De  D.  etiam),  Germ,  (auch),  Dt.  (ook),  It.  (an- 
cora),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (mime)  ;-Beng.,  Jloldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey., 
Hengst.,  Ebr..  (as  Germ.),  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  All,  (so- 
gar;-a,TiA  so  Van  Ess,  Kist.),  Penn,  Stu,,  Lord,  Treg,,  Murd,. 
Kenr.  (as  R.). 

'  The  word  «Jp  is  translated  in  its  place  before  the  governing 

verb,  by  the  Latin  verss,,  Syr,,  Dt,  ;-Beng,,  All.,  Ebr. For 

rtoij  .  .  .  ουρανοί,  Slatth.,  Sch.,  Words,,  Bloomf,,  read  ix  tov 
oip.  χαταβοΜ,'νι;  (Β.  [-ti]  'α24,  g4,  Compl,  Vulg,'  This  ref- 
erence to  the  Tulg,,  however,  is  erroneous ;  as  Bloomf.  also 
errs  in  calling  this  reading  'the  text,  rec,');  Griesb,  reads  έχ  toi 
ovp,  χαίαβνι ;  Knapp,  Lachm,,  Hahn,  Treg,,  Tisch,,  Theile,  read 
rtot^  £x  'toy  ούρ,  χαΐαβαίνείν  (Ά,  C.  28,  34.  35.  38,'). 

5  Ε.  V,,  ch,  3:  9;  ic,;-W,,  R,  ;-Brightm,,  Daub,,  Wesl.. 
Newc,  Woodh,,  AUw,,  Sharpe,  Stu,,  Lord,  Treg,,  Kenr. 

"■  Seech.  10:  1,  N.  a,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  8 :  5,  N.  p.  W.  (into),  R,  ;-Latin  verss.  (in  with 
the  ace.  ;-except  Castal.,  ad),  Fr.  G.  (en)  ;-Dodd,,  Wesl,. 
Wakef..  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord.  (to).  The  reading  ini  (B, '  α  18,  β  4, 
Complj')  is  adopted  only  by  Matth. 


)  E.  v.,  32  times  out  of  36  in  this  book  ;-Germ,  (var),  Dt. 
(voor),  Fr.  G,-M,.-S,,  (devant)  -j-Cocc,  Vitr,,  (cora?». ;-instcad 
of  the  Vulg,,  in  compectu),  Beng,,  Herd,,  Mey,,  Hengst.,  Ebr., 
(as  Germ.),  Dodd,,  Woodh,,  Lord,  Murd, 

^  According  to  the  punctuation  of  our  Text,  and  that  of  all 
the  recent  editors,  except  Theile,  the  construction  with  Iva. 
cannot  extend  into  the  next  verse.  The  verss,  also  in  general 
restrict  it  to  rtoiij, 

1  See  V.  13,  N.  k. 

■"  See  ch.  2 :  2,  N.  h,  &c.,  and  1 :  5,  N.  v,  &c. 

°  See  ch.  12:  11,  N.  uu,  W.  (/or)  ;-Latin  verss,,  except 
Castal.,  (propter).  Germ,  (wn  .  .  .  icillen),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S., 
(d  cause  de)  ;-Daub.  (by  reason  of),  Beng.,  Hengst.,  (as  Germ.), 
Treg.  (in  consequence  of),  De  W.  (ire^en). 

"  The  demonstrative  is  not  found  in  W.,  R,;-any  foreign 
version  ;-Dodd,,  Wesl,,  Woodh,,  Thorn,,  Allw,,  Penu,  Sharpe, 
Stu,,  Lord,  Treg,,  Kenr. 

Ρ  See  ch.  12 :  1,  N.  b. 

9  E.  v.,  V.  7,  &o.  To  the  Church  of  God  it  is  no  small  con- 
solation to  be  thus  frequently  reminded,  that  the  power  of  her 
mightiest  enemies  to  deceive  and  to  destroy  is  precisely — neither 
more  nor  less  than — that  which  is  allowed  them  by  her  own 
Almighty  Friend,  and  that,  like  the  waves  of  the  sea,  they  live 
and  move  under  the  strong  control  of  that  divine  word:  7'hus 
far,  and  no  farther.  Comp.  1  Kings  22 :  22 ;  Job  1 :  12 ;  2 :  6 ; 
Luke  4:6;  John  19 :  11, — The  common  sense  of  &ίδωμι  is  given 
here  by  W,,  R,  ;-all  foreign  verss,  (except  Moldenh,,  B.  and  L,)  ;- 
Dodd,,  Wesl,,  Newc,  Woodh,,  Grcenf,,  Penn  (aie  granted) 
Sharpe,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

'  See  V.  13,  N.j. For  0',  Lachm,.  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  oj 

(A.  B.  C.  '28.  34  35.  [36?]  92.'). 


160 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION• 

which  had  the  wound  by  a  sword, 
and  did  live. 

15  And  lie  hnd  power  to  give 
life  unto  the  image  of  the  beast, 
that  the  image  of  the  beast 
should  both  speak,  and  cause 
that  as  many  as  would  not  wor- 
ship the  image  of  the  beast 
should  be  killed. 

IG  And  he  causeth  all,  both 
small  and  great,  rich  and  poor, 
free  and  bond,  to  receive  a  mark 
in  their  right  hand,  or  in  their 
foreheads ; 


GREEIC    TEXT. 

τω  θηρύύ  ο  ί'χίΐ  τηΐ'  ττΧηγην  τηί 
μαχ^αίραί  καΐ  ίζησί. 

15  ilat  (δοθη  αύτω  δοΰΐ'αι 
τννΐνμα  ττ]  (Ικοι^ι  του  θηρίου,  ίνα 
και  λαληση  η  βίκωι/  τον  θηρωυ, 
και  τΓΟίησττι,  υσοί  αν  μη  ττροσκυ- 
νησωσί  την  ίΐκονα  του  θηρίου, 
ίνα  άτΓοκτανθώσι. 

1G  Α  at  TTOiet  τταντας,  tovs 
μικρόν!  και  τουί  μ^γαλονς,  κα). 
τουί  ττλονσιουί  καΐ  τουί  τττωχουί, 
καΐ  TOVS  €λΐνθ(ρονί  καΐ  τον! 
δούλου!,  ίνα  δώση  αύτοίί  -χάραγ- 
μα ίττί  τη!  χ€ίρο!  αυτών  τη!  δί- 
ζια!,  η  eVt  των  μβτώττων  αυτών. 


"it   was   given 


unto 


give   'breath   unto   the 


REVISED    VERSION. 

beast,  'which  'hath  the  'stroke 
"of  'the  sword,  and  "lived. 

15  And 
him   to 

image  of  the  beast,  that  the  im 
age  of  the  beast  should  both 
speak,  aud  cause  'that  as  many 
as  'should  not  worship  'the  im- 
mage  of  the  beast  "should  be 
killed. 

16  And  he  'causeth  all,  ''  the 
small  and  Hhe  great,  'and  '■the 
rich  and  '■the  poor,  'and  'the  free 
and  '■the  bond,  'that  "Ίιε  should 
give  them  a  mark  'on  their  right 
liand  or  'on  their  'foreheads, 


■  '  The  scar  still  remaining.'  Seev.  3,  N.ni. — W.,  R.  ;-Vulg., 
Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  \'at.,  Beng.,  Woodli.,  Sharpe,  Lord  (has), 
Treg•.,  De  W.,  Words.,  Ilengst.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  The  reading  ιΐχι 
(Β.  'α  25.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.')  i.s.  among  the  recent  editors,  adopted 
only  by  Beng.  .-.nd  Malth. 

'  See  V.  3.  N.  o. 

"  Λν..  T.,  C  G.,  B.  ;-Vu!g.,  Syr.,  It..  French  vers=.;-Erasm., 
Vat.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Stu., 
Lord,  Kenr.  Ebr. 

'  E.  Λ'.,  V.  10;  itc.  Hengst.  thinks  that  there  is  even  a 
special  reference  to  ch.  12:  7 — 'the  sword  of  ^lichacl'  (ΛΙίΗοη, 
P.  L.  vi.  250).  B.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  B.  and  L.)  ;-Da>ib., 
Dodd.,  Wosl,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Word.'.,  Kell.,  Kenr. 

"  See  ch.  2:  8,  N.  e.  W.;-Dodd.,  Wes!.,  Wakef.,  Nosvc, 
Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.  (revived),  Lord. 

»  See  V.  14,  N.  q. 

y  Έ.\.  mai-^.'-Vnlg.  (spiiitum),  Syr.  (=  Grcenf.  nn). 
Germ,  (den  Geisl),  Dt.  {eenen  geesl),  It.  (npirilo),  Fr.  G.,-M., 
(line  nme),  Fr.  S  (un  esprit)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr., 
(use spiiiliis) ;-Engl.  Ann.,  Hanini.,  Daub.,  Beng.  (eineti  Odem), 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Gill  ('  Or,  breatlC),  Moldenh.  (Athem),  Wakef., 
Thorn.,  All.,  Sticr,  (eineii  G.),  Gerl.,  De  W..  Ilengst.,  Ebr.,  (<?.), 
Penn,  Sharpe,  EH.,  Stu.  (vital  npirit),  Lord,  Treg. 

•  The  iVa  is  cancelled  before  άτίοχΐ.  (A.  B.  'a  12.  /3  7.  y  2, 
Vnlg.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav  .ed.'),  and  inserted  before  όσοι  (•Α.  11. 
26.  30.     Vulg.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav,  ed.'),  by  B'.ng.,  Luchm.,  Treg. ; 

while  by  Matth.  and  Tisch.  it  is  omitted  in  both  places. For 

should  worship,  see  R.  (shall)  ;-foreign  verss.  (of  which  no  one 

has   (he   force   of  would)  ;-Woodh. For  τ•ήν   fix.,   Matth., 

Griesb.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  Words.,  read  tj  cixai/i  (B.  'a  24.  β  0.  y  2. 
Compl.'). 

'  Ilengst.:  '//e  mnkes  all,  is  the  .same  as :  He  brings  all  into 
such  a  jiosition,  so  far  works  upon  all  (comp.  v.  12) — a  Ile- 
braiotic  use  of  ΛοκΙν ;  comp.  Gcscnius  on  Π'»5•'     Ilcncc  Casta'. : 


eo  udigebat;  Brightm. :  'he  driveth  evtry  one  to  this;' 
Moldenh. :  brachte  .  .  .  daliin ;  &c. 

^  There  is  nothing  for  both  in  W.,  B.  ;-any  foreign  version  ;- 
Wakef.,  AUw..  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr.     E.  V.  follo^rs 

T.,  C,  G. For  the  articles,  se^!  ch.  11:  13,  N.  j.     Here  they 

are  retained,  .some  or  all  of  them,  b)'  Germ.  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh., 
Witkcf.,  Woodh.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Stu,,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Ilengst., 
Kenr.,  Ebr. 

'  The  conjunctions  are  retained  b}'  W.,  R.  ;-A'ulg.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;- 
Erasm.,  A'at.,  Cocc,  Wesl.,  AVakef.,  Woodh.•,  Thorn.,  Allw., 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg..  Hengst.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  E.  V.  follows 
Ϊ.,  C,  G. 

"i  For  that,  sec  N.  a ;  E.  V..  vv.  15,  17  ;  5.c. ;  and  below. 

Excepting  Matth.  (iusonstv),  all  the  recent  editors,  for  iuarj, 
have  δώ5ΐν  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  8.  β  3.  Compl.  δώιωοίί'  α  14.  β  3.'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  they 
should  give  them;  =  qiCon  leur  donne.  E.  V.  niarg.  ('  Gr.  to 
give')  ;-Germ.  (dass  es  .  .  .  gab),  Dt.  (dat  het  .  .  .  geve)  ;-Vat. 
(note:  nt  del),  Brightm.  (that  he  giveth),  Engl.  Ann..  Ilamm., 
(that  he  may  give),  Cocc.  (nt  darel).  Beng.  (dass  man  .  .  . 
gebe),  Moldenh.  (dass  sie  .  .  .  geben  Uessen),  Newc.  marg. 
(that  inen  should  give),  Wood.h.,  Allw.  marg.  (that  he  should 
give),  Stier  (dass  es  .  .  .  giht),  Ebr.  (dass  man  .  .  .  giebl). 
Others,  retaining  the  common  sense  of  &1&ωμ.ι,  adopt  a  passive 
construction  =  ut  detur  (Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Mey.,  Greenf.,  Hengst.), 
or  a  reflexive  =  give  tlieinselves  (Daub.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Words.). 
E.  v.,  T.,  C,  G.,  &c.,  follow  Erasm.  (accipere);  W.,  R.,  &c., 
the  Vulg.  (habere).  The  grammatic.il  ambiguit}',  however,  in 
the  proposed  literal  version  is  not  greater  tlian  in  the  Greek. 

•  See  ch.  7 :  3,  N.  g,  &c. 

'  For  on,  see  ch.  7:  3,  N.  g.  <Scc.  But  for  irti.  ruv  μιτύ,τίων, 
all  the  recent  editors  have  ini  to  μίΐωΛον  ('  .\.  α  19.  β  5.  Copt. 
Arm.  [τοί  μιΐύηαν  C).  I  reconnnend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted :  upmi  their  forehead.  See  ch.  7 :  1,  N.  b,  ic.,  and 
comp.  ch.  14 :  9. 


REVELATION. 


161 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

17  And  that  no  man  might 
buy  or  sell,  save  he  that  had  the 
mark,  or  the  name  of  the  beast, 
or  the  number  oi'  his  name. 


18  Here  is  wisdom.  Let  him 
that  hath  understanding  count 
the  number  of  the  beast :  for  it 
is  the  number  of  a  man  ;  and  his 
number  is  Six  hundred  three- 
score and  six. 

CHAP.    XIV. 

And  I  looked,  and  lo,  a  Lamb 
stood  on  the  mount  Sion,  and 
with  him  an  hundred  forty  and 
four  thousand,  having  his  Fa- 
ther's name  written  in  their  fore- 
heads. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

17  /cat  ϊνα  μητίί  δυνηται  άγο- 
ράσαί  η  ττωλησαι,  el  μη  ο  βχωι> 
το  -χάραγμα,  η  το  Όνομα  του  θη- 
ρίου, η  τον  αριθμόν  του  ονόματος 
αυτόν. 

18  Ώδβ  η  σοφία  ΐστίν.  ό  βχων 
τον  νουν,  ψ7]φισατω  τον  αριθμόν 
τοΰ  θηρίου•  αριθμός  γαρ  άνθρω- 
που  ΙστΙ,    καΐ   ό    αριθμός   αυτού 

CHAP.    XIV. 

ΚΑΙ  elSov,  καΐ  ιδον  άρνίον 
βστηκος  iiri  το  ορός  Σιων,  και 
μβτ  αυτοΰ  βκατον  τ^σσαρακοντα- 
Τίσσαρβς  -χ^ιλιαδβς,  βχ^ουσαι  το 
όνομα  τον  ττατρος  αυτόν  γεγραμ- 
μίνον  eVt  των  μίτωττων  αυτών. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

17  And  that  no  *^one  "should 
be  able  to  buy  or  sell,  'but  he 
that  Jhath  the  mark,  ιόγ  the 
name  of  tlie  beast,  or  the  num- 
ber of  his  name. 

18  Here  is  wisdom.  Let  him 
that  hath  'the  understanding 
count  the  number  of  the  beast : 
for  it  is  "a  man's  number ;  and 
his  number  ii  "666. 


CHAP.    XIV. 

And  I  'saw,  and  ''behold  'a. 
Lamb  ""standing  Hipon  the  mount 
«Sion,  and  with  him  ^a  hundred 
'and  forty  -  four  thousand,  having 
"the  name  of  his  Father  written 
'on  their  foreheads. 


ε  See  1  John  2 :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

•■  Latin  verss.  (posslt  or  possei  ;-escept  Castal.),  Syr.,  Ger- 
man verss.  (kann  or  konne  ;-except  Moldenh.),  It.  (polesse), 
Fr.  G.,-M.,  (poiirait).  Fr.  S.  {ptiisse)  ;-Brightm.,  Kenr.,  (can). 
B.  and  L.  (put),  Dodd..  Wakef.  and  Words,  (inay  be  able), 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Murd.,  (might  be  able),  Lord, 
Treg.  (be  able.)     See  ch.  14:  3,  N.  o. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  17,  N.  w. 

'  The  time  is  that  of  rcoiii  in  v.  16.  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.  and  Cocc,  who  in  the  previous  verse  had  intro- 
duced the  imperfect),  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Brightm., 
Dodd.,  Wakef,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr. 

I"  This  )J  is  marked  by  Bloomf.  as  ^most  probably,  or  cer- 
tainly, an  interpolation,'  and  cancelled  by  all  the  other  recent 
editors,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  25.  β  6.  γ  2.  Am.  ΤοΙ. 
Syr.  Αγ.  P.  Slav.  MS.'     I   recommend    that  this  reading  be 

followed,  and  the  word  or  omitted. Lachm.  also,  for  to  ov., 

reads  xov  omfiatoi  ('  C.     Vulg.  MS.  Tol.  Syr.'). 

■  The  tov,  bracketed  by  Bloomf.,  is  rejected  by  all  the 
other  recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  'a 20.  β  5. 
Compl.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  the 
omitted. 

"  Germ,  (eiiies  Menschen  Zahl),  Dt.  (een  getal  eens  men- 
schen).  It.  (numero  tViionio),  French  verss.  (un  noinbre 
d'homme)  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  All.,  Hengst.,  (as  Germ.),  Herd. 
(Menschenzahl),  Woodh.,  Crol.,  AUw.,  Lord,  (a  number  of  a 
man),  Stu.,  De  W.  (eine  Menschen- Zahl),  Ebr.  (eine  Zahl 
eines  Menschen). 

"  Treg. :  '  We  know  from  Irenaeus  that  this  number  was 


expressed  in  Greek  letters,  ^If'.'  Hengst. :  '  It  appears  also 
from  this,  that,  where  the  number  is  written  out,  the  gender 
of  the  numerals  is  given  differently,  sometimes  ϊξακόοιοι,  some- 
times tiaxaaia,.'  (C.  ίξα.χ6αιαι,  Uxa  c|  [χι-ζ']-)  The  letters  are 
given  in  B.,  and  in  the  editions  of  Griesb.,  Mey.,  Bloomf.,  Hahn, 
Tisch. ;  and  this  is  imitated,  as  above,  by  Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc.,  Vitr., 
Herd.  (• χΙ{  [600]'),  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Greenf  (in  Hebrew  let- 
ters), Ell.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Lee. 

'  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  b. 

"  See  ch.  5 :  6,  N.  r. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  insert  t6  (A.  B.  0.  '  α  19.  β.  4.  Copt. 
Syr.  Arr.'     I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted :  the. 

■i  See  ch.  5:  0,  N.  w. For  iatr,xi<;,  Beng.,  Treg.,  Tisch., 

read  iatui  (7  cursive  MSS.) ;  Lachm.,  Words.,  Bloomf.,  iat6i 
(Ά.  C.  Er.'). 

•  For  upon,  see  ch.  3 :  3,  N.  j,  &c. 1  recommend  that  the 

Hebrew  form  of  this  name  be  adopted  throughout.  See  ch.  7 :  6, 
N.  0.— Germ.  ;-Engl.  Ann.,  Moldenh.,  Mey.,  Ell.,  Stu.,  Lord, 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  Murd.,  Amer.  Bible  Soc,  Ebr. 

f  See  2  Pet.  2:  14,  N.  f. 

^  See  ch.  7 :  4,  N.  j,  &c.  Here  the  and  is  inserted  as  above, 
by  T.,  C.  ;-Daub.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Scott,  AUw., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 

i»  Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Thom.  But  all  the  recent  edi- 
tors for  ϊό  ovojua,  have  to  oro^a  aitoi  xai  to  Όνομ.ο,  (Ά.  Β.  C. 
α  26.  β  7.  y  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  and 
translated :  his  name  and  the  name.     Comp.  ch.  3 :  12 ;  22 :  4. 

'  Seech.  7:3,  N.g,&c. 

21 


162 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      A'ERSION. 

2  And  I  heard  a  voice  from 
heaven,  as  the  voice  of  many 
waters,  and  as  the  voice  of  a 
great  thunder :  and  I  heard  the 
voice  of  hai-pers  harping  with 
their  harps : 

3  And  they  sung  as  it  were  a 
new  song  before  the  throne,  and 
before  the  four  Ijcasts,  and  the 
elders  :  and  no  man  could  learn 
that  song  but  the  hundred  and 
forty  atid  four  thousand,  which 
were  redeemed  from  the  earth. 


4  These  are  they  which  were 
not  defiled  with  women ;  for 
they  are  virgins.  These  are  they 
which  follow  the  Lamb  whither- 
soever he  goeth.  These  were 
redeemed  from  among  men,  being 
the  first-iruits  unto  God  and  to 
the  Lamb. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

2  /cat  ηκονσα  φωνην  ίκ  τον 
ουρανού  ώ?  φωνην  νιάτων  πολ- 
λών, και  ώί  φωνην  βροντηί  μβ- 
γαληί•  καΐ  φωνην  ηκονσα  κιθα- 
ρφδών  κιθαριζοντων  iv  τοις  κιθά- 
paLS  αντών. 

3  καΐ  αδονσιν  ώ?  ωδην  καινην 
ίνωτηον  του  θρονον,  καΐ  ϊνώττιον 
των  τβσσαρων  (^ωων  καΊ  των  irpe- 
σβντΐρων  καΐ  ovSeli  ηδυνατο 
μαθΐΐν  την  ωδην,  el•  μη  at  ΐκατον 
τ€σσαρακοντατ€σσαρ€9  χιλιάδίί, 
0L  ηγορασμίνοι  αττο  τηί  γηί. 

4  Ούτοι  βίσιν  οϊ  μ€τα  γνναι- 
κών  ουκ  €μολυνθησαν•  τταρθίνοι 
γαρ  βισιν.  ούτοι  eiaiv  οι  ακολον- 
θοΰντβί  τώ  άρνιω  οττον  αν  ντταγη. 
ούτοι  ηγορασθησαν  άττο  των  άν- 
θρωττων,  άτταρχτ]  τω  θβώ  και  τώ 
άρνίω' 


REVISED    ΛΈΚβΙΟΝ. 

2  And  Ι  heard  a  voice  from 
heaven,  as  the  voice  of  many 
waters,  and  as  the  voice  of  ■> 
great  thunder :  and  ^a  voice  I 
heard  of  harpers  harping  with 
their  harps : 

3  And  they  'sing  'as  it  were  a 
new  song  before  the  throne,  and 
before  the  four  "diving  creatures, 
and  the  elders  :  and  no  -one  "was 
able  to  leara  pfhe  song,  but  the 
hundred  and  forty  -  four  thou- 
sand, 'who  "had  been  redeemed 
from  the  earth. 

4  These  are  they  'who  were 
not  defiled  with  women ;  for 
they  are  "virgin.  These  'are 
they  'who  folloAV  the  Lamb, 
whithersoever  he  goeth.  These 
were  redeemed  from  among  men, 
'  a  firstfniit  unto  God  and  "  the 
Lamb. 


1  E.  v.,  ch.  C:  1;-R.  ;-It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Dodd.,  AValief.,  Woodh.. 
Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg..  Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Eljr. 

k  For  a,  see  E.  V.,  first  clause ;-Dt.,  Fr.  G.;-M.;-B.  and  L., 
Wakef.  But,  instead  of  φανψ  ^χονοα.  all  the  recent  editors  have 
ή  φωιιη  ηιι  rjxovaa  ώ{  (Α.  Β.  C.  'α  28.  β  6.  γ  2.  Corapl.  Vulg. 
Copt.  Syr.  .Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  tliis 
reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  the  voice  u/iich  I  heard 
[tcos]  as. 

1  See  ch.  5 :  9,  N.  k. The  ΰς,  bracketed  by  Bloomf.,  is 

cancelled  by  Beng.,  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Words., 
Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  B.  Ό  24.  β  4.  Corapl.  Copt.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Ann.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' 

"  See  ch.  4 :  6,  N.  a. 

■■  '  No  angel  even.'     See  ch.  5 :  3,  N.  e,  &c. 

°  See  ch.  13:  17,  N.  h.  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Murd. 

ρ  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Sloldenh., 
dieses),  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Alhv.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg., 
Kenr. 

1  See  ch.  7 :  4,  N.  j,  itc. 

••  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

■  'According  to  a  previous  vision.'  See  ch.  7:  4. — It.  (sono 
stati),  Fr.  G.,-JL.-S..  (ont  ile);-Cocc.,  Moldenh.,  Thom.,  All. 
(warden  sind),  Stu.,  Treg.  (Jiave  been). 

ι  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

•  Neither  in  the  N.  T.  nor  in  the  Sept.,  but  only  in  the  late 


and  ecclesiastical  usage,  does  Λα^θίνος  occur  as  a  noun  mascu- 
line; and,  therefore,  Bretsch.  {virgineus),  Wahl  {castas,  iin- 
maculalus),  Rob.  (though  in  translating  he  retains  the  phrase 
of  E.  v.,  and  merely  appends  as  explanation:  'i.  e.  chaste, 
pure'),  Green  {chaste),  Schirl.  {jungfraidich),  regard  it  here 
as  (what  it  often  is  in  classical  Greek)  an  adjective,  =  «ap- 
θίνιος.  A  similar  latitude  obtains  in  the  case  of  the  Latin 
virgo,  the  Italian  virgine,  and  the  French  vierge — the  words 
here  employed  by  the  verss.  But  as  E.  V.  virgins  cannot  be 
an  adjective,  so  the  old  English  use  of  the  terra  as  a  noun  mas- 
culine is  now  quite  obsolete.  Syr.  (here  forms  the  plural  with 
a  ma.sculine  termination,  instead  of  the  more  usual  feminine ; 
=  "ibina  instead  of  niblna.  Ew.,  indeed,  asserts  that  '  vel  a 
,1^i"na  serins  masculinum  Ϊ^ΙΓΞ  Judaeis  Syrisque  formatum 
est.')  ;-Beng.  {jitnge  Gcsellen),  Wakef.,  Thom.,  {pure  as  vir- 
gins), Mey.,  Kist.,  De  W.,  Ebr.,  (as  Schirl.),  Sharpe  {have 
never  been  married),  Lord  {pure). 

'  The  ei'et'v  before  ol  ax.  is  cancelled  by  Beng.,  Lachm., 
Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  C.  Er. 

Vulg.,  Arm.,  Slav.' None  of  the  foreign  verss.  and  few  of 

the  English  supply  a  participle  at  αΛαρχ^,•  The  following 
supply  nothing :  V\".,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;-Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Allw.,  Gieenf.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 
'ATtapxri  is  translated  by  a  singular  noun  with  the  in- 
definite article  by  Haram.,  Daub.,  Berl.  Bib..  Beng.,  Wakef. 
{a  frstfrnits),  AVoodh.,  Penn,  Lord  {a  first  offering),  Treg. 

"  R.  ;-Dt.  ;-Daub.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Thotn.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Murd., 
Kenr. 


REVELATION. 


163 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

5  And  in  their  mouth  was 
found  no  guile  :  for  they  are 
without  fault  before  the  throne 
of  God. 

6  And  I  saw  another  angel 
fly  in  the  midst  of  heaven,  hav- 
ing the  everlasting  gospel  to 
preach  unto  them  that  dwell  on 
the  earth,  and  to  every  nation, 
and  kindred,  and  tongue,  and 
people, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

5  και  iu  τω  στοματι  αυτών 
οϋχ  βνρβθη  δόλο?•  άμωμοι  γαρ 
ίίσιν  ΙνώτΓίορ  του  θρόνου  του 
θβοΰ. 

6  ΚΑΙ  βίδον  άλλον  αγγίλον 
ΤΓΐτωμξνον  iv  μβσουρανηματι, 
βνοντα  βύαγγβλίον  αΐωνιον,  βυαγ- 
γβλίσαί  τους  κατοικοΰντα$  ί'ττί  της 
γης,  KCU  πάν  ΐ'θνος  καΐ  φυλην  καΐ 
γλώσσαν  και  λαον, 


REVISED    VERSION. 


in  their  mouth  was 
'guile ;  'for  they  are 
'before  the  throne  of 


5  And 
found  no 
'faultless 
God. 

6  And 
^flying  in  '■mid-heaven,  having 
'an  everlasting  gospel,  to  ''declare 
the  glad  tidings  ■'unto  'those 
'who  'dwell  on  the  earth,  and 
funto  every  nation,  and  ^tribe, 
and  tongue,  and  people, 


I  saAv  another  angel 


'  For  6όλο{.  all  the  recent  editois  have  4f C5os  (A.  B.  0. ' α  28. 
β  7.  7  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Sjt.  Aim.  Arr.').  I  re- 
commend that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  lie. 

The  yap  is  cancelled  by  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words..  Theile,  on  the 
authority  of '  A.  C.  12.  17.     A'ulg.  MS.  Hari: 

7  E.  v.,  Jude  24;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Penn,  Sharpo,  Stu.,  {blame- 
less), Newc,  Woodh.,  Lord,  (spotless).  Most  foreign  verss. 
use  an  adjective. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words.  iViJrtioc  roC  Bfovov 
roi  ©Eoi,  on  the  authority  of  Ά.  Β.  C.  ο  27.  β  7.  y  2.  Compl. 
Vulg.  MS.  Harl  Tol.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  re- 
commend that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  words, 
before  the  throne  of  God.  be  omitted. 

*  See  ch.  4:  7,  N.  d.  For  the  participial  form,  see  ch.  10:  1, 
N.  a,  &c. 

"  See  ch.  8  :  13,  N.  o. 

'  The  gospel,  namely,  recited  in  v.  7.  That  there  is  an  hour 
of  judgment  appointed,  and  that  '  God,'  the  Creator,  'is  Judge 
himself  (Ps.  50:  C),  this,  accompanied  as  it  has  ever  been  with 
the  call  to  repentance,  and  the  provisions  of  grace,  is  good 
news;  has  been  proclaimed  as  such  from  the  beginning  (-Jude  14 ; 
Gen.  18:  25;  1  Sam.  2:  10;  P.<;.  75 :  7 ;  94:  2;  90:  10-18; 
98 :  7-9 ;  Eccl.  3:17;  Joel  3:12;  Matt.  25 :  31,  &c. ;  John  5 :  22 ; 
Acts  17:  31 ;  Rom.  2:  16  'the  day  when  God  shall  judge  .  .  . 
according  to  my  gospel;'  James  5:  7-9;  iScc  ) ;  and  pervades, 
with  its  issues  and  influences,  the  ages  to  come.  It  may  well 
be  called,  therefore,  tiayyt^tw  αιώνιοι'. — W..  T.,  G.  ;-German 
verss.  (except  Herd.) ;-Wesl.,  Campb.  ('What  the  angel  had 
to  promulgate  is  not  called  to  fOayy.,  as  the  word  is  almost 
uniformly  used  when  referring  to  the  Christian  dispensation, 
but  simply  tOayy. ;  not  the  gospel,  the  institution  of  Christ — 
not  that  which  is  emphatically  styled  the  good  news,  but  barely 
good  news.  It  is  styled  aiunoi/  everlasting,  with  the  same 
propriety,  and  in  the  same  latitude,  as  things  of  long  duration, 
or  of  permanent  consequences,  are  often  in  Scripture  so  deno- 
minated.'), Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn,  (everl.  glad  tidings), 
Midd.,  AUw.,  Greenf..  Bloomf.  (though  his  translation  o(  aiunov, 
universal,  is  peculiar  to  himself,  and  finds  no  warrant  in  the 
more  common  mistake  respecting  aiuv.     See  Jude  2-5,  X.  j.), 


Ell.,  Ebr.  (understands  iioyy.  to  mean  the  general  gospel  of, 
salvation,  and  explains  the  indefiniteness  on  the  ground  that 
this  gospel  was  now  for  the  first  time  preached  to  these  heathen 
nations.). 

^  See  ch.  10:  7,  N.  z. After  tuayy.  (not,  as  Bloomf.  say.s, 

'before'),  the  preposition  irtJ  is  inserted  by  Lachm.,  flahn, 
Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch..  Theile,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  34. 

'  For  those  who,  see  ch.  2:  2,  N.  h,  ic,  and  1 :  5,  N.  v,  &c. 

For  xa-eaix..  Mill  approves,  and  all  the  other  recent  editors 

(except  Hahn)  read  χαθ-ημίνον;  (Β.  C. '  α  20.  β  4.  Compl.  Vulg. 
Slav.  MSS.  r.  xa9>j.  t.  xatoix.  Er.').  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  adopted:  sit.  Comp.  Matt.  4:  16.  Here  also  the 
expression,  Daub,  thinks,  '  shews  the  present  state  of  the  idola- 
trous nations.  To  sit  npon  the  earth,  is  to  be  in  a  state  of 
great  affliction.'  Ebr.  '  The  expression  xatoixoivn;  τψ'  y^v  is 
avoided.' 

'  E.  v.,  previous  clause  ;-Newc.,  Treg.  But  all  the  recent 
editors  (except  Bloomf.)  here  insert  ira  (A.  B.  C.  'a  27.  β  5. 
Compl.  Vulg.  Syr.  Slav.  MSS.').  Assuming  the  correctness 
of  this  reading,  De  W.  considers  that  the  principle  of  uniformity 
requires  the  same  preposition  before  του;  χαΟημ. ;  and  on  no 
other  principle,  it  would  appear,  Bloomf.  remarks :  'I  should 
prefer  to  receive  it  either  in  both  cases,  or,  as  I  have  heretofore 
done,  in  neither.''  But,  1.,  the  evidence  is  fur  stronger  for  the 
second  ϊλΙ  than  for  the  first ;  stronger  even  than  for  χαθημίνονί, 
of  which  Bloomf,  however,  approves ; — and,  2.,  in  this  book 
uniformity  of  construction  seems  to  be  rather  shunned  than 
sought;  comp.  vv.  9,  11  with  ch.  20:  4.  See  also  v.  19,  N.  k; 
ch.  13 :  16,  according  to  the  reading  recommended  in  N.  f ; 
14:  9;  18:  12.  N.  o;  &c.  Bloomf.  adds,  but  without  explana- 
tion: 'And,  indeed,  internal  evidence  is  strongly  against  each 
insertion.'  It  is  true  that  nowhere  else  is  fiayyfXi'i'u  construed 
with  £Λι,  but  always  with  the  simple  dative  or  accusative  of 
the  person  to  whom.  Twice  (Gal.  1:  16;  Eph.  3:8)  it  is 
followed  by  iv,  among;  twice  (2  Cor.  10:  16;  1  Pet.  1:  25; — 
as  sometimes  also  xr^fvsra^)  by  fij,  marking  e.rtent,  or  local 
direction.  If,  therefore,  the  ini  before  niv  be  genuine,  (and 
I  recommend  that  it  be  adopted  as  such.)  it  is  not  to  be 
regarded  as  redundant,  but  as  denoting  the  local  relation  of  the 
angel,  and  the  downward  direction  of  his  proclamation.    It  may 


Ki-l 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

7  Sa3-ing  with  a  loud  voice, 
Fear  God,  and  give  glory  to  him ; 
for  the  hovir  of  his  judgment 
is  come :  and  worship  him  that 
made  heaven,  and  earth,  and 
the  sea,  and  the  iountains  of 
waters. 


8  And  there  followed  another 
angel,  saying,  Bahylon  is  fallen, 
is  fallen,  that  great  city,  because 
she  made  all  nations  drink  of 
the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her 
fornication. 

9  And    the   third   anijel   fol- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

7  Xiyovrrx  eV  ψωνβ  μΐγαλτ], 
Φοβηθητ€  τον  θίον,  καΐ  Sore 
αύτω  δο^αν,  οτί  ηλθβν  ή  ωρα  τηί 
κρίσεως•  αυτού•  καΙ  ττροσκυνΊ]• 
(rare  τω  ττοίησαντί  τον  ούρανον 
και  την  γην  καΐ  θάλασσαν  καΊ 
7Γηγα9  ύδατων. 

8  Ιναι  άλλοί  άγγβλοί  ηκολον 
θησ€,  λίγων, '  Ετησΐν  «ττβσε  Βα- 
βυλων  ?;  ττολίί  η  μεγάλη•  ότι  €κ 
του  οίνου  του  θυμού  τηί  πορνείας 
αύτηί  7Γ€7Γ0ΤίΚ€  πάντα  ά'θνη. 

9  Α  αί  TpiTOs  άγγελος  ηκολου- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

7  '■Saying  with  a  loud  voice  : 
Fear  God,  and  give  ''him  glory  ; 
for  the  hour  of  his  judgment  is 
come :  and  worship  him  that 
made  'the  heaven,  and  'the  earth, 
and  j  sea,  and  ■>  fountains  of 
waters. 


8  And  ^  another  angel  follow- 
ed, saying :  'Fallen,  fallen  is  Ba- 
bylon, ""that  great  city ;  -for  °of 
the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her 
fornication,  she  ^hath  'given  all 
1  nations  to  drink. 

9  And  '  a  third  angel  followed 


''  For  ■Kiyovta,  all  the  recent  editors  read  λίγων  (A.  B.  C. 

Ό  25.  /3  G.  y  4.  Compl.     Vulg.  Copt.  Slav.  MSS.'). In  the 

next  clause  the  Greek  order  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-forcign 
verss.  generally  ;-Daiib.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Lord.  Kenr. 

'  E.  v..  ch.  G :  14  ;  20  :  11 ;  Ac.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  and  French  verss.  ;- 
Beng.  and  later  German  verss.  (except  Herd.),  WesL,  Woodh.. 
Thom.,  All\v.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. 

1  T.,  C,  (have  only  the  first  article)  ;-Germ.  (only  the 
Recond);-Daub..  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Ilengst.,  (as  T.),  Dodd.  {as 
Germ.).  Wakef..  Lord,  Treg.,  Ebr.  Beng.  and  the  later  editors 
(except  Laohm.,  Hahn)  have  ■ίψ  before  βάχαββαν.  on  the 
authority  of  A.  B.  'a  21.  β  7.  CompL' 

^  The  Greek  order  of  the  verb  and  its  subject  is  followed  by 
W.,  R.  ;-Latin,  German  (except  Moldenh.),  and  French  verss., 
Syr.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  and  later  English  verss.  (except  Words.). 

The  word  itiif fpo;  is  inserted  before,  or  after,  άγγίλο5,  by 

all  the  recent  editors  (except  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Blooraf )  on  the 
following  authority :  '  A.  B.  α  17.  β  5.  Syr.'  have  it  before  άγγ. ; 
'C.  ο  8.  β  2.  Compl.  Copt.  Arm.' have  it  after.  I  recommend 
that  the  margin  bear  this  note  :  '  Or,  as  many  read,  another, 
a  second  angel.'    Comp.  v.  9,  N.  r. 

'  The  verbs  (or  verb  :-Matth.  and  Treg.  omitting  the  second 
irt.,  on  the  authoiity  of  '  B.  C.  α  18.  β  G.  y  2.  Copt.  Aeth. 
Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.')  arc  translated  before  Βαβ.,  by  (!.  (It  is/., 
it  is  /),  Pv.  ;-fureign  vcr.ss.  (of  which  the  It.,  De  W.,  Ebr.,  have 
the  form  proposed  above :  Cadnta,  caduta  e  ;  Gefallen,  gef alien 
ist.  Herd,  and  Mey. :  gpfallen  !  gefallen .')  ;-IIamm.,  Daub.,  (She 
isf.,  she  is/.),  Dodd.  (as  G.),  Woodh.  (She  isf. !  B.,  the  great 
[ β.],  isf. .').  Thom.  (It  isf  !—B.  isf .'),  Lord  (She  hasf,  great 
n.  hasf),  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.     Comp.  the  Ileb.  Is.  21 :  0. 

"  All  the  recent  editors  nji-ct  (except  that  Bloomf  merely 
brackets)  the  words  r;  rtdxtj,  on  the  authority  of '  A.  B.  C.  α  25. 
β  7.  V  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  re- 
commend that  this  reading  be  followed,  and  that  the  version 
stand  :  Btibylon  the  great.    See  ch.  10 :  10,  N.  1. 


°  "Oti  is  in  E.  V.  treated  51  limes  in  this  book  as  a  causal 
conjunction,  and  in  39  of  these  it  is  rendered  bj'  for.  In 
other  cases,  as  where  oti  introduces  the  protasis  (ch.  3:  10,  16, 
17;  &c.),  OUT  for  will  not  answer;  nor  should  I  here  adopt  it, 
except  for  the  sake  of  avoiding  an  ambiguity  that  otherwise 
arises  out  of  the  sub.sequcnt  tran.sposition  (N.  o). — T.,  C,  G.;- 
Woodh.,  Stu.  Beng.  and  Matth.  cancel  the  oVt  ( B.  Ό  15.  β  6. 
y  3.  Compl.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'),  and,  instead  of  it, 
Lachm.,  Ilahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  read  >;'  (Ά.  C.  26. 
33.  34.  35.  38.  50**.     Λ"ulg.  Aeth.  Syr.'). 

"  These  genitives  are  translated  before  Ttf rtor.,  by  R.  ;-Latin 
verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Brightm.,  Beng.  and  later  German  verss., 
Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu. 

r  The  Greek  time  is  retained  by  the  foreign  verss.  (except 
De  W.)  ;-Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu. 

1  Eight  times  out  of  15  this  verb  is  in  E.  X.,  to  give  drink 
or  give  to  drink,  and  only  in  1  Cor.  12:  13  is  it  rendered  as 
here  ;-Λν.  (gave  d.  to)  ;-Vulg.  (potavit),  Syr.  (as  in  Matt.  25  : 
35),  German  vei.ss.  (o-eiraiiAei  ;-except  Moldenh.  and  De  W., 
who  use  the  phrase,  gebe7i  zu  irinJcen),  Dt.  (gedrenkt),  It. 
(dato  here),  Fr.  S.  (donne  a  b(iire.);-Eraiim.,  Vat.,  Aret..  (vse 
potare),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  (potandum  praebiiit),  Vitr.  (poian- 
dum  dedit),  Kenr.  (gai-e . .  to  dr.).     The  idea  of  compulsory 

drinking  does  not  belong  to  the  word.     See  the  lexicons. 

Excepting  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  all  the  recent  editors 
insert  ra  before  ΙΟνη  (A.  Β.  C.  'α  10.  β  3.  y  2.  Comp!.'). 

■■  For  rpitoi  άγγίλοί,  all  the  recent  editors  have  άλλο{  ayyjXof 
■ipitoi  (A.  B.  C.  ■  α  24.  β  0.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  7b/.  Copt. 
Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  adopted,  and  translated :  another,  a  third  angel.  Comp. 
V.  8,  N.  k. — For  a,  see  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Wells, 
Newc,  Stu.,  (another  third),  Beng.  and  later  German  verss., 
Wesl.  and  the  later  English. 


be  translated,  over. — E.  Λ"".,  ch.  13:  7;-W.  (on),  R.  (npon);- 
Vulg.  (super),  Syr.  (  bs)  ;-Herd.,-  Mey.,  Hengst.,  (uber. 
Hengst.  cites  Job  36:  33  as  analogous.),  Ew.  (as  Vulg.). 


Kist.,  Van  Ess,  (unter).  Stu.  (among)  ;-AVahl  (per,  unter), 
Rob.  (upon,  over,  towards). 
«  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  k. 


REVELATION. 


105 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

lowed  them,  saying  with  a  loud 
voice,  If  any  man  worship  the 
beast  and  his  image,  and  receive 
his  marls,  in  his  forehead,  or  in 
his  hand, 

10  The  same  shall  drink  of 
the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  God, 
which  is  poured  out  without 
mixture  into  the  cup  of  his  in- 
dignation ;  and  he  shall  he  tor- 
mented with  fire  and  brimstone 


GREEK    TEXT. 

θησεν  avToils,  Xeyow  eu  φωντ) 
μβγαλ-ρ,  ΈΊ  ns  το  θηρίον  ττροσ- 
Kvvet  Kcu  την  εικόνα  αύτον,  και 
λαμβάνει  γαραγμα  βττΐ  τοΰ  μετω- 
ΤΓου  αντοΰ,  η  εττΐ  την  χεΐρα  αύτοΰ, 
10  Και  αυτοί  ττίεται  εκ  τοΰ 
οϊνον  τον  θυμον  τοΰ  θεού,  τον 
κεκερασμενον  άκρατον  εν  τώ 
ΤΓΟτηρίω  τηί  οργής  αντοΰ,  και 
βασανισθησεται  εν  ττνρ).  κα\  θείω 


REVISED    VERSION. 

them,  saying  with  a  loud  voice  : 
If  any  "one  Hvorsliippetli  the 
beast  and  his  image,  and  'receiv- 
^th  "a  marls,  'on  his  forehead,  or 
'upon  his  hand, 

10  «Even  he  shall  drink  of 
the  wine  of  the  wi-ath  of  God, 
which  'hath  been  J^mixed  un- 
mixed ήη  the  cup  of  his  indigna- 
tion, and  he  shall  be  tormented 
with  fire  and  brimstone  'before 


•  See  1  John  2  :  1,  N.  b,  &c. 

ι  See  ch.  13:  9.  X.  1.  Here  applies  the  common  rule  re- 
specting ft  with  the  indicative  in  the  protasis,  followed  al^o  by 
an  indicative  in  the  conclusion ;  e.  g.  Matt.  19 :  10,  where  the 
disciples  do  not  formally  express  any  sceptical  doubt,  but, 
taking  for  granted  (since  such  is  the  case)  the  truth  of  their 
Lord's  doctrine,  venture  on  a  practical  inference.  So  here ;  not : 
In  case  he  should,  but:  As  sure  as  he  does.  AV.  (fakelh);- 
German  verss.,  Dt.,  It..  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc,  B.  and  L.,  Treg. 

For  r.  θηρ.  rtpodx.,  all  the  recent  editors  read  rifoax.  t.  θ);ρ. 

(A.  Β.  C.  Ό  19. /3  8.  Compl.'). 

"  '  However  slight  or  secret ;'  or  simply :  '  one  of  the  many.' — 
AT.,  R.,  (use  the  definite  article)  ;-Latin  verss.  (supply  nothing 
to  the  noun),  Germ.,  Dt.,  (as  iV.);  Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.,  Dodd.  (as 
ΤΓ.  ;-and  so  Mey.,  Greenf.,  All.,  De  W.,  Ebr.),  Woodh.,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Hengst. 

'  See  ch.  13 :  16,  NN.  e,  f,  &c. 

"  The  xai  does  not  belong  to  Ttittai.  he  shall  also,  or  even 
drink  (so  at  least  it  is  transposed  in  the  Dt..  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;- 
Brightm.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Lord,  Ebr.) ;  nor  to  ix  toi  otioti,  of 
this  wine  as  well  as  of  that,  v.  8  (Par.,  Moldenh.  The  former, 
after  Pagn.  and  Bez.,  transposes  thus :  Bibet  hie  quoqtie.  and 
remarks :  '  Biberunt  vinum  illud :  bibent  etiam  vinum  hoc'  But, 
though  the  antanaclasis  is  evident,  it  is  not  effected  by  the  xtu'.); 
nor  yet,  in  the  proper  connection  with  aOroi  (see  2  Pet.  1 :  14, 
K.  z.  &.C.),  does  it  imply,  he  as  well  as  others  (Wells,  as  well  as 
the  Romish  idolaters ;  B.  and  L.,  aussi-bien  que  la  Bete ;  Ew., 
non  minus  quam  Roma;  De  W.,  wie  Babel  und  die  Volker). 
It  is  used,  as  the  Hebrew  ι  often  is,  to  introduce  a  certain 
result  of  the  protasis,  and  it  strengthens  the  already  emphatic 
aitoi  (see  1  John  1 :  7,  N.  x,  &c.)  ;  q.  d.  '  In  the  very  person  of 
each  particular  transgressor  shall  this  sin  meet  its  inevitable 
doom.' — Yulg.  (ei  hie),  Syr.  (=  De  D.  etiam  ille),  It.  (anch' 
egli)  ;-Erasm..  Vat.,  (as  Vulg.),  Aret.,  Ew.,  (et  ipse),  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  (etiam  ipse),  Daub,  (and  the  same),  Herd.,  Jley.,  All., 
(auch  er  \_der]  wird  trinken),  AVakef.  (then  shall  he),  Dodd.. 
Treg.,  'Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  (he  also  ;-Treg.  marking  the  pro- 
noun as  emphatic).  Woodh.,  AUw..  Greenf.  (sin  bj  ΧίΠ),  Stu. 
('  the  very  same,  xai  adverbial  and  intensive.'),  Ell.  (he  too). 

"  '  God's  judgments,  like  the  portion  of  His  children,  are 


already  prepared'  (Matt.  25 :  34,  41 ;  Ps.  7 :  12,  13 ;  &c).     Sea 
ch.  5 :  12,  N.  w  and  2  Pet.  2 :  17,  X.  a. 

y  'Judgment  without  mercy;  mixed  with  all  wrathful 
ingredients  for  the  sake  of  increasing — unmixed  with  au^ht 
that  might  reduce — its  strength;' — an  allusion  (which,  together 
with  the  oxymoron,  is  lost  in  E.  V.)  to  the  two  ancient  methods 
of  treating  wine.  The  description  rests  on  Ps.  75 :  8,  as  the 
peculiarity  of  the  phraseology  does  on  the  Sept.  version :  "Ort 
Ttotrfiiov  iv  χιιρί  Kupiov,  ά,ναυ  άχράΐον  Λλ^ρί}  χεράβματο;.  The 
senses  given  in  E.  V.  to  χιράνιιυμι  here  and  ch.  18 :  6,  the  only 
places  where  it  occurs  in  the  X.  T.,  find  no  warrant  in  the 
Sept.  (see  Prov.  9:  2,  5;  Is.  5:  22;  19:  14),  and  very  little,  if 
any,  in  classical  usage  (see  Steph.,  Scap.,  Pass.,  L.  and  S.). 
SchOttg.,  therefore,  in  defining  by  misceo  alone,  is  more  ac- 
curate than  the  later  X.  T.  lexicons. — W.,  R.,  (mingled  with 
clear  [pare]  wine)  ;-Vulg.  (mistum  .  mero),  Syr.  (=  De  D. 
mixtum  .  -merum),  Dt.  marg.  (ongemengd  ingemengd),  It. 
(mesciuto  tutto  puro)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  (as  Vulg.),  Castal.  (mi.v- 
tum,  merumque),  Aret.  (nienim  mi.vtuni),  Grot.  ('Hie  potest 
proprie  sumi,  ut  intelligatur  merum  mixtum  herbis  veneni- 
feris.'),  Hamm.,  Wells  (unmured  [with  water  and]  viLved 
with  [gall]).  Daub.  (mi.red  s/rojig- ;-adding  in  the  Comment.: 
'literally  mixed  unmixed^),  Dodd.  (-tempered  with  various 
ingredients  of  wrath,  without  any  mixture  of  mercy').  Gill 
Xewc.  marg.,  Kell.,  (mi.red  without  mixture),  Xewt.,  Wakef. 
(jpure  wiJte  tempered  with  drugs),  Woodh.  (the  imbittered 
powerful  wine).  Thorn,  (mi.red  up  unadulterated),  Greenf. 
(ηΟΏ  xsa  ηιβκίι).  All.  (stark  gemischt).  Ell.,  De  W.  Qunge- 
mischt .  .  .  eingeschenkt  isf,  eig.  gemischt'),  Words,  (mixed 
without  water),  Hengst.  (gemischt  unvermischt.  In  a  note 
he  says :  '  Even  if  viix  could  really  stand  for  potir  out.  this 
would  still  be  improper  here  on  account  of  the  άχροτου  follow- 
ing. For  the  mi.red  and  tinmLred  evidently  form  an  enig- 
matical contrast.  Finallv,  in  the  parallel  18:  6,  the  signi- 
fication to  pour  out  is  not  suitable.'),  Kenr.  (mingled  with  pure 

wine),  Ebr.  (ungemischt  gemischt). For  in,  see  nearly  all 

the  same  authorities. 

'  For  before,  see  ch.  13:  13,  N.  j. For  tuv  ay.  ίγγ.. 

Lachm.  and  Treg.  read  ayy.  ay.  ('  C.  38.'),  and  Tisch.  reads  tC^v 
ayy.  (Ά.  26.    A'ulg.  MS.  Copt.'). 


IGG 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

in  the  jiresoiice  of  the  holy  an- 
gels, and  in  the  presence  of  the 
Lamb  : 

11  And  the  smoke  of  their 
torment  ascendeth  up  for  ever 
and  ever :  and  they  have  no  rest 
day  nor  night,  who  worship  the 
beast  and  his  image,  and  \vhoso- 
ever  receiveth  the  mark  of  his 
name. 


12  Here  is  the  patience  of  the 
saints :  here  are  they  that  keep 
the  commandments  of  God,  and 
the  faith  of  Jesus. 

13  And  I  heard  a  voice  from 
heaven,  saying  unto  me.  Write, 
Blessed  arc  the  dead  which  die 
in  the  Lord  from  henceforth : 
Yea,  saith  the  Spirit,  that  thej- 
may  rest  from  their  labours ;  and 
their  works  do  follow  them. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ΙνωτΓίον  των  άγιων  άγγίλων,  καΙ 
(νωπιον  τον  αρνίον 

11  και  ό  κατννος  του  βασα- 
νισμού αυτών  ανάβαινα  eli  αΙώνας 
αΙωνων  καΐ  ουκ  ϊχ^ουσιν  άνατταν- 
σιν  ήμΐρας  καΐ  νυκτοί  οϊ  ττροσ- 
κννούντΐί  το  θηρίον  καΐ  την  άκονα 
αύτοΰ,  και  et  tl?  λαμβανβι  το 
■χάραγμα  τον  ονόματος  αύτοΰ. 

12  '  fJSe  υπομονή  των  άγιων 
Ιστιν  ώδε  οϊ  τηρούντ€ί  ταί  Ιν- 
ToXas  τού  θ€ού  καΐ  ttjv  ττίστιν 
Ιησού. 

13  Ι^αι  ηκουσα  φωνή!  e/c  τού 
ουρανού,  λίγουση^  μοι,  Γραψον, 
Μακάριοι  οϊ  ν€κρο\  οϊ  iv  ΚυρΙω 
ά7Γθθνησκοντ€ί  άτταρτι.  Λ^α), 
λβγίΐ  το  Πνΐύμα•  ϊνα  ανατταν- 
σωνται  tK  των  κοπών  αυτών  τα 
be  'ίργα  αυτών  ακολούθα,  μίτ 
αυτών. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  holy  angels  and  'before  the 
Lamb ; 

11  And  the  smoke  of  their 
torment  "ascendeth  "  unto  ages 
of  ages ;  and  they  have  no  rest 
day  '■and  night,  who  worship 
the  beast  and  his  image,  and  'if 
any  one  receiveth  the  mark  of 
his  name. 


12  Here  is  ""the  patience  of 
the  saints ;  ''here,  thej^  'who  keep 
the  commandments  of  God,  and 
the  faith  of  Jesus. 

13  And  I  heard  a  voice  from 
heaven,  saying  funto  me :  Write  : 
Blessed  arc  the  dead  ^who  die 
in  the  Lord  ^  henceforth.  Yea, 
saith  the  Spirit,  that  'they  may 
rest  from  their  'toils,  'but  their 
works  ''  follow  'with  them. 


»  For  άναβ.  iii  aiuvaf  αιώνων,  all  the  recent  editors  (except 
Bloomf.)  read  fij  ai.  ai.  άναβ.  (Ά.  C.  a  IG.  β  6.  y  2.  Corapl.' 

lii  aiCiva  αϊώνοί  ά.  C.)• For  tlie  omission  of  up,  see  ch.  8:  4, 

N.  1. For  unto  ages  of  ages,  see  ch.  1 :  G,  N.  g,  &c. 

*•  E.  v.,  ch.  4:  8  ;-R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Daub.  (or;-and  so  Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  AIlw.,  Sharpe,  Murd.),  Stu.,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Kenr.     E.  V.  follows  Pagn.,  Bez.,  &c. 

'  The  form  of  the  original  is  preserved  by  E.  V.,  τ.  9 ;  «fee.  ;- 
W..  R.  j-Latin  rerss.,  Germ.,  Dt.  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.  (wenn 
einer),  Newc,  AVoodh.,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Ilengst. 

''  Before  νΛομ.,  Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch., 

insert  -ή  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  21.  β  2.'). The  second  ώδε  is  rejected 

by  all  the  recent  editors  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  B.  C.  α  20. 
β  6.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp.  Slav,  ed.'  I  recommend 
that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  here  be  omitted. 
Of  those  who  follow  the  common  text,  the  substantive  verb  is 
not  supplied  by  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Coco., 
Vitr.,  Thorn.,  AUw. 

•  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc.  and  later  verss. 

'  AH  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  μοί.  on  the  authority  of 
■A.  B.  C.  α  20.  j3  5.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.' 
I  recommend  tliat,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  words, 
^into  me,  be  omitted. 

•  Sce2Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 


>•  T.,  C,  G.,  (hereof  iei•) -,-Όοάά.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Lord  (as  7'.),  Kell.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  ;-Rob.  (from 
now  on  ;-like  the  von  nun  an  of  the  German  verss.). 

'  For  αναΛαύαωνταί,  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  ava!tar,aovtai 
(Ά.  C  Bloomf.  regards  this  as  'evidently  a  mere  slip  of  the 
pen.');  Treg.  and  Words.,  avartaiaovtai  (B.  '16.  28.  30.  32.  36. 
50.  Er.'     Tliis.  Bloomf.  thinks,  is  'not  improbably  the  true' 

reading.). For  toils,  see  ch.  2:  2,  N.  d.     On  Ilesych.'s  'ix 

χότίων.  ix  τΰιν  άδιχιΰι•,'  Ernesti's  note  is:  'cf.  Apoc.  14:  13  et 
Mai.  2:  13.     Eodem  modo  glossae  MS.  in  12  proph.' 

'  'Their  toil  (1  Cor.  15 :  58,  xorcoi)  has  not  been  in  vain  in  the 
Lord,  though  nothing  now  remains  of  it  but  its  results  (τά  ί'ργα) 
and  reward.'  See  2  Pet.  1 :  5,  N.  r.— T.,  C.  ;-Erasm..  Vat., 
Cocc,  JNIoldenh.,  AVoodh.,  Ew.,  AUw.,  Stu.  (moreover),  De  W. 
For  it,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  have  yap  '  A.  C.  18.  20.  38. 
Vulg.  Syr.'). 

"  AY.,  T.  (shall),  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Pcnn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Kenr. 

1  'As  an  attendant  train;  so  speedy  is  their  recognition  and 
reward.'     (Comp.  Milton's  xiv.  Sonnet: — 

'  Thy  works,  and  alms,  and  all  tliy  good  endeavour, 
'  Stay'd  not  behind,  nor  in  the  grave  were  trod,' 
[or,  as  it  originally  stood  in  MS., 

'Straight  follow'd  thee  the  path  that  saints  have  trod,'] 
'  But.  as  Faith  pointed  with  her  golden  rod, 
'  Follow'd  thee  up  to  joy  and  bliss  for  ever.') 


REVELATION. 


167 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSION. 

14  And  I  lookeil,  and  behold, 
a  white  cloud,  and  npon  the 
cloud  one  sat  like  unto  the  Sou 
of  man,  having  on  his  head  a 
golden  crown,  and  in  his  hand  a 
sharp  sickle. 

15  And  another  angel  came 
out  of  the  temple,  crying  with 
a  loud  voice  to  him  that  sat  on 
the  cloud.  Thrust  in  thy  sickle, 
and  reap :  for  the  time  is  come 
for  thee  to  reap  ;  for  the  harvest 
of  the  earth  is  ripe. 

16  And  he  that  sat  on   the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

14  Kou  eiSou,  Koi  l8ov  ν^φίλη 
XevKT],  Koi  eVt  την  νζψ€ληΐ'  καθή- 
μενος ομοιοί  νϊω  άνθρωπου,  βχων 
eVt  της  κεφαλής  αντον  στίφανον 
■χρνσονν,  κα\  eV  ττ]  χειρι  αυτού 
δρβπανον  οςυ. 

15  καΐ  άλΛος  άγγελος  εξηλθβν 
εκ  τοΰ  ναού,  κραζων  εν  μεγαλτ) 
φωντ)  τω  καθημενω  ετη  της  νεφέ- 
λης, ΙΙεμψον  το  δρεττανον  σου, 
καΐ  θερισον,  οτί  ήλθε  σοι  ή  ωρα 
του  θερίσαι,  ότι  εζηρανθη  ό  θε- 
ρισμος  της  γης. 

16  ΚαΧ   εβαλεν   ό   καθήμενος 


REVISED    VERSION. 

14  And  I  "saw,  and  behold  a 
white  cloud,  and  upon  the  cloud 
-one  °sat  like  ρ  a  son  of  man, 
ha\Ting  on  his  phead  a  golden 
crown,  and  in  his  hand  a  sharp 
sickle. 


15  And  another  angel  came 
■jforth  out  of  the  temple,  ciyiug 
with  a  loud  voice  to  him  that 
sat  on  the  cloud :  -iSend  thy 
sickle,  and  reap ;  for  the  diour 
•of  the  reaping  is  'for  thee  come ; 
for  the  harvest  of  the  earth  is 
"dried. 

16  And  he  that  sat  'upon  the 


""  See  ch.  4:  1,  N.  b. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  c. 

•  See  ch.  4:  2,  N.  j. All  the  recent  editors  have  χαβγιμ-ινον 

ofioto*  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  19.  β  7.'),  except  Bloornf. ;  though  in  his 
Supp.  he  says,  that  the  change  is  made  '  perhaps  rightly,  since 
internal  evidence'  (in  addition  to  'many  MSS..  Versions,  and 
Fathers.')  'is  rather  in  its  favour.'  Even  this  reading  Win.  is 
inclined  to  take  for  a  nominative  neuter  =  soniething  like  a 
man.  But  it  is  much  better  to  class  it  with  the  other  mixed 
constructions  of  this  book.     See  ch.  7 :  9,  N.  e. 

ρ  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  d. For  trjs  χιφαλης,  Lachm.,  Treg., 

Tisch.,  read  την  χιψα-κψ  (•  Α.  ο  6.  [&  28.  29.]'). 

'  Έοτ  forih,  see  ch.9:  3,  Ν.  m,  &c. The  verb,  τύμτίω, 

occurs  81  times  in  the  N.  T.,  and,  except  here  and  in  v.  18,  is 
always  in  E.  V.  rendered,  to  send,  just  as  the  parallel  JIark 
4:  29  is  the  only  instance,  out  of  133,  in  which  οΛοί-ΤΕλλω  is 
rendered  otherwise  than  by  seyid,  send  out,  forth,  away.  In 
the  exceptional  cases  it  was  supposed  necessary  to  assume,  that 
in  the  action  described  the  immediate  object  was  still  retained 
in  the  hand.  But  the  assumption  is  not  necessary,  and  greatly 
injures  the  sense.  As  the  rod  in  Ps.  110:  2,  and  the  sword  in 
Matt.  10 :  34 ;  Jer.  9:16;  &c.,  so  here  the  sickle  is  conceived  of 
as  a  missile,  a  messenger,  executing  a  commission  (Ps.  148:  8; 
Is.  55:  11.  Comp.  also  Matth.  24:31  with  Joel  3: 13).— W.  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (ynii/ej-Castal.  and  Ew.  innnitte),  Syr.  (lacks  the 
address  of  the  angel  in  this  verse,  but  in  v.  18  uses  the  same 
word  as  in  Matt.  10:  16),  Dt.  {zend),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  {jette),  Fr.  S. 
(enxoie);-}i.  and  L.  marg.  {encoyez),  Daub.,  AUw.,  {se^id  in), 
Berl.  Bib.,  Mey.,  Ilengst.,  Ebr.,  (sende),  Beng.  (schick),  Woodh. 
(send  forth),  Greenf.  (R^d,  the  word  in  Joel),  Ell.  ;-the  lexi- 
cons generally  (Rob.  explains  the  word  here  by  to  send  forth, 
though  he  adds:  'i.  q.  to  thrust  in'). 


■■  See  1  John  2:  18,  N.  b,  and  comp.  Matt.  24:  36. 

■  It.  {del  mietere)  ;-Castal.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {me- 
tendi).  Daub.,  Wakef.,  (rf  reaping),  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  (o/  thy 

reaping;  including  the  aoi),  Sharpe. Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch., 

Bloomf.,  retain  the  tov,  which  the  other  editors,  on  the  author- 
ity of  A.  B.  C.  '  tt  9.  β  5.  Er.,'  omit. 

'  The  σοί  belongs  as  a  daticus  commodi  exclusively  to  ^χθε, 
and  is  so  construed  by  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.  and  the  later  Latin 
verss.,  De  W.  (in  1839).  But  the  pronoun  is  marked  by 
Bloomf.  as  '  inost  probably,  or  certainly,  an  interpolation,'  and 
by  all  the  other  recent  editors  it  is  cancelled,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  0.  '  tt  24.  β  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Arm.  Arr. 
Slav.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  followed,  and  the 
words,  for  thee,  omitted. 

"  The  verb,  ξηραίνω,  occurs  IG  times,  and  in  Έ.  V.  is  trans- 
lated in  ch.  16:  12;  Mark  5 :  29 ;  11 :  20,  to  dry  up ;  elsewhere, 
except  in  this  instance,  to  pine  away,  wither,  wither  away. 
Comp.  Luke  23 :  31,  and,  in  the  Sept.  and  E.  V.,  Job  18:  16; 
•Jer.  23 :  10 ;  Ezek.  20 :  47 ;  IIos.  9:16;  Nah.  1:10;  Luke  23 :  31. 
Ebr.  here  renders  by  gereift  ist,  but  acknowledges  that  the 
word  nowhere  else  bears  that  sense.— E.  V.  marg.  ;-R.  (dry)  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (ar«i?  ;-except  Cocc,  siccata),  Germ,  (durre  ge- 
worden),  Dt.  marg.  (dor,  droog  geworden).  It.  (secca)  ;-Engl. 
Ann.  ('Or,  dried;  or,  withered''),  Hamm.,  B.  and  L.  marg. 
(seche),  Beng.  (as  Germ.  ;-and  so  De  W.,  Hengst.),  Herd., 
Mey.,  All.,  Goss.,  (dilrr),  Newc.  marg.,  Stu.,  Kenr.,  (as  R.), 
Ell.  The  idea  of  ripeness  is  an  inference,  and  is  not  expressed 
in  any  lexicon,  except  Schleus.,  Bretsch.,  Rob.,  Green. 

■•  E.  v.,  V.  14;  &c.,  and  see  ch.  7:  1,  N.  b,  &c. For  χψ  v., 

Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  read  tr,i  νιφί-κη;  ('  A.  16*.  36.  47.'     iij 

V(^i>.'rj  B.).  


_Syr.  (=adhaerent  cum.  The  verb  is  that  used  in  Acts  pagnent.  Gt.  suivent  avec  eujr'),  Wakef.,  Woodh..Thom.  and 
8:  29,  Join  thyself;  Rom.  12:  9,  Cleave;  &c.),  Dt.  ;-Castal.,  1  Murd.  (accompany),  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Words., 
Cocc..  (eos  comitantur),  Hamm.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.  Caccom-  \  Hengst.,  Ebr.     E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg. 


16S 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

cloud  thrust  iu  his  sickle  on  tiie 
eartii ;  aud  the  earth  was  reaped. 

17  And  another  angel  came 
out  of  the  temple  \vhich  is  in 
heaven,  he  also  having  a  sharp 
sickle. 

18  And  another  angel  came 
out  from  the  altar,  which  had 
power  over  fire  ;  and  cried  with 
a  loud  cry  to  liim  that  liad  the 
sharp  sickle,  saying.  Thrust  in 
thy  sharp  sickle,  and  gather  the 
clusters  of  the  vine  of  the  earth ; 
for  her  grapes  are  fully  ripe. 


19  And  the  angel  thrust  in 
his  sickle  into  the  earth,  and 
gathered  tlie  vine  of  the  earth, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

iirl     την    νίφίλην     το    Bptiravov 
αύτοΰ  eVl  την  yrjv,  καΐ  ΐθζρίσθη 

17  Kou  άλλοί  αγγίλος  ^ζηλ- 
θίν  €Κ  του  ναού  τον  ev  τω  ουρανω, 
βχων  καΐ  αυτοί  δρίττανον  όςν. 

1 8  καΐ  άλλο?  αγγβλο^  4ζηλθβν 
βκ  του  θυσιαστηρίου,  ΐ'χων  (ςου- 
σίαν  eVt  του  ττυροί,  καΐ  ίφωνησΐ 
κραυγή  μίγαλη  τω  ίχοντι  το  8pe- 
ττανον  το  οζυ,  λίγων,  Ιΐ€μψον 
σον  το  δρβττανον  το  οξν,  καΐ  τρΰ- 
γησον  τους  βοτρναί  τψ  γης,  ότι 
ηκμασαν  αϊ  σταφνλαΐ  αντης. 

1 9  Και  ββαλ€ν  ο  αγγΐλος  το 
δρίπανον  αντον  et?  την  γην,  καΐ 
ϊτρνγησβ  την  άμττβλον  της  γης, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

cloud  "cast  his  sickle  «upon  the 
earth,  aud  the  earth  was  reaped. 

17  And  another  angel  came 
yforth  out  of  the  temple  which 
is  in  heaven,  he  also  having  a 
shai"p  sickle. 

18  And  another  angel  came 
^forth  'out  of  the  altar,  'having 
power  over  »the  fire,  and  ''he 
'called  with  a  loud  'cry  to  him 
that  had  ''the  sharp  sickle,  say- 
ing :  «Send  "^thy  sharp  sickle, 
and  gather  the  clusters  of '  the 
earth ;  for  'her  grapes  are  fully 
ripe. 


19  And  the  angel  ^cast  his 
sickle  ''unto  the  earth,  and  gath- 
ered 'the  fruit  of  the  vine  of  the 


"  In  contrast  with  the  τίίμ-^ον,  ΐβαλιν  marks  the  ready  and 
strong  assent  of  the  Angel-reaper  to  the  call  and  representations 
of  V.  15.  Comp.  V.  15,  N.  q  and  ch.  2 :  24,  N.  g.— W.  (setd)  ;- 
Latin  verss.  (misi7;-exoept  Casta].,  iinmisit ;  Cocc,  coii/ecii), 
Syr.  (same  word  as  in  ch.  19 :  20),  Dt.  (zund),  Fr.  G. -M.,-S., 
(jeta)  ;-Daub.  (cast  in),  Woodh.,  Ell.  (ihrexr). 

»  See  N.  V,  &c.     Daub.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Stu. 

ί  See  ch.  9 :  3.  N.  m,  &c. 

»  For  forth,  see  ch.  9 :  3,  N.  m,  &c.  For  out  of,  see  E.  V., 
vv.  15,  17,  20 ;  ch.  IC :  7  ;  &c.  The  same  phrase  is  used  as  in 
V.  15,  by  R.  (forth  from),  Vulg.  (e.vivit  de),  Syr..  Germ. 
(alls),  It.  (usci  fuor  del)  Fr.  G. -M..-S.,  (sortit  de)  ;-Erasm., 
Vat.,  (e.vicit  de),  Castal.  (ex),  Brightm.  (censures  Bez.'s  ab 
[which  Bez.,  as  usual,  adopted  from  Pagn.].  and  explains  oid  of 
by  ch.  0 :  9),  Moldenh.,  Wakef.  (here  only  has.  oiU  of),  Woodli. 
(as  R.),  Penn  (out  from),  Ell.  (Observe  ix,  not  arto'),  Hengst. 
('ascending  from  the  base,  where,  according  to  ch.  6.,  lie  the 
souls  of  the  martyrs.  .  .  .  Yarn  is  Kwald's  attempt  to  substi- 
tute υοη  [from]  for  aiis  [out  of].').  E.  V.  follows  W.,  T., 
C,  G. 

•  For  having,  see  E.  V.,  vv.  14, 17 ;  ic.  ;-Fr.  G.,-JI.,-S.  ;-Bez., 
Par.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  Dodd.,  AVakuf ,  Woodh.,  Thorn..  Alhv.,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.  E.  V.  and  others  follow  the  Vulg.  The 
reading  ό  ϊχίΜΐ  (Α.  Ο.)  is  adopted  only  by  Lachm.  and  Tisch. 

For  the  article  before  ^re  (whether  the  fire  of  the  altar, 

ch.  8 :  5,  N.  ο ;  or  the  element  of  fire,  comp.  ch.  11 :  6.  N.  w), 
see  R. 'j-foreign  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  and  later  Enghsh 
verss.  (except  Wesl.,  Newc,  Treg.). 

•>  W.,  R.  ;-Germ.,  Dt,  French  verss.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef,,  AVoodh., 


Thorn.,  Mey.,  AUw.,  AH.,  Pena,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Murd., 
Kenr. 

'  When  φωΐ'ε'ω  has  the  accusative  after  it,  it  is  always  in 
E.  V.  to  call,  or  call  for.     The  present  is  the  only  instance  of 

its  being  followed  by  the  dative  of  the  immediate  object. 

Protestant  German  verss.  (rief),  Fr.  S.  (parla);-Oauh.,  Dodd. 
(called  owfc-and  so  Woodh.,  AUw.),  Newc,  Stu.  Many  others 
avoid  using  a  cognate  verb  and  noun  for  ifJiv.  χρανγζ.  In 
having  the  same  verb  for  ϊφύνηαε  here  and  χράζων  in  v.  15, 

E.  V.  and  the  older  ver.ss.  follow  the  Vulg. For  χρανγχι, 

Lachm.  and  Treg.  read  ψων^  (Ά.  Β.  38.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Arm. 
Ar.'). 

Ί  SeelJohn2:7,  N.  o,  &c 
"  See  V.  15,  N.  q. 

'  The  Elzevir  Text  and  all  the  recent  editors  insert  the 
words,  riji  ά-μΛίτ^ον,  before  t^j  y^;.     I  recommend  that  this 

reading  be  adopted:  of  the  vine. For  avr^s,  Tisch.  reads  -riji 

γη;  (Β. 'α  17.  β  7.  Aeth.  Syr.').  Bloomf  also  is  'now  in- 
clined to  receive'  this  reading ;  but  he  errs  in  attributing  it  to 
Lachm. 

^  See  V.  10,  N.  w,  &c. 

I"  See  ch.  8 :  5,  N.  p,  &c. 

'  This  is  not  a  supplement,  but  is  involved  in  the  Greek 
verb,  the  specific  sense  of  which  is  given  iu  the  Latin  verss.  by 
vindemiavit ;  It.,  rendemmio ;  French  verss.,  vendangea ;  Daub., 
reaped;  Stu.  (including  the  noun),  harvested  the  vineyard- 
fruit;  De  W.  and  Ebr.,  herbstete. — W.  (grapes  of),  T.,  C,  G., 
(the  gr.  of);-Di.  (de  rfnaren  ;-marking  this  as  supplied)  ;- 
Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn,  (as  T.;-T)odd. 
and  Penn  marking  as  supplied),  Moldenh.  (die  Trauben). 


REVELATION. 


169 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

and  cast  it  into  the  great  wine- 
press of  the  wrath  of  God. 

20  And  the  wine-press  was 
trodden  without  the  city,  and 
blood  came  out  of  the  wine-press, 
even  unto  the  horse-bridles,  by 
the  space  of  a  thousand  and  six 
liundred  furlongs. 

CHAP.    XV. 

And  I  saw  another  sign  in 
heaven,  great  and  marvellous, 
seven  angels  having  tlie  seven 
last  plagues;  for  in  them  is  filled 
up  the  wrath  of  God. 


2  And  I  saw  as 


mingled  with 


it  were  a  sea 
fire :  and 


of  glass 

them  that  had  gotten  the  victory 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Koi    ββαλ^ν    eti    την    λψον    του 
θυμού  του  θεοΰ  την  μ^γαλην. 

20  κα\  ίττατηθη  ή  ληνοί  ίξω 
τηί  ττόλβω?,  και  βζηλθβν  αίμα  e'/c 
Trjs  ληνοΰ  α.\ρί  των  χαλινών  των 
ΐτΓττων,  ατΓΟ  σταδίων  χιλίων  ίζα- 
κοσίων. 

CHAP.    XV. 

ΚΑΙ  βίδον  άλλο  σημβίον  iv 
τω  ούρανώ  μβγα  κα\  θαυμαστον, 
άγγβλουί  βτττα,  ίχ^ονταί  ττληγας 
ίτττα  τάί  βσχάταί,  otl  iv  αύταΐς 
βτβλίσθη  6  θυμοζ  τον  θβον. 

2  ΚαΙ  eiSov  ώ?  θάλασσαν 
ύαλίνην  μβμιγμίνην  ττυρί,  κα\ 
τους  νικώντας  e'/c  του  θηρίου  καΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

earth,  and  cast  '  into  'the  great 
winepress  of  the  wrath  of  God. 

20  And  the  winepress  was 
trodden  'without  the  city,  and 
'there  came  "'forth  blood  out  of 
the  winepress  "  unto  the  "bridles 
of  the  horses,  ρ  a  thousand  "^  six 
hundred  furlongs  roif. 

CHAP.    XV. 

And  I  saw  another  sign  in 
heaven,  great  and  "wonderful, 
seven  angels  having  the  seven 
last  plagues ;  for  in  them  "-was 
'finished  the  wrath  of  God. 


2  And  I  saw  as  it  were  a 
■•glassy  sea  mingled  with  fire, 
and  'those  «who  'were  victorious 


1  Not  the  vine,  but  the  •(ρύγη.  Comp.  ch.  8 :  5,  N.  p.  No- 
thing is  here  supplied  by  W.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.) 
Syr.  ;-Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

'^  See  1  John  2 :  7,  N.  o,  &c.  For  την  μιγάχψ,  all  the  recent 
editors  read  tov  μίγαν  (Λ.  Β.  0.  'α  20.  β  5.  Compl.').  See  v.  6, 
Ν.   f. 

1  For  t'Jo,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ίξωθιν  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  24. 

β  8.  Compl.'). In  the  next  clause,  the  Greek  order  of  the 

verb  and  its  subject  is  retained  by  the  Latin  and  French  verss., 
It.  ;-Beil.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Greenf.,  Stu., 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

"■  See  oh.  9  :  3,  N.  m,  &c. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  2:10;  &c.  ;-'W".  {till  to),  R.  {up  to)  ;-Brightm.  {to), 
Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn..  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr., 
{as  R.  ;-aiid  so  Words.,  who  also  retains  even.  But  the  direc- 
tion is  determined,  not  by  the  preposition,  but  by  the  noiins 
follovfing.). 

°  W.  {the  br.  o/"  Λ,.)  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  {horses  bridles), 
Dodd.,  TVesl.  {horses''  bridles  ;-and  so  Sharpe,  Lord,  Murd., 
the  Amer.  Bible  Soc,  Kenr.),  Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Words. 

ρ  The  άτίό  in  this  construction  marks  distance  from.  Comp. 
John  11 :  18;  21 :  8,  and  see  Win.  5  05.  4.  and  the  lexicons. — 
R.  {for)  ;-Beng.,  Herd,  and  later  German  verss.,  {tausend 
sechshundert  Siadien  iceit),  Dodd.,  Stu.,  {at  the  distance), 
Wakef.,  Thom.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  {as  R.),  Newc,  Woodh., 
AIlw.,  Words.,  {for  the  space),  Penn  {to  the  distance). 

1  R.;-foreign    verss.    (except    Sjt.,    Moldenh.,    Greenf.)  ;- 


Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  >Vords., 
Kenr. 


"  W.  ;-Brightm.  {admirable),  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Lord,  Barn.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

*■  Syr.  ;-Hamm.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey., 
Kist.,  Sharpe.  Treg.  {hath  been),  De  W. 

'  E.  V.,ch.  10:  7;  11:  7;  20:  5;  John  19:  30;  &c  ;-W. 
{ended),  T.,  C,  G.,  {fulfilled),  R.  {consummate)  ;-Haram. 
('or,  finished^),  Daub.,  Dodd.  {coinpleted --ani  .so  Woodh., 
Allw.,  Treg.),  Wesl.  {as  T.\  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Stu.  {ac- 
complished), Lord,  Murd.  and  Kenr.  {consummaied). 

Ί  Seech.  4:  6,  N.  x. 

'  See  ch.  2:  2,  N.  h,  &c,  and  1 :  5,  N.  v,  &c. 

f  As  often  used,  νιχΰ>  =  /  am  a  victor  =  /  have  conquered. 
But  vixi^ptaf  here  is  not  the  participle  of  the  present  (Par.  '  vic- 
toriam  reportant ;'  Hengst.  '  den  Sieg-  behalten.''  The  latter 
adds:  'It  is  the  coiif/Mermg•,  not  such  as  Λαΐ'β  conquered,  that 
are  spoken  of,  with  reference  to  the  present  of  the  Seer,  when 
the  victory  is  still  in  progress ;'-and  so  Ebr.),  biit  of  the  imper- 
fect, with  reference  to  tliov.  Grammatically,  therefore.  E.  V. 
can  be  defended.  But  it  is  better  to  come  closer  to  the  form 
of  the  original. — W.,  R.,  {overcame)  ;-Dt.  {de  overwinning 
hadden),  Fr.  S.  {etaient  vainqueurs)  ;-Bez.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {vic- 
toriam  reportabant),  Beng.  {siegeten),  Dodd.,  Kenr.,  {as  iV.), 
Wesl.  {gained  the  victory),  Wakef.  {escaped  unconquered), 
Thom.,  Stu.  {came  off  conquerors),  Bloomf.  {came  off  victors), 
Lord.  Castal.,  Mey.,  Win.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  &c.,  treat  tov(  vex. 
as  a  substantive,  without  regard  to  time. 

22 


170 


REVELATION. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

over  the  beast,  and  over  his 
image,  and  over  liis  mark,  and 
over  the  number  of  his  name, 
stand  on  the  sea  of  glass,  liaving 
the  harps  of  God. 

3  And  they  sing  the  song  of 
Moses  the  setvant  of  God,  and 
the  song  of  tlie  Lamb,  saying. 
Great  and  marvellous  are  thy 
works.  Lord  God  Almighty ;  just 
!ind  true  arc  thy  ways,  thou 
King  of  saints. 


4  \Vho  shall  not  fear  thee,  0 
Lord,  and  glorify  thy  name  ?  lor 
thou  only  art  holy :  for  all  nations 


GREEK    TEXT. 

e/c  της  et/coiO?  αυτού  και  eVc  τοΰ 
χαραγμο.τοί  αϋτοΰ,  e'/c  τοΰ  αριθμόν 
τον  ονόματος  αντον,  ίστώτας  fVi 
την  θάλασσαν  την  ναλίνην,  ί'χον- 
τα9  κιθάρας  τον  ΘεοΟ. 

3  καΐ  αδονσι  την  φδην  Μω- 
σεω?  δούλοι»  του  θίοΰ,  και  την 
ωδην  τοΰ  άρνίον,  λεγοντβς,  Me- 
γαλα  και  θαυμαστά  τα  epya  σον, 
ICvpie  ο  θβοί  ο  παντοκράτωρ• 
δίκσ,ιαι  και  άληθινα\  α'ι  οδοί  σον, 
ό  βασιλβυς  των  σ.γιων. 

4  Τίί  ου  μη  φοβηθτ}  σβ,  Kvpie, 
και  δοςαση  το  όνομα  σου ;  οτι 
μονοί  Όσιος•   οτι  τταντα  τα  ί'θνη 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"from  the  beast,  and  ^from  his 
image,  and  "-IVom  his  mark,  -fiOm 
the  number  of  his  name,  'stand- 
ing Jby  the  ''glassy  sea,  having 
'harps  of  God. 

3  And  they  sing  the  song  of 
Moses  'the  servant  of  God,  and 
the  song  of  the  Lamb,  saying : 
Great  and  'wonderful  «7-e  tliy 
works,  "Ό  Lord  God  "the  Al- 
mighty; "righteous  and  true  are 
thy  ways,  "thou  King  of  ''flie 
isaints. 

4  Who  shall  not  fear  'thee, 
0  Lord,  and  glorify  thy  name? 
for  ihou  only  art  holy  :  for  all 


^  The  construction  vixu  ix,  unexampled  elsewhere,  is  com- 
P'lrcd  by  Grot,  to  Victor  ah  Aurorae  populis ;  by  yVaU  and 
Win.  to  the  common  vicloriam  feme  ex.  But  it  is  better 
taken  for  a  Hebraistic  constructio  praegnans,  including  de- 
Iherance  and  victorious  separation  from  ;  and  hence  several 
of  the  translations  in  N.  f. — Syr.  (=  -^-q),  Dt.  (wm)  ;-Erasm., 
Vat.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {de),  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Ccz.,  Par.,  {ex),  Newt. 
{[had  escaped  victors]  from)  Ew.  {[sujieriores  recedu7it]a), 
Stu.,  Lord,  De  λΥ.  and  Ebr.  {von),  Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Hengst. 
(•  strictly :  out  of  the  beast.  This  construction,  quite  unusual 
elsewhere,  points  to  the  circumstance  that,  before  lh«  victory, 
they  were  in  the  beast's  power,  and  is  explained  by  ch.  11  :  7.' 
lie  also  cites  Ps.  22 :  22  [21].)  ;-Rob. 

i"  Bloomf  brackets,  and  all  the  other  recent  editors  cancel, 
the  words  ix  ιοί  ;tapay/iaros  aiitoi,  en  the  authority  of '  A.  B.  C. 
tt  24.  β  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.'  I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  the  words,  from  his  mark, 
omitted. 

'  Seech.  10:5,  N.  r,  &c. 

1  ^yhether  the  historical  parallel  is  'the  molten  sea'  of  the 
temple  (Jlede,  Cuninghanic,  &c.)  or,  as  is  more  commonly  and, 
I  think,  correctly  suppo.sed,  the  triumph  at  the  Red  Sea, 
βχ.  15.,  trti  must  here  be  used  as  at  ch.  3:  20;  8:  3;  &c. — 
G.  {at)  ;-Ar.  (=  prope).  Germ,  {an  ;-not  aif,  as  Moldenh., 
Goss.,  AH.,  after  the  Vulg.  super),  Dt.  (aan  ;-not  op)  ;-Pagn., 
Bez..  Par.,  {apud),  Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.  and  Scott  (Or,  o/'). 
Grot,  ('sicut  monies  stant  circa  mare').  Daub.,  Beng.  (as 
Germ.  ;-and  so  Mey.,  De  W.,  Ilengst.,  Ebr.),  Dodd.,  Wesl.  {as 
i?.;-and  so  Wakef,  Thorn.),  Gill  and  Ell.  ('or  rather,  by'), 
Newc,  Bloomf,  Scholef  ;-SchOttg.  {apud,  prope  ;-and  so 
Schleus.,  adding^M.rZa),  Bretsch.  {ad),  Wahl  {an,  bei).  Others 
(Stu.,  Ac.)  explain  the  sea  as  denoting  the  pavement  or  tioor, 
on  which,  they  tiiink,  rested  'the  throne  itself  of  God,'  together 


with  the  surrounding  worshippers.  And,  the  case  being  a 
doubful  one,  I  recommend  that  the  words:  "Or,  upon,''  be  set  in 
the  margin. 

^  Fr.  S.  ;-Br!ghtm.,  B.  and  I,.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Newc.• 
(marks  the  as  supplied),  Woodh.,  All.,  Sharjie,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Stier, 
Lord,  De  W.,  Words..  Kenr. 

1  Before  δούλοιι.  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth.,  Griesb., 
Sch.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.)  in.sert  roi  (•Α.  a8.  [&  12.]  Compl.').-— 
For  wonderful,  see  v.  1,  N.  a. 

"■  E.  v.,  eh.  11 :  17;  &c.;-It.,  Fr.  G.-M.;-B.  and  L.,  Daub., 
Dodd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Lord,  Treg.,  AVords.,  Kenr. 

°  For  the,  see  ch.  4 :  8,  N.  k. For  righteotts,  see  2  Pet. 

2:  7,  N.  j,  &c.  E.  Λ^  elsewhere  (4  times)  in  this  book  ;-Do(ld., 
Wesl.,  Newc,  Treg. 

°  An  allowable  compensation  for  the  Greek  iiliom,  =r=  Sj  tl 
ΰβαβ.     Seech.  12:  12,  Ν.  X. 

ρ  See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  j  and  12 :  5,  N.  x. 

■5  For  άγιωι•,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Theile)  read  tflj'UJi' 
(Ά.  B.  α  27.  β  9.  7  3.  Compl.  Copt.  Aeth.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav. 
MSS.'  Theile  errs  in  citing  this  a^  the  text.  rec).  Matth., 
indeed,  has  αγίων,  but  evidently  by  an  oversight,  as  in  his  note 
he  concurs  in  Beng.'s  strong  condemnation  of  that  reading, 
which  arose,  Matth.  also  thinks,  from  the  scholium  of  Andr. : 
■full/  .  .  .  δβίως  rtoXirfvaa/iipav.  I  recommend  that  the  reading 
Ιθνΰν  be  followed,  and  translated  :  nations.  Still  another  read- 
ing, which  Mill  regarded  as  omnino  genuinam,  is  aiJjvuv 
{'  C.  18.     Vulg.  Syr.  Arm.  ed.  in  m.  Erp.'). 

'  The  as  is  cancelled  by  Lachm.,  Ilahn,  Mey.,  Treg.,  Tisch., 
Theile,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  B.  C.  12. 14.  oG.  47.  92.  Er.  Vulg. 
MS.  Am.  Tol.  Aeth.  Arm.' 


REVELATION. 


171 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

shall  come  and  worship  before 
thee ;  for  thy  judgments  are 
made  manifest. 

5  And  after  that  I  looked, 
and  behold,  the  temple  of  the 
tabernacle  of  the  testimony  in 
heaven  was  opened : 

6  And  the  seven  angels  came 
out  of  the  temple,  having  the 
seven  plagues,  clothed  in  j)ure 
and  white  linen,  and  having 
their  breasts  girded  with  golden 
girdles. 

7  And  one  of  the  four  beasts 
gave  unto  the  seven  angels  seven 
golden  vials  full  of  the  wrath  of 


GREEK    TEXT. 


ηζουσι,  και  ττροσκυνησουσίν  ϊνω- 
TTLOV  σον  OTL  τα  δικαιώματα  σου 
ίφανίρωθησαν. 

5  Και  μ€τα  ταύτα  eiSof,  και 
Ιδου  -ηνοίγη  Ό  vaos  της  σκηνής 
του  μαρτυρίου  iu  τω  ούρανω• 

6  και  ί^ηλθον  οι  ίτττα  άγγελοι 
βχοντβς  τας  ετττα  ττληγας,  (κ  του 
ναοΰ,  €ν8(8υμ€νοι  Χινον  καθαρον 
και  λαμττρον,  και  ττίρίζζωσμίνοι 
irepl  τα  στήθη  ζώνας  γρυσάί. 

1  και  ev  e/c  των  τεσσάρων  ζώων 
βδωκβ  τοις  ΐΤΓτα  άγγβλοις  (τττα 
φιάλας     -χβυσάς,    γεμουσας    του 


REVISED    VERSION. 

■the  nations  shall  come  and  wor- 
ship! before  thee ;  'because  thy 
"judgments  nvere  «manifested. 

5  And  after  'these  things  I 
'■saw,  and,  'behold,  the  temple 
of  the  tabernacle  of  the  testi- 
mony in  heaven  was  opened  : 

6  And  the  seven  angels  'hav- 
ing the  seven  plagues  came 
•■forth  'out  of  the  temple,  clothed 
in  "linen  pure  "and  'bright,  and 
"■girt  -^round  ^about  ""the  breasts 
with  golden  girdles. 

7  And  one  of  the  four  'living 
creatures  gave  unto  the  seven 
angels  seven  golden  J'bowls,  full 


'  For  oetoj.  Matth.  reads  aytoj  ('  B.  a  26.  β  7.  γ  2.  Comp!.')  ; 
and,  for  rtavta  ta  ίθνη^  he  reads  jtavtii  {'B.  a  21.  β  7.  Ar.  P.')- 
For  the  article,  see  ch.  12 :  5,  N.  x. 

'  This  clause  seems  to  present  the  manifestation  of  God's 
judgments  as  the  occasion  and  cause  of  the  universal  worship 
(comp.  Is.  26:  9;  &c.),  rather  than  of  the  confident  anticipation 
regarding  it  just  expressed ;  whereas  what  God  is  in  himself, 
μόνοί  οαιοξ,  is  the  immediate  ground  of  the  interrogative  chal- 
lenge in  the  beginning  of  the  verse. — Castal.  (guofZ  ;-insteail  of 
nam,  which  he  uses  in  the  two  previous  clauses ;  and  the  reason 
of  the  change  is  still  more  clearly  determined  by  his  changing 
also  the  indicative  mood  of  other  Latin  verss.  into  the  sub- 
junctive, paiefacia.  sint.),  Moldenh.,  De  "W.,  (ηνίΙ•-ίοι•  the 
denii  of  the  other  clauses),  Stu.  (also  rendering  the  second  ort. 
truly),  Lord,  Murd.  {since  ;-in  the  previous  clauses,  because), 
Kenr.,  Ebr.  (renders  the  triple  oVt,  deim  . . .  also  dass . . .  iceil). 

"  '  Judicial  acts'  =  QiaS'Sa,  Is.  26 :  9. 
'  See  N.  t. 

«  Seech.  3:  18,  N.  a.  &e. 
»  See  ch.  4 :  1,  N.  a. 
y  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  b. 
'  All  the  recent  editors 
'  A.  B.  C.  α  27.  β  9.  Compl 


ί8ον, 
■  Syr. 


on   the   authority 
Arm.  Slav.  MSB.' 


cancel 
,     Aeth 

recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  version 
stand  thus :  and  the  temple. 

"  The  participial  clause  identifies  the  angels ;  which  is  yet 
more  clear  in  the  reading,  οί  (χονίις  ('  Α.  C.  α  2.  β  8.  Compl.'), 
adopted  by  all  the  recent  editors.  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
ing be  followed,  and  translated  :  who  had. — The  participle  is 
kept  in  immediate  connection  with  its  noun,  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  English  (except  Words.). 

t  See  ch.  9 :  3,  N.  m,  &c. 

"  Matth.  and  Tisch.  cancel  the  words  tx  toi  vaoi,  on  the 


authority  of  '  B.  ο  19.  β  4. ;'  Matth.  also  inserting  the  words  οί 
ήααν,  on  the  authority  of  'B.  α  17.  β  7.  y  2.  Compl.' 

"  The  Greek  order  is  observed  by  W.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Castal.),  Syr.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Daub.,  Greenf.  But  all  the 
recent  editors  cancel  the  xai  before  ^.αμΛρόν,  on  the  authority  of 
'  A.  B.  C.  α  16.  β  7.  Er.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr. 
Slav.  MS.'     I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and 

that  the  version  stand  thus:  pure,  bright  linen. For  xtVo»•, 

Lachm.  reads  %ίθον  ('  A.  C.  38**.  48.  90.  Tulg.  MS.  Am.  Slav. 
MSS.').  Comp.  Ezek.  2S:  13;  and  Slilton:  'Zeal,  whose  sub- 
stance is  ethereal,  arming  in  complete  diamo7id,  ascends  his 
fiery  chariot.'  {Apol.for  Smect.  sect.  1.),  And  again  in  P.  L. 
vi.  109,110: 

■  Satan,  with  vast  and  haughty  strides  advanc'd, 
'  Came  towr'ing,  arm'd  in  adamant  and  gold.' 

'  E.  \.,  ch.  22  :  16 ;  Acts  10 :  30.  This  idea  of  lustre  is  given 
by  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Syr.  (see  Michaelis  ad  Castell.),  Protestant 
German  verss.  (the  Vulg.  having  candido)  except  Herd.,  Dt., 
It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Brightm.,  Bez.,  Grot.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  B.  and 
L.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

f  The  participle  is  kept  in  its  place,  and  translated  as  de- 
pendent on  άγγΕλοϋ,  by  \V.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  generally  ;-Daub., 
Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu,,  Lord,  Treg., 
Murd.,  Kenr.  For  the  form  of  the  participle,  see  E.  V.,  ch. 
1 :  13  ;-Daub.,  Wesl,,  TToodh,,  Stu.,  Kenr. 

^  Comp.  ch.  1 :  13.  All  the  verss.  referred  to  in.the  first 
half  of  N.  f  express  one  of  the  Greek  prepositions ;  only  the  Dt. 
(omgord  om),  Jloldenh.,  Mey.,  Do  ^y.,  Ebr,,  {umgiirtet  um), 
express  both. 

h  E.  v.,  ch.  1 :  13 ;  kc.  ;-W.,  R. ;-Latin  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Daub.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  All.,  Stolz, 
Kist.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

'  Seech.  4:  6,  N.  a. 

)  See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  g. 


172 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

God,   who    livetli   for  ever  and 
ever. 

8  And  the  temple  vsras  filled 
witli  smoke  from  the  glory  of 
God,  and  from  his  power;  and 
no  man  was  able  to  enter  into 
the  temple,  till  the  seven  plagues 
of  the 
filled. 


seven   angels  were   ful- 


CHAP    XVI. 


And  I  lieard  a  great  voice  out 
of  the  temple,  saying  to  the 
seven  angels.  Go  your  ways,  and 
pour  out  the  vials  of  the  wrath 
God  of  upon  the  earth. 

2  And  the  first  went,  and 
poured  out  his  vial  upon  the 
earth ;  and  there  fell  a  noisome 
and  grievous  sore  upon  the  men 
which  had  the  mark  of  the  beast, 
and  υροη  tliera  which  worship- 
ped his  image. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

θνμον   τον  θίοΰ   του   ζώντος   eiy 
τους  αΐώναί  των  αΙωνων. 

8  και  βγβμίσθη  ό  ναοί  καττνοΰ 
e/c  TTJs  δόζηί  τον  θβον,  καΐ  ΐκ 
τηί  δνναμΐωζ  αντον•  καΐ  ούδΐΐί 
ηδννατο  elaeXOelv  eiy  τον  ναον, 
αχρί  τβλεσθώσιν  αΐ  k-πτα  πληγα\ 
των  €7Γτα  άγγζλων. 

CHAP.    XVI. 

ΚΑΙ  ηκονσα  φωνής  μεγάλης 
ίκ  τον  ναού,  λβγονσης  τοις  Ιτττα 
ayyeXoLS,  Υτταγβτί,  και  βκχ^εατ€ 
τάς  φίαλαί  τον  θνμον  τον  θΐον 
ei?  την  γήν. 

2  ΚαΙ  άττηλθβν  6  ττρώτος,  καί 
e^e'^ee  την  ψιάλην  αντον  ί'ττι  την 
γη  ν  και  iyeveTO  βλκοί  κακόν  καΐ 
ΤΓονηρον  €ί?  τονς  αναρωττονς  τονς 
βχ^οντας  το  -χάραγμα  τον  θηρίον, 
και  TOVS  τη  ecKOVt  αντον  ττροσ- 
κννοννταί. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

of  the  wi-ath  of  God  who  liveth 
"unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 

8  And  the  temple  was  filled 
with  smoke  from  the  glory  of 
God,  and  from  his  power;  and 
no  'one  was  able  to  enter  into 
the  temple,  till  the  seven  plagues 
of  the  seven  angels  "should  be 
"finished. 


CHAP.    XVI. 


And 
of    the 


I  heard  a  "loud  voice  *out 
temple,    saying   to   the 
Go,  and  pour  out 
the  '  bowls  of  the  wrath  of  God 
^into  the  earth. 


seven  angels 


2  And  the  first  went  ""away, 
and  poui'ed  out  his  ''bowl  'upon 
the  earth ;  and  there  ^came  an 
"evil  and  grievous  sore  'uijon  the 
men  'who  had  the  mark  of  the 
beast,  and  '  Λvho  worshipjjed  his 


"  See  ch.  1 :  G,  N.  g,  &c. 
1  See  ch.  5 :  3,  N.  e,  &c. 

""  It.  (fossero),  French  yerss.  (fiissenl)  ;-Hamm.,  Beng.  and 
De  W.  (tcdren),  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Lord. 
°  See  V.  1.  N.  c. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  10,  N.  x. Matth.  and  Tisch.  cancel  the  words 

ix  Toi  vaoi,  On  the  authority  of  '  B.  ο  18.  β  5.  Syr.  (in  some 
copies).     Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.' 

•>  Except  in  this  instance,  indyu  is  always  (5  times)  in  this 
book,  and  generally  elsewhere,  rendered  in  E.  V.,  to  go;-W. 
(Go  ye),  R.  ;-Latin  vcrss.  (He),  It.  (^Andale),  French  verss. 
(.li/ez)  ;-Dauh.  (^o  on),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  AVakef.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thorn..  Pcnn  (as  W.),  Sharpe,  Stu..  Lord,  Treg.  and  Murd.  (g-o 
furih),  Kcnr. 

'  Before  φιάλαί.  all  the  recent  editors  (though  Bloomf.  thinks 
that  'internal  evidence  is  rather  against  it')  insert  ΪΛΐά  '  A.  B.  C. 
a,  20.  β  7.  Vulg.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.'  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
hig  be  adopted :  seven. For  bowls,  see  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  g. 

Ί  Comp.  ch.  13 :  13,  N.  i,  &c.,  and  v.  3,  N.  1.  W.  ;-Latin 
verss.  (in,  with  the  accusative),  Syr.  (=  Greenf.  2),  It.  (ne);- 
Sharpe  {on  to).  Trcg. 

•  Seech.  12:  17,  N.  r,  &c. 

<  Sec  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  g. For  iai,  Matth.,  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Hahn, 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  tij  (A.  B.  C.  'a  19.  β  7.    Vulg.  Syr. 


Ar.  P.').  I  recommend  that  the  words:  "Or,  as  many  read, 
into,^  appear  in  the  margin. 

°  Comp.  2  Pet.  1 :  20,  N.  w.  E.  V.  rather  excludes  the  idea 
of  an  eruption  from  within. — W.,  R.,  {was  made)  ;-Latin  verss. 
{factum  est  ;-except  Castal.,  affecti  sunt  homines),  Syr. 
(==  Greenf.  Ti^),  Germ,  (ward),  Dt.  {werd),  Fr.  G.  {fut  faite), 
Fr.  S.  {y  eut)  ;-Daub.,  Words.,  (became),  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng., 
Van  Ess,  Goss.,  {kam),  Dodd.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Murd.,  (was), 
Wesl.,  AVakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Mey.  {as  Germ.  ;-and  so  All., 
Hengst.),  Ew.  {ortum,  est,  venit),  Ell.  {broke  out),  Lord,  De  W. 
and  Ebr.  {enl.s-taiid),  Kcll.  {ensued),  Kenr.  {as  R.). 

■^  E.  v.,  generally;  never,  as  here;-Syr.,  Protestant  German 
verss.  (use  6o6"e  ;-e.\cept  Ebr.,  schlimmer),  Dt.  {kicaad),  Fr.  G., 
-S.,  {mauvaise)  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss.,  except  Castal., 
{malum  ;-for  the  Vulg.  saevum),  Engl.  Ann.,  Wakef.  and  Newc. 
{bad),  Woodh.,  Lord,  Barn,  {evil,  bad). 

'  Here  the  more  suitable  proposition  is  irti  (A.  B.  C.  'a  21. 
β  0.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.'),  adopted  by  Beng.,  Matth.,  Sch..  Lachm., 
Hahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch. For  loho,  see  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

!  The  worshippers  of  the  image  are  not  a  distinct  class  from 
those  who  bear  the  mark ;  ch.  13 :  15-17;  14 :  9. — Neither  the  pre- 
position nor  the  demonstrative  is  repeated  by  the  German  verss., 
Dt.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.  Castal.,  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  retain  the  participial  construction  in  both  clauses;  Bez., 
Par.,  Bierm.,  Dodd.,  Matth.,  omit  only  the  preposition.  E.  V. 
and  others  follow  the  Vulg. For  who,  see  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 


REVELATION. 


173 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

3  And  the  second  angel  poni- 
ed out  his  Λ'ϊαΐ  npon  the  sea; 
and  it  became  as  the  blood  of  a 
dead  man  ;  and  every  living  soul 
died  in  the  sea. 


4  And  the  third  angel  poured 
out  his  vial  upon  the  rivers  and 
fountains  of  waters :  and  they 
became  blood. 

5  And  I  heard  the  angel  of 
the  waters  say,  Thou  art  righ- 
teous, 0  Lord,  which  art,  and 
wast,  and  shalt  be,  because  thou 
hast  judged  thus. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

3  Kcu  6  Sevrepos  αγγίλοί 
e'^e'^ee  την  φίάλην  αύτοΰ  ei?  τ?;^ 
θάλασσαν  κα\  ΐγβνβτο  αίμα  ώ? 
ueKpov,  και  ττάσα  ψυχή  ζώσα 
άπίθαί'ίν  Ιν  rfj  θαλασστβ. 

4  KaL  6  τρίτο9  άγγελοί  e'^e^ee 
την  ώιαλην  αυτού  €is  του?  ττοτα- 
μονί  καΐ  els•  τάί  ττηγάί  των  υδά- 
των   καΐ  βγζνβτο  αίμα. 

5  ΚαΙ  ηκουσα  του  αγγ€λου 
των  υδάτων  λίγοντοί,  Αικαιοζ, 
Κΰρΐ€,  €1,  ό  ών  καΐ  ο  ην  και  ο 
οσιοζ,  ΟΤΙ  ταΰτα  βκριναί' 


REVISED    VERSION. 

3  And  the  second  "angel  pour- 
ed out  his  ''bowl  linto  the  sea ; 
and  it  became  "■  blood  as  of  "one 
dead ;  and  every  "living  soul 
died  °  in  the  sea. 

4  And  the  third  "angel  poured 
out  his  pbowl  'into  the  rivers 
and  "into  'the  fountains  of  "the 
waters ;  and  'they  became  blood. 

5  And  I  heard  the  angel  of 
the  waters  "saying:  "Righteous, 
"O  Lord,  art  thou,  ^who  art,  and 

I  ^who  wast,  ^even  ^the  Holy  One, 
because  thou  'didst  adjudge 
'these  things. 


'^  Knapp  brackets,  and  Beng..  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.. 
Tisch.,  cancel,  the  word  ayyAoj,  on  the  authority  of  •  A.  C.  18. 
Vuig.  US.  Am.  Tol.  Aeth.' For  bou-l,  see  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  g. 

'  See  T.  1,  N.  d,  &c.  W.  ;-Latin  verss.  (in,  with  the  ac- 
cusative), Syr.  C=  Greenf.'s  a),  Germ.,  Dt.,  It,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub., 
Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Ilengst. 

"■  Not  in  appearance  merely. — The  us  is  kept  in  its  own 
place,  and  αίμα  translated  without  an  article,  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin 
verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.),  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except 
AH.),  Dt,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  "Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Allw.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kell.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

-  For  one,  see  ch.  1:  13,  N.  c.  E.  V.,  Mark  9:  2G;-R.;- 
German  verss.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Thom.,  Penn  (marking  it  as  sup- 
plied). Lord. For  ζΰβα  (which  Sch.  cancels,  according  to 

'  α  19.  /3  4.     Slav.  MSS.'),  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn, 

Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  read  fu^s  (Ά.  C.  Syr.') After 

artie.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  insert  ta  ('A.  C. 
Syr.  Slav.  MS.'). 

°  Kn.  brackets,  and  all  the  other  recent  editors  cancel,  the 
word  άγγίλοί,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C.  'a  18.  β  6.  Vulg. 
Aeth.  Ar.  P.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  read- 
ing, the  word  angel  be  omitted. 

Ρ  See  ch.  δ :  8,  N.  g. 

1  See  V.  3,  N.  1,  &c. Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  cancel  the 

second  ttj,  on  the  authority  of  Ά.  C.  10.  43.  49.  91.  Compl. 
Copt' 

■■  E.  v.,  ch.  8 :  10 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Herd., 
Mey.)  ;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Sharpe, 
Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

■  Seech.  8:  10,  N.  e,  &c. 

<■  Notwithstanding  De  W.'s  negative,  a  comparison  of  vv.  3, 4 
with  ch.  8:8-11  demands  this  construction.  The  singular 
Ιγίνίίο  is  no  objection,  it  being  quite  common,  both  in  Greek 


and  Latin,  for  the  verb  to  take  the  number  of  a  predicative 
substantive.  The  reading  iyivovto  ('  A.  36.')  is  edited  by 
Lachm. 

"  See  ch.  C  :  3,  N.  k. 

'  The  adjective  retains  its  emphatic  position  in  W.  ;-Latin 
verss.,  Syr.  ;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  ATesl.,  Herd.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W., 
Words.,  Murd.,  Ebr. 

"  The  word  Kvptt  is  marked  by  Bloomf.  as  '  most  probably, 
or  certainly,  an  interpolation,'  and  cancelled  by  all  the  other 
recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  0.  'a  25.  j3  6.  y  3. 
Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol.  Copt  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.' 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  version 
stand  thus  :  Righteous  art  thou. 

'  See  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

y  Allw.  But  all  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  xal,  on  the 
authority  of  '  A.  B.  C.  α  25.  /3  7.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Arm.  Slav. 
MS.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the 
word  even  be  omitted. 

*  Of  Bez.'s  reading,  ό  ίαάμινοί,  followed  in  E.  V.,  Words, 
says :  '  In  nullo  quod  sciam  Codice  invenitur  i  ia.,  quam  lec- 
tionem'    [quae  lectio?]   'ex   Bezae   recensione   in   Versionem 

Anglicanam   iramigravit.'     Comp.   ch.  11:   17,   N.  a. The 

0  before  ostos  is  bracketed  by  Bloomf.,  and  cancelled  by  Matth., 
Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  IVords.,  Tisch.,  (not,  as  Bloomf.  says, 
'  by  all  the  recent  editors ;')  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  B.  C. 
α  19.  β  5.     Syr.  Arm.' 

"  Moldenh.  (gerichtlich  beschlossen  hast),  Penn,  Lord,  {hast 
adjudged),  Sharpe  (judgecht),  Ebr.  (Urtheil  gesprochen 
^asi);-Wahl,  Schirl.,  {[decernol,  beschliessen,  verordnen), 
Rob.  (to  determine  on,  to  decree),  Green  (to  resolve  on,  to 
decree). 

»  Seech.  4:  1,  N.  a. 


174 


REVELATION. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

G  For  they  have  slied  the 
blood  of  saints  and  prophets, 
and  thou  hast  given  them  blood 
to  drink ;  for  they  are  worthy. 

7  And  I  heard  another  out  of 
the  altar  say,  Even  so.  Lord  God 
Almighty,  true  and  righteous 
are  thy  judgments. 


8  And  the  fourth  angel  pour- 
ed out  his  vial  upon  the  sun; 
and  power  was  given  unto  him 
to  scorch  men  with  fire. 

9  And  men  were  scorched 
with  great  heat,  and  blasphe- 
med the  name  of  God,  which 
hath  power  over  these  plagues : 


GREEK    TEXT. 

6  OTL  αίμα  αγίων  και  προφη- 
τών ίζΐχ^βαν,  καΐ  αίμα  αύτοΐί 
ίοωκαί  TTietv    αςιοι  γαρ  eiaL. 

7  ΚαΙ  ηκουσα  αλλυυ  ίκ  τον 
θυσιαστηρίου,  λβγοντοί,  JVa), 
Kvpie  ό  Oeos  ό  τταντοκρατωρ, 
άληθιναί  καΐ  δίκαια',  αϊ  κρίσίΐ^ 
σου. 

8  ICal  6  τέταρτος  άγγελος 
e'^e^ee  την  φιάλην  αύτοΰ  eVi  τον 
ηλιον  και  18οθη  αύτω  καυματίσαι 
τους  ανθρώπους  Ιν  ττυρί- 

9  καί  ίκαυματισθησαν  οί  άν- 
θρωποι καΰμα  μ€γα,  καΐ  ββλασ- 
φημηο'αν  το  όνομα  του  θβοΰ 
του    eyovTOS     βζουσίαν    «Vt    τας 


REVISED    VERSION. 

6  For  they  "^poured  out  the 
blood  of  saints  and  prophets, 
and  thou  ''gavest  them  blood  to 
drink ;  'for  they  are  worthy. 

7  And  I  heard  'another  out  of 
the  altar  ^saying:  '•Yea,  Ό  Lord 
God  'the  Almighty,  true  and 
righteous  are  thy  judgments. 


8  And  the  fourth  i-angel  pour- 
ed out  his  ibowl  upon  the  sun  ; 
and  "it  was  given  unto  "him 
to  scorch  "the  men  with  fire. 


9  And  pthe  men  were  'scorch- 
ed with  great  ■'scorching,  and 
■^they  blasphemed  the  name  of 
God,    'who   'had   °  power   over 


'  Comp.  E.  T.,  Jer.  18 :  21 ;  Zeph.  1:17.  ' Their  sin  fuinislied 
the  t^'pe  of  its  own  punishment.'  Comp.  ch.  18 :  6 ;  Gen.  9:6; 
Is.  49 :  26 ;  Ezek.  35 :  6 ;  2  Cor.  5 :  10.  This  affinity  between 
the  offence  and  the  retribution  is  vividly  suggested  in  the  Greek 
by  the  use  of  the  same  verb  in  describing  both,  as  well  as  by 
the  correspondent  position  of  either  αί/ία.  And  tlius,  through- 
out the  ch.,  "W.  employs  the  phrase,  lo  shed  out  (so  T.,  C,  in 
vv.  3,  4,  6)  ;-Latin  verss.,  effundere  (except  Matth.,  who  has 
here  the  umy\e  fuderuni),  Syr.,  =  Chald.  sid;  Fr.  S.,  verser;- 
Dodd.,  Woudh.,  to  your  fortli  or  oiU;  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  to  pour 
out.     German  vers.s.  change  giessen  or  ausgiessen  to  vergies- 

sen ;  and  similarly  tlie  Dt. The  historical  time  is  retained 

by  W.,  T.,  C,  G.;-Brightm.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe.  See 
ch.  17:2, 17,  NN.j,  w. 

"^  Sharpe,    Ebr. Lachm.,    Treg.,    Words.,    read    δίδωχαί 

('A.C.'). 

'  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  yap,  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  C.  '  α  25.  β  8.  y  3.  Compl.  Tol.  Copt.  Slav.  MS.'  I  re- 
commend that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  for 
be  omitted. 

f  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words,  άλλου  ϊχ,  on  the 
anthoiity  of  Ά.  B.'  (Words,  says  that  B.  has  ϊχ,  not  άλλον) 
'  C.  α  26.  β  7.  y  2.  (Compl.  ix).  Vulg.  MS.  Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and 
the  words,  another  out  of,  omitted.  The  altar  itself  is  then 
personified,  as  a  spectator  stirred  with  sympathy  in  the  joy 
and  adoration  of  its  own  avenged  martyrs. 

«  See  ch.  6 :  3,  N.  k. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  1. 

'  Seech.  15:  3,  N.  m. 

1  Seech.  4:8,  N.  k. 

k  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  word  άyγfλos,  on  the  au- 


thority of  A.  B.  C.  'a  12.  β  3.  Vulg.  MS.  Tol.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Ar.  P.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading, 
the  word  angel  be  omitted. 

"  See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  g. 

'"  See  ch.  6 :  4,  N.  q.     There  E.  V.  marks  power  as  supplied. 

"  Dt.  ;-Hamm.,  Cocc.  Marck,  Titr.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Moldenh., 
Thorn.,  Crol.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  W.,  Barn.,  Ebr.,  refer  αί-τφ  to 
^'λιo^ ;  Beng.  objecting,  that  ΙΒόθη  is  more  appropriate  to  the 
angel,  and  Hengst.  appealing  to  ch.  7  :  2  and  4  (6) :  8,  as  still 
more  decisive.  But  the  point  is  a  doubtful  one,  and  I  recom- 
mend that  the  note:  'Or,  it,'  be  set  in  the  margin. 

"  Comp.  ch.  9 :  6,  N.  y.  Here  the  reference  is  to  those  de- 
scribed in  v.  2. — Foreign  verss. ;- Wells,  Wes!.,  Woodh.,  Thorn, 
(at  V.  9),  Allw.,  Penn.  Ell.,  Lord. 

Γ  See  V.  8,  N.  o,  &c. 

t  A  noun  cognate  to  the  preceding  verb  is  emplo3'ed  by  Latin 
verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.,  Dt.,  It. ;-Haram.  (scorched 
greatly  or  a  great  scorch'),  Berl.  Bib.,  Herd.,  Stolz,  Mey., 
Sharpe  (scorched  with  a  great  scorch),  Treg.  (as  above), 
De  W.,  Ebr. 

■■  French  verss.  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe, 

Stu.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Kenr. After  ϊβλααφ.,  Matth.,  Sch.,  Tisch., 

repeat  οί  avepuitot  ('B.  α  22.  β  6.  Compl.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav. 
MS.'). 

■  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  The  participle  here  does  not  state  a  general  truth  didacti- 
cally, but  assigns  the  historical  reason  of  the  blasphemies.  The 
men  were  conscious  that  God  was  the  Author  of  their  suffer- 
ings. Comp.  Is.  8 :  21.  Hence  Castal.'s  qui  haberct. — T.  ;- 
Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  All.,  Ell.,  Kenr. 

"  Before  (ξοναίαν,  the  Compl.,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words., 
Tisch.,  insert  τψ  (.\.  and  6  cursive  MSS.). 


REVELATION. 


175 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

and  they  repented  not  to  give 
him  glory. 

10  And  the  fifth  angel  poured 
out  his  vial  upon  the  seat  of  the 
beast ;  arid  his  kingdom  vs^as  full 
of  darkness ;  and  they  gnawed 
their  tongues  for  pain, 


11  And  blasphemed  the  Gotl 
of  heaven,  because  of  their  pains 
and  their  sores,  and  repented  not 
of  their  deeds. 


12  And  the  sixth  angel  poured 
out  his  vial  upon  the  great  river 
Euphrates ;  and  the  water  there- 
of was  dried  uj),  that  the  way  of 
the  kings  of  the  east  might  be 
prepared. 

13  And  I  saw  three  unclean 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ττληγαΫ  ταύτας,  καΐ  ου  μίτίροη- 
σαν  δοΰναί  αύτω  δοςαν. 

10  Και  6  ττίμπτοί  αγγβλοί 
e'^e'^ee  την  φιαλην  αύτοΰ  iin  τον 
θρόνον  του  θηρίου•  και  iytveTO 
ή  βασιλεία  αύτοΰ  ^.σκοτωμένη• 
και  ίμασσώντο  Tas  γλωσσαί  αυ- 
των  e/c  του  ττονου, 

11  καΐ  ^βλασφήμησαν  τον 
θεον  του  ούρανοΰ  e/c  των  ττονων 
αυτών  καΐ  e/c  των  βλκών  αυτών, 
καΐ  ου  μ€τενοησαν  εκ:  τών  βργων 
αυτών. 

1 2  Καί  Ό  €KTOs  αγγβλος  ^ζίχ^^ 
την  φιάλην  αύτοΰ  eVt  τον  ττοτα- 
μον  τον  μίγαν  τον  Έυφρατην 
καί  βζηράνθη  το  ύδωρ  αύτοΰ,  ίνα 
βτοιμασθΓ]  ή  οδοί  τών  βασιλέων 
τών  άτΓΟ  ανατολών  ήλιου. 

13  ΚαΙ  βίδον  ίκ  τοΰ  στόματος 


REVISED    VERSION. 

these  plagues,  and  they  repented 
not  to  give  him  glory. 

10  And  the  fifth  '■angel  poured 
out  his  "bowl  upon  the  ''throne 
of  the  beast ;  and  his  kingdom 
>became  ^darkened;  and  they 
^gnawed  their  tongues  for  "tbe 
pain, 

11  And  blasphemed  the  God 
of  heaven  because  of  tlieir  pains 
and  ''because  of  their  sores,  and 
repented  not  'of  tlieir  "works. 


12  And  the  sixth  'angel  pour- 
ed out  his  'bowl  upon  ^that  great 
river,  ''the  Euphrates;  and  the 
water  thereof  was  dried  up,  that 
the  way  of  the  kings  'who  are 
'from  the  i-rising  of  the  sun  might 
be  prepared. 

13  And  I  saw,  '  out  of  the 


'  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  word  ciyyfXo;,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  18.  β  6.  Vulg.  JIS.  Am.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Ar.  P.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading, 
the  word  angel  be  omitted. 

"  See  eh.  5 :  8,  N.  g. 

»  See  ch.  2:  13,  N.  v,  &c.,  and  comp.  Ts.  94:  20. 

'  W.,  R.,  {%cas  made  dark),  Ϊ.,  C,  G.,  (waxed  dark)  ;- 
Vulg.  (factum  est  tenebrosum),  Syr.  (=  Vidg.),  German 
verss.  (ward  [wurde]  verfinslert),  Dt.  (is  verduisterd  gewor- 
den),  It.  (divenne  lenebroso),  French  veTSS.  (devint  [B.  and  L., 
tout]  tenebreux)  ;-Castal.,  Titr.,  (obscuratum  est  ;-other  Latin 
verss.,  as  Vulg.,  except  that  Cocc.  has  tenebricosum),  Daub., 
Newt.,  (became  fvll  nf  d.),  Dodd.,  Wcsl.,  Wakef.,  Thorn., 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Treg.,  (was  darkened),  Newc,  Woodh., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Words,  (was  filled  with  d.),  Jlurd.  (became 
darkness),  Kenr.  (became  dark). 

'  The  imperfect  (kept  gnawing)  is  expressed  by  Syr.,  It., 
French  verss.  ;-Pagn.,  Bcz.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Bierm.,  Vitr.,  Wakef. 

(kept  biting). For  ίμααβ.,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  "Word.?.,  Tisch., 

Bloomf.,  read  ί^ιαβώνΐο  ('A.  C.  α  7.  β  2.  Er.'). 

•  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Beng.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Ell..  De  W., 
Words. 

''  The  second  ix  is  expressed  by  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Vat., 
Cocc,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wosl.,  Moldenh.,  Woodh.,  Thoni.,  Allw., 
All.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

'  Seech.  2:21,  N.o. 

'  Seech.  2:  6,  N.  y,  &c. 


'  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  word  αγγιΧο;,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  _B.  C.  'a  19.  i3  4.  Er.  Vulg.  MS.  Am..  To!.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Ar.  P.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  read- 
ing, the  word  angel  be  omitted. 

f  Seech.  5:8,  N.g. 

•  See  ch.  9 :  14,  N.  g,  &c.  W.  (that  i!k),  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Caslal.),  Syr.  ;-Wakef.,  Words.,  Kinr. 

>■  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Wakef.,  Treg.,  De  W..  Ebr. 

This  rov  is  wanting  in  B.  and  is  cancelled  by-  Beng.,  Matth., 
Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch. 

'  Dt.  (die  [komen  zullen]),  It.  (die  [vengono]),  Fr.  S. 
(venant)  ;-Castal.  (qui  essent),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  (adventan- 
tium),  Hamra.  (which  are),  Daub,  (uhich  come),  Berl.  Bib., 
Beng.,  (die  .  .  .  sind),  AUw.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words,  (who  come), 
Ebr.  (die  [kommen}). 

J  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Fr.  M.,  B.  and  L.)  ;-Hamm., 
Daub,  and  the  later  English  veiss.,  except  Sharpe. 

"  See  ch.  7 :  2,  N.  d. Matth.,  Mey.,  Treg.,  Words.,  etlit 

avaioxijij  on  the  authority  of  B.  C.  Ό  22.  β  C  This  reading 
is  approved  by  De  W.,  but  condemned  by  Ilengst.,  who  also 
imitates  in  his  version  the  received  text :  Apfgdngen. 

1  According  to  the  Erasmian  reading  of  our  Te.-it,  ixjtofcviaeai 
(recently  edited  only  by  Beng.  and  Mey.,  though  approved  by 
Ew.  as  unice  verum).  the  construction  must  pnjceed  as  indicated 
above :  il&ov  Λνινμα•ία  ϊχΛορινιαθαι  ix  ioi  ατόματοξ,  and  the 
clause  είβί  γαρ  .  .  αημιϊα  is  a  parenthetical  explanation  or  justi- 


176 


REVELATION. 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

spirits  like  frogs  come  out  of  the 
mouth  of  the  dragon,  and  out 
of  the  mouth  of  the  beast,  and 
out  of  the  mouth  of  the  false 
prophet. 


14  For  they  are  the  spirits  of 
devils,  working  miracles,  which 
go  forth  unto  the  kings  of  the 
earth,  and  of  the  whole  world, 
to  gather  them  to  tlie  battle  of 
that  great  day  of  God  Almighty. 


15  Behold,  I  come  as  a  thief. 
Blessed  is  he  that  watcheth,  and 
keepeth  his  garments,  lest  he 
walk  naked,  and  they  see  his 
shame. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τοΰ  δράκοντας,  και  βκ  του  στό- 
ματος του  θηρίου,  καΐ  e/c  τοΰ 
στόματος  τοΰ  ψίυδοττροφητου, 
ττνβυματα  τρία  ακάθαρτα  Όμοια 
βατράχοις• 

14  6ίσί  γαρ  πνεύματα  δαιμό- 
νων ΤΓΟίοΰντα  σημίΐα  Ικπορ^υ- 
ίσθαι  βπΐ  τους  βασιλβΐς  της  γης 
καΐ  της  οίκουμβνης  Όλης,  συνα- 
γαγΐΐν  αυτούς  €ί?  ττολβμον  της 
ημέρας  βκεινης  της  μίγαλης  τοΰ 
θβοΰ  τον  τταντοκρατορος. 

15  Ίδου  ίρ)^ομαι  ώς  κλβτττης. 
μακάριος  ό  γρήγορων,  και  τηρών 
τα  ιμάτια  αύτοΰ,  Ινα  μη  γυμνός 
ΤΓβριπατη,  κα\  βλ^πωσι  την  άσχη- 
μοσυνην  αύτοΰ. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

mouth  of  the  dragon,  and  out  of 
the  mouth  of  the  beast,  and  out 
of  the  mouth  of  the  false  pro- 
phet, three  unclean  spirits  "like 
ti-ogs,•  .      , 

14  '(For  they  are  "  spirits  of 
-demons,  ''<loing  psigns,) '  go  forth 
unto  the  kings  "of  the  earth  and 
of  the  whole  world,  to  gather 
them  ■'together  to  'the  battle  of 
'that  great  day  of  God,  "the  Al- 
mighty. 


15  '(Behold,  I  come  as  a  thief; 
"blessed  is  he  that  watcheth,  and 
keepeth  his  garments,  'that  he 
walk  'not  naked,  and  they  see 
his  shame.) 


"  All  the  recent  editors  have  ώ$  βάτραχοί  ('  Λ.  Β.  α  Ι 


5.  β  ' 


γ  2.  Conipl.     Vulg.  Aeth.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.').     I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  followed,  and  translated :  as  frogs. 

"  W.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Ell..  Loid,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr. 

"  See  ch.   9:  20,   N.  n. All   the   recent  editors,  except 

Beng.  and  Bloomf..  read  Satjuon'ior  (A.  B.  Ό  17.  /3  C). 

ρ  For  signs,  see  ch.  12 :  1,  N.  b.  E.  V.,  John  20 :  30,  &c.  ;- 
W.  {making  signs),  R.  {working  s.)  ;-Vulg•.  {facientes  signa), 
Germ,  verss.  (use  Zeichen  ihiin  ;-except  Held.,  lVu7ider  th. ; 
and  De  W.,  Z.  verrichlen),  Dt.  (en  zij  duen  teekenen),  It. 
(i  qua li  f anno  segni).  French  verss.  (usc/fiice  des  prodiges;- 
except  Fr.  S.,  qui  font  des  signes)  ;-Erasm.,  A'at.,  Cocc,  (as 
Vidg.),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Vitr.,  (use  edere  s.).  Daub.,  Sharpe, 
{as  /!.),  Wakef.  {shewing  s.),  Woodh.,  Lord,  (working  won- 
ders), Thom.  (as  W.;-m  ch.  19:  20,  did  s.),  Murd.  (who  work 
prodigies),  Kenr.  (doing  wonders). 

1  The  words,  tiji,  γηζ,  χαί,  bracketed  by  Bloomf.,  are  can- 
celled by  the  other  recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of '  A.  B. 
α  28.  β  8.  7  2.  Compl.     Vulg.  (Copt.)  Aeth.  Syr.  (Arm.  Erp.) 


Slav.'  I  recotnmend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  the 
words,  (fthe  earth  and,  omitted. 

■■  See  ch.  13:  10,  N.  o.  E.  V.,  v.  16,  and  elsewhere  in  this 
book,  except  ch.  13:  10  j-Brightm.,  Dodd.  dbring]  together), 
Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw..  Penn,  Stu.,  Ell. 

•  Before  ΛΟλ.,  all  the  recent  editors  insert  toy  (A.  B.  'a  18. 

β  6.  Compl.') Mey.,  Lachm.  (who  adopts  the  reading  of  Α.. 

■rr-ς  /ΐιεγα'λι;}  ;jfiE'poi),  and  Treg.,  cancel  ixiivrji.  on  the  authority 

of  '  A.  14.  38.  92.     Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Arm.  Erp.' For  the 

before  Aim.,  see  ch.  4 :  8,  N.  k. 

'  This  verse  is  inclosed  in  a  parenthesis  by  It.  -j-Bez.,  Engl. 
Ann.,  Grot.,  Wells,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  We.^l.,  Moldenh.,  Newc, 
Griesb.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Lachm.,  Murd.,  Theile.  Its  interjec- 
tional  character  is  otherwise  indicated  by  Mey.  and  Hahn. 

"  '  Blessed  in  his  relations  to  my  coming ;' — the  proclamation 
of  which,  therefore,  it  is  better  not  to  separate  by  a  full  period  ; 
nor  is  it  so  separated  by  R.  ;-It.,  Fr.  G.  ;-Cocc.,  Dodd..  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Sharpe.  Ell.  ;-or  in  the  editions  of  Beng.,  Griesb.,  Sch., 
Bloomf.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd., 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Lord,  (that  he  may  noi), 
Wakef.,  Penn. 


fication  of  the  immediately  preceding  άχάθαρ-ία  6μ.  βατρ.  This 
closeness  of  connection  between  the  two  verses  is  favoured  by 
the  fact,  that  ΐχΛορινομαί  is  always  (8  times)  elsewhere  in  this 
book  construed  with  ix,  and  in  G  of  these  instances  ix  is 
followed  by  αίόμα.  Some,  accordingly,  (as  Stu.,  llengst.)  who 
prefer  the  reading  α  ixnopivstai  (which  rests,  indeed,  on  much 
larger  authority  of  MSS.,  and  is  adopted  by  the  Elzevir  and  all 
the  other  recent  editors;  except  that  Bloomf.  and  Lachm.  omit 
the  ά.     Β.  and  3  cursive  MSS.  have  α  ixTtopeiovtai,  while  in 


2  copies  ίχΛορινθίνΐα  is  found  in  v.  13  after  )3arp.),  yet,  regard- 
ing th.at  as  substantially  (der  Sache  nach;  Hengst.)  supple- 
mental to  fx  Toi  βΐόμ.,  punctuate  as  above.  And  this  is  done 
.also  by  We.sl.  (who,  however,  translates  ίχΛορίνίσβαι.  before 
the  parenthcsi.s),  and  is  thus  tempted  to  overlook  the  γαρ) 
Heinr.  (except  that  he  has  no  comma  after  the  parenthesis), 
Mey.  and  Bloomf  (except  that  they  have  not  even  a  comma  at 
the  end  of  v.  13).  The  parenthesis  is  employed  by  Griesb. 
!  Ebr.,  reading  α  ixTC.,  construes  it  with  tisi  yap  Λνιίμ. 


REVELATION. 


177 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

16  And  he  gathered  them  to- 
gether into  a  place  called  in  the 
Hebrew  tongue  Armageddon. 

17  And  the  seventh  angel 
poured  out  his  vial  into  the  air ; 
and  there  came  a  great  voice 
out  of  the  temple  of  heaven, 
from  the  throne,  saying,  It  is 
done. 

IS  And  there  were  voices,  and 
thunders,  and  lightnings ;  and 
there  was  a  great  earthquake, 
such  as  was  not  since  men  were 
upon  the  earth,  so  mighty  an 
earthquake,  and  so  great. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

16  Και  συνηγαγίν  αυτούς  et? 
τον  tOttou  τον  καλουμ€νον  Έβραϊ- 
στ\  'Λρμαγγ€δδων. 

17  Και  ό  ββδομοζ  άγγελος 
e^e'xee  την  ψιάλην  αντον  (Ις  τον 
άβρα-  και  βξηλθε  φωνή  μεγάλη 
άτΓΟ  τον  ναού  του  ουρανού,  αττο 
του  θρόνου,  λέγουσα,  Γεγονε. 

18  ΚαΙ  εγενοντο  φωναί  και 
βρονταΐ  καΐ  άστρατταΐ,  καΐ  σεισ- 
μός εγενετο  μέγας,  οίος  ουκ  εγε- 
νετο  άψ'  ου  οΐ  άνθρωποι  εγενοντο 
εττΐ  της  γης,  τηλικοΰτος  σεισμός 
ούτω  μέγας. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

16  And  "they  gathered  tliem 
together  into  ''the  place  'wliich 
is  called  in  '  Hebrevi'  "Armag- 
geddon. 

17  And  the  seventh  i-angel 
poured  out  his  'bowl  ""into  the 
air ;  and  there  came  'forth  a 
i^loud  voice  ^from  the  temple  ^of 
heaven,  from  the  throne,  saying : 
It  is  done. 

18  And  there  were  '■voices, 
and  thunders,  and  lightnings,  and 
there  was  a  great  earthquake, 
such  as  was  not  since  "men  were 
i-on  the  earth,  'such  an  earth- 
quake, J  so  great. 


"  To  wit,  the  ηνινμαία  of  v.  14,  who  there  went  forth  for 
the  purpose  which  they  heie  accomplish.  Only  in  the  interval, 
while  they  are  plying  their  arts,  and  hastening  the  crisis,  the 
gracious  Lord  interposes  his  sudden,  short  word  of  warning 
and  cheer,  and  again  withdraws. — Syr.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Pagn.,  Par., 
Engl.  Ann.  (as  one  construction),  Grot.,  Harnm.,  Vitr.,  B.  and 
L.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Gill,  Newt.,  Moldenh.,  Sym.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Ew.,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Lord,  De  W.,  AVords.,  Kell.,  Barn. 
('perhaps  bettei').  The  note,  'Or,  he,''  might,  however,  be  set 
in  the  margin,  the  reference  then  being  to  God  the  Almighty 
(v.  14).  This  construction  Hengst.  and  Ebr.  prefer,  and  the 
former  would  justify  by  Joel  3:2;  Ezek.  38 :  4,  16 ;  39 :  2,  and 
by  the  plural  ciai  (v.  14) ;  though  the  last  point  should  be 
allowed  very  little  weight  by  one,  who  follows,  as  Ilengst. 
does,  the  reading  ά  ixrtopivi-tai. 

•  'The  place  already  famous  in  history  and  in  prophecy.' 
(.Judg.  5:  19;  2  Kings  23:  29;  Zech.  12:  11.)— Dt.,  Fr.  G.. 
-M.,-S.  ;-Cocc.,  Bierm.,  (ilium),  Beng.  and  the  later  German 
yerss.,  Guyse  ('that  famous  place'),  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 
Greenf.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kcnr. 

'  This  relative  construction,  which  E.  V.  often  employs  in 
similar  cases,  is  here  adopted  bj^  the  Latin  and  German  verss., 
Syr.,  Dt,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Daub.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw., 
Stu..  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

•  Seech.  9:  11,N.  s. 

»  This  name  is  written  by  Matth.,  άρμα/γι&&ύν•,  Lachm., 
Tiscli.,  Άρ/ιαγίδώ^ ;  the  other  recent  editor.^  Άρμαγίδύν  (Ά. 
all.  β  3.  Compl.  Eras.  Μαγι&ών  Β.  ο  14.  β  3.  Vulg.  MS. 
Slav.  MSS.').  The  double  y  I  find  in  no  other  edition,  nor  in 
any  lexicon  except  Wahl,  wlio  also  a.^pirates  the  A.  though  in 
Laiin  he  renders  the  word,  Armageddon ;  which  form  (whether, 
as  couimonly  explained,  =  m-Q  [Zech.  12:  11,  ')i'^?'?l  "'ϊϋ: 
whence  the  aspirate;  or,  as  Ebr.  suggests,  'Tnii'lj')  1  recom- 
mend for  adoption. 


i"  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  word  ayyrtoj,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  Ό  19.  β  6.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tvl.  Syr.'  I  re- 
commend that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  angel 
be  omitted. 

'  See  ch.  5  :  8,  N.  g. 

^  For  di,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ini  (A.  B.  'a  22.  β  5.'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated : 
tipon. 

•  Seech.  9:  3,  N.  m,  &c. 

'  Seech.  1:  10,  N.  x. 

s  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Ell., 

Lord,  Slier,  Muid. For  arto,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  read  ix 

(Ά.  12.  18.  36.  38.  46.  Er.'). The  words  toy  ovp.,  bracketed 

by  Knapp  and  Ilahn,  are  cancelled  by  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg., 
Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  10.  14.  92.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr. 
Erp.  Slav.  MS.' 

''  For  ψωναϊ  xai,  βροι-ΐαί  xai,  aatpartai,  Matth.  reads  aat.  xai 
βρ.  «αϊ  ψ.  ('α  16.  β  5.  Compl.');  all  the  other  recent  editors, 
aat.  xai  φ.  xai,  βρ.  (A.  and  9  cursive  MSS.  B.  has  act.  xai  ψ., 
omitting  xai  βρ.).    I  recommend  that  tlie  latter  reading  be 

adopted:  lightnings,  and  voices,  and  Ihunders.' For  oi  ανθ. 

f'y.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  have  ('perhaps  rightly,'  says 
Bloonif)    a^Spurtos   tyiviio  ('A.  38.     Copt.  Arm.');   Words. 

omits  the  article  from  the  common  reading  (B.). For  on, 

see  ch.  5 :  7,  N.  a,  &c. 

'  W.,  R.;-Vulg.  {talis),  German  verss.  (except  Herd., 
Mey.),  Dt.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Bierm..  {as  Vulg.),  Hamm.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

1  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss.  ;-Erasin.,  Vat.,  Hamm., 
Cocc,  Bieim.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Ell., 
Lord,  Kenr. 

23 


178 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

19  And  the  great  city  was  di- 
vided into  three  parts,  and  the 
cities  of  the  nations  fell :  and 
great  Babylon  came  in  remem- 
brance before  God,  to  give  unto 
her  the  cup  of  the  wine  of  the 
fierceness  of  his  wrath. 


20  And  every  island  fled  awaj', 
and  the  mountains  were  not 
found. 

21  And  there  fell  upon  men  a 
great  hail  out  of  heaven,  a-cnj 
stone  about  the  weight  of  a  tal- 
ent :  and  men  blasphemed  God 
because  of  the  plague  of  the 
hail ;  for  the  plague  thereof  was 
exceeding  great. 


CHAP.    XVII. 


And, there  came  one  of  the 
seven  angels  which  had  the  seven 


GREEK    TEXT. 


19  Koi  lyiviTO  ή  ttoXis  η  με- 
j  γαλή  et?  τρία  μέρη,  κα),  αί  ττολβί? 
i  τώΐ'  Ιθνών  ίττεσον   και  Βαβυλων 

η  μεγάλη  ΐμνησθη  ενώττιον  του 
Oeov,  δοΰι/αι  avTrj  το  ττοτηριον 
τυΰ  οίνου  του  θυμού  τηί  οργής 
αυτού. 

20  καί  ττασα  νήσος  βφυγε,  καΐ 
ορη  οϋγ_  εύρίθησαν. 

21  καΐ  μάλαζα  μεγάλη  ώ?  τα- 
λαντίαία  καταβαίνει  εκ  του  ου- 
ρανού  €7Γί    τους   άνθρωτΓουί'    και 

Ι  εβλασφημησαν  ο\  ανθρωττοί  τον 
Θεον,  εκ  της  ττληγής  τηί  χαλαζης• 
οτί  μεγάλη  εστ\ν  η  ττληγη  αύτηί 
σφοδρά. 

CHAP.    XVII. 

ΚΑΙ  ήλθεν  είζ  εκ  των  ετττα 
αγγέλων   των  εχόντων   τας   ετττα 


REVISED    VERSION. 

19  And  the  great  city  ''be- 
came three  jiarts,  and  tlie  cities 
of  the  nations  fell ;  and  'Baby- 
lon the  great  '"was  remembered 
before  God,  to  sive  unto  her  the 
cup  of  the  wine  of  the  fierceness 
of  his  wrath. 


20  And  every  island  "fled,  and 
»  mountains  were  not  found. 

21  And  ρ  great  hail  "as  of  a 
talent's  Aveight  'descendeth  out 
of  heaven  upon  'the  men ;  and 
=the  men  blasphemed  God  be- 
cause of  the  plague  of  the  hail ; 
for  'great  "is  the  plague  thereof 
'exceedingly. 


CHAP.    XVII. 

And  there  came  one   of  the 
seven  angels  °who  had  the  seven 


k  E.  v.,  cli.  8:  11;  Malt.  21 :  42;  &c.  ;-W.,  K,  {was  made 
into) --Yiug.  (facta  est  in),  Syr.  (=  V  nr/pii),  Germ,  (changes 
the  construction  of  the  clause:  aiis  der  gr<issen  Stadt  utirden 
drei  Tlieile),  It.  (mailis  divisa  as  supplied  ;-and  so  Fr.  S.  with 
partagee)  ;-Erasni.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Bicrm.,  (as  Vidg.). 
Engl.  Ann.  (  Gr.  made.  Or,  became").  Bail.  Bib.  (ist  gewor- 
deii),  Bang,  (ward  zii),  Wesl.  (iras  [sjilit]  into).  JMoldenh., 
Hen^st.,  (as  Germ.),  Woodh.,  Alhv.,  (became  dicided  into), 
Penn  (xeas  \rcdiiced'\  to),  Stu.  (in  the  Comment.),  Treg.  (was 
[dii-ided]  into),  De  W.  (wurde  in),  Murd.,  Kcnr.  (as  li.),  Ebr. 
(wurdezu).     Comp.  Gen.  2:  10.     Here  E.  V.  follon-s  T.,  C•,  G. 

1  E.  v.,  ch.  17  :  5  ;  lt< :  2.  The  article  is  here  expressed  by 
all  the  foreign  vcrss.  (Hez.,  Cocc,  Bicrm.,  Λ'ιΙγ.,  use  i7/e;-and 
so  Brightm'.,  that)  ;-IIamni.,  Daub,  and  the  later  English  ver.ss., 
except  Lord. 

■"  The  passive  form  is  preserved  by  Syr.,  German  vcrss. 
(e.\cept  Herd.,  Mcy.),  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
AVoodh.,  AUw.,  Sharpe,  Bloomf.,  Stu..  Ell..  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd., 
Keiir.  E.  V.  and  the  older  verss.  follow  the  Vulg.,  venit  in 
memOriam. 

"  Φινγω  occurs  31  times  in  the  N.  T.,  and  is  only  here  and 
in  ch.  2L) :  11  translated  in  E.  V.  fee  away;  in  three  instances, 
escape;  in  all  the  rest, ^ee ;-R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (use  the  simple 
fugere).  Dt.  (is  gevloden),  It.  ;-Berl.  Bib.  and  later  German 
verss.  (u.sc  fliehcn;-{ov  Luth.'s  entfiehen),  Thorn.,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord. 

•  =  '  No  mountains  were  found.'  See  1  John  1 :  8,  N.  z. 
The  clause  is  given  in  this  form  by  Germ.;- Wakef.  (no  m. 


could  be  discocered).  Hengst.  The  article  is  not  introduced 
by  W.,  R.  ;-Fi-.  S.  (Γοη  lie  trouva  plus  de  montagnes)  ;-B.  and 
L.  (it  ne  se  trouva  plies  de  m.),  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd., 
Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Jley.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Ebr. 

Ρ  The  indefinite  article  is  not  introduced  by  W'.,  R.  ;-Thom., 
Mey.,  Allw.,  Stu..  Ell.,  Lord.  Kenr.  The  Greek  order  is  re- 
tained by  WT,  R.-Latin  and  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.), 
Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-IIaram.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef,  Woodh.  and 
the  later  English. 

1  The  ΰς  ϊαλ.  is  thus  rendered  by  Sharpe,  Stu.  There  is 
nothing  for  the  E.  V.  supplement,  erenj  stone,  in  any  preceding 
version,  or  in  any  subsequent  one,  except  Dt. ;- Wells,  Daub., 
Wesl.,  Words. 

■■  For  the  verb,  see  ch.  10:  1,  N.  a,  &c.  The  present  time  is 
given  by  Hanim..  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Newo.  marg.,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 
Allw.,  Ell.,  De  W.,  Ebr. 

•  See  V.  8,  N.  o,  &c. 

'  The  Greek  order  of  this  clause  is  retained  by  Vulg.  (omit- 
ting, however,  ή  η^ηγη  ανΐη;.  The  airijs  is  wanting  in  B.), 
Syr.  ;-Erasra.,  Vat.,  Bez.  and  Bierra.  (only  transposing  pliiga 
ejus),  CocQu  Daub.,  Woodh.  (except  that  he  translates  οφόδρα 
immediately  after  μιγάλη).  De  W.,  Ebr.,  (as  Bez.). 

"  Germ.,  Fr.  S.;-Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Treg..  De  W.,  Words.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

'  Daub.,  Woodh..  Allw.,  Stu.,  Treg. 

•  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 


REVELATION. 


179 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

vials,  and  talked  with  me,  saying 
unto  me.  Come  hither ;  I  will 
shew  uuto  thee  the  judgment  of 
the  great  whore  that  sitteth  upon 
many  waters : 

2  With  whom  the  kings  of 
the  earth  have  committed  I'orni- 
cation,  and  the  iuhahitants  of 
the  earth  have  heen  made  drunk 
with  the  wine  of  her  fornication. 

3  So  he  carried  me  away  in 
the  spirit  into  the  wilderness : 
and  I  saw  a  woman  sit  upon 
a  scarlet- coloured  beast,  full 
of  names  of  blasphemy,  having 
seven  heads  and  ten  horns. 


4  And  the  woman,  was  avray- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

φίάλα9,  καΐ  €λαλησ€  μ€Τ  (βον, 
λ.ί-γων  μοί,  Αβνρο,  δ^ίςω  σοί  το 
κρίμα  τηΐ  ττορνης  της  μβγαλης, 
τηί  καθημίνηζ  eVi  των  υδάτων 
των  πολλών 

2  μβθ'  ηί  iiTopvevaav  οΣ  βα- 
σιλίΐί  τηί  γηζ,  καΐ  βμβΰυσθησαν 
€Κ  του  οίνου  τηί  ττορνείαί  αύτηί 
οι  κατοικονντ€ί  την  γην. 

3  ICai  άττηνζγκί  μβ  el?  (ρημον 
ev  ττνβυματί'  και  είδαν  γυναίκα 
καθημενην  eVi  θηρίον  κοκκίνον, 
γβμον  ονομάτων  βλασφημίας, 
έχον  κεφάλας  ετττα  καΐ  κέρατα 
δέκα. 

4  καΐ  ή  γυνή  η  περιβεβλημένη 


REVISED    VERSION. 

''bowls,  and  'spake  with  me,  say- 
ing ■'unto  me :  «Come,  I  will 
shew  ■■  thee  the  judgnumt  of  the 
great  ^liarlot,  that  sitteth  '-on 
'the  many  waters ; 

2  With  whom  the  kings  of  the 
earth  J  conmiitted  fornication, 
and  i^they  who  inhabit  the  earth 
■'were  made  drunk  with  the  wine 
of  her  fornication. 

3  'And  he  carried  me  away  in 
the  '"Spirit  into  "a  wilderness; 
and  I  saw  a  woman  "sitting  upon 
a  ■'scarlet  "beast,  '■full  of  names 
of  blasphemy,  liaving  seven  heads 
and  ten  horns. 


4  And  the  woman,  »vvho  was 


"  Seech.  5:8,  N.g. 

'  See  ch.  4 :  1 ,  N.  e.  W.,  R.  ;-Daub„  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Shavpe,  Stu.,  Kenr. 

*  All  the  recent  editors  omit  the  μοί.  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  =tt26.  β  6.  Corapl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Air.  Slav. 
MSS.'  I  recommend  that  this  readmg  be  follon-ed,  and  the 
words,  unto  me,  omitted. 

'  E.  v.,  6  times  out  of  9;-W.  (come  thou),  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;- 
Vulg.  (Mni),  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.,  Ebr.),  It., 
French  verss. -j-Erasm..  Vat.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (as  Viilg.).  Castal. 
(ades),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  (heiis  in.),  Dodd.,  Thorn.,  Allw., 
Greenf.  (n^n),  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Barn,  (here),  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  4 :  1 ;  21 :  9 ;  &c.  ;-T.,  C  G.,  R.  ;-Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Wakef..  Newc,  AVoodh.,  Thorn.,  Perm,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd., 
Kenr. 

^  E.  v.,  8  times  out  of  12 ;  and  see  v.  5  ;-R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wakef. 
and  the  later  verss.  (except  Stu.,  "Words.)  ;-Rob. 

''  See  ch.  5 :  7,  N.  a,  &c. 

'  Fr.  S.;-B.  and  L.,  Wakef.  (those),  Woodli.,  Thom.,  Scott, 

Penn,  Sharpe,  Ell.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Words.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

Treg.  brackets,  and  Beng.  and  Lachm.  cancel,  both  the  articles, 
on  the  authority  of  A.  5  cursive  iMSS.  Er.  But  the  angel, 
.speaking  according  to  his  own  knowledge,  might  properly  Ui;e 
them,  as  in  the  previous  clause,  r^f  λ.  tjj;  μ. 

'  See  v.  17,  N.  w,  &c.  '  Herd.,  Mey.,  Sharpe,  Lord  and  Words, 
(in  tlie  first  instance),  De  W.,  Ebr.  (in  the  second  instance). 

'  For  this  rendering  of  οί  xai.,  see  ch.  8 :  13,  N.  q  and  12 :  12, 
N.  b.     W.  (they  that  dwell  in),  R.  (they  which  inh.)  ;-Stu., 

Lard  (they  who  dwell  on).  Kenr. For  ix  toi  olvov  xfK.,  all 

the  recent;  editors  read  o£  xat.  ΐψ  γψ  ix  toi  οΐ,ν.  t.  Λ.  air. 
(A.  B. 'ol7.  |3  7.  Comp!.'). 


1  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.), 
Syr..  German  verss.  (except  Moldenli.),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub. 
and  tlie  later  English  verss.  (except  Newc). 

'"  The  fV  Λνι-ύματι,  hero,  and  throughout  this  book  (ch.  1:10; 
4:  2;  21:  10),  is  not  equivalent  to  the  ixtai  tov  αώματοξ  of 
2  Cor.  12:  2,  but  denotes  the  spiiitual,  supernatural,  prophetic 
state,  produced  by  the  immediate  operation  of  the  Holy  Spirit; 
and  this  in  our  idiom  is  best  indicated,  as  above,  b}'  a  re- 
ference to  the  cause. E.  V..  ch.  1:  10;  4:  2;  and  here  also, 

in  the  original  edition  ;-Castal.  (dirino  adflalii),  Pagn.,  Bez., 
Par.,  (per  spiritmn),  Hamm.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Woodh..  Lord 
(in  Sp.). 

"  Comp.  E.  v.,  ch.  21 :  10.  Dt.,  It.,  French  vers.s.  ;-Brightm., 
Beng.  and  later  German  verss.  (except  Ebr.),  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Lord,  Barn. 

°  See  ch.  10 :  1,  N.  a,  &c. 

ρ  Ε.  v.,  4  times  out  of  G  ;-W.  (red)  ;-Dodd.,  Wes!.,  Newc, 
Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.  (as  U'.).  See  v.  4, 
N.  V. 

t  Seech.  11:  7,  N.  y. 

"■  For  γίμον,   Lachm.  reads   γίμοντα   (A.) For  ονομάτων, 

JIatth..  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  edit  the  Hebraistic  accu- 
sative ονόμα-ία.  (A.  B.  and  24  cur.sive  MSS.  Com]),  v.  4,  N.  y), 
to  which  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  also  prefix  td   A.  7.  8.  9.  13.'). 

•  According  to  our  Text,  ϊχοναα.  must  be  used,  as  the  par- 
ticiple often  is  in  this  book  (ch.  1 :  10  ;  etc.),  for  the  finite  veib; 
and  so  the  It.  construes :  quella  donna,  ch'  era  vesiila  .  .  . 
avea.  But  all  the  recent  editors  have  ήν  for  tj,  on  the  author- 
ity of  Ά.  B.  α  20.  β  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aetb.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr. 
Slav.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the 
word  who,  together  with  tlie  preceding  comma,  be  omittul,  and 
that  had  be  changed  into  having. 


ISO 


REVELATION. 


ΚΙΧα    JAMES      VERSION. 

ed  in  purple  and  scarlet-coloui•, 
and  decked  Avitli  gold  and  pre- 
cious stones  and  pearls,  having 
a  golden  cup  in  her  hand  full  of 
abominations  and  filthiness  of 
her  fornication : 

5  And  upon  her  forehead  tens 
a  name  written,  MYSTERY, 
BABYLON  THE  GREAT,  THE 
MOTHER  OF  HARLOTS  AND 


GREEK    TEXT. 

πορφυρά  και  κοκκίνω,  και  κβχ^ρυ- 
σωμβνη  γρυσω  καΐ  λίθίο  τιμίω 
και  μαργαρίταΐ9,  βχουσα  γ^ρυσοΰν 
ττοτηρων  Ιν  τ^  χ^ψΐ-  οι,ντηί,  γίμον 
βδίλυγματωι/  καΧ  άκαθαρτητος 
τνορνείαί  αυτής, 

5  KOLL  eVi  το  μίτωττον  αύτης 
όνομα  γ^γραμμ^νον,  Μυστηρων, 
Βαβυλων  η  μεγάλη,  η  μητηρ  των 


REVISED    VERSION. 

•clothed  "with  purple  and  'scar- 
let, and  "gilded  with  gold,  and 
precious  'stone,  and  pearls,  -had 
'a  golden  cup  in  her  hand,  full 
of  abominations  and  >  uncleanness 
of  her  fornication, 


5  And  upon  her  forehead  =  a 
name  written :  ^  Mystery,  Babylon 
the  great,  the  mother  of  "«the  'har- 


•  See  cb.  7 :  13,  N.  t. 

■  Comp.  ch.  7 :  13,  N.  u.  &c. For  «op^vpa  xat,  χοχχίνψ,  all 

the  recent  editors  read  Λορψνροίψ  xai  χόχχινον  (■  Λ.  Β.  α  20.  β  6. 
Λορφνραΐ'  χαί  χόχχίνο»  αϊ.  β  ο.  y  2.  Compl.'). 

♦  See  V.  3,  Χ.  p.  ν,\  (red).  G.  (crimson).  R.  ;-Brightm.. 
Daub,  and  later  English  yerss.  (except  Words.). 

"  E.  v.,  marg.  ;-W.  (overgilt),  Q.,  R.  (gilted)  ;-Latin  verss. 
(inaiirata  j-CastaX.  deanrata),  Syr..  Germ.  (iibergoJdet),  Dt. 
viarg.  at  ch.  18  :  10  (■  Gr.  vergmtdt,  of.  vergidC)  ;-Engl.  Ann., 
Beng.  (as  Germ.  ;-and  so  Herd.,  Mc_v.,  De  AV.,  llengst.), 
Sharpe,  Murd.,  Ebr.  (rergohlet).  See  Rob.  and  the  other 
lexicons.     (Shakspcre,  March,  of  Veil.  ii.  C : 

'  I  will  .  . .  gild  myself 

'  With  some  more  ducats.') For  xfva<^  all  the 

recent  editors  read  zfvuiat  (' A.  B.  α  10.  β  5.'). 

'  W..  Τ..  C.  R.  ;-VuIg.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  ^Voodh.,  Allw., 

Lord,  De  W.,  Ebr. For  χ^να.  Tio-t.,  Bung.,  Matth.,  Lachni., 

Sch..  Ilahn,  Treg.,  Word.^.,  Tisch.,  read  nor.  χρνα.  (A.  B.  '  α  17. 
β  δ.'). 

'  Ε.  Τ.  renders  αχάθαρτοί  by  unclean,  28  times  out  of  30; 
and  ixaSafaia,  which  occurs  everywlicre  else  as  the  noun, 
always  (10  times)  hj  uncleanness -j-W .  But  for  aza9apr>;TOs 
(a  form  found  only  in  this  instance),  all  the  recent  editors  read 
•ri  άχάβαρτα  ir^i  ('A.  B.  α  20.  j3  8.  y  3.  Compl.'),  thus  com- 
bining (.«ce  ch.  14,  C,  N.  f)  the  Hebrew  construction  (v.  3, 
N.  r)  with  the  Greek.  Wolf.,  indeed,  would  govern  τά  άχάο. 
by  i';tovaa  immediately;  Stu.,  through  an  appo.sition  with 
ηοΐήριοι• ;  while  Words,  would  supply  fiSoc.  I  recommend 
that  the  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  ra  άχό9ορι•α  be  trans- 
lated: iJie  uncleannesses — a  plural  which  occurs  in  E.  V.,  Ezek. 
30 :  29.  It.  {deW  immondizie)  ;-Beng.,  Van  Ess,  Goss.,  De  W., 
([den\  Unreinigkeiten),  Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord,  (Ihe  impurities), 
Pean  (the  f.Uhinesses),  Gerl.,  Hcngst.,  Ebr.,  ([den\  Unsauher- 
keilen). 

'  This  construction,  which  connects  τό  ov.  wija  the  ΐχοναα  of 
V.  4,  appears  (or,  at  least,  nothing  is  supplied)  in  W.,  11.  ;-Latin 
verss.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Bong.,  Moldenli.,  Newc, 
AA'oodh..  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 


"  Many,  as  Fr.  G.;-Areth.,  Vat.  (in  the  version).  Aret., 
Brightm..  B.  and  L.,  Eichh.,  Woodh.,  Heinr.,  Bloomf..  Treg., 
De  W.,  Barn.,  Ebr.,  put  Μυαί^ριο»•  in  apposition  with  ovojua, 
=  a  mysterious  name.  This  is  much  better  than  Stu.'s  con- 
nection of  it  as  an  adverbial  accusative  with  •/Έ-^ραμμίνον, 
=  mysteriously  written  (though  Barn,  allows  that  also).  But, 
1.,  while  the  Apocalypse  is  full  οι μναχγ-^ια,  in  no  other  instance 
does  the  narrator  herald  one  as  such : — 2.,  supposing  the  in- 
scription to  have  included  'Mv^tr^iov.  an  explanation  was  thus 
formally  invited,  which  is  furnished  in  v.  7 ;  and  the  interpret- 
ing angel  is  then  to  be  considered  as  talcing  up  the  very  word, 
and  as  personally  (έγώ)  confronting  the  difficulty  which  it  an- 
nounced : — 3.,  as  the  angel  uses  it,  the  term  is  attached  not  to 
the  name,  but  to  the  woman  herself  and  her  equipment : — 
4.,  in  that  reference  it  might  very  well  characterize  her  origin, 
nature,  history,  and  destination.  Graciou.^ly  to  know  the  evil — 
'the  depths  of  Satan'  (ch.  2:  24) — 'the  mystery  of  iniquity' 
(2  Thess.  2:  7) — this,  not  less  than  the  knowledge  of  good, 
requires  heavenly  teaching,  and  •  an  unction  from  the  Holy 
One'  (1  John  2 :  20) : — and,  5.,  even  if  not  intended  to  be  thus 
itself  descriptive  of  the  woman,  Mvntrfiiov  might  yet  stand  in 
the  inscription  as  a  sort  of  prelude  or  index  to  her  name ;  some- 
what like  Ώδί  η  σοφία  iativ  in  ch.  13 :  18.  The  capital  letters 
of  E.  V.  here,  and  in  ch.  19:10;  Matth.  27  :  37 ;  Mark  1.5  :  20 ; 
Luke  23:  38;  John  19:  19,  were  adopted.  Barn,  thmk.s,  by  our 
Translators  '  for  the  sole  purpose  of  denoting  that  it  iras  an 
inscription  or  title.'  But  they  may  have  meant  also  to  re- 
present to  the  eje  the  probable  uncial  form  of  the  original.  No 
such  imitation,  however,  is  found  here  in  any  edition  of  the 
Greek  text  ;-tho  older  English  verss.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except 
B.  and  L.)  ;-Brightra.,  Ilamm.,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Sharpe, 
Ell..  Lord.  Murd..  Kenr. 


^  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  ;-Daub. 
Sharpe,  Treg.,  Words. 


Wakef..   Thorn..  Allw..   Penn. 


'  The  marginal  variation  of  E.  V.,  fornications,  rests  on  the 
Vulg.,  Ar.,  and  the  text  of  Arelh.  (rtopifiiii')  but  is  of  no 
manuscript  authority.  What  Sch.,  again,  mentions  as  the 
Constantinopoutan  reading,  jtoprior,  fornicators,  has  been  re- 
ceived by  Matth.  alone  of  the  recent  edilois,  and  followid  by 
Daub,  and  Fr.  S. 


REVELATION. 


181 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

ABOMINATIONS     OF     THE 
EARTH. 

6  And  I  saw  the  woman 
drunken  with  the  blood  of  the 
saints,  and  with  the  blood  of  the 
martjTS  of  Jesus :  and  when  I 
saw  iier,  I  wondered  with  great 
admiration. 

7  And  the  angel  said  unto  me, 
Wherefore  didst  thou  marvel "?  I 
will  tell  thee  the  mystery  of  the 
woman,  and  of  the  beast  that 
carrieth  her,  which  hath  the 
seven  heads  and  ten  homs. 


8  The  beast  that  thou  sawest, 
was,  and  is  not ;  and  shall  as- 
cend out  of  the  bottomless  pit, 
and  go  into  perdition  :  and  they 
that  dwell  on  the  earth  shall 
wonder,  (whose  names  were  not 
written  in  the  book  of  life  irom, 
the  foundation    of  the   world,) 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ΤΓορνών  και  των  β8βλνγματωι>  τη9 

6  Και  eiSou  την  γυναίκα  μβ- 
θύουσαν  e/c  του  αίματος  των 
αγίων,  καΐ  e/c  του  αίματος  των 
μαρτυρούν  Ίησοΰ•  κα\  ^θαύμασα, 
Ίδων  αύτην,  Θαύμα  μβγα. 

7  ΚαΙ  dwe  μοι  ό  ayyeAoy, 
Διατί  ίθαυμασας ;  ίγω  σοι  ίρω 
το  μυστηριον  τηί  γυναικός,  και 
του  θηρίου  του  βαστάζοντος  αύ- 
την, του  ίγρντος  τας  ίτττα  κεφά- 
λα? /cat  τα  δίκα  κέρατα. 

8  θηρίον  ο  etSe?,  ήν,  και  ουκ 
βστι,  καΙ  /χε'λλεί  άναβαίνειν  €Κ 
της  αβύσσου,  κα\  €ΐς  άττωλειαν 
ύτταγβιν  και  θαυμασονται  οΊ  κα• 
τοικοΰντβς  eVt  της  γης,  ων  ου 
γζγρατΓται  τα  ονόματα  6ττι  το  βι- 
βλίον   της   ζωής  άττο   καταβολής 


REVISED    VERSION. 


lots   and   ''of 
of  the  earth. 


'the  abominations 


6  And  I  saw  the  woman 
drunken  with  the  blood  of  the 
saints,  and  with  the  blood  of  the 
'witnesses  of  Jesus ;  and  ^  I 
wondered,  when  I  saw  her,  with 
great  ''wonder. 

7  And  the  angel  said  unto  me : 
Wherefore  didst  thou  'wonder? 
JI  will  tell  thee  the  mystery  of 
the  woman,  and  of  the  beast 
that  kbeareth  her,  which  hath 
the  seven  heads  and  'the  ten 
horns. 

8  "The  beast  "which  thou 
sawest,  was,  and  is  not,  and 
"is  to  ascend  out  of  the  "abyss, 
and  go  into  perdition :  .and 
they  that  dwell  on  the  earth, 
pwhose  "names  "have  not  been 
written  "in  the  book  of  life  from 
the  foundation  of  the  world, 
psliall  wonder,  'seeing  the  beast. 


^  W.;-Newc.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

•  R.  ;-Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.;-Beng.,  'Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.. 
Thom.,  Allwr.,  All.,  Penn,  Sharpe.  Treg.,  De  ΛΥ.,  Words., 
Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

f  Seech.  2:  13,  N.  b. 

^  The  ίθαύμ.  is  kept  first  by  R.  ;-Latin  (except  Castal.)  and 
German  vtrss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Dodd..  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Greenf., 
Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

•^  A  noun  cognate  to  the  preceding  verb  is  employed  by  W.  ;- 
such  Latin  and  German  verss.  as  do  not  use  an  adverb,  Syr., 
Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Newc.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr. 

'  E.  y.,  TV.  6,  8;  ch.  13:  3  ;-W.  ;-Wtlls,  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg., 
Murd.,  Kenr. 

!  See  1  John  2:  20,  N.  p,  &c.  The  pronominal  subject  is 
expressed  in  the  Latin  vers.?.,  Syr..  Greenf.,  and  marked  as  em- 
phatic by  Treg.  For  what  the  emphasis  involves,  see  v.  5, 
jS\  a. 

'  E.  v.,  23  times  out  of  27  ;-W.,  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Stu.,  Lord 
(bears).  Murd. 

1  R.  ;-Syr.  (=  De  D.  ilia),  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Bcng.,  Dodd., 
AVesl.,  Moldenh.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allvv.,  Treg.,  Hengst.,  Murd., 
Ebr. 

■"  All  the  recent  editois  prefix  to  (A.  B.  'a  24.  β  7.  Compl.'). 

°  W.,  R.  ;-Biightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wr.xl.,  ΛV;lkef.,  Xewc, 
Woodh..  Thnm.,  ΛΙΙ«•..  S;u.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kerr. 

ο  For  i.?  lo,  sec  ch.  10:  7,  X.  y,  &c.,  and  12:  5,  X.  v. For 

abyss,  see  ch.  9 :  1.  X.  e. 


ρ  This  order  is  followed  in  R.  ;-It.,  French  verss.  ;-Dodd., 
ATesl.,  Wakef.,  'i^ewc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr.  The 
parentl^esis,  by  which  E.  V.  (after  T.,  C,  G.),  and  most  of  the 
English  verss.  that  follow  the  same  order,  seek  to  avoid  a  slight 
imbiguity  thence  arising,  has  been  removed  by  the  Amer.  Bible 
Soc.  Most  of  the  foreign  verss.  are  able  to  adopt  the  Greek 
inversion,  and  in  that  way  bring  the  antecedent  and  relative 

clauses  together. For  θαv/xc^βo^^•α^.  Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read 

9αΐ);«αο9;^σοΐ'ΐαί  ('  A.'). 

"  For  to.  όχό/ιοία,  Slatth.,  Lachm.,  Sch.,  Treg.,  Words., 
Tisch.,  read  ro  wo^a  ('A.  B.  ο  15.  β  5.     Copt.  Syr.  Erp.  Slav. 

MS.')•     Comp.  ch.  13 :  8,  X.  h. For  have  been,  see  ch.  13 :  8, 

N.  i.     Lachm.  has  ovx  fyiypartio  (A.  ούχ  ίγίγραΛΐαί). 

'  This  γράψίΐν  ίτΰ  (=^2  SHS  Is.  8:  1,  &c.)  is  imitated  by 
Syr.  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Ebr. 

•  For  the  change  of  verb  see  E.  V.,  13  times  in  this  book  out 
of  16  ;-W.,  R.  ;-foreign  vcr.-s.  (except  Bez.,  who  at  first  had  the 
Vulg.  videntes,  but  afterward  changed  it  into  cernenles)  ;- 
Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Allw..  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Murd.,  Kenr.  For  the  participial  form,  see  AV.,  R.  ;-Latin  and 
French  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Biightm.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.  (at  seeing), 
Woodh.  (beholding),  Lord,  Kenr.  But  all  the  recent  editors 
liave  β-λίτίόΐ'των  (•  A.  B.  α  21.  /3  7.  γ  3.') — a  genitive,  not  de- 
pendent, a-i  Win.  suggests,  on  ihe  previous  ui•.  but  (which  lie 
also  allows)  absolute,  as  in  MaU.  1:  18;  Luk^•  8:  20).  I  ro- 
■  ommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated:  when 
they  see. 


1S2 


RE\^ELATION. 


KIXG    JAMES     VERSION. 

when  they  beliohl  the  beast  that 
■was,  and  is  not,  and  yet  is. 

9  And  here  in  the  mind  which 
hath  wisdom.  The  seven  lieads 
are  seven  mountains,  on  which 
the  woman  sitteth. 

10  And  there  are  seven  kings  : 
five  are  fallen,  and  one  is,  and 
the  other  is  not  yet  come ;  and 
when  he  cometh,  he  must  con- 
tinue a  short  space. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

κόσμου,  βλίποντίί  το  θηρίον  hri 
r]u,  και  ουκ  ΐστι,  Kainep  βστίΐ'. 

9  ωδ€  ο  νοΰί  ό  €•)(ων  σοφίαν. 
αϊ  ίτΐτα  κβφαλαί,  ορη  elalu  ίτττα, 
οτΓου  ή  γυνή  καθηται  eV  αυτών. 

10  Kca  βασιλβΐί  ίτττά  elaiv 
οΐ  TrevTC  eireaav,  και  ό  eiv  Ιστιν, 
ό  άλλο?  οϋττω  ήλθβ•  και  όταν 
ΐλθτ],  ολίγον  αυτόν  8et  μξϊναι. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

'that  he  was,  and  is  not,  "though 

he  is. 

9  '  Here  is  the'  "raiud  "that 
hath  wisdom.  The  seven  heads 
are  'seven  mountains,  >on  which 
the  woman  sitteth ; 

10  And  'they  are  seven  kings ; 
"the  five  are  fallen,  'and  "the  one 
is,  '  the  other  is  not  yet  come ; 
and,  when  he  'is  come,  he  must 
continiie  a  'little  'while. 


'  E.  v.,  the  older  vtTSS.  generally,  and  a  few  of  the  modern, 
follow  the  Viilg.  in  treating  ότι  as  a  pronoun;  but,  of  recent 
editors.  Bloomf.  alone  prints  it  as  such,  6,  ti.  It  is  translated 
as  above,  that  is,  as  a  demonstrative  conjunction,  by  Germ.  ;- 
Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Ilengst.,  Ebr.  ;- 
Wall],  Rob. : — as  a  causal  conjunction,  by  Vulg.  Am.  (quia)  ;- 
Fr.  S.  {parce.  q>ie)  ;-Thom.,  Treg.,  (because).  '  B.  α  18.  β  G.' 
have  ότι  ψ  ■to  Or^lov  (edited  b}'  Matth.),  and  to  (his  correspond 
the  verss.  of  Castal.  (videnies  belluam  fuisse),  AVakef.  (Ihat 
the  beast  was).  Dc  W.  (dass  das  Thier  war.). 

"  E.  Ύ.  so  renders  χαιΛιρ  everywhere  else  ;-Germ.,  Dt., 
Fr.  G..-S.  ;-Castal.,  Aret..  llaram.  (although  it  be),  Cocc, 
B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Eiclih.  (would  so  render  this  reading  ;-and 
so  AVoodh.,  Ew.),  Thorn,  (although  ijideed  it  is)  ;-the  lexi- 
cons. But  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Theile)  read  xai 
rtaffotai  ('  A.  B.  α  24.  /3  6.  y  2.  Compl.'  6  cursive  MSS.  have 
xai  Ttaptariv)  ;  and  it  is  also  true,  that,  except  in  this  in.stance, 
xaiftip  is  always  construed  with  a  participle,  expressed  or  im- 
plied. Jloreover,  in  this  repetition  in  one  verse  of  the  history 
of  the  beast,  xai  Λαριαΐαι  seems  to  be  the  necessary  counter- 
part of  the  μίνΚίί  αναβαίνην.  The  reappearance  of  the  bea^t 
■was  a  simple  futurity,  at  the  time  of  the  vision  ;  at  the  time  of 
the  wondering,  it  would  be  a  present  fact ; — a  change  of  rela- 
tion, which  some  verss..  that  follow  this  reading,  fail  to  express. 
I  recommend  that  the  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated  :  and 
shall  be  present.  Beng.  (und  zugegen  sein  wird).  Woodli. 
(would  so  render  this  reading),  Ew.  (^aderil,  adv^nief). 
Bloomf.  (and  yet  he  will  be  at  hand).  Treg.,  De  AV.  (und  da 
seyn  7drd;-a.nd  so  Stier,  Ebr.),  Hcng.st.  (und  wieder  da  seyn 
wird). 

'  E.  v.  and  a  few  of  the  older  verss.  follow  the  A'ulg.  in  pre- 
fixing the  copulative,  for  which  there  is  no  warrant  in  any 
edition  of  the  Greek  text. 

"  The  interpretation  given  of  this  clause  by  Rob.  and  others: 
'  Here  is  the  deep  or  hidden  sen=e,'  takes  yoDj  in  a  sense  un- 
exampled in  the  N.  T.  or  Sept.,  and  ΐχων  σο^ιιαι/  in  a  sense  for 
which  there  is  no  example  anywhere.  The  meaning  rather  i.s, 
as  in  ch.  13:  18:  'Here  is  a  problem  for  wisdom,  the  spiritual 
intelligonco.'  Some  would  even  attach  to  the  iJ8f  its  occasional 
force  of  hither,  q.  d.     '  Let  the  wise  mind  attend  to  this.' 


'  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-More,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  TTakcf.,  AUw.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Lord. 

^  For  opj;  ίίΰΐν  ίτίτά.  •  the  recent  editors,'  says  Bloomf.,  '  on 
strong  grounds'   (A.  B.  'a  IG.  β  5.  Compl.'),  'read  ίτίΐα  opjj 

iiai'(v). In  the  next  clause,  Woodh.,  All.,  Lord,  translate 

verbally:  ichere  .  .  .  upon  [on]  them.  But  see  ch.  12:  G, 
N.  c,  ic. 

'  That  this  clause  furnishes  another  explanation  of  the  trtra 
χίφ.  (rather  than,  as  Ilengst.  would  say.  an  epexegcsis  of  opj; 
frtra),  and  is  therefore  to  be  clo.sely  connected  with  v.  0,  is  the 
view  of  nearl}•  all  verss.  and  commentators.  The  pronominal 
subject  is  expressed  by  T..  C.  G..  R.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-Brightm.,  Engl. 
Ann.  (as  one  rendering),  Hamm.,  Wells,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Gill, 
Wakef.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Scholef.,  Words. ; — and  omitted,  the 
clause  being  then  preceded  bj'  a  comma  or  a  semi-colon,  in  the 
German  verss.  (Herd,  and  Mey.  omit  also  the  verbal  copula.), 
Woodh.,  Allw..  Lord.  Kenr.  Often,  indeed,  the  clause  forms 
part  of  V.  9,  which  then  ends  with  a  period. 

*  '  The  first  five ;  the  one  after  them ;  and  the  other,  that 
completes  the  number.' — Syr.  (employs  the  demonstrative  ar- 
ticle). Dt.,  It..  Fr.  G.,-M."-S.  ;-Berl.  B)b..  Beng.,  Moldenh. 
(Fiinfe  derselben  .  .  .  der  ei.ne).  AVooclh.  (fire  of  them  .  .  .  one 
if  them),  Sharpe,  Treg.,  De  W.,  AVords..  Hengst.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

'  Bloomf.  brackets,  and  all  the  other  recent  editors  cancel, 
the  και,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  '  a  2G.  β  C>.  Compl.  Vulg.  ed. 
Syr.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the 
word  and  be  omitted. 

=  Syr.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Titr.,  B.  and  L., 
Daub.,  Beng..  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Matth.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Jley., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg..  De  W.,  Ilengst.,  Ebr. 

•'  E.  v.,  previous  clause  ;-W.,  R.,  (shall  come)  ;-Latin  verss. 
(veneril).  Dt.  (zol  gckomen  zijri),  It.  (sard  vemilo).  Fr.  G., 
-M.,-S.,  (sera  renu)  ;-"\Voodh.,  Thorn,  and  Lord  (hath  [has] 
c).  All.  (gekomvten),  Treg.  (shall  hare  c),  De  W.  (icird  gek. 
scin).  Ilengst.,  Ebr.,  (gelc.  isl),  Kenr. 

•  Seech.  12:12,  N.c. 

'  W.,  R.,  (time)  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.  (as  ΙΓ.  ;-and  so  Newc, 
Allw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Jlurd.,  Kenr.).  Wakef.,  Penn,  (mark 
while  as  supplied),  Thom. 


REVELATION. 


183 


KIXG    JAMES      ΥΕΚΒΙΟΛ'. 

11  And  the  beast  that  was, 


GREEK    TEXT. 


11    Koi  TO  θηρίον  ο  ην,  και  ουκ 
and  is  not,  even  lie  is  the  eightii,   ^'^^^^  ^„1  αυτοί  ογδοόί  βστι,  και 

and  is  of  the•  seven,  and  o'oetli    .        -      <■      /    ,  ■,     ,      .     / 

j.^.  °  €Κ   των   ΐτττα   ίστι,  και  €ί?  αττω- 

luto  perdition.  ,     , 

Xeiav  υτταγβι. 

12  And  the  ten  horns  which  12  Καίτάδίκα  ΚΕραταάΐίδί^, 
thou  sawest  are  ten  kings,  wliich  :  ^^'^^^  βασιλείς  άσιν,  οίτινβς  βασι- 
have  received  no  kingdom  as  yet ; 
but  receive  power  as  kings  one 
hour  with  the  beast. 


13  These  have  one  luind,  and 
shall  give  their  power  and 
strength  unto  the  beast. 


Xeiau  οϋττω  βλαβον,  «λΑ'  ϊζουσίαν 
ώί  βασιλβΪ9  μίαν  ώραν  λαμβα- 
νουσι  μ(τα  τον  Θηρίου. 

13   οντοι  μίαν  γνωμην  βχ^ουσι, 
κα).  την  δυναμιν  κα\  την  ϊζονσιαν 
Ιαντων  τω  θηριω  διαδίδωσουσιν. 
14  These  shall  make  war  with         11   ούτοι  μβτα  τον  άρνίον  ττο- 
the  Lamb,  and  the  Lamb  shall  χ^μησονσι,  /cai  το  άρνίον  νικησίί 

overcome  them:  for  he  is  Lord       .      ν       r,       τ^,',^„    ,-.,„,^,,.    l^^'^, 
,. ,     ,  ,  T^.         i-,  •  1   αυτούς.,   οτι  Jivpios   κυρίων   βστί 

οί  lords,  and  King  oi  kings ;  and       x-^-vC       ,/  v. 

they  that  are  with  him  are  called, ,  και  ^  BaaiKevs   βασιλβων^  και   oi^ 
and  chosen,  and  faithful.  I  μβτ    αντον,  κλητοί   kou   βκλβκτοι 

I  καΐ  πιστοί. 

'  It.,  Fr.  G. -M.,-S.  ;-\Vakef.,  Stu.,  Lord.  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

>■  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  For  not  yet.  see  W.,  G.,  {yet .  .  .  not).  R.  ;-foreign  verss. 
(except  Beng.,  nicht.  He  and  Lachm.  follow  Erasm.  in  read- 
ing, for  ονΛω.  the  simple  ov*  ['A.  Vulg.  MS.  Erp.  Slav.']);- 
Brightm.,   Dodd.  and   the  later  English  (e.\cept  "Wesl.   [who 

follows  Bong.].  Sharpc,  Words.). The  indefinite  article  is 

employed,  in  rendering  βαιΛ.,  by  Brightm.,  Wakef..  Newc, 
Thorn.,  Penn,  Lord,  De  W'.,  Treg.,  Ebr. 

)  W.  ;-German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Fr.  G. -51.  ;-B.  and 
L..  Dodd.,  Stu.,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

κ  See  ch.  13 :  4.  N.  s,  <ic. 

1  '  For  one  hour' — '  for  one  and  the  .same  hour' — 'at  one  and 
the  same  hour.'  Grammatically,  and  in  the  present  connec- 
tion, μίαν  uipav  will  bear  any  one  of  these  three  senses  (the 
second  combining  the  other  two),  which  are  found  to  divide 
verss.  and  commentators,  rather  according  to  the  view  enter- 
tained of  the  subject-matter  of  the  prophecy.  The  phrase 
is  translated,  or  explained,  as  an  answer  to  the  question, 
//ow  long,  by  Syr.  (probably  =  Murd.  fur  one  hour).  Ar., 
Germ,  (eine  Zeit),  Fr.  S.  ;-Arcth.,  Zcg.,  Brightm.,  Grot., 
Hamm.,  B.  and  L..  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd., 
Eichh.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Heinr.,  Scott,  Ew.,  Allw., 
Ros.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Lee,  Stier,  Hengst.,  Kenr., 
Barn.,  Ebr.  ;-Bretsch.,  Wahl,  Rob.,  Schirl. : — as  an  an.swer  to 
the  question,  When,  by  T.,  C,  G.;-Vulg.  (jwa  hora),  Dt.,  It., 
Fr.  G. -M.  s-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  (as  Vulg.).  Cas!al.,  Par.. 
Cucc,  Mede,  More,  Vi'r.,  Daub.,  Lowm.,  Guyse,  Moldenh.. 
Newc,  Clarke,  Crol.,  Jones,  BIl.  (who  al.so  refers  to  '  nearly  all 
the  patristic  expositors'  as  adopting  this  view),  Lord,  Treg., 
Words.     Others  (as  Ecgl.  Ann.,  Gill,  &.C.),  and  also  some  of 


REVISED    VERSION. 

11  And  the  beast  that  was, 
and  is  not,  even  he  is  ^an  eighth, 
and  is  of  the  seven,  and  goeth 
into  perdition.  ' 

12  And  the  ten  horns  which 
thou  sawest  are  ten  kings,  ""who 
have  'not  yet  received  'a  king- 
dom ;  but  Jfhey  receive  'author- 
ity as  kings  'one  hour  with  the 
beast. 

1-3  These  have  one  ■"counsel, 
and  "shall  give  over  their  power 
and  «authority  unto  the  beast. 

Ν 

14  These  shall  make  war  with 
the  Lamb,  and  the  Lamb  shall 
overcome  them :  for  he  is  Lord 
of  lords  and  King  of  kings  :  fand 
they  that  are  %vith  him,  i  called, 
and  chosen,  and  faithful. 


those  just  named  (as  De  W.).  allow  either  answer  as  possible. 
The  expression  in  E.  V.  partakes  of  the  ambiguity  of  the 
original,  and  is  for  that  reason  retained. 

■°  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.  {comilium),  Syr.  (=  De  D.  voluntatem), 
German  verss.  (MeMiM?ig-;-except  All.,  Absicht;  and  Ebr., 
Wilknsmeinung),  Dt.  {nieening),  It.  (consiglw),  French  verss. 
{dessein)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Par.,  {as  Vulg.),  Biz.,  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  (use  senteniid),  Wakef.  {ptn-pose),  Woodh.  See  v.  17, 
NN.  a,  b. 

■"  R.  {shall  deliver)  ;-Latin  verss.  {iradent),  Dt.  {zuUen 
overgeven)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Stolz,  {[werden]  ubergeben),  Όοάά. 
{as  R.),  Wakef.  {share).  Thorn,  {will  transfer),  Penn  {will 
contribute)  ;-Rob.,  Schirl.  But  all  the  recent  editors  have 
bi&oaaiv  (A.  B. 'a24  β  6.  y  2.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  gire. 

"  Seech.  13:4,  N.  s,  &c. 

ρ  The  punctuation  of  T.,  G.,  &c.,  and  lately  adopted  by  the 
Amer.  Bible  Soc.     See  N.  q.    ■ 

1  E.  V.  supplies  the  copula  out  of  the  previous  ίατί,  and  the 
clause  then  assigns  another  ground  of  the  Lamb's  victory 
(Daub.,  Stu.).  A  better  construction  furnishes  oi  μετ'  avtoi 
with  a  predicate  out  of  vixr^trii  avrouj.  The  Lamb  conquers  in 
the  strength  of  His  own  supremacy.  His  people  share  in  His 
victory,  because  they  are  with  Him,  and  by  virtue  of  the  calling 
and  character  that  belong  to  them  as  His  attendants  (ch.  2 :  26, 
27 ;  12:  11 ;  15 :  2;  19:  14,  19,  20).— No  copula  is  supplied  by 
G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (see  the  notes  of  Aret.,  Par.,  Grot.,  Vitr., 
Eichh.,  Heinr.,  Ros.),  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.  (which  also  puts  the 
clause  6ti,  Kiiptoj .  .  .  βοοιλεων  into  a  parenthesis),  Brightm., 
Wells  {as  Dt.  ;-and  so  Woodh.,  Gerl.,  Ell.,  Ebr.),  All.,  De  W., 
Hen^.st. 


184 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

15  And  be  saith  unto  me,  The 
waters  which  thou  sawest,  where 
the  whore  sitteth,  are  peoples, 
and  multitudes,  and  nations,  and 
tongues. 

16  And  the  ten  horns  which 
thou  sawest  upon  the  beast,  these 
shall  hate  the  whore,  and  shall 
make  her  desolate  and  naked, 
and  shall  eat  her  flesh,  and  burn 
her  with  fire. 


17  For  God  hath  put  in  their 
hearts  to  fulfil  his  will,  and  to 
agree,  and  give  their  kingdom 


GREEK    TEXT. 


15  Kai  Xeyei  μοι,  Τα  ΰδατα 
a  ζίδβς,  ού  η  πόρνη  καθηται,  λαοί 
και  οχλοί  elai,  καΐ  ^Θνη  και 
γλώσσαι. 

1 6  Και  τα  δβκα  Kepara  α  eiSes 
ε'τΓί  το  θηρΊον,  ούτοι  μισησουσι 
την  ττόρνην,  και  ηρημοίμβνην  ττοι- 
ησουσιν  αϋτην  και  γυμνην,  καΐ 
τας  σαρκαζ  αντης  φαγονται,  kcu 
αύτην  κατακανσονσιν  ΐ.ν  ττυρΊ. 

17  ό  γαρ  Oeos  ^δωκβν  eh  τα? 
καρδίας  αυτών  ττοιησαι  την  γνω- 
μην  αντοΰ,  και  ττοιησαι  μίαν  γνω- 
μην,    και    δούναι   την   βασιΧί'ιαν 


REVISED    VERSION. 

15  And  he  saith  unto  me  : 
The  waters  which  thou  sawest, 
where  the  'harlot  sitteth,  are 
peoples,  and  multitudes,  and  na- 
tions, and  tongues. 

16  And  the  ten  horns  which 
thou  sawest  «upon  the  beast, 
these  shall  hate  the  'harlot,  and 
shall  make  her  desolate  and 
naked,  and  shall  eat  her  flesh, 
and  "shall  "utterly  burn  her  with 
fire. 

17  For  God  "gave  'ii  'into 
their  hearts  to  Miert'onn  his  'coun- 
sel, and  to  ''perform  one  'counsel, 
and  'to  give  their  kingdom  unto 


'  See  V.  1,  N.  g. 

•  For  inL,  all  the  recent  editors  read  xai  (Ά.  B.  α  27. 
β  6.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav. 
MSS.').    I  recommend  {hat  this  reading  be  adopted :  and. 

<■  See  T.  1,  N.  g. 

>■  T7.,  R.;-Gerra.,  Dt.  ;-Dodd.,  Allw.,  Pcnn  {xoill),  Words., 
Hengst.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  18 :  8 ;  in  ch.  8 :  7,  Matt.  3 :  12,  and  2  Pet.  3 :  10, 
to  burn  zyjj-Vulg.  {conc.remabunt),  German  verss.  {verhren- 
nen),  Dt.  (verbranden),  Ft.  S.  (^consumer oni)  ;-Erasra.,  Yat., 
Grell.,  {as  Vulg.),  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  {e.rurent),  Castal., 
Grot.,  Cocc,  (comburent),  Briglitm.,  Wakof.,  {burn  [her]  ti]>), 
Daub.,  Woodh.  {burn  [tier]  utterly -y-and  so  AUw.,  Words.). 
For  the  Erasmian  reading,  xovaovatv,  only  2  cursive  MSS.  are 
cited. 

"  The  common  sense  of  διδω^ι  is  here  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;- 
Latin  and  German  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Dodd., 
Greenf.  For  the  time,  see  ch.  16:  6,  N.  c,  &c.  \V.  ;-Wakef. 
The  ten  kings  had  not  appeared  at  the  time  of  the  vision,  v.  12. 
But  the  speaker,  after  prophetically  tracing  their  career,  looks 
back,  and  historically  accounts  for  it. 

'  German  verss.  (except  Ebr.)  ;-Daiib..  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Thorn., 
Stu. 

7  λν.,  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Thorn., 
Penn.  Shavpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Tieg.,  Murd. 

•  W.,  Γι.,  {do)  ;-Vulg.  {faciant),  German  verss.  {tkun).  D(. 
{doen),  It.  {eseguire).  Fr.  G.,-.VL,  {/aire),  Fr.  S.  {e.ixrAUer) ;- 
Erastn.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  {as  Vulg.),  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Vilr.,  E\v., 
{exsequantur),  Ilamm.,  Daub.,  Newc,  Shavpe,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Murd.,  Kcnr.,  {as  ΙΓ.),  Cocc.  {faci-re).  B.  and  L.  {as  Fr.  S.), 
Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef..  Thorn.,  {e.vecute)  Woodh.,  Alhv.,  Penn. 
SeeN.  b. 


'  The  same  noun  as  in  v.  13  (see  N.  m)  is  used  twice  in  this 
verse  by  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.  (but  with  this  note:  'Or,  counsel 
[raad^  as  above,  v.  13,  and  here  in  the  next  clause.'),  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Cocc,  Beng.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Treg.  {mind),  Ilengst.  The 
first  γνάμ7;ν  here  is  in  W.,  that  that  is  pleasant  to  him ;  R., 
that  which  pleaseih  him  (after  the  Vulg.  quod  placitiim  est 
illi  ;-and  so  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.  This  was  changed  into  quod 
ipsi  visum  est  by  Bez.,  Par.,  Vitr.)  ;-Hamm.,  Daub.,  Murd., 
pleasure;  B.  and  L.,  desseins;  Guyse,  ΐβΏΏ,  purpose;  Dodd., 
Wesl.,  Thorn.,  sentence;  Scott,  counsel,  purpose,  viind: — the 
second  is  in  It.,  coiisiglio  ;-Fr.  G.  and  -M.,  dessein  ;-Erasm., 
Vat.,  veluntaiem ;  Hamm.,  decree  or  edict ;  Dodd..  Murd.,  pur- 
pose; Thorn.,  Penn,  design;  AUw.,  Lord,  counsel.     See  N.  b. 

I"  See  N.  z.  In  this  instance  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  AUw., 
have  perform.  In  rendering  the  clause,  xai  Λοι^σαι  μιαν  γνώμτ^ν 
(which,  though  strongly  su.spected  by  Mill  of  having  been 
transferred  from  v.  13,  and  though  now  bracketed  by  Treg., 
Lachm.  alone  of  recent  editors  omits,  on  the  authority  of '  A. 
Vulg.'),  E.  V.  and  some  other  verss.  follow  Pagn.  and  Bez.,  ut 
consentiani.  But,  according  to  the  use  of  Ηοίη!ΐα.ι  in  the  pre- 
ceding clause,  it  is  rather  the  acting  out  of  the  agreement 
formed  previously  (v.  13),  that  i.s  here  meant;  and  the  very 
baldness  of  the  repetition,  at  which  many  stumble,  only  the 
more  rividly  teaches,  that  in  the  self-willed  confederacies  of  the 
wicked  there  sits  paramount  the  will  of  ,\et  another  Allj'.  un 
seen,  unoonsulted,  but  higher  than  they'  (Eccl.  5:  8  ;  Ps.  82:  1, 
Acts  2:  23 ;  4:  27,  28 ;  &c.).  For  the  reference  of  αντοΰ  to  to 
θηρίοιι  (Zeg.,  BeuT.)  is  certainly  evroncoiLs.  De  W.,  indeed, 
ask-i  whether  one  can  prop  rly  speak  of  God's  γιύμη.  espvciall)' 
in  minu'diate  connection  with  that  of  man.  But  the  Sept.  Ezra 
6:  14  is  a  clear  case  in  point. 

'  T.|  C.  G.,  {for  to)  ;-forei;.:n  ver.ss.  penerally  ;-Danb..  Dndd., 
We.sl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord, 
Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 


REVELATION. 


185 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

unto  the  beast,  until  the  words 
of  God  shall  be  fulfilled. 

18  And  the  woman  which 
thou  sawest  is  that  great  city, 
which  reigneth  over  the  kings 
of  the  earth. 


CHAP.    XVIII. 

And  after  these  things  I  saw 
another  angel  come  down  from 
heaven,  having  great  power ;  and 
the  earth  was  lightened  with  his 
glory. 

2  And  he  cried  mightily  with 
a  strong  voice,  saying,  Babylon 
the  great  is  fallen,  is  fallen,  and 
is  become  the  habitation  of  dev- 
ils, and  the  hold  of  every  foul 
spirit,  and  a  cage  of  every  un- 
clean and  hateful  bird. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

αυτών   τω   θηρ'ιω,    αχρί   τβλβσθ^ 
τα  βήματα  τον  θβοΰ. 

18  ΚαΙ  ή  γυνή  ην  et'Ses",  β'στιν 
η  ττόλΐί  ή  μβγάλη,  η  βχουσα  βα- 
σιλβίαν    eVt    των    βασίλίων   της 

CHAP.  XVIII. 

ΚΑΙ  μετά.  ταντα  elBov  αγγβ- 
λον  καταβαίνοντα  e'/c  του  ουρανού, 
ίγρντα  ί^ουσίαν  μ^γαλην  καΙ  η 
γη  βφωτίσθη  €κ  τη?  δόζης  αύτον. 

2  καχ  ί'κραζεν  ev  Ισχυϊ,  φωνρ 
μβγάλη,  λίγων,  '  Έττβσίν  εττεσε 
Βαβυλων  η  μεγάλη,  κα\  βγίνζτο 
κατοικητηριον  δαιμόνων,  και  φυ- 
λακή iravTos  ττνβυματοί  ακάθαρ- 
του, καΙ  φυλακή  τταντοί  ορνΐου 
ακάθαρτου  κα\  μεμίσημβνου• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  beast,  until    "the  words  of 
God  •  be  finished. 

IS  And  the  woman  'whom 
thou  sawest  is  that  great  cit}^ 
which  ^hatli  kingship  over  the 
kings  of  the  earth. 

CHAP.    XVIII. 

•And  after  these  things  I  saw 
"an  angel  "descending  from  heav- 
en, having  great  'authority ;  and 
the  earth  was  lightened  with  his 
glory. 

2  And  he  cried  "mightily  with 
a  «loud  voice,  saying :  'Fallen, 
fallen,  is  Babylon  the  great,  and 
is  become  ^a  habitation  of  ''de- 
mons, and  ^a  hold  of  every  'un- 
clean spirit,  and  a  Jhold  of  every 
unclean  and  ''hated  bird. 


''  For  τα.  Ιιήματα.,  all  the  recent  editors  read  oi  λόγοι  ("  A.  B. 
a2G.  β7.  Compl.'). 

•  For  the  change  of  verb,  see  ch.  15:1,  N.  c.  For  the  change 
of  tense,  see  "W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  vcrss.,  German  verss. 
(except  Beng.,  Moldenh.),  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M..-S.  ;-B.  and  L. 
(fussent),  Daub.,  Thom.,  (are),  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Sharpe,  Kenr. 
But  all  the  recent  editors  read  ΐΛισθηαονΐαι,  (Ά.  α  8.  γ  2. 
Compl.  ;'-escept  JMatth.,  who  has  ϊίλΕ σθώοιν  '  Β.  α  18.  β  7.  y  2.'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated: 
shall  be  finished. 

f  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  X.  f. 

"^  W.,  R.,  {hath  kingdom)  ;-Vulg.  (kabet  regnum),  Syr. 
(=  [(.•»/]  est  regnum).  Germ,  (das  Reich  hat).  Dt.  (het 
kuningi-ijk  heefl),  It.  (Λα  il  regno),  Fr.  G.,-M..  (a  son  rcgne), 
Fr.  S.  (a  le  royaume)  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc, 
{as  Vulg.),  Castal.  {regnum  .  .  .  oblinens),  Hamm.,  Daub., 
{hath  the  kingdom),  Vitr.,  Ros.,  {habet  iinperium),  Beng.  {das 
Kuiiigreich  hat),  Moldenh.  {kunigliche  Herrschaft  hat), 
WaUef.  {hath  rule),  Nevvc,  Woodh.,  Stii.,  Murd.,  {hath  do- 
minion), Thoin.  {hath  sovereignty),  Greenf.  {=  Syr.),  Lord 
{has  empire).  Treg.  {hiildelh  sovereignty),  De  W.  ('  Herrschaft, 
Oder  Konigthum  hat''),  Ilengst.  {das  KOnigthum  hat),  Kenr. 
{hath  a  kingdom),  Ebr.  {hat  das  Konigreich). 

•  The  xcu  is  cancelled  by  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Bloomf.,  Treg., 
AVords.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  A.*B.  'a  17.  β  0.     Copt. 

Syr.  Slav.  MS.' Before  a.yyi%ov,  all  the  recent  editors  insert 

άλλον  (•  A.  B.  α  17.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.  Er.     Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth. 
S^r.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.     After  ayytXov  ο  8.').     I  recommend 


that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  version  stand  as  in 
E.  V. :  another. 

"  Seech.  10:  1,N.  a,  &c. 

'  Seech.  12:  10,  N.  s,  &c. 

"  For  £1-  ίπχνί,  ψ^νΫι  μιγάκΎ;,  all  the  recent  editors,  except 
Beng.  and  Bloomf.,  read  tV  Ιοχυιια,  ^ωνγι  (Ά.  α  13.  [&  13.]  y  2 
Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  ϊαχ.  φα. 
Β.  α  9.  β  3.').  Beng.  retains  the  received  text,  except  that  he 
omits  the  'preposition.  Bloomf. :  •  I  cannot,  without  strong 
reasons,  consent  to  part  with  an  expression  so  Hellenistic  and 
in  the  manner  of  St.  John  as  h  Ιαζ^ι-  I  suspect  that  St.  John 
wrote  ίχραξιν  ev  iaxm,  and  that  the  words  ίαχιψα  fuvr;  and 
fuv^  (Ufy.  came  from  tlie  Scholiasts.  I  now  find  that  in  ϊαχνϊ 
must  have  been  in  the  copies  of  St.  Jerome'  (the  Vulg.  ed. 
having  in  fortitudine)  '  and  of  Tichonius.'  And  so  ilengst., 
who  also  cites  Sept.  Ps.  29 :  4. 

«  See  ch.  1 :  10,  N.  x. 

'  See  ch.  14:8,  N.l. 

^  The  indefinite  article,  or  none,  is  found  in  E.  V.,  last 
clause  ;-the  foreign  vcrss.  (e.\cept  Fr.  G.,-M.,  B.  and  L.);- 
Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn,  and  Murd.  (once),  Alhv.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words. 

"  Seech.  9:  20.  N.  n. 

'  E.  v.,  last  clause ;  and  see  ch.  17  :  4,  N.  y  ;-W.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (except  Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  P.ar.,  Vitr.)  use  the  same 
svord  in  both  clauses  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  and  the  later  English 
verss.  (except  Words.). 

1  On  φνλαχή  Rob.  remarks:  'In  N.  T.  trop.  of  Babylon  as 
the  watch  post,  station,  haunt  of  demons  and  unclean  birds, 

24 


186 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

3  For  all  nations  have  drunk 
of  the  wine  of  the  wrath  of  her 
fornication,  and  the  kings  of  the 
earth  liave  committed  fornica- 
tion with  her,  and  the  mercliants 
of  the  earth  are  waxed  rich 
through  the  abundance  of  her 
delicacies. 

4  And  I  heard  another  voice 
from  heaven,  saying,  Come  out 
of  her,  my  people,  that  ye  be  not 
partakers  of  her  sins,  and  that 
ye  receive  not  of  her  plagues, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

3  oTi  e'/c  τοΰ  OLvov  τον  θνμον 
τη?  TTOpueiai  αυτής  ττΐττωκΐ  τταντα 
τα  €θνη,  και  οί  βασιΧίϊς  τη9  γηί 
μ€Τ  αύτηί  ΐττορν^υσαν,  καΐ  οΐ 
ΐ'μτΓοροί  τηί  γης  e/c  της  δνναμΐως 
τον  στρηνονς  αντης  ζττλοντησαν. 

4  Κσΐ  ηκονσα  άλλΊ]^  φωνην 
€κ  τον  οϋραρον,  λίγουσαν,  'Έζβλ- 
θ€Τ€  €ζ  α!;7"?7?  ό  λαός  μου,  Ινα  μη 
σνγκοινωνησητβ  ταΐς  άμαρτίαις 
αντης,  kcu  ίνα  μη  λάβητβ  €κ  των 
ττληγών  αντης• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

3  For  'of  the  wine  of  the 
vvi-ath  of  her  fornication  -'have 
all  "the  nations  "drunk,  and  the 
kings  of  the  earth  ρ  committed 
fornication  with  her,  and  the 
merchants  of  the  earth  ibecame 
rich  ■'irom  the  'power  of  her 
'luxury. 

4  And  I  heard  another  voice 
from  heaven,  saying :  'Come 
'forth  out  of  her,  my  people, 
that  ye  "have  no  fellowship  with 
her  sins,  and  that  ye  receive  not 
of  her  plagues  ;♦ 


1  The  words  ix  . .  .  aitijs  are  translated  before  the  verb  and 
its  subject  in  all  foreign  verss.  (except  the  It.  and  French, 

Greenf.)  ;-Treg. The  words    toi  olvov    are    cancelled    by 

Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  C.  Yulg.  MS. 
Am.  Tol.  Aeth.' 

"  The  order  of  Germ.  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  De  W..  Hengst. 

°  Seech.  12:  5,  N.  x. 

°  For  rti'rtuxf,  Jlatth.  and  Words,  read  ΛίΛώχασί(•α15.β2.'); 
Lachm.,  Hintuxav  {'A.  0.  Copt.  Aeth.');  Treg.,  who  at  first 
gave  rtertuxaffi,  in  the  second  edition  of  his  version  translates 
nijttaxav,  or  Λιιίίώχααι  (Β.  'α6.  β4.').  Three  cursive  MSS. 
and  the  Compl.  have  ntTtatixs. 

ρ  See  ch.  17 :  17,  N.  w,  &c.     W.  (did)  ;-Herd.,  Wakef.,  Mey. 

1  See  ch.  3 :  17,  N.  r.  For  the  time,  see  N.  p,  &c.  R.  ;- 
Herd.,  Wakef.,  Mey. 

■•  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  (o/);-Vulg.  {de),  Syr.  (=  Grecnf  )-q),  Ger- 
man verss.  (von  ;-except  All.),  Dt.  (ziit),  It.  (del),  French  verss. 
(rfe)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Grell..  (as  Vidg-.),  Brightm.  (of),  Cocc. 
(e.r),  Berl.  Bib.  (aus),  Wakef,  Woodh.,  Ew.  {oh),  Lord;- 
Schuttg.,  Scleus.,  (as  Cocc),  Rob. 

•  'Her  mighty  luxury.'  Nowhere  else  in  the  N.  T.  has 
iwofnj  the  sense  here  assigned  to  it  in  E.  V. ;  nor  is  delicacies, 
at  least  as  now  used,  equivalent  to  the  Vulg.  deliciarum. — 
E.  V.  marg.  {-power)  j-'W.,  R.,  {virtue),  T.,  C,  G.,  {of  her 
pleasures)  ;-Vulg.  {virtutc  deliciarum  ejus),  Syr.  (transferring 


orpijtOv's, 


which  word  it  uses  also  in  1  Tim.  5 :  G,  is  here  ren- 


dered by  De  D.,  potenlia  lu.vus  ejus),  Germ,  {ihrer  grossen 
]Voltusl),  Dt.  {ki-acht  van  hare  weelde),  Fr.  M.  {exces  de 
son  luxe),  Fr.  S.  {puissance  de  ses  delices)  ;-Erasm.,  Vat., 
Grell.,  {as  Vulg.),  Bez.,  Grot.,  Vitr.,  Eichh.,  Heinr.,  Ros.,  (use 
lu.riis  for  <5rp.;-Ew.  lu.ruriae•,  Wahl  lu.vuriei),  Aret.,  Cocc, 


(potentia  lasciviae  ejus),  Brightm.  {as  T.).  Hamm.  (power  of 
her  pride),  B.  and  L.  {as  Fr.  ΑΙ.),  Daub.,  Beng.  and  Moldenh. 
{ihrer  machtigen  Schwelgerei).  Dodd..  Newc,  Thom..  Allw., 
Stu.,  Ell.,  Murd.,  Barn.,  {ah.  of  Mr  lu.xury  [luxuTiesy),  GiU 
('or,  lu.Turif),  Herd.,  Mey.,  (ihrer  Wollusl  Machi),  Wakef. 
{gains  of  her  wantonness),  Woodh.  (ab.  of  her  insolent  lux- 
iiry),  Sto!z,  De  W.,  Hengst.^  (Macht  ihrer  Ueppigkeit),  Goss., 
All.,  (ihre  grosse  Uepp.),  Lord,  Kenr.,  (strength  of  her  luxntry), 
Treg.  {power  of  her  del.),  Ebr.  {Kraft  ihrer  Ueberfillle)  ;- 
Schuttg.  (potenti  luxtt  ipsitis),  Schleus.  (nimio  luxu  ipsius), 
Rob.  ('abundance,  vastness,  of  her  luxury  and  proud  volup- 
tuousness'), Green  (here  defines  atp. :  wantonness,  lu.vury, 
voluptuousness).    Comp.  v.  7,  N.  c. 

'  For  ίξίλθίπ,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  read  ΙζΛθι 

(Β.  C.  Ό  IC.  /3  4.    ίξέλθατι  A.'). For  forth,  see  ch.  9:  3, 

N.  m,  &c. 

»  E.  v.,  Eph.  5:  11.  In  Piiil.  4:  14,  the  only  other  place 
where  this  verb  occurs,  and  where,  as  here,  it  is  construed  with 
the  dative  of  the  thing,  E.  V.  renders  it.  communicate  wiihy- 
Treg.  {may  have  no  f  with). 

"  Instead  of  the  comma  of  previous  edition.^;,  or  the  colon  of 
the  original  edition,  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  late  Revision  closes 
this  verse  with  a  period,  somewhat  to  the  injury  of  the  con- 
nection. That  Babylon's  cup  of  iniquity  was  now  full,  and 
ready  to  overflow  into  the  fires  of  wrath,  is  mentioned  (v.  5) 
as  the  special  and  urgent  reason  why  God's  people  should 
leave  her  without  delay,  even  as  Lot  was  hurried  out  of  Sodom 
on  the  morning  of  her  overthrow.  No  Greek  text  has  a  pe- 
riod.  Excepting  Bloomf.,  all  the  recent  editors  give  the  last 

clause  thus :  xai  ix  rCiv  τίΧ.  ait.  iVa  μή  λάβ.  (Α.  Β.  C.  'α  20.  β  6. 
Compl.'). 


where  they  resort  and  hold  their  vigils,  Rev.  18 :  2  bis.  Comp. 
Is.  34,  11  sq.  Jer.  50:  39;  51:  37.  Others  i.  q.  hold,  den, 
cage,  in  which  they  are  imprisoned  .  .  .  but  less  well.'  Neither 
hold  nor  den,  however,  when  found  in  such  a  connection, 
carries  with  it  the  idea  of  imprisonment. — E.  V.,  previous 
clause  ;-Germ.  (Behaltniss),  Dt.  (beteaarplaats).  It.  (prigione)  ;- 
Beug.,  Moldenh.,  Hengst.,  {as  Germ.),  Newc.  {haunt),  All. 


{Aufenthalt),  Penn,  Kenr.,  De  W.  and  Ebr.  (Gefdngniss). 
The  same  word  is  used  in  both  clauses  by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (except  Fr.  G..-M.,  B.  and  L.)  ;-Newc.,  Woodh.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Ell..  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

k  Fr.  S.  {deteste) -,-Βϊγ].  Bib.,  Moldenh.,  Stolz,  Van  Es.s, 
Goss.,  De  ^V.,  Ebr.,  (verliassten).  Herd.,  Mey.,  {gehasseten), 
Woodh.  {abominated),  Sharpe,  Lord. 


REVELATION. 


187 


KING   JAMES     VERSION. 

5  For  her  sins  have  reached 
unto  heaven,  and  God  hath  re- 
membered her  iniquities. 


6  Reward  her  even  as  she  re- 
warded you,  and  double  unto  her 
double  according  to  her  works : 
in  the  cup  wliich  she  hath  filled, 
fill  to  her  double. 

7  How  much  she  hath  glori- 
fied herself,  and  lived  deliciously, 
BO  much  torment  and  sorrow  give 
her :  for  she  saith  in  her  heart, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

5  oTL  -ηκολουθησαν  avTrjs  al 
άμαρτίαι  άχρι.  του  ουρανού,  και 
Ιμνημον€υσ€ν  6  Oeos  τα  αδική- 
ματα αύτη?. 

6  άττόδοτβ  αύττ)  ώ?  κα\  αυτή 
άττίδωκβν  ύμΐν,  καΐ  διττλωσατε 
amy  δίττλά  κατά  τα  ίργα  αυτή?• 
Ιν  τω  ττοτηρίω  ω  ΐκβρασε,  κερά- 
σατε αύτΎ]  διττλοΰν. 

/  οσα  εόοςασεν  (αυτί]!/  και 
εστρηνίασε,  τοσούτον  δοτέ  αυττ] 
βασανισμον  καΐ  ττενθοί'  οτι  εν 
ΤΎ]  καρδία  αύτη?  λέγει,  Καθημαι 


REVISED    VERSION. 

5  For  her  sins  have  ^"followed 
unto  heaven,  and  God  hath  re- 
membered her  iniquities. 


6  "Render  unto  her  '■as  she 
also  ''rendered  mnto  you,  and 
double  "unto  her  double  accord- 
ing to  her  works :  in  the  cup 
which  she  "mixed,  'mix  unto  her 
double. 

7  How  much  she  "  glorified 
'■herself  and  'lived  luxuriously, 
so  much  torment  and  sorrow  give 
her ;  for  ""in  her  heart  she  saith  r"* 


"  E.  v.,  always  elsewhere  (91  times)  ;-T.,  C,  (^gone  vp)  ;- 
Dt.  {[de  eene  op  de  andere]  gevolgd),  Fr.  G.,-S..  (se  .  . 
entresuivis)  ;-Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.,  (give  the  above  as  the 
literal  rendering,  which  the  former  then  changes  into  are 
Tieaped  up),  Par.  (retains  Bez.'s  accuinulata  .  .  pertigerunt, 
but  in  the  commentary  e.vplains  ηχοτ..  by  consemia  sunt  in- 
vicem),  Oocc.  {sequnta  sunt.  q.  d.  creverunt  ordine  se  invicem 
sequentia  et  catenae  more  inter  se  colligata  peccata  ejus.'), 
Grell.,  Vitr.,  {as  Bez.).  Bcrl.  Bib.,  Dodd.,  Gill  ('Or  have  fol- 
lowed unto  heaven ;  one  after  another,  in  one  age  after  another, 
until  they  have  been  as  it  were  heaped  up  together,  and  have 
reached  the  heavens.'),  Wakef.  (accompanied  iher]);-'Roh. 
But,  for  ήχολονθηβοΛίί  Mill  approves,  and  all  the  recent  editors 
adopt,  exotXriSriuav  (A.  B.  0.  'a  27.  β  5.  Compl.  [Vulg.]  Copt. 
Aeth.  Syr.  [Arm.]  Arr.  Slav.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  followed,  and  translated:  have  accumulated — (the  only 
Babel-tower,  Gen.  11 :  4  comp.  with  E.  V.  Ps.  16:  2,  that  fallen 
man  succeeds  in  building) — as  this  perhaps  gives  the  idea  better 
than  any  merely  etymological  equivalent.  Grot,  (coacervatae 
sunt),  Daub,  (^have  cleaved  up),  Gill  {^have  cleaved,  or  glued 
.  .  .  her  sins  as  it  were  soldered  together,  and  stuck  fast  to 
her,  and  being  joined  and  linked  together  made  a  long  chain, 
and  reached  to  heaven,  and  cleaved  to  that,  and  cried  for  ven- 
geance.'), Eichh.  ('  adhaeserunt  quasi  perpetui  comites.'  He  re- 
gards the  construction  as  pregnant,  thus :  clave  to  her,  and  went 
with  her,  as  in  ch.  14:  13  ;-and  so  Heinr.,  Bloomf.  But  Scrip- 
ture does  not  represent  sinners  as  going  to  heaven  to  be  judged.), 
Stolz  (thiirmteii),  Mey.,  Ebr.,  ([es]  haben  sich  gehduft).  Van 
Ess  (hauften  sich  auf),  Greenf.  (lysn.  Comp.  Jer.  51:  9.), 
Ros.  (uses,  and,  as  usual,  without  naming,  Grot,  and  Eichh.), 
Penn  {are  heaped  up).  Lord,  Treg.  {'■have  been  builded 
together,  or,  have  adhered  to  one  another'),  Hengst.  ('  a  preg- 
nant construction  for :  they  reach  to  heaven  and  adhere  to  it  ;'- 
and  .sp  Wahl,  probably  Rob.,  Schirl.  Hengst.  finds  'a  quite 
similar  breviloquence  in  the  use  of  this  verb'  in  Sept.  Ps.  43 : 
25;  118:  25;  Lam.  2:2;  Zech.  14:  5;  Baruch  1:  20,  and  re- 
marks :  '  The  sticking  fast  of  guilt  to  heaven  is  an  aggravating 


mark  of  its  greatness ;'  but  the  idea  itself  is  a  harsh  one,  and 
without  example  elsewhere  in  Scripture. 

■  '  Th'  ethereal  mould 
'  Incapable  of  stain  would  soon  e.xpel 
'  Her  mischief,  and  purge  off  the  baser  fire, 
'  Victorious.'        Milton,  P.  L.,  ii.  139-142.). 

'  "W.  {yield  .  .  .  yielded),  R.  {render  .  .  .  hath  rendered)  ;- 
Latin  verss.,  except  Castal.,  {reddite  .  .  .  reddidit),  It.  {rendete 
il  cambio  .  .  .  ha  fatto),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  {rendez  .  .  .  a  fail) --B. 
and  L.  (as  Fr.  G.\  Daub.,  Dodd.  {give  .  .  .  has  given).  Wakef., 
Newc.  {as  R.  ;-and  so  Woodh.,  Stu.,  [has].  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn, 
Kenr.),  Lord  {give  .  .  .  gave). 

y  For  as  she  aho,  see  ch.  6 :  11,  NN.  g,  h,  &c. 

'  The  ifilv  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the 
authority  of  A.  B.  C.  '"o  20.  β  5.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol.  Copt. 
Aeth.  S3'r.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  adopted,  and  the  words,  unto  you,  omitted. 

•  This  second  av*J  is  cancelled  by  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg., 
Words.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  C.  2.  8.  9.  14.  19.  92. 

Vulg.  Slav.  MSS. For  mixed,  mix,  see  ch.  14 :  10,  N.  y. 

The  historical  time  is  employed  by  E.  V.  in  the  first  clause, 
and  in  w.  14,  15,  IG,  19,  23 ;  &q.  ;-W.,  T.,  C.  ;-  Herd.,  Wakef., 
Thorn.,  Mey.,  Sharpe. 

^  For  the  omission  of  hath,  see  v.  C,  N.  a. For  Ίαν-ίψ, 

Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  read  ανίψ  (A.  B.  C.  'a  10.  β 2.'). 

'  Comp.  V.  3,  N.  s.  T.,  C,  G..  {Heed  wantonly)  ;-It.  (e  lus- 
suriata)  ;-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Grot.,  Grell.,  Heinr.,  Ros., 
{lu.ruriata  est),  Vitr.  {{quantum}  sibi  .  .  lu.vus  dedit),  Lowm., 
Thorn.,  {[ill  full  proportion  to]  her  .  .  luxury),  Guyse  {[in 
proportion  to]  .  .  her  luxurious  way  of  living),  Dodd.  {lived 
in  luxury),  Gill  {Hived  deliciously;  in  a  very  luxuriant  man- 
ner'), Wakef.  {[according  ίο]  her  .  .  hixuries),  Newc,  Woodh. 
{wantoned  in  luxury),  Ew.  {bi.vu  difflidt),  Ell.,  Lord. 

''  The  Greek  order  is  retained  hy  W.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.  ;- 

Beng.,  Ebr.,  {sie  in),  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Lord,  De  W. 

After  λε'γίί.,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  add  ott,  (A.  B.  C. 
■a 24.  β  5.  Compl.'). 


18S 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

I  sit  a  queen,  and  am  no  widow, 
and  shall  see  no  sorrow. 

8  Therefore  shall  her  plagues 
come  in  one  day,  death,  and 
mourning,  and  famine;  and  she 
shall  be  utterl_y  burned  with  fire : 
for  strong  is  the  Lord  God  who 
judgeth  her. 

9  And  the  kings  of  the  earth, 
who  have  committed  fornication 
and  lived  deliciously  with  her, 
shall  bewail  her,  and  lament  for 
her,  when  they  shall  see  the 
smoke  of  her  burning, 

10  Standing  afar  off  for  the 
fear  of  her  torment,  saying,  Alas, 
alas !    that   great   city   Babyloii, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

βασίλισσα,    /cat    χήρα.    ουκ   εΙμί, 
καΐ  ττίνθοί  ου  μΐ]  ϊδω. 

8  Ζΐίά  τοντο  iv  μία  ημ^ρο. 
η^ουσιν  αϊ  ττληγαΐ  αυτής,  θάνα- 
τος κ>Μ  ττίνθος  και  λιμός•  και  ev 
ττυρί  κατακανθησβται•  οτι  Ισχυ- 
ρός Κύριος  6  θβος  6  κρίνων  αυτήν. 

9  ICa\  κλαυσονται  αύτην,  και 
κοψονται  €7Γ  αύττ]  οι  βασιλείς 
της  γης,  οι  μίτ  αυτής  ττορνίυ- 
σαντ€ς  καΐ  στρηνιασαντβς,  Όταν 
βλίττωσι  τον  καττνον  της  ττυρώ- 
σ€ως  αυτής, 

10  άτΓΟ  μακρόθεν  ίστηκοτες 
δια  τον  φοβον  του  βασανισμού 
αυτής,    λέγοντες,    Οϋαί,    ουαι,    η 


REVISED    VERSION. 

I  sit  •  queen,  and  'widow  I  am 
not,  and  ^sorrow  I  shall  ^never 
see. 

8  Therefore  ""in  one  day  shall 
her  plagues  come,  death,  and 
'sorrow,  and  famine;  and 'with 
fire  shall  she  be  utterly  burned : 
for  'mighty  is  the  Lord  God  who 
'judgeth  her. 

9  And  the  kings  of  the  earth, 
who  "with  her  "  committed  ibr- 
nication  and  lived  -luxuriously, 
shall  pweep  "for  her,  and  *''wail 
'over  her,  when  tliey  '  see  the 
smoke  of  her  burning. 


10  Standing  afar  off  for  the 
fear  of  her  torment,  saying :  Alas, 
alas,   that    great   city   Babylon, 


•  Not,  '  a  queen  among  queens ;'  but,  "  superior  to  all  others.' 
Divom  incedn  reginn  (Virgil,  Aen.  i.  40.).  Comp.  ch.  17  :  18  ; 
Ps.  29 :  10.— It.,  Fr.  G.  {[comnuf]  Heine),  Fr.  M. -S.,  {en  reinc);- 
B.  and  L.,  Daub,  and  Stu.  (as  queen);  Beng.,  All.,  De  W., 
Hengst.,  {als  Kunigin),  Kenr. 

f  For  widow  I  am  not,  see  R.  ;-Vulg.  (vidua  non  sum), 
Syr.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  (as  Vulg.),  Beng.  {eine  JViltwe  bin 
ich  nicht;-and  so,  but  without  the  eiue,  Herd.,  Kist.,  Mey., 
All.,  De  W.,  Ebr.).  Many  others  repeat  the  prononiina!  sub- 
ject, and  translate  ovx  by  an  adverb. 

*  The  Greek  order  of  the  noun  and  verb  is  retained  b}' 
R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (e.\ccpt  Vitr.),  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except 

Moldenh.),  Dt.  ;-\Voodh.,  Kenr. For  oi  μή,  see  ch.  3 :  12, 

N.  j,  &c.  It  is  here  rendered  adverbially  by  \V.,  R.  ;-Vulg., 
Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  It.  (jiore  .  .  giammai), 
Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret.,  Cocc,  Dodd.,  Newc, 
Woodh.  (never),  Thorn.,  Alln•.  (by  no  means),  Greenf..  Penm 
Sharpe,  Kenr. 

>■  The  order  of  iv  ,αια  ij/t.  is  preserved  in  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss., 
Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.  (xcerdtn  an  Einem  u.  s.  w.),  Dodd., 
Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  De  SV.,  Murd.,  Ebr.  Comp.  E.  V.,  vv.  10. 
17,  19. 

'  E.  v.,  V.  7 ;  ch.  21 :  4;-T.,  C,  G.  ;-Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  AUn•.,  Lord,  Kenr.  All  foreign  verss.  use  the  same 
word  as  in  v.  7. 

1  The  Greek  order  is  retained  in  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Ger- 
man verss.  (Moldenh.  sie  wird  mil  u.s.  \v.),  Dt.  (=  Moldenh.)  ;- 
Woodh.,  Greenf. 

k  Seech.  5:2,  N.d. 

1  For  xpivuii,  all  the  recent  editors  read  xpiVoj  (A.  B.  C. 
'  ο  19.  β  5.  Compl.     Vulg.  MS.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav. 


MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading,  which  Mill  also 
approves,  be  adopted,  and  translated :  ^Wg-ed  ; — that  is,  before 
the  destruction,  which  is  now  regarded  as  accomplished. 

"  This  order  is  observed  in  Latin  and  German  verss.,  Syr., 
Dt.  ;-Treg. 

■■  See  v.  7,  N.  b,  &c.  " 

'  See  V.  7,  N.  c,  &c. 

ρ  Ε.  v..  vv.  11,  15,  19,  and  always  (36  times)  elsewhere. 
See  Matt.  2:  18,  where  χχαίω  is  followed,  as  here  (and  as  ovir 
to  weep  is  often  construed  in  poetry),  by  an  accusative  ;-W., 
T.,  C,  G.,  (heweep)  ;-Latin  verss.  (_^eoiin/ ;-except  Castal.,  de- 
plorahunt;  and  Vitr.,  dpflebunl),  Syr.,  Germ,  (beweinen),  Dt. 
(beweeneii),   French   verss.  ;-Beng.   and    later   German  verss. 

(weinen),  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Greenf.,  Stu.,  Murd.,  Kenr. For 

χΧαύαονταί,  Matth..  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch., 
have  χτ^αύαονύΐ  ('B.C.  α  25.  β  4.  Compl.').  Bloomf  regards 
this  as  'probably  true.' 

1  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  αύΐψ,  on  the  authority  of 
'  A.  B.  C.  ο  21.  β  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  Coiit.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.' 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  version 
stand  thus:  weep  and  wail. 

*  !■  E.  v.,  ch.  1 :  7.  Comp.  also  Luke  8 :  52 ;  23 :  27  ;-W.,  R., 
(bewail  themsehes),  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Treg. 

'  E.  v.,  V.  11  (in  both  places  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  [and 
here  Matth.]  read  ϊλ  ανΤ);ΐ')  ;-W.  (on),  R.  (upon),  T.,  C,  G.  ;- 
Latin  ver.s.s.,  except  Castal.,  (super),  German  verss.  (iiber),  Dt. 
(over),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (sur)  ;-Daub.,  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Treg..  Kenr. 

1  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Wakef..  Newc,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
De  W.,  Words.,  Hengst. 

*  This  accidental  interruption  of  the  alphabetical  series  is 
retained  on  account  of  previous  references  to  subsequent  notes. 


REVELATION. 


189 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

that  mighty  city  !  for  in  one  hour 
is  thy  judgment  come. 


11  And  the  merchants  of  tlie 
earth  shall  weep  and  mourn  over 
lier ;  for  no  man  buyeth  their 
merchandise  any  more : 

12  The  merchandise  of  gold, 
and  silver,  and  precious  stones, 
and  of  pearls,  and  fine  linen,  and 
purple,  and  silk,  and  scarlet,  and 
all  thyine  viOod,  and  all  manner 
vessels  of  ivory,  and  all  manner 
vessels  of  most  precious  wood, 
and  of  brass,  and  iron,  and 
marble, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ττόλί?  ή  μ€γάλη  Βαβυλων,  η  ΤΓΟ- 
λι?  η  Ισχυρά,  ort  eV  μια  ώρα 
ηλθ^ν  ή  κρίσΐί  σον. 

11  ΚαΙ  οί  βμτΓοροί  τηζ  γηί 
κλαΐουσι  κα).  ττενθοΰσίν  eV  avry, 
OTL  τον  γόμον  αυτών  ούδβΊί  άγο- 
paCii  ονκίΤί' 

12  γομον  χρυσού,  και  αργυ- 
ρού, και  λίθου  τιμίου,  καΙ  μαργα- 
ρίτου,  και  βΰσσου,  και  πορφύρας, 
και  σηρικού,  και  κόκκινου•  καΐ 
ττάν  ζύλον  θυινον,  και  ττάν  σκίΰος 
βλβφάντινον,  καΐ  ττάν  σκβΰοί  €κ 
ζΰλου  τιμιωτατον,  και  χαλκού, 
και  σίδηρου,  καΙ  μάρμαρου. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

that   mighty  city !    for   ήη  one 
hour  thy  judgment  ''came. 


11  And  the  merchants  of  the 
earth  '  weep  and  mourn  over  her; 
for  no  "one  buyeth  their  "lading 
any  more ; 

"12  "Lading  of  gold,  and  of 
silver,  and  of  precious  "stone, 
and  of  "pearl,  and  'of  fine  linen, 
and  of  purple,  and  of  silk,  and 
of  scarlet,  and  all  thyine  wood, 
and  all  '  ivory  'furniture,  and  all 
'furniture  of  most  precious  wood, 
and  of  brass,  and  of  iron,  and  of 
marble. 


^  The  £1•  before  μια,  bracketed  by  Blooraf..  is  cancelled  by 
all  the  other  editors,  on  the  authority  of  •  A.  B.  C.  a  26.  β  G. 

Compl.     Vulg.  Slav.  MSS.' ήτ-θιν.     Tiiey  might  have  seen 

it  come.     Comp.  v.  16,  N.  ρ  and  Jude  14,  N.  k. 

'  Here  the  fLiture  becomes  present;  in  vv.  17-19,  historical. 
E.  V.  (following  the  older  English  and  many  foreign  verss.) 
removes  the  middle  stop  in  the  transition.  But  the  reading. 
χλαύαουαι  xai  7ί(νθήαονΐ!ΐ.ι>  (Β.  'α  21.  β  5.  Vulg.  Arr.'  The  Syr. 
might  have  been  added.),  is  adopted,  and  that  only  in  part,  by 
Matth.  alone  of  recent  editors. — Fr.  S.  ;-Erasra.,  Vat.,  Hamra., 
Cocc,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Nevrc.  (marks  shall 
as  supplied),  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Allvv.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg., 
De  W.,  \Vords.,  Heugst.,  Ebr. 

"  See  ch.  3  :  7,  N.  p,  &c. 

»  The  Sept.  (Ex.  23 :  5 ;  2  Kings  5 :  17)  use  γόμο;,  from  ■γΐμω 
to  be  full,  for  a  burden  generall}'.  But  the  strict  classical 
meaning  of  a  ship's  lading  appears  in  the  only  other  passage 
of  the  N.  T.  where  the  vpord  occur.?,  Acts  21 :  3.  Nor  is  the 
sense  vierchandise,  provided  by  the  N.  Ϊ.  lexicons  for  tlie 
present  case,  necessary  or  proper,  except  under  the  special 
notion  of  freight ;  and  this  the  word  merchandise  does  not 
convey.  The  merchants  are  arrested  on  their  voyage,  while  yet 
'  oft'  at  sea'  (Milton,  P.  L.  iv.  161),  by  the  sight  of  the  conflagra- 
tion ;  or,  if  they  are  supposed  to  have  already  landed  at  a  re- 
mote part  of  the  coast  (v.  19),  their  cargoes  are  still  unbroken. — 
Syr.  (=  De  D.  onus),  Dt.  marg.  {^  schipvracht,  of,  lading')  ;- 
Hamm.  {freight),  Berl.  Bib.,  Ros.,  Ilengst,  (Ladung),  Daub., 
Dodd.  in  v.  12  (ladings),  Heinr.  {Schiffsladung -j-which  De  W. 

also  gives  as  the  proper  sense),  Murd.  (cargo). For  the 

omission  of  the  article  at  the  beginning  of  v.  12,  see  R.  ;-Dt., 
It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  AIlw., 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  W.,  Words.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

°  The  alternation  in  vv.  12,  13  between  the  genitive  case 
under  tlie  government  of  γόμον,  and  the  accusative  in  apposi- 


tion, though  disregarded  by  the  Vulg.  and  many  otliers,  is  to 
be  noted  as,  at  the  least,  a  characteristic  of  style  (see  ch.  14:  6, 
N.  f,  &c.).  It  is  preserved  throughout  by  Dt.  ;-Era.sm.,  Pagn., 
Vat,  Casta!.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Vitr.,  Moldenh.,  Penn,  Scliolef., 
Treg.,  Hengst. ;  and  partially  by  Brightm.,  Hamm.  and  other.<. 

ρ  See  ch.  17  :  4,  N.  x. 

1  W.,  T.,  C,  R.  ;-Vulg.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat..  Aret.,  Cocc,  Grell., 
Vitr.,  Daub.,  AVesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr.  (Milton, 
P.  L.  ii.  3,  4 : 

'  Or  where  the  gorgeous  east  with  richest  hajid 
'Show'rs  on  her  kings  Barbaric  pearl  and  gold.') 
For  jUapyaptVou,  Lachm.  edited  formerly  lUapyaptVac;  ('  A.'),  now 
μαργαριΤαί  ('  C). 

■■  Except  Beng.  and  Bloomf.,  all  the  recent  editors  have 
βναβίνο,,  (-A.  C.  α  22.  β  5.'). 

•  There  is  nothing  for  mariner  here,  or  in  the  next  clause,  in 
W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Dodd., 
Wakef.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  (every  ;-and  so,  in  the  first  in- 
stance, Stu.,  who  in  the  second  has  all),  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw., 
Greenf.,  Penn,  Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr.     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

Έλεφόί'ί.  is  rendered  by  an  adjective  in  Dt.  ;-Erasm.  and 

later  Latin  verss.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W., 
Ebr.     Herd,  and  Mey.  (Elfenbeingeralh  [-rathe]). 

'  Here  αχίνοζ  is  taken  in  the  more  general  sense,  wliich  E.  V. 
ascribes  to  it  in  Matt.  12:  29;  Mark  3:  27;  Luke  17:  31.— 
Latin  verss.  (use  uas ;-which,  however,  like  the  term  employed 
by  the  Syr.,  and  Greenf.'s  ibs,  is  of  wider  application  than  our 
vessel),  Fr.  M.,  (ineubles,  in  the  first  instance),  Fr.  S.  (meuble)  ;- 
Daub.,  Lowm.  ('all  curious  manufactures'),  Herd.,  Mey.,  (see 
N.  s),  Woodh.,  Thom.  (wares),  Heinr.  (vasa  et  utensilia), 
Allw.,  Stolz  (i?em^e;-and  so  Kist.,  Van  Ess,  De  W.,  Ebr.), 
Stu.  (in  the  second  instance),  Hengst.  ('  Then  follow  materials 
for  gorgeous  furniture,  and  furniture  made  out  of  gorgeous 
materials.'     Equally  general  is  Barn.'s  explanation.). 


190 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

13  And  cinnamon,  and  odours, 
and  ointments,  and  franiiincense, 
and  wine,  and  oil,  and  fine  flour, 
and  wheat,  and  beasts,  and  sheep, 
and  horses,  and  chariots,  and 
slaves,  and  souls  of  men. 


14  And  the  fruits  that  thy  soul 
lusted  after  are  departed  from 
thee,  and  all  things  which  were 
dainty  and  goodly  are  departed 
from  thee,  and  thou  shalt  find 
them  no  more  at  all. 

15  The   merchants   of   these 


GREEK    TEXT. 

13  Koi  Κίναμωμον,  και  θυμιά- 
ματα, καΙ  μνρον,  καΐ  λίβανον,  κα\ 
οίνον,  καΐ  eXaiou,  καΐ  σ^μ'ώαλίν, 
KCU  σΐτον,  καί  κτήνη,  και  πρό- 
βατα, κα\  Ιππων,  και  βίδών,  καΙ 
σωμάτων,  και  ψυχας  ανθρώπων. 

14  και  Ί]  οπώρα  τηί  ϊπιθνμιας 
τηί  ψνχτϊί  σου  απηλθΐν  απο  σοΰ, 
και  πάντα  τα  λιπαρά  και  τα  λαμ- 
πρά άπηλθίν  άπο  σοΰ,  καΐ  ουκίτι 
ου  μη  βύρησι^ί  αυτά. 

}5  Οι  ϊ'μποροι  τούτων  οΊ  πλου- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

"13  And  cinnainon,  "  and  'in- 
cense, and  "ointment,  and  frank- 
incense, and  wine,  and  oil,  and 
fine  flour,  and  wheat,  and  'cattle, 
and  sheep,  and  of  horses,  and  of 
chariots,  and  of  >bodies,  and  souls 
of  men. 

14  And  the  fi-uits  'that  thy 
soul  lusted  after  «have  departed 
from  thee,  and  all  ""the  dainty 
and  "the  'bright  things  ''have  de- 
parted from  thee,  and  'never, 
never  more  ^shalt  thou  find  them. 

15  The   merchants   of    these 


"  Excepting  Matth.,  all  the  recent  editors  here  insert  (with 
the  approbation  also  of  Mill)  the  words  xai  ίμωμον,  on  the  au- 
thority of  Ά.  C.  6.  11.  12.  17.  19.  34.  35.  35.  Vulg.  MS.  Am. 
ΤυΙ.  Syr.  Aeth.  Slav.  MSS.'  The  omission  in  many  MSS.  is 
accounted  for  from  the  resemblance  to  the  χινάμ.  preceding. 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  a7id 
amomum.  So  Daub.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Clarke, 
Ell..  I)e  W.,  Ilengst.,  Murd.  ;-the  lexicons.  It  is  rendered  by 
Moldenh.  and  Mey.,  Balsam;  Sharpe,  g^jii^er ;  Stu.,  fj'agranl. 
spice;  Lord  and  Treg.,  spice;  Words.,  amomus  (?),  Ebr., 
Geictirz. 

'  See  ch.  5  :  8,  N.  h. 

"  The  singular  is  retained  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (use  ungtien- 
<!ii»;-except  Coco.,  myruni),  Syr.,  Dt.  {welriekende  zalf), 
Fr.  S.  (de  I'essence)  ;-Dodd..  Thora.,  (myrrh),  \Yesl.,  Moldenh. 
and  Hengst.  (Salhe),  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  {Myrrhe). 

*  According  to  the  etymology  and  usage,  χ-ίψτ]  denotes  only 
beasts  in  which  men  have  property,  domestic  animals,  and 
here,  as  distinguished  from  Λρόβαϊα  and  ^Λrtω^.  is  rendered  as 
above  by  Nchx.,  AVoodh.,  Thorn.,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu., 
Lord,  Treg.  W.  (loork  fteosis)  ;-Latin  verss.  {jumentorum 
[-ία]),  Dt.  (Jastbeesten),  It.  (giumenti),  Fr.  G.  (jumens), 
Fr.  M.  (betes  de  charge),  Fr.  S.  (betes  de  somme)  ;-B.  and  L. 
(as  Fr.  M),  Berl.  Bib.,  Ebr.,  (Lastthiere),  Dodd.  (kine), 
Moldenh.  (grosses  Vieh),  Herd.,  Stolz,  Kist.,  Goss.,  Van  Ess, 
Mey.,  All.,  De  W.,  (Lastvieh),  Murd.  (beasts  of  burden),  Kenr. 
(o.Ten). 

7  Whether  αωμάτων,  agreeing  in  case  with  ιΛΛων  xai  ,'f8ui', 
not  with  ^χάς.  designates _/"7-ee»ie!i  or  hired  servants  (Grot., 
Ilamm.,  Wells),  or  slaves  in  general  (E.  V.,  &c.,  Ebr.),  or  the 
lowest  class  of  slare.1  (Ew.),  or  slaves  considered  as  burden- 
bearers  (Hengst.)  or  as  grooms  (Stu.),  &c. ;  and  whether  ■^χάξ, 
on  the  other  hand,  denotes  the  persons  of  men  not  siaues  (Engl. 
Ann.,  as  one  meaning),  or  slaves  in  general  (Grot.,  Vitr.,  Ew., 
Stu.,  &c.),  or  slaves  generally,  but  in  reference  to  their  higher 
capacities  (Hengst.).  or  the  spiritual  part  of  men  (Brightm., 
Engl.  Ann.  as  another  meaning,  Wesl.,  Scott,  &c.,  Ebr.)^  or 


their  lives  (AVakef.),  or  the  souls  of  dead  men  (Aret.,  Par..  Dt. 
Ann.,  &c.),  &c. ;  these  and  such  like  questions  for  the  commen- 
tator ought  not  to  control  the  translation.  Nor  is  any  one 
answer  so  certain  and  obvious  as  the  propriety  of  preserving 
the  at  least  verbal  opposition  between  οωμα,  and  '^χτι,  taken 
according  to  their  common  meaning. — E.  V.  marg.  ;-T.,  C.  ;- 
Syr.  (=  De  D.  corporum).  Germ.  (Leichname),  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Castal.,  Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  B.  and  L., 
Berl.  Bib.  and  Herd,  (use  Leiber),  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Clarke,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.  E.  Λ'.  and 
others  follow  the  Vulg.  mancipiorum. 

'  Marginal  note :  '  Gr.  of  the  lust  of  thy  sold.' The  gov 

is  read  immediately  after  οΛωρα  by  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words., 
Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  Ά.  C.  35.' 

•  Stu.,  Lord,  (hath  [Aare]  gone),  Treg.,  Murd. 

''  The  construction  without  a  relative  is  retained  by  W.,  R. ; 
Latin  and  French  verss..  Syr.,  It.  ;-Brightm..  Daub.,  Dodd., 
Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe, 
Lord,  De  W.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  The  first  article  is  translated 
by  Syr.,  It,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Daub.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Ebr.  Wakef.  and  Thom.  use  a  demonstrative  pronoun 
in  both  cases. 

'  See  ch.  15 :  6,  N.  e.  Rob.'s  costly  things  is  but  an  in- 
ference. 

■'  For  this  ατίφ^θιν,  all  tlie  recent  editors  read  αΛωλίΤο  (A. 
B.  C.  '  α  19.  β  6.  Copt.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.  αΛώλοι-Γο  α  8.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Syr.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  and  translated :  have  perished. 

'  See  ch.  3 :  12,  N.  j,  &c.  Here  the  triple  negative  is  ren- 
dered as  above  by  Woodh. 

'  For  ινρτ,α^ζ,  Beng.,  Matth.,  Tisch.,  have  frpijs  (B.  '  ο  15. 
β  ".')  '  which,'  says  Bloomf.,  '  seems  to  be  the  true  reading, 
and  has  internal  evidence  in  its  favour;' — Compl.,  Erasm., 
tip^ffEif  (•37.  49.') ; — Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  fvp^aovstv  ('  A.  C. 
34.  35.  36.  90.  A'ulg.  Syr.'),  Words,  also  following  the  Syr.  in 
attaching  to  it,  as  subject,  ol  ϊμΛοροί  of  the  next  verse.  W.  has 
the  same  construction. 


REVELATION. 


191 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

things  which  were  made  rich  by 
her,  shall  stand  afar  off,  for  the 
fear  of  her  torment,  weeping  and 
wailing, 

16  And  saying,  Alas,  alas ! 
that  great  city,  that  was  clothed 
in  fine  linen,  and  purple,  and 
scarlet,  and  decked  with  gold, 
and  precious  stones,  and  pearls  ! 


17  For  in  one  hour  so  great 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τησαντ€9  αττ  αυτηί,  αττο  μακρο- 
Oev  στησονταί  δια  τον  φόβοι/  του 
βασανισμού  αντη^,  κλαίοντί?  καΙ 
ΤΓίνθοΰντίί, 

16  και  XiyovTes,  Ούοα,  ούαΐ 
ή  ΤΓολί?  η  μίγαλη,  ή  ττΐριβΐβλη- 
μβνη  βυσσινον  καΧ  ττορφυρουν  καΐ 
kOkkluou,  καΐ  Κ€χρνσωμ€ΐ'η  ii> 
χ^ρυσω  κα).  λιθω  τιμιφ  καΐ  μαργα- 
ρίταΐ5'  ΟΤΙ  μια  ωρα  ηρημωθη  6 
τοσοντο9  irXovTOs. 

17  ΚαΙ   ττα?  κνβξρνητης,    και 


REVISED    VERSION. 

things,  ''who  '■became  rich  by 
her,  shall  stand  afar  off  for  the 
fear  of  her  torment,  weeping  and 
■mourning, 

16  JAnd  saying:  Alas,  alas, 
that  great  city,  ''which  was  cloth- 
ed 'with  fine  linen,  and  purple, 
and  scarlet,  and  ""gilded  with 
■"gold,  and  precious  "stone,  and 
pearls !  "for  in  one  hour  pwere 
made  desolate  so  great  riches. 


17  And  every  "pilot,  and  "-all 


«  See2Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 

^  See  cli.  3 :  17,  N.  r. 

'  E.  v.,  7  times  (in  4  of  which  it  is  coupled  as  here  with 
«λαι'ω)  out  of  10;-W..  R.  ;-Dodcl.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Allw., 
Penn,  Stu.,  Lord  {lamenting),  Treg.,  Murd.  {will  mourn). 
Kenr. 

'  Except  Matth.  and  Griesb.,  and  Knapp  who  brackets,  all 
the  recent  editors  cancel  the  xai,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C. 
'  α  11.  β  5.     Copt.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.' 

k  R.;-Daub,,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu., 
Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

1  See  ch.  7 :  13,  N.  u,  &c. 

■»  See  ch.  17 :  4,  N.  w. For  ;tpi>(joj,  all  the  recent  editors 

(except  Bloomf.)  read  χφναίψ  {λ.  Β.  Ο.  and  2G  cursive  MSS.). 
The  previous  iv  i.s  also  bracketed  by  Treg.,  and  cancelled  by 
Matth.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Words.,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
'a  19.  β  4.' 

■>  See  ch.  17 :  4,  N.  x. 

"  Of  the  recent  editors,  Words,  alone  attaches  this  clause  to 
V.  17 ;  but  he  agrees  with  many  others  in  separating  it  from 
what  precedes  merely  by  a  comma.     Comp.  vv.  10,  19. 

ρ  Comp.  E.  v.,  v.  19;  ch.  17:  16;  Matth.  12:  25;  Luke  11: 
17  (the  only  other  places  where  ί^ημόα  occurs).  Here  also 
the  passive  of  a  transitive  verb  is  employed  by  R.  {to  make 
des.)  ;-German  verss.  {verwiisten,  verlieeren,  zu  Gnmde  rich- 
ten,  Derorfera ;-except  Herd.,  All.),  Dt.  {verwoesten),  It.  {di- 
slruggere),  Fr.  G.  {mellre  d  neant),  Fr.  M.  {dissiper),  Fr.  S. 
{devaster)  ;-Yat.  and  later  Latin  verss.  {desolare,  depoptdare, 
vaslare),  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Treg.,  {as  R.),  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom., 
Stu.,  Murd.,  {to  [idterhj]  lay  waste),  Greenf.  (ΟΏώ),  Lord  {to 
destroy).     Syr.  uses  the  same  word  as  in  v.  19,  &c.,  =  3ΊΠ ; 

Wesl.,  to  become  des. ;  Allw.,  to  come  to  desolation. For  the 

time,  see  v.  10,  N.  k.  etc.     Wakef.,  Mey. For  the  order,  see 

Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Mey., 
Greenf.,  Hengst.,  Ebr.  The  emphasis  lies  quite  as  much  on  the 
idea  of  the  riches  themselves,  just  enumerated,  as  on  the  great- 


ness and  suddenness  of  the  desolation. For  the  construction 

of  riches  with  a  plural  verb,  see  B.  V.,  everywhere  else  ;-W.,  G., 
R.;- Wells,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

■!  In  Ezek.  27  :  8, 27,  28  the  Sept.  render  inn  (Greenf.'s  word 
here)  by  χυβίρνή-ίτ]!  (Jon.  1  :  6,  by  rtpuptvs)  ;  E.  V.,  by  pilot. 
This  officer  may  here  be  prominently  mentioned,  as  one  stand- 
ing on  the  look-out. — Latin  verss.  (use  gubernator  ;-except 
Castal.),  Dt.  (s<i«tWierZen).  French  verss.  (use  pi7oie;-except 
G.);-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  All.,  Stier,  Hengst.,  Ebr.,  (use 
Sleiiermann),  Dodd,,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Clarke,  Allw., 
Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.  {Steiierleute),  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Barn.  ;-the  lexi- 
cons (except  Schleus.). 

■■  '  All  the  crowd  on  the  ships ;'  as  if  mustering  at  an  alarm 
from  the  pilots. — For  eroded,  see  Germ.  {Haiife),  It.  {ciurma)  ;- 
Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss.  (<ίί7-6α  ;-except.  Casta!.),  Clarke 
('  the  crowd  or  passengers  aboard'),  Ew,  {multiiado).  De  W.  {as 
Germ.)  ;-the  lexicons. — For  on,  see  ch.  1 :  20,  N.  d,  &c.    Germ., 

Dt.,  Fr.  M.  ;-B.  and  L.,  De  W. For  the  (that  is,  the  ships 

going  that  way),  see  Germ.,  Dt,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Allw., 

Greenf.,  De  W. But,  instead  of  ixi  ίων  Λλοίων  ο  o,uaoj,  all 

the  recent  editors,  (except  Bloomf.,  who,  rejecting  ό  ό^ιλο}, 
'  would  retain  vulg.  ίηΐ  ηΤιοίων,  scil.  ων,  meaning  .  . .  the  super- 
cargo.'') read  tTti  {t'ov  Words.)  τίοΛον  ηλίων.  The  evidence 
stands  thus:  'ό  ixi  tOHov  Λλίων  A.  {tm  ■t.  B.)  C.  ο  18.  β  5. 
Vulg.  MS.  Am.*  Anglosax.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  MSS.  ini  ruv 
TfKoMv  Ttxeuv  α  8.  β  2.  γ  2.  Compl.  Slav,  ed.'  I  recommend  that 
the  reading  ό  srti)  τότίον  Λλίωΐ'  be  adopted,  and,  in  connection  with 
Ttas,  translated  thus :  every  one  sailing  to  a  place,  any  place  on 
any  errand ;  ^  every  one  on  a  voyage,  every  passenger,  every  one 
not  belonging  to  the  vessel,  either  as  officer  {χνβιρν.)  or  common 
sailor  {vavrtji).  The  same  thiug  might  be  classically  expressed 
by  rtoii  tjurtopoj.     But  this  noun  had  just  been  used  in  its  re- 


*  The  editions  of  the  Vulg.  have  qui  in  lacum  (by  mistake 
Father  Simon  thinks,  for  locum)  navigai,  and  are  followed  by 
R.  and  Kenr.,  saileth  into  the  lake.  W.  {sail  by  ship  into 
place)  translates  the  reading  of  the  cod.  Am.,  qui  in  locum 
navigant. 


192 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

riches  is  come  to  nought.  And 
every  ship-master,  and  all  the 
company  in  ships,  and  sailors, 
and  as  many  as  trade  by  sea, 
stood  afar  off, 

18  And  cried  vs^hen  they  saw 
the  smoke  of  her  burning,  say- 
ing. What  city  L•  like  unto  this 
great  city ! 

19  And  they  cast  dust  on  their 
heads,  and  cried,  weeping  and 
wailing,  saying,  Alas,  alas  !  that 


GREEK    TEXT. 


TTctf  iVt  των  ττλοίων  ό  ΌμιΧος,  kou 
νανται,  και  όσοι  την  θάλασσαν 
Εργάζονται,  άπο  μαρκοθεν  ϊ'στη- 
σαν, 

18  καί  ίκραζον,  όρώντβί  τον 
καττνον  Trjs  ττνρωσίωί  αντης,  λε- 
γοντεί,  Ί\$  όμοια  tij  ττυλΐΐ  ττ] 
μΐγάλχι ; 

19  Kcu  ββαλον  -χουν  eVt  Tas 
κεφάλα?  αυτών,  και  ίκραζυν  κλαί- 
ovTes    καΐ  ττβνθοΰντΕί,   Κίγοντ^ς, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  crowd  'on  'the  ships,  and 
'sailors,  and  as  many  as  'pi}•  the 
sea,  stood  afar  off. 


18  And  "were  crying  'as  they 
saw  the  'smoke  of  her  burning, 
saying :  What  city  '  like  "  that 
great  city?' 

19  And  they  cast  dust  'upon 
their  heads,  and  «were  crying, 
''as  they  wept  and  'mourned,  say- 


'  Should  the  reading  proposed  in  N.  r  be  adopted,  ναίΐαι  miglit 
be  rendered  mariners.  W.,  T.  (shipmen  ;-so  E.  V.  elsewhere, 
and  here  C,  G.,  R.  But  the  word,  though  etjmologically  best 
answering  to  vavttii,  is  now  scarcely  current.)  ;-Dodd.,  Newc, 
Thorn.,  Kenr. 

«  ΛVin. :  '  Here  βάλ.  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  immediate  object, 
as  in  yijf  ίργάζιαθαι  Pausan.  G,  10,  1.'  See  also  Sept.  Gen.  2: 
5,  15;  3:  24;  &c.— VV.,  T.,  C,  R.,  {work  in)  G.  {travail  on);- 
Vulg.  {in  mari  operanliir),  Syr.  (=  Vulg.),  Germ,  {avf  dem 
Meer  handlhiereii) ,  Dt.  {ter  zee  hamhien \-!ΐά(Άη^  the  note: 
'D.ii,  die  de  zte  bouwcn.'),  it.  {fanno  arte  marinaresca);- 
Erasm.,  Λ'at.,  Grell.,  {as  Vulg.),  Hamni.  {deal  in),  Gocc,  Vitr., 
Eiohh.,  Ew.,  Ros.,  {mare  e.vercent).  Daub,  {deal  about),  Berl. 
Bib.  {ilir  Werk  aiif  d.  M.  haben),  Beng.  {as  Germ.),  Dodd.  {be- 
stnw  their  labour  i(poji),Wakef.  {lice  by),  Newc.  (!ise),Woodh. 
{occupy),  Heinr.  {Iradare  mare,  sulcare,  das  Meer  gleichsam 
bearbeiten),  All.,  Goss.,  {ακ/  d.  M.  fahreji),  Penu  {ivork  on), 
Stu.,  Lord  {worked  at),  De  W.,  Hengst.,  {bearbeiten),  Kenr. 
{labour  on),  Ebr.  {das  M.  befahren)  ;-Rob.  (•  to  work  at  the 
sea,  as  in  Engl,  to  ply  the  sea,  to  follow  the  sea.''). 

"  Fr.  S.  {criaie7tt);-lir\gh.im.  {didcry),Cocc.{clamabant■,- 
(oτ  clamaverunl  of  the  other  verss.),  Wakcf.  {were  crying  out). 
Both  here  and  v.  19,  Lachni.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words,  read  ϊχραξαν 
('A.C.  35.'). 

'  Wakef. For  όρΰΐ'τΈ;  all  the  recent  editors  read  βλίΛον- 

ti;  (A.  B.  C.  ■  α  26.  |3  7.  y  2.  Compl.'). 


"  For  xarcvor,  Mill  approves  •rortox  ('  A.  10.    A^ulg.'). 

'  The  comparison  challenged  has  been  imdiTstood  to  respect 
t/ie  greatness  arid  suddenness  nf  the  present  destruction  (Ew., 
Allw.,  Barn.,  &c. ;  and  this  is  the  idea  most  readily  suggested 
by  E.V.),  or  the  former  glory  and  power  («o  the  large  mnjority 
of  translators  and  commentators  from  Pagn.  to  Ilengst. ;  nearly 
all  of  whom,  at  least,  supply  a  copula  in  the  past  time).  But 
the  amazement  springs  rather  from  the  contrast  of  the  two  (vv. 
10,  16,  17,  19;  =  •  Into  what  pit  .  .  .  from  what  height  fall'n !' 
Milton,  P.  L;  i.  91,  92),  and  this  is  best  expressed  by  the  inde- 
finite form  of  the  Greek. — Vulg.,  Syr.  ;-Erasm.,  A'at.,  Cocc, 
Grell.,  Vitr.,  Woodh. 

^  For  the  omission  of  tmto,  see  ch.  1 :  13.  N.  d. For  ihat, 

see  E.V.,  vv.  10,  16,  19  ;  ifec.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  {illi;-  for  the 
Vulg.  huic),  "VVoodh.,  Lord.  Many  have  merely  the  definite 
article. 

'  All  the  old  Engli.sh  (including  the  original  edition  of  E.V.) 
.and  foreign  (except  Hengst.  and  Ebr.)  and  most  of  the  later 
English  verss.  have  here  the  mark  of  interrogation,  as  in  the 
ρ.•ΐΓ.α11ϋ1  ch.  13 :  4. 

■  For  upon,  see  ch.  13:  IG,  N.  f,  &c. For  were  crying, 

sec  V.  18,  N.  u. 

'  See  V.  18,  N.  v. 

'  At  V.  11,  and  6  times  elsewhere  out  of  9,  ηενθίω  is  rendered 
in  E.  V.  to  mourn  {Λίνθος,  always  mourning  or  sorrow)  ;  and 
so  here  by  W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Penn,  Stu., 
Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr.     See  L.  and  S.,  Rob.,  Green. 


stricted  sense,  in  which  alone  it  occurs  in  the  N.  T.  or  Sept. 
Beng.  {jederso  aufein  Ort  hinschiffet),  Moldenh.  {alle  [Schiff- 
herren]  die  nach  einem  geicissen  Ort  hinfahren),  Eichh.  ('  ii, 
qui  non  totam  navigationem  absolvunt,  sed  mercibus  tantum  ex 
emponis  primariis  ad  loca  n^n  procul  dissita  dcvchendis  va- 
cant ;'-and  so  lleinr. ;  though  he  also  suggests  [and  this  is  Ebr.'s 
view]  that  the  clause  may  designate  the  ship-captain,  as  distinct 
from  the  pilot  and  sailors,  the  various  classes  being  then  sum- 
med up  in  offoi  ΐψ  θά%.  ϊργ-),  Newc.  {every  one  who  saileth 
to  the  place),  Woodh.,  Lord,  {every  one  who  saileth  [sails] 
by  the  p/ace  ;-the  former  marking  the  as  supplied),  Thorn. 
(every  one  sailing  to  the  place),  Clarke  {'those  who  sail  from 


place  to  place ;  or  such  as  stop  at  particular  places  on  the 
coast,  without  performing  the  whole  voyage.'),  Ew.  ('quicun- 
que  ad  locum  navigat  i.  e.  nauta  minor,  litora  legens  nee  nisi 
ad  locum  vicinum  unum  alterumve  tendens ;'  and  so  Mey.,  jeder 
Kilstenfahrer ;  Stu.  andBarn., '  every  coaster ...  lit.  Λβ  who  sails 
to  [o]  place  .  . .  the  secondary  class  of  [sailors,  or  rather  of]  sea- 
captains  ;'  De  W.,  '  die  nach  einem  Orte  fahren.  d.  i.  Kiistenfah- 
rei'),  Treg.  {'every  passenger,  or,  every  one  who  saileth  by  a 
place^).  Words,  {all  the  company  that  sailed  to  that  place), 
Hengst.  {die  nach  einem  Orte  schiffen  ;-which  he  explains  as 
designating  '.such  as  hold  a  definite  course'),  Murd.  {every  nav- 
igator to  the  place),  Ebr.  {Jeder  der  an  den  PlcUz  fiijirt). 


REVELATION. 


193 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

great  city,  wherein  were  made 
rich  all  that  had  ships  in  the 
sea  by  reason  of  her-  costliness  ! 
for  in  one  hour  is  she  made 
desolate. 


20  Rejoice  over  her,  thou 
heaven,  and  ye  holy  apostles  and 
prophets  ;  for  God  hath  avenged 
you  on  her. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

Ovai,  oval  η  ττολίί  ή  μεγάλη,  ev 
fj  ίπλοντησαΐ'  iravrei  οί  €•χοντ€ί 
ττλοΐα  ev  tyj  θαλασσή  e'/c  rrjs  tl- 
μίοτητοί  αύτη!,  otl  μια  ωρα  ηρη• 
μωθη. 

20  Εύφραίνου  eV  αυτήν,  ού- 
pave,  κα\  οϊ  άγιοι  απόστολοι  και 
οί  ττροφηταί,  Ότι  kxpivev  ο  Oeos. 
το  κρίμα  υμών  €ς  αντηί. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

ing :  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city, 
wherein  "became  rich  all  that 
had  »  ships  in  the  sea,  by  reason 
of  her  costliness  !  for  in  one  hour 
'was  she  made  desolate. 

20  Rejoice  ^over  her,  "Ό  heav- 
en, and  'ye  'holy  apostles,  and 
iye  prophets ;  for  God  "  judged 
'your  cause  "upon  her. 


1  See  ch.  3 :  17,  N.  r. 

'  To  Λλοϊα  the  article  ta  is  prefixed  (A.  B.  0.  Ό  17.  β  5. 
Compl.')  by  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Gricsb.  and  Bloomf. ; 
and  they  also  mention  this  as  perhaps  the  preferable  reading, 
'the  sense  being,'  says  Bloomfr,  'their  vessels;'  and  comp. 
V.  17,  N.  r). 

'  See  V.  16,  N.  p,  etc. 

^  For  irt  αΰΐψ,  Hahn  and  Theile  read  iv  ανί^  ('A.');  all 
the  other  recent  editors,  ίτί'  αΰτζ  (Β.  C.  'α  20.  β  5.  Compl.'). 

•■  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Brightm.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L., 
Guyse,  Wakef.  (marking  it  as  supplied),  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Lord, 
De  W.,  Murd.  The  pronoun  is  not  supplied  b}'  W.,  R.  ;-Latin 
and  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Syr.,  Fr.  S.,  Greenf. 

'  See  ch.  12 :  12,  N.  x,  &c. 

1  After  oiytot,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.,  though 
he  now  admits  the  'authority'  to  be  'strong.')  insert  the  words, 
xai  ol  (A.  B.  'a  26.  (3  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  JIS.  Am.  Copt.  Syr.'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  version 
stand  thus :  saints,  and  ye.  For  substituting  the  pronoun  for 
each  of  the  articles,  see  Dt.  ;-Moldenh.,  De  W.,  Hengst.  (who 
yet  inconsistently  regards  the  apostles  and  the  prophets  as 
'personally  identical.'  Otherwise,  he  think.s,  the  order,  in 
which  the  two  classes  are  named  after  ot  άγιοι  would  imply  a 
pre-eminence  in  those  mentioned  last  [οί  rtpo^.].  But  this  does 
not  follow.  The  heavenly  voice  [v.  4J  summons,  first,  the 
whole  body  of  the  redeemed,  and  then,  as  foremost  in  all 
that  concerns  the  Church's  sorrow  and  joy,  her  two  leading 
ministries,  each  in  its  own  order.). 

'  'This  is  what  was  meant,  when  God  destroyed  Babylon. 
In  answer  to  the  cry  of  the  martyrs  (ch.  6 :  10),  the  controversy 
of  ages  was  brought  to  a  decision,  sudden,  complete,  final.'    See 

V.  10,  N.  k,  &c.  and  ch.  19 :  2,  N.  i. The  proper  sense  of 

«(.ίκω,  to  judge,  is  retained  by  E.  V.,  v.  8 ;  ch.  6 :  10 ;  19 :  2 ;  &c. 
(■  nowhere  else,  as  here  in  connection  with  χρψα)  ;-W.,  R.  ;- 
Vulg.,  Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret., 
Brightm.  ('  The  Hebrew  manner  of  speaking  which  is  expressed 
in  the  Greek  is  more  significant'  [than  what  he  had  just  em- 
ployed: hath  punished  her],  'according  to  which  the  words  go 
thus,  because  God  hath  judged  your  judgment  upon  her; 
This  kind  of  speech  signifieth  puni.shment,  but  such  as  is  not 


inflicted  rashly,  but  upon  just  and  lawful  examination,  convic- 
tion and  judgment  going  before.'  Similar  to  this  is  the  note  of 
Par.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Daub..  B.  and  L.  marg.,  Beng., 
Gill  (as  allowable),  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Treg.,  Hengst.,  Murd., 
Kenr.,  Ebr.  ;-Wahl. 

1  Comp.  N.  k.  The  phrase,  *ο  χφίμα.  νμ^,ν,  has  been  under- 
stood to  denote,  1.,  the  wrongs,  sufferings,  punishment,  en- 
dured by  you.  Thus  Castal.  {vestras  injnrias),  Engl.  Ann.  (so 
explain  '  Gr.  judged  your  judgment'),  B.  and  L.  (rfes  maux 
qu'elle  vous  a  fait),  Wakef.  (your  sufferings).  All.  (was  iiber 
euch  ergangen)  ;-BT&tBch.  (supplicium  quod  de  vobis  sump- 
serunt).  But  xp.  never  means  wrongs,  sufferings,  nor  even 
punishment  itself,  so  much  as  the  condemnatory  sentence. 
This  last  remark  applies  equally  to  the  nest  view: — 2.,  the 
punishment  iiiflicted  upon  Babylon  on  your  account.  So 
Pagn.  (swmpsit  poenas  .  .  .  vestrae  ultionis  causa;-a,ndi  so 
Bez.,  E.  v.,  &c.,  interpret.)  : — 3.,  the  crimes  committed  against 
you ;  a  sense  which  xp.  will  not  bear.  In  vain  Heinr.  refers  to 
1  Tim.  5:  12  and  Sept.  Ps.  17:  2: — 4.,  the  judgment,  sentence, 
condemnation  pronounced  by  Babylon  upon  you.  So  the 
Vulg.  (^judicium  vest  rum  ;~retsi\naa  by  Erasm.,  Vat.,  Aret., 
Cocc,  Grell.)  and  its  followers  generally  (W.  [hath  deemed] 
your  doom;  R.,  Kenr.,  your  judgment),  Germ,  (euer  Uriheil), 
Fr.  S.  (te  jugement  prononce  centre  vous)  ;-Hamm.  (\haih 
e.recuted]  your  j.),  Beng.,  Ebr.,  (euer  Gericht  ;-wh\ch  De  W. 
also  gives  for  the  literal  version,  explaining  it  in  the  sense  of 
E.  V. ;  as  the  Dt.  Ann.  also  do  the  heeft  uw  oordeel  .  .  geoor- 
dceld  of  the  version.),  Jloldenh.  (das  iiber  euch  ergangene 
Urtheil),  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  {your  condemnation),  Hengst.  (as 
Germ.).  Some  of  these,  however,  (as  Vulg.,  &c.,  Hamm.) 
might  be  supposed  to  mean:  justice  to  you  (which  at  least  in- 
volves the  real  force  of  the  clause),  or  possibly  even :  your  own 
former  judgment  concerning  Babylon: — 5.,  sentence  upon 
Babylon  on  your  account.  So  Dodd. : — 6.,  as  above ;  and  then 
xfivew  χρίμα  =  tseiaa  aSUJ  (Greenf.'s  phrase  here),  or  ^ιη  γ\ 
(  =  Syr.  here).  Comp.  Jer.  5  :  28 ;  22 :  16  and  Lam.  3 :  59  in 
the  Heb.,  Sept.  (xpiVsiv  xfiiaiv),  and  E.  V.  See  also  1  Cor. 
6:  7.  So  It.;-Daub.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Treg.,  Murd.  ;-Wahl 
(causa,  Rechtssache),  Schirl.  (der  liechlshandel,  der  Streit 
vor  Gericht  ;-but  he  explains  the  whole  clause  as  E.  V.). 

"■  Comp.  NN.  k,  1.     By  Fr.  S.;-B.  and  L.,  Wakef.,  Stu., 
Lord,  tl  aviijs  is  connected  with  to  χρίμα  νμΰν,  in  the  sense  of 

25 


194 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

21  And  a  miglity  angel  took 
up  a  stone  like  a  great  mill- 
stone, and  cast  it  into  the  sea, 
saying,  Thus  with  violence  shall 
that  great  city  Babylon  be 
thrown  down,  and  shall  be  found 
no  more  at  all. 

22  And  the  voice  of  hai-jiers, 
and  musicians,  and  of  pipers,  and 
trumpeters,  shall  be  heard  no 
more  at  all  in  thee  ;  and  no 
craftsman,  of  whatsoever  craft 
//c  lie,  shall  be  found  any  more  in 
thee ;  and  the  sound  of  a  mill- 
stone shall  be  heard  uo  more  at 
all  in  thee; 


GREEK    TEXT. 


21  Kai  I'jpeu  ei?  αγγβλος  ισχυ- 
ροί λίθοι>  ώί  μυλον  μίγαν,  και 
ΐβαλίν  6ί?  την  θάλασσαν,  λίγων, 
Ούτως  ΰρμηματι  βληθησΕται  Βα- 
βνλων  η  μςγαλη  ττολις,  καΐ  ου 
μη  €{>ρίθη  ΐΤΙ. 

22  και  φωνί]  κιθαρωδών  καΐ 
μουσικών  καΙ  αυλητών  κα).  σαλ- 
ΤΓίστών  ου  μη  άκουσθη  ev  σοΙ  ί'τι, 
και  ττα?  τβχνίτης  πάσης•  τίχνης 
ου  μη  βυρίθη  ev  σο\  ΐ'τι,  καΐ  ψωνη   be  found  in  thee  "more,  and  the 

"voice  of  a  millstone  shall  "never 
be  heard  in  thee  "more  ; 


REVISED    VERSION. 


21  And  a  mighty  angel  took 
up  a  stont;  like  a  great  "millstone, 
and  cast  "  into  the  sea,  saying : 
Thus  with  "violence  shall  ρ  be 
■■cast  Babylon  'the  great  city, 
and  -never  shall  'she  be  found 
"more. 

22  And  the  voice  of  liai-pcrs 
and  "musicians  and  "  pipers  and 
trumpeters  shall  'never  be  heard 
in  thee  'more  ;  and  no  craftsman, 
of  whatsoever  craft,"  shall  'ever 


μύλου  ού  μη  άκουσθη  ev  σοί  ΐ'τι, 
23   και  φώς  λύχνου  ού  μη  φανΎ) 


23  And  the  light  of  a  candle 

shall  shine   no   more   at  all   in   ,'„  ^„•;  ;c,    .    ^  a      ^  a  ' 

.,  ,  ,,         .        /.,,     ,    •,     1^^  <^0L  eTi,  και  φωνή  νυμφωυ  και, 

thee ;  and  the  voice  of  the  bride-      /    ,  ,      ν    ,^       n-  ^       ^  »       and   the 

groom  and  of  the  bride  shall  he\^fl^H>^^f^  μη  ακουσθη  ev  σοι  eTi 

I  OTL  01  €μ7Γοροί  σου  ήσαν  οί  μίγι 


23  And  the  light  of  a  ^lamp 

shall  niever  shine  in  thee  nnore, 

voice  of  '  bridegroom 

and  "  bride  shall  'never  be  heard 


°  For  μνΧον,  Lachm..  Treg.,  Words.,  read  ξύλινοι•  ('  A.     Vulg. 

Copt.  Syr.  ed.     /ινλιχοι/  C). For  the  omission  of  it    see 

ch.  8 :  5,  N.  p,  &c. 

'  Literally :  a  rush.     W.  has  birr;  Daub.,  rushing. 

I•  The  Greek  order  of  the  verb  and  .subject  is  retained  by  the 
Latin  and  French  verss.,  Syr.,  Germ..  It.  ;-IIerd..  May.,  Gruenf., 
Sharpe,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

1  Not :  subverted,  overthrown  (according  to  "Wahl's  definition 
here,  everto;  or  Rob.'s,  'to  cast  dovn,  to  overthrow,  i.  q.  χατα- 
/3βλλω.'),  but:  cast  into  the  depths  of  perdition;  the  same  term, 
that  described  literally  the  symbolic  act,  being  now  figuratively 
applied  to  the  subject  of  the  prophecy.— Nowhere  else  does 
E.  \.  add  duicn  to  the  proper  meaning  of  βάλλω  (comp. 
ch.  12:  9,  N.  1);  nor  is  that  specification  added  here  by  W. 
{sent),  Ϊ.,  C,  G.,  R.  (iAroicn)  ;-Latin  verss,  (though  .some 
change  the  Vulg.  mittere  into  projicere  or  conjicere),  Syr., 
Germ,  (verworfen),  Dt.  (geworpen),  It.  (giltata),  Fr.  G  ,-M., 
-S..  0/ee;-and  so  B.  and  L.  /iiuro-.)  ;-Bnghtra.  (cast  out), 
Bcrl.  Bib.,  De  W..  Hengst.,  Ebr.,  (gewoifen),  Beng.  (hinge- 
schmissen),  Guyse,  Dodd.  and  Woodh  (hurled  [awai/]). 
Greenf.,  Sharpe  (as  li.).  Pcnn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  (cast 
down). 

'  German  verss.,  Dt..  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Daub.,  Dod.l.,  Wesl., 
TToodh..  Pcnn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.  Other  verss. 
follow  the  Vulg.  ilia. 

•  See  ch.  3  :  12.  N.  j,  &c. 

'  This  insertion  is  justified  by  the  change  in  the  construction. 


— W.  (it)  ;-French  verss.  (except  that  S.  has :  on  ne  la  trouvera 
plus)  ;-Kenr.,  Ebr. 

"  Dt..  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  All..  Stu.,  translate 
μουαιχΰν,  zangers.  Sanger,  siiigei-s ;  and  that  is  "  perhaps'  the 
meaning  here,  in  the  opinion  of  Rob.,  Green.  Barn.,  and  others. 
Hengst.,  on  the  contrary,  translating  χίθα^ιψδΰ^  Citherstinger 
(harp-singei-s ;  ch.  14 :  2),  refers  μο-υαιχΰν  generally  to  players 

on  instruments,  of  whom  two  classes  are  then  specified. 

The  sign  of  the  genitive  is  omitted  before  pipers  by  Daub., 
Wesl.,  Wakef ,  Sharpe,  Stu..  Lord.  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr.  Newc, 
Thom.,  Penn.  repeat  it  before  each  of  the  nouns.  E.  V.  follows 
T.,  C,  G. 

'  See  ch.  3 :  12,  X.  j,  &c. 

"  There  is  nothing  answering  to  the  E.  V.  supplement  in 
W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  the  French:  de  quelque  metier 
que  ce  soit)  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except 
Words.). 

'  See  ch.  1 :  15,  N.  o.  "W.  ;-Vulg.,  Germ.,  Fr.  S.  marg.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat..  Aret.,  Engl.  Ann.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Vilr.,  Beng., 
Herd.,  Me}'.,  Greenf,  All.,  Ilengst. 

J  See  2  Pet.  1 :  19,  N.  s,  &c.  W.  {lantern),  R.  ;-It.,  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Uamm.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Herd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  AVoodh., 
Thom.,  Greenf,  Stolz,  All.,  Goss.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  W., 
Kenr.     Comp.  Prov.  13:9. 

•  See  ch.  3 :  12,  N.  j,  Ac. 

*  It. ;- Woodh.,  Thom.  and  Jlurd.  (a  brideg.  and  br.),  Greenf., 
Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.  (repeats  of).  The  indefinite  article  is 
twice  used  by  Dt.  ;-Wakef..  Allw.,  Ebr. 


from  her  (Wakef)  or  brj  her.     But  the  common  interpretation 
is  better,  which   construes   it   Hebraistically  with   the  verb. 


Comp.  ch.  19 :  2 ;  Sept.  P.s.  119  :  84 ;  Heb.  and  Sept.  1  Sam.  24  : 
IC;  &c. -For  upon,  see  Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Treg. 


REVELATION.    , 


195 


KIXG    JAMES      λΈΚ8Ι0Ν. 

heard  no  more  at  all  in  thee ; 
for  thy  merchants  were  the  great 
men  of  the  earth ;  for  hy  thy 
sorceries  were  all  nations  de- 
ceived. 

24  And  in  her  was  found  the 
blood  of  jirophets,  and  of  saints, 
and  of  all  that  were  slain  upon 
the  earth. 

CHAP    XIX. 

And  after  these  things  I  heard 
a  great  voice  of  much  people  in 
heaven,  saying;  Alleluia  :  Salva- 
tion, and  glory,  and  honour,  and 
power,  unto  the  Lord  our  God : 


2  For  true  and  righteous 
are  his  judgments :  for  he  hath 
judged  the  great  whore,  which 


GREEK    TEXT. 

σταν^ζ  της  γη?,  Ότι  iv  τβ  φαρμα- 
κβία  σον  ίττλανηθησαν  τταντα  τα 
ίθνη. 

24  Kou  Ιν  αύτϊ]  αίμα  ττροφητών 
KOU  άγιων  ΐΰρεθη,  και  πάντων  των 
4σφαγμ€νων  εττΐ  της  γης. 

CHAP.    XIX. 

ΚΑΙ  μίτά  ταντα  ηκουσα  φω• 
νην  όχλου  ττολλοΰ  μβγαλην  Ιν  τω 
ουρανώ,  λβγοντος,  Λλληλονϊα• 
■ή  σωτηρία  καΐ  η  δοςα  καΊ  η  τιμή 
καΐ  ή  δυναμις  Κυριω  τω  θβω 
ημών 

2  ότι  αληθινοί  Kcu  δικαιαι  α'ι 
κρίσεις  αντοΰ-  οτι  βκρινβ  την 
ΤΓορνην  την  μβγαλην,  ήτις  ίφθίΐρΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

in  thee  'more :  for  thy  merchants 
were  the  great  men  of  the  earth  ; 
for  by  thy  ''sorcery  '  were  de- 
ceived all  Hhe  nations. 

24  And  in  her  '  the  'blood  of 
prophets  and  of  saints  was  found, 
and  of  all  that  ^had  been  slain 
''on  the  earth. 

CHAP.    XIX. 

■And  after  these  things  I  heard 
•■  a  'loud  voice  of  ''a  great  mul- 
titude in  heaven,  'saying  :  Alle- 
luia !  'the  salvation,  and  'the 
glory,  ^and  'the  honour,  and  'the 
power,  ''unto  the  Lord  our  God ! 

2  For  true  and  righteous  are 
his  judgments;  for  he  '  judged 
the  gi-eat  Jharlot,  ''that  'corrupted 


■•  The  Greek  word  occurs  elsewhere  in  the  singular  only  in 
Gal.  5 :  20,  and  there  E.  V.  renders  it,  witchcraft.  The  singular 
number  is  here  retained  by  T.,  C.  ;-Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.  ;- 
Coec,  Woodh.,  AIlw.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Treg.  E.  V.  and  others 
follow  the  Vulg.  (veneficiis). 

'  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  T.,  0.,  G.  ;-Latin  verss., 
Syr.,  Germ.  ;-Beng.,  Wakef.,  Greenf.,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

1  See  ch.  12 :  5,  N.  x. 

•  The  Greek  order  of  the  verb  and  subject  is  retained  by 
W.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr.,  Germ. ;- Woodh.,  Lord.  Beng.,  Herd., 
Mey.,  AIL,  liave  gefiinden ;  Hengst.,  erfunden  warden ;  Ebr., 
erfunden,  at  the  end  of  the  first  clause ;  Moldenh.,  erfunden,  at 
the  end  of  the  verse. 

'  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.,  Theile, 
read  αί>οία  (Β.  Ό  20.  β  0.  CompL  Arr.  Slav.  MS.'),  =  Cia^, 
Ps.  5  :  7,  &c. 

s  See  ch.  9 :  15,  N.  i.     WesL,  Wakef.,  Lord. 

"■  See  ch.  5 :  7,  N.  a,  &c. 

•  All  the  recent  editors  omit  the  x<u,  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  0.  Ό  21.  |3  5.  y  2.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recom- 
mend that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  chapter  begin 
with  the  word  After. 

^  All  the  recent  editors,  except  Beng.,  here  insert  uj  (the 
Erasmian  text,  which  omits  it.  resting  only  on  5  cursive  MSS., 
and  '•  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  ed.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  and  translated :  as  it  were, 

'  See  ch.  1 :   10,  N.  x. All  the   recent  editors   (except 

Bloomf.)  insert  the  fity.  here. 

''  Elsewhere  (always  in  this  book)  E.  V.  translates  0:^X05 
79  times  multitude,  and  ρ;ιλοί  rtoxilj  21  times  a  gnat  multi- 


tude;-R.  (matiy  multitudes -,-Υχύ^.  turbarum  midtarum)  ;- 
Germ,  {grosser  Scluiaren),  Dt.  {eene  groote  schare),  It.  {una 
grossa  inoltititdine),  French  verss.,  except"  Fr.  S.,  {une  grande 
multitude) -y-CsiStVi].  {ingentis  mullitudinis),  Brightm.,  Beng. 
{einer  haufigen  Schaar),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.  (einer  grossen 
Menge),  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  All.  {as  Germ.), 
Penn,  Sharpe  and  Kenr.  marg.  {a  great  crowd),  Stu.,  Lord, 
Hengst.  {einer  grossen  Scliaar),  Murd. 

'  ΡοΓλε'γο^Όί,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.)  read  xt- 
γόνίων  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  26.  β  5.  Compl.  Syr.').  Comp.  v.  3,  tipjjxoi', 
for  which  B.  21  cursive  MSS.  and  Compl.  have  tipijxtv ;  C,  ilnav, 

f  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  e,  <fec. 

^  Bloomf. :  '  The  words  xai  ή  ti^rj  are,  on  strong  grounds'  (A. 
B.  C.  'a26.  /3  5.  y3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Syr.  Slav.  MSS.')  'cancelled 
by  all  the  recent  editors.'  Though  Knapp  merely  brackets 
them,  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the 
words  and  the  honour  be  omitted.  Mitth.  also  transposes:  ή 
8ύναμίί  xai  ij  ίόξο  (Β.  ' «  20.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Syr. 
Slav.  MS.'). 

^  For  Kupt'o)  ίφ  &ιψ,  Beng.  and  Bloomf.  read  τφ  ©{9  ('  36. 
37.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.') ;  all  the  other  re- 
cent editors,  -eoi  ©eoi  (A.  B.  C.  Ό  24.  β  4.  y  2.  Compl.  Copt. 
Slav.  MS.' — 'strong  authority.'  says  Bloomf.  in  the  Supp.). 
I  recommend  the  adoption  of  the  latter  reading :  of  our  God  I 

'  See  ch.  18 :  20,  N.  k,  &c.     Sharpe. 

)  See  ch.  17 :  1,  N.  g. 

k  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f.  E.  V.,  ch.  17:  1  ;-W,,  R.;-Penn, 
Others  generally  have  who. 

1  W.  {defoided)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thom.,  Allw,, 

Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu..   Lord,   Murd.,  Kenr. For  ίψθ.,  Beng., 

Matth.,  Knapp;  read  ξιίψθίΐρί  (Β.  Ό  26.  β  5.  Compl.    ixpi*i  A.'j. 


196 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAIIES      VERSION. 

did  corrupt  the  earth  with  her 
fornication,  and  hatli  avenged 
the  blood  of  his  servants  at  her 
hand. 

3  And  again  they  said,  Alle- 
luia. And  her  smoke  rose  up 
for  ever  and  ever. 

4  And  the  four  and  twenty 
elders  and  the  four  beasts  fell 
down  and  worshipped  God  that 
sat  on  the  throne,  saying,  Amen ; 
Alleluia. 


5  And  a  voice  came  out  of 
the  throne,  saying.  Praise  our 
God,  all  ye  his  servants,  and  ye 
that  fear  him,  both  small  and 
great. 

6  And  I  heard  as  it  were  the 
voice  of  a  ^reat  multitude,  and 
as  the  voice  of  many  waters,  and 
as  the  voice  of  mighty  thunder- 


GREEK    TEXT. 


την  γην  (v  rfj  ττορνβία  αυτηί,  και 
€ξ(δίκησ€  το  αίμα  των  δούλων 
αύτοΰ  €κ  TTjS  χειροί  αύτη?. 

3  Και  SevTepov  (ίρηκαν,  Άλ- 
ληλουϊα•  καΐ  6  καπνά?  αυτηί  άνα- 
βαιν€ΐ  €£$•  Tovs  αΐώναί  των  αιώνων. 

4  ICa).  eireaov  οΊ  ττρβσβυτίροι 
ο'ι  ίΐκοσι  και  τίσσαρίί,  και  τα 
χίσσαρα  ζώα,  καΐ  ττροσβκυνησαν 
τω  θίώ  τώ  καθημβνω  eVi  τον 
θρόνου,  λίγοντβί,  Λμην  ΛλΑη- 
λονϊα. 

5  Κα).  φωνΊ]  €κ  τοΰ  Θρόνου 
ίζηλθβ,  Χίγουσα,  AlveiTe  τον 
θίον  ημών  TravTes  οι  δοΰλοι  αυ- 
τού, καΊ  οι  φοβούμενοι  αύτον  καΐ 
οι  μικροί  καΐ  οι  μεγάλοι. 

6  Και  ηκουσα  ώ?  φωνην  ογΧου 
ττολλοϋ,  και  ώ?  φωνην  υδάτων 
πολλών,  και  ώί  φων7]ν  βροντών 
ισχυρών,  λβγονταί.    Αλληλούια• 


REVISED    VERSION. 

the  earth  with  her  fornication, 
and  "he  aA-enged  the  blood  of 
his  servants  at  "  her  hand. 

3  And  "a  second  time  they 
said  :  Alleluia  !  and  her  smoke 
"ascendeth  punto  the  ages  of  the 


4  And  the  ifour  and  twenty 
elders  and  the  four  'living  crea- 
tures fell  down,  and  worshipped 
God  that  sat  on  'the  throne,  say- 


Amen ;  Alleluia ! 


5  And  a  voice  came  «forth  Out 
of  the  throne,  saying :  Praise  our 
"God,  all  ye  his  sei-vants,  and 
ye  that  fear  him,  'both  "the  small 
and  ^"the  great. 

6  And  I  heard  as  it  were  the 
voice  of  a  great  multitude,  and 
"as  it  were  the  voice  of  many 
waters,  and  'as  it  were  the  voice 
of   mighty    ^thunders,    «saying : 


^  Dt.,  French  verss.,  Wakef.,  Ebr.,  repeat  the  pronoun ;  the 
last  two  unnecessarily  marking  it  as  supplied. The  rijf  be- 
fore χΐίρόί  is  bracketed  by  Bloomf.,  and  cancelled  by  all  the 
other  recent  editors  (except.  Beng.),  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  C. 
Ό  14.  (3  4.  Compl.'                                                 i» 

»  E.V.,  John  3:  4;  21 :  10;  ((he  sec.  t.)  ;-Syr.,  Dt.  {len  twee- 
demaal),  It.  {la  seconda  volta),  Fr.  S.  {ime  seconde  fois \-hr 
encore  of  G.  and  M.);-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Grell.,  Vitr., 
(secMndo  ;-for  the  Vulg.  iteru7n),  Ilamm.,  Treg.,  (the  sect), 
Wells,  Daub.,  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  S.).  Beng.  (zum  zweitenmal), 
Dodd.,  Gill  ('  Or  a  sec.  t.  they  said  it'),  Wakef.,  Ponn,  Sharpe, 
Ebr.  (ein  zweitesmal). 

"  For  the  verb,  see  ch.  9 :  2,  N.  h.  &c.  The  Greek  time  is 
retained  by  AV.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Syr.,  It.,  B.  andL.);- 
Ilamm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.  and  the  later  English.  The  past 
tense  in  the  more  uusuitable,  as  the  sentence  is  uttered,  not  by 
the  seer  himself  (comp.  the  άνίβη  of  ch.  8 :  4  and  9 :  2  with  the 
ovalSaiVfiof  ch.  14:  11),  but  by  the  heavenly  voice  (Vitr.,  Dodd., 
Wakef.,  Heinr.,  Gerl.,  Sharpe,  De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr.),  complet- 
ing its  own  previous  announcement  (v.  2)  of  the  occasion  of  ju- 
bilee.    Comp.  V.  7.  N.  i,  and  the  structure  of  Ps.  136. 

Ρ  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  g,  &c. 

1  The  xal  before  tiaa.  is  bracketed  by  Bloomf,  and  cancelled 
by  all  the  other  recent  editors,  except  JIatth.,  on  the  authority 


of  A.  B.  C.  '  α  13.  β  5.  Compl.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  followed :  twenty-four.  See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  e,  &c.  Here  Beng., 
Lachm.,  Words.,  also  read  tlx.  τίαα.  ΛρΕί•  (Α.  Β.). 

■•  See  ch.  4 :  6,  Ν.  a. For  to;  θρόνον.  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg., 

Tisch.,  read  r^  θρόνψ  (A.  B.  C.  'a  17.  β  4.'). 

•  See  ch.  9 :  3,  N.  m,  &c. 

'  For  f*.  Beng.,  Matth.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch., 
read  ajto  (A.  B.  C. '  α  16.  β  4.'). 

"  For  rbv  @sov,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  ^9 
©£9  (A.  B.  C.  and  8  cursive  MSS.). 

'  This  χαί,  bracketed  by  Bloomf,  is  cancelled  by  all  the  other 
recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  0.  Ό  21.  β  5.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  adopted,  and  the  word  both  omitted. 

"  Seech.  11:  18,  N.  j,  &c. 

'  E.  v..  first  clause ;  &c.  ;-Newc.  (marking  it  were  in  all  the 
three  cases  as  supplied),  Thom.  (in  the  last  instance),  Allw. 

'  See  ch.  4 :  5,  N.  t. 

'  Erasm.,  Mill,  Beng.,  read  as  in  our  Text,  t^iyovtas  ('a  7.')  ; 
for  which  the  textus  receptus,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  have  -κιγόν 
■eav ;  the  other  editors  (not,  as  Bloomf  says,  '  all  the  recent  edi- 
tors,' were  we  even  to  ignore  Treg.,  as  Bloomf  chooses  to  do 
throughout.),  Xfyot-rtj  (•  B.  α  14.  β  3.'). 


REVELATION. 


197 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

ings,   saying,   Alleluia :    for  the 
Lord  God  omnipotent  reigneth. 

7  Let  us  be  glad  and  rejoice, 
and  give  lionour  to  him  :  for  the 
marriage  of  the  Lamb  is  come, 
and  his  wife  hath  made  herself 
ready. 

8  And  to  her  was  granted  that 
she  should  be  arrayed  in  fine 
linen,  clean  and  white :  for  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

'ότι  ίβασίλίυσβ  KvpLos  ό  θβοί  6 
τταντοκρατωρ. 

7  γαίρωμβν  και  άγαλλιωμβθα, 
και  δώρ^ν  την  δοξαι>  αύτω•  Ότι 
ήλθβν  ό  γαμοί  του  αρνιού,  και  ή 
γυνή  αυτού  ητοίμασ^ν  ίαυτην. 

8  Καΐ  βδοθη  avTrj  Ίνα  π€ρι- 
βάληται    βυσσινον    καθαρον    και 


REVISED    VERSION. 

Alleluia !  for  the  Lord  'God  Hhe 
'Almighty  ''reigneth. 

7  Let  us  'rejoice  and  ^exult 
and  give  ^the  ""glory  to  him  ;  for 
the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  'came, 
and  his  wife  'prepared  herself,' 


8  And  )  it  'was  ''given 


to  her 
that  she  should  be  iclothed  "'with 
fine  linen,  "pure  and  "bright.  For 


*  After  Θίόί,  the  word  ήμΰν  is  inserted  by  Matth.,  Griesb., 
Knapp.  jVIey..  Sch.,  Treg.  (in  brackets),  Tisch.,  on  the  authority 
of  B.  'a  25.  β  6.  Compl.     Vulg.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.' 

^  Seech.  4:  8,  N.  k. 

'  E.V..  elsewhere  (9  times)  f-W.  ;-Daub.,  GuysejWesl.jWakef., 
Newc,  Clarke,  Sharpe.  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

''  Gr.  reigned  =  began  to  be  and  act  as  King.  See  ch.  11 : 
17,  N.  c. — Here  the  perfect  tense  is  employed  by  W.,  G.,  R.. 
{halh  r.)  ;-all  foreign  verss.  (except  B.  and  L.,  Moldenh.,  Herd., 
Mey.,  All.),  but  commonly  in  some  phrase  implying  that  the 
reign  has  j  ust  begun  ;-Stu.  {has  become  king ;-'  or  we  may  trans- 
late it,  as  is  usual,  has  r.'),  Lord  (has  r.),  Treg.,  Kenr.,  (as  W.). 

'  E.  v.,  42  times  out  of  74  (see  especially  Matt.  5 :  12)  ;-W. 
{joy  we)  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.,Wakef.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 
Stu.,  Lord,  Murd. 

'  Comp.  E.  v.,  Matt.  5 :  12 ;  1  Pet.  1 :  C ;  4 :  13.  Latin  verss. 
{exultemus)y  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (^tressaillons  de  joie)  ;-B.  and  L. 
{faisons  eclater  notre  joie),  Dodd.,  Herd.  (^jauchzen;-3,xxa  so 
Mey.,  Ebr.  Comp.  Gill,  at  v.  3 :  '  They  repeated  their  hallelu- 
jah, or  gave  one  spiritual  huzza  more.'),Wakef.  {be  exceedingly 
glad),  Thom.  {exult  with  joy),  AIlw.,  Greenf.  (b"'j:),  Lord. 
Murd. Lachm.  and  Tisch.  read  ά/γαλΧιωμεν  xai  δύσομιν  (Α.). 

^  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  e,  &c.  German  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw. 

^  In  the  other  IC  instances,  in  which  ίόξα  occurs  in  this  book, 
E.V.  renders  it  glory ;  and  only  5  times  honour,  out  of  151  in- 
stances in  which  it  occurs  elsewhere  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  and  French 
verss..  It.  ;-Daub.  and  the  later  English  verss.  (except  AVords.). 

'  The  change  of  tense  in  v.  8,  as  given  in  E.V.  and  most  other 
verss.,  and  the  full  pause  at  the  end  of  v.  7,  were  probably  in- 
tended to  set  off  V.  8  as  an  additional  statement  made  by  the 
seer  in  his  own  person  ; — a  design,  which  some  (as  Newc,  Penn. 
Treg.,  Ebr.)  still  more  clearly  indicate  by  their  use  of  cjuotat*Dn- 
marks.  But  in  the  20  other  instances  in  which  ϊ&όθη,  ίδόβι^υαι», 
occur  in  this  book  as  so  used,  they  contain  a  record  of  what 
transpired  in  vision,  the  party  at  least,  to  whom  the  gift  was 
made,  being  actually  present ;  whereas  the  first  mention  of  the 
appearance  of  the  heavenly  Bride  is  in  ch.  21 :  2,  9,  10,  and  there 
John  beholds  her  ή-ίοιμαϋμίνην,  of  whom  the  voice  here  says 
that  she  ■ήτοίμαικν  ίαυπίν.     I  therefore  regard  v.  8  also  (except- 


ing [  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AIlw.,  do  not  except]  the  explanatory  clause 
at  the  end)  as  spoken  by  the  voice.  The  occasion  of  the  great 
joy  and  triumph  is,  that  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb  came,  and 
that  there  was  then  a  prompt  and  simultaneous  manifestation  of 
the  reverent  fidelity  of  His  wife  (Matt.  25:  4,  7, 10),  and  of  the 
rich,  abiding  grace  of  Him  who  loved  her  from  the  beginning 
(Eph.  5 :  25-27).  See  Jude  14,  N.  k,  &c.— W.  {came  .  . .  made 
ready  . . .  is  given  ;-the  second  expression  being  adopted  by  T., 
C,  G.);-Dt.  {is  gegeve7i),  It.  {e  stato  dato),  French  verss.  {a 
He  donne)  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  (ist  gegeben),  "VVakef  (is  giveji), 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  {halh  been  granted -j-which  Ell.  also 
allows,  as  suggesting  'one  of  the  joyful  subjects  of  .song  to  the 
hymnists.').  The  seventh  verse  ends  with  a  colon  in  G.;- 
Wakef ,  Penn  ;-and  in  the  Greek  Text  of  Griesb.,  Words. : — 
with  a  semicolon,  in  Mey.,  De  W. : — with  a  comma,  in  Castal., 
Beng.,  Moldenh.  ;-and  in  the  Greek  Text  of  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey., 

Lachm.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  Theile: — without  any  point,  in  Thom. 

In  the  other  6  instances,  in  which  ίΐοιμάζ^  occurs  in  this  book 
(see  especially  ch.  21:  2),  E.  V.  renders  it  to  prepare;  and  so 
23  times  out  of  33  elsewhere.  The  same  verb,  or  its  cognate 
equivalent,  is  here  employed  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Guyse, 
Dodd.,  AVoodh.,  Allw..  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

'  The  emphasis  lies  in  the  antithesis  between  ήιίοίμαβίν  ίανίψ 
and  ίδόθη  airij.  See  v.  7,  N.  i  and  comp.  ch.  8 :  2,  N.  e,  &c. — 
The  Greek  order  of  iS.  aurg  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.),  Syr. ;-Dodd.,  Wesl..  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Greenf,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

t  See  ch.  3 :  21,  N.  e. 

1  See  ch.  7 :  13,  N.  t. 

■»  See  ch.  7 :  13,  N.  u,  &c. 

■■  For  ptire.  see  E.  V.,  ch.  15 :  6;  21 :  18,  21 ;  22:  1 ;  and  13 
times  elsewhere.  The  same  word,  or  its  cognate,  is  here  used 
by  T.,  C,  G.  ;-It.,  French  verss.  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin  verss. 
(except  Bez.,  munda ;  though  in  the  earlier  editions  he  also  used 
purus),  Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh..  Scott,  Allw.,  Penn, 

Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. For  bright,  see  ch.  15 :  6,  N.  e. For 

χαθ.  xai  ■Καμπ-,  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Tisch., 
Theile,  read  %αμΛ.  χαθ.  ('  Α.  7.  91.  92.  Vuig.  MS.  Am.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Erp.  Slav.  MSS.' ;  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Words.,  read  λα/t?*. 
xai  χαθ.  (Β.  'α  21.  |3  4.  Compl.     Vulg.  ed.'). 


198 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      ΛΈΚβΙΟΧ. 

fine  linen  is  the  righteousness  of 
saints. 

9  And  he  saith  unto  me, 
Write,  Blessed  arc  they  which 
ai'e  called  unto  the  marriage- 
supper  of  the  Lamb.  And  he 
saith  unto  me,  These  are  the 
true  sayings  of  God. 

10  And  I  fell  at  his  feet  to 
worship  him.  And  he  said  unto 
me.  See  thou  do  it  not :  I  am 
thy  fellow-servant,   and  of  thy 


GREEK    TEXT. 

λαμπρόν   το   γαρ   βύσσινον,   τα 
δικαιώματα  (στι  των  άγιων. 

9  Και  Ae'yet  μοι,  Γράψον, 
Μακάριοι  οι  ei?  το  δβϊττνον  του 
γάμου  τοϋ  αρνιού  κεκλημΐνοι. 
Καΐ  λίγβι  μοι,  Ούτοι  οΐ  λόγοι 
αληθινοί  βίσι  του  θίοΰ. 

1 0  ΚαΙ  €7Γ€σον  ίμττροσθβν  των 
ΤΓοδων  αύτοΰ  ιτροσκυνησαι  αντω• 
κα\  λβγίΐ  μοι,  '  Ορα  μψ  σΰνδου- 
λο?   σου   βΐμΐ   καΐ   των   αδελφών 


REVISED    VERSION•. 

the  fine  linen  °is  the  Prighteous- 
ness  of  "the  saints. 

9  And  he  saith  unto  me : 
Write :  Blessed  are  they  ■'who 
'have  been  called  unto  the  <  sup- 
per ol'  the  marriage  of  the  Lamb. 
And  he  saith  unto  me :  These 
"are  "the  true  "words  of  God. 

10  And  I  '^fell  'before  his  feet 
to  worship  him.  And  he  'saith 
unto  me  :  See  thou  do  it  not :  I 


"  For  iati  -ίων  ά/y.,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Griesb.,  Sch.) 
read  tCav  ay.  ia-tilv]  (A.  B.  Ό  17.  J3  5.  Compl.'). 

ρ  For  this  plural  form,  see  E.  V.,  Is.  64 :  6 ;  Ezek.  33 :  13 ; 
Dan.  9: 18;  and  repeatedly  elsewhere  in  the  margin.  W.  (jus- 
tifyings),  K.  {juslifications) -j-L^tm  yens,  {juslificationes;- 
except  Castal.,  rirtutes;  and  Vitr.,  juslitiae).  Syr.  (:=  rrpis). 
Dt.  (regiraardiginakinge7i -j-marg.  reglnaardighcilen),  It. 
{Vopere  giuste),  Ft.  G.,-S..  {juMifications)  ;-Brightm.  (allows 
R.),  Engl.  Ann.,  Hamm.  (^ordinances  j-so  he  renders  &ίχαίωμα, 
also  at  Rom.  2 :  26 ;  8 :  4 ;  in  addition  to  E.  V.  Luke  1 :  6  and 
Heb.  9 :  1,  10.  The  Sept.  in  like  manner  often  employ  Six.. 
where  E.  V.  has  statute,  ordinance ;  comp.  Ex.  1.5  :  25 ;  2  Kings 
17 :  34,  37  ;  Ezek.  11 :  20  ;  43  :  11 ;  &c.  Here  Hamm..  suppos- 
ing moreover  Tiir  ayluv  to  be  used  as  in  Heb.  8:2;  &c.,  finds 
the  explanation  of  the  whole  phrase  in  Lev.  16:  3,  4.),  B.  and  L. 
{bonnes  muii-es),  Beng.  {Rechte),  Dodd.,  Wakef ,  Newc,  Thorn., 
(righteous  acts  [actions]),  Gill  (' righteousnesses  or  justifica- 
tions'), Stolz  (Tugendeti),  Penn,  Kenr.,  (as  it.),  Stier  (Ge- 
reclitigkeiten),  Hengst.  (Rechtthaten),  Murd.,  Ebr.  (Gerech- 
iigkeitserfiillungen) . 

1  See  eh.  5 :  8,  N.  j. 

■■  See2Pet.  2:11,  N.  f. 

•  Comp.  ch.  14:  10,  N.  x,  &c.    Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Treg. 

'  The  construction  and  order  of  the  Greek  are  retained  by 
W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (excepting  Castal. 's  order  and  Vitr.'s 
construction),  Syr.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Beng.,  Herd.,  Kist.,  Greenf., 
Gerl.,  Lord,  Stier,  De  W.,  Murd. 

°  For  fiai  rov  Θιον,  Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words., 
Tiscb.,  read  *.  ©.  dai[v]  (A.  B.  '  α  16.  /3  5.'). 

'  For  άλ)?θιΐΌΐ.',  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  oi  άλ. 
(Α.);  and  this  Bloomf.  is  'now  iuclined  to  receive,  considering 
that  internal  evidence  is  in  its  favour,  and  that  the  article  is 
required  by  propiiety  of  language.'  But  see  1  John  5 :  20, 
according  to  the  common  reading,  which,  saj'S  AVin.  (§  19.  1.  a), 
'is  by  no  means  to  be  disregarded,  since  the  later  writers  began 
in  such  a  case  to  omit  the  article.'  The  ,^b^ence  of  the  article, 
however,  in  the  present  instance  is  prfibubly  that  which  led 
to  the  following  variatious  in  the  intcrpi  elation  of  this  clause  : 


Vulg.  (haec  verba  Dei  vera  sunt  [and  so  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat., 
Bez.,  Par.,  A''itr.]  =:  W.,  G.,  R.,  Kenr.,  these  tcords  of  God  be 
[are]  true  =  French  verss.  [except  Fr.  S.]  ces  paroles  de  Dieu, 
sont  veritables),  Syr.  (=:  De  D.  Jiaec  verba  mea  vera  Dei 
[verba]  sunt ;  which  is  somewhat  more  exact  than  Murd.  tfwse 
my  [sayings'}  are  the  true  words  of  God),  Germ,  (diess  sind 
xoahrhaftige  IVorte  Gotles) -j-Aret.  ('sermones  isti  Dei  veri 
sunt  .  .  .  duo  praenuntiat,  primum,  quod  veri  sint,  deinde  quod 
Dei  sint  ;'-wliicli  may  have  suggested  Hengst.'s  '  diese  Worte 
sind  wahrhaftig,  [siud  Worte]  Gottes''),  Brightm.  ('  These  true 
words  are  the  words  even  of  God  himself ...  It  is  no  strange 
matter  to  say,  that  the  words  of  God  are  true  ;'-and  so  Cocc. 
hi  sermones  veri  sunt  Dei,  and  Ziill.  ('  diese  wahrhaften  Worte 
sind  Gottes  [Worte]').  Stolz,  Van  Ess,  Mey.,  (wahrh.  Gottes- 
worte  [-sprilche]).  Ue  W.  {'diese  Worle  sind  [die]  wahrhaften 
[Worte]  Gottes  ;'-adding,  however,  that,  but  for  the  parallel 
ch.  21 :  5,  Beng.'s  explanation  were  to  be  preferred:  Das  sind 
die  wahrhaften  Worte  Gottes ;  '  that  is,'  says  De  W.,  '  the 
truth  of  God's  words  now  shows  itself ;  oitoi  being  then  the 
subject,  as  in  20:  5;  Luke  24:  44,  and  pointing  to  the  results 
mentioned  in  the  immediate  context.'). 

"  E.  v.,  12  times  out  of  17  in  this  book,  and  generally  else- 
where ;-W.,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  {verba  ;-except  Castal.,  dicta  ; 
and  Cocc.  sermones).  Syr.  (as  in  v.  13),  Germ.  (  Worte),  Dt. 
(woorden).  It.  (parole),  French  verss.  (/ji/i-o/es)  ;-Brightm., 
Dodd.,  Moldenh.  (as  Germ.  ;-and  so  Herd.,  Kist.,  Gos.s.,  All., 
De  W.,  Hengst.,  Ebr.),  Wakef.  and  the  later  English  verss. 
(except  Sharpe,  Words.).     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C. 

»  For  tTtitsov.  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words..  Tisch.,  read  Xitisa. 
('  A.  α  8.  |3  2.     Er.'). 

y  E.  v.,  ch.  22:  8,  and  40  times  elsewhere  out  of  47  (no- 
where else,  a/)  ;-W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (nn/e  ;-except  Castal., 
ad;  and  Cocc,  coram),  Syr.,  Germ,  (ιόγ  [z7i»]  zu  [seincn 
Fiissen']),  Dt.,  It.  (=  Germ.),  Fr.  S.  ;-Bnghtm.,  Daub.,  Berl. 
Bib.,  Beng.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Herd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  AVoodh., 
Mey.,  Allw.,  All.,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Sharpe,  De  AV.,  Treg.,  Hengst. 
(as  Germ.)  Kenr..  Ebr. 

•  E.  v.,  v.  9 ;  kc.    See  ch.  10 :  9,  N.  h. 


REVELATION. 


199 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

brethren  that  have  the  testimony 
of  Jesus  :  VForship  God  :  for  the 
testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit 
of  prophecy. 

11  And  I  saw  heaven  opened, 
and  behold,  a  white  horse :  and 
he  that  sat  upon  him  mis  called 
Faithful  and  True,  and  in  right- 
eousness he  doth  judge  and  make 
war. 


12  His  eyes  wei-e  as  a  flame  of 
fire,  and  on  his  head  tvere  many 
crowns ;  and  he  had  a  name 
vsritten,  that  no  man  knew,  but 
he  himself. 

13  And  he  ivas  clothed  with 
a  vesture  dipped  in  blood :  and 


GREEK    TEXT. 


σον  των  βχοντων  την  μαρτυρίαν 
τοΰ  Ίησοΰ•  τω  θβω  ττροσκυνη- 
σον  η  γαρ  μαρτυρία  τοΰ  Ιησού 
eVri  το  ττνβΰμα  τήί  ττροφητβιας. 

11  ΚαΙ  (Ιδον  τον  ονρανον 
άνβωγμίνον,  καΐ  Ιδον  Ιττττο?  λβν- 
/cof,  καΐ  6  καθημ€νο9  (ττ  αυτόν, 
καλούμΐνοί  πιστοί  καΐ  αληθινοί, 
/cat  iv  δίκαωσνντι  Kpivei  κα\  ττο- 
AejLter 

12  0L  δε  οφθαλμοί  αυτού  ώί 
φλοζ  ττυρος,  κα\  eVt  Τ7]ν  κεφαλήν 
αυτού  διαδήματα  ττολλα•  εγων 
όνομα  γίγραμμενον  Ό  ουδείί  οιδβν 
€1  μη  αύτοί• 

1 3  /cat  ΤΓβριβεβλημίνοί  ϊματιον 
βββαμμίνον  αίματί•    και  καλείται 


REVISED    VERSION. 

am  •a  fellow-servant  "with  "thee, 
and  ""with  thy  brethren  that  have 
the  testimony  of  'Jesus :  wor- 
ship Grod ;  for  the  testimony  of 
'Jesus  is  the  spirit  of  prophecy. 
11  And  I  saw  heaven  "Opened, 
and  behold  a  white  horse,»  and 
he  that  sat  upon  him,  '  called 
Faithful  and  True  ;  and  in  right- 
eousness he  'judgeth  and  ^maketh 


12  "Έηί  his  eyes  were  as  a 
flame  of  fire,  and  'upon  his  head 
iverc  many  'diadems ;  i  he  had  ^ 
a  name  written,  that  no  'one 
"knoweth,  but  he  himself;" 

13  And  he  was  clothed  with 
a  "garment  pdyed  iwith  blood ; 


*  The  construction  by  means  of  a  personal  pronoun  is  re- 
tained by  W.  ;-Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Scott,  Allw., 
Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  W.,  Trcg.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.  Of  these, 
Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Treg.,  employ  the  definite  article  in  rendering 
evvS. 

*■  W.  (in  the  first  instance)  ;-Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom. 
(q/";-and  so  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.  But  this  introduces  a 
slight  ambiguity.),  Scott  {to),  Allw.,  Greenf.  (i).  That  tuv 
άδίλφών  (is  not  governed  by  άς  understood,  as  might  be  in- 
ferred from  E.  Λ'.  and  others,  and  as  is  clearly  expressed  by 
a  corresponding  supplement  in  T.,  C,  G.,  Pagn.,  Eichh.,  Wakef , 
ZuU.,  Gerl.,  Ebr.;  though  Ebr.'s  Comment,  proceeds  on  the 
other  construction ;  but)  depends,  like  aov,  upon  aivhcns^oi,  is 
variously  represented  also  in  Fr.  G.,-M.,  Ell.,  Words.,  by  the 
repetition  of  awS. ;  in  Moldenh.,  All.,  by  its  transference  to  the 
end  of  the  sentence ;  and  in  Fr.  S.,  by  the  substitution  for  it  of 
the  demonstrative  pronoun. 

'  The  first  tov  is  cancelled  by  Beng.,  JIatth.,  Mey.,  Lachm., 
Treg.,  AVords.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a  IS.  β  5. 
Compl.;'  and  the  second  tov  also  by  the  same  (except  Matth.). 
on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  '12.  14.  10.  36.  91.  92.  Er.'  In  both 
instances  Bloomf.  pronounces  the  authority  '  strong.' 

^  For  avti^^.,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tiscb.,  read  ψια^/μ. 
(Ά.  42**.'). 

•  See  ch.  C :  8,  X.  i.  &c.  Here  χαλού.αί >ό5  is  given  as  a  par- 
ticiple without  a  copula,  by  Syr.  ;-Cocc.,  "Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Allw., 
Hengst. 

'  Of  English  verss.  that  retain  the  pre.sent  tense,  the  aux- 
iliary form  is  avoided  by  W..  G  ,  R.  ;-Biightni.,  Dodil.,  Wesl., 
Newc,  Thom.,  Penn,  Sharpe.  Stu.,  Lord,  Mui-d 

»  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  h,  &c 


"  See  ch.  1 :  14,  N.  i,  &c.  In  here  disregarding  the  U,  E.  V. 
follows  T.,  C. 

'  For  upon,  see  ch.  9 :  7,  N.  d,  &c. ;— for  diadems,  see  ch.  12 : 
3,  N.  k. 

i  R. ;-Yulg.,  Fr.  S.;-Erasm.,  Vat,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Vitr., 
Daub.,  Dodd.,  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  All.,  Stu.,  Lord, 
Kenr. ;— many  of  these  also  retaining  the  participial  form, 
which  in  English,  however,  involves  an  ambiguity.  Comp. 
ch.  21 :  12,  N.  k. 

"<  Between  (χ,^ν  and  hi ομα.  Matth.  and  Tisch.  insert  the 
words  OTOjiiafa  ysypajn/iira  xal   ('B.  α  17.  β  2.  Compl.     Syr.'). 

1  See  lJohn4:  12,  N.  y,  &c 

'»  Comp.  ch.  2 :  17,  N.  v,  and  see  Jude  5,  N.  i.  The  force  of 
the  present  is  given  here  by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (7ioyi7;-except 
Vitr.,  intelUgit),  Syr.,  It.,  Fr.  G.  and  M.  (a  connu),  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Daub.,  B.  and  L.,  Beng.  and  later  German  verss.  (except 
Moldenh.),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wa.kef ,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Treg.,  Kenr. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  13,  N.  h,  &c 

°  See  ch.  3 :  5,  N.  m. 

ρ  Comp.  E.  v..  Is.  03:  1.  In  the  other  two  places  (Luke 
16:  24;  -John  13:  26),  in  which  βαΛϊω  occurs  in  the  N.  T., 
E.  V.  properly  renders  it,  to  dip.  But  here,  where  not  the 
process  but  the  apparent  result  ('as  if  it  had  been  dipped, 
steeped,  in  blood')  is  regarded,  the  secondary  sense  of  the  word 
is  the  more  suitable.  Comp.  the  tl'/xafa  βιβαμμένα  of  Herod. 
7.  07.  and  other  examples  cited  by  the  lexicons.— Dt.  (geverwd), 
It.  (///(ία).  French  verss.  (use  /emi)  ;-Erasm.  and  later  Latin 
verss.,  Ew..  Rou.,  (use  iinctus),  Engl.  Ann.  ('or,  dyed').  Ben?.. 
Stier,  (gefiirbet),  Guyse  ('ail  over  stained  .  .  .  dved'),  Heinr. 
{iitficium),  Stu.,  Lord,  Ebr.  (gelrankt)  i-Vas.  {intingo;-aiid 


200 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

his  name  is  called  The  Word  of 
God. 

14  And  the  armies  which  were 
in  heaven  followed  him  upon 
white  horses,  clothed  in  fine 
linen,  white  and  clean. 

15  And  out  of  his  mouth  goeth 
a  sharp  sword,  that  with  it  he 
should  smite  the  nations :  and 
he  shall  rule  them  with  a  rod  of 
iron  :  and  he  treadeth  the  vidne- 
press  of  the  fierceness  and  wrath 
of  Almighty  God. 


16  And  he  hath  on  his  ves- 
ture and  on  his  thigh  a  name 


GREEK    TEXT. 

TO   όνομα   αντον,    Ό   Aoyoy   του 
θίον. 

14  Και  τα  στρατ€νματα  eV  τω 
ονρανώ  ηκολουθ€ΐ  αύτω  e'0  ΐτπτοις 
AevKOii,  ίν8ί8νμ€νοι  βυσσινον 
XevKov  Kcu  καθαρον. 

15  και  ΐκ  τοΰ  στόματος  αυτόν 
ίκτΓορβυ^ται  ρομφαία  οζβΐα.  Ίνα 
Ιν  αυτή  ττατασσί]  τα  βθνη•  και 
αύτο9  7Γ0ΐμαν€Ϊ  avTovs  iv  ραβδψ 
σιδηρά-  καΐ  αντοΫ  ττατύ  την  λη- 
νον  τον  οίνου  τοΰ  θυμοΰ  και  της 
οργής  τοΰ  θίοΰ  τοΰ  τταντοκρα- 
τορος. 

16  καΐ  e'^et  eVi  το  Ίματιον  και 


~  \         3/ 


€7Γΐ  τον  μηρον  αυτού  το  όνομα  ye- 


RE VISED    VERSION. 

and  his  name  'is  called  The  Word 
of  God. 

14  And  the  armies  ■  in  heaven 
followed  him  upon  white  horses, 
clothed  in  fine  linen,  white  'and 
«pure. 

15  And  out  of  his  mouth  'pro- 
ceedeth  a  sliaqi  "  sword,  that 
witli  it  »he  should  smite  the  na- 
tions ;  and  he  ^himself  shall  'tend 
them  with  'an  iron  rod  ;  and  lie 
'^himself  treadeth  the  '■winepress 
''of  the  wine  of  the  fierceness 
'and  'the  wrath  of  ""God  the  Al- 
miglity. 

16  And  he  hath  'upon  his  'gar- 
ment and  'upon  his  thigh  ^the 


'  For  χαλίΐϊαι,  Matth.,  Mey.,  Lachra.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch., 
read  χίχλγιΐαι  ('  Λ.  Β.  α  IG.  β  3.  Vulg.  MS.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.' 
— '  strong  authority  of  MSS.,'  says  Bloomf.,  '  confirmed  by  in- 
ternal evidence.'). 

•  Before  iv  all  the  recent  editors  insert  fa  (which  is  wanting 
only  in  B.  •  ο  5.  β  2.  y  2.  Er.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  adopted,  and  translated:  which  were. 

'  The  xai  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  'a  22.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.  \'ulg.  MS.  Am.  Copt. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted, 
but  that  and  be  retained  as  a  supplement.  Comp.  ch.  15 :  G, 
N.  d. 

"  Comp.  V.  8.  N.  n. 

'  Seech.  1:  IG,  N.  q,  &c. 

"  Between  ;,ο/ιφαια  and  όξιΐα,  Matth.,  Sch.,  Words.,  insert 
Si'ifo/ios  ('  B.  α  2G.  β  G.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  ed.  [not  Am.]  Aeth. 
Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.'). 

'  For  Λα-taaay,  all  the  recent  editors  read  Ttara^y  (A.  B. 
'  α  25.  β  C.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted, 
and  translated :  he  might  smite.     Comp.  ch.  20 :  3,  N.  i. 

J  '  This  mighty,  divine  Hero  and  Avenger ;  known  also  as 
the  Saviour  of  men,  the  crucified  Lamb  of  God ;  lie  himself, 
alone  (Is.  63 :  3).'  See  1  John  1 :  7,  N.  x,  &c.,  and  comp.  Mil- 
ton, P.  L.  vi.  801-823. 


'  See  ch.  2:  27,  N.  r,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  2 :  27,  N.  s. 

''  E.  V.  so  renders  •κψό{  elsewhere  (4  times).  W.  (  pressour 
of  wine)  ;-Dt.  (tcijupe/sbak  van  den  wijn)  ;-Brightm.,  Ilamm., 
Daub.,  Wake(.  {press  of  tlie  .  .  wine  ;-and  so  Woodh.,  Thom.), 
Lord.  Foreign  verss.  generally  retain  the  Greek  construction, 
and  translate  T-r^voi  by  the  same  word  as  in  ch.  14 :  19,  20. 

'  Of  those  who  retain  the  reading  and  construction  of  our 
Text,  the  article  is  repeated  by  Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Hamm., 
Allw.  But  all  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  χολ.  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  '  α  25.  β  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arm.  Erp.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  the  adoption  of  this 
reading :  of  the  wrath. 

1  Seech.  4:8,  N.  k. 

'  Seech.  6:  IG,  N.  b,  &c. 

''  See  ch.  3 :  5,  N.  m. 

^  Of  those  who  follow  the  reading  of  the  Text,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G., 
-M.  ;-Cooc.,  ΛVelIs,  B.  and  L.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Thom., 
express  the  to  by  a  demonstrative  pronoun ; — Fr.  S.,  by  the 
definite  article.  But  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Sch.)  cancel 
the  to.  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  '  α  24.  β  6.  y  2.  Compl.'  I  re- 
commend that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  version 
stand  as  in  E.  V. :  a. 


so  Leigh.,  Schuttg. ;  the  former  adding:  'It  is  taken  from  the 
dyer's  vat,  and  is  a  dyeing,  or  giving  a  fresh  colour,  and  not  a 
bare  washing  only.'),  Schleus.  (as  Erasm.)^  Bretsch.  (colore 
inficio),  Wahl  {as  Beng.),  Rob.  {to  dip,  to  dye),  Green.  There 
is  nothing  in  the  usage  to  warrant  the  aspersa,  sprinkled,  be- 
sprenget,  of  the  Vulg.  and  its  followers — a  license,  .suggested 
probably  by  Is.  63:  3,  and  adopted  only  by  Syr.,  Germ.  ;- 
Eichh.  [cotispersa] ;  Schirl.     See  N.  q. 


1  See  N.  p.  In  the  Sept.  and  elsewhere  βαΛΐω  is  commonly 
construed  with  a'i  or  Iv  prefixed  to  the  thing  into  or  in  which. 
In  Luke  16:  24  it  is  followed  by  the  genitive  of  the  material; 
here,  by  the  instrumental  dative  (Hom.,  Batrach.  233  ίβαΛπ^ο 
8'  aifiaft  λίμνη  ;  Joseph..  Ant.  3.  G.  1.  i'pi;caf  xai  iopa;  Λροβάΐαν, 
xai  τάς  μιν  ναχίνθψ  βιβαμμίναζ,  TOj  if  ^oiVixi),  and  so  it  is 
treated  by  all  the  Protestant  authorities  cited  in  N.  p,  besides 
the  Vulg.,  &c. 


REVELATION. 


201 


KING    JAMES     VERSIOX. 

written,    KING     OF     KINGS, 
AND  LORD  OF  LORDS. 

17  And  I  saw  an  angel  stand- 
ing in  the  sun ;  and  he  cried 
with  a  loud  voice,  saying  to  all 
the  fowls  tha.t  fly  in  the  midst  of 
heaven,  Come,  and  gather  your- 
selves together  unto  the  supper 
of  the  great  God ; 

18  That  ye  may  eat  the  flesh 
of  kings,  and  the  flesh  of  cap- 
tains, and  the  flesh  of  mighty 
men,  and  the  flesh  of  horses,  and 
of  them  that  sit  on  them,  and 
the  flesh  of  all  men,  loth  free  and 
bond,  both  small  and  great. 

19  And  I  saw  the  beast,  and 
the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  their 
armies,  gathered  together  to 
make  war  against  him  that  sat 


GREEK    TEXT. 

γραμμίνον,    Βασιλεύς  βασιλέων 
καΐ  Kvptoi  κυρίων. 

17  Kai  eiSou  eva  άγγβλον 
ίστώτα  iv  τώ  ήλίω•  και  βκραζβ 
φωνϊ]  μξγαλγ),  λίγων  ττασι  vols 
opveois  τοις  ττετωμίνοίς  eV  μβσου- 
ρανηματι,  Aevre  και  συναγίσθβ 
eh  το  SeiTTvov  του  μεγάλου  θεού, 

18  'ίνα  ψαγητβ  σάρκας  βασι- 
λέων, καΐ  σάρκας  γ^ίλιαρχων,  καΐ 
σάρκας  ισγυρων,  και  σάρκας  ιττ- 
ττων  καΐ  των  καθήμενων  εττ  αυτών, 
και  σάρκας  πάντων,  ελευθέρων  καΙ 
δούλων,  καΐ  μικρών  και  μεγάλων. 

19  Και  είδον  το  θηρίον,  και 
τους  βασιλείς  της  γης,  καΐ  τα 
στρατεύματα  αυτών  συνηγμενα 
τΓΟίησαι  πόλεμον  μετά  του  καθη- 


REVISED     VERSION. 

name  written :    ''King  of  kings 
and  Loi'd  of  lords. 

17  And  I  saw  'an  angel  stand- 
ing in  the  sun ;  and  he  cried  with 
a  loud  voice,  saying  to  all  the 
■'birds  that  "fly  in  'mid-heaven : 
Come,  "'and  gather  yourselves 
together  unto  "the  supper  of  the 
great  God ; 

IS  That  ye  may  eat  °  flesh  of 
kings,  and  °  flesh  of  pchief  cap- 
tains, and  °  flesh  of  mighty  men, 
and  °  flesh  of  horses  and  of  ithose 
that  sit  on  'thera,  and  °  flesh  of 
all,  '  free  and  bond,  'and  small 
and  great. 

19  And  I  saw  the  beast,  and 
the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  "their 
armies,    gathered    together     to 


"■  See  ch.  17  :  5,  N.  a. 

'  JNIatth.  cancels  the  cva.  on  the  authority  of  •  B.  α  IC.  β  5.  γ  2. 
Syr.' 

i  E.  v.,  ch.  18:  2;-W.,  R.  ;-Daub.,  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allsv.,  Penn,  Lord.  Kenr.  Excepting 
the  Latin,  foreign  verss.  generally  employ  the  same  word  as  in 
ch.  18 :  2.     E.  V.  follon-s  T.,  C,  G. 

"  Seech.  4:  7,  N.  d. 

1  See  ch.  8 :  13,  N.  o. 

■"  For  xai  emayiBBe  (not.  as  Bloomf.  intimates,  for  euwy. 
alone),  all  the  recent  editors  read  amaxOr^-tt  (A.  B.  'a  28.  β  7. 
7  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  .1™.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp.  Slav.  MS.'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated : 
gather  yourselves  together. 

°  For  tov  με•/ά•Κον,  all  the  recent  editors  read  τό  μέγα  [Matth. 
tov  /tlyof]  tov  (A.  B.  'a 25.  β  5.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Erp. 
Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and, 
in  connection  with  ro  SiItCvov  and  Θίοϊ;,  translated :  the  great 
supper  (f  God. 

"  For  omitting  these  articles,  one  or  more,  .see  W.,  C.  ;-It. 
(which  is  able  also,  like  the  Latin  verss.  and  Fr.  S.,  to  retain 
the  plural  form  of  the  noun)  ;-Berl.  Bib.,  Wakef.  (marks  them 
all  as  supplied),  Woodh.,  Stolz  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Ebr. 

ρ  Ε.  v.,  ch.  6:  15,  and  18  times  elsewhere  out  of  20;-T.,  C, 
G..  {high  capt.-j-and  so  E.  V..  Mark  G:  21);-Germ.  (Haiipt- 
leute)  ;- Wells,  Dodd.  (commaiiilers  ;-and  so  Newc.  Woodh., 
Kenr.),  Wesl.,  Thom.  (generals).  Treg.,  Hengst.  (as  Germ). 
The  etymological  force,  captains  or  rulers  of  thousands,  is 


preserved  by  Syr.,  Dt.,  Ilamm.,  Mey.  (Chiliarchen),  Allw., 
Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.  Barn. :  '  The  word  colonel  would  better 
convey  the  idea  with  us ;  as  he  is  the  commander  of  a  regiment, 
and  a  regiment  is  usually  compo.sed  of  about  a  thousand  men.' 
The  same  word  is  employed  by  Daub,  in  the  commentary. 

1  Seech.  2:2,  N.h,&c. 

"■  For  avtuv,  Lachm.  reads  aviOvj  ('  A.  14.  92.'). 

•  For  the  omission  of  men  (which  the  original  edition  of 
E.  V.  did  not  mark  as  supplied),  see  E.  V.,  ch.  13:  16;  Ac.  ;- 
(W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.,  construe  ηάντι^ν  immediately  with  ίλ.  and 
δούλ.  [as  do  also  many  foreign  and  modern  English  verss.],  and 
add  men  to  each  of  these  two  latter  terms ;  which,  indeed, 
G.  and  R.  and  many  others  treat,  one  or  both,  as  substan- 
tives) ;-foreign  verss.  generally  ;- Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef, 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Words.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

For  the  omission  of  the  supplemental  both,  see  almo.st  all 

ver-ss.,  that  follow  the  reading  of  our  Text.  But  all  the  recent 
editor-s,  after  έλευβ..  insert  ti  (to  which  Hengst.  objects  as  not 
found  elsewhere  in  this  book,  but  which  is  here  sustained  by 
A.  B.  'a  18.  β  7.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted:  both.  (Ch.  1 :  2,  N.  f  should  have  contained  a  refer- 
ence to  this  reading.) 

t  W.,  T.,  C,  G.,  R.;-Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.,  Moldenh.,  Allw., 
Hengst.,  Murd.,  Ebr.  For  xai  μ-ιχρ-,  Matth.,  Sch.,  Tisch.,  read 
xai  μιχρ.  te  ('a 21.  β  G.  Compl.  Slav.  MSS.'  B.  also  adds  ti, 
but  omits  xai  [omitted  also  in  '9.  14.  30.  3G.  47.  92.  Compl. 
Slav.  MSS.'],  and  this  reading,  μιχρ.  tt,  is  edited  by  Words.). 

"  For  avtuv,  Lachm.  and  Treg.  read  aitav  (Ά.  6.  11.'). 

26 


202 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

on   the   horse,   and   against   his 
army. 

20  And  the  beast  was  taken, 
and  with  him  the  flilse  prophet 
that  wronght  miracles  before 
him,  with  wliich  he  deceived 
them  tliat  liad  received  the  mark 
of  the  beast,  and  them  that  wor- 
shipped his  image.  These  both 
wen;  cast  alive  into  a  lake  of  lire 
burning  with  brimstone. 


21  And  the  remnant  were  slain 
with  the  sword  of  him  that  sat 
upon  the  horse,  which  sicord  pro- 
ceeded out  of  his  mouth :  and 
all  the  fowls  wei'e  filled  with 
their  flesh. 


CHAP.    XX. 


And   I    saw   an   angel    come 


GREEK    TEXT. 

μίνον    eVi   τον   Ίτητου,    και   μ€τα 
του  στρατ€νματοί  αντον. 

20  καΐ  ζΤΓίασθη  το  θηρών,  και 
μβτα  τούτον  6  ψίνδοττροφητηί  ό 
Ίτοίησας  τα  σημΰα  ζνωπων  αυτοί), 
ev  οί?  eirXavrjae  τονς  λαβονταί 
το  χάραγμα  του  θηρίου,  κα\  tovs 
ττροσκυνοΰντας  τη  ύκονι  αυτόν- 
ζώντβς  ίβληθησαν  οι  δυο  eli  την 
Χ'ιμνην  τον  irvpos  την  καιομίνην 

iv  τω    θ€ίΟ). 

21  κα\  οΊ  λοίΤΓΟί  άτΓίκτανθη- 
σαν  iv  τη  ρομφαία  τον  καθημΐνον 
eVi  τον  Ιττιτον,  τη  (κτΓορίυομΐνη 
ίκ  του  στόματος  αΰτου•  καΙ  πάντα 
τα  bpvea  ΐχορτασθησαν  e'/c  των 
σαρκών  αυτών. 

CHAP.    XX. 

ΚΑΙ  βίδον  άγγξλον  καταβαι- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

make  '  war  ^with  him  that  sat 
on  the  horse,  and  «with  his  anny. 

20  And  the  beast  was  taken, 
and  "with  him  the  false  prophet 
that  ''did  the  ''signs  before  him, 
with  which  he  deceived  'those 
'who  had  received  the  mark  of 
tlie  beast,  and  "  who  worshipped 
his  image.  'They  'two  were 
cast  alive  into  ''the  lake  of  fire 
'which  burneth  with  brimstone. 


21  And  the  'rest  were  'killed 
with  the  sword  of  him  that  sat 
"on  the  horse,  which  sword  'pro- 
ceeded out  of  his  month :  and 
all  the  -"birds  were  filled  with 
their  flesh. 


CHAP.    XX. 


And  I  saw  an  angel  "descend- 


down  from  heaven,  having  the,  j,oz/ra  e'/c  roi  ού/οαί'οΰ,  «χοι/τα  r7)i^|i"S  ^^^  l^^aven,  having  the ''key 


'  Matth.,  Lachm..  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  insert  top  (A.  B. 
'al2.  β4.'). 

«  See  ch.  2 :  16,  N.  q. 

'  For  μιια  lOvroD  ό,  Beng.  and  Lachm.  read  μιι'  airoi  i 
(which  De  W.  also  prefers);  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mej., 
Sch.,  Ilahn,  Bloomf.,  Wonls.,  Ti.sch.,  Theile.  read  ό  μιΐ'  aitoi ; 
Treg.,  who  at  first  agreed  with  Beng.,  now  seems  ('he  who 
was  with  him,  the  false  prophet')  to  read  ό  μα'  αΟϊοί  ύ,  as 
Blooraf  also  formerly  edited.  The  evidence  stands  thus:  Όί 
fitf'  ανϊοϋ  ό  Α.  41.  μιτ'  avtov  i  14.  37.  38.  49**.  Compl. 
Vulg.  Slav,     ό  μιΐ   avtoi'  Β.  'α  18.  β  5.' 

J  Seech.  IC:  14,  Ν.  ρ,  &c. 

•  See  ch.  2 :  2,  N.  h,  &c.,  and  1 :  5,  N.  v,  &c. 

"  Seech.  10:2,  N.j. 

i-  E.  v.,  Matt.  19:  5;  Mark  10:  8;  Eph.  5:  31;-Beng., 
Herd.,  Mey.,  De  W.,  Ebr.,  (d!e;-for  Luth.'s  diexe),  AWw..  Stu.^ 
Lord,  Murd.  oi  δύο  is  in  Dodd.  bolli  of  them;  in  Wakef., 
simply  both. 

'  E.  v.,  Matt.  19:  5  and  Mark  10:  8  (twain.) ;  Eph.  5:  31;- 
W.  {twain),  K.  ;-Vulg.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.,  Castal., 
Wesl.,  Herd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  AUw.,  All.,  Penn,  Lord. 
Kenr.,  Ebr. 


''  E.  v.,  everywhere  else ;  4  times  in  the  same  relation  in 
this  book.  Here  it  follows  Ϊ.,  C.  G.,  no  doubt  because  the 
object  is  here  first  mentioned.  But  the  article  is  none  the  less 
proper,  but  rather  the  more  forcible  on  that  very  account,  as 
marking  what  is  in  itself  eminent  and  unique,  the  existence  of 
which  ma3^  be  assumed  as  known  to  all  who  know  the  terrors 
of  the  Lord.  Midd. :  '  It  heems  to  be  spoken  of  as  a  well-known 
name  for  a  place  of  punishment.'  "W".,  R.  ;-German  and  French 
verss..  Dt.,  It. ;-Daub.  and  the  later  English  (e.xcept  Newc). 

'  The  relative  construction  is  adopted  by  E.  V.,  ch.  21 : 
8;  &c.  ;-German  verss.,  Dt.  ;-Cocc.,  A'itr.,  Dodd.,  AUvv.,  Stu., 
Ell.,  Lord.  Treg..  Murd. Lachm.  reads  ri-f  χαίομίνής  ('A.'). 

'  Seech.  11:13,  N.k. 

^  Seech.  2:  13,  N.  c,  &c. 

"  See  ch.  3  :  10,  N.  d,  &c.  * 

'  For  ixytop..  all  the  recent  editors  except  Bloomf  read 
ίξΛθούϋ-τ]  (Ά.  Β.  α  28.  β  0.  y  2.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  came  forth. 

1  Seev.  17,  N.j. 

«  Seech.  10:  1,  N.  a,  &c. 

i•  Bloomf.:  'The  recent  editors  all  read  x^kiiv,  from  alnio.st 
all  the  best  MSS.'  (A.  B.  Ό  25.  /3  2.  Compl.').     Comp.  ch.  3 :  7, 

N.  o. 


REVELATION. 


203 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

key  of  the  bottomless  pit  and  a 
great  chain  in  his  hand. 

2  And  he  laid  hold  on  the 
dragon,  that  old  serpent,  which 
is  the  Devil,  and  Satan,  and 
bound  him  a  thousand  years. 


3  And  cast  him  into  the  bot- 
tomless pit,  and  shut  him  up, 
and  set  a  seal  upon  him,  that  he 
should  deceive  the  nations  no 
more,  till  the  thousand  yeai-s 
should  be  fulfilled ;  and  after 
that  he  must  be  loosed  a  little 
season. 

4  And  I  saw  thrones,  and 
they  sat  upon  them,  and  judg- 
ment was  given  unto  them  :  and 
I  saw  the  souls  of  them  that 
were  beheaded  for  the  witness 
of  Jesus,  and   for   the  word  of 


GREEK    TEXT. 

/cAetSa  της  αβύσσου,  κα\  αλυσιν 
μβγάλην  eVt  Τ7]ΐ^  Χ'^ψ^  αυτού. 

2  και  Ικρατησζ  τον  δράκοντα, 
τον  οφιν  τον  άρχαΐον,  ό?  €στι 
διάβολος  καΐ  Σατανάς,  καΐ  βδησβν 
αύτον  -χίλία  €τη, 

3  /cat  ί'βαλβν  αύτον  βις  την 
αβυσσον,  καΐ  ϊκλβισεν  αυτόν,  και 
ΐσφραγισβν  βττανω  αυτού,  Ινα  μη 
ττλανησγ)  τα  βθνη  ίτι,  αγβί  τβ- 
λ€σθη  τα  χ/λία  ίτη•  καΐ  μ€τα 
ταύτα  δβΐ  αύτον  λυθήναι  μικρόν 
χρονον. 

4  ICal  βίδον  θρόνους,  κα\  ξκα- 
θισαν  €7γ'  αύτους,  καΐ  κρίμα  εδόθη 
αύτοΐς•  καΐ  τας  ψύχρας  των  neire- 
λ€κισμ€νων  δια  την  μαρτυρίαν 
'Ιησού,  και  δια  τον  λογον  τού 
θίού,  και  ο'ίτινβς  ου  ττροσεκυνη- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

of  the  'abyss,  and  a  great  chain 
■^upon  his  hand. 

2  And  he  laid  hold  on  the 
dragon,  =that  old  serpent,  which 
is  the  Devil  and  '  Satan,  and 
bound  him  a  thousand  years, 

3  And  cast  him  into  the  abyss, 
and  "shut  him  up,  and  '^set  a 
seal  "over  him,  that  he  'might  ' 
deceive  the  nations  no  more,  till 
the  thousand  j'ears  Hvere  'finish- 
ed ;  "'and  after  "these  he  must 
be  loosed  a  little  "time. 


4  And  I  saw  thrones,  and 
they  sat  upon  them,  and  judg- 
ment was  given  unto  them  ;  and 
I  saw  the  souls  of  pthose  ''  be- 
headed for  the  testimony  of  Je- 
sus, and  for  the  word  of  God, 


'  See  ch.  9 :  1,  X.  c. 

^  There  is  no  necessity  for  sa3ing  with  Bloomf. :  '■  iitS,  τψ 

Xiifia  is  put  for  £11  ty  ztipi,  Ά  very  unusual  idiom.'     On  the 

contrary,  it  is  more  natural  to  conceive  of  the  'great  chain'  as 

resting  on,  and  depending  from,  the  angel's  hand.     See  ch.  5 : 1, 

'  N.  a,  &a. 

'  For  tbv  o^iv  Tfm  ap;iaiOr,  Lachm.,  Tisch.,  Theile,  read 
ϋ  ϋ^ίς  υ  α^^χαίος  ('  Α.'). 

"■  Before  Σατ•.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Bloomf..  Tisch.,  Theile, 
insert  ύ  (A.  Β.  'α  14.  Compl.') ;  and,  after  it,  Matth.  adds  the 
words,  ϋ  Λλανων  τψ  οίχονμίνην  ολην  ('Β.  α  26.  Compl.  Syr. 
Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'). 

^  Comp.  ixxiiasv  aitov  with  Sept.  1  Sam.  23 :  20.  But  all 
the  recent  editors  cancel  the  av-tov  (which  arose,  Hengst. 
thinks,  from  supposing  that  ijtavu  aitoi  refers  only  to  ϊβψρά- 
ytoii•),  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a  27.  β  5.  y  2.  Compl.  A^ulg. 
Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  adopted,  and  that  ΐχλιιβι  xai  i οφράγ.  be  then  trans- 
lated:  slmt  and  sealed. T.  and  C.  follow  the   Erasmian 

ί8η<ιιν  ('  3.  12.')  for  ΐχ-Kciacv. 

>"  E.  v.,  Matt.  27  :  37 ;  &c.  ;-R.  (for  super  of  the  Vulg.  and 
other  Latin  verss.,  except  Castal.  insuper)  ;-Germ.  (oben  dar- 
a?i/";-for  irt.  ait.),  Dt.  (boven).  It.  (sopra),  Fr.  S.  (aii-dessus 
de)  ;-Berl.  Bib.  (oben  iiber),  Beng.  and  later  German  verss. 
(jt&er;-except  Moldenh.,  as  Germ.),  Gill,  Wakef.,  Woodh.. 
AUw.,  Penn.     Erroneously  Barn. :  '  Or,  rather,  upon  it — ΐκάνω 


αυτοί ;' — a   version   grammatically   impossible,   though   taken, 

along  with  the  explanation  attached,  from  Stu. For  έΛ.  air., 

A.  reads  ίμμεvCJζ  avtov. 

'  Guy.se,  Dodd.,  We.sl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Thora.,  Penn,  Sharpe, 

Stu.,  Lord,   Murd. For   7t%avr,ay.    Matth.,   Griesb.,   Knapp, 

Me)•.,  Soh.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.,  read  «λάκα  (Β. '  α  28. 
β  5.  Compl.'). 

J  Blcioraf. :  '  For  vulg.  to.  ϊθνη  ttt,  all  the  recent  editors  read 
cti  to,  ίθιιη  (A.  B.  'a  24.  (3  5.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  ver.sion  stand  thus :  no  more 
deceive  the  nations. 

''  W.,  R..  (&e;-tho  Vulg.  being  cnnsummentur),  T.,  C,  G.;- 
Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Thom.,  Sharpe,  Kenr.  {as  R.). 

1  E.  v.,  V.  5 ;  and  see  ch.  15 :  1,  N.  c. 

■"  The  xai  is  bracketed  by  Knajip.  and  ciincelled  by  Beng., 
Matth.,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority 
of  A.  B.  '  α  11.  β  3.     Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol.  Syr.' 

■■  The  tavta  is  rendered  by  a  plural  form,  referring  to  Χτίη, 
by  Castal.,  Moldenh.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord. 

"  See  ch.  2 :  21,  N.  m  and  6 :  11,  N.  d. 

ρ  Seech.  2:2,  Ν.  h,  kc. 

1  See  ch.  6:  9,  N.  t.  Here,  of  English  verss.,  the  participial 
form  Is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Stu.  A  reference  to  the  etymolo- 
gical sense  of  rtfXfxi'C".  to  cut,  or  cut  off,  with  an  a.ve  or 
hatchet,  is  preserved  by  Dt.  marg.  ;-Pagn.,  Bcz.,  Par.,  Cocc, 
Vitr.,  Beng.,  Woodh.,  Scott,  Allw. 


204 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

God,  and  wliicli  had  not  wor- 
sliipped  tlie  beast,  neither  his 
image,  neither  had  received  his 
mark,  upon  their  foreheads,  or  in 
their  liands  ;  and  they  lived  and 
reigned  witii  Christ  a  thousand 
years. 

5    But  tlie  rest  of  tlie  dead 
lived  not  again  until  the  thou- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

σαν  τω  θηρίω,  ούτ€  τβ  (Ικοιί  αν- 


RE VISED    VERSION. 


and  '•who 


worshipped  not 

"and 


the 
τοΰ,  καΐ  ούκ  eXaBov  το  νάραναα  i  l^^ast,  "nor  liis  'image,  «aud  •  re- 
,  V      V        /  ,    „    '^     V    ,  V   ceived    «not    "the   mark,    upon 

€7Γΐ   το^  μ^τωτΓον   αυτών,   /cat   €7Γί   ,^ι^^^^.  .forehead  and  nipon  their 

την  χΰρα  αυτών   κα\  ίζησαν,  κα\   -hand  ;     and     they     lived     and 
(βασίλευσαν  μβτα  Χρίστου  χίλια  reigned  with  Christ  ^-a  thousand 


βτη• 


I  years. 


OL 


δελ 


I 


'But  the  rest  of  the  dead 


oiTTOt  των  νβκρων  ουκ       ο 

•■lived  not  ""again  ■'until  the  thou- 


■■  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f.     Looking  merely  at  the   structure 
of  tlie  verse,  we  are  at  liberty  to  regard  the  oiVivfj  ov  Λροαιχ- 
xfK.  as,  1.,  a  larger  designalion,  including  the  ΛιΛΛίχι,ομίροι 
(Aret. :   'Latius  cxplicat,  qui  isti  sint  teste.s.'     Ebr. :  'Who, 
then,  are  they  who  sit  upon  the  throne.s  ?     First  and  foremost, 
the  martyrs  .  .  .  ;   then   secondly,   all   in   general,   who   have 
not  &c.  ...  all  out  of  all  periods,  who  have  been  faithful  to 
Christ  .  .  .  aJl  the  regnnerale.'') ;  or,  2.,  as  a  separate,  addi- 
tional class  (Bez.,  Brightm.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Wells,  Vitr.,  Daub., 
Beng.,  Gill,  Newt.,  Herd.,  Eichh.,  Newc,   Ew.,   Mey.,  Jones, 
Lord,  De  W.,  Hengst.  ;-most  of  whom  refer  ΛίΛίΧιχ.  especially 
to  the  martyrs  under  imperial  Rome,  o'i-tivii  to  the  confessors 
of  later  times.);  and,  on  either  view,  oiVtrts  might  retain  its 
force  as  a  compound  relative,  whosoever  (AVells,  Woodh.,  Allw., 
Scholef,  Bloomf.,  Ell.,  Lord).     But  the  intimation  in  ch.  13: 1.5, 
that  all  who  refused  to  worship  the  beast  suffered  death  (i-omp. 
also  ch.  G:  11)  seems  rather  to  favour  the  idea,  that,  if  the  two 
classes  are  not,  3.,  identical  (Syr.  =  Murd.  these  [are]  they 
who.     T.,  C  G.,  Fr.  M.,  B.  and  L.,  All.,  render  oiV.  by  a  simple 
relative,  and  omit   the  preceding  xai.     Grot.:  'illud  xai  o'itipti 
est  quasi  dicas,  q2ii  iidem.''),  then,  4.,  the  second  may  be  in- 
cluded in  the  first  (Treg. :    'The  parallel  to  this  sentence  in 
Greek  construction  is  found  in  Rev.  1:7.    In  each  case  there 
is  a  general  statement  followed  by  xai  οίη,νες;  not  as  some 
class  added  to  the  general  statement;  but  as  expressing  some, 
who,  while  included  in  the  general  term,  are  brought  into  an 
especial  prominence.'     lie  errs,  however,  in  asserting,  that  '  the 
grammar  of  the   sentence   .shews    this.'). — Of  tho.se  who  in 
translation   retain   both   the  xa.1   and   the   participial  form  of 
ΛίΛίλίχίαμίνων,  the  oiVti'f;  is  given,  as  above,  by  a  simple  rela- 
tive, in  R,  ;-Vulg,,  Germ.  ;-Eiasm.,  Vat.,  Castal.,  Cocc,  Greenf., 
Stu.,  Hengst.,  Ebr.     The  E.  V.  treatment  of  the  two  clauses 
appears  in  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G.  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Beng.,  Dodd., 
Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Sharpe,     Before  οί'ίινίς,  a  de- 
monstrative  pronoun   in   the  accusative  (t/iose)   governed  by 
fZSoK,  is  supplied  by  W.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-Brightm.,  Beng.  and  Hengst. 
(in  their  Comment.),  Wesl.,  Newc,  Treg. :— a  demonstrative  in 
the  genitive  ('/  those),  governed  by  ■ί^χάί,  is  supplied  by  Vitr., 
Eichh.,  Ew.,  Allw.,  De  W.,  Words. 

■  The  historical   time  is  given  by  E.  V.  in  the  preceding 

clause,  and  here  by  \\ .,  G.  (in  the  first  instance,  did  worship), 

R.  ;-\Vakef.,  Sharpe,  Stu.  (did  w.  .  .  .  did  receive),  Words. 

No  Latin  version  uses  the  pluperfect,  except  Par.  and  Vitr. 

'  For  τψ  θηρίφ,  JIatth.,  Griesb.j  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg., 


Words.,  Tisch.,  read  to  θηρίον  (A.  B.  '  α  18.  β  3.'  Comp. 
ch.  13:  4,  N.  q,  &c  and  15,  N.  z;  also  ch.  14:  7,  9,  11 ;  &c). 

"  R.  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  (or),  Woodh.  and  the 

later  verss.  (except  Treg.,  Words.). For  ov-rt,  Beng.,  Matth., 

Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words..  Tisch.,  read  ov&i  (A.  B.  'a  16. 
β  3.'). 

'  For  ty  iixoi'i,  Beng..  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words., 
Tisch.,  read  τψ  lixam  (A.  B.  Ό  18.  β  2.  Er.'). 

"  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  All. ;  the  l^ulg.  being  nee), 
Dt.,  It.,  French  verss.  ;-Cocc.,  Vitr.,  Daub.,  Dodd,,  Wakef,, 
Woodh,,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. 

=■  Dt,  Fr.  S.;-Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Wakef.,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Scott,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  W.,  Treg., 
Murd.,  Ebr.  The  Vulg.  eji<s  is  dropped  by  Syr.  ;-Castal,, 
Cocc,  Vitr. 

y  This  airuiv,  which  Knapp  and  Bloomf,  bracket,  is  cancelled 
by  all  the  other  recent  editors,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  '  α  23. 
β  4.  Vulg.  ed.  Syr.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
ing be  adopted,  and  that  the  word  their  be  retained  as  a  sup- 
plement. 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  13  :  10  {Iheir  right  hand)  ;-Syr.,  German  verss., 
It.  (inano),  Fr.  S.  ;-Castal.,  Cocc,  Daub.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.  {hand), 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.  E.  V.  and 
others  follow  the  Vulg. 

»  See  ch.  13 :  13,  NN,  e,  f,  &c. 

^  Before  χίχια,  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  Mey.,  Hahn, 
Theile,  retain  τά  (Β.)  of  the  te.vt.  rec.  Of  this  De  W.  strongly 
approves,  and  Hengst,  and  others  translate  accordingly.  I  re- 
commend, as  a  marginal  note,  these  words  :  '  Or,  as  many  read, 
the.' 

'  The  a  is  cancelled  by  Beng.,  Matth.,  Lachra.,  Treg., 
Words,,  Tisch, ;  of  whom  Matth.,  Treg.,  Words.,  then  insert 
(Tisch.,  in  brackets)  xai  before  oi.  The  evidence  stands  thus : 
'  oi  A.     xai  oi  B.  α  11.  (&  10. 13.)  Compl.' 

''  For  ανίζηβαν,  all  the  recent  editors  re.ad  ΐζτ,βαν  ('  A.  B. 
'a  13.  [k  12.  13.]  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Slav.  MS.').  I  recom- 
mend that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  the  word  again 
omitted. 

'  For  έω;,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ίχρι  ('  λ.  Β.  α  10. 
[>t  12.  1,').J  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  aud  translated :  till,  as  in  v.  3. 


REVELATION. 


205 


KIXG    JAMES      VERSION. 

sand  3'ears  were  finished.     This 
is  the  first  resurrection. 

6  Blessed  and  holy  is  he  that 
hath  part  in  the  first  resurrec- 
tion :  on  such  the  second  death 
hath  no  power,  but  they  shall 
be  priests  of  God  and  of  Christ, 
and  shall  reign  with  him  a  thou- 
sand yeai'S. 


7  And  when  the  thousand 
years  are  expired,  Satan  shall  be 
loosed  out  of  his  prison, 

8  And  shall  go  out  to  deceive 
the  nations  which  are  in  the  four 
quartei's  of  the  earth,  Gog  and 
Magog,  to  gather  them  together 


GREEK    TEXT. 

άνέζησαν  €ω$•  τίλίσθ^  τα  -χείλια 
ί'τη.  αυτή  η  άναστασίί  η  ττρωτη. 
G  Μακάρωί  και  άγιος  ο  €)(ων 
μίρος  iv  Trj  άναστασ€ΐ  Trj  TrpoiTrj- 
eVl  τούτων  6  θάνατος  ο  8evTep09 
ουκ  evei  Ιζουσίαν,  άλλ  έσονται 
lepeis  του  Θίου  καΐ  του  Χρίστου, 
καΐ  βασιλεΰσουσι  μβτ  αύτου  χί- 
λια βτη. 

7  ΚαΙ  Όταν  τξλβσθί]  τα  χίλια 
€τη,  λυθησβται  6  Σατανάς  €Κ  της 
φυλακής  αύτοΰ, 

8  κα\  βξβλβυσζται  ττλανησαι 
τα  ΐ'θνη  τα  eV  ταΐς  τβσσαρσι  γω- 
ν'ιαις  της  γης,  τον  Γωγ  κα\  τον 
Μαγωγ,    συναγαγύν   αυτούς   εις 


REVISED    VERSION. 

sand  years  ^should  be  finished. 
This  is  ^the  first  resurrection. 

6  Ble^ed  and  holj^  is  he  that 
hath  part  in  ''the  first  resurrec- 
tion :  'over  Jfliese  ''the  second 
death  hath  no  power,  but  they 
shall  be  priests  of  God  and  of 
Christ,  and  ''shall  reign  "with 
him  a  thousand  years. 


7  And  'when  the  thousand 
3'^ears  are  -"finished,  Satan  shall 
be  loosed  out  of  his  prison,  .^^^^ 

8  And  shall  go  "foi'th  to  de- 
ceive the  nations  which  are  in 
the  four  "corners  of  the  earth, 
Gog  and  Magog,  to  gather  them 
together  to  ρ  battle :  the  number 


'  •  They  lived  not,  till  &c.'  =  '  they  continued  in  the  state 
of  death,  and  were  so  to  continue,  till  &c.' — E.  V.,  v.  3  ;-W.,  G., 
R..  (oe);-Vulg.  (consummentur),  It.  (fossero).  Ft.  G.-M.,  (sort), 
Fr.  S.  (/lissere?)  ;-Erasm.,  Tat.,  (as  Vulg.),  Castal.  (^forenl), 
Par.  (complerentur),  Cocc.  {finirentur).  B.  and  L.  {soient). 
Herd,  (icoren  ;-for  Luth.'s  wurden),  Wooah.,  Lord,  Stier  and 
Ebr.  {wiirden),  AVin.,  De  W.,  ('sein  werden,  nicht  uaren^), 
Words,  {are;  having,  like  Fr.  G.  and  M.,  introduced  the  pres- 
ent tense  at  ίζ^ι^αν,  as  G.,  and  B.  and  L.,  do  the  future.). 

^  See  1  -John  2 :  7,  N.  o,  &c.  Here  the  ή  .  .  .  ij,  which  is 
imitated  by  the  Syr.  and  Grecnf.,  is  given  by  a  demonstrative 
pronoun  in  T..  C,  G.;-Vat. ;  and  the  advisablencss  of  this 
rendering  in  the  present  instance  depends  somewhat  on  the 
truth  of  Stu.'s  suggestion  (in  which  very  many  concur) :  '  It 
seems  to  me,  that  the  passage  before  us  is  not  the  only  one  in 
the  Scriptures  which  teaches  or  intimates,  that  there  will  be 
a  first  and  a  second  resurrection.  ...  I  refer  the  reader  to 
Phil.  3:  8-11;  Luke  14:  14;  Is.  26:  19;  1  Cor.  15:  23,  24; 
1  Thess.  4 :  16.'  (To  which  have  been  added  such  passages  as 
Ps.  1:5;  49:  14;  Is.  26:  14;  Dan.  12:  2;  Luke  20:  35,  36. 
In  the  last  of  these  references  is  found  the  formula,  η  avaataeit 
η  i»  vsxpCjv,  which  again  occurs  in  Acts  4:2;  conip.  Phil. 
3 :  11.  and  1  Pet.  1 :  3.)  'In  particular  does  Paul  seem,  by  his 
αΛαρ;^);  .  .  .  trtfira  .  .  .  ίΐΐα,  in  1  Cor.  15:  23,  24,  to  have  ad- 
verted to  a  first  and  second  resurrection.' 

>■  See  V.  5,  N.  g,  &c.  For  i  θάν.  ό  Βεύί.  (Matth.  10:  28 
comp.  Luke  12 :  5),  which  Bloomf.  marks  as  a  reading  '  thought 
to  need  alterations,'  all  the  other  recent  editors  substitute 
0  Sivffpos  eavatos  (A.  B.  'a  22.  β  5.  Compl.'). 

'  E.  v.,  ch.  2:  26;  11:  6;  and  generally,  in  this  relation, 
elsewhere  (comp.  ch.  5 :  10,  N.  pp,  &c.)  ;-German  verss.  (iiber), 


Dt.  {over),  It.  (sopra)  i-Wesl,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw., 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

i  A  demonstrative  or  a  personal  pronoun  is  here  employed 
by  W.,  R.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Luth.'s  sokhe)  ;-Wesl.  and 
the  later  English  (except  Newc,  Stu.).     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

I"  Of  recent  editors,  Words,  alone  reads  βααιλίύοναί  (comp. 
ch.  5:  10,  N.  p)  after  Α..  -intimating  that  the  Millennial  period 
was  be^'un  in  St.  .John's  age'!  and  Matth.  alone  leads  μιτα 
ϊαίϊα  ('α  14.'). 

I  For  oral'  ^Λιαθζ,  Matth.  and  Mey.  read  μιΐά  (•Β.  α16.  βό. 
Arm.  Slav.  MS.'). 

■»  See  T.  3,  N.  1,  &c. 

°  See  ch.  6 :  4,  N.  m. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  7:  1,  and  elsewhere  (7  times)  ;-W.,  R.;-foreign 
verss.  (except  Germ.),  Hamm.,  Daub,  and  the  later  English 
(except  Newc,  Words.).  (Comp.  Shakspere,  Merch.  of  Ven. 
ii.  7,  and  elsewhere  ;  also  Milton,  Par.  Reg.  iv.  415  :  '  the  four 
hinges  of  the  world.')     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

ρ  Before  λ6χ.,  Matth.,  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Bloomf., 
Tisch.,  insert  tiv  (A.  B.  'a  20.  (3  3.  Compl.').  of  which  De  W. 
approves  as  =  the  noted  (Words,  'the  great'),  while  Ilengst. 
would  understand  it,  if  genuine,  as  used  'generically',  without 
affecting  the  sense.  Perhaps  it  might  rather  be  considered  as 
implying,  that  \vhat  Satan  now  meditated  was  simply  a  re- 
newal and  continuation  of  the  hostilities,  which  had  been  inter- 
rupted by  the  defeat  recorded  in  ch.  19:  20,  and  by  his  own 
arrest.  Bloomf.  strangely  misconceives  the  matter,  when  he 
says :  '  The  reference,  though  latent,  is  traceable,  viz.  "  the  war 
which  had  been  stirred  up  by  the  artful  deceit  of  Satan  between 
Gog  and  Magog." ' 


20G 


REVELATION. 


KIXG    JAMES     VERSION. 

to  battle  :  the  miinber  of  whom 
is  as  the  sand  of  the  sea. 

9  And  they  went  up  on  the 
breadth  of  the  earth,  and  com- 
passed the  camp  of  the  saints 
about,  and  the  beloved  city:  and 
fire  came  down  from  God  out  of 
heaven,  and  devoured  them. 

10  And  the  devil  that  deceiv- 
ed them  was  cast  into  the  lake 
of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  the 
beast  and  the  false  prophet  ore, 
and  shaU  be  tormented  day  and 
niorht  for  ever  and  ever. 


saw  a  great  white 


11  And  I 
throne,  and  him  that  sat  on  it, 
from  whose  face  the  earth  and 
the  heaven  fled  away  ;  and  there 
was  found  no  place  for  them. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ΤΓολίμον,  ων  ό  αριθμοί  ώ?  η  άμ- 
μθ9  τηί  θαλασσή?. 

9  κα\  άνίβησαν  Ittl  το  ττλατοί 
τηί  γηί,  καΐ  (κύκλωσαν  την  ττα- 
ρβμβολην  των  άγιων,  κα\  την  ττο- 
λιν  την  ήγαπημ^νην  και  κατίβη 
ττνρ  άτΓο  τον  θίον  €κ  του  ουρανού, 
καΐ  κατίφαγίν  αϋτονς• 

10  καΧ  ο  δίάβολοί  ό  πλάνων 
αυτούς  Ιβληθη  els  την  λιμνην  του 
ττυροί  καΐ  θΐίου,  οττου  το  θηρίον 
και  ο  ψβυδοττροφητηί•  καΐ  βασα- 
νισθησονται  ήμίρας  κα\  νυκτός 
€ί?  τους  αΙώνας  των  αΙωνων. 

11  Κα),  βίδον  θρονον  λίυκον 
μίγαν,  καΐ  τον  καθημενον  βττ  αυ- 
τού, ου  άτΓΟ  ττρυσωτΓου  βφυγξν  ή 
γη  καΐ  6  ουρανός,  και  τοπος  ου-^ 
(ύρεθη  αΰτοΊς. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

■Of  whom  is  as  the  sand  of  the 
sea. 

9  And  they  went  up  ■'iqion 
the  breadth  of  the  earth,  and 
■encompassed  the  camp  of  the 
saints,  and  the  beloved  city :  and 
'there  came  down  fire  "  from 
God  out  of  heaven,  and  devoured 
them ; 

10  And  the  devil  that  deceiΛ'- 
ed  them  was  cast  into  the  lake 
of  fire  and  brimstone,  where  "are 
"the  beast  and  the  false  prophet ; 
«and  >they  shall  be  tormented 
day  and  night  mnto  the  ages  of 
the  ages. 

11  And  I  saw  «a  great  white 
throne,  and  him  that  sat  on  «it, 
from  "  whose  face  ''  fled  the  earth 
and  the  heaven,  and  'no  place 
was  found  for  them. 


1  After  α^ίβμός,  all  the  recent  editors  add  an  idiomatic 
ούϊώι-ίΆ.  B.  al9.  p4.'). 

■•  See  ch.  5 :  1,  N.  a.  ,tc.  R.  ;-Brightm..  Dodd.,  Xewc,  Allw. 
Stu.,  {over),  Wakef.  {to),  Lord  {on  to),  Kenr.  Comp.  Rob., 
s.  ϊΛί,  III.  a,  b. 

■  W.  {environed),  R.  {compassed)  ;-Brightm.  {as  /?.),  Davib., 
Guyse,  Dodd.  {surrounded  ;-3Λΐά  so  AVcsl.,  Wakef.,  Xewc. 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord),  Allw.,  Sharpe  {encircled), 

Ell.    {encomp.  .  .  .  about),    JIurd.,   Kenr. For    ix<ix-ka<sa.v, 

Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read   ixixxivaav  (A.  B.  'a  14. 
;3  2.  Compl.'). 

<  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  R-  ;-Latin  verss.  (except 
Castal.),  Syr.,  German  verss.  generally,  Dt.  (er  kwam  vuur 
neder). 

"  The  words.  a«o  τοί  Θίοί.  are  put  after  tx  tou  oip.  by  Beng., 
Matth.,  Griesb.,  JNIey.,  Sch.,  Treg.  (in  brackets).  Words.,  on 
the  authority  of  B.  'a  18.  β  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Copt.  Arm. 
Erp.' ;  while  by  Lachm.  and  Ti.sch.  they  are,  with  Bloomf.'s 
approbation,  cancelled,  on  the  authority  of  •  A.  12.  18.  Vulg. 
MS.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.' 

^  Of  those  who  supply  the  verb,  it  is  inserted  (sometimes  in 
the  singular,  and  sometimes  in  the  imperfect  tense)  before  the 
nouns,  by  It,  French  verss.  ;-Castal.,  Bez.,  Brightm.,  Par., 
Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Murd. 

"  All  the  recent  editors  here  insert  xai  (A.  B.  'a  26.  β  3. 
Compl.     Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.').    I  recommend 


that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  also.  W,,  R., 
{both)  ;-Vulg.  {el  ;-and  so  the  other  Latin  verss.  that  follow 
this  reading),  Syr.  ;-Brightm.,  We.sl.,  Newc,  Sharpe,  Treg., 
Words.,  Kenr..  (a.5  W.).  Daub.,  Beng.  and  later  German  verss. 
{audi),  Woodh.  (/i"tociite).-Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd. 

*  This  xai  is  disregarded  by  C,  G.  ;-the  Vulg.  and  its  fol- 
lowers ;-Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat; — ro  δ);ρ.  xai  i  ■^ivS.  being  then 
connected  immediately  with  βαααν. 

y  'All  three  together.' — Dt.  French  ver.ss.  ;-Daub.,  Beng., 
and  the  later  Protestant  English  and  German  verss.  (except 
Hengst.).  Such  also  as  supply  a  singular  substantive  verb  in 
the  preceding  clause  (see  N.  v)  have  here  the  plural. 

'  See  ch.  1 :  G,  X.  g,  &c. 

'  For  %ivxm  μίγαν,  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Lachm.,  Elahn, 
Treg.,  Word.s.,  Tisch.,  read  μίγαν  τ^ινχόν  (Α.  Β.  Ό  17.  β  3. 
Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.').  For  avtov, 
Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  αίτώ  (Β.  'α  26.  β  3. 
Compl.').     After  άτίό,  Lachm.  and  Words,  insert  toi  (A.  B.). 

^  The  Greek  order  is  observed  hy  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal.),  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  It., 
French  verss.  (except  B.  and  L.).  For  the  omission  of  away, 
seech.  16:  20,  X.  n. 

"  Comp.  E.  v.,  Dan.  2 :  35 ;  where  the  Sept.  Greek  is  the 
same  as  here.  Newc,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu,,  Lord,  Treg,  Jlost 
other  verss..  English  and  foreign,  translate  rortoj  before  the 
verb. 


REVELATION. 


207 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

12  And  I  saw  the  dead,  small 
and  great,  stand  before  God ; 
and  the  books  were  opened : 
and  another  book  was  opened, 
which  is  the  book  of  life :  and 
the  dead  were  judged  out  of 
those  things  which  were  written 
in  the  books,  according  to  their 
works. 

13  And  the  sea  gave  up  the 
dead  which  were  in  it ;  and  death 
and  hell  delivered  up  the  dead 
which  were  in  them  :  and  they 
were  judged  every  man  accord- 
ing to  tlieir  works. 

14  And  death  and  hell  were 
cast  into  the  lalce  of  fire.  This 
is  the  second  death. 


15  And  whosoeΛ^er  was  not 
found  written  in  the  book  of  life 
was  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

12  Koi  el8ov  tovs  veKpovs, 
μικρούς•  και  μβγαλονς,  ^στώτας 
Ινωπιον  του  θβοΰ,  και  βιβλία 
ήνΐωχ^θησαν  καΐ  βιβλ'ιον  άλλο 
ην^ω^θη,  ο  Ιστι  της  ζ(οηί•  καΐ 
Ικρίθησαν  οϊ  veKpoi  e'/c  τώΐ'  γβ- 
γραμμίνων  iv  τοΐί  βιβλίοΐί,  κατά 
τα  (ργα  αυτών. 

13  KCU  βδωκβν  ή  θάλασσα  τους• 
€v  αύτϊ}  νεκρούς,  καΐ  6  θάνατος 
και  ο  αδηί  βδωκαν  τους  ev  αύτοΐς 
ν€κρου9•  και  εκρίθησαν  ΐκαστος 
κατά  τα  epya  αυτών. 

14  και  ό  θάνατος  και  ό  αδης 
ίβληθησαν  els  την  λίμνην  τον 
ττυροζ'  οΰτοί  βστιν  ό  δ€υτ€ρο9 
θάνατος. 

15  καΐ  el  τις  ουχ^  εύρίθη  iv  τη 
βίβλω  της  ζωής  γβγραμμβνος, 
ΐβληθη  et?  την  λίμνην  του  πυρός. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

12  And  I  saw  the  dead,  ''small 
and  great,  "standing  before  'God, 
and  ^  books  '•were  opened ;  and 
'■anotlier  book  was  opened,  which 
is  '  of  life,  and  the  dead  were 
judged  out  of  'the  things  "  writ- 
ten in  the  books,  according  to 
their  works. 


13  And  the  sea  gave  up  the 
dead  '  in  it,  and  deatli  and  -hades 
gave  up  the  dead  '  in  them  ;  and 
they  were  judged  every  "one  ac- 
cording to  "their  works. 

14  And  death  and  phades  were 
cast  into  the  lake  of  fire :  this 
"is  the  second  death.•^ 


15  And  nf  any  one  was  not 
found  written  in  'the  book  of 
life,  he  was  cast  into  the  lake  of 
fire. 


*  For  jKtxp.  xoi  μ(γ.  (wanting  in  8  cursive  MSS.),  Beng.. 
Lachm.,  Hahn,  Trcg.,  Words.,  Tisch..  read  rouj  μfγ.  xai  tov; 
μιχρ.  (•  A.  α  10.  β  2.  ν  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  MSS.'      B.  Υοΰζ  μιχρ•  xai  tohi  μιγ•)• 

'  Seech.  10:  5,  N.  r,  &c. 

'  For  ©Εοΰ,  all  the  recent  editors  read  θρόνον  Ά.  Β.  α  28.  β  4. 
Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.').  Ire- 
commend  the  adoption  of  this  reading :  throne. 

^  W.,  R.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-Beng.  and  the  later  Germ,  verss.  (except 
Moldenh.,  All.),  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg. 

■■  For  ψ(ά,χθτ,(!αν.  Mattli.  reads  ψοιξαν  (Ό  8.');  all  the  other 
recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.)  read  ψοίχθ•ηαα.ν  (A.  B.  '  α  5. 
[&  11.  14.]  Er.  avtax•  Compl.').  For  βιβύον  άλλο.  they  all 
(except  Bloomf.)  read  άλλο  βφλίον  (Α.  Β.  'a  19.  j3  S.  Compl.'). 
For  ήρίφχθη,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Ilahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  Theile, 
read  ^^νοίχθη  (Ά.  3.  7.  11.  29.  35.  40.  Er.     6.ν(ύ>χ.  Compl.'). 

'  Nothing  is  supplied  by  II.  ;-Tulg.,  Syr.,  Germ..  Dt.  ;- 
Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  Vitr..  Beng..  TToodh.,  Lord,  Ilengst.,  Kenr. 
A  demonstratiye  pronoun  is  supplied  by  Fr.  S.  ;-Thom.,  Ebr. 

i  It.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Brightm.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
AUw.,  Greenf ,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg..  Murd. 

'  It,  Fr.  S.  ;-Cocc.,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Greenf, 
Gerl.,  Lord,  Murd. 

"  Comp.  ch.  10:  6,  N.  v.  Thom.,  Murd..  But,  for  ίι>  air»; 
νεχρούί,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Beng.,  Bloomf.)  read  (not, 


as  Bloomf.  saj'S.  «/εχρον;  ίν  αύτ^,  but)  i/fxpois  tovi  iv  airy  (A.  B. 
■a  20.  /3  4.').  And  so.  for  in  ai-toif  vixpovf  in  the  next  clause, 
they  all  (e.xcept  Bloomf)  reail  (not,  as  Bloomf  again  says, 
vtx.  εν  avTotj,  but)  vsxpohs  tovs  iv  aitoli  (A.  B.  'a  17.  β  3. 
ίαν-ίΖν  νεχροϋί  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  both  readings  be 
adopted,  and  in  each  case  translated :  dead  that  were.  For 
that  (2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f),  see  W.,  R.;-Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wesl., 
Allw.,  Treg.,  Kenr.     Lord  has  who. 

"  See  ch.  1 :  18,  N.  x. 

"  E.  v.,  ch.  2 :  23  ;  5  :  8 ;  G :  II ;  &c.  ;-W.  (for  ϊχ..  has  each), 
R.  ;-Daub.  and  later  English  verss.  (except  that  Wakef.  is 
as  W.).     No  foreign  version  has  anything  answering  to  man. 

"  For  aituv,  Words,  reads  avtoi  (B.  'a  10.  β  2.'). 

ρ  See  ch.  1 :  18,  N.  x. 

'  For  iat.  ο  SfvT•.  θάν.,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Beng. 
and  Bloomf  read  ό  θάν.  ΰ  Biv-t.  iat.  (A.  B.  'a  16.  β  3.  y  2.' 
4  cursive  MSS.  and  Compl.  have  ίβτ•.^  θάν.  6  &ενί.). 

'  Excepting  Beng..  Griesb.,  Bloomf..  all  the  recent  editors 
add  the  words,  η  λίμνη  του  τίνρόί  (Α.  Β.  'α 24.  β  3.  γ  2.  Compl. 
A'ulg.  MS.  [.li».J  ΤοΙ.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'— 'good 
grounds,'  says  Bloomf. ;  'but  internal  evidence  is  by  no  means 
in  their  favour.').  I  recommend  that  the  note:  'Many  add: 
the  lake  of  fire,^  appear  in  the  margin. 

'  Seech.  14:  11,  N.  c. 

'  For  tri  βίβλ^,  Matth.  reads  t^  βιβλίφ  (Β.  'α  17.  β  3.'). 


208 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 
CHAP.    XXI. 

And  I  saw  a  new  lieaven  and 
a  new  earth  :  for  the  first  heaven 
and  the  first  earth  were  passed 
away ;  and  there  was  no  more 
sea. 

2  And  I  John  saw  the  holy 
city,  new  Jerusalem,  coming 
down  from  God  out  of  heaven, 
prepared  as  a  bride  adorned  for 
her  husband. 


3  And  I  heard  a  great  voice 
out  of  heaven,  sajnng,  Behold, 
the  tabernacle  of  God  is  with 
men,  and  he  will  dwell  with 
them,  and  they  shall  be  his 
people,  and  God  himself  shall  be 
with  them,  and  be  their  God. 


GREEK    TEXT. 
CHAP.    XXI. 

ΚΑΙ  elSou  ovpavov  κωνον  και 
γην  καιι^ην  ο  γαρ  ττρώτος  ουρα- 
νοί Koi  η  ττρωτη  γη  τταρηλθβ,  και 
ή  θάλασσα  ουκ  ίστίν  en. 

2  Κα\  ίγω  Ιωάννης  eiSov  την 
■πολιν  την  άγίαν,  Ιερουσαλήμ 
καινην  καταβαίνουσαν  άττο  τοΰ 
θβοΰ  e'/c  τοΰ  ουρανού,  ητοιμασμ.<ί- 
νην  ώ?  νυμφην  κίκοσμημίνην  τω 
άνδρΐ  αύτηί. 

3  καΙ  ή'κουσα  φωνής  μεγάλης 
Ικ  τοΰ  ονρανοΰ,  λίγουσης,  Ίδου 
η  σκηνή  του  feou  μβτα  των  αν- 
θρώπων, Kca  σκηνωσει  μ€Τ  αυ- 
τών καΙ  αύτοΙ  λαοί  αυτοΰ  έσον- 
ται, κα\  αυτός  ο  θβος  βσται  μβτ 
αυτών,  θβος  αυτών. 


REVISED    VERSION. 
CHAP.    XXI. 

And  ι  saw  a  new  heaven  and 
a  new  earth  :  for  the  first  heaven 
and  the  first  earth  "have  passed 
away,  and  ''the  sea  'is  no  more. 

2  And  ''I  John  ■'saw  the  holy 
city,  new  Jerusalem,  'descending 
ffrom  God  out  of  heaven,  pro- 
pared  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her 
husband. 


3  And  I  heard  a  ^loud  voice 
out  of  ''heaven,  saying :  Behold, 
the  tabernacle  of  God  >■  with 
men !  and  he  'shall  Jtabernacle 
with  them,  and  '■they  shall  he 
liis  'peoples,  and  ""God  himself 
shall  be  with  them,  ■"  their  God. 


«  Fi•.  S.  ;-Bcng.,  Moldcnh.,  Sticr,  (ist  [sind]),  Woo<]h.  (are), 
Lord.  Treg.  Some  (as  Fr.  M.  ;-Pagii..  Casta),  and  later  Latin 
vcrss.,  B.  and  L.,  Wakef.,  Stu.,  Ell.,  Murd.)  use  the  pluperfect. 

For  Λαίΐηλθί,  Matth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Hahn,  Treg.,  Words., 

Theile,  read  άτί^λβοι/ ;  Lachm.  and  Tisch.,  ά.Ληλθαι>.  Bloomf.  is 
'  inclined  to  conjecture  that  St.  John  wrote  άκηΤ-θιν.^  The  evi- 
dence, as  gathered  from  Treg.  and  Words.,  stands  thus : 
άΛηλΟαν  A.  -901-  B.  α  18.  β  2.  -θι  2.  4.  11.  35.  47.  Vulg. 
Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  retain  ΛαρηΧθί,  which 
Hengst.  also  prefers. 

■>  The  article  is  translated,  and  the  noun  given  before  the 
the  verb,  by  AV..  R.  -j-nearly  all  foreign  verss.  ;-Brightni.,  Dodd.. 
AVakef,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Treg., 
Murd.,  Kenr.     See  v.  4,  N.  q.     E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.,  German  verss.  (except  Mey.),  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Erasni.,  Vat..  Wells,  Newc.  marg.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw., 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Words.,  Kenr.     E.  Y.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

''  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words  iyCi  ΊωάνΐΎ^ί.  on  the 
authority  of  Ά.  B.  α  2C.  β  .1.  y  3.  Conipl.  A'ulg.  MS.  Am. 
Tol.  Copt.  Acth.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.' ;  and  all  (e.xccpt, 
probably  through  oversight,  Bloomf.)  put  the  Mon  after  xmvr^v, 
on  the  authority  of  Ά.  B.  α  27.  β  3.  γ  4.  Compl.'  I  recommend 
that  both  readings  be  adopted,  and  that  the  version  stand  thus: 
the  holy  city,  new  .Tcrusalem,  I  saw. 

«  Seoch.  3:  12,  N.  kk,  &c. 

'  For  arto  roi  ©eoi  ix  tov  oip.,  all  the  recent  editors  read 
ix  t.  oip.  arto  T.  Θε.  {■  A.  B.  ο  17.  β  3.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arr.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  the  reading  be  adopted : 
out  of  heaven  from  God. 


5  See  ch.  1 :  10,  N.  s. 

'■  For  ουρανοί,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  read  θρόι-ου  (Ά.  18. 

Vulg.  Arm.  ed.  in  m.'). The  voice  explains  what  John  saw. 

No  copula  is  supplied  after  Θίοί  by  R.  -j-foreign  verss.  (except 
Dt.  ;-Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Grell.,  Vitr.)  ;-IIamm.,  Wells,  Daub., 
WesL,  AVakef.  (supplies  this  is  before  r^  ''"V'^Ji  Woodh., 
Thom.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

'  E.  A'.,  in  the  last  clause  and  in  v.  4 ;  ch.  7  :  15  ;  &c.  ;-W.  ;- 
Brightm.,  Dodd  ,  Allw.,  Lord. 

>  See  ch.  7:  15,  N.  g. 

'<  'Even  they— after  all  that  is  past.'  See  1  John  1:  7, 
N.  X,  &c.,  and  3 :  24,  N.  j. — The  Latin  verss.  have  ipsi.  and 
Treg.  marks  tliey  as  emphatic. 

1  See  ch.  7 :  9,  N.  d.  Fr.  S.  ;-Latin  verss.,  except  Castal., 
(popidi •,-ΐι>ν  the  A'ulg.  popubis),  Treg.  For  λαοί,  Beng., 
Matth..  Griesb.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  AVords.,  Ti.sch., 
read  λα^ί  (Β.  Ό  24.  β  3.  y  2.  Compl.  A^ilg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arr.').  Ileinr.  calls  λαοί  the  lectio  vuh^ans  ficilior,  and 
De  AV.  also  objects  to  it  as  "an  unluck)'  accommodation  to  the 
plural  subject,  since  God  can  have,  as  one  kingdom,  so  but  one 
people.'  This,  however,  seems  to  a.ssun)C  that,  at  the  period 
referred  to,  all  national  distinctions  being  oblitratcd,  mankind 
shall  be  fused  into  one  vast,  unorganized  horde — an  idea  for 
which  it  will  be  found  difficult,  1  believe  iuipussihle,  to  produce 
the  slightest  scriptural  warrant.  Rather  is  the  contrary  plainly 
asserted  or  implied  in  manifold  intimations  of  this  very  book 
(vv.  24,  26;  ch.  15:  4;  22:  2),  and  of  the  word  of  prophecy 
from  the  beginning  (Gen.  18:18  ;  P.s.  22:  27;  67:  3,  5  [Sept. 
λαοί  Λάνΐΐί];  72:  11,17;  82:8;  Is.  2:2,  3;  19:  25 ;  25 :  6-8 


REVELATION. 


209 


KING    JAMES      VERSIOX. 

4  And  God  shall  wipe  away 
all  tears  from  their  eyes ;  and 
there  sliall  be  no  more  death, 
neither  sorrow,  nor  crying,  nei- 
ther shall  there  be  any  more 
pain :  for  the  former  things  are 
passed  away. 

5  And  he  that  sat  upon  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

4  Kou  βζαλβίψβί  6  θβος  ττάν 
δάκρνον  άτΓο  των  οφθαλμών  αυ- 
τών, καΐ  Ό  θανατοζ  ουκ  βσταί  err 
οϋτε  7Γ€νθθ9,  ουτ6  κραυγή,  ούτί 
TTOvos  ουκ  ί'σται  err  Ότι  τα  πρώτα 
αττηλθον. 

5  ΚαΙ  direv  ο  καθημ^νοί  ΐττΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

4  And  "God  shall  wipe  away 
"every  tear  pfrom  their  eyes  ;  and 
■■death  shall  be  no  more ;  'nor 
shall  sorrow,  nor  crying,  ■■nor 
'pain  be  anj'  more  ;  for  the  'first 
tilings  are  "gone. 

5  And   he   that   sat   'on  the 


"  The  words,  ο  ©foj.  bracketed  by  Knapp  and  Bloomf.,  are 
cancelled  by  Beng.,  Matth.  (who  also  substitutes  for  them  the 
words,  ait  ait uv,  from  ' B.  all.  β  2.'),  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Tisch., 
on  the  an  thority  of  '  B.  α  24.  /3  3.  y  2.  Compl.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr. 
Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' 

•  See  ch.  7 :  17,  N.  n. 

Ρ  For  άΛΟ,  Lachm.  reads  ix  (■  A.'     Comp.  ch.  7 :  17,  N.  c). 

">  See  V.  1,  N.  b.  Here  also  the  subject  comes  first  in  W., 
R.  ;-all  foreign  ver.ss.  (except  Greenf.)  ;-Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef., 
Newc,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Kenr.  E.  V. 
follows  T.,  C,  G. 

■■  E.  V.  gives  an  undue  prominence  to  rtocoj. — Both  τίίνθοζ 
and  xpaiiyij  are  enumerated  not  with  eavatoi  but  with  Λονος, 
and  construed  with  the  ίοΐαι  following,  by  all  foreign  verss. 
(except  the  Syr.  as  punctuated  in  the  editions,  and  Greenf. 
The  Clementine  Vulg.  omits  oirs  xpauyij.)  ;-Brightm.,  Wesl., 
Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Stu.,  Lord.  The  triple 
οϋτΈ  is  in  W.,  T.,  C,  G..  a  tiiple  neither;  R.,  7ior  .  .  .  tior  .  .  . 
neither  --Ihe  Sixtine  Vulg.  and  other  Latin  verss.,  a  triple  neque 
(except  Cocc.  and  Vitr.,  neqiw  . . .  aid  . . .  aut) ;  Syr.,  =  a  triple 
Still;  Germ,  and  Dt.,  a  triple  nnch  (and  so  Beng.,  Mey.,  AH., 
Hengst.,  Ebr.) ;  French  verss.,  a  triple  wi  ;-Brightm.,  Stu., 
neither  .  .  .  nor  .  .  .  nor;  Daub.,  tier  .  .  .  nor  .  .  .  neither; 
Dodd.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Lord.  Murd.,  Kenr.,  as  above ; 
Wesl.,  neither  .  .  .  or  .  .  .  or;  Moldenh.,  De  W.,  weder  .  .  . 


noch  .  .  .  noch;  Newc,  a  triple  and ;  AUw.,  nor  .  .  .  or  .  .  .  or. 
For  the  position  of  pain,  see  N.  q ,  &c. 

■  Dt.  (moeite),  It.  (travaglio),  Fr.  G.,-M..  (^rauoiV)  ;-Castal., 
Bez.,  Aret.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Vitr.,  (labor).  Brightm.  (labour), 
Engl.  Ann.  ('or,  heavy  labour').  Grot.,  Wolf.,  (use  molestia, 
dolor),  Bcrl.  Bib.,  Ebr.,  (Muhe).  Dodil.  (-or  labour'),  Stu. 
(grievance).  Lord  (toil).  The  use  of  ηόνοζ  in  ch.  IC:  10,  11, 
the  only  other  places  where  the  word  occurs  in  the  N.  T.,  leads 
me  to  retain  the  specific  sense  of  E.  V. 

1  '  Those  pertaining  to  the  first  heaven  and  the  first  earth' 
(v.  1). — E.  v.,  V.  1.  and  81  times  elsewhere  (always,  16  times, 
in  this  book)  out  of  97  ;  nowhere  else /urmer,  except  Acts  1:1;- 
W.,  G.,  R.  ;-VuIg.,  German  verss.  (except  Moldenh.),  Dt.,  It. 
(cose  di  prima),  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Erasm.,  Pagu.,  Vat,  (as 
Vulg.),  Wakef. 

"  Nowhere  else  does  E.  V.  make  ίΛίφχομ.αί  (which  occurs 
120  times)  =  Ηα,ρίρχομαι,  to  pass  away  ;-W .  (went  away), 
T.,  C,  G.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (use  a6ire;-Cocc.  and  Vitr.  having 
praeterire  in  v.  1),  Dt.  (weggegaan;-ior  voorbij  gegaan  of 
V.  1);-Brightm.,  Wesl.,  (gone  away).  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  dahin- 
gegangen  ;-for  vorbei  geg.,  vergangeii,  of  v.  1),  Thom.,  Sharpe. 

'  See  ch.  3 :  10,  N.  d,  &c.  But '  for  toi  θρόνον,'  says  Bloomf., 
•all  the  recent  editors  read  ίψ  θρόνψ,  from  very  strong  author- 
ity' (A.  B.  'a  18.  β  2.  γ  3.').  1  recommend  that  this  reading 
be  adopted,  and  that  irti,  be  translated  :  upon,  as  in  ch.  6 :  2,  N.  f. 


[1  Cor.  15;  54];  60:  3,  &c  ;  66:  18.  &c;  Jer.  3:  17;  Dan.  7: 
10—14  [Sept.  rtdptfs  oi  λαο.'] ;  Zech.  8 :  20—23  [Sept.  λαοί 
Λολλοι];  14:  16—19;  etc.).  If  λαοί,  therefore,  be  the  true 
reading  (and  it  is  retained  as  such  by  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg., 
Theile,  on  the  authority  of  A.  and  Irenaeus ;  besides  that,  in- 
stead of  having  the  appearance  of  an  accommodation,  it  is  really 
the  more  difficult  reading.),  the  proper  inference  is,  that  at  this 
time  the  Abrahamic  covenant  shall  have  reached  its  final  and 
plenary  fulfilment,  in  the  admission  of  the  Gentile  nations,  as 
nations,  and  not,  as  now,  of  an  election  merely  from  among 
them  (Acts  15:  14),  to  a  participation  in  the  'blessedness  of 
the  nation  whose  God  is  the  Lord,  and  the  people  whom  He 
hath  chosen  for  His  own  inheritance'  (Ps.  33 :  12.  Comp.  such 
texts  as  Ex.  G :  7  ;  Lev.  26 :  11,  12 ;  2  Sam.  7 :  24  ;  Jer.  13:11; 
30:  22;  Ezfk.  37:  27,  with  Deut.  32:  21;  Rom.  10:  19; 
IPet.  2:  10). 

■»  The  order,  fist'  ait^v  eatai  ('  A.  B.  α  13.  β  3.'),  for  ί'στ•. 
α.,   is    marked    by    Beng.    as    per    codices  firmior,    and 


.same  time  cancels  the  words,  ©foj  αντΰν,  on  the  authority  of 
B.  'a  22.  β  2.  Compl.  Copt.  Erp.  Slav.  MS.')  and  the  other 
recent  editors,  except  Bloomf.  and  Tisch.  For  this  reading 
Lachm.  cites  likewise  Irenaeus,  and  the  Vulg.  ipse  Deiis  cnm 
eis  erit  eorum  Dens  (and  .so  Erasm.,  Pagn.,  Vat.),  which  by 
W.  R.  is  rendered,  he  God  with  them  shall  be  their  God ;  by 
All.,  er,  Gott  selbst  mil  ihnen  wird  ihr  Gott  seyn;  by  Kenr., 
God  himself  with  them  will  be  their  God.  And  in  like 
manner  Luth.  and  Beng.:  Er  selbst,  Gott  mil  [bei]  ihnen, 
xoird  ihr  Gott  seyn ;  Herd. :  er,  der  Gott  bei  ihnen  wird  ihr 
Gott  seyn;  Greenf.:  ΟΠ^πΐιΧ  n;;ri^  032  Cfi'bxn  i<i,-T;Ebr.: 
Er,  Gott  mil  ihnen,  wird  ihr  Gott  seyn;— in  all  which  the 
aUusion  is  still  more  obvious  to  Is.  7:  14;  Matth.  1:  23. 
Comp.  Ps.  67:  6.  I  recommend,  as  a  marginal  note,  these 
words :  '  Or.  as  many  read,  he,  God  with  them,  shall  be  their 

Ood.'' There  is  nothing  for  the  E.  V.  supplement,  and  be,  in 

the  Latin  ver.^s.,  S;,  r.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-IIamm.,  Daub.,  AVoodh.,  Thom., 
Mey.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.     Some  supply  as;  AUw.,  even. 


μ,,    tt•,    IS    marseu     uy     jjeug.    as    γα     cwu-turro   jii  ni^tui ,    anu     nxej .,  kji-,..,  ^.^..ν.,  ..  ■  ^o•,  — rr  .r  '  ■         ^ 

adopted  in  his  version,  as  it  is  also  by  Matth.  (who  at  the    For  @ib{  aituv,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  read  ait.  Θ.  ('A.'). 

27 


210 


REVELATION. 


VERSION. 

throne  said,  Behold,  I  make  all 
things  new.  And  he  said  unto 
me,  Write :  for  these  words  are 
true  and  faithful. 

6  And  he  said  unto  mc.  It  is 
done.  I  am  Alpha  and  Omega, 
the  beginning  and  the  end.  I 
will  give  unto  him  that  is  athirst 
of  the  fountain  of  the  water  of 
life  freely. 

7  He  that  overcometh  shall 
inherit  all  things ;  and  I  will  be 
his  God,  and  he  shall  be  my  son. 

8  But  the  fearful,  and  unbe- 


GREEK    TEXT. 

του  θρόνου,  Ιδού,  καινά  τταντα 
ΤΓΟίώ.  Καΐ  Ae'yet  μοί,  Γραψον 
OTL  οϋτοί  οϊ  λογοί  αληθινοί  καΐ 
πιστοί  ΐίσι. 

6  ΚαΙ  e'nre  μοι,  Feyove.  ίγώ 
€ΐμι  το  Α  καΊ  το  Ώ,  η  άργί]  καΧ 
το  τίλοί.  ΐγω  τω  διψώντι  δώσω 
βκ  τηί  πηγής  του  ύδατος  της  ζωής 
δωρβαν. 

7  ό  νικών  κληρονομησβι  τταντα, 
καΐ  ϊσομαι  αύτω  Θβος,  και  αυτός 
ίσται  μοι  ο  υιός. 

8  δΐΐλοΐς  δβ  καΐ  άττίστοις  καΐ 


REVISED    VERSION. 

throne  said :  Behold,  "I  make 
all  things  new.  And  'he  saith 
''unto  me :  Write :  for  these 
words  are  'true  and  faithful. 

6  And  he  said  unto  me :  "It 
is  done.  'I  am  '^the  Alpha  and 
Hhe  Omega,  the  beginning  and 
the  end.  "Ί  will  give  '  unto  him 
that  ""thirsteth  of  the  fountain  of 
the  water  of  life  freely. 

7  He  that  overcometh  shall 
inherit  "all  things ;  and  I  will 
be  'to  him  ^God,  and  '■he  shall 
be  'to  me  'a  son. 

8  But  Jto  ''the  fearful,  and  un- 


"*  For   zα^^ά   rtaVfa   Λοιώ,    Matth.  rearls   jtavfa  χαινά  rtoni  ' 
(B.  •  α  15.  β  2.')  ;  Lachm..  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  xai-va  rtotw 
navta.  (Ά.  35.  37.  38.  49.  91.     Compl.'). 

»  For  the  time,  .see  ch.  19:  10.  N.  z,  &c.  According  to  Ziill., 
Hengst..  Ebr.,  (and  De  W.  inclines  to  the  same  opinion.)  Ihe 
subject  oiTAyii  is  not,  as  in  the  case  of  tZrtt  before  and  after,  the 
Occupant  of  the  throne,  but  the  mediating  angel,  as  in  ch.  19 :  9 ; 
22:  6.  Comp.  ch.  1:  10,  11,  according  to  the  rending  there 
recommended  in  N.  y.  Ebr.,  who  foUow.s  that  reading,  makes 
the  trunipet-voice  in  like  manner  the  voice  of  the  angel 
(ch.  1:  1),  whereas  the  Toice  of  the  Redeemer,  which  suc- 
ceeded, sounded  like  '  the  voice  of  many  waters.'  (Acquiescing, 
as  I  do,  in  this  view,  I  should  now  modify  accordingly  ch.  4:  1. 
N.  d.) 

'  Excepting  Beng.,  Griesh.,  Knapp,  Sch.,  all  the  recent  edit- 
ors cancel  the  μοι,  on  the  authority  of  Ά.  B.  α  9.  (3  3.  Vulg. 
MS.  Am.  Tol.  Sjr.  Ar.  P.' 

•  For  lArft.  xai  rtiffr.,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf ) 
read  rtist.  χ<ύ  α•κηθ.  (•  Α.  Β.  'α  10.  β  3.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  MSS.' ; — Matth.  adding  the  words  tov  ®tov,  from  '  B. 
α  17.  β  3.  Syr.  Ar.  P.').  1  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted :  faithful  and  true. 

•  For  yeyovf.  fyto  ύμι  fo,  Matth.  reads  γίγονα  to  ('a  17. 
Compl.'  yiyova  cyui  To  B.  ' α 7.  [&  13.]  γ  2.  Syr.');  Lachm., 
Trig.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  γίγοιαν.  έγώ  ύμι  to  ('  Α.  [38.  ysyiv- 
oai]'),  the  subject  of  the  plural  verb  being  either  riavta,  as  in 
ch.  1 :  19  (De  W.),  or  ^iyoi  (Ebr.). 

"  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c. 

•  After  δώίτω,  Matth.,  Sch.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  add  (Treg.,  in 
brackets)  ανΐφ  ('  Β.  α  14.'). 

■Ι  Comp.  Ε.  v..  Is.  55:  1  (though  the  Heb.  has  an  adjective). 
W.,  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub,  and  Newc.  (is  thirsty),  YTcsl.,  Wakef 


{tlu  thirsty),  Woodh.,  Thorn..  Allvr.,  Sharpc,  Stu.,  Lord  {thirsts), 
Murd.,  Kenr. 

"  For  Tiarta,  all  the  recent  editors  read  taita.  ('A.  B.  α  27. 
β  2.  γ  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.'). 
I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted:  these  things, 
'  which  I  have  made ;' — thus  pointing,  from  the  throne  on  which 
the  Speaker  is  seated,  to  the  panorama  of  the  new  creation. 

'  Comp.  E.  v.,  Heb.  8:  10 ;  Gen.  17  :  7;  Ex.  C:  7 ;  Deut.  29: 13. 
W.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Germ..  B.  and  L.,  Moldenh.);- 
Hamm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.  (in  the  fir.^t  instance),  Wesl.,  Allw., 
Lord. 

*  '  All  that,  in  such  a  relation,  is  involved  in  my  name  and 
nature.'  Comp.  Heb.  11 :  16 ;  E.  V.,  at  the  texts  cited  in  N.  f ; 
and  all  the  verss.  there  cited  (the  Dt.,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Allw., 
alone  using  an  indefinite  article). 

"  SeelJohn3:24,  N.j. 

'  The  0,  which  '  some  MSS.,'  says  Midd.,  '  improperly  prefix,' 
is  bracketed  by  Treg.,  and  cancelled  by  all  the  other  recent 
editors  (except  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Bloomf),  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
'a  13.  β  3.  Compl.' 

'  Excepting  the  variations  noted,  the  Greek  construction 
with  the  adjectives  in  the  dative,  and  /it'poj  the  subject  of  an 
understood  copula,  is  retained  by  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  vers.?,  (except 
that  Castal.,  supplying  manei,  has  the  adjectives  in  the  accusa- 
tive; and  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  omit  the  avtuv),  Syr.,  German 
verss.  (Beng.  fur  die),  Dt.  (according  to  the  earlier  edition. 
The  later  has  voor  de).  It.  (quant'  c  a'),  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (qu/int 
diii'),  fr•  S.  (pour  les)  ;-B.  and  L.  (ns  Fr.  S.),  Dodd.  (as  for 
the),  Wesl.,  Greenf,  (have  the  adjectives  in  the  nominative 
ab.solute).  Woodh.,  Kenr.,  (for  the),  Allw.,  Penn  (has  the 
dative,  but  supplies  Sueu  witols  to  μίρος),  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd. 

'  W.  (fearful  inen)  ;-Wakef  But  for  διαοΐξ  Si.  all  the 
recent  editors  read  τοί;  is  διθ.οΙί  (■  A.  B.  α  25.  β  3.  γ  3.  Compl.'). 
I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  article 
be  not  marked  as  supplied. 


REVELATION. 


211 


KING    JAMES      VERSrON. 

lieving,  and  the  abominable,  and 
murderers,  and  whoremongers, 
and  sorcerers,  and  idolaters,  and 
all  liars,  shall  have  their  part  in 
the  lake  which  burnetii  with 
fire  and  brimstone  :  which  is  the 
second  death. 

9  And  there  came  unto  me 
one  of  the  seven  angels,  which 
had  the  seven  vials  full  of  the 
seven  last  plagues,  and  talked 
with  me,  saying.  Come  hither, 
I  will  shew  thee  the  bride,  the 
Lamb's  wife. 


10  And  he  carried  me  away 
in  tlie  spirit  to  a  great  and  high 
mountain,  and  shewed  me  that 
great  city,  the  holj^  Jerusalem, 
descending  out  of  heaven  from 
God, 


GREEK    TEXT. 


(βδβλνγμβνοΐί  και  φον^νσι  και 
ΤΓορίΌΐΐ  καί  φαρμακίΰσι  και  βίδω- 
λολατραΐί,  και  ττάσί  τοΊϋ  ψίυδβσι, 
το  μίροί  αυτών  eV  ττ]  λιμνγ)  rrj 
καιομβΡΎ]  ττυρί  καΐ  Θζίω,  ο  €στι 
Sevrepoi  θάνατος. 

9  Και  ήλθβ  ττροί  μ€  ei?  των 
ζτττα  ό,γγ^λων  των  e-χοντων  ταζ 
€7Γτα  φιαλας  τας  γ^μονσαί  των 
ίτττα  πληγών  των  βαχατων,  και 
4λαλησ€  μβτ  Ι  μου,  λίγων,  Αίΰρο, 
δζίζω  σοι  την  ννμφην  τυΰ  άρν'ιου 
την  γυναίκα. 

10  ΚαΙ  απτηνίγκί  μβ  iv  ττνβυ- 
ματι  eV  opos  μίγα  καΐ  ΰι^τηλον, 
KCLi  eSei^e  μοι  την  ττολιν  την  μΐ- 
γαλην,  την  άγιαν  Ιερουσαλήμ, 
καταβαίνουσαν    Ικ    του    ουρανού 


άτΓο  του  θβοΰ. 


REVISED    ΛΈΗβΙΟΝ. 

believing, '  and  "  abominable,  and 
murderers,  and  "fornicators,  and 
"sorcerers,  and  idolaters,  and  all 
"the  pilars,  J  their  part  ''shall  be 
in  the  lake  which  burnetii  with 
fire  and  brimstone,  which  is  'the 
second  death. 

9  And  there  came  'unto  me 
one  •  of  the  seven  angels,  "who 
had  the  seven  'bowls  "  full  of 
'the  seven  last  plagues,  and 
'spake  with  me,  saying :  'Come, 
I  ΛνΙΙΙ  shew  thee  «the  bride,  the 
Lamb's  wife. 


10  And  he  carried  me  away 
in  the  '■Spirit  to  a  great  and  high 
mountain,  and  shewed  me  'that 
great  city,  the  hol}^  Jerusalem, 
descending  out  of  heaven  from 
God, 


1  Here  Mcitth.,  Sch.,  Words.,  insert  the  words  xai  αμαροΛοΙί 
('Β.  α  2S.  β  3.  γ  2.  Compl.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.';.  On  the 
question  of  their  authenticity  Bloomf.,  in  liis  Supp.,  appears  to 
take  both  sides,  and  neither  side :  '  The  words  xai  άμαρ-ί.  seem, 
as  Heinr.  suspects,  to  have  been  ejected  from  the  test  by  some 
over-nice  critic,  who  liked  not,  in  a  portion  containing  an  enu- 
meration of  special  and  particular  vices,  to  find  a  generic 
term  denoting  vices  and  sins  of  all  kinds.  Yet  examples  of 
this  sort  of  peculiarity  do  occasionally  present  themselves  in 
the  N.  T.,  e.  g.  in  1  Tim.  1:9;  Heb.  11 :  37  ;  though  the  words 
might  even  be  lost  by  reason  of  the  xai — xai.  Thus  xai  ά^ιαρτ•. 
ΧΟΛ  Ιβδίλ.  may  be  taken,  &c.  .  .  .  Finally,  I  am  now  inclined 
to  doubt  the  authenticity  of  the  words  xai  a/iopruXots.  which, 
with  Griesb.'  (in  the  first  edition,  not  the  second)  'and  Scholz, 
I  admitted  into  the  test,  &c.  .  .  .  They  are  rejected  by  Lachm. 
and  Tisch.,  with  reason,  since  they  seem  to  have  been  a  mar- 
ginal scholium,  &c.' 

"  See  N.  k.  The  article  is  not  introduced  here  by  W.,  R.  ;- 
Syr.,  Germ.,  Dt.  ;-Beng.,  "Wesl.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Wakef.,  Newc, 
Woodh.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Penn,  Sharpc,  I.ord,  De  W.,  Treg., 
Hengst.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. ;  though  some  of  these  repeat  it 
before  some  of  the  other  classes.  The  It.  and  French  verss., 
&c.,  have  it  before  every  one  of  them. 

"  For  fornicators,  see  E.  V.,  5  times  out  of  lOj-W.,  R.  ;- 

Newc,  Woodh.,  Sharpe,  Lord  ;-Rob. For  φαρ^ιαχΕνβι.,  all  the 

recent  editors  read  φορ^αχοί}  (λ.  Β.  'α  28.  β  3.  y  2.  Compl.  Er.'). 

"  r»t.,  It,  Fr.  M.,-S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Beng.,  Woodh.,  Lord. 

ρ  For  ^cv&iei,  Laohm.  reads  ■^svaraii  ("  A.'). 

'  Some  of  the  verss.  cited  in  N.  j  supply  the  copula  in  the 


present  tense.  But  it  is  better  to  conform  to  the  time  of  the 
preceding  verse. 

■■  For  &ivt.  θάν-,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ύ  θάι:  ΰ  δίΐίί. 
(Α.  Β. 'α  16.  β  3.  y  2.  Compl.'). 

•  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words  Ηρόζ  μι,  on  the 
authority  of  •  A.  B.  α  24.  β  2.  y  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth. 
Svr.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this 
reading,  the  words  unto  me  be  omitted. 

'  Excepting  Griesb.  and  Blooraf.,  all  the  recent  editors  here 
insert  ix  (A.  B.  'a  19.  β  3.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp. 
Slav.'). 

»  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  See  ch.  5 :  8,  N.  g. 

"  Matth.,  Words..  Tisch.,  cancel  the  second  τάς.  on  the  au- 
thority of  B.  'all.  β  2.  Compl.'  For  raj  γιμοϋοαζ.  Lachm. 
reads  ίων  γιμόνίων  (Ά.  12.'). 

»  The  first  *ΰι/  is  cancelled  by  Matth.  and  Tisch.,  on  the 
authority  of  B.' α  12.  β.  3.' 

7  See  ch.  4:  1,  N.  e,  &c. 

'  See  ch.  17 :  1,  N.  e. 

'  For  ίψ  ννμ.  ιοί  αρν.  ■ίψ  yvv;  Beng.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  Lachm., 
Hahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  read  τίψ  ννμ.  ιψ  ym.  roi  άρν.  ('  Α.  34. 
35.  38.  Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp.') ;  Matth.,  Tisch.,  t^v  yvv. 
-ίην  ννμ.  tov  apv.  (B.  '  α  21.  β  3.  Compl.     Ar.  P.'). 

"  Seech.  17:  3,  N.  m. 

'  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  words  -ίψ  μιγάλην,  on  the 
authority  of  Ά.  B.  α  20.  β  2.  Vulp.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr. 
Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and 
that  the  version  stand  thus :  the  holy  city  Jerusalem. 


212 


REVELATION. 


ΚΙΛΟ    JAMES      VKKSION. 

11  Having  tlu!  glory  of  God  : 
and  her  light  u-us  like  unto  a 
stone  most  precious,  even  like  a 
jasper-stone,  clear  as  crystal ; 

12  And  had  a  wall  great  and 
high,  and  had  twelve  gates,  and 
at  the  gates  twelve  angels,  and 
names  wi'itten  thereon,  which 
arc  the  names  of  the  twelve  tribes 
of  the  children  ol'  Israel. 


13  On  the  east,  three  gates ; 


GREEK     TEXT. 

11  ζγονσαν  την  δοζαι^  τον 
Oeov-  και  ό  ψωστηρ  αντη^  ομοιοί 
λίθω  τιμιωτατφ,  ώ?  λίθω  ιασττώι 
κρνσταλλίζονη• 

1 2  βχονσαν  re  τβϊχ^ον  μβγα  και 
ύψηλον,  ΐγουσαν  ιτυλκνας  δωδβ- 
κα,  καΐ  ίττΐ  τοΐί  ττνλώσίν  άγγί- 
λου?  δωδίκα,  και  ονόματα  ΐττιγί- 
γραμμίνα,  α  ίστι  των  δώδεκα 
φυλών  των  υιών   ΙσραηΧ. 

13  ΑτΓ     άνατοληί,    πυΧώνΐί 


ΙΙΕ VISED    VEIISION. 

11  Having  the  glory  of  God  : 
"•and  ""its  'light  was  like  '  a  stone 
most  precious,  °as  a  jasper  stone  ■" 
clear  as  crystal ; 

12  'And  Jit  had  a  wall  great 
and  high ;  'it  had  twelve  gates, 
'and  at  the  gates  twelve  angels, 
and  names  ■"inscribed,  which  are 
"tlic  names  of  the  twelve  tribes 
of  "the  children  of  Israel ; 


1.3  pOn  the  reast  nvere  three 


■■  All  the  recent  editors  cancel  the  xai.  on  the  authority  of 
A.  B.  'a  23.  β  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tot.  Copt.  Slav. 
MSS.'     I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the 

word  and  be  omitted.     See  v.  12,  N.  i. For  ils,  see  W.  (of 

it),  R.   (//lere'^)  ;-Brightin.,  Kenr..   (^as  R.),  Guyse,   Dodd., 
Newc,  Thorn.,  Penn,  Lord.     See  v.  15,  N.  x. 

•  De  W. :  'φωοτ^ρ  =  "lixO  luminare'  {Inminaire,  lumi- 
nary. So  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Ca.staI.,  Coco.,  Vitr.,  B.  and  L.  marg., 
Ew.,  Penn,  Stu.),  •  that  which  gives  light'  {  Wakef.  so  renders: 
that  which  gave  it  light;  B.  and  L. :  I'Astre  φιί  Veclairoil) ; 
'Gen.  1:  14;  Phil.  2:  15;  of  the  heavenly  lights;  here  that 
which  takes  the  place  of  the  sun's  light,  and  probably  not  dif- 
ferent from  the  Schecbinah,  see  v.  23.'  Beng.'s  pensier,  window 
(llesjich.  φωστ^ρ.  Jivpi's)  is  adopted  only  by  Wesl.  (except  that 
in  his  Comment.  Mol<ienh.  acquiesces  in  the  gloss  of  llesych.), 
who  also  translates  his  note:  'There  was  only  one  which  ran 
all  around  the  city.  The  light  did  not  come  in  from  without 
through  this.  For  the  glory  of  God  is  within  the  city.  But 
it  shines  out  from  williin  to  a  great  distance,  ver.  23,  24.' 

'  Seech.  1:13,  N.d. 

«  See  ch.  2 :  18,  N.  ζ  and  Jude  7,  N.  x. 

•■  The  comma,  which  tends  to  mislead  the  English  reader  as 
to  the  reference  of  xpuuraxi.,  is  wanting  in  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Daub., 
Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodli.  and  Lord  (a  crystal-jasper),  Thorn., 
Allw.,  Sharpe  (a  crystallized  jasper  sto7ie).  Stu.  (a  jasper- 
stone  which  is  cl.  as  c.)  By  these  and  similar  methods,  or  by 
means  of  inflection,  the  foreign  verss.  also  avoid  ambiguity. 

'  The  T(  is  bracketed  by  Bloomf.,  and,  for  ί;^ου5αι/  rs.  all  the 
other  recont  editors  read — Bloomf:  '  perliaps  rightly' — ij^oroa 
(A.  B.  •  α  21.  β  2.  -οά  rs  Er.  τί  is  wanting  in  Compl.'). 
1  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  the  word 
and  he  omitted.  Were  the  ΐχονηαν  .  .  .  ΐχονααν,  however,  of 
this  verse  retained  as  genuine,  then  the  abrupt  insertion  of  the 
finite  clause  of  v.  11  (see  N.  c)  in  the  midst  of  an  extended 
participial  construction  dependent  on  'ϋιιξι  ΐήρ  Λολιν.  and  here 
resumed,  might  be  taken  as  already  conveying  an  iutnuation 
of  what  is  afterward  (v.  23)  expressly  declared,  to  wit,  that 


the  glory  of  God  just  mentioned  is  itself  the  luminarj'  of  the 

cit3'  of  God.     And  in  that  case  I  should  put  the  finite  clause 
into  a  parenthesis,  and  .say  here:  having  .  .  .  having. 

'  Of  those  who  in  translation  change  ϊχοναα{ν)  into  a  finite 
verb,  the  pronominal  .subji-ct  is  expressed  by  W.,  R.  ;-Dt.  (in 
the  later  edition),  French  verss.  ;-Brightm.  and  later  English 
verss.  (except  Hamm.).  Beng.,  Moldenh.,  All.,  De  W..  Hengst., 
Ebr.  The  E.  V.  solecism  (comp.  ch.  9:  11,  N.  w)  is  adopted 
from  T.,  C,  G. 

^  For  t'j^ouear,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf)  read 
ίχονοα  (A.  B.  'a  23.  β  3.  Er.') ;  and,  of  the  verss.  which  turn 
this  participle  also  into  a  finite  verb,  the  subject  is  expres.sed, 
and  without  a  supplement  (comp.  ch.  19  :  12.  N.  j),  by  Fr.  S.  ;- 
Mey.,  Penn,  Stu.,  De  W.,  Ilengst.,  Ebr.     See  N.  i. 

'  Lachm.  follows  A.  in  omitting  the  words,  xai  ijti  toif 
ΛνΧ.  wyy.  δώ8.     They  are  wanting  also  in  Syr. 

"'  In  rendering  irtiytyp.,  no  demonstrative  idea  is  introduced 
(as  in  thereon)  by  W.,  T.,  C,  G.  ;-Latin  and  German  verss. 
(except  All.,  Hengst.),  It.,  Fr.  S.;-Wakef  (supplies  the  gates);- 
and  so  Newc,  Thom.,  Penn),  Stu.,  Lord.  The  form  inscribed, 
or  its  nearest  equivalent,  is  employed  by  the  Latin  verss., 
Fr.  S.  ;-Moldenh.,  Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,  Ebr.  {ange- 
schrieben). 

"  Here  Matth.  and  Tisch.  insert  ονόμαϊο;  Lachm.,  Treg., 
Word.s,  τά  όιομ.  ('τά  όιόμ.  Α.  οΤ.  [&  11.  13.]  άνόμ.'  Β.  'α  13. 
[&  29.].     Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.') 

°  Bloomf  would  bracket  the  ruv,  which  is  cancelled  by 
Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
'a  14.  β  2.' 

ρ  For  an',  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth.  and  Bloomf) 
read  arto  (A.  B.)  ;  and  for  amfox^s,  ail  (except  Lachm.,  Hahn, 
Bloomf,  Thtile)  read  άνατΌλΰχ  (Β.  •  α  22.  β  2.  y  2.  Compl.'). 

■ι  The  change  of  construction  is  marked   as   above,  or   by 
means  of  inflection,  or  by  a  union  of  the  two  methods,  in  G. 
{there  7cere)  ;-Latin  verss.   (except  Vitr.),   Dt.,  It.  ;-Brightm.  . 
(as  G.),  Moldenh.,  Penn. 


REVELATION. 


213 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

on  the  north,  three  gates ;  on  the 
south,  three  gates ;  and  on  the 
west,  three  gates. 

14  And  tlie  wall  of  the  city 
had  twelve  foundations,  and  in 
them  the  names  of  the  twelve 
apostles  of  the  Lamb. 

15  And  he  that  talked  with 
me,  had  a  golden  reed  to  measure 
the  city,  and  the  gates  thereof, 
and  the  wall  thereof. 


16  And  the  city  lieth  four- 
square, and  the  length  is  as  large 
as  the  breadth  :  and  he  measured 
the  city  with  the  reed,  twelve 
thousand  furlongs.     The  length, 


GREEK    TEXT. 

τρΐΐς•  άτΓΟ  βορρά,  ΤΓυλωνβς  Tpeis• 
άτΓΟ  νότου,  irvXcuves  τρβΐί•  άττο 
8υσμών,  ττυλών€ί  rpeis• 

14  /cat  το  τίΐγρς  τηί  ττολβωί 
ϊχον  θ€μ€λιονί  δωδίκα,  καΙ  Ιν 
avTols  ονόματα  των  δωδβκα  απο- 
στολών του  άρνίου. 

15  Ιναί  ό  λαλών  μίτ  ΐμοΰ, 
et^e  καλαμον  χ^ρυσοΰν,  Ίνα  μ€- 
τρηστι  την  ττολιν,  καΐ  τουί  ττυλω- 
vas  αυτής,  καΐ  το  τεΐχ^ος  αύτης. 

16  καΧ  η  ttoXls  τετράγωνο? 
κβΐται,  καΐ  το  μήκος  αΰτηί  το- 
σούτον Ιστιν  Όσον  καΐ  το  ττλατοί. 
καΐ  (μΐτρησε  την  ττολιν  τώ  κα- 
λαμω  ε'ττί  σταδίων  δώδΐκα  χιλιά- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

gates ;  ■■  on  the  north,  three  gates ; 
'  on  the  south,  three  gates ;  ■•  on 
the  west,  three  gates ; 

14  And  the  wall  of  the  city 
had  twelve  foundations,  and  -in 
them  ι  names  of  the  twelve  apos- 
tles of  the  Lamb. 

15  And  he  that  "spake  with 
me  had  '  a  golden  reed,  "that  he 
might  measure  the  city,  and  >its 
gates,  'and  'its  wall. 


16  And  the  city  lieth  'four- 
cornered,  and  "its  length  Hs  as 
'much  as  ^  the  breath.  And  he 
measured  the  city  with  the  reed, 
'  twelve  thousand  furlongs;  '  the 


■■  At  each  of  these  places  all  the  recent  editors  (except 
Gricsb.)  insert  xai  (A.  B.  'a  25.  /3  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  ed.  Copt. 
Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MS.').  I  recommend  that  the  reading  be 
adopted :  and  .  .  .  and  .  .  .  and. 

'  For  eV  avfotj,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ix  αντών  (A.  B. 
'  α  27.  β  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr.')•  I  recommend 
that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  on  them. 

'  All  '  the  recent  editors  prefix  SuStxa  to  oro/tata  on  very 
strong  external  authority'  (A.  B. '  α  22.  /3  3.  [&  25.]  δεχαδνο  18. 
19.  t3'  92.  Vulg.  Syr.  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MS.'),  '•  confirmed  by 
internal  evidence'  (Bloomf.).  I  recommend  the  adoption  of  this 
reading :  twelve.  For  the  omission  of  the  article,  see  R.  ;- 
Beng.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Treg.,  Ilengst.,  Ebr. 
Wakef.  has  it  as  a  supplement. 

°  Seech.  17:  1,  N.  c,  &c. 

'  After  ιΐχί,  all  the  recent  editors  add  μί-ίρον  (A.  B.  'a  23. 
β  3.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  re- 
commend that  the  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  a  mea- 
sure. 

'  See  ch.  2:  21,  N.  η  and  6:  2,  N.  h,  &c. 

»  See  v.  11,  N.  d.  Guyse,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Thorn.,  Allw.  (/ter), 
Penn,  Sharpe  (in  vv.  17.  18  ;-and  so  Stu.,  Kenr.),  Lord,  Murd. 

'  The  words,  xoU  to  t.  air.,  are  cancelled  by  Matth.,  after 
'B.  α  17.  β  3.  Compl.' 

»  Taking  τΈτ'ράγ.  strictly  (see  ch.  20 :  8,  N.  o),  we  escape 
a  tautology  in  the  next  clause. — R.  {quadrangle-icise)  ;-Syr. 
(retaining  the  Greek  word  is  rendered  by  De  D.  quadrangida- 
ris),  German  verss.,  except  AH.,  (use  a  participle,  or  an  adjec- 
tive, derived  from  Viereck),  Dt.  marg.  ('  Gr.  vierhoekig').  It. 
(quadi-angolare)  i-Psign.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Vitr.,  Ros.,  (as  De  D.), 
Wells,  AVoodh.,  Allw.,  {quadrangular),  B.  and  L.  marg.  ('  Gr. 


letragone'),  Lord  (a  quadrangle)  i-Pas.,  Schottg.,  Schleus., 
Wahl,  (use  quadrangidus  or  quadrangidaris),  Schirl.  ('uier- 
eckig,  mit  vier  Ecken  oder  fVinkeln').  Wakef.  thus :  a  square, 
the  length  of  it  being  equal  &c. 

'  In  omitting  the  ανΐηί,  which  appears  in  all  editions  of  the 
Text,  E.  V.  follows  C. 

'  The  words  tosovtov  iativ  are  cancelled  by  all  the  recent 
editors,  on  the  .luthority  of  Ά.  B.  α  28.  β  3.  y  3.  Compl.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'  Adopting  this  reading,  I  recommend 
that  is  be  retained  as  a  supplement. 

'  W.,  R.  (great)  ;-Daub.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.  and 
Kenr.  (as  B.),  Stu. 

■'  The  idiomatic  xaC  (see  ch.  6:  11,  N.  g,  &c.),  which  Beng., 
Matth.,  Knapp,  Mey.,  cancel,  on  the  authority  of  '  B.  α  24.  β  3. 
Compl.',  is  translated  l)y  R.  (a/so)  ;-Latin  verss.,  except  Castal. 
and  Cocc,  (et),  Syr.  (=  De  D.  etiam);-Oe  W.,  Ebr..  (auch), 
Kenr.  (even). 

'  Of  recent  editors,  Beng.  and  Bloomf.  alone  retain  the 
Erasmian  irti  ataSiav,  the  former  defending  and  explaining  it 
thus :  '  Sic  Latimis  legit,  habet  enim.  per  stadia  duodecim 
millia.  quodsi  trti  a-taBiovi  SuBtxa  χΛίάίων,  legisset,  inter- 
pretari  habueiat  per  stadia,  duodecim  millium.  .  .  .  ini  habet 
hoc  loco  vim  distributivam,  ut  in  tacticis.  ΐψ'  hvi,  irti  ttttafiuv, 
£rt'  ox-cCi,  singuli,  qicaterni,  octoni.  vide  Budaei  comm.  ling. 
Gr.  col.  881.  Itaque  ini  hoc  versu,  non  sequenti,  adhibetur,  et 
significat,  12  000  stadia  .  .  .  singulorum  esse  laterum  urbis,  non 
totius  circuitus.'  But,  excepting  the  somewhat  unreliable  ap- 
peal to  the  Vulg.,  no  evidence  of  MSS,  or  versions  is  cited  in 
behalf  of  frti  ίταδιων  (Matth.  thinks  that  it  was  taken  from  the 
scholium  of  Andreas)  ;  nor  is  this  distributive  use  of  ini  found 
elsewhere  in  the  N.  T.  The  Elzevir,  accordingly,  and  all  the 
other  recent  editors  read   ini  ataiiovf  δωδίχο  χι%ι,άίαν,  'for 


214 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

and  tlie  breadth,  and  the  height 
of  it  are  equal. 

17  And  he  measured  the  wall 
thereof,  an  hundred  and  forty 
and  four  cubits,  according  to  the 
measure  of  a  man,  that  is,  of  the 
angel. 

18  And  the  building  of  the 
wall  of  it  was  of  jasper  :  and  the 
city  was  pure  gold,  like  unto 
clear  glass. 

19  And  the  foundations  of  the 
wall  of  the  city  were  garnished 
with    all    manner    of   precious 


GllEEK    TEXT. 

8u)V    TO  μηκοί  και  το  ττλατοί  και 
το  νψος  αύτη?  Ίσα  Ιστί. 

17  /cat  (:μίτρησ€  το  τίίχος  αυ- 
τής ίκατον  τεσσαρακοντα  τεσσά- 
ρων ττηχων,  μίτρον  άνθρωπου,  ο 
εστίν  αγγέλου. 

18  ΚαΙ  ην  η  βνδομησις  τον 
τίίχ^ουί  αύτηί,  Ι'ασττί?•  καί  η  ττολίί 
)(ρυσίον  καθαρον,  όμοια  ναλίο  κα- 
θ αρω. 

19  Kcn  οϊ  θεμέλιοι  του  τείχονί 
τηΐ  πόλεως  τταντΊ  λίθω  τιμ'ιω  κε- 
κοσμημενοι.  ο  θεμέλιος  ό  πρώτος, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

length  and  the  bi-eadth  and  the 
height  of  it  are  equal. 

17  And  ^he  measured  ""its 
wall,  'a  hundred  and  forty  -  four 
cubits,  I"  man's  measure,  'which 
is  "angel's. 

18  And  the  "structure  of  "its 
wall  pvvas  i  jasper,  and  the  city 
'  pure  gold,  'like  •  pure  glass. 


19  "And  the  foundations  of 
the  wall  of  the  city  were  'adorn- 
ed with  ''every  j)recious  "stone  : 


*  Mullh.  alone  cancels  ΐμίϊρηαι.  ou  the  authority  of  15. 
'al9.  J3  2.' 

"  See  V.  15,  N.  x,  &c. 
'  Sec  2  Pet.  2:  14,  N.  f. 
)  See  ch.  7  :  4,  N.  j.  &c. 

!■  The  accusative  /.ietfioii  stanrling  in  a  sort  of  '  loose  apposi- 
tion' (Win.)  with  what  preceilcs,  there  is  nothins;  for  the 
according  to  of  E.  V.,  in  K.  ;-Fr.  S.  ;-IIainm.,  Cocc.  (mensii- 
ramj-fiir  mensura  of  the  other  verss.).  Beng..  Wcsl..  Woodh., 
Thorn..  Sliarpe,  Lord,  Ilongst.,  Kenr. ; — nor  is  the  definite  ar- 
ticle supplied  to  μίΐ^ον.  in  W.  ;-lt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Beng., 
Herd.,  Wakef.  (at  least  he  marks  it  as  a  supplement),  Mey., 
Greenf.,  All.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  W.,  Hcngst. ; — or  either  article 
to  atflpcirtou,  in  W.,  T.,  C,  G.  ;-It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub., 
B.  and  L.,  Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Mey.,  All.,  Sharpe,  Lord,  De  ΛΥ., 
Ilengst.  For  the  particidar  form  adopted  above,  man's  meas- 
ure, .see  Moldenh.  and  later  German  verss.,  except  Ebr.,  (using 
Meiuchen-Maass  or  Menschenmaass),  Sharpe,  Lord.  See 
N.  m. 

1  'J'lie  relative  pronoun  is  preserved  by  W.  (his  that  being 
probabl}'  =  Vnlg-  (/'lae),  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Castal.  and 
Cocc),  German  verss.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  B.  and  L., 
Newc,  Thorn.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr. 

"  See  N.  k.  An  indefinite  article  is  employed  by  AY.,  R.  ;- 
Ilamm.,  Beng.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn, 
Gerl.,  Stier,  Woi-ds.,  Bloomf.,  Kenr.,  Ebr.     No  article  appears 


in   It.,    Fr.   S.  ;-Sharpo    {as  above),    De  W.  {Engel-Maass), 
Hengst.  (Engelmaass).     Daub,  and  Lord  (the  angel's). 

"  Latin  verss.  (s<n(C/«ra  ;-except  Cocc,  mums  erat  con- 
structiis)  ;-Penn,  Stu.  and  Lord  (superstructure),  Treg.,  Murd. 

°  See  V.  15,  N.  x,  &c. 

ρ  Laohm.  and  Words,  cancel  ^i•,  on  the  authority  of  Ά. 
Aeth.  Syr.' 

'  Syr.,  Dt.  ;-Ber!.  Bib.  and  later  German  verss.  (except  All. ; 
the  A'ulg.  having  e.r),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw., 
Greenf.,  Penu,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord. 

'  R.  ;-Latin  ver.ss.  (except  Cocc),  Syr.,  Germ.,  Fr.  S.  ;-IIerd., 
Mey.,  Greenf,  Lord,  Hengst. 

■  For  ό/Λοι'α  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Grie.sb.,  Sch., 
Bloomf)  read  o.uowr  (A.  B.  'a  20.  β  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  fSyr.] 
Slav.  MSS.'). 

'  For  the  omission  of  Jinto.  see  ch.  1  :  13,  N.  d: — for  pure, 
see  E.  v.,  in  the  preceding  clause;  and  ch.  19  :  8,  N.  n. 

"  The  xai  is  cancelled  by  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  on 
the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a  IG.  β  3.     Yiilg.  MS.  Am.  Slav.  MS.' 

'  E.  v.,  V.  2;  and  4  times  elsewhere  out  of  8  ;-W.  (ovrned), 
R.  ;-Latin  ver.s.s.  (nrnata).  It.  (adnrni).  French  verss.  (omes);- 
Daub.  and  the  later  English  (except  Penn,  Sharpe.  Words.). 
E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

"  See  ch.  18 :  12,  N.  s ;  7  :  4,  N.  k  and  17,  N.  η  ;  11 :  6,  Ν. 
χ:  17  :  4,  Ν.  χ. 


ini  hCibtxa  χ^Κιάίαζ  ataSiuv,'  says  De  W. ;  'the  preposition 
being  used  of  the  extent,  as,  in  Luke  4 :  25,  Acts  13 :  31.  &c..  of 
the  duration.  Ew.  and  Ziill.  construe  so  as  to  make  the  geni- 
tive δώδίχα  χΛ.  dependent  on  «όλιν:  he  measured  the  city  as 
to  stadia  [?]  as  a  city  o/"  12,000  stadia.'  Ebr.  allows  either  of 
these  interpretations  of  ijti  αΐα&ίονξ.  but  prefers  the  former 
as  the  'simpler,  =  D^sbs-lii— ^a'j  Pil2:^  ''to  stadia  of 
12  chiliads,"  so  that  the  gen.  is  as  it  were  a  genitive  of  quality.' 
I  recommend  that  the  reading  iwi  araSims  be  adopted,  and  that 


tTti  be  then  rendered:  to.  II.  ( fur) -j-Germ.  (anf),  Fr.  G., 
-M.,-S.,  (^«i'jii'd) -j-Pagn.,  Castal.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Cocc,  Grell., 
Titr.,  (ad),  Daub..  Moldenh.  (as  Germ.  ;-and  so  Mej.,  Hengst., 

Ebr.),  All.  (zu),  Stu.  (unto),  Lord,  De  W.  (bis  zn),  Murd. 

For  &u&txa,  Matth.  and  Tisch.  read  StxaSvo  ('a  17.  β  3.). 

'  Before  το  μηχος,  and  in  the  .same  clause,  Matth.  inserts 
buSixa  ('B.  α  19.  β  2.  Compl.  Syr.'  The  Syr.  and  Compl., 
however,  attach  it  to  the  preceding  ;^ιλιο'δων.  =  Murd.  twelve 
furlongs  of  twelve  thousand). 


REVELATION. 


215 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 


stones.    The  first  foundatiou  was  Ίασπις 
jasper;  the  second,  sapphire;  tbfi  Ό  τρίτος,  χαλκηδων 
third,  a  chalcedony;  the  fourth,  '     ^^^. 

an  emerald ;  i  ,        ,  ^ ,     ^      , 

20  The  fifth,  sardonyx;  the!  20  ο  τημτττος,  σαρόοννξ•  ο 
sixth,  sardius;  the  seventh,  chrys-'f'x^oy^  crapdios•  b  ββδομοί,  χρυ- 
olite;  the  eighth  beryl;  the  ^^χ^β^^.  ^  ^γ8οος,  βηρνλλος-  6 
ninth,    a    topaz;    the    tenth,    a.   „  ',y  '     s•'' 

chiysoprasus ;  the  eleventh,  2^\ίννατος,  τοτταςιον^  ο  .oe/caro?, 
jacinth ;  the  twelfth,  an  ame-  χρυσόττρασος•  b  ίνΒ^κατοΐ,  υα- 
thyst. 


GREEK    TEXT.  REVISED    VERSION. 

0    δΐντίρος,    σάπφβιρος•   the  first  foundation,  »  jasper ;  the 

third,   ' 
em- 


the 


ο  τέταρτος,  second,    sapphire  ; 

;  clialcedony  ;    the   fourth,   ^ 
erald ; 

>20  The  fifth,  'sardonyx :  the 
sixth,  "sardine ;  the  seventh, 
chrysolite ;  the  eighth,  beryl ;  the 
ninth,  topaz  ;  the  tenth,  '■chryso- 
prase  ;  the  eleventh,  'hyacinth  ; 
the  twelfth,  amethyst. 


21  And  the  twelve  gates  toere 


κινθος'  b  δωδέκατος,  αμέθυστος. 
21  /cat  ol  δώδεκα  ττυλώΐ'ες,  δω• 
twelve  pearls;  every  several  gate  g^^a  μαργαρίται-  ava  εις  έκαστος 
was  of  one  pearl;  and  the  street :  ^^^  -κνΧ^νων  7>  ef  eVo?  μapya- 
01  the  city  was  pure  gold,  as  it      ,  ν    '     λ       ?      -       /  ^ 

were  transparent  glass.  :  /''^oi;•    και  ?;  ■κΧατεια  της  πόλεως, 

χρυσίον  καθαρά,   ώς  ΰαλος  διά- 
φανης. 
22  And  Ι  saw  no  temple  there-        22  Και  vabv  ουκ  είδον  εν  avTTj• 
in :  for  the  Lord  God  Almighty ;  ^   y^p  Κύριος   b   θεός   b  τταντο- 
and^the  Lamb  are  the  temple | ^^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^.^-^    -^^^^   ^^^^  ^^ 

I  άρνίον. 


21 


And  the  twelve  gates  were 


twelve  pearls  ;  ''each  "One  of  the 
gates  ''severally  was  of  one  pearl ; 
and  the  'broad  place  of  the  city, 
'  pure  gold,  as  it  were  ^trans- 
parent glass. 

22  And  I  saw  ''in  it  no  'temple ; 
for  the  Lord  God  'the  Almiglity 
k  is  'its  ""temple,  and  the  Lamb. 


»  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr.  ;-Erasm.,  Vat.,  Cocc,  Herd.,  Woodh., 
Mey.,  Grcenf.,  Lord,  Words.,  Hengt.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  Ebr. 

?  Before  each  of  the  twelve  Dames  of  foundation-stones  in 
vv.  19,  20,  the  definite  aiticle  is  emploj'ed  by  R.  and  Fr.  S. : — 
the  indefinite  by  Germ.  ;-Daub.  (except  the  second  and  third). 
Beng.,  Wesl.,  Moldcnh.,  Herd.,  Wakef.  (except  the  first  and 
second),  Mey.,  AIL,  Trcg.,  Hengst.,  Murd.: — neither,  by  \V. ;- 
Dt.,  It,  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-WelIs,  B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Woodh., 
Thorn.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.,  Ebr.  E.  V. 
throughout  follows  T.,  C,  G.,  and  is  followed  by  Words.,  Kenr. 

'  For  acfiivvt,  Lachm.  reads  υορδιό™!  (Α.). 

»  Comp.  ch.  4  :  3,  N.  k.     Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Treg. 

For  ffapStoj,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  aapStoj'  (A.  B. 
=  α  16.  β  3.'). 

>■  Brightm.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Stu.  (chrysopras) .  Lord;-L.  and 

S.,  Rob.,  Green,  Webst. For  zpvaorcpaaoi,  Lachm.  and  Words. 

read  xfvaorcpaaov  ('A.'). 

'  Comp.  ch.  19 :  17,  N.  w.  R.  ;-excepting  Greonf.,  all  foreign 
verss.  retain  the  Greek  word,  and,  excepting  the  It.,  all  retain 
the  initial  aspirate  ;-Brightm.,  Wells,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef., 
Thom.,  Allw.,  Stu.  ;-Rob.,  Green. 

^  For  ανά  tl{  cxastoi,  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Lord,  have 
simply  each;  Allw.,  every  one;  Penn,  Stu.,  eocA  one;  Treg., 
as  above.  The  Tulg.  attaches  ανά  to  the  preceding  clause 
(Kenr.  '  twelve  pearl?,  severally :  and  each'). 

«  See  ch.  11  :  8,  N.  f.  Some  (Eichh.,  Ileinv.,  Ew..  Ros., 
Hengst.,  Ebr.)  take  TCkatna  here  collectively,  =  streets. 
De  W.  also  regards  this  as  possible. 


'  Comp.  V.  19,  N.  x.  R.  ;-Latin  vers.s.  (except  Castal.),  Syr.  ;- 
Beng.,  Herd.,  Woodh.,  Mey.,  Greenf.,  AH.,  Words. 

^  For  Sia^avr,;,  all  the  recent  editors  read  Stauyj;;  (A.  B.  'a 
27.  β  3.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted, 
and  translated :  translucent.  W.  (full  shining),  T.,  C,  {tho- 
rowe  shynynge),  G.  (shining)  ;-Litm  verss.  (per-[pel-]luci- 
dum --except  Cocc,  limpidum),  Syr.  (=  Oe  ΐ>.  splendiditm. 
Murd.  brilliant),  German  verss.  (use  a  participle  of  durch- 
scheinen  ;-except  De  W.  and  Ebr.),  Dt.  (doorluchtig),  Fr.  G. 
(tres-luisant)  ;-Lord. 

I•  See  ch.  10 :  6,  N.  ν  and  E.  V.,  v.  23 ;  &c.  Here  also  the 
pronoun  and  preposition  are  retained  by  W.  ;-foreign  verss.  (ex- 
cept Germ.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Moldenh.,  All.,  Hengst.)  ;-Dodd.,  JVewc, 
Thom.,  Penn,  Lord,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

'  The  emphasis  on  the  ναόν  is  preserved  by  keeping  it  in  its 
Greek  position,  and  rendering  ούχ  literally,  in  R.  ;-Latin  verss. 
(except  Castal. ;  and  excepting  also  that  Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  com- 
bine xai  .  .  .  oix  into  nee),  Syr.  ;-Beng.  and  later  German  verss. 
(exceptMoldenh.  and  Hengst);  while  the  same  end  is  gained, 
as  above,  by  making  raov  the  last  word,  in  It,  Fr.  S.  ;-Newc., 
Thom.,  Greenf. 

)  See  ch.  4  :  8,  N.  k. 

k  The  singular  verb,  and  the  order  of  xai  to  apv.,  are  pre- 
served by  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (Pagn.  and  Grell.  render  xai  id 
est),  Syr.,  German  verss.,  Dt.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Hamm.,  Daub.,  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Murd.,Kenr.  Several  (It,  Fr.  G.;-Thom., 
Allw. J,  who  transpose  xai  to  apv.,  keep  the  verb  singular. 

1  See  V.  15,  N.  x,  &c. 

°>  Before  vais,  Lachm.  and  Words,  insert  ό  ('  A.'),  and  this 
reading  Bloomf.  is  '  inclined  to  adopt.' 


216 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMEs'    VEKSION. 

23  And  the  city  had  no  need 
of  the  sun,  neither  of  the  moon, 
to  shine  in  it :  for  the  glory  of 
God  did  lighten  it,  and  the  Lamb 
is  the  light  thereof. 


the  nations  of  them 
are  saved  shall  walk  in 


24  And 
which 

the  light  of  it :  and  the  kings 
of  the  earth  do  bring  their  glory 
and  honour  into  it. 


25  And  the 
not  be  shut  at 


gates 


all 


of  it  shall 
by  day :  for 


there  shall  be  no  night  there. 

26  And  they  shall  bring  the 
glory  and  honour  of  the  nations 
into  it. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

23  Koi  η  ΤΓολί?  ov  xpelau  Ιχει 
του  ήλιου,  οϋ8(  της  σζληνη?,  \να 
φαίνωσιν  iv  αύττ)•  ή  γαρ  δοζα 
τοΰ  θίοΰ  Ιφωησίν  αυτήν,  και  ό 
λνχ^νοΐ  αύτηί  το  αρνιον. 

24  KCLL  τα  (θνη  των  σωζο μίνων 
Ιν  τω  φωτ\  αύτηί  ττίριττατησουσι• 
καΐ  οΐ  βασιλ€Ϊί  της  γψ  φ('ρουσι 
την  8οζαν  καΐ  την  Τίμην  αυτών 
els  αύτην. 

25  καΐ  οί  ττυλώνβί  αυτής•  ου 
μή  κλβισθώσιν  ήμίρας•  νυξ  γαρ 
ουκ  ΐ'σταί  βκβΐ. 

26  καΐ  οϊσουσι  την  δοζαν  καΐ 
την  τιμήν  των  ΐθνών  βί?  αύτην. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

23  And  the  city  "hath  no  need 
of  the  sun,  °nor  of  the  moon, 
pthat  they  should  shine  'in  it ; 
for  tile  glory  of  God  'lightened 
it,  and  ■  its  damp  "was  the  Lamb. 

24  And  'the  nations  of  'those 
who  are  saved  shall  walk  'in  "its 
light ;  and  the  kings  of  the  earth 
»  bring  ?  their  glory  'and  honour 
into  it. 

25  And  »its  gates  shall  not  be 
shut  '■at  all  by  day :  for  there 
shall  be  no  night  there. 

26  And  they  shall  bring  tlie 
glory  and  «the  honour  of  the  na- 
tions into  it."" 


^ 


"  See  ch.  9 :  10,  N.  i,  and  comp.  E.  Y.,  ch.  9 :  11 ;  19 :  16 ;  &c. 
The  present  is  here  retained  bj  W.,  T..  C,  G.,  R.  ;-foreign 
verss.  (except  B.  and  L.)  ;-Brightra.,  Wells,  Daub.,  Wesl.. 
Wakef.,  Newc.  marg.,  Woodh.,  AUw.,  Stu.,  Lord,  Trcg.,  Words., 
Murd.,  Kenr. 

°  R.  ;-Brightm.,  Newc,  Stu.,  Murd.,  Kenr.,  (or),  Wakef., 
Woodh.,  Thorn.,  AUw.  (and).  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord. 

ρ  The  construction  by  means  of  a  subjunctive  mood  appears 
in  W.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  the  French  and  Greenf)  ;-Allw., 
Stu.,  Lord,  Treg. 

1  The  iv  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Knapp), 
on  the  authority  of  •Α.  B.  α  15.  (&  39.)  γ  2.  Er.'  I  recom- 
mend that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  that  aviy  be  then  ren- 
dered as  a  dative  of  advantage  (Wahl) :  for  it.     Syr.  (^  Greenf. 

nb),   Protestant  German  verss..  except  Moldcnh.,   {ihr). 

Cancelling  iv,  Matth.  also,  for  avt^•  ή  yop,  reads  αύτη  yap  ij  ('B. 
α  19.  /3  3.  y  3.'). 

■•  See  ch.  13:  14,  N.  w  and  19:  2,  N.  1.  Here  also,  for  the 
form  of  the  tense,  may  be  cited  Dodd.,  Newc,  Thom..  Penn, 
Sharpe.  W.  has  a  future ;  while  some  employ  a  perfect  defi- 
nite ;  and  others,  a  present. 

■  The  Greek  order  is  retained  by  the  Latin  and  German 

verss.,  Syr.,  Fr.  S. ;- Woodh.,  Penn,  Lord. For  ils,  see  v.  15, 

N.  X,  &c. 

<  See  ch.  18  :  23,  N.  y,  &c.  W.  (lantern),  R.  ;-Latin  ver,=s. 
(lucerna),  Syr.  (=  Murd.  lamps),  German  verss.,  except  Herd., 
(Leuchte),  Dt.  (kaars),  Fr.  G.  (diandelle),  Fr.  U.  (flambeau), 
Fr.  S.  (/ampe)  ;-Daub.,  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  M.;-marg.  '  Gr. 
lampe'),  Wesl.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Greenf  (13), 
Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord,  Kenr. 

°  T.,  C.  ;-B.  and  L.,  Dodd.,  Newc,  Allw.,  Sharpe. 


'  For  those  who,  see  ch.  2:  2,  N.  h,  &c,  and  2  Pet.  2:  11, 
N.  f.  But  for  ra  ίθνη  -tCiv  ΰωζομίνων  iv  τψ  ^ωτί  ανττς  Tffptrta- 
tr;(iovai.  all  the  recent  editors  read  rttpirtorijoouai  τά  ΐθνη  ίιά 
■toi  ^ωΐόί  ανΐτιί  (Α.  Β.  'α  27.  β  2.  γ  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Copt. 
Aeth.  Sj-r.  [some  copies]  Arm.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'  Heinr. : 
'Erasmus  videtur  vocem  αωζομίνων  ex  Andreae  commentario  in 
textum  intulisse.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted, 
and  translated :  Ihe  nations  shall  walk  by  its  light.  For  by, 
see  Syr.  (=  T^a  =  Murd.  by  means  of).  It.  (a).  Fr.  M.  (a  la 
faveur  de).  fV.  S.  (d);-AYells,  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  S.),  Beng., 
Moldenh.,  (bei).  Wesl.,  Woodh.,  Greenf.  (i>;-as  in  the  parallel 
Is.  60 :  3,  where  the  Sept.  employ  the  dative  without  a  preposi- 
tion: Ttopfvoovtac  βαΰί.'Κΐΐς  -fca  ^utt.  σον,  xai  tdvti  tYj  %αμ7ΐρ6τ7^•ίί 
ami.),  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  De  W.  ('eig.  mitltlsi'),  Treg. 
(as  Murd.),  Hengst.,  Ebr.,  (durcli). 

"  See  V.  15,  N.  x,  &c. 

"  See  ch.  14 :  13,  N.  k.     Wesl.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Lord. 

'  After  ^ifovai,  Matth.  substitutes  aOr^  for  -ίψ,  on  the  au- 
thority of  B.  'a  15.  /3  3.  y  2.';  and,  for  αίΐΰν,  he  reads  τΖ,ν 
•iSvuv  (B.  '  α  19.  /3  3.  y  2.     Syr.  Slav.  MS.'). 

•  The  words  xat  triv  πμψ  are  bracketed  by  Knapp.  and  can- 
celled by  Bong.,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority 
of  Ά.  10.  11.  17.  18.  38.  47.  Er.  Copt.  Aeth.  Erp.'  Matth. 
and  Words.,  after  B.,  cancel  only  the  τψ. 

'  See  V.  15,  N.  x,  &c. 

*•  See  ch.  3  :  12,  N.  j,  &c. 

'  Germ.,  Dt.,  It.,  Fr.  G..-S.  ;-Brightm.,  Well.s,  Beng-,  Wesl.. 
Herd.,  AVakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Mey.,  Allw.,  Lord, 
Hengst.,  Ebr. 

^  After ovrijv,  Matth.  adds  ίνα  ιίαί>.θωαι  (Β.  'α  17.  β  3.  Slav. 
MS.'). 


REVELATION. 


217 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

27  And  there  shall  in  no  wise 
enter  into  it  any  thing  that  de- 
hleth,  neither  whatsoever  worketh 
abomination,  or  maketh  a  lie ; 
but  they  which  are  written  in 
the  Lamb's  book  of  life. 

CHAP.    XXII. 

And  he  shewed  me  a  pure 
river  of  water  of  life,  clear  as 
crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the 
throne  of  God  and  of  the  Lamb. 


2  In  the  midst  of  the  street 
of  it,  and  on  either  side  of  the 


GREEK    TEXT. 

27  Kou  ου  μη  elaeXerj  6Ϊ?  αυ- 
τήν ττάν  Koivodu,  και  ποιούν  βδί- 
λυγμα,  και  ψβΰδοί-  el  μη  οΊ.  γί- 
γραμμίνοι  ev  τω  βιβλίω  τψ  ζωη^ 
τού  αρνιού. 

CHAP.    XXII. 

KcLL  i'Sei^e  μοι  καθαρον  ττοτα- 
μον  ΰδατοζ  ζωη^,  λαμττρον  cof 
κρνσταλλον,  έχττορβυομβνον  ίκ 
τον  θρόνου  του  OeoO  καΐ  του 
αρνιού. 

2  iv  μίσω  τηί  ττλατεί'α?  αΰτης, 
KCLL    του    τνοταμοΰ,    evTevOev   και 


REVISED    VERSION. 

27  And  there  shall  'in  no  wise 
enter  into  it  any  thing  ^that  de- 
fileth,  ^and  '■  M'orketh  abomina- 
tion 'and  -ϊ  a  lie;  but  they  '■who 
'have  been  written  in  the  "'  book 
of  life  of  the  Lamb. 

CHAP.     XXII. 

And  he  shewed  me  a  "pure 
river  of  water  of  life,  ''bright  as 
crystal,  proceeding  out   of  the• 
throne  of  God  and  '  the  Lamb. 


2  ''In  the  midst  of  'its  'broad 
place  and  'of  the  river  on  this 


'  Seech.  3:  12,  N.j.  &c. 

'  For  xoivovv,  all  the  recent  editors  read  χοινόν  (Λ.  Β.  'α  25. 
β  3.  y  2.  Compl.  Vulg.  Slav.').  I  recommend  that  this  read- 
ing be  adopted,  and  translated :  common. 

^  A  negative  particle  is  not  substit\ited  for  xai,  by  W.  ;-any 
foreign  -version  (except  Fr.  M. -S.  ;-B.  and  L.,  All.)  ;-We.'il.  and 
the  later  English  (except  Treg.  and  Words.)  ;  though  many  use 
a  disjunctive,  aut^  oi\  &c. 

•^  Of  the  verss.  that  follow  the  reading  of  our  Test,  χο^οίι/, 
χαί  rtotoif,  and  render  both  participles  by  finite  verbs,  no  pro- 
nominal subject  is  introduced  before  the  .second,  by  Dt.  ;-Erasm., 
Pagn.,  Vat.,  Bez.,  Par..  Vitr.,  Thom..  AUw. ;  while  Fr.  S., 
Newc,  Woodh.,  Penn,  repeat  the  simple  relative.  In  connec- 
tion with  the  change  recommended  in  N.  f,  I  would  translate 

Λοιοΐκ :    that  worketh. For  Λοιοίν,  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Treg., 

Words.,  read  rtotJii'  ("A.  18.  41.  68.  92.     [Vu'.g.  Syr.]  Arr.') ; 
Matth.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.,  ό  Λοών  (Ό  12.  β  3.'). 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Vulg.,  German  and  French  vcr-is.,  Dt.  ;-Erasm., 
\aX.,  Hamm.,  Cocc,  Υ'Λτ.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.,  Woodh.,  Allw., 
Greenf.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 

i  There  is  no  supplement  in  W.  ;-foreign  verss.  (except  Dt.  ;- 
Pagn.,  Bez.,  Par.,  Moldenh. ;  whose  supplement  =  iJpeafcei/i)  ;- 
Hamm.,  Dodd.,  Wakefi,  Woodh.,  Allw.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu., 
Lord.  Treg.,  Murd.,  Kenr. 
I•  See  2  Pet.  2:  11,  N.  f. 

'  Comp.  ch.  5  :  12,  N.  w  and  13  :  8,  N.  i.  Moldenh.  {einge- 
schrieben  slehen).  Wakef.,  Treg. 

"'  Of  the  three  nouns,  toi  άρι•.  is  translated  last  by  W.,  R.  ;- 
all  foreign  verss.  (except  Castal.)  ;-Daub.,  Wakef.,  "Woodh., 
Allw.,  Penn,  Kenr. 

'  The  Compl.  puts  xaSapdc  after  rtoTajuor  (8  cursive  MSS. 
Slav.  MSS.),  while  Bloomf  marks  the  adjective  as  '■■most  prob- 
ably, or  certainly,  an  interpolation,'  and  all  the  other  recent 
editors  cancel  it,  on  the  authority  of  '  A.  B.  α  17.  /3  3.  y  4. 


Vulg.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Erp.  Slav.  MS.'     1  recommend  that, 
in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the  word  pure  bo  omitted. 

"  See  ch.  15  :  6,  N.  e. 

'    Brightni.,   Daub.,   Guyse,   Dodd.  aud  AVoodh.   (at   v.  3), 
Thom.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Treg.,  Murd. 

''  'Ex  μίαφ  .  .  .  ξνλοι-  ζωηζ.  The  philological  interpretation 
turns  on  these,  to  some  extent  mutually  dependent,  questions  : 
whether  «λοτΈιαί  and  |νλοι/,  either  or  both,  are  here  used  col- 
lectively, for  streets,  trees ;  whether  toi  rtoro/ioi  is  governed  by 
iv  μίαφ  or  by  ίι/τιν^εν  xtd  ίντινθιν  ]  whether,  if  roi  not.  is  go- 
verned by  (V  μίαψ.  the  latter  phrase  may  then  be  rendered 
between  (the  ηλατ•.  and  the  river) ;  and  lastly  whether,  pro- 
ceeding on  the  same  construction  of  roi  not.,  we  are  to  under- 
stand the  addition  of  ivt.  xai  ivt.  as  intimating,  that  the  nxat. 
was  on  one  side  of  the  iixov  and  the  river  on  the  other,  or  that 
the  river  ran  on  both  sides  of  the  Λλατ•.,  or  of  the  ξνλον.  These 
questions  have  received  every  possible  answer,  and  the  various 
answers  have  been  combined  in  every  possible  way.  Unable 
to  satisfy  myself  that  any  one  of  the  general  results  is  demon- 
strably and  exclusively  correct,  I  give  what  seems  to  be  the 
closest  and  most  obvious,  though,  on  that  very  r.ccount,  a  some- 
what ambiguous  translation.  Comp.  NN.  g,  i. 
•  See  V.  15,  N.  x,  «fee. 
f  See  ch.  21 :  21,  N.  e,  Ac. 

^  Comp.  NN.  d,  i.  The  Greek  order  of  roi  not.  ivr.  χ  nt. 
is  followed  in  the  Syr.  (=  Murd.  tiear  the  river,  on  this  side 
and  on  that).  It.  (del  fiume  [correiUe]  di  qua.  e  di  Id)  ;- 
Castal.  (fliivii  hinc  atque  hinc).  Kngl.  Ann.  (explain  E.  V. 
thus:  'That  is,  many  trees  of  this  kind  grew  there,  some  on 
the  one  side  of  the  river,  some  on  the  other,  as  Ezek.  47 :  7, 
12,  that  men  on  either  side  might  have  plenty  of  fruit,  and 
come  easily  at  it.'  And  then  it  is  added:  'Or,  and  of  the 
river,  which  ran  on  each  side  of  it:  that  is,  one  ti-ee  .tc.'), 
Hamm.  (renders  as  above,  explaining  thus:  'that  is,  not  as  in 
Ezekiel.  the  ■many  trees  en  the  one  side  and  on  the  other  side. 

28 


218 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES     VEIISIO.V. 

rivor,  was  tlirrc  tin;  ti-cc,  of  lii'c, 
which  bare  Iwelvc  man/icr  of 
fruits,  and  yielded  her  Cruit  every 
month :  and  the  leaves  of  the 
tree  were  for  the  liealiiii^  of  the 
nations. 

3  And  there  shall  be  no  more 
curse:  but  the  thiOiu!  of  God 
and  of  the  Lamb  shall  be  in  it; 
and  his  servants  shall  serve  him  : 


4  And  they  shall  see  his  iiice ; 


GIlEEli    TEXT. 

ζνηΰθΐν,  ζυλον  ζο^ηΐ,  ttoiovp 
καρτΓουί  8ωδ(ΐ<α,  κατά  μήνα  ίνα 
ίκαστον  άτΓθδί8ονν  τον  καρποί/ 
αυτοί)•  καΧ  τα  φύλλα  τον  Ιούλου 
et?  ΘζρατΓίίαν  των  (θνών. 

3  J^al  ττάν  κατανάθ€μα  ουκ 
ζ'σται  ίτι•  καΐ  ο  θρόνος  του  θ  tod 
και  του  αρνιού  iv  avTij  ϊσται-  κα\ 
οι  δούλοι  αύτοΰ  λατρίύσουσιν 
αϋτω• 

4  και    ο^ονται    το   πρόσωπον 


REVISED    VERSION. 

side  and  'όιι  that  side  wax  '  a 
tree,  of  life,  Jbearina•  twelve  '■ 
fruits,  J  yielding  'its  fruit  '"every 
month ;  and  the  leaves  of  the 
tree  icerc  for  the  healing  of  the 
nations. 

3  And  there  shall  be  "no  curse 
"any  more :  "and  the  throne  of 
God  and  <>  the  Lamb  shall  be  in 
it ;  and  his  servants  shall  serve 
him ; 

4  And  they  shall  see  his  face; 


••  For  the  second  ινηνβιν  Mattb.,  Mey.,  Lachm.,  Ilahn,  Treg., 
AVords.,  Ti.-ch..  Tlitile,  read  ϊχιίθιν  (Ά.  Β.  ο  17.  β  3.  -/  4.  Syr. 
Arm.  Slav.  MSS.'). 

'   For  tlie  omission  of  there,  see  Wells  and  the  later  verss. 

(except  Thorn.,  Trcg.),  several  omitting  also  the  copula. For 

the  indefinite  article,  see  "VVakcf..  AVoodh.,  Thom.,  Midd.,  Allw.. 
Sharpe.  Scholef.  (as  one  alternative  [see  N.  g]  ;-and  so  appar- 
ently Bloonif.),  Kenr.  T.,  C,  G.,  translate  ξνλον,  wood,  with- 
out either  article ;  and  .so  Luth.,  Beng.,  Ilengst..  Ebr.j  use  IIolz. 
Comp.  NN.  d.  g. 

i  Both  participles  are  retained  by  AV.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.,  Syr., 
Dt.,  Fr.  G.,-M.,-S.  ;-Brightm.,  Hamm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  AVesl., 
AVakef.,  Woodh.,  Thom  ,  Alhv.,  Penn,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord,  Kenr. ; 
of  which  only  Fr.  G.,-M.  ;-Brightm.,  Wakef.,  Penn,  have  the 
conjunction  before  the  second.     The  first  participle  appears  in 

Greenf. ;  the  second,  in  It.  ;-B.  and  L.,  De  W..  Murd..  Ebr. 

For  anoiiiovp,  Matth.  and  Tisch.  read  άΛοΒί&ούί  (Β.  α  17. 
Compl.'). 

'  W.,  Ιί.  ;-Latin  and  Frencli  verss.,  Syr.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Hatnm., 
Daub.,  Berl.  Bib.,  Beng.,  AVakef..  AVoodh.,  Thom.  (crops  of 

of  the  river,  but  so  as  may  be  applicable  to  the  one  tree,  and  to 
the  street,  and  river  here  named,  one  of  them  on  one  side, 
V  other  on  the  other  side  of  the  river;'  and  then  illustrates  by 
John  19:  18.),  Cocc.  (fuvii  hinc  et  hide),  Mede,  as  cited  in 
Pot.  Syn.,  (fuviirjue  planitiem  ritrinque  aUiientis;-v;\lh  which 
agree  Owen,  as  cited  by  Midd.  from  Bowyer;  and  AVells,  who 
tran.slates  as  above.).  Daub,  (also  translates  as  above,  and  states 
his  'opinion'  thus:  'The  /iirer  ...  divided  the  broad  Place 
into  two,  by  flowing  through  the  midst  of  it ;  and  then  the 
7Vee,  not  an  individual  Plant,  but  the  wliolc  Species,  or  IVnod 
of  Life,  was  planted  upon  the  banks  of  the  river  on  either 
side;'-and  so  Lowm.  understands  the  matter,  except  that  he 
calls  ij  Λλο* .,  the  chiff  street.),  B.  and  L.  (da  fleuve  <le  cote  et 
d'nutre).  Beng.  {an  dem  Strom  aif  beiden  Seiten),  (iiU  (trans- 
lates iv  μίαψ  between,  and  understands  the  whole  as  Ilamin.), 
Moldenh.  {des  Stromas,  auf  b.  S.),  AVakef.  ('  [between]  . . .  the 
river,  which  flowed  all  round').  Newc.  ('[between]  .  .  .  the  r. 


fruit),  Claike,  Mey.  ( \zw6lfmal\  Frilchte),  Greenf..  All..  Goss., 
Penn,  Sharpe.  Stu.  (fn/il -harvests).  Lord,  De  W.,  Ilcngst., 
Kenr.,  Bam..  Ebr.     E.  \.  follows  T.,  C,  G. 

1  AV.,  R.,  (his)  ;-AVeIls,  Guyse,  AVcsl.  and  the  later  verss. 
(except  AVords.     Sharpe  its  own). 

»'  Bloomf. :  '  The  iVo  is,  on  strong  grounds'  (A.  B.  '  α  23.  /3  3. 
y  3.  Compl.  Slav.'),  'cancelled  by  the  recent  editors.'  It  is 
bracketed  by  Knapp.  and  retained  by  Theilc. 

"  See  1  John  1 :  8,  X.  ζ  and  E.  \'.,  ch.  7 :  IG ;  &c  R.  (no 
c.  .  .  .  any  more)  ;-Hamm.  [any  accursed  thing .  . .  no  longer), 
Daub,  (no  c.  any  longer),  ^A'akef.  (nothing  vile  . . .  ainj  more), 
Newc.,  Sharpe  (no  more  any  c),  Lord,  Treg.  (no  curse  .  .  .  any 

longer),  Murd.  (no  blight  any  more),  Kenr. For  xaraj'a- 

θιμα.,  all  the  recent  editors  read  χατάθιμα  (A.  B.  'a  27.  p  2.  y  2. 
Compl.'). 

°  For  and,  see  1  .John  2:  20,  N,  o. : — for  omitting  of,  see 
V.  1,  N.  c. 

which  ran  on  each  side'),  AVoodh.  (of  the  r.,  which  was  on  one 
side  and  on  the  other),  Ε w.  ('  fluvius  media  in  urbe  ruens  utrin- 
qiie  arboribus  vitae  ad  aqtiam  banc  laetissime  florentibus  cingi- 
tur,  plateaoque  deinceps  aedittcia  utrinque  arbores  ambiunt;'- 
and  so  Stu,,  who  translates :  [between]  .  .  .  the  r.,  on  the  one 
side  and  on  the  other,  speaks  of  '  two  rows'  of  trees  between 
'  the  banks  of  the  river'  and  the  '  streets  parallel  to  it  on  each 
side.'),  Mey.  ([Zieischen  ihren  Strassen  und]  dem  Strom  zu 
b.  S.),  Allw.  ('of  the  river,  which  flowed  on  the  one  side  and 
on  the  other'),  Treg.  (as  above),  Scholef,  (thinks  that  Owen's 
interpretation,  which  he  considers  'entitled  to  some  con.sider- 
ation,' may  'be  carried  even  a  little  farther:  "In  the  midst  of 
the  street  of  it  and  of  the  river,  being  [viz.  both  the  street  and 
the  river  being]  on  either  side  of  it."  [the  tree,]' — quoted,  ap- 
parently with  approbation,  by  Bloomf.).  E.  A'.,  the  older  Eng- 
lish verss.,  and  others  (including  De  AV..  Hengst,  Ebr.),  follow 
the  A'ulg.  e.r  utraque  parte  fluminis. 


REVELATION. 


219 


GREEK    TEXT. 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

and  his  name  sJuz/l  be  in  their 
foreheads. 

5  And  there  shall  be  no  night 
there  ;  and  tliey  need  no  candle, 
neither  light  of  the  sun  ;  i'or  the 

Lord    God    giveth    them    light  :;,/>-        .       /  ν    -,        ,     / 

and  thev  shall  reign  for  ever  and  '  ψ^^ιζβι  avrovr   καί  βααιλίνσου- 


αυτόν,    και   το   όνομα   αυτόν   eiri 
τώι>  μβτωττων  αυτών. 

5  καΐ  νυζ  ουκ  ϊσται  Ικευ 
χρβίαν  ουκ  e^^ovai  λνχ^νου 
φωτοί  ηλίου,  Ότι  Κνριος  ό  Oeos 


καί 
καΐ 


ever.  ι  (τιν  eii  τονί  αιώνας  των  αιώνων. 

6  And  he  said  nnto  me,  Tliese  J       (!    Κ  Αϊ    eiVe    μοι.     Ούτοι    οι 

λόγοι  ΤΓίστοΙ  καΐ  αληθινοί•  καΐ 
Kvpiof  ό  Oeos  των  άγίωΡ  προφη- 
τών ά7Γ(στ€ΐλ€  τον  άγγβλον  αντον 
δβΐςαι  τοΐί  δονλοΐί  αντον  α  del 
γ€ν€σθαι  ev  ταχθεί. 

7  ISov  ίρχ^ομαι  ταχύ.  μακά- 
ριος ό  τηρών  τους  λόγονί  της 
7Γροφ7]Τ€ίαί  τον  βιβλίον  τούτου. 

8  Ι^αϊ  4γω  Ιωάννης  ό  βλέπων 


sayings  arc  faitliful  and  true. 
And  the  Lord  God  of  the  holy 
prophets  sent  his  angel  to  shew 
unto  his  servants  the  things 
which  must  shortlj'  he  done. 


7  Behold,  I  come  quickly : 
blessed  is  he  that  keepeth  the 
sayings  of  the  propliecy  of  this 
book. 

8  And  I  Jolm  saw  these  things, 


REVISED    VERSION. 

and  his  name  shall  be  'On  their 
foreheads. 

5  And  there  shall  he  no  night 
'there ;  and  'they  'have  no  need 
■  of  a  "lamp,  'and  light  -of  the 
sun  ;  for  the  Lord  God  ^^lighten- 
eth  them ;  and  they  shall  reign 
'unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 

6  And  >he  said  unto  me:  These 
'words  are  faithful  and  true ;  and 
the  "Lord  God  of  the  '■holy  pro- 
phets sent  his  angel  to  shew 
unto  his  servants  =  things  which 
must  ^  come  to  pass  shortly. 

7  '  Behold,  I  come  cpiickly ; 
blessed  is  he  that  keepeth  the 
fwords  of  the  prophecy  of  this 
book. 

8  ^And  '^ii  was  I,  John,  who 


ρ  See  ch.  7  :  3,  N.  g,  &c. 

■>  For  ixil  (which  Matili.  anJ  Tisch.  cancf],  on  the  authority 
of  B.  Ό  13.  [it  13.]";  and  Bloonif.  is  'now  inclined'  to  agree 
with  them.),  Griesb..  Sch.,  LhcIiih.,  llahn,  Treg.,  Words.,  read 
tti('A.  2.  ]9.  68.     Vu!g.  Sjr.'). 

'  For  xfitiav  ovx  'ίχονβί,  jSuatth.,  Griesb.,  Sch.,  Bloomf.,  Tisch.. 


read  ονχ  ί|ονϊΐ  j^ptioi'  ('  A.     Vulg.  Copt.  S3M•.  Arr.'). 

•  See  1  John  2  :  27,  N.  .«. 

'  Before  %νχνον.  Lachm.,  Hahn.  Treg.,  Words.,  insert  ψώτος 
(Ά.  18.  [38.]  41.  A"ulg.  Copt.  Aeth  Syr.  Erp.  Slav.  MSS.'). 
So  Bloonif.  also  would  'prefer  to  read,  if  ι^λι'ον'  (cancelled  by 
Matth.  and  Tisch.,  on  the  authoritj'^  of  B.  'a  13.  β  2.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  MSS.')  be  'retained;'  but  he  docs  not  think  that  'the 
state  of  the  evidence,'  thongh  'such  as  to  warrant,  calls  for  the 
cancelling.' 

"  See  ch.  21 :  23,  N.  t,  &c. 

'  Syr.  ;-Cocc..  Yitr.,  Woodli.  (even),  De  W.,  Treg.,  Hengst.. 
Ebr.  Many,  who  retain  the  negative  in  connection  with  the 
verbal  predicate,  have  or.  &c. 

"  E.  v..  ch.  18  :  1  ;  21  :  23  i-W. (shall  lighten).  U.  (doth  il- 
iiiminaif)  ;-Brightni..  Dodd.,  AVesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc.  Kcnr..  (use 
the  verb  to  enlighten),  Ponn  (;witl  light),  Treg.  (will  liglUen). 
Nearly  all  foreign  vers.',  have  the  same  word  as  in  ch.  21 :  23. 

E.  V.  follows  T.,  C,  G. For  φωη'^ίΐ.  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Hahn, 

Treg.,  read  ^i^xiaii  ('  A.  12.  42.')  ;  the  other  recent  editors  (ex- 
cept Theile).  ψωπίί  (Β.  'α  22.  β  2.  Compl.  Yulg.  ed.  Slav. 
MSS.');  and  all  add  in  ('A.'),  except  Matth..  Treg.  (who  at 
first  bracketed,  but  now  seems  to  reject  it.),  Words.  I  recom- 
mend that  the  verb  be  given  in  the  future :  shall  lighten. 


'  See  ch.  1 :  6,  N.  g.  Ac. 

'  For  fZrtf,  Matth.  reads  λίγη  (1!.  'α  22.  β  2.  Compl.'). 
•  See  ch.  19  :  9,  N.  w. 

'  Before  Kvptof,  Lachm.  inserts  ΰ  (Ά.  92.'). 
''  For  άγι'ω!',  all  the  recent  editors  read   rcvfvuaruv  tCjv  (' K. 
B.  α  26.  (3  2.  y  2.  Compl.     Vulg.  [Copt.]  Aeth.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav. 


read  οΰ  xfiia.  (B.  'a  15.  β  2.');  Lachm.,  Ilahn,  Treg.,  Words.,    MSS.').     I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted:  spirits 


of  the. 

'  E.  v..  ch.  1:1;  4:1  ;-Woodh.,  Treg.  Very  many  employ 
a  compound  relative,  what,  &c. 

''  For  the  ordi-r,  see  ch.  1  :  1.  N.  aa.  For  come  to  pass 
(comp.  ch.  1  :  10,  N.  b,  λο.),  see  E.  V..  cIj.  1  :  1  ;-\Vells,  Wakef., 
Newc,  Woodli.,  Thom.,  AUw.,  Siu..  Lord,  Treg. 

•  Before  ί&ού.  all  tlie  recent  editors  (except  Beng.)  read  xal 
(A.  B.  'a  18.  β  2.  Tulg.  ed.  Aeth.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  MSS.'). 
I  recommend  that  the  reading  be  adojited  :  And  behold. 

'  See  ch.  19  :  9.  X.  w. 

"  For  xai  iyu.  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Hahn,  Treg..  Words.,  Tisch., 
read  χάγώ  (A.  H.  •α8.  [&  13.]  Compl,'). 

''  W..  T..  C,  G..  (1  am  .hilm  thai  [which])  ;-Germ.  (ich  bin 
Johannes,  der),  I)t.  (ik,  Johannes,  bin  degene.  die),  It.  (io 
Giovanni  [so)i  quel]  c').  Fr.  G.,-M.,  (moi  Jean.  Je  sitis  celui 
qui),  Fr.  S.  (c^est  moi,  Jean,  qui)  ;-Pagn.,  Bcz,,  Par,,  Vitr., 
(ego  Johannes  [is  sum]  qui).  Brightm.,  Lord,  Murd..  (lam 
J.,  &c.),  Cocc.  (ego  J.  sum  is  qui).  Daub.,  Stu.,  Words.,  (I  J. 
am  he  tchn),  B.  and  L.  (as  Fr.  S.),  Berl.  Bib.  and  later  Geiman 
verss.  (ich  J.  bin  es.  der  ;-except  Muldenh.,  ich  J.  bin  der,  der), 
WesL,  Woodli.,  AUw.,  Treg.  (/J.  [was]  he  ιΐ'Λο  ;-m.arking  /  ^s 
emphatic). 


2'JO 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      \'ERSIO.V. 

and  heard  them.  And  when  I  had 
liciird  and  seen,  I  fell  down  to 
worship  before  the  feet  of  the 
augel  which  shewed  ine  these 
things. 

9  Then  saith  lie  unto  iiie,  See 
ΐΐιυιι  Jo  it  not :  for  I  am  thy  fel- 
low-servant, and  of  thy  brtithren 
the  prophets,  and  of  them  whieh 
keep  the  sayings  of  this  book: 
worship  God. 


10  And  he  saith  imto  me, 
.Seal  not  the  sayings  of  the  pro- 
phecy of  this  book  :  for  the  time 
is  at  hand. 

11  He  that  is  unjust,  let  liim 
be  unjust  still :  and  he  which  is 
lilthy,  let  him  be  filth}^  still :  and 
he  that  is  righteous,  let  him  be 
righteous  still:  and  he  that  is 
holy,  let  him  be  holy  still. 

12  And  behold,  I  come  quick- 
ly ;  and  my  reward  ;*■  with  me. 


GREEK    TEXT. 


ταύτα  και  ακουων  και  οτί  ηκουσα 

Ι  κα),  (βλ€\Ι/α,  ίττίσα  ηροσκυρησαι 

1  ζμττροσθίν  των  ττοδων  τον  άγγί- 

λον  του  SeiKvvovTOi  μοι  ταύτα. 

1       ί)     ΚΟΛ    Aeyet    μοί,    '  Ορα    μη• 

συνδουλοί  σου  γαρ  (Ιμι,  και  των 

αδελφών  σου  των  ττροφητών,καΐ 

των  τηρονντων  τους   λογουί  του 

\  βιβλίου  τούτον     τω  Θβω  ττροσ- 

κυνησον. 

1 0  ΚαΧ  Aeyet  μοι,  Μη  σφρα-  \ 
γιστ]!    TOVS    λογουί    τηί   ττροφη-  '■ 
τβίαί  του  βιβλίου  τούτου•    'ότι  Ό 
καιροί  (γγυς  Ιστιν. 

11  ό  άδικων  άδικησατω  ΐ'τι• 
καΐ  ό  ρυπών,  ρυττωσατω  (τι•  και 
ο  δικαιοί,  δικαιωθητω  ϊτι•  και  ό 
άγιος,  άγιασθητω  βτι. 

12  Και  Ιδου  έρχομαι  ταχν, 
καΐ  υ  μισθοί  μου  μ€Τ    Ιμοΰ,  άττο- 


REVISED    VERSION. 

'saw  these  things,  and  heard. 
And  when  I  had  heard  and  'seen, 
Ί  fell  down  to  worship  before 
the  feet  of  the  angel  'who 
shewed  me  these  things. 

9  "And  "he  saith  unto  me: 
See  i/ioii  do  it  not :  "for  I  am  ^a 
fellov\--s(,'rvant  ρ  with  thee,  and 
pwith  tliv  brethren  th(i  prophets, 
and  pvvith  "ithose  'iwho  keep  the 
'words  of  this  book:  Avorship 
God. 

j      10    And   he   saith   unto  me  : 
1  Seal  not  the  'words  of  the  pro- 
phecy   of    this    book:    'for   the 

time  is  'near. 

11  He  that  is  unjust,  let  him 
be  unjust  still ;  "and  he  'that  is 
filthy,  let  him  be  filthy  still ;  and 
he  that  is  righteous,  "let  him  be 
righteous  still ;  and  he  that  is 
holy,  let  him  be  holy  still. 

12  'And  behold,  I  come  quick- 
1)',  and  my  reward  is  with  me. 


'  luooml'. :  '  The  nccnt  editors  all  read,  on  strong  authority. 
άχούων  χαί  βλίΛωΐ'  Taira'  (Α.  Β.  Ό  1".  J3  2.  γ  3.  Conipl.  Vulg. 
Syr.').  Τ  recommend  the  adoption  of  this  reading:  heard  and 
saw  these  things. 

)  For  ;'/3λί4α,  Matth.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  οτι  tUov  ('  B.  a,  14. 
β  2.')  ;  Treg.  reads  Γ^λΓΛοι•  ('  A.'). 

'  For  tTtcoa,  the  E'zevir,  Maltli.,  Grie.sb.,  Knapp,  Treg., 
AVords.,  read  irttool•.     But  in  favour  of  tntaa,  for  which  Treg. 

quotes  only  5  cursive  MSS.  and  F.rasm.,  Lachm.  cites  A. 

The  incident  here  related  is  by  some  ( Brightm.,  Wesl.,  Ebr.. 
&c.)  thought  to  be  the  same  as  that  referred  to  in  ch.  19 :  10 ; 
nn<l  Vitr.  also  intimates  that  this  non  absurde  did  posse. 
Bloomf.  errs  in  attributing  the  opinion  to  Beng. 

1  See  2  Pet.  2:  11.  N.  f 

"•  See  1  John  1  :  2,  X.  i.  &c.  E.  V.,  v.  10 ;  &c.  ;-W.,  T.,  C, 
R.  ;-Vulg.,  Syr..  Germ.,  I)t.,  It.,  Fr.  S.  ;-Era.sni.,  Vat,  Aret., 
Bri-htm..  Cocc,  Wells.  Daub..  Beng..  Dodd.,  Woodh.  and  later 
English  verss.  (except  Words.),  Greenf,  De  W..  Hengst.,  Ebr. 

"  The  inver.sion  of  10.  V.  is  found  in  no  other  English  version, 
except  Ilarnin.  and  Words. 

'  .Vll  recent  editors  cancel  the  yap,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
■a  25.  /3  2.  y  2.  Comp'.  Vulg.  JIS.  .im.  Copt.  Syr.  Arr.  Slav. 
MSS.'  1  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this  reading,  the 
word  for  be  omitted. 

I•  Seech.  19:  ]0   XN".  a,  b. 


""  See  ch.  2 :  2,  N.  h,  &c.,  and  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

■■  See  ch.  19 :  9,  N.  w. 

■  For  όΐί  i  χαιρόί,  Matth.,  Lachm.,  Hahn.  Treg.,  read  ΰ  xatpoj 
yo'p  (A.  B.  •α  10.  β  2.  Vulg.  Copt!  Syr.  Slav.  MSS.').  The 
other  recent  editors  (except  Beng.,  and  Knapp  [who  has  ότι  in 
brackets])  read  ό  xaipoj  (0  cursive  MSS.). 

•  See  ch.  1  :  3,  X.  k. 

"  For  xai  ύ  Ι,υΛΰν  ΙιυΛωαάΐω  ϊη.  all  the  recent  editors  read 
(Trei.,  in  brackets;  the  whole  clause  being  wanting  in  'A. 
[20?]  21.  34.  35.  68.')  xai  i  /iDrtapoj  liVrtafuvOr^fu  [Lachm. 
ΐJvΛavθήtω]  trt  (B.  Ό  23.  β  2.  Conipl.'  These  authorities,  in- 
deed, as  cited  by  Treg.  and  Words.,  want  the  ΐη ;  but  not  so 
the  editors,  as  Bloomf.  intimates.). 

'  E.  v.,  thrice  in  this  verse;  the  deviation  in  the  fourth  in- 
stance being  adopted  from  T.,  C,  G.     See  2  Pet.  2:  11.  N.  f. 

*  For  &ίχα.ίωθτ,ΐω.  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf., 
wlio  .speaks  doubtingly)  read  6ιχαιουι;>'^ΐ'  Λοι;;οάτω  (Α.  Β.  'α  20. 
/3  2.  y  3.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Tol.  Copt.  Syr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.'). 
[  recommend  that  the  reading  be  adopted,  and  translated :  let 
him  worlc  righteousness. 

«  The  χαί  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  au- 
thority of  Ά.  α  28.  β  2.  y  2.  Coinpl.  Vulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm. 
Arr.  Slav.  MS.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with  this 
reading,  the  word  and  be  omitteil. 


REVELATION. 


221 


KING    JAMES     VERSION. 

to  give  every  man  according  as 
his  work  sliall  be. 

13  I  am  Alpha  and  Omega, 
the  beginning  and  the  end,  the 
first  and  the  last. 

14  Blessed  arc  they  that  do 
his  commandments,  that  they 
may  have  right  to  the  tree  of 
life,  and  may  enter  in  through 
the  gates  into  the  city. 

15  For  witliout  are  dogs,  and 
sorcerers,  and  whoremongers, 
and  murderers,  and  idolaters, 
and  whosoever  loveth  and  ma- 
keth   a  lie. 

16  I  Jesus  have  sent  mine 
angel  to  testify  unto  you  these 
things  in   the  churches.     I  am 


GREEK    TEXT. 


8ovvaL  €καστω  oos  το  βργον  αύτοΰ 
βσταί. 

13  ίγω  (Ιμι  το  Λ  καΐ  το  Ώ, 
αρχή  και  τίλοί,  ό  ττρώτος  καΐ  ό 
ί'σχατοί. 

14  Μακάριοι  οι  ττοιονντΐς  τας 
ίντολας  αύτον,  ίνα  (.σται  ή  ϊζον 
σία  αυτών  iirl  το  ζύλον  της  ζωής, 
και  τοις  ττνλώσιν  ύσίλθωσιν  εΙς 
την  ΤΓολιν. 

1 5  ί'ξο)  Se  οΐ  κυν€ς  καΐ  οΐ  φαρ- 
μακοί  καΐ  οΐ  ττορνοι  κα\  οΐ  φονβΐς 
κα\  οι  (Ιδωλολατραι,  καΐ  ττας  ο 
φιλών  και  ΤΓΟιών  ψίνδος. 

10  'Έγώ  Ιησούς  67Γ€/χ•ψ-α  τον 
αγγβλον  μου  μαρτυρησαι  νμΐν 
ταντα    67Γΐ   ταΐς    ΐκκλησιαις•    βγω 


REVISED    VERSION. 

to  ^render  to  every  'one  '  as  "Ίύβ 
work  ►■shall  be. 

13  'Ί  ""am  'the  Alpha  and  'the 
Omega,  «  beginning  and  "  end, 
the  first  and  the  last. 

14  Blessed  cnr  they  that  'do 
his  commandments,  'that  they 
may  have  right  to  the  tree  of 
liie,  and  may  enter  "  by  the  gates 
into  the  city. 

15  'But  without  αιτ  Jthe  dogs, 
and  ithe  scorcerers,  and  'the  'Ibr- 
nicators,  and  )the  murderers,  and 
'the  idolaters,  and  levery  one 
that  loveth  and  maketh  a  lie. 

16  I,  Jesus,  ■"  sent  °my  angel 
to  testify  unto  you  these  things 
«concerning  the  churches.    I  am 


J  See  ch.  18:  6,  N.  x.  R.  ;-Dodd.,  Murd.,  (recompense), 
Wesl..  Wakef.,  Woodh.  (requite),  Thoni.,  Allw..  Penn,  Lord 
(retribute),  Kenr. 

•  See  ch.  20 :  13,  N.  n. 

»  Wesl.,  Thom.,  Alhv.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  Lord. 

''  For  avtoi  ϊοται,  Matth.  reads  ta-cat  aitoi  ('a  15.  Compl.')  ; 
Lachm.,  Treg.,  Words.,  Tisch.,  read  hriv  airoi  (A.  B.  '21.  38. 
Syr.' — which  Blooraf.  calls  'competent,  though  not  paramount 
authority.'). 

'  See  ch.  1 :  8,  N.  m,  &c. 

■^  The  ίίμί  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  'a  22.  Compl.  Vulfr.  MS.  Am.  Slav.  MS.' 
I  recommend  that  the  reading  bo  adopted,  and  that  am  be 
retained  as  a  supplement. 

•  For  the  omission  of  the  articles,  see  ch.  1 :  8,  X.  η ;  and 
here,  among  those  who  follow  the  reading  of  our  Text,  Fr.  S., 
Wakef  (who  marks  them  as  supplied).  Woodh.,  Greenf.  But  for 
ά(>χη  xai  τίλοί,  ό  rtpiIitOs  χαϊ  ΰ  ta;^aros,  '  all  the  recent  editors.' 
says  Bloomf.,  'edit,  on  strong  authority,  5  τίρ.  χαΐ  ΰ  ίοχ.,  ή  άρχ. 
χαί  to  r.'  (Β.  'α  13.  β  2.  Vulg.  Aeth.  S.yr.  Ar.  P.  Slav.  JFS.' 
So  all  the  editors  here  collated,  except  that  Kens..  Knapp,  Mev.. 
Lachm.,  Hahn,  Tisch.,  orait  the  ύ  twice,  on  the  authority  of  A. 
and  G  cursive  JISS.).  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be 
adopted,  and  translated :  the  first  and  the  last,  the  beginning 
and  the  end. 

'  For  rtotoii'if  5  τάί  ΕΓίολάί  avtoi.  Mill  approves,  and  Lachm., 
Treg.,  Words.,  Theile.  edit,  nxivovtii  τά?  στολά;  ανϊων  (Ά.  7.  38. 
Vulg.  Aeth.  Arm.  [in  ra.] '    The  Vulg.  adds :  in  sanguine  Agni. ). 

'  Gr.  that  their  power,  onight,  i/iai/ be  over.  For  iVo  with 
a  future  indicative,  see  Win.,  p.  335. 


^  For  the  omission  of  in,  see  E.  V.,  ch.  21 :  27 ;  &c.  ;-W.. 
R.  ;-Brightm.,  Daub.,  Dodd.,  Wakef.  and  later  ver.ss.   (except 

Treg.,  Words.). For  by,  see  W.,  R.  ;-Germ.  (zu),  French 

verss.  (par)  ;-Brightm.,  Beng.  (as  Germ.  ;-and  .«o  Hengst., 
Ebr.),  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Wakef.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thorn.,  Allw., 
Kenr. 

'  See  2  Pet.  1:5,  N.  r.  But,  .says  Bloomf.,  'the  ii  is  on 
strong  authority'  (A.  B.  'a  27.  jS  2.  y  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  Aeth. 
Syr.  Slav.  MS.'),  '  confirmed  by  internal  evidence,  cancelled  by 
all  the  recent  editors.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance  with 
this  reading,  the  word  but  be  omitted. 

)  The  articles  are  retained  by  the  German  and  French  versa, 
(except  that  Herd,  and  Mey.  omit  the  fourth),  Dt.  It.  ;- 
Wakef.,  Thorn.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Sharpe,  Lord.  R.  has  the 
third  ;  Daub.,  the  first ;  Woodh.,  all  except  the  first. 

k  Seech.  21:  8.  N.  n. 

1  See  1  John  2:  23,  N.  x. The  i,  Bloomf.  thinks,  'ought 

to  be  at  least  bracketed."  It  is  cancelled  by  Beng.,  Mattli., 
Mey.,  Lachm.,  Treg.,  AV'ords.,  Tisch.,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
OIL  |3  2.  Compl.' 

"'  '  At  the  beginning  of  these  revelations.' — E.  V.,  v.  6;-W., 
T.,  C,  G.  ;-Herd.,  Mey.,  Sharpe,  De  W. 

■>  Brightm.,  Wells,  Wesl.,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Allw., 
Penn,  Lord,  Murd. 

"  See  ch.  10:  11,  N.  q.  Castal.  (.luper),  Hamm.,  Wells, 
Guyse,  Gill  (as  one  rendering),  Ros.  (de),  Van  Ess  (von), 
Penn,  Zilll.  (in  Bezug  aiif),  Hengst.  (iiber)  ;-Bretsch.,  Win., 

Wahl,  Jiob.,  Schirl. The  ini  is  cancelled  by  Beng.  and  Ti.sch., 

on  the  authnritv  of  '4.  11.  12.  47.  48.  Er.  Arm.  Slav.  MS.' 
(and  this  leading  Bloomf.  also  is  'now  inclined  to  receive'); 
Lachm.  and  Treg.  substitute  iv  ('  A.  18.  21.  38.     Vulg.  Slav.'). 


222 


REVELATION. 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

the  root  and  the  offspring  of 
David,  and  the  bright  and  mor- 
ning-star. 

17  And  the  Spirit  and  the 
bride  say,  Come.  And  let  him 
that  heareth  say.  Come.  And 
let  him  that  is  athh'st  come.  And 
whosoever  will,  let  him  take  the 
water  of  life  freely. 

18  For  I  testify  unto  every 
man  that  heareth  the  words  of 
the  prophecy  of  this  book.  If  any 
man  shall  add  unto  these  things, 
God  shall  add  unto  him  tiie 
plagues  that  arc  written  in  this 
book : 

19  And  if  any  man  shall  take 


GREEK    TEXT. 

ίίμι  η  ρίζα  καΐ  το  ytJOf  του  ΑαβΊδ, 
6  άστηρ  6  λάμπρος  και  ορθρινοί. 

1 Τ  Και  το  ττνβΰμα  καΐ  ή  ννμφη 
λίγονσιν,  Έλθβ•  και  ο  ακουων 
ίίττατω,  Έλθβ.  και  ο  δίψων  e'A- 
θετω,  καΙ  ό  θίλων  λαμβανίτω  το 
ύδωρ  ζωηΐ  δωρίαν. 

1 8  Συμμαρτυροϋμαι  γαρ  τταντί 
άκονοντί  τους  Xoyovs  τηί  ττροφη- 
Telas  του  βιβλίου  τούτου•  iav  τΐί 
ίΤΓίτιθβ  ττροί  ταΰτα,  ίτηθησίΐ  ο 
θβοί  €7Γ  αύτον  ταί  ττληγάί  tus 
γβγραμμβνας  Ιν  βιβλιω  τούτω• 

19  KOU  iav  τ  is  άψαιρτ)  άττο  των 


REVISED    VERSION. 


the  Root  and  the  Offspring  ""of 
David  ;  i  the  bright  uud  *t  morn- 
ing 1  Star. 

17  And  tlie  Spirit  and  the 
bride  say :  'Come  !  And  'he  that 
heareth,  let  him  say :  'Come ! 
And  -he  that  'thirsteth,  'let  him 
come ;  »and  'he  that  will,  'let 
him  take  'the  water  of  life  freely. 

18  "For  I  "also  testify  «to 
every  ^one  'hearing  the  words  of 
the  prophecy  of  this  book:  If 
any  "one  ••  add  to  these  things, 
God  shall  add  unto  him  the 
plagues  that  'have  been  written 
in  ''  this  book ; 

19  And   if  any   'one  '  take 


ρ  Bloomf. :  '  The  τοΟ  before  Δανι8  is,  on  strong  grounds' 
(A.  B.  'a  21.  [&  11.  39.]'),  'ciincc'lled  l)y  all  the  recent  editors;' 
and,  for  Δα,3.,  they  all  (except  Malth.,  f-"ch.,  Words.)  read 
Δαν. 

1  Nothing  is  supplied  by  R.  ;-any  forei.sn  version  (except 
Syr.  [=  De  D.  ianqiiam],  Moldenh.)  ;-Briglitm.,  Wells  and 

later  English  ver-ss.  (except  Newc.  Words.). For  ύ  λα/ιΛρό; 

xai  opSptTOs,  all  the  recent  editors  read  ΰ  "Καμ.  b  HftMvoi  (B.  'a  23. 
β  2.  y  3.  Coiupl.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Slav.  MS.  ό  «ρω.  ύ  λα/t.  α  5. 
Αγ.  ρ.  Slav.  MSS.') ;  except  Lachm.  and  Treg.,  ό  λα/ι..  xal  ΰ  Λρω. 
(Ά.     Vulg.').     I  recommend  the  repetition  of  the  article  before 

•morning. In  all  the  English  verss.  (except  Wakef.,  Newc. 

Sharpe)  morning  is  given  apart,  as  an  adjective ;  and  so  in  the 
original  edition  of  E.  V.,  and  by  the  Amer.  Bible  Soc.'s  late 
revision. 

'  For  ixei  (twice)  and  ίλθίτω.  all  the  recent  editors  read 
ΐρχου  and  Ιρχίαθίο  {λ.  Β.  '  α  28.  β  2.  y  4.  Compl.'). 

•  See  Ε.  v.,  v.  11;  Rom.  12:  7.  8;  &c.  W.,  R.  ;-Daub., 
Woodh.,  Murd.,  (in  the  tliird  instance),  We.sl.,  Allvr.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Kenr..  (conform  the  tliird  instance  to  the  two  pre- 
ceding: lel  him  that  [irho]).  Lord  (he  ir/io  ;-and  so  Treg.  in 
the  third  instance).  Excepting  Fr.  <i..-M.,  B.  and  L.,  no  foreign 
version  varies  as  E.  Λ'^. 

•  See  oh.  21 :  G,  N.  d. 

"■  This  xai.  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  au- 
thority of  A.  B.  -a  23.  β  2.  γ  4.  Corapl.  Vnlg.  MS.  Am.  Tol. 
Copt.  Aeth.  Slav.  MSS.'  I  recommend  that,  in  accordance 
with  this  reading,  the  word  and  be  omitted. 

'  For  λα^ίβανίτω  ιό,  says  Bloomf.,  all  the  recent  editors  'read 
λα/5/ι•ω'  (A.  B.  ■  α  24.  β  2.  γ  5.  Compl.').  'from  almost  all  the 
best  MSS.,  perhaps  tightly.'  I  recommend  that  the  reailn.'  be 
adopted,  and  that  the  be  omitted. 


"  For  also,  see  E.  Λ'.,  Rom.  2:  15;  9:  1.  Latin  verss. 
(co)itestor;-except  Castal.,  and  Bez.  ίίϋίί)  ;-Engl.  Ann.  {to- 
gelher),  Berl.  Bib.  {zugleich).  Dodd.  (as  a  supplement).  Wakef. 
{at  the  same  time),  Scott  {along  with).  But,  for  ανμ-μαφ- 
τνροί/iat  yap,  all  the  recent  editors  read  /lapmpu  iyu  ('  A.  B. 
α  24.  β  2.  y  4.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Am.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm. 
Arr.  Slav.  MSS.  μαρτ'νρομα^  iyu  11.  48.  ^aprrpo^at  yap 
34.  35.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and 
translated:  I teslify.     See  ch.  1 ;  8,  N.  m,  &c. 

^  W.,  R.  ;-Dodd.  and  the  later  verss.  (except  Treg.,  Words.). 

1  See  1  John  3 :  3,  N.  i. 

'  W.,  R.  ;-Latin  verss.  (except  Cocc.  Vitr.).  But,  for 
axovovti,  all  the  recent  editors  read  τφ  ax.  (Ά.  B.  al6.  β2. 
y  3.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted,  and  trans- 
lated: that  heareth. 

'  SeelJohn2:l,  N.  b,  &c. 

*■  A  present  tensf,  indicative  or  subjunctive,  is  employed  by 
German  and  French  verss.,  Dt.,  It.  ;-Dodd.,  Thom.,  Penn, 
Sharpe,  Lord;-though  many  of  these,  for  irtiTiS^  rtpoj  tav-ta, 
read,  with  all  the  recent  editors,  ίΗιβζ  in  α,ντά  (A.  B.  'a  26. 
3  2.  y  4.  Compl.').  I  recommend  that  this  reading  bo  adopted, 
and  translated :  shall  add  vnto  them  ;  the  neuter  aita  standing 
for  the  things  revealed  in  the  λόyol. 

'  See  ch.  21 :  27,  N.  1,  ic. 

■•  To  βίβ-κία,  all  the  recent  editors  prefix  τώ  (.\.  B.  ο  17.  3  2. 
y  4.  Compl.  ["rel.  fere  omnes."     Sell.]'). 

•  See  l.Juhn  2:  1.  N.  b,  &c. 

'  See  the  verss.  cited  in  v.  18,  N.  b.  But,  for  oifatpj.  all  the 
recent  editors  read  H^tXr]  (•  A.  ο  26.  )3  3.  y  5.  Compl.'  Words. : 
■  ά^ο.ηται  Β.').  1  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted, 
Tnd  translated  :  shall  take  away. 


REVELATION. 


223 


KING    JAMES      VERSION. 

away  from  the  words  of  the 
book  of  this  prophecy,  God  shall 
take  away  liis  part  out  of  the 
book  of  life,  and  out  of  the  holy 
city,  and  from  the  things  which 
are  written  in  tiiis  book. 


20  He  which  testifieth  these 
things  saith,  Surely  I  come 
quiculy  :  Amen.  Even  so,  come, 
Lord  Jesus. 

21  The  grace  of  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ  he  with  you  all. 
Amen. 


GREEK    TEXT. 

λόγων  βίβλου  τηΐ  7Γροψ7]Τ€ίαί 
ταύτης,  άφαιρησα  ό  θ^οί  το  μί- 
ρος  αντοΰ  άπο  βίβλον  της  ζ<^η^^ 
καΐ  €/c  της  πόλεως  της  άγιας, 
καΐ  των  γεγραμμίνων  iv  βιβλιω 
τούτω. 

20  Λ  βγει  ό  μαρτύρων  ταντα, 
Nat  βρχομαί  ταχύ•  άμην.  JVa], 
ϊ'ρχον,  lyvpie   Ιησον. 

21  '  Η  χάρις  του  Κυρίου  ημών 
Ιησοΰ  Χρίστου  μ€τα  τταντων 
υμών.      Άμην. 


REVISED    VERSION. 

away  from  the  words  of  '^the 
book  of  this  prophecy,  God  ''shall 
take  awa}'^  his  part  'from  'the 
book  of  life,  ^  and  out  of  the 
holy  city,  'and  from  the  things 
written  in  i  this  book. 


20  He   '"who  testifieth  these 
saith :     "Yea,    I     come 

quickly:    "Amen.      "Yea,  come, 
Lord  Jesus. 

21  The  grace  of  "our  Lord 
Jesus  ^Christ  be  with  "you  all. 
'•Amen. 


things 


^  For  βίβλου,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Bloomf.)  read  foi 
βφλίον  ('  A.  B.  a.  25.  β  2.  y  3.  Compl.'). 

''  For  άφαιρι-βει,  all  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth.  άψίλοί 
Ό  14.  Compl.')  read  άψΛιΙ  ('  A.  B.  α  0.  [&  39.  55.]'). 

'  Sec  ch.  16:  17,  N.  g.  W.  ;-Wells,  Wakef.,  AWw.,  Sharpe, 
Lord.  Treg.,  Words.,  Murd.  Of  these,  indeed,  several  fail  to 
distinguish  the  subsequent  ix  ;  and  so  the  foreign  verss.  gener- 
ally.    But  Hengst.  and  Ebr. :  von  .  .  .  aus. 

'  For  βςβλον,  all  the  recent  editors  read  (not,  as  Bloomf.  says, 
ξύλαν,  but)  toi  ξύλου  (Ά.  Β.  ο  27.  β  3.  y  3.  Compl.  Yulg.  MS. 
Am.  Copt.  Aeth.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that 
this  reading  be  adopted :  ihe  tree. 

^  The  xai  before  tuv  yfyp.  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  edi- 
tors, on  the  authority  of  A.  B.  'a 25.  β2.  y4.  Compl.  Copt. 
Acth.  Syr.  Arm.  Erp.  Slav.  MSS.').  I  recommend  that  this 
reading  be  adopted,  and,  the  participle  being  then  brought  into 
apposition  with  βίβλου  [ξύλον]  and  Λόχιως.  that  the  comma 
after  life  be  omitted,  and  τΰικ  ytyp.  rendered  :  which  have  been 
written.     See  v.  18,  N.  c,  &c. 

1  After  h,  all  the  recent  editors  insert  τψ  (A.  B.  "a  15.  β  3. 
y  3.  Compl.'). 

-  See  2  Pet.  2 :  11,  N.  f. 

■■  See  ch.  1 :  7,  N.  1.  All  the  recent  editors  (except  Matth. 
and  Bloomf.)  cancel  the  second  vai,  on  the  authority  of  A.  B. 
ο  7.  (&  12.  20.  29.)  Yulg.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Arr.  Slav.  MSS.' 
They  also  (with  the  same  exception)  attach  άμτ^ν  (which  in  the 


original  edition  of  E.  V..  as  in  C,  G.,  &c.,  had  a  full  pau.se  be- 
fore as  well  as  after  it,)  to  what  follows  ;-and  so  Erasm.,  Vat., 
Par.,  Grot.,  Wells,  Daub.,  Guyse.  Dodd.,  Wesl.,  Gill,  Newt., 
Moldenh.,  Herd.,  Wakef,  Newc,  Woodh.,  Thom.,  Heinr.,  Scott, 
Ew.,  Allw.,  Greenf.,  Jones,  Penn,  Gerl.,  Sharpe,  Stu.,  De  W., 
Hengst.,  Murd.,  Barn,,  Ebr.  1  recommend  that  both  these 
points  of  the  late  critical  editions  be  adopted,  and  that  the  ver- 
sion stand  thus :  quickly.  Amen ;  come,  Lord  Jesus. 

"  The  Ύΐμΰιν  is  cancelled  by  all  the  recent  editors,  on  the  au- 
thority of  Ά.  B.  α  20.  β  2.  Compl.  A^ulg.  MS.  Aeth.  Ar.  P. 
Slav.  JISS.'     I  recommend  that  this  reading  be  adopted :  the. 

Ρ  The  word  Xpisfoi)  is  cancelled  by  Beng.,  Lachm.,  Tisch., 
on  the  authority  of '  A.  20.' 

'  The  νμ^ν  is  cancelled  by  all  the  editors,  on  the  authority 
of  '  A.  Vulg.  MS.  .4m.' ;  and,  instead  of  it,  the  words  -tuv 
ayluv  are  added  by  Matth.,  Griesb..  Knapp,  Sch.,  Hahn, 
Bloomf,  Trcg.  (in  brackets),  Words.,  Theile,  on  Ihe  authority 
of  'B.  α  27.  β  2.  y  C.  Compl.  Vulg.  MS.  Copt.  Syr.  Arm.  Slav. 
MSS.'  I  recommend  the  adoption  of  the  latter  reading:  all 
the  saints ;  and  that  the  following  note  appear  in  the  margin : 
'  Some  omit  the  words,  the  saints.'' 

'  This  Ά,μψ  is  bracketed  by  Treg,,  and  cancelled  by  all  the 
other  recent  editors  (except  Matth.,  Bloomf.,  Words.),  on  the 
authority  of  Ά.  Vulg.  MS.'  I  recommend  that  the  following 
note  appear  in  the  margin :  '  Many  omit  the  word  Amen.^ 
Comp.  IJohnS:  21,  N.  r,  &c. 


REVISED  VERSIOK: 


IN  PARAGRAPHS, 


AND 


accoedinCt  to  the  recommendations  in  the  notes. 


29 


REVISED  VERSION; 

IN  PARAGRAPHS, 
AND    ACCORDING    TO    THE    RECOMMENDATIONS    IN    THE    NOTES. 


THE    SECOND   EPISTLE   OF   PETER. 


I.  Simeon  Peter,  a  servant  and  an  apostle  of 
Jesus  Christ,  to  tliose  who  have  obtained  like 
precious  faith  vs^ith  us  in  the  rigliteousness  of 

2  our  God  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ :  Grace 
unto  you,  and  peace,  be  multiplied  in  the 
knowledge  of  God,  and  of  Jesus  our  Lord. 

3  Forasmuch  as  his  divine  power  hath  given 
unto  us  all  things  that  pertain  unto  life  and 
godliness,  through  the  knowledge  of  him  who 

4  called  us  by  glory  and  might :  whereby  he 
iath  given  unto  us  the  exceeding  great  and 
precious  promises,  that  by  these  ye  might  be- 
come partakers  of  the  divine  nature,  having 
escaped  from  the  corruption  that  is  in  the 

5  world  through  lust:  but  for  this  very  reason 
also  do  ye,  contributing  all  diligence,  furnish 
in    your    faith    fortitude ;    and   in   fortitude, 

6  knowledge ;  and  in  knowledge,  self-control ; 
and  in  self-control,  patience  ;  and  in  patience, 

7  godliness ;  and  in  godliness,  brotherly  kind- 

8  ness;  and  in  brotherly  kindness,  love.  For 
these  things  being  yours,  and  increasing, 
render  you  not  idle  nor  unfruitful  as  to  the 

9  knowledge  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  For  he 
that  lacketh  these  things  is  blind,  being  near- 
sighted, liaving  forgotten  the  cleansing  away 

10  of  his  old  sins.  Wherefore  the  rather,  breth- 
ren, be  diligent  to  make  your  calling  and 
election    sure ;    for,   doing   these    things,   ye 

11  shall  never  fall :  for  so  there  shall  be  richly 


furnished  unto  you  the  entrance  into  the  ever- 


lastinc 


kingdom 


of  our  Lord    and   Saviour 


12 


14 


15 


Jesus  Clarist. 

Wherefore  I  will  be  not  negligent  to  re- 
mind you  always  of  these  things,  though  ye 
know  ihem,  and  are  established  in  the  present 
truth :  but  I  think  it  riglit,  so  long  as  I  am  in  13 
this  tabernacle,  to  stir  you  up  by  way  of  re- 
membrance ;  knowing  that  the  laying  aside 
of  my  tabernacle  is  speedy,  as  also  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ  showed  me  :  but  -I  will  endeavour 
that  ye  may  even  at  all  times  be  able,  after 
my  departure,  to  call  these  things  to  mind. 

For  we  had  not  followed  cunningly  devised  16 
fables,  when  we  made  known  unto  you  the 
power  and  coming  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
but  had  been  eye-witnesses  of  his  majesty.  For  17 
he  received  from  God  the  Father  honour  and 
glory,  a  voice  being  borne  to  him  such  as  this 
from  the  excellent  glory :  This  is  my  beloved 
Son,  in  whom  I  am  well  pleased ;   and  tliis  1 8 
voice  we,  being  with  him  on  the  holy  mount, 
heard  borne  from  lieaven.    And  we  have  more 
sure  the  prophetic  word,   wliereunto  ye  do 
well  that  ye  take  heed,  as  unto  a  lamp  shin- 
ing in  a  dark  place,  until  day  dawn,  and  the 
daystar  arise,  in  your  hearts ;  knowing  this 
first,  that  no  prophecy  of  Scripture  cometh 
from   one's  own   interpretation :    for   not   by  21 
man's   will   was   prophecy    brought    at   any 


19 


20 


22S 


THE   SECOND   EPISTLE   OF   PETER. 


time,  but  holy  men  of  God  spake  being  moved 
by  tlie  Holy  Spirit. 

II.  But  there  \vt!re  also  false  prophets  among 
the  people,  as  also  among  you  there  shall  be 
false  teachers,  who  privily  shall  bring  in 
"destructive  sects,  even  denying  the  Master 
who  bought  them,  bringing  upon  themselves 

2  speedy  destruction.  And  many  shall  follow 
their  lascivious  ways,  by  reason  of  whom  the 

3  way  of  the  truth  shall  be  evil  spoken  of;  and 
in  covetousness  shall  they  with  feigned  words 
make  mei'chandize  of  you ;  for  whom  the 
judgment  from  of  old  lingereth  not,  and  their 

4  destruction  slumbereth  not.  For  if  God  spared 
not  angels  when  they  sinned,  but,  having 
having  cast  them  to  hell,  deliΛ^ered  ihcm  unto 
chains  of  darkness,  being  reserved  for  judg- 

5  ment ;  and  spared  not  the  old  world,  but  kept 
"Noah,  a  preacher  of  righteousness,  '■with 
seven  others,  when  he  brought  the  flood  upon 

ϋ  the  world  of  the  ungodly ;  and,  reducing  to 
ashes  the  cities  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  con- 
demned them  to  an  overtluOW,  having  made 
them  an  example  of  those  that  should  after- 

7  ward  be  ungodly;  and  delivered  righteous 
Lot,  worn  down  with  the  filthy  behaviour  of 

8  the  lawless:  (for  in  seeing  and  hearing  did  the 
righteous  man,  dwelling  among  them,  day 
after  day  torment  his  righteous  soul  with  their 

9  unlawful  deeds:)  the  Lord  knoweth  how  to 
deliver  the  godly  out  of  temptation,  but  the 
unrighteous    to    reserve    "under    punishment 

10  unto  the  day  of  judgment ;  but  chiefly  those 
who  walk  after  the  flesh  in  the  lust  of  un- 
cleanness,  and  despise  "igovernment.  Daring 
men,  self-willed,  they  tremble  not  while  railing 

11  at  dignities;  whereas  angels,  who  are  greater 
in  strength  and  power,  bring  not  against  them 

12  before  the  Lord  a  railing  judgment.  But 
these,  as  natural  brute  beasts  born  ibr  capture 
and  destruction,  railing  in  things  that  they 
understand  not,  shall  utterly  perish  in  their 


Gr.  secta  of  deslruclion. 
Gr.  being  punii/icd. 


^  Gr.  Noah  the  eighth. 
'  Or,  lordship. 


own  corruption,  and  so  receive  the  wages  of  13 
unrighteousness.     Accounting   it  pleasure  to 
revel   in  the  daytime ;    spots  and  blemishes ; 
revelling  in  their  own  deceits,  while  feasting 
with  you ;  having  eyes  full  of  an  adulteress  14 
and  ceasing  not  from  sin ;  alluring  unstable 
souls;  having  a  heart  exercised  in  covetous-  1-5 
ness ;  children  of  a  curse ;  having  forsaken  the 
right  way,  they  went  astray,  having  followed 
the  way  of  Balaam  the  son  of  Bosor,  who  loved 
the  wages  of  unrighteousness,  but  had  a  re-  16 
proof  of  his  transgression  ;  a  dumb  ass,  having 
spoken  with  man's  voice,  restrained  the  mad- 
ness of  the  prophet.    These  are  wells  without  17 
water,  'and  mists  driven   by  a  tempest ;  for 
whom  the  blackness  of  darkness  for  ever  hath 
been  reserved.     For,  speaking  great  swelling  18 
words  of  vanity,  they  allure  in  the  lusts  of  the 
flesh,   by   lascivious   ways,  those   who  were 
^scarcely  escaped  from  those  who  live  in  error; 
promising  them  liberty,  while  they  themselves  19 
are  slaves  of  corruption  ;  for  by  what  an^  one 
hath   been   overcome,  by  that  hath  he  also 
been  enslaved.     For  if,  having  escaped  from  20 
the    pollutions    of   the   Λvorld    through    the 
knowledge   of  the   Lord   and    Saviour  Jesus 
Christ,  they  are  yet  entangled  again  therein, 
and  overcome,  the  last  state  is  become  worse 
with  them  than  the  first.     For  it  were  better  21 
for  them  not  to  have  known  the  way  of  right- 
eousness,  than,   having    known    it,    to    turn 
back  from  the  holy  commandment  delivered 
unto  them.     But  there  hath  happened  unto  22 
them  that  of  the  true  proverb  :   A  dog  that 
turned  back  to  his  own  vomit ;  and :  A  sow 
that  was  washed,  into  the  wallowing-place  of 
mire. 

III.  This  second  epistle,  beloved,  I  now 
write  unto  you,  in  both  which  I  stir  up  your 
pure  mind  by  way  of  remembrance,  that  ye     2 
may  be  mindful  of  the  words  spoken  before 


'  Or,  as  some  copies  read,  clouds.     [Here  what  was  pro- 
posed as  a  marginal  reading  has  been  taken  into  the  test.] 
'  Or,  as  some  copies  read,  leally. 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  PETER. 


229 


by  the  holy  prophets,  and  of  tlie  command- 
ment of  us  the  apostles,  of  the  Lord  and  Sav- 

3  iour :  knowing  this  fiist,  that  there  shall  come 
at  the  end  of  the  daj's  mockers  in  mockery, 
walking  according  to  their  own  lusts,  and  say- 

4  ing :  Where  is  the  promise  of  his  coming  ? 
for,  since  the  fathers  fell  asleep,  all  things  con- 
tinue thus  from  the  beginning  of  the  creation. 

5  For  of  this  they  are  willingly  ignorant,  that, 
by  the  word  of  God,  heavens  were  from  of 
old,  and  earth    out  of  water   and  by  water 

6  consisting ;  whereby  the  world  that  then  was, 

7  being  flooded  with  water,  perished :  but  the 
heavens  which  ai'e  now,  and  the  earth,  have 
by  his  word  been  laid  up  in  store,  being  re- 
served for  fire  unto  the  day  of  judgment  and 
destruction  of  the  ungodly  men. 

8  But  of  this  one  thing  be  ye,  beloved,  not 
ignorant,  that  one  day  is  with  the  Lord  as  a 
thousand  j'ears,  and  a  thousand  years  as  one 

9  day.  ^The  Lord  is  not  tardy  concerning  his 
promise,  as  some  account  tardiness ;  but  is 
long-suffering  towards  us,  not  willing  that  any 
should  perish,  but  that  all  should  come  to  re- 

10  pentance.     But  the  day  of  the  Lord  will  come 
as  a  thief  "ύη  the  night ;  in  which  the  heavens 


^  Or,  The  Lord  of  the  promise  is  not  tardy.  This  is 
favoured  by  the  readiug  (Luchm.,  Mey.,  Tisch.,  Theile)  which 
cancels  the  o. 

■>  Many  coijies  omit  the  words,  in  the  night. 


shall  pass  away  with  a  rushing  noise,  but  the 
elements  shall  be  dissolved  with  fervent  heat, 
and  the  earth  and  the  works  therein  shall  be 
burned  up. 

Since,  then,  all  these  things  are  dissolving,  11 
what  manner  of  persons  ought  ye  to  be  in  all 
holy  behaviour  and  godliness,  looking  for  and  12 
hastening  the  coming  of  the  day  of  God,  in 
consequence  of  which  the  heavens  being  on 
fire  shall  be  dissolved,  and  the  elements  melt 
with  fervent  heat.     But,  according  to  his  pro-  13 
mise,  we  look  for  new  heavens  and  a  new  earth, 
wherein  righteousness  dwelleth. 

Wherefore,  beloved,  looking  for  these  things,  14 
be  diligent  that  spotless  and.blameless  ye  may 
be  found  by  him  in  peace ;  and  the  long-suffer-  15 
ing  of  our  Lord  account  salvation ;   even  as 
also  our  beloved  brother  Paul,  according  to  the 
wisdom  given  unto  him,  wrote  unto  you,  as  16 
also  in  all  the  epistles,  speaking  in  them  of 
these  things ;  among  which  are  some  things 
hard  to  be  understood,  which  the  unlearned 
and  unstable  wrest,  as  also  the  other  scriptures, 
unto  their  own  destruction.    Do  ye,  therefore,  17 
beloved,  knowhig  these  things  before,  beware 
lest,  carried  away  with  the  error  of  the  law- 
less,   ye   fall    from    your   own   steadfastness. 
But  grow  in  the  grace  and  knowledge  of  our  18 
Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ.     To  him  the 
glory,  both  now  and  unto  the  day  of  eternity. 
Amen. 


230 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


I.  What  was  from  the  beginning,  wliat  we 
have  heard,  what  we  have  seen  with  our  eyes, 
what  we  gazed  upon,  and  our  hands  handled ; 

2  concerning  the  word  of  the  Life,  (and  the  Life 
was  manifested,  aud  we  have  seen,  and  do 
testify,  and  declare  unto  you  that  eternal  Life 
which  was  with  the  Father,  aud  was  manifest- 

3  ed  uuto  us,)  what  we  have  seen  aud  heard 
declare  we  unto  you,  that  ye  also  may  have 
fellowship  with  us  ;  and,  again,  our  fellowship 
is  with  the  Father  and  with  his  Son  Jesus 

4  Christ.  And  these  things  we  write  imto  you, 
that  your  joy  may  be  fulfilled. 

5  And  this  is  the  message  which  we  have  heard 
from  him,  and  report  unto  you,  that  God  is 

6  light,  aud  darkness  in  him  there  is  none.  If 
we  say  that  we  have  fellowship  with  him,  and 
walk,  iu  the  darkness,  we  lie,  and  do  not  the 

7  truth  ;  but  if  we  walk  in  the  light,  as  he  him- 
self is  in  the  light,  we  have  fellowship  one  with 
another,  aud  the  blood  of  Jesus  Christ  his  Son 

8  cleanseth  us  from  all  sin.  If  we  say  that  we 
have  no  sin,  we  deceive  ourselves,  and  the  truth 

9  is  not  in  us.  If  we  confess  our  sins,  he  is  faith- 
ful and  righteous  to  forgive  us  our  sius,  and 

10  cleanse  us  from  all  unrighteousness.  If  we 
say  that  we  have  uot  sinned,  we  make  him  a 
liar,  and  his  word  is  not  in  us. 

II.  My  little  children,  these  things  I  write 
unto  you,  that  ye  siu  uot :  and  if  any  one  have 
sinned,  we  have  an  Advocate  with  the  Father, 

2  Jesus  Christ  the  righteous ;  and  be  is  himself 
the  propitiation  for  our  sins  ;  yet  not  for  ours 
only,  but  also  for  the  whole  world. 

3  Aud  hereby  we  know  that  we  have  known 

4  him,  if  we  keep  his  commandments.  He  that 
saith :  I  have  known  him,  aud  keepeth  not  his 


commandments,  is  a  liar,  and  the  truth  is  not 
in  him  ;  but  whoso  keepeth  his  word,  truly  in     5 
this  man  hath  the  love  of  God  been  perfected  : 
hereby  we  know  that  we  are  in  him.     He  that     6 
saith  he  abideth  in  him  ought  himself  also  so 
to  Avalk,  even  as  He  walked. 

Beloved,  I  write  not  a  new  commandment     7 
unto  you,  but  an  old  commaudment  which  ye 
had  from  the  beginning :  this  old  command- 
ment is  the  word  which  ye  heard  from  the 
beiiinuinff.      Acain,  a  new  commandment   I     8 
write  uuto  you,  which  thing  is  true  in  him  and 
in  you ;  because  the  darkness  passeth  away, 
and  the  true  light  now  shineth.     He  that  saith     9 
he  is  in  the  light,  and  hatetli  his  brother,  is  iu 
the  darkness  until  now.     He  that  loveth  his  10 
brother  abideth  in  the  light,  and  there  is  no 
occasion  of  stumbling  iu  hmi.     But  he  that  11 
hatetli  his  brother  is  in  the  darkness,  and  walk- 
eth  in  the  darkness,  aud  knoweth  not  whither 
he  goeth,  because  the  darkness  hath  blinded 
his  eyes. 

I  write  unto  you,  little  children,  because  12 
your  sins  have  been  forgiven  you  for  his  name's 
sake.     I  write  unto  you,  fathers,  because  ye  13 
have  known  him  that  is  from  the  beginning. 
I  write  unto  you,  young  men,  because  ye  have 
overcome  the  wicked  one.     I  'write  imto  you, 
little  children,  because  ye  have  known  the 
Father.     I  have  written  unto  you,  fathers,  be-  14 
cause  ye  have  known  him  that  is  from  the 
beginning.     I  have  written  unto  you,  young 
men,  because  ye  are  strong,  and  the  word  of 
of  God  abideth  in  you,  and  ye  have  overcome 
the  wicked  one. 

Love  not  the  world,  neither  the  things  in  15 

'  ΟΓ;  as  very  many  read,  have  written. 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


231 


the  world :  if  any  one  love  the  world,  the  love 

16  of  the  Father  is  not  in  him :  for  all  that  is  in 
the  world,  the  lust  of  the  flesh,  and  the  lust 
of  the  eyes,  and  the  pride  of  life,  is  not  of  the 

17  Father,  but  is  of  the  world :  and  the  world 
passeth  away,  and  the  lust  thereof:  but  he 
that  doeth  the  will  of  God  abideth  for  ever. 

Little  children,  it  is  the  last  hour ;  and  as 
ye  heard  that  the  Antichrist  cometh,  even  now 
there  are  many  become  antichrists ;  whence 
we  know  that  it  is  the  last  hour.  From  us 
they  went  out,  but  they  were  not  of  us ;  for 
if  they  had  been  of  us,  they  would  have  abode 
with  us  ;  but  it  was  that  they  might  be  made 
20  manifest  that  none  of  them  are  of  us.  And 
you,  ye  have  an  anointing  from  the  Holy  One, 


18 


19 


21 


and  know  all  things.     I  have  not  wi-itten  unto 


you  because  ye  know  not  the  truth,  but  be- 
cause ye  know  it,  and  that  no  lie  is  of  the 

22  truth.  Who  is  the  liar,  but  he  that  denieth 
that  Jesus  is  the  Christ  ?  This  is  the  Anti- 
christ, who  denieth  the  Father  and  the  Son. 

23  Every  one  that  denieth  the  Son,  neither  hath 
he  the  Father ;  he  that  confesseth  the  Son 
hath  the  Father  also. 

24  You,  therefore,  let  that  which  ye  heard  from 
the  beginning  abide  in  you :  if  that  abide  in 
you  which  ye  heard  from  the  beginning,  ye 
also  shall  abide  in  the  Son  and  in  the  Father. 

25  And  this  is  the  promise  which  he  himself  pro- 

26  raised  us,  the  life  eternal.  These  things  I  have 
wi-itten  unto  you  concerning  those  who  would 

27  deceive  you.  And  you,  the  anointing  which 
ye  received  from  him  abideth  in  you,  and  ye 
have  no  need  that  any  one  teach  you :  but  as 
the  same  anointing  teacheth  you  concerning 
all  things,  and  is  true,  and  is  no  lie,  and  even 

28  as  it  taught  you,  ye  shall  abide  in  him.  And 
now,  little  children,  abide  in  him  ;  that,  when 

,  he  shall  be  manifested,  we  may  have  confi- 
dence, and  not  be  shamed  away  from  him,  at 
his  coming. 

29  If  ye  know  that  he  is  righteous,  ye  know 
that  every  one  that  doeth  righteousness  hath 
been  begotten   of  him.      III.    Behold  what 


manner  of  love  the  Father  hath  bestowed 
upon  us,  that  we  should  be  called  children 
of  God!  therefore  the  world  knoweth  not 
us,  because  it  knew  not  him.  Beloved,  now  2 
are  we  children  of  God,  and  it  hath  not  yet 
been  manifested  what  we  shall  be,  but  we 
know  that,  when  Jit  shall  be  manifested,  we 
shall  be  like  him,  for  we  shall  see  him  as 
he  is. 

And  every  one  that  hath  this  hope  on  Him     3 
purifieth  himself,  even  as  He  is  pure.     Every     4 
one  that  committeth  sin  committeth  also  vio- 
lation of  law ;  and  sin  is  violation  of  law.    And     5 
ye  know  that  He  Λvas  manifested  to  take  away 
our  sins ;  and  in  him  is  no  sin.     Eveiy  one     6 
that  abideth  in  him  sinueth  not ;  every  one 
that  sinneth  hath  not  seen  him,  neither  known 
him.     Little  children,  let  no  one  deceive  you ;     7 
he  that  doeth  righteousness  is  righteous,  even 
as  He  is  righteous.     He  that  committeth  sin     8 
is  of  the  devil ;  for  the  devil  sinneth  from  the 
beginning.    For  this  was  the  Son  of  God  mani- 
fested, that  he  might  destroy  the  works  of  the 
devil.     Eveiy  one  that  hath  been  begotten  of    9 
God  doth  not  commit  sin,  for  his  seed  abideth 
in  him ;   and  he  cannot  sin,  because  he  hath 
been  begotten  of  God :   in  this  are  manifest  10 
the  children  of  God  and  the  children  of  the 
devil. 

Every  one  that  doeth  not  righteousness  is 
not  of  God,  and  he  that  loveth  not  his  brother. 
For  this  is  the  message  that  ye  heard  from  the  11 
beginning,  that  we  should  love  one  another ; 
not  as  Cain  was  of  the  wicked  one,  and  slew  12 
his  brother ;  and  wherefore  slew  he  him  ?  Be- 
cause his  own  works  were  wicked,  but  his 
brother's  righteous.     Mai-vel  not,  my  brethren,  13 
if  the  world  hateth  you.     As  for  us,  we  know  14 
that  we  haΛ'e  passed  out  of  death  into  life, 
because  we  love  the  brethren :  he  that  loveth 
not  his  brother  abideth  in  death.     Every  one  15 
that  hateth  his  brother  is  a  mankiller ;  and  ye 
know  that  no  mankiller  hath  etej-nal  life  abid- 
ing in  him. 

)  Or.  he. 


232 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


16  Hereby  have  we  known  love,  because  He 
laid  down  his  life  for  lis :  we  also  ought  to  lay 

17  down  our  lives  for  the  l)rethren.  Bqt  whoso 
hath  the  world's  goods,  and  seeth  his  brotlier 
have  need,  and  shutteth  up  his  bowels  from 

18  him,  how  abideth  the  love  of  God  in  him  ?  My 
little  children,  let  us  not  love  in  word  nor  with 
the  tongue,  but  in  deed  and  truth. 

19  And  hereby  we  know  that  we  are  of  the 
truth ;  and  shall  assure  our  hearts  before  him. 

20  For,  if  our  heart  condemn  us,  God  is  greater 

21  than  our  lieart,  and  knoweth  all  things.  Be- 
loved, if  our  heart  condemn  us  not,  we  have 

22  confidence  toward  God.  And  whatsoever  we 
ask,  we  receive  from  him,  because  we  keep  his 
commandments,  and  do  the  things  that  are 

23  pleasing  in  his  sight.  And  this  is  his  com- 
mandment, that  we  sliould  believe  on  the  name 
of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ,  and  love  one  another, 

24  as  he  gave  us  commandment.  And  he  that 
keepeth  his  commandments  abideth  in  him, 
and  he  in  him  :  and  hereby  we  know  that  he 
abideth  in  us,  by  the  Spirit  that  he  gave  us. 

IV.  Beloved,  believe  not  every  spirit,  but 
try  the  spirits  whether  they  ai'e  of  God :  be- 
cause many  false  prophets  are  gone  out  into 

2  the  world.  Hereby  ye  know  the  Spirit  of 
God :  every  spirit,  that  coufosseth  Jesus  Christ 

3  come  in  flesh,  is  of  God.  And  every  spirit,  that 
confesseth  not  Jesus  Christ  come  in  flesh,  is 
not  of  God  ;  and  this  is  that  sjjirit  of  the  Anti- 
christ, whereof  ye  have  heard  that  it  cometh, 

4  and  now  it  is  in  the  world  already.  You,  little 
children,  are  of  God,  and  have  overcome  them  ; 
because  greater  is  he  that  is  in  you,  than  he 

5  that  is  in  the  world.  They  are  of  the  world  ; 
therefore  what  is  of  the  world  they  speak,  and 

6  the  world  heai-eth  them :  we  are  of  God ;  he 
that  knoweth  God  heareth  us ;  he  that  is  not 
of  God  heareth  not  us.  By  this  we  know  the 
spirit  of  truth  and  the  spirit  of  error. 

7  Beloved,  let  us  love  another ;  for  love  is  of 
God,  and  every  one  that  loveth  hath  been  be- 

8  gotten  of  God,  and  knoweth  God.     He  that 


loveth  not  knoweth  not  God ;  for  God  is  love. 
In  this  was  manifested  the  love  of  God  in  us,     9 
that  God  hath  sent  his  Son,  the  only  begot- 
ten, into  the  world,  that  we  might  live  through 
him.     Herein  is  love,  not  that  we  loved  God,  10 
but  that  he  loved  us,  and  sent  his  Son  a  pro- 
pitiation  for   our  sins.     Beloved,  if  God   so  11 
loved  us,  we  also  ought  to  love  one  another. 
No  one  hath  at  any  time  seen  God :  if  we  love  12 
one  another,  God  abideth  in  us,  and  his  love 
hath  been  perfected  in  us.     Hereby  we  know  13 
that  we  abide  in  him,  and  he  in  us,  because 
he  hath  given  us  of  his  Spirit.     We  also  have  14 
seen,  and  do  testify,  that  the  Father  hath  sent 
the  Sou  as  Saviour  of  the  world.     Whosoever  1-5 
shall  confess  that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God,  God 
abideth  in  him,  and  he  in  God.    We  also  have  16 
known  and  believed  the  love  that  God  hath  in 
us.     God  is  love,  and  he  that  abideth  in  love 
abideth  in  God,  and  God  in  him.    Herein  hath  17 
love  with  us  been  perfected,  that  we  should 
have  confidence  in  the  day  of  judgiuent,  be- 
cause as  He  is  are  we  also  in  this  world.  There  18 
is  no  fear  in  love,  but  perfect  love  casteth  out 
fear ;  because  fear  hath  punishment :  but  he 
that  feareth  hath  not  been  perfected  in  love. 
We  love  him,  because  he  first  loved  us.     If  19 
any  one  say :  I  love  God,  and  hateth  his  broth-  20 
er,  he  is  a  liar;  for  he  that  loveth  not  his 
brother  whom  he  hath  seen,  how  can  he  love 
God  whom  he  hath  not  seen  ?     And  this  com-  21 
mandment  have  we  from  him,  that  he  who 
loveth  God  love  also  his  brother. 

Λ''.     Every  one  that  believeth  that  Jesus  is 
the  Christ  hath  been  begotten  of  God;  and 
every  one,  that  loveth  him  that  begat,  loveth 
him   also   that   hath   been   begotten  of  him. 
Hereby  we  know  that  we  love  the  children  of    2 
God,  when  we  love  God,  and  keep  his  com- 
mandments.   For  this  is  the  love  of  God,  that     3 
we  keep  his  commandments ;  and  his  com- 
mandments are  not  bui'densome.     For  all  that     4 
hath  been  begotten  of  God  overcometh  the 
world ;  and  this  is  the  victory  that  overcometh 
the  world,  our  faith.     Who  is  he  that  over-     5 


THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


233 


Cometh  the  world,  but  he  that  believeth  that 
that  Jesus  is  the  Son  of  God "? 

6  This  is  he  that  came  by  water  and  blood, 
Jesus  the  Christ ;  not  with  the  water  only, 
but  with  the  water  and  the  blood;  and  the 
Spirit   is   that  which  testifieth,  because   the 

7  Spii'it  is  truth.     For  there  are  three  that  tes- 

8  tify,''  the  Spirit,  and  the  water,  and  the  blood ; 

9  and  the  three  agree  in  one.  If  we  receive  the 
testimony  of  men,  the  testimony  of  God  is 
greater :  for  this  is  the  testimonj^  of  God  which 

10  he  hath  testified  concerning  his  Son.  He  that 
believeth  in  the  Son  of  God  hath  the  testi- 
mony in  himself:  he  that  believeth  not  God 
hath  made  him  a  liar,  because  he  hath  not  be- 
lieved in  the  testimonj'  which  God  hath  testi- 

11  fied  concerning  his  Son.  And  this  is  the  testi- 
mony, that  God  gave  to  us  eternal  life,  and 

12  this  life  is  in  his  Son.  He  that  hath  the  Son 
hath  life ;  he  that  hath  not  the  Son  of  God 
bath  not  life. 

13  These  things  have  I  written  unto  you  'that 
believe  in  the  name  of  the  Son  of  God,  that 


I•  Two  or  three  inferior  copies  here  insert  the  words :  in 
heaven,  the  Father,  the  Word,  and  the  Hulij  Spirit;  and 
thise  three  are  one.     And  t/iey  are  three  that  testify  on  earth. 

1  Or,  as  very  many  read,  that  ye  may  know  that  ye  have 
eternal  life,  who  believe  in  the  name  of  the  Son  of  God. 


ye  may  know  that  ye  have  eternal  life,  and 
that  ye  may  believe  in  the  name  of  the  Son  of 
God.    And  this  is  the  confidence  that  we  have  14 
towards  him,  that,  if  we  ask  any  thing  accord- 
ing to  his  will,  he  heareth  us :  and  if  we  know  15 
that  he  heareth  us,  whatsoever  we  ask,  we 
know  that  we  have  the  petitions  that  we  have 
asked  from  him.     If  any  one  see  his  brother  16 
sinning  a  sin  not  unto   death,  he  shall  ask, 
and  '  shall  give  him  life,  evc7i  to  those  who  sin 
not  unto  death.    There  is  a  sin  unto  death :  not 
for  that  do  I  say  that  he  shall  pray.     All  un-  17 
nghteousness  is  sin ;   and  there   is  a  sin  not 
unto  death. 

We  know  that  every  one  that  hath  been  IS 
begotten  of  God  sinneth    not ;   but   he  that 
been  begotten  of  God  keepeth  himself,  and 
the  wicked  one  toucheth  him  not.     We  know  19 
that  we  are  of  God,  and  the  whole  world  lieth 
in  the  wicked  one.     But  we  know  that  the  20 
Son  of  God  is  come,  and  hath  given  us  under- 
standing that  we  may  know  the  True  One; 
and  we  are  in  the  True  One,  in  his  Son  Jesus 
Christ.     This  is  the  true  God,  and  the  Life 
eternal. 

Little  children,   keep  yourselves  from  the  21 
idols. 

"  Or.  he  shall  give. 


30 


234 


THE  SECOND  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


THE  SECOID  EPISTLE  OE  JOim. 


The  ekior  iiuto  an  elect  lady  and  her  chil- 
dren, whom  I  love  in  truth,  and  not  I  only,  but 
also  all  wJio  have  known  the  truth,  for  the 
truth's  sake,  which  abideth  in  us,  and  with  us 
it  shall  be  for  ever :  There  shall  be  with  jou 
grace,  mercy,  jieace,  from  God  the  Father, 
and  from  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  Son  of 
the  Father,  in  truth  and  love. 

I  rejoiced  greatlj'  tliat  I  have  found  children 
of  thine  walking  in  truth,  as  we  received 
commandnKuit  from  the  Father.  And  now  I 
beseech  thee,  lady,  not  as  writing  unto  thee  a 
new  commandment,  but  that  which  we  had 
from  the  beginning,  that  we  love  one  another. 
And  this  is  love,  that  we  walk  according  to 
his  commandments.  This  is  the  command- 
ment, as  ye  heard  from  the  beginning,  that  ye 
should  walk  in  it.     For  many  deceivers  have 


entered  into  the  world,  who  confess  no't  Jesus 
Christ  coming  in  flesh :  this  is  the  deceiver 
and  the  Antichrist.     Look  to  yourselves,  that     8 
we  lose  not  wliat  things  we  have  wrought, 
but  receive  a  full  reAvard.     Every  one  that     9 
transgresseth,  and  abideth  not  in  the  doctrine 
of  Christ,  hath  not  God:  he  that  abideth  in 
the  doctrine  of  Christ,  the  same  hath  both  the 
Father  and  the  Son.     If  any  one  cometh  unto  10 
you,  and  bringeth  not  this  doctrine,  receive 
him  not  into  the  house,  neither  bid  him  hail : 
for  he  that  l)iddcth  him  hail  shai-eth  in  his  11 
wicked  works. 

Having  many  things  to  write  unto  jou,  I  12 
woiild  not  with  paper  and  ink ;  but  I  hope  to 
come  imto  you,  and  speak  mouth  to  mouth, 
that  our  joy  may  be  fulfilled.     The  children  13 
of  thy  elect  sister  salute  thee. 


TflE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


23-3 


THE  THIRD  EPISTLE  OF  JOHN. 


The-  elder  unto  the  beloved  Gaius,  whom 
I  love  hi  truth. 

2  Beloved,  in  all  things  I  pray  that  thou 
mayest  prosper  and  be  in  health,  even  as  thy 

3  soul  prospereth.  For  I  rejoiced  greatly,  when 
brethren  came  and  testified  to  thy  truth,  how 

4  thou  walkest  in  truth.  Greater  joy  than  this 
I  have  none,  to  hear  of  my  children  walking 
in  truth. 

5  Beloved,  thou  actest  faithfully  whatsoever 
thou  doest  toward  the  brethren,  and  toward 

6  the  strangers ;  who  have  testified  to  thy  love 
before  the  church :  whom  thou  shalt  do  well 
to  set  forward  on  their  way  in  a  manner  wor- 

7  thy  of  God :  for  in  behalf  of  the  name  they 
went  forth,  taking  notliing  from  the  Gentiles. 

8  We,  therefore,  ought  to  receive  such,  that  we 
may  become   fellow-labourers   for  the  truth. 

9  I  wrote  unto  the  church :  but  he  who  loveth 
to  be  foremost  among  them,  Diotrephes,  doth 


not  admit  us.  Therefore,  if  I  come,•  I  will  10 
bring  to  remembrance  liis  deeds  which  he 
doeth,  prating  against  us  with  wicked  words; 
and,  not  contented  with  these,  neither  doth 
he  himself  admit  the  brethren,  and  those  who 
would  he  hindereth  and  castetli  out  of  the 
church. 

Beloved,  do  not  imitate  what  is  evil,  but  11 
what  is  good.     He  that  doeth  good  is  of  God ; 
he  that  doeth  evil  hath  not  seen  God.     Unto  12 
Demetrius  testimony  hath  been  borne  by  all, 
and  by  the  truth  itself;  but  we  also  testify, 
and  ye  know  that  our  testimony  is  tiiie. 

I  had  many  things  to  write,  but  I  will  not  13 
wath  ink  and  "pen  write  unto  thee ;  but  I  hope  14 
straightway  to  see  thee,  and  we  shall  speak 
mouth  to  mouth.  Peace  be  to  thee.   The  friends  15 
salute  thee.     Salute  the  friends  by  name. 

°  Gr.  reed. 


•2Π0 


THE  EPISTLE  OF  JUDAS. 


THE  EPISTLE  iW  JUDAS. 


Judas,  a  servant  of  Jesus  Christ,  -and 
brother  of  James,  to  the  called,  sanctified  in 
God  the  Father,  and  kept  for  Jesus  Christ : 

2  Mercy-  unto  you,  and  peace,  and  love,  be 
multiplied. 

3  Beloved,  while  using  all  diligence  to  write 
unto  you  concerning  the  common  salvation, 
■"there  was  a  necessity  that  I  should  iwrite 
exhorting  you  to  strive  earnestly  for  the  faith 

4  once  for  all  delivered  unto  the  saints.  For 
there  have  crept  in  privily  certain  men,  who 
have  been  before  of  old  described  for  this 
condemnation,  luigodly,  perverting  the  grace 
of  our  God  into  lasciviousness,  and  denying 
our  only  Master  and  Lord,  Jesus  Christ. 

5  But  I  wish  to  remind  you,  you  who  once 
for  all  know  this,  that  the  Lord,  having  saved 
the  people  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  again 

6  destroyed  those  who  believed  not ;  and  angels 
that  kept  not  their  'first  estate,  but  left  their 
own  habitation,  he  hath  kept  with  everlasting 
bonds  under  darkness  for  the  judgment  of  the 

7  great  day;  how  Sodom  and  GomoiTah,  and 
the  cities  about  them,  having  given  themselves 
over  in  like  manner  to  fornication,  and  gone 
away  after  other  flesh,  are  set  forth  for  an  ex- 
ample, suffering  the  vengeance  of  eternal  fire. 

8  Yet  in  like  manner  these  dreamers  also  on  the 
one  hand  defile  the  flesh,  on  the  other  reject 

9  'government,  and  rail  at  dignities.  But  Mi- 
chael the  archangel,  when  contending  with  the 
devil  he  disputed  about  the  body  of  Moses,  did 
not  dare  to  bring  against  him  railing  judgment, 

10  but  said  :  The  Lord  rebuke  thee.     But  these 
rail  at  whatsoever  things,  indeed,  they  know 

"  Or,  but.  ρ  Gr.  /  had. 

1  Gr.  write  unto  you  exhorting  to  strive. 
'  Or,  principality.         •  Or,  lordship. 


not ;  but  whatsoever  things  they  naturally,  as 
the  brute  beasts,  understand,  in  those  they 
corrupt  themselves.  Woe  to  them  !  for  in  the  11 
way  of  Cain  they  walked,  and  in  the  *rror  of 
Balaam  for  hire  they  rushed  headlong,  and  in 
the  gainsaying  of  Korah  they  perished. 

These  are  rocks  in  your  love-feasts,  banquet-  12 
ing  together  without  fear,  tending  themselves ; 
clouds  without  water,  borne  along  by  winds ; 
trees  -whose  fruit  withereth,  unfruitful,  twice  13 
dead,  uprooted ;  wild  waves  of  the  sea,  foam- 
ing out  their  own  shame ;  wandering  stars,  for 
which  the  blackness  of  darkness  for  ever  hath 
been  reserved.     But  for  these  also  prophesied  14 
Enoch,  seventh  iiom  Adam,  saj'ing:  Behold, 
the  Lord  came  with  his  holy  myriads,  to  exer- 
cise judgment  upon  all,  and  to  convict  all  "the 
ungodly  among  them  of  all  their  deeds  of  un- 
godliness wherein  they  Λvere  ungodly,  and  of 
all    the    hard    things    which    tmgodly  sinners 
spake   against   him.     These    are   murmurers,  16 
complainers,  walking  according  to  their  ΟΛνη 
lusts ;  and  their  mouth  speaketh  great  swell- 
ing words,  admiring  persons  for  profit's  sake. 

But  ye,  beloved,  be  mindful  of  the  words  17 
w'hich  wei-e  spoken  before  by  the  apostles  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ;  ho\v  they  told  you,  18 
that  in  the  last  time  there  shall  be  mockers, 
walking  according  to  their  own  lusts  of  un- 
godliness.    These  are  they  who  separate,  ani-  19 
mal,  having  no  spirit.    But  ye,  beloved,  build-  20 
ing  up   )Ourselves  on  your  most  holy  faith, 
praying  in  the  Holy  Spirit,  keep  yourselves  in  21 
the  love  of  God,  waiting  for  the  mercy  of  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  unto  eternal  life :  and  on  22 
some,  indeed,  have  compassion,  while  contend- 


Or,  of  late  autumn. 


Gr.  their  ungodly  ones. 


REVELATION. 


237 


23  ing ;  but  others  save  in  fear,  snatching  them 
out  of  the  fire,  liating  even  the  garment 
spotted  by  the  flesh. 

24  But  unto  him  Λvho  is  able  to  keep  'you 
from  falling,  and  to  set  you  in  the  presence  of 


his  glory  faultless  with  exceeding  joy,  unto  25 
the   only    God    our    SaA-iour,   through   Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord,  glory  and  majesty,  strength 
and   authority,   both   now  and   unto  all   the 
ages.     Amen. 


REYELATIOI. 


I.  The  Eevelation  of  Jesus  Christ,  Λνΐιίοΐι 
God  gave  unto  him,  to  show  unto  his  servants 
things  which  must  come  to  pass  shorth',  and 
sending  he   signified   by  his   angel    unto  his 

2  servant  John,  who  testified  the  word  of  God 
and  the  testimony  of  Jesus  Christ,  whatsoever 

3  things  he  saw:  blessed  is  he  that  readeth,  and 
they  that  hear,  the  words  of  the  prophecy,  and 
keep  the  things  therein  written ;  for  the  time 
is  near. 

4  John  to  the  seven  churches  which  are  in 
Asia :  Grace  unto  you,  and  peace,  from  him 
who  is,  and  who  was,  and  who  cometh ;  and 
from   the   seven   Spirits   that   are   before  his 

5  throne;  and  from  Jesus  Christ,  the  faithful 
Witness,  the "  First-born  of  the  dead,  and  the 
Prince  of  the  kings  of  the  earth.  Unto  him 
who  lo\"eth  us,  and  washed  us  from  our  sins  in 

6  his  blood,  and  he  made  us  a  kingdom,  priests 
unto  his  God  and  Father,  unto  him  the  glory 
and  the  power  "for  ever  and  ever.     Amen. 

7  Behold,  he  cometh  with  the  clouds,  and 
every  eye  shall  see  him,  and  they  who  pierced 
him ;  and  all  the  tribes  of  the  earth  shall  wail 
because  of  him.     Yea,  Amen. 

8  I  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  saith  the 
Lord  God,  who  is,  and  who  was,  and  who 
cometh,  the  Almighty. 

9  I,  John,  your  brother,  and  fellow-partaker  in 
the  tribulation,  and  kingdom,  and  patience  of 

'  Or,  according  to  some  copies,  them. 


Jesus  Christ,  was  in  the  isle  that  is  called 
Patmos,  for  the  word  of  God  and  for  the  testi- 
mony of  Jesus  Christ.  I  was  in  the  Spirit  on  10 
the  Lord's  day;  and  I  heard  behind  me  a  loud  11 
voice  as  of  a  trumpet,  saying:  What  thou 
seest,  write  in  a  book,  and  send  unto  the  seven 
churches;  unto  Ephesus,  and  unto  Smyrna, 
and  unto  Pergamos,  and  unto  Thyatira,  and 
unto  Sardis,  and  unto  Philadelphia,  and  unto 
Laodicea. 

And   I   turned   to  see  the  voice  that  was 
speaking   with    me ;    and    having    turned,   I 
saw   seven   golden   lamp-stands,    and   in   the 
midst  of  the  seven  lamp-stands  one  like  a  son 
of  man,  clothed  with  a  garment  down  to  the 
feet,  and  girt  around  at  the  breasts  with  a 
golden   girdle;   but   his  head   and   hair   were  14 
white  as  white  wool,  as  snow ;  and  his  eyes  as 
a  flame  of  fire ;  and  his  feet  like  burnished  15 
brass,  as  if  they  glowed  in  a  furnace ;  and  his 
voice  as  the  voice  of  many  waters ;  and  he  16 
had  in  his  right  hand  seven  stars ;  and  out  of 
his  mouth  proceeded  a  two-edged  sharp  sword ; 
and  his  countenance  was  as  the  sun  shineth  in 


his  strength. 

And  when  I  saw  him,  \ 
as  dead ;  and  he  laid  his 
me,  saying :  Fear  not ;  I 
the  Last,  and  the 
dead;    and,    behold,    I    am 


fell   at   his   feet 
upon 


right  hand 


Living  One 


am  the  First  and 

and   I  was 

alive   »for    ever 


12 


13 


17 


IS 


Gr.  unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 


23S 


REVELATION. 


ever  and  ever ;  ami  I  liave  tlie  keys  of  deatli 

19  and  of  hades.  Write,  therefore,  the  things 
which  thou  sawest,  and  the  things  whicli  are, 
and  the  things  wliich  are  to  come  to  pass  after 

20  these ;  the  mystery  of  the  seven  stars  which 
tliou  sawest  on  my  right  hand,  and  those 
seven  golden  lamp-stands.  The  seven  stars 
are  the  angels  of  the  seven  churelies;  and 
those  seven  lamp-stands  are  seven  churches. 

II.  Unto  tlie  angel  of  the  cluirch  in  Ephe- 
sus  write : 

These  things  saith  he  that  holdeth  the  seven 
stars  in  his  right  hand,  he  that  walketh  in  the 

2  midst  of  the  seven  golden  lamp-stands :  I  know 
thy  works,  and  thj'  toil,  and  thy  patience,  and 
that  thou  canst  not  bear  evil  men,  and  hast 
tried  those  who  say  that  they  are  apostles, 
and  they  are  not,  and  hast  found  them  liars, 

3  and   hast   patience,   and   hast  borne   for   my 

4  name's  sake,  and  hast  not  become  weary.  But 
I  have  against  thee,  that  thou  hast  let  go  thy 

5  first  love.  Remember,  therefore,  wiience  thou 
hast  fiillen,  and  repent,  and  do  the  first  works; 
but  if  not,  I  come  unto  thee  quickly,  and  will 
remove  thy  lamp-stand  out  of  its  place,  unless 

6  tliou  repent.  But  this  thou  hast,  tiiat  thou 
hatest  the  works  of  the  Nicolaitans,  whicli  I 

7  also  hate.  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let  him  hear 
what  the  Spirit  saith  unto  the  churches :  To 
him  that  overcometh,  to  him  will  I  give  to 
eat  of  the  tree  of  life,  which  is  in  the  paradise 
'of  God. 

8  And  unto  the  angel  of  the  church  in 
Smyrna  write : 

These  things  saith  the  First  and  the  Last, 

9  who  was  dead,  and  lived :  I  know  tiiy  works, 
and  tribulation,  and  poverty  (but  thou  art 
rich),  and  the  railing  on  the  part  of  those  who 
say  that  they  are  Jews,  and  they  are  not,  but 

10  the  synagogue  of  Satan.  Fear  not  at  all  the 
things  which  thou  art  about  to  sufler.  Be- 
hold, the  devil  is  about  to  cast  some  of  you 
into  prison,  tliat  ye  may  be  tried ;  and  ye  shall 


Or,  ivs  many  read,  of  my  Gad. 


have  a  tribulation  of  ten  days.  Be  faithful 
unto  death,  and  I  will  give  thee  the  crown  of 
life.  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let  him  hear  what  11 
the  Spirit  saith  unto  the  churches :  He  that 
overcometh  shall  not  be  liurt  by  the  second 
death. 

And  unto  the  angel  of  tlie  church  in  Per-  12 
games  write : 

These  things  saitli  he  wlio  hath  the  two- 
edged  sharp  sword  :  I  know  thy  works,  and  13 
where  thou  dwellest,  where  is  the  throne  of 
Satan ;  and  thou  boldest  my  name,  and  didst 
not  deny  my  faith  even  in  the  days  wherein 
tvus  Antipas,  that   faithful  witness  of  mine, 
who   was   killed    among   you,    where    Satan 
dwelleth.     But   I   have   against   thee   a   few  14 
things ;  that  thou  hast  there  some  that  hold 
the  doctrine  of  Balaam,  who  tauglit  for  Balak 
to  cast  a  stumbling-block  before  the  children 
of  Israel,  to  eat  idol-sacrifices  and  commit  for- 
nication.   So  thou  also  hast  some  that  hold  the  15 
doctrine   of  the  Nicolaitans  in    like  manner. 
Repent,  therefore;  but  if  not,  I  come  unto  IG 
thee  quickly,  and  will  fight  with  them  with 
the  sword  of  my  mouth.    He  that  hath  an  ear,  17 
let  him  hear  wliat  the  Spirit  saith  unto  tlie 
churches :  To  him  that  overcometh,  to  liim 
will  I  give  of  that  hidden  manna,  and  will 
give  him  a  white  stone,  and  upon  the  stone  a 
new  name  written,  wdiich  no  one  knoweth, 
but  he  that  reccivcth. 

And  unto  the  angel  of  the  church  in  Thya-  IS 
tira  write : 

These  things  saith  the  Son  of  God,  he  that 
hath  his  eyes  as  a  flame  of  fire,  and  his  feet 
are  like  burnished  brass:  I  know  thy  works,  19 
and  love,  and  faith,  and  service,  and  thy  pa- 
tience, and  thy  last  Λvorks  to  be  more  than 
the  first.     But  I  have  against  thee,  that  thou  20 
sufierest  ^the   woman,  Jezebel,  who    calleth 
herself  a  prophetess;   and  she  teacheth  and 
deceivetli  my  servants  to  commit  fornication 
and  eat  idol-sacrifices.     And  I  gave  her  time  21 
that  she  might  repent,  and  she  will  not  repent 


y  Or,  as  many  read,  ihy  irife. 


REVELATION. 


239 


22  of  her  fornication.  Eehokl,  I  cast  her  into  a 
bed,  and  those  who  commit  adultery  with  her 
into  great  tribulation,  unless  they  repent  of 

23  her  works ;  and  her  children  I  will  kill  with 
death ;  and  all  the  churches  shall  know  that 
I  am  he  who  searcheth  reins  and  hearts  ;  and  I 
will  give  unto  you,  every  one,  according  to 

24  your  works.  But  unto  you  I  say,  unto  the 
rest  that  are  in  Thyatira,  as  many  as  have 
not  this  doctrine,  who  have  not  known  the 
depths  of  Satan,  as  they  say :  I  cast  upon  jjou 

25  no  other  burden;  but,  what  ye  have,  hold  till 

26  I  come;  and  he  that  overcoraeth,  even  he  that 
keepeth  nnto  the  end  my  works,  I  will  give 

27  him  authority  over  the  nations ;  and  he  shall 
tend  them  with  an  iron  rod,  as  the  vessels  of 
the  potter  are  shivered ;  as  I  also  have  receiv- 

28  ed  of  my  Father ;   and  I  will  give  him  the 

29  morning  star.  He  that  hath  an  ear,  let  him 
hear  what  the  Spirit  saith  unto  the  churches. 

III.  AxD  unto  the  angel  of  the  church  in 
Sardis  Avrite : 

These  things  saith  he  that  hath  the  seven 
Spirits  of  God,  and  the  seven  stars :  I  know 
thy  works,  that  thou  hast  a  name  that  thou 

2  livest,  and  art  dead.  Be  watchful,  and 
strengthen  the  things  remaining  that  were 
ready  to  die  :  lor  I  have  not  found  thy  works 

3  fulfilled  before  my  God.  Remember,  there- 
fore, how  thoii  hast  received  and  heard,  and 
keep,  and  repent.  If,  therefore,  thou  dost 
not  watch,  I  will  come  upon  thee  as  a  thief, 
and  thou  shalt  not  know  what  hour  I  will 

4  come  upon  thee.  But  thou  hast  a  few  names 
in  Sardis,  which  have  not  defiled  their  gar- 
ments ;  and  they  shall  walk  with  me  in  white : 

5  for  they  are  worthy.  He  that  overcometh, 
the  same  shall  be  clothed  in  white  garments ; 
and  I  will  not  blot  out  his  name  from  the 
book  of  life,  and  I  will  confess  his  name  before 

G  my  Father,  and  before  his  angels.  He  that 
hath  an  ear,  let  him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith 
nnto  the  churches. 

7  And  unto  the  angel  of  the  church  in  Phila- 
delpliia  write :  , 


These  things  saith  he  that  is  holy,  he  that 
is  true,  he  that  hath  the  key  of  David,  he 
that  openeth  and   no  one   shutteth,   and   he 
shutteth  and  no  one  openeth :   I  know  thy     S 
works:  behold,  I  have  given  before  thee  an 
ojiened   door,   which   no   one   can   shut :    for 
thou  hast  a  little  strength,  and  liast  kept  my 
word,  and  hast  not  denied  my  name.     Behold,     9 
I  give  out  of  the  synagogue  of  Satan,  those 
who  say  that  they  are  Jews,  and  they  are  not, 
but  do  lie ;  behold,  I  will  make  them  to  come 
and  do  homage  before  thy  feet,  and  know  that 
I  have  loved  thee.     Because  thou  hast,  kept  10 
the  word  of  my  patience,  I  also  will  keep  tiiee 
from  4hat  hour  of  trial,  which  is  about  to 
come  on  the  whole  world,  to  try  those  who' 
dwell   on  the  earth.     I  come  quickly:  hold  11 
what  thou  hast,  that  no  one  take  thy  crown. 
He  that  overcometh,  I  will  make  him  a  pillar  12 
in  the  temple  of  my  God,  and  he  shall  never 
go  out  more ;  and  I  will  write  upon  him  the 
name  of  my  God,  and  the  name  of  the  city  of 
my   God,  of  the   new  Jerusalem,  which  de- 
scendeth  out  of  heaven  from  my  God,  and  my 
new  name.     He  that  hath  an  ear,  let  him  hear  13 
what  the  Spirit  saith  unto  the  churches. 

And  unto  the  angel  of  the  church  in  Laodi-  14 
cea  write : 

These  things  saith  the  Amen,  the  faithful 
and  true  Witness,  the  Beginning  of  the  crea- 
tion of  God :  I  know  thy  works,  that  thou  art  15 
neither  cold  nor  hot :  I  would  thou  wert  cold 
or  hot.     So,  because  thou  art  lukewarm,  and  16 
neither  cold  nor  hot,  I  am  about  to  vomit  thee 
out    of   my    mouth.     Because    thou   sayest:  17 
I  am  rich,  and  have  become  rich,  and  have 
need  of  nothing ;  and  knowest  not  that  thou 
art  the  wretched  and  the  pitiable  one,  and 
poor,  and  blind,  and  naked;   I  counsel  thee  18 
to  buy  of  me  gold  purified  «by  fire,  that  thou 
mayest  be   rich;   and  white   garments,  that 
thou  ma)'^est  clothe  thyself,  and  the  shame  of 
thy  nakedness  not  be  manifested  ;  and  anoint 
thine  eyes  with  eyesalve,  that  thou  mayest  see. 


»  Gr.  Ihe  hour  of  the  trial. 


"Or,  out  of. 


240 


REVELATIOX. 


19  I,  as  many  as  I  love,  I  rebuke  and  chasten : 

20  be  zealous,  therefore,  and  repent.  Behold,  I 
stand  at  the  door,  and  knock :  if  any  one  hear 
my  voice,  and  open  the  door,  I  will  come  in 
to  him,  and  will  sup  with  him,  and  he  with 

21  me.  He  that  overcometh,  I  will  give  unto 
him  to  sit  down  with  me  in  my  throne, 
as  I  also  overcame,  and  sat  dovi'u  with  my 

22  Father  in  bis  throne.  He  that  hath  an  ear, 
let  him  hear  what  the  Spirit  saith  unto  the 
churches. 

IV.  After  these  things  I  saw,  and  behold 
a  door  set  open  in  heaven,  and  that  first  voice, 
which  I  heard  as  of  a  trumpet  speaking  with 
me,  saying:  Come  up  hither,  aud^I  will  show 
thee  things  which  must  come  to  pass  after  these. 

2  And  immediately  I  was  in  the  Spirit :  and,  be- 
hold, a  throne  bad  been  set  in  heaven,  and  on 

3  the  throne  one  sat ;  and  he  that  sat  was  in  ap- 
pearance like  a  jasper  and  a  sardine  stone ; 
and  tlicre  icas  a  rainbow  round  about  the  throne, 

4  in  appearance  like  an  emerald.  And  round 
about  the  throne  were  twenty-four  thrones ; 
and  upon  the  thrones  /  saw  four  and  twenty 
elders  sitting,  clothed  in  white  garments,  and 

5  upon  their  heads  golden  crowns.  And  out  of 
the  throne  proceed  lightnings,  and  voices,  and 
thunders ;  and  there  are  seven  lamps  of  fire 
burning    before   the   throne,    which   are   the 

6  seven  Spirits  of  God ;  and  before  the  throne  as 
it  were  a  glassy  sea  like  crystal ;  and  in  the 
midst  of  the  throne,  and  around  the  throne, 
four  living  creatures  full  of  eyes  before  and 

7  behind.  And  the  first  living  creatiu-e  w  like 
a  lion,  and  the  second  living  creature  like  a 
calf,  and  the  third  living  creature  hath  the 
face  as  a  man,  and  the  fourth  living  creature 

8  is  like  an  eagle  flying.  And  the  four  living 
creatures,  each  one  of  them  having  six  wings, 
are  roimd  about  and  within  full  of  eyes;  and 
they  have  no  rest  day  and  night,  saying: 
Holy,  holy,  holy,  the  Lord  God  the  Almighty, 

9  who  was,  and  who  is,  and  who  cometh.  And 
when  the  living  creatures  shall  give  glory, 
and  honour,  and  thanks  to  him  that  sitteth  on 


the  throne,  who  liveth  ''for  βΛ•βΓ  and  ever,  the 
twenty-four  elders  shall  fall  down  liefore  him  10 
that  sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  shall  worship 
him  that  liveth  'for  ever  and  ever,  and  shall 
cast  their  crowns  before  the  throne,  saying : 
Thou  art  worthy,  Ό  Lord,  to  receive  the  11 
glory,  and  the  honom",  and  the  power :  for 
thou  didst  ci'cate  all  things,  and  because  of 
thy  will  they  were,  and  were  created. 

V.  And  I  saw  upon  the  right  hand  of  him 
that  sat  on  the  thiOue  a  book  written  within 
and  on  the  back,  sealed  up  with  seven  seals. 
And  I  saw  a  mighty  angel  proclaiming  with  a     2 
loud  voice :  Who  is  worthy  to  open  the  book, 
and  to  loose  the  seals  thereof?     And  no  one     3 
was  able  in   heaven,  nor  on  the  earth,  nor 
under  the  earth,  to  open  the  book,  neither  to 
look  thereon.     And  I,  I  wept  much,  because     4 
no  one  was  found  worthy  to  open  the  book, 
neither   to   look   thereon.     And    one    of    the     5 
elders  saith  unto  me  :  Weep  not:  behold,  the 
Lion  that  is  from  the  tribe  of  Judah,  the  Root 
of  David,  hath  prevailed  to  open  the  book  and 
the  seven  seals  thereof. 

And  I  saw,  in  the  midst  of  the  thi'one  and     6 
of  the  four  living  creatures,  and  in  the  midst 
of  the  elders,  a  lamb  standing  as  if  it  had  been 
slain,    having   seven   horns,  aiid   seven   eyes, 
which  are  the  seven  Spirits  of  God  sent  forth 
into  all  the  earth.    And  he  came  and  took  the     7 
book  out  of  the  right  hand  of  him  that  sat  on 
the   throne.     And   when  he    took    the    book,     8 
the  four  living  creatures  and  the  twenty-four 
elders   fell    down    before   the    Lamb,    having 
every  one  harps,  and  golden  bowls  full  of  in- 
cense, which  are  the  prayers  of  the  saints. 
And  they  sing  a  new  song,  saying :  Thou  art     9 
worthy  to  take  the  book,  and  to  open  the 
seals  thereof;  for  thou  wast  slain,  and  didst 
redeem    us    to    God    by  thy   blood    out    of 
every  tribe,  and  tongue,  and  peojile,  and  na- 
tion ;  and  tliou  didst  make  them  unto  our  God  10 

•>  Gr.  unlo  the  ages  of  the  ages. 
'  Qr,  as  many  read,  our  Lord  and  God. 


REVELATION. 


241 


kings  and  priests,  and  they  «^reign  over  the 

11  earth.  And  I  saw,  and  I  heard  a  voice  of 
many  angels  around  the  throne  and  the  living 
creatures  and  the  ciders ;  and  the  number  of 
them  was  rayi-iads  of  myriads,  and  thousands 

12  of  thousands,  saying  with  a  loud  voice : 
Worthy  is  the  Lamb  that  bath  been  slain  to 
receive  the  power,  and  riches,  and  wisdom, 
and  strength,  and  honour,  and  gloiy,  and  bless- 

13  ing.  And  every  creature  that  is  in  heaven, 
and  on  the  earth,  and  under  the  earth,  and 
such  as  are  on  the  sea,  and  all  things  that  are 
in  them,  heard  I  saying :  Unto  him  that  sitteth 
on  the  throne,  and  unto  tlie  Lamb,  the  bless- 
ing, and  the  honour,  "and  the  glory,  and  the 

14  power,  'for  ever  and  ever.  And  the  four  liv- 
ing creatures  said :  Amen.  And  the  elders 
fell  down,  and  worshipped. 

VI.  And  I  saw  when  the  Lamb  opened  one 
of  the  seven  seals,  and  I  heard  one  of  the  four 
living  creatures  saying,  as  the  voice  of  thun- 

2  der :  Come  ^and  see.  And  I  saw,  and  behold 
a  white  horse,  and  he  that  sat  upon  him  hav- 
ing a  bow:  and  there  was  given  unto  him  a 
crown:  and  he  went  forth  conquering,  and 
that  he  might  conquer. 

3  And  when  he  opened  the  second  seal,  I 
heard    the    second    living    creature    saying: 

4  Come.  And  there  went  forth  another,  a  red 
horse ;  and  to  him  that  sat  upon  him,  to  him 
it  was  given  to  take  peace  from  the  earth,  and 
that  they  should  slay  one  another ;  and  there 
was  given  unto  him  a  great  sword. 

5  And  when  he  opened  the  third  seal,  I  heard 
the  third  li\ang  creature  saying :  Come  'and  see. 
And  I  saw,  and  behold  a  black  horse,  and  he 
that  sat  upon  him  having  a  balance  in  his  hand. 

6  And  I  heard  a  voice  in  the  midst  of  the  four 
liΛ^ng  creatures,  saying :  A  ^choenix  of  wheat 
for  a  ^denarius,  and  three  choenixes  of  barley 

■^  Or,  according  to  some  copies,  shall  reign. 

•  Gr.  unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 

'  Many  omit  the  words,  and  see. 

'  A  chcenLv  is  about  one  quart ;  a  denarius^  about  fifteen 

cents. 


for  a  denarius  ;  and  the  oil  and  the  wine  hurt 
thou  not. 

And  when  he  opened  the  fourth  seal,  I  heard  7 
the  voice  of  the  fourth  living  creature  saying : 
Come  fand  see.  And  I  saw,  and  behold  a  pale  8 
horse,  and  he  that  sat  upon  him,  his  name 
Death,  and  Hades  'followeth  with  him.  And 
there  was  given  unto  them  power  over  the 
fourth  part  of  the  earth  to  kill  with  sword, 
and  with  hunger,  and  with  death,  and  by  the 
wild  beasts  of  the  earth. 

And  when  he  opened  the  fifth  seal,  I  saw     9 
under  the  altar  the  souls  of  those  slain  for  the 
word  of  God,  and  for  the  testimony  which  they 
had.     And  they  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  say-  10 
ing :  Until  when,  0  Lord,  the  holj'  and  true, 
dost  thou  not  judge  and  avenge  our  blood  on 
those  that  dwell  on  the  earth  ?  And  there  was  11 
given  unto  them  eveiy  one  a  white  robe,  and 
it  was  said  unto  them  that  they  should  rest 
yet  a  little  time,  until  their  fellow-sen'ants 
also  and  their  brethren  should  fulfil  it,  who 
were  to  be  killed  as  they  also  themselves. 

And  I  saw  when  he  opened  the  sixth  seal,  12 
and,  behold,  there  was  a  great  earthquake,  and 
the  sun  became  black  as  sackcloth  of  hair,  and 
the  whole  moon  became  as  blood,   and  the  13 
stars  of  heaven  fell  unto  the  earth,  as  a  fig- 
tree  casteth  her  'untimely  figs,  being  shaken 
by  a  great  wind ;  and  the  heaven  was  parted  14 
as  a  scroll  rolling  up  ;  and  everj^  mountain  and 
island  were  moved  out  of  their  places ;  and  15 
the  kings  of  the  earth,  and  the  great  men,  and 
the  chief  captains,  and  the  rich,  and  the  mighty, 
and  every  bond  man,  and  every  free  man,  hid 
themselves  in  the  caves  and  in  the  rocks  of  tiie 
mountains ;  and  they  say  to  the  mountains  and  16 
to  the  rocks :  Fall  upon  j.is,  and  hide  us  from  the 
face  of  him  that  sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  from 
the  wrath  of  the  Lamb :  for  that  great  day  of  17 
his  wrath  is  come,  and  who  is  able  to  stand "? 

VII.   And   after  these   things   I   saw  four 
angels  standing  upon  the  four  comers  of  the 


I"  Or,  as  many  read,  followed. 


Or,  winter fgs. 
31 


242 


REVELATION. 


earth,  liokling  the  four  winds  of  the  earth, 
that  no  wind  slionhl  blow  on  the  earth,  nor 

2  on  the  sea,  nor  upon  any  tree.  And  I  saw 
another  angel  ascending  from  the  sunrising, 
having  the  seal  of  the  living  God :  and  he 
cried  \vith  a  loud  voice  to  the  four  angels,  to 
whom  it  was  given  to  hurt  the  earth  and  the 

3  sea,  saying :  Hurt  not  the  earth,  nor  the  sea, 
nor  the  trees,  till  we  have  sealed  the  servants 
of  our  Clod  on  their  foreheads. 

4  And  I  heard  the  number  of  the  sealed : 
a  hundred  and  forty-four  thousand  sealed,  of 

5  every  tribe  of  the  children  of  Israel ;  of  the 
tribe  of  Judah,  twelve  thousand  sealed  ;  of  the 
tribe  of  Reuben,  twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of 

G  the  tribe  of  Gad,  twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of 
the  tribe  of  Asher,  twelve  thousand  sealed; 
of  the  tribe  of  Naphtali,  twelve  thousand 
sealed;  of  the  tribe  of  Manasseh,  twelve  thou- 

7  sand  sealed;  of  the  tribe  of  Simeon,  twelve 
thousand  sealed  ;  of  the  tribe  of  Levi,  twelve 
thousand   sealed;    of  the    tribe    of   Issachar, 

S  twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of  the  tribe  of  Ze- 
buluu,  twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of  the  tribe 
of  Josepli,  twelve  thousand  sealed ;  of  the 
tribe  of  Benjamin,  twelve  thousand  sealed. 

9  After  these  things  I  saw,  and  behold  a  great 
midtitude  whicJi  no  one  could  number,  of 
every  nation,  and  tribes,  and  peoples,  and 
tongues,  standing  before  the  throne,  and  be- 
fore the  Lamb,  clothed  with  white  robes,  and 

10  palms  in  their  hands ;  and  they  cry  with  a 
loud  voice,  saying :  The  salvation  unto  our 
God  who  sitteth  on  the  throne,  and  unto  the 

11  Lamb.  And  all  the  angels  stood  around  the 
throne  and  the  elders  and  the  four  living  creat- 
ures, and  they  fell  before  the  throne   upon 

12  their  faces,  and  worshipped  God,  saying : 
Amen.  The  blessing,  and  the  glory,  and  the 
wisdom,  and  the  thanksgiving,  and  the  hon- 
our, and  the  power,  and  the  strength,  unto 
our  God  Jfor  ever  and  ever.     Amen. 

13  And  one  of  the  elders  answered,  saying 
unto  me :   These  that  are  clothed  with  the 

i  Gr.  unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 


white    robes,    who    are    they?    and    whence 
came  they?     And  I  said  unto  him  :  My  Lord,  14 
thou  knowest.     And  he  said  unto  me :  Tliese 
are  they  who  come  out  of  the  great  tribula- 
tion, and  they  washed  tlieir  robes  and  made 
them  white  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb.   There-  15 
fore  are  they  before  the  throne  of  God,  and 
serve  him  day  and  night  in  his  temple:  and 
he  that  sitteth  on  the  throne  shall  tabernacle 
over    them.      They   shall    hunger    no   more,  16 
neither  thirst  any  more ;  neither  shall  the  sun 
fall  on  them,  nor  any  heat ;  for  the  Lamb  that  17 
is  in  the  midst  of  the  throne  shall  tend  them, 
and  shall  lead  tliem  unto  fountains  of  waters 
of  life,  and  God  shall  wipe  away  every  tear 
from  tlieir  eyes. 

VIII.  And  when  he  opened  the  seventh 
seal,  there  was  silence  in  heaven  about  half  an 
hour. 

And  I  saw  the  seven  angels  who  stand  be-     2 
fore  God,  and  there  were  given  unto  them 
seven   trumpets.     And   another   angel   came,     3 
and  stood  at  the  altar,  having  a  golden  censer, 
and  there  was  given  unto  hira  much  incense, 
that  he  should  give  it  to   the  prayers  of  all 
the  saints  upon  the  golden  altar  which  is  be- 
fore the  throne.    And  the  smoke  of  the  incense     4 
for  the  prayers  of  the  saints  ascended  out  of 
the  angel's  hand  before  God.     And  the  angel     5 
took  the  censer,  and  filled  it  from  the  fire  of 
the  altar,  and  cast  unto  the  earth :  arid  there 
were  voices,  and  thundei's,  and  lightnings,  and 
an  earthquake. 

And   the    seven  angels   having    the   seven     6 
trumpets    prepared    themselves,    that    they 
might  sound. 

And  the  first  sounded,  and  there  was  hail,  7 
and  fire,  mingled  with  blood,  and  they  were 
cast  unto  the  earth :  and  the  third  part  of 
the  earth  was  burnt  up,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  trees  was  burnt  up,  and  all  green 
grass  was  burnt  up. 

And  the  second  angel  sounded,  and  as  it     8 
were  a  great  mountain  burning  with  fire  was 
cast  into  the  sea :  and  the  third  part  of  the 


REVELATION. 


243 


9  sea  became  blood;  and  the  third  part  of  the 
creatures  which  were  in  the  sea,  and  had 
lil'e,  died ;  and  the  third  part  of  the  ships 
was  destroyed. 

10  And  the  third  angel  sounded,  and  there 
fell  from  hea\'en  a  great  star,  burning  as  a 
lamp,  and  it  fell  upon  the  third  part  of  the 
rivers,  and  upon  the  fountains  of  the  waters : 

11  and  the  name  of  the  star  is  called  Wonn- 
wood :  "and  the  third  part  of  tlie  Λvaters  be- 
comes wormwood,  and  many  of  the  men  died 
of  the  waters,  because  they  were  made  bitter. 

12  And  the  fourth  angel  sounded,  and  the 
third  part  of  the  sun  was  smitten,  and  the 
third  part  of  the  moon,  and  the  third  part 
of  the  stars,  that  the  tliird  part  of  them 
might  be  darkened,  and  the  day  should  not 
shine  for  the  third  part  of  it,  and  the  night 
likewise. 

13  And  I  saw,  and  I  heard  an  'eagle  flying  in 
mid-heaven,  saying  with  a  loud  voice :  Woe, 
woe,  woe,  to  those  who  dwell  on  the  earth, 
from  the  remaining  voices  of  the  trumpet  of 
the  three  angels  who  are  about  to  sound. 

IX.  And  the  fifth  angel  sounded,  and  I 
saw  a  star  fallen  from  heaven  unto  the 
earth :    and    there    was  given  unto  him  the 

2  key  of  the  pit  of  the  abyss.  And  he  opened 
the  pit  of  the  abyss :  and  there  ascended 
smoke  out  of  the  pit,  as  the  smoke  of  a  great 
furnace,  and  the  sun  was  darkened,  and  the 

3  air,  by  the  smoke  of  the  pit.  And  out  of 
the  smoke  there  came  forth  locusts  unto  the 
earth,  and  there  was  given  unto  them  power, 
as  the  scorpions  of  the  earth    have    power. 

4  And  it  was  said  unto  them,  that  they  should 
not  hurt  the  grass  of  the  earth,  nor  any 
green  thing,  nor  any  tree,  but  the  men  who 
liave  not  the  seal  of  God  on  their  foreheads. 

5  And  it  was  given  unto  them  that  they  should 
not  kill  them,  but  that  they  should  be  tor- 
mented five  montlis:  and  their  torment  was 
as  the  torment  of  a  scorpion,  when  it  strik- 

^  Or,  as  a  few  copies  read,  angel. 


eth    a    man.     And    in    those    days  shall  the     6 
men  seek  death,  and  sliall  not  find  it.     And 
they  shall   long  to  die,  and  death  shall  flee 
from  them.     And   the   likenesses    of  the  lo-     7 
ousts  ivei-e  like  horses  prepared  unto  battle ; 
and  upon  their  heads,  as  it  were  crowns  like 
gold ;    and  their  faces,  as  tlie  faces  of  men ; 
and   they  had  hair   as    the  hair  of  women ;     8 
and  their  teeth  were  as  of  lions  ;  and  they  had     9 
breastplates  as  iron  breastplates ;  and  the  sound 
of  their  wings  was  as  the  sound  of  chariots  of 
many  horses  running  to  battle  ;  and  they  have  10 
tails  like  scorpions,  'and  stings  were  in  their 
tails;  and  their  power  icas  to  hurt  the  men 
five  months.     They  have  over  them  a  king,  11 
the  angel  of  the  abyss ;  his  name  in  Hebrew, 
Abaddon  ;  and  in  the  Greek  he  hath  the  name 
"'Apollj^on. 

The  first  woe  is  past :  behold,  there  come  12 
yet  two  woes  after  these  things. 

And  the  sixth  angel  sounded,  and  I  heard  a  13 
voice  from  the  four  horns  of  the  golden  altar 
which  is  before  God,  saying  to  the  sixth  angel  14 
who  had  the  trumpet :  Loose  the  four  angels 
that  have  been  bound  by  that  great  river  Eu- 
phrates.    And  the  four  angels  were  loosed,  1-5 
that  had  been  prepared  ibr  the  hour,  and  daj', 
and  month,  and  year,  that  they  should  kill  the 
third  part  of  the  men.     And  the  number  of  16 
the  armies  of  the  cavalry  was  two  myriads  of 
myriads :  I  heard  the  number  οΓ  them.     And  17 
thus  I  saw  the  horses  in  the  vision,  and  those 
who  sat  on  them,  having  breastplates  fiery, 
and  hyacinthine,  and  like  brimstone  :  and  the 
heads  of  the  horses  were  as  the  heads  of  lions, 
and    out    of   their    mouth    proceedeth    fire, 
and  smoke,  and  brimstone.     By  these  three  18 
plagues  were  killed  the  third  part  of  the  men, 
by  the  fire,  and  the  smoke,  and  the  brimstone, 
which  proceeded  out  of  their  mouth.    For  the  19 
power  of  the  horses  is  in  their  mouth,  and  in 
their  tails :  for  their  tails  arc  like  serpents,  and 
have  heads,  and  with  these  do  they  hurt.    And  20 

1  Or,  as  many  read,  awt/  slings;  and  in  their  tails  [is] 
their  power  &e. 

"  That  iSj  Destroyer. 


244 


REVELATION. 


tlie  rest  of  the  men,  who  were  not  killed  by 
these  plagues,  yet  repented  not  of  the  works 
of"  their  hands,  that  they  should  not  worship 
the  demons,  and  the  idols  of  gold,  and  of  silver, 
and  of  brass,  and  of  stone,  and  of  wood,  which 
21  can  neither  see,  nor  hear,  nor  walk ;  neither 
repented  they  of  their  murders,  nor  of  their 
sorceries,  nor  of  their  fornication,  nor  of  their 
thefts. 

X.  And  I  saw  another  mighty  angel  de- 
scending from  heaven,  clothed  with  a  cloud, 
and  the  rainbow  ivas  on  his  head,  and  his  face 
was  as  the  sun,  and  his  feet  as  pillars  of  fire : 

2  aud  he  had  in  his  hand  a  little  book  opened : 
and  he  set  his  right  foot  on  the  sea,  and  the 

3  left  on  the  earth,  and  cried  with  a  loud  voice, 
even  as  a  lion  roareth  :  and  when  lie  had  cried, 
the   seven  thunders  spake  with  their  voices. 

4  And  when  the  seven  thunders  had  spoken,  I 
was  about  to  write  :  and  I  heard  a  voice  from 
heaven,  saying :  Seal  the  things  which  the 
seven  thunders  spake,  and  write  them  not. 

5  And  the  angel,  whom  I  saw  standing  on  the 
sea  and  on  the  earth,  lifted  up  his  right  hand 

6  to  heaven,  and  sware  by  him  that  liveth  "for 
ever  and  ever,  who  created  the  heaven  and  the 
things  in  it,  and  the  earth  and  the  things  in  it, 
and  the  sea  and  the  things  in  it,  that  time  there 

7  shall  no  longer  be ;  but  in  the  days  of  the 
voice  of  the  seventh  angel,  when  he  should  be 
about  to  sound,  is  also  finished  the  mystery  of 
God,  as  he  declared  the  glad  tidings  to  his 
servants  the  prophets. 

8  And  the  voice,  which  I  heard  from  heaven, 
again  spake  with  me,  and  said :  Go,  take  the 
little  book  which  is  opened  in  the  hand  of  the 
angel,  who  standeth  on  the  sea  and  on  the 

9  earth.  And  I  went  unto  the  angel,  saying  tiuit 
he  should  give  me  the  little  book.  And  he 
saith  unto  me :  Take,  and  eat  it  up ;  and  it 
siiall  make  bitter  thy  belly,  but  in  thy  mouth 

10  it  shall  be  sweet  as  honey.     And  I  took  the 
little  book  out  of  the  hand  of  the  angel,  and 

°  Gr.  unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 


ate  it  up ;  and  it  was  in  my  mouth  sweet  as 
honey ;  and,  when  I  had  eaten  it,  my  belly 
was  made  bitter.     And   he  saith  unto  me  :  11 
Thou  must  again  prophesy  of  many  peoples, 
and  nations,  and  tongues,  and  kings. 

XI.  And  there  was  given  me  a  reed  like 
a  rod,  he  saying :  Rise,  and  measure  the  temple 
of  God,  and  the  altar,  aud  those  who  dwell 
therein:  and  the  court  which  is  without  the  2 
temple  cast  out,  and  measure  it  not ;  for  it 
is  given  unto  the  Gentiles :  and  the  holy  city 
shall  they  tread  forty-two  months.  And  I  will  3 
give  unto  my  two  witnesses,  and  they  shall 
prophesy  a  thousand  two  hundred  and  sixty 
days,  clothed  with  sackcloth. 

These  are  the  two  olive-trees  and  the  two 
lamp-stands,  which  stand  before  the  Lord  of 
the  earth.  And  if  any  one  will  hurt  them,  5 
fire  proceedeth  out  of  their  mouth,  and  de- 
voureth  their  enemies ;  and  if  any  one  will 
hurt  them,  thus  must  he  be  killed.  These  have  G 
power  to  shut  heaven,  that  no  rain  fall  during 
the  days  of  their  prophesying;  and  they  have 
power  over  the  waters  to  turn  them  to  blood, 
aud  to  smite  the  earth  with  every  plague,  as 
often  as  they  will. 

And  when  they  shall   have  finished  their     7 
testimonj',  the  beast  that  ascendeth  out  of  the 
ab3'ss  shall  make  Avar  with  them,  and  shall 
overcome  them,   and   shall    kill   them.     And     8 
their  remains  shall  be  on  the  broad  place  of 
the   great    city,   which   is    called    spiritually 
Sodom  and  Egypt,  where  also  their  Lord  was 
crucified.     And  7nen  of  the  peojjles  and  tribes     9 
and  tongues  and  nations  shall  see  their  re- 
mains three  days  and  a  half,  and  shall  not 
suffer  their  jemains  to  be  put  into  a  sepulchre. 
And  they  that  dwell  on  the  earth  rejoice  over  10 
them,  and  shall  make  merry,  and  shall  send 
gifts  to  one  another;  because  these  two  proph- 
ets tormented  those  that  dwelt  on  the  earth. 

Aud  after  the   three  days  and  a  half  the  11 
spirit  of  life  from  God  entered  into  them,  and 
they  stood  upon  their  feet ;  and  great  fear  fell 
upon  those  who  beheld  them.    And  they  heard  12 


REVELATION. 


a  loud  voice  from  heaven,  saying  unto  them : 
Come  up  hither.  And  they  went  up  to  heaven 
in  the  cloud  ;  and  tlieir  enemies  beheld  them. 

13  And  ill  that  hour  Avas  there  a  great  earth- 
quake, and  the  tenth  part  of  the  city  fell,  and 
there  were  killed  in  the  earthquake  names  of 
men  seven  thousand:  and  the  rest  became 
afraid,  and  gave  glory  to  the  God  of  heaven. 

14  The  second  woe  is  past ;  behold,  the  third 
woe  Cometh  quickly. 

15  And  the  seventh  angel  sounded ;  and  there 
were  loud  voices  in  heaven,  saying :  The  king- 
dom of  the  world  is  become  our  Lord's  and 
his  Christ's,  and  he  shall  reign  °for  ever  and 

16  ever.  And  the  twenty-four  elders,  who  sit 
before  God  ixpon  their  thrones,  fell  upon  their 

17  faces,  and  worshipped  God,  saying :  We  give 
thee  thanks,  0  Lord  God  the  Almighty,  who 
art,  and  who  wast,  because  thou  hast  taken 

IS  thy  great  power,  and  reigned.  And  the  na- 
tions were  wroth,  and  thy  wrath  came,  and 
the  time  of  the  dead  that  they  should  be 
judged,  and  to  give  the  reward  unto  thy  sei'v- 
ants,  the  prophets  and  the  saints,  and  unto 
those  who  fear  thy  name,  the  small  and  the 
great,  and  to  destroy  those  who  destroy  the 
earth. 

19  And  the  temple  of  God  was  opened  in 
heaven,  and  there  was  seen  the  ark  of  his 
covenant  in  his  temple  :  and  there  were  light- 
nings, and  voices,  and  thunders,  and  an  earth- 
quake, and  great  hail. 

XII.  And  a  great  sign  was  seen  in  heaven; 
a  woman  clothed  with  the  sun,  and  the  moon 
under  her  feet,  and  on  her  head  a  crown  of 

2  twelve  stars ;  and  being  with  child  she  crieth, 
travailing,  and  pained  to  bring  ibrth. 

3  And  there  was  seen  another  sign  in  heaven ; 
and  behold  a  great  red  dragon,  having  seven 
heads  and  ten  horns,  and  upon  his  heads  seven 

4  diadems ;  and  his  tail  drags  the  third  part  of 
the  stars  of  heaven,  and  it  cast  them  unto  the 
earth.     And  the  dragon  stood  before  the  wo- 

»  Gr.  untn  the  ages  'f  the  ages. 


man  who  was  about  to  bring  forth,  that,  when 
she  brought  forth,  he  might  devour  her  child. 
And  she  brought  forth  ^a  male  child,  who  is  5 
to  tend  all  the  nations  with  an  iron  rod :  and 
her  child  was  caught  away  to  God  and  to  his 
throne.  And  the  woman  fled  into  the  wilder-  6 
ness,  where  she  hath  a  place  prepared  by  God, 
that  there  they  should  nourish  her  a  thousand 
two  hundred  and  sixty  days. 

And  there  was  war  in  heaven,  Michael  and     7 
his  angels  fighting  with  the  dragon ;  and  the 
dragon  fought  and  his  angels,  and  they  pre-     8 
vailed  not,  neither  was  their  place  found  any 
moi-e  in  heaven.     And  that  great  dragon  was     9 
cast,  that  old   serpent,   which  is  called   the 
Devil  and  Satan,  λλΊιο  deceiveth  the  whole 
world,   he  was  cast  unto  the  earth,  and  his 
angels  were  cast  with  him.     And  I  heard  a  10 
loud  voice  in  heaven,  saying :  Now  is  come 
tiie  salvation,  and  the  power,  and  the  king- 
dom  of  our  God,  and   the   authority  of  his 
Christ :  for  the  accuser  of  our  brethren  is  cast 
down,  who  accused  them  before  our  God  day 
and  night.    They,  too,  overcame  him,  because  11 
of  the  blood  of  the  Lamb,  and  because  of  the 
word  of  their  testimony ;  and  they  loved  not 
their  life  unto  death.     Therefore  rejoice,  ye  12 
heavens,  and  ye  who  tabernacle  therein.    Woe 
to  the  earth  and  to  the  sea !  for  the  dcA'il  is 
gone   down   unto   you,  having   great  ^Λ^•ath, 
knowing  that  he  hath  little  time. 

And  when  the  dragon  saw  that  he  was  cast  13 
unto  the  earth,  he  persecuted  the  woman  that 
brought  forth  the  male  child.    And  tliere  were  14 
given  to  tlie  woman  itwo  wings  of  the  great 
eagle,  that  she  sliould  t\y  into  the  wilderness, 
into  her  place,  where  she  is  nourished  for  a 
time,  and  times,  and  half  a  time,  from  the  face  of 
the  sei-pent.     And  the  serpent  cast  out  of  his  15 
mouth  after  the  woman  water  as  a  river,  that 
he  might  cause  her  to  be  carried  away  by  the 
river.     And  the  earth  helped  the  woman,  and  16 
the  earth  opened  her  mouth,  and  swallowed 
up  the  river  which  the  dragon  cast  out  of  his 

ρ  Gr.  a  son,  a  male.        i  Or,  as  some  read.  Ihe  two  wings. 


246 


REVELATION. 


17  mouth.  And  the  dragon  was  enraged  about 
the  woman,  and  went  away  to  make  war  with 
the  rest  of  lier  seed,  who  keep  the  command- 
ments of  God,  and  have  the  testimony  of 
Jesus. 

XIII.  And  I  was  set  upon  the  sand  of  the 
sea.  And  I  saw  a  beast  ascending  out  of  the 
sea,  having  ten  horns  and  seven  lieads,  and  on 
his  horns  ten  diadems,  and  upon  liis  heads  ■'a 
name  of  blasphemy.     And  the  beast  wliich  I 

2  saw  was  like  a  leopard,  and  his  i'eet  as  of  a 
bear,  and  his  mouth  as  the  mouth  of  a  lion : 
and  the  dragon  gave  him  his  power,  and  his 

3  throne,  and  great  authority.  And  I  saw  one 
of  his  heads  as  if  it  had  been  slain  to  death ; 
and  the  stroke  of  his  death  was  healed ;  and  the 

4  whole  earth  wondered  after  the  beast.  And 
they  worsliipped  the  dragon  because  he  gave 
the  authority  unto  the  beast,  and  they  wor- 
shipped the  beast,  saying:  Who  is  like  the 
beast"?   and  who  is  able  to  make   war  with 

5  him  ?  And  there  was  given  unto  him  a  mouth 
speaking  great  things  and  blasphemies ;  and 
there  was  given  unto  hiin  power  to  do  forty- 

6  two  months.  And  he  opened  his  mouth  for 
blasphemy  against  God,  to  blaspheme  his 
name,    and    his    tabernacle,    and    those    who 

7  tabernacle  in  heaven.     And  it  was  given  unto    [ 
him  to  make  war  with  the  saints,  and  to  over- 
come them ;  and  there  was  given  unto  him 
authority  over  every  tribe,  and  people,  and 

8  tongue,  and  nation.  And  all  shall  worship 
him  that  dwell  on  the  earth,  whose  name  hath 
not  been  written,  in  the  book  of  life  of  the 
Lamb  that  hath  been  slain,  from  the  i'ounda- 

9  tion  of  tlie  world.     If  any  one  hath  an  ear, 

10  let  him  hear.  If  any  one  gathereth  a  captiv- 
ity, into  captivity  he  goeth :  if  any  one  shall 
kill  with  the  s\vord,  with  the  sword  must  he 
be  killed.  Here  is  the  patience  and  the  faith 
of  the  saints. 

11  And  I  saw  another  beast  ascending  out  of  the 
earth,   and   he  had  two  horns   like  a   lamb, 

■■  Or,  as  most  read,  names. 


and  he  spake  as  a  dragon.     And  all  the  au-  12 
thority  of  the  first  beast  he  exerciseth  before 
him ;  and  he  maketh  the  earth  and  those  who 
dwell  therein  to  worship  the  first  beast,  whose 
stroke  of  death  was  healed.     And  he  doeth  13 
great  signs,  so  that  even  fire  he  maketh  to 
descend  from  heaven  unto  the  earth  before 
men.     And  he  deceiveth  those  who  dwell  on  14 
the  earth,  because  of  the  signs  which  it  was 
given  unto  him  to  do  before  the  beast,  saying 
to  those  who  dwell  on  the  earth,  that  they 
should  make  an  image  to  the  beast,  which 
hath  the  stroke  of  the  sword,  and  lived.    And  15 
it  was  given  unto  him  to  give  breath  unto  the 
image  of  the  beast,  that  the  image  of  the  beast 
should  both  speak,  and  cause  that  as  many  as 
should  not  worship  the  image  of  the  beast 
should  be  killed.     And   he  causeth   all,  the  16 
small    and  the  great,   and  the  rich  and  the 
poor,  and  the  free  and  the  bond,  that  they 
should  give  them  a  mark  on  their  right  hand, 
or  on  their  forehead ;  and  that  no  one  should  17 
be  able  to  buy  or  sell,  but  he  that  hath  the 
mark,  the  name  of  the  beast,  or  the  number 
of  his  name.     Here  is  wisdom.     Let  him  that  18 
hath  understanding  count  the  number  of  the 
beast:  for  it  is  a  man's  number;  and  his  num- 
ber is  666. 

XIV.  And  I  saw,  and  behold  the  Lamb 
standing  upon  the  mount  Zion,  and  with  him 
a  hundred  and  forty-four  thousand,  having 
his  name,  and  the  name  of  his  Father,  written 
on  their  foreheads.  And  I  heard  a  voice  from  2 
heaven,  as  the  voice  of  many  waters,  and  as 
the  voice  of  great  thunder :  and  the  voice 
which  I  heard  was  as  of  harpers  har^iing  with 
their  haqis :  and  they  sing  as  it  were  a  new  3 
song  before  the  throne,  and  before  the  four 
living  creatures,  and  the  elders :  and  no  one 
was  able  to  learn  the  song,  but  the  hundred 
and  forty-four  thousand,  who  had  been  re- 
deemed from  the  earth.  These  are  they  who  4 
were  not  defiled  with  women ;  for  they  are 
virgin.  These  are  they  who  follow  the  Lamb, 
whithersoever  he  goeth.  These  were  redeemed 


REVELATION. 


247 


from  among  men,  a  fivstfruit  unto  God  and 

5  the  Lamb.  And  in  their  mouth  was  found  no 
lie ;  for  they  are  faultless. 

6  And  I  saw  another  angel  flying  in  mid- 
heaven,  having  an  everlasting  gospel,  to  de- 
clare the  glad  tidings  unto  those  who  sit  on 
the  earth,  and  over  every  nation,  and  tribe,  and 

7  tongue,  and  people,  saying  with  a  loud  voice  : 
Fear  God,  and  give  him  glory ;  for  the  hour 
of  his  judgment  is  come:  and  worship  him 
that  made  the  heaven,  and  the  earth,  and  sea, 
and  fountains  of  waters. 

8  And  'another  angel  followed,  saying :  Fallen, 
fallen,  is  Babylon  the  great ;  for  of  the  wine 
of  the  wi-ath  of  her  fornication  she  hath  given 
all  nations  to  drink. 

9  And  anotlier,  a  tliird  angel  followed  them,  say- 
ing with  a  loud  voice :  If  any  one  worshippeth 
tlie  beast  and  his  image,  and  receiveth  a  mark 

10  on  his  forehead,  or  upon  his  hand,  even  he  shall 
drink  of  the  wine  of  the  wi'ath  of  God,  which 
hath  been  mixed  unmixed  in  the  cup  of  his 
indignation,  and  he  shall  be  tormented  with 
fire  and  brimstone  before  the  holy  angels  and 

11  before  the  Lamb ;  and  the  smoke  of  their  tor- 
ment ascendeth  'for  ever  and  ever ;  and  they 
have  no  rest  day  and  night,  who  worship  the 
beast  and  his  image,  and  if  any  one  receiveth 
the  mark  of  his  name. 

12  Here  is  the  patience  of  the  saints ;  they  who 
keep  the  commandments  of  God,  and  the  faith 

13  of  Jesus.  And  I  heard  a  voice  from  heaven, 
saying :  Write  :  Blessed  arc  tlie  dead  who  die 
in  the  Lord  henceforth.  Yea,  saitli  tlie  Spirit, 
that  they  may  rest  from  their  toils  ;  but  their 
works  follow  with  them. 

14  And  I  saw,  and  behold  a  white  cloud,  and 
upon  the  cloud  one  sat  like  a  son  of  man,  hav- 
ing on  his  head  a  golden  crown,  and  in  his  hand 

15a  sharp  sickle.  And  another  angel  came  forth 
out  of  the  temple,  crying  with  a  loud  voice  to 
him  that  sat  on  the  cloud :  Send  thy  sickle, 
and  reap  ;  for  the  hour  of  the  reaping  is  come  ; 

•  Or,  as  many  read,  another,  a  second  angel. 
■  Gr.  xmto  ages  of  ages. 


for  the  hai-vest  of  the  earth  is  dried.     And  he  16 
that  sat  upon  the  cloud  cast  his  sickle  upon 
tlie  earth,  and  the  earth  was  reaped. 

And  another  angel  came  forth  out  of  the  17 
temple  which  is  in  heaven,  he  also  having  a 
sharp  sickle.     And  another  angel  came  forth  18 
out  of  the  altar,  having  power  over  the  fire, 
and  he  called  with  a  loud  cry  to  him  that  had 
the  sharp  sickle,  saying :  Send  thy  sharp  sickle, 
and  gather  the  clusters  of  the  vine  of  the  earth ; 
for  her  grapes  are  fully  ripe.     And  the  angel  19 
cast  his  sickle  unto  the  earth,  and  gathered  the 
fruit  of  the  vine  of  the  earth,  and  cast  into  the 
great  vnnepress  of  the  wrath  of  God.     And  20 
the  winepress  was  trodden  without  the  city, 
and  there  came  forth  blood  out  of  the  wine- 
press unto  the  bridles  of  the  horses,  a  thousand 
six  hundred  furlongs  off. 

XV.  And  I  saw  another  sign  in  heaven,  great 
and  wonderful,  seven  angels  having  the  seven 
last  plagues;  for  in  them  was  finished  the 
wrath  of  God. 

And  I  saw  as  it  were  a  glassy  sea  mingled     2 
with  fire,  and  those  who  were  victorious  from 
from  tlie  beast,  and  from  liis  image,  and  from 
the  number  of  his  name,   standing   "by  the 
glassy  sea,  having  harps  of  God.     And  they     3 
sing  the  song  of  Moses  the  sei-vant  of  God, 
and  the  song  of  the  Lamb,  saying :  Great  and 
wonderful  are  thy  works,  0  Lord  God  the  Al- 
mighty ;  righteous  and  true  are  thy  ways,  thou 
King  of  the  nations.     Who  shall  not  fear  thee,     4 
Ο  Lord,  and  glorify  thy  name  ?   for  thou  only 
art  holy :  for  all  the  nations  shall  come  and 
worship  before  thee ;  because  thy  judgments 
were  manifested. 

And  after  these  things  I  saw,  and  the  temple     5 
of  the  tabernacle  of  the  testimony  in  heaven 
was  opened :  and  the  seven  angels  who  had     6 
the  seven  plagues  came  forth  out  of  the  temple,  ■ 
clothed  in  pure,  bright  linen,  and  girt  round 
about  the  breasts  with  golden  girdles.     And     7 
one  of  the  four  living  creatures  gave  unto  tlie 

°  Or,  upon. 


248 


REVELATION. 


seven  angels  seven  golden  bowls,  full  of  the 
wrath  of  God  who  liveth  "for  ever  and  ever. 

8  And  the  temple  was  filled  with  smoke  from 
the  glory  of  God,  and  from  his  jiower ;  and  no 
one  was  able  to  enter  into  the  temple,  till  the 
seven  plagues  of  the  seven  angels  should  be 

•    fulfilled. 

XVI.  And  I  heard  a  loud  voice  out  of  the 
temple,  saying  to  the  seven  angels :  Go,  and  • 
pour  out  the  seven  bowls  of  the  wrath  of  God 
into  the  earth. 

2  And  the  first  went  away,  and  poured  out  his 
bowl  "upon  the  eai"th  ;  and  there  came  an  evil 
and  grievous  sore  npon  the  men  who  had  tlie 
mark  of  the  beast,  and  who  Avorshipped  his 
image. 

3  And  the  second  'angel  poured  out  his  bowl 
into  the  sea;  and  it  became  blood  as  of  one 
dead  ;  and  every  living  soul  died  in  the  sea. 

4  And  the  third  poured  out  his  bowl  into  the 
rivers  and  into  the  fountains  of  the  waters ; 

5  and  they  became  blood.  And  I  heard  the 
angel  of  the  waters  saying :  Righteous  art 
thou,  who  art,  and  who  wast,  the  Holy  One, 

6  because  thou  didst  adjudge  these  things.  For 
they  poured  out  the  blood  of  saints  and 
prophets,    and   thou    gavest    them    blood    to 

7  drink ;  they  are  worthy.  And  I  heard  the 
altar  saying :  Yea,  Ο  Lord  God  the  Almighty, 
true  and  righteous  «re  thy  judgments. 

8  And  the  fourth  poured  out  his  bowl  upon 
the  sun  ;  and  it  was  given  unto  -"him  to  scorch 

9  the  men  Λvith  fire.  And  the  men  were  scorched 
with  great  scorching,  and  they  blasphemed 
the  name  of  God,  who  had  power  over  these 
plagues,  and  they  repented  not  to  give  him 
glory. 

10  And  the  fifth  poured  out  his  bowl  upon  the 
throne  of  the  beast ;  and  his  kingdom  became 
darkened ;  and  they  gnawed  their  tongues  for 

H  the  pain,  and  blasphemed  the  God  of  heaven 

'  Gr.  unto  the  agis  of  the  ages. 

"  Or,  as  many  read,  into. 

»  Many  omit  the  word,  angel. 

'  Or,  it. 


because  of  their  pains  and  because  of  their 
sores,  and  repented  not  of  their  works. 

And  the  sixth  poured  out  his  bowl  upon  12 
that  great  river,  the  Euphrates ;  and  the  water 
thereof  was  dried  up,  that  the  way  of  the 
kings   who    are   from    the    rising   of  the    sun 
might  be  prepared.     And  I  saw,  out  of  the  13 
mouth  of  the  dragon,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of 
the  beast,  and  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  false 
prophet,  three  unclean  spirits  as   frogs,   (for  14 
they  are  spirits  of  demons,  doing  signs,)  go 
forth  unto  the  kings  of  the  whole  world,  to 
gather  them  together  to  the  battle  of  that 
great  day  of  God  the  Almighty.     (Behold,  I  15 
come  as  a  thief;  blessed  is  he  that  watcheth, 
and  keepeth  his  garments,  that  he  walk  not 
naked,  and  they  see  his  shame.)     And  'they  16 
gathered  them  together  into  the  place  which 
is  called  in  Hebrew  Armageddon. 

And  the  seventh  poured  out  his  bowl  upon  17 
the  air ;   and  there  came  forth  a  loud  voice 
from  the  temple  of  hea\'en,  from  the  throne, 
saying :  It  is  done.  And  there  were  lightnings,  18 
and  voices,   and   thunders,   and  there  was  a 
great  earthrpiake,  such  as  was  not  since  men 
were   on   the   earth,   such   an    earthquake,  so 
great.   And  the  great  city  became  three  parts,  19 
and  the  cities  of  the  nations  fell ;  and  Babylon 
the  great  was  remembered  belbre  God,  to  give 
unto  her  the  cup  of  the  wine  of  the  fierceness 
of  his  wrath.      And   every  island   fled,    and  20 
mountains  were  not  found.     And  great  hail  as  21 
of  a  talent's  weight  descendeth  out  of  heaven 
upon  the  men ;  and  the  men  blasphemed  God 
because  of  the  plague  of  the  hail ;  for  great  is 
the  plague  thereof  exceedingly. 

XVII.  And  there  came  one  of  the  seven 
angels  who  had  the  seven  bowls,  and  spake 
with  me,  saying :  Come,  I  will  show  thee  the 
judgment  of  the  great  harlot,  that  sitteth  on 
the  many  waters  ;  with  wliom  the  kings  of  the  2 
earth  committed  fornication,  and  they  who  in- 
habit the  earth  were  made  drunk  with  the 

•  Or,  he. 


REVELATION. 


249 


3  wine  of  her  fornication.  And  he  caiTied  me 
away  in  the  Spiiut  into  a  wilderness ;  and  I  saw 
a  woman  sitting  upon  a  scarlet  beast,  full  of 
names  of  blasphemy,  having  seven  heads  and 

4  ten  horns.  And  the  woman  was  clothed  with 
purple  and  scarlet,  and  gilded  with  gold,  and 
precious  stone,  and  pearls,  having  a  golden 
cup  in  her  band,  full  of  abominations  and  the 

5  uncleanuesses  of  her  fornication,  and  upon  her 
forehead  a  name  written :  Mystery,  Babylon 
the  great,  the  mother  of  the  harlots  and  of  the 

6  abominations  of  the  earth.  And  I  saw  the 
woman  drunken  with  the  blood  of  the  saints, 
and  with  the  blood  of  the  witnesses  of  Jesus ; 
and  I  wondered,  when  I  saw  her,  with  great 
wonder. 

7  And  the  angel  said  unto  me :  Wherefore 
didst  thou  wonder  ?  I  will  tell  thee  the  mys- 
tery of  the  woman,  and  of  the  beast  that 
beareth  her,  which  hath  the  seven  heads  and 

8  the  ten  horns.  The  beast  which  thou  sawest, 
was,  and  is  not,  and  is  to  ascend  out  of  the 
abyss,  and  go  into  perdition :  and  they  that 
dwell  on  the  earth,  whose  names  have  noi 
been  written  in  the  book  of  life  from  the 
foundation  of  the  world,  shall  wonder,  when 
they  see  the  beast,  that  he  was,  and  is  not, 

9  and  shall  be  present.  Here  is  the  mind  that 
hath   wisdom.     The   seven   heads   are   seven 

10  mountains,  on  which  the  woman  sitteth  ;  and 
they  are  seven  kings ;  the  five  are  fallen,  the 
one  is,  the  other  is  not  yet  come ;  and,  when 
he  is  come,  he  must  continue  a  little  while. 

11  And  the  beast  that  was,  and  is  not,  even  he  is 
an  eighth,  and  is  of  the  seven,  and  goeth  into 

12  perdition.  And  the  ten  horns  which  thou 
sawest  are  ten  kings,  who  have  not  yet  re- 
ceived a  kingdom ;  but  they  receive  authority 

13  as  kings  one  hour  with  the  beast.  These 
have  one  counsel,  and  give  over  their  power 

14  and  authority  unto  the  beast.  These  shall 
make  war  with  the  Lamb,  and  the  Lamb  shall 
overcome  them :  for  he  is  Lord  of  lords  and 
King  of  kings:  and  they  that  are  with  him, 
called,  and  chosen,  and  faithful. 

15  And  he  saith  unto  me :  The  waters  which 


thou    sawest,    where   the   harlot   sitteth,   are 
peoples,    and    multitudes,    and    nations,    and 
tongues.      And    the    ten   horas   which    thou  16 
sawest,  and  the  beast,  these  shall   hate  the 
harlot,  and  shall  make  her  desolate  and  naked, 
and  shall  eat  her  flesh,  and  shall  utterly  bum 
her  Avitli  fire.     For  God   gave   it   into   their  17 
hearts  to  perfonn  his  counsel,  and  to  perform 
one  counsel,  and  to  give  their  kingdom  unto 
the   beast,   till   the   words   of  God   shall   be 
finished.     And  the  woman  whom  thou  sawest  18 
is  that  great  city,  which  hath  kingship  over 
the  kings  of  the  earth. 

XVIII.  And  after  these  things  I  saw 
another  angel  descending  from  heaven,  having 
great  authority ;  and  the  earth  was  lightened 
with  his  glory.  And  he  cried  mightily  with  a  2 
loud  voice,  saying :  Fallen,  fallen,  is  Babylon 
the  great,  and  is  become  a  habitation  of  de- 
mons, and  a  hold  of  every  unclean  spirit,  and 
a  hold  of  every  unclean  and  hated  bird.  For  3 
of  the  -wine  of  the  wrath  of  her  fornication 
have  all  the  nations  dnmk,  and  the  kings  of 
the  earth  comniittted  fornication  with  her,  and 
the  merchants  of  the  earth  became  rich  from 
the  power  of  her  luxuiy. 

And  I  heard  another  voice   from   heaven,     4 
saying :   Come  forth  out  of  her,  my  people, 
that  ye  have  no  fellowship  with  her  sins,  and 
that  ye  receive  not  of  her  plagues ;  for  her  sins     5 
have  accumulated  unto  heaven,  and  God  hath 
remembered  her  iniquities.     Eender  unto  her     6 
as   she   also   rendered,  and  double  unto  her 
double  according  to  her  works:  in  the  cup 
which  she  mixed,  mix  unto  her  double.     How     7 
much  she  glorified    herself  and   lived    luxu- 
riously, so  much  torment  and  sonOW  give  her ; 
for  in  her  heaii;  she  saith :  I  sit  queen,  and 
widow  I  am  not,  and  sorrow  I  shall  never  see. 
Therefore  in  one'day  shall  her  plagues  come,     8 
death,  and  sorrow,  and  famine  ;  and  with  fire 
shall  she  be  utterly  burned  :  for  mighty  is  the 
Lord  God  who  judged  her.      And  the  kings  of    9 
the  earth,  who  with  her  committed  fornication 
and  lived  luxuriously,  shall  weep  and  wail  over 

32 


250 


REVELATION. 


her,  when  they  see  the  smoke  of  her  burning, 

10  standing  afar  off  for  the  fear  of  her  toiinent, 
saying :  Alas,  ahis,  that  great  city  Babylon, 
that  mighty  city!  for  in  one  hour  thy  judg- 

11  ment  came.  And  tlie  merchants  of  the  earth 
weep  and  mourn  over  her ;  for  no  one  buyeth 

12  their  lading  any  more ;  lading  of  gold,  and  of 
silv^er,  and  of  precious  stone,  and  of  pearl,  and 
of  fine  linen,  and  of  purple,  and  of  silk,  and 
of  scarlet,  and  all  tliyine  wood,  and  all  ivory 
fui-niture,  and  all  furniture  of  most  precious 
wood,  and  of  brass,  and  of  iron,  and  of  marble, 

13  and  cinnamon,  and  amomum,  and  incense,  and 
ointment,  and  frankincense,  and  wine,  and  oil, 
and  fine  flour,  and  wheat,  and  cattle,  and  sheep, 
and  of  horses,  and  of  chariots,  and  of  bodies, 

14  and  souls  of  men.  And  the  fruits  ='that  thy 
soul  lusted  after  have  departed  from  thee,  and 
all  the  dainty  and  the  bright  things  have 
perished    from  thee,   and  never,  never  more 

15  shalt  thou  find  them.  The  merchants  of  these 
things,  who  became  rich  by  her,  shall  stand 
afar  ofl'  for  the  fear  of  her  torment,  weeping 

16  and  mourning,  and  saying :  Alas,  alas,  that 
gi-eat  city,  which  was  clothed  vdth  fine  linen, 
and  purple,  and  scarlet,  and  gilded  with  gold, 
and  precious  stone,  and  pearls  !  for  in  one  hour 

17  were  made  desolate  so  great  riches.  And  every 
pilot,  and  all  the  crowd  on  the  ships,  and  sail- 
ors, and  as  many  as  ply  the  sea,  stood  afar  oft', 

18  and  were  crying,  as  they  saw  the  smoke  of  her 
burning,  saying :    What  cltij  like  that  gi'eat 

19  city?  And  they  cast  dust  upon  their  heads, 
and  were  crying,  as  they  wept  and  mourned, 
saying :  Alas,  alas,  that  great  city,  wherein 
became  rich  all  that  had  ships  in  the  sea,  by 
reason  of  her  costliness  !   for  in  one  hour  was 

20  she  made  desolate.  Rejoice  over  her,  0  heaven, 
and  ye  saints,  and  ye  apostles,  and  ye  pro- 
phets ;  for  God  judged  yom•  cause  upon  her. 

21  And  a  mighty  angel  took  up  a  stone  like  a 
great  millstone,  and  cast  into  the  sea,  saying : 
Thus  with  violence  shall  be  cast  Babylon  the 
great  city,  and  never  shall  she  be  ibund  more. 

'  Gr.  of  the  lust  of  thy  soul. 


And  the  voice  of  hai-pers  and  musicians  and  22 
pipers  and  trumpeters  shall  never  be  heard  in 
thee  more ;  and  no  craftsman,  of  whatsoever 
craft,  shall  ever  be  found  in  thee  more ;  and  the 
voice  of  a  millstone  shall  never  be  heard  in 
thee  more ;  and  the  light  of  a  lamp  shall  never  2-3 
shine  in  thee  more ;  and  the  voice  of  bride- 
groom and  bride  shall  never  be  heard  in  thee 
more  :  for  thy  merchants  were  the  great  men 
of  the  earth ;  for  by  thy  sorcerj'  were  deceived 
all  the  nations.     And  in  her  the  blood  of  pro-  24 
phets  and  of  saints  was  found,  and  of  all  that 
had  been  slain  on  the  earth. 

XIX.  After  these  things  I  heard  as  it  were 
a  loud  voice  of  a  great  multitude  in  heaven, 
saying :  Alleluia !  the  salvation,  and  the  glory, 
and  the  power,  of  our  God !     For  true  and     2 
righteous  are  his  judgments ;  for  he  judged  the 
great  harlot,  that  cornipted  the  earth  with  her 
fornication,  and  he  avenged  the  blood  of  his 
sei'vants  at  her  hand.     And  a  second  time  they     3 
said :  Alleluia !  and  her  smoke  ascendeth  '•for 
ever  and  ever.     And  the  twenty-four  elders     4 
and  the  four  living  creatures  fell  down,  and 
worshipped  God  that  sat  on  the  throne,  say- 
ing :  Amen ;  Alleluia !   And  a  voice  came  forth     5 
out  of  the  throne,  saying :  Praise  our  God,  all 
ye  his  servants,  and  ye  that  fear  him,  the  small 
and  the  great.     And  I  heard  as  it  were  the     6 
voice  of  a  great  multitude,  and  as  it  were  the 
voice  of  many  waters,  and  as  it  were  the  voice 
of  mighty  thunders,  saying:  Alleluia!  for  the 
Lord  God  the  Almighty  reigneth.     Let  us  re-     7 
joice  and  exult  and  give  the  glory  to  him ;  for 
the  mari'iage  of  the  Lamb  came,  and  his  wife 
prepared  herself,  and  it  was  given  to  her  that     8 
she  should  be  clothed  with  fine  linen,  pure  and 
bright.     For  the  fine  linen  is  the  righteousness 
of  the  saints. 

And  he  saith  unto  me  :  Write  :  Blessed  are     9 
they  who  havέ  been  called  unto  the  sujiper  of 
the  marriage  of  the  Lamb.     And  he  saith  unto 
These  are  the  true  words  of  God.     And 


me 


10 


'  Gr.  unlo  the  a^es  of  the  ages. 


REVELATION. 


251 


I  fell  before  his  feet  to  worship  him.  And  he 
saith  unto  me :  See  thou  do  it  not :  I  am  a 
fellow-servant  with  thee,  and  with  thy  breth- 
ren that  have  the  testimony  of  Jesus  :  worship 
God  :  for  the  testimony  of  Jesus  is  the  spirit 
of  prophecy. 

11  And  I  saw  heaven  opened,  and  behold  a 
white  liorse,  and  he  that  sat  upon  him,  called 
Faithful  and  True ;  and  in  righteousness  he 

12  judgeth  and  maketh  war;  but  his  eyes  were  as 
a  flame  of  fire,  and  upon  his  head  luere  many 
diadems ;  he  had  a  name  written,  that  no  one 

13  knoweth,  but  he  himself;  and  he  was  clothed 
%vith  a  garment  dyed  with  blood ;  and  his  name 

14  is  called  The  Word  of  God.  And  the  armies 
\vhich  were  in  heaven  followed  him  upon  white 
horses,  clothed  in  fine  linen,  white  and  pure. 

15  And  out  of  his  mouth  proceedetli  a  sharp 
sword,  tliat  with  it  lie  might  smite  the  nations ; 
and  he  himself  shall  tend  them  with  an  iron 
rod ;  and  he  himself  treadetli  tlie  winepress  of 
the  wane  of  the  fierceness  of  the  wrath  of  God 

16  the  Almighty.  And  he  hath  upon  his  gai-ment 
and  upon  his  thigh  a  name  written :  King  of 
kings  and  Lord  of  lords. 

17  And  I  saw  an  angel  standing  in  the  sun  ;  and 
he  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  sapng  to  all  the 
birds  that  fly  in  mid-heaven :  Come,  and  gather 
yourselves  together  unto  the  great  supper  of 

18  God  ;  that  ye  may  eat  flesh  of  kings,  and  flesh 
of  chief  captains,  and  flesh  of  mighty  men, 
and  flesh  of  horses  and  of  those  that  sit  on 
them,  and  flesh  of  all,  both  free  and  bond,  and 
small  and  great. 

19  And  I  saw  the  beast,  and  the  kings  of  the 
eaii;h,  and  their  anuies,  gathered  together  to 
make  war  with  him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  and 

20  with  his  army.  And  the  beast  was  taken,  and 
with  him  the  false  prophet  that  did  the  signs 
before  him,  vdth  which  he  deceived  those  who 
had  received  the  mark  of  the  beast,  and  who 
worshipped  his  image.  They  two  were  cast 
alive  into  the  lake  of  fire  which  burneth  with 

21  brimstone.  And  the  rest  were  killed  with  the 
sword  of  him  that  sat  on  the  horse,  which 


sword  came  forth  out  of  his  mouth,  and  all  the 
birds  were  filled  with  their  flesh. 

XX.  And  I  saw  an  angel  descending  from 
heaven,  having  the  key  of  tlie  abyss,  and  a 
great  chain  upon  his  hand.  And  he  laid  hold  2 
on  the  dragon,  that  old  serpent,  Avhich  is  the 
Devil  and  Satan,  and  bound  him  a  thousand 
years,  and  cast  him  into  the  abyss,  and  shut  3 
and  sealed  over  him,  that  he  might  no  more 
deceive  the  nations,  till  the  thousand  years 
were  finished;  and  after  these  he  must  be 
loosed  a  little  time. 

And  I  saw  thrones,  and  they  sat  upon  them,  4 
and  judgment  was  given  unto  them;  and/ 
saw  the  souls  of  those  beheaded  for  the  testi- 
mony of  Jesus,  and  foj•  the  word  of  God,  and 
who  Avorshipped  not  the  beast,  nor  his  image, 
and  received  not  the  mark  upon  their  forehead 
and  upon  their  hand ;  and  they  lived  and 
reigned  with  Christ  "^a  thousand  years.  But  5 
the  rest  of  the  dead  lived  not,  till  the  thousand 
years  should  be  finished.  This  is  the  first  re- 
surrection. Blessed  and  holy  is  he  that  hath 
pai't  in  the  first  resurrection :  over  these  the 
second  death  hath  no  power,  but  they  shall  be 
priests  of  God  and  of  Christ,  and  shall  reign 
with  him  a  thousand  years. 

And  when  the  thousand  years  are  finished,     7 
Satan  shall  be  loosed  out  of  his  prison,  and 
shall  go  forth  to  deceive  the  nations  which  are 
in  the  four  corners  of  the  earth,  Gog  and  Ma- 
gog, to  gather  them  together  to  battle :  the 
number  of  whom  is  as  the  sand  of  the  sea. 
And  they  went  up  upon  the  breadth  of  the     9 
earth,  and  encompassed  the  camp  of  the  saints, 
and  the  beloved  city :  and  there  came  down 
fire  from  God  out  of  heaven,  and  devoured 
theiu ;    and    the    devil    that    deceived    them  10 
was  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire  and  brimstone, 
where  arc  also  the  beast  and  the  false  prophet; 
and  they  shall  be  tormented  day  and  night  ''for 
ever  and  ever. 

And  I  saw  a  great  white  throne,  and  him  11 

«  Or,  as  many  read,  the.  ^  Gr.  unto  the  ages  of  the  ages. 


252 


REVELATION. 


tliiit  sat  on  it,  from  whose  face  fled  the  earth 
and  tlic  heaven,  and  no  place  was  found  for 

12  them.  And  I  saw  the  dead,  small  and  great, 
standing  hefore  the  throne ;  and  books  were 
opened ;  and  another  book  was  opened,  which 
is  of  life ;  and  the  dead  were  judged  out  of 
the  things  written  in  the  books,  according  to 

13  their  works.  And  the  sea  gave  up  the  dead 
that  were  in  it,  and  death  and  hades  gave  up 
the  dead  that  icerc  in  them  ;  and  they  were 
judged   every  one  according   to   their  works. 

14  And  death  and  hades  were  cast  into  the  lake 

15  of  fire :  this  is  the  second  death.  =  And  if  any 
one  was  not  found  Avritten  in  the  book  of  life, 
lie  was  cast  into  the  lake  of  fire. 

XXI.  And  I  saw  a  new  heaven  and  a  new 
earth :  for  the  first  heaven  and  the  first  earth 
have  passed  away,  and  the  sea  is  no  more. 

2  And  the  holy  city,  new  Jerusalem,  I  saw 
descending  out  of  heaven  from  God,  prepared 

3  as  a  bride  adorned  for  her  husband.  And  I 
heard  a  loud  voice  out  of  heaven,  saying :  Be- 
hold, the  tabernacle  of  God  with  men  !  and  he 
shall  tabernacle  with  them,  and  they  shall  be 
his  peoples,  and  'God  himself  shall  be  with 

4  them,  their  God.  And  God  shall  wipe  away 
every  tear  from  their  eyes  ;  and  death  shall  be 
no  more ;  nor  shall  sorrow,  nor  crj-ing,  nor 
pain,  be  any  more ;  for  the  first  things  are 
gone. 

5  And  he  that  sat  upon  the  throne  said :  Be- 
hold, I  make  all  things  new.  And  he  saith 
unto  me  :  Write  :  for  these  words  are  fiiithful 

G  and  true.  And  he  said  unto  me :  It  is  done. 
I  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  beginning 
and  the  end.  I  will  give  unto  him  that  thirst- 
eth  of  the  fountain  of  the  water  of  life  freely. 

7  He  that  overcomcth  shall  inherit  these  things  ; 
and  I  will  be  to  him  God,  and  he  shall  be  to 

8  me  a  son.  But  to  the  fearful,  and  unbelieving, 
and  abominable,  and  murderers,  and  fornica- 
tors, and  sorcerers,  and  idolaters,  and  all  the 


•  Many  ailil :  llie  lake  of  fire. 

'  Ur,  as  many  rcari,  he,  God  with  tliem^  shall  be  their  God. 


liars,  their  part  sIkiU  he  in  the  lake  Λvhich 
burnetii  with  fire  and  brimstone,  which  is  the 
second  death. 

And  there  came  one .  of  the  seven  angels,     9 
who  had  the  seven  bowls  full  of  the  seven  last 
plagues,  and  spake  with  me,  saying :  Come,  I 
will  show  thee  the  bride,  the  Lamb's  wife. 
And  he  carried  me  away  in  the  Spirit  to  a  10 
great  and  high  mountain,  and  showed  me  the 
holy  city,  Jerusalem,  descending  out  of  heaven 
from  God,  having  the  glory  of  God:  its  light  11 
luas  like  a  stone  most  precious,  as  a  jasper 
stone  clear  as  crystal ;  it  had  a  wall  great  and  12 
high;  it  had  twelve  gates,  and  at  the  gates 
twelve  angels,  and  names  inscribed,  which  are 
the  names  of  the  twelve  tribes  of  the  children 
of  Israel ;  on  the  east  ivere  three  gates ;  and  13 
on  the  north,  three  gates ;  and  on  the  south, 
three  gates;  and  on  the  west,  three  gates;  and  14 
the  ΛνΒΐΙ  of  the  city  had  twelve  foundations, 
and  in  them  twelve  names  of  the  twelve  apos- 
tles of  the  Lamb.    And  he  that  spake  with  me  15 
had  a  measure,  a  golden  reed,  that  he  might 
measure  the  city,  and  its  gates,  and  its  wall. 
And  the  city  lieth  four-cornered,  and  its  length  16 
is  as  much  as  the  breadth.     And  he  measured 
the  city  with  the  reed  to  twelve  thousand  fur- 
longs ;  the  length  and  the  breadth  and  the 
height  of  it  are  equal.     And  he  measured  its  17 
wall,  a  hundred  aitd  forty-four  cubits,  man's 
measure,  which  is  angel's.     And  the  structure  18 
of  its  wall  was  jasper,  and  the  city  pure  gold, 
like  pure  glass.     And  the  foundations  of  the  19 
wall  of  the  city  u-cre  adorned  with  every  pre- 
cious stone :  the  first  foundation,  jasper;  the 
second,  sapphire ;  the  third,  chalcedony ;  the 
fourth,  emerald;  the  fifth,  sardonyx;  the  sixth,  20 
sardine ;  the  seventh,  chrysolite ;  the  eighth, 
beryl ;   the  ninth,  topaz  ;   the  tenth,  chryso- 
prase ;  the  eleventh,  hyacinth ;    the  twelfth, 
amethyst.     And  the  twelve  gates  ivcrc  twelve  21 
pearls ;  each  one  of  the  gates  severally  was  of 
one  pearl ;  and  the  broad  place  of  the  city, 
pure  gold,  as  it  were  translucent  glass.     And  22 
I  saw  in  it  no  temple ;  for  the  Lord  God  the 
Almighty  is  its  temple,  and  the  Lamb.     And  23 


REVELATION. 


253 


the  city  hath  no  need  of  the  sun,  iioi•  of  the 
moon,  that  they  shouhl  shine  for  it ;  for  the 
glory  of  God  hgliteued  it,  and  its  lamp  u-us  the 

24  Lamb.  And  the  nations  shall  walk  by  its 
light ;  and  the  kings  of  the  earth  bring  their 

25  glory  and  honour  into  it.  And  its  gates  shall 
not  be  shut  at  all  by  day :  for  there  shall  be 

26  no  night  there.    And  they  shall  bring  the  glory 

27  and  the  honour  of  the  nations  into  it.  And 
there  shall  in  no  wise  enter  into  it  any  thing 
common,  and  that  worketh  abomination  and  a 
lie  ;  but  they  who  have  been  written  in  the 
book  of  life  of  the  Lamb. 

XXII.  And  he  showed  me  a  river  of  water 
of  life,  bright  as  crystal,  proceeding  out  of  the 

2  throne  of  God  and  the  Lamb.  In  the  midst 
of  its  broad  place  and  of  the  river  on  this  side 
and  on  that  side  tva^  a  tree  of  life,  bearing 
twelve  fruits,  yielding  its  fruit  every  month ; 
and  the  leaves  of  the  tree  wctc  for  the  healing 

3  of  the  nations.  And  there  shall  be  no  curse 
any  more :  and  the  throne  of  God  and  the 
Lamb  shall  be  in  it ;    and  his  servants  shall 

4  serve  him ;  and  they  shall  see  his  face ;  and 

5  his  name  shall  be  on  their  foreheads.  And  there 
shall  be  no  night  there ;   and  they  have  no 

\  need  of  a  lamp,  and  light  of  the  sun  ;  for  the 
Lord  God  shall  lighten  them  ;  and  they  shall 
reign  ^for  ever  and  ever. 

6  And  he  said  unto  me :  These  words  are  faith- 
ful and  true ;  and  the  Lord  God  of  the  spirits 
of  the  holy  prophets  sent  his  angel  to  show 
unto  his  servants  things  which  must  come  to 

7  pass  shortly.  And  behold,  I  come  quickly ; 
blessed  is  he  that  keepeth  the  words  of  the 
prophecy  of  this  book. 

8  And  it  icas  I,  John,  who  heard  and  saw  these 
things.  And  when  I  iiad  heard  and  seen,  I  fell 
down  to  worship  before  the  feet  of  the  angel 

9  who  showed  me  these  things.     And  he  saith 

'  Gr.  unto  the  ages  of  the  ages.  , 


unto  me :  See  tJioii  do  it  not :  I  am  a  felloΛv- 
servant  with  thee,  and  with  thy  brethren  the 
prophets,  and  with  those  who  keep  the  words 
of  this  book  :  worship  God. 

And  he  saith  unto  me :  Seal  not  the  words  10 
of  the  prophecy  of  this  book :  for  the  time  is 
near.    He  that  is  unjust,  let  him  be  unjust  still;  11 
and  he  that  is  filthy,  let  him  be  filthy  still ;  and 
he  that  is  righteous,  let  him  work  righteousness 
still ;  and  he  that  is  holy,  let  him  be  holy  still. 
Behold,  I  come  quickly,  and  my  reward  is  with  12 
me,  to  render  to  every  one  as  his  work  shall  be. 
I  am  the  Alpha  and  the  Omega,  the  first  and  the  13 
last,  the  beginning  and  the  end.     Blessed  are  14 
they  that  ^άο  his  commandments,  that  'they 
may  have  right  to  the  tree  of  life,  and  enter 
by  the  gates  into  the  city.     Without  are  the  15 
dogs,  and  the  sorcerers,  and  the  fornicators,  and 
the  murderers,  and  the  idolaters,  and  every  one 
that  loveth  and  maketh  a  lie.     I,  Jesus,  sent  16 
my  angel  to  testify  unto  you  these  things  con- 
cerning the  churches.     I  am  the  Root  and  the 
Offspring  of  David  ;  the  bright  and  the  morn- 
ing Star. 

And  the  Spirit  and  the  bride  say:   Come.  17 
And  he  that  heareth,  let  him  say:  Come.    And 
he  that  thirsteth,  let  him  come  :  he  that  will, 
let  him  take  water  of  life  freely. 

I  testify  to  every  one  that  heareth  the  words  18 
of  the  prophecy  of  this  book  :  If  any  one  shall 
add  unto  them,  God  shall  add  unto  him  the 
plagues  that  have  been  wiittcn  in  this  book ; 
and  if  any  one  shall  take  away  from  the  words  19 
of  the  book  of  this  prophecy,  God  shall  take 
away  his  part  from  the  tree  of  life  and  out  of  the 
holy  city,  which  have  been  written  in  this  book. 

He  who  testifieth  these  things  saith :  Yea,  20 
I  come  quickly.     Amen  ;  come.  Lord  Jesus. 

The  grace  of  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ  be  with  21 
all  Jtlie  saints.     'Amen. 

>>  For  do  his  commandments,  some  rtad,  wasli  their  robes. 
'    Gr.  that  their  power,  or  right,  may  be  over. 
J    Some  omit  the  words,  the  saints. 
'  Many  omit  the  word,  Am€7i. 


DATE  DUE 

imiPff^ 

» 

i 

DEMCO  38-297 

